Fractal Audio Wiki - User contributions [en]

Channels

2026-04-03T10:05:47Z

Yek: /* Switch between channels */

__TOC__
=Channels=

Most of the effect blocks of the current generation have 4 channels. Channels can be regarded as mini-presets in a block. Each channel provides a unique set of parameter values.

Switching between channels is instantaneous and seamless and can be done manually (on the hardware or with a foot controller) or automatically when changing scenes. Channels can also be switched via MIDI for applications requiring automation.

Example: set the Amp block so that Channel A is a DELUXE VERB model, Channel B is a PLEXI, Channel C is a RECTO and Channel D is FAS MODERN. Then, change channels (sounds) almost instantly at the touch of a button, while the other blocks are untouched.

Channel-switching is the successor of X/Y switching, a feature of the Axe-Fx II, AX8, FX8 and MFC-101.

The differences between presets, scenes and channels can described in another way:

; Preset : A preset is like your entire traditional pedalboard
; Scenes : Scenes are like your entire traditional pedalboard at a particular moment, with effects set on or off and channels set to a specific sounds
; Channels : Channels are like a pedal on that pedalboard with its controls set in a specific way. There are four channels in most blocks, so there are four different sets of settings

See the [[Owners_Manuals|Owner's manuals]] for more information.

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>

<blockquote>
[http://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/so-whats-new-on-the-iii-axe-fx-2-vs-3.134729/#post-1591896]
Channels are the cat's sphincter. Many blocks, including the amp block, have four channels. Channels switch instantly.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[http://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/so-whats-new-on-the-iii-axe-fx-2-vs-3.134729/page-7#post-1592475]
Channels save all settings for a block. A channel is like a preset within a block.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[http://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/axe-fx-iii-scenes-channels-demo.137003/#post-1624185]
To recap: 
* Channels can be thought of as a preset for an individual block. For example, you can think of the Delay block as being a stand-alone delay pedal (or rackmount processor) with four presets.
* Scenes store the bypass state and channel for each block.

By using scenes and channels you can use a single preset for an entire song, an entire set or even the entire show. Since the routing doesn't need to change things switch fast and smooth. When switching presets the processor has to assume the routing might have changed and therefore has to clear all the buffers, mute the audio, etc. which takes time and interrupts the audio.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[http://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/spill-over.136766/#post-1624006]
The Axe-Fx III was designed so that single preset can be thought of as an entire rack full of processors. Each virtual processor has up to four presets. So if you were trying to do spillover in a rack you would use two reverb processors.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

=Which blocks have channels=

The effect blocks in the FM3, FM9, AM4 and VP4 have the same number of channels as on the Axe-Fx III.

There's a single exception: the Multiplexer has 6 channels on the Axe-Fx III and FM9, and 4 channels on the FM3.

The Controllers block in the Axe-Fx III, FM3 and FM9 also has 4 channels. [http://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/so-whats-new-on-the-iii-axe-fx-2-vs-3.134729/page-5#post-1592247] But not on the VP4 and AM4.

Read this:
* [[IR Player block]]
* [[Modifiers and controllers]]

=Switch between channels=

To switch between the channels of an effect block, use:

* hardware GUI
* software editor
* presets
* scenes
* onboard switches
* FC-6 or FC-12 controller
* external switches
* MIDI: assign a MIDI CC in SETUP (Axe-Fx III, FM3, FM9 only), and specify a value to select a specific channel, where:
:0 = A
:1 = B
:2 = C
:3 = D

In current firmware, switching channels can happen gapless. Read this: [[Setup_menu#Gapless_Changes|Gapless Changes]]

=CPU usage=

CPU usage is calculated based on the currently selected channel of an effect. When switching channels, CPU usage may change.

=Scene Ignore=

The Scene Ignore parameter makes sure that the current block channel is carried over to the next scene.

Read this: [[Scenes#Scene_Ignore|Scene Ignore]]

=Modifiers=

If an internal or external controller is assigned as a source to a parameter, you can choose to apply it to all channels of that block, or just to a single channel.

Read this: [[Modifiers and controllers]]

Note that a parameter allows only one modifier, not multiple.

=Copy or swap channels=

On the FM3, FM9 and Axe-Fx III, channel settings can be copied and pasted within the same block (Layout > Tools).

To copy channels between blocks and to/from other presets, use the software editor.

There's no command to swap channels within a block. But there's a workaround in the editor:

# Copy the channel to the clipboard
# Copy the channel to the desired channel
# Copy the clipboard to the channel

=Reset a channel=

Resetting a block defaults the parameters of the current channel. It does not change the settings of other channels.

To reset ALL channels of the block, switch to the other channels and repeat the process, or use the software editor to reset the entire block in one go.

Read this: [[Presets#Reset_a_block|Reset a block]]

=Tips, tricks and troubleshooting=

==Use channels to compare sounds and settings==

Channels offer an easy way to compare sounds when tweaking. They also allow you to quickly detect non-default settings by resetting one channel to default settings and then comparing the channels.

=X/Y switching=

X/Y switching was the predecessor to Channels.

Most effect blocks in the Axe-Fx II, FX8 and AX8 can be switched quickly between two sets of settings: X and Y.

Examples:
* Amp X = clean, Amp Y = high gain
* Phaser X = Script 90, Phaser Y = Vibe
* Rotary X = slow, Rotary Y = fast
* Cab X = mono, Cab Y = stereo
* GEQ X = soft boost, GEQ Y = loud boost

==Which effect blocks support X/Y==

; '''Axe-Fx II Mark I and II''' : Amp, Cab, Chorus, Delay, Drive, Flanger, Phaser, Pitch, Reverb, Wah, Rotary
; '''Axe-Fx II XL and XL+''' : Amp, Cab, Chorus, Compressor/Dynamics, Delay, Drive, Flanger, GEQ, Gate, Mixer, PEQ, Phaser, Pitch, Rotary, Reverb, Tremolo, Wah
; '''AX8''' : Amp, Cab, Chorus, Compressor/Dynamics, Delay, Drive, Filter, Flanger, Gate, Multi Delay, Phaser, Pitch, Rotary, Reverb, Tremolo, Wah
; '''FX8''' : Chorus, Compressor/Dynamics, Delay, Drive, Filter, Flanger, Gate, MIDI, Multi Delay, Phaser, Pitch, Relay, Rotary, Reverb, Tremolo, Wah

==Switching between X and Y==

; '''Axe-Fx II''' : In the Edit mode of a block, press the dedicated X/Y buttons on the front panel.

; '''FX8 and AX8''' :
* Hold a switch (1-8) to alternate between X and Y. If the LED is amber lit, Y is active
* Assign one of the three F-switches to "Single X/Y" or "Sticky X/Y", then press the switch which has been assigned to the effect
* Switch a block between X and Y on the grid using a shortcut key:
** '''AX8''' — SHIFT + 2x EDIT on LAYOUT page, or 2x EDIT in a block's editing mode
** '''FX8''' — 2x EDIT on CFG screen

; '''Scenes''' : The X/Y state of an effect can be set per scene.

; '''Editors''' : Press the "X" key on the keyboard to switch a block between X and Y in the software editor. The X/Y state of each block is shown in the software editor, without needing to select the block first.

; '''MFC-101 and other MIDI controllers''' : Most blocks have a dedicated MIDI CC for X/Y switching. These are listed in the manuals. Assign the CC to a switch to alternate between X and Y. You can configure X/Y effect blocks to engage the effect in either X or Y mode. Example: [http://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/ia-x-y-control-how-to-turn-on-and-switch-xy.38230/#post-523176]
# IA Switch 1, ON message: DELAY 1 ON, DELAY 1 X (CC#47:127, CC#106: 127)
# IA Switch 1, OFF message: DELAY 1 OFF, DELAY 1 X (CC#47:0, CC#106: 127)
# IA Switch 2, OFF message: DELAY 1 ON, DELAY 1 Y (CC#47:127, CC#106: 0)
# IA Switch 2, OFF message: DELAY 1 OFF, DELAY 1 Y (CC#47:0, CC#106: 0)

Or use a MIDI controller's "group" or "linked switches" feature.

On the MFC-101 MIDI foot controller X is green, Y is red. If you prefer the default state to be green, use Y as the default state.

Note that not all effect blocks which support X/Y have a specific MIDI CC for that task. The FX8 lets you assign CCs to those, the Axe-Fx II does not. There's a way around this. Use a MIDI Monitor to detect the MIDI sysex command that switches the block between X/Y. Then program a switch on the controller using that data.

==Visual indication==

; '''Axe-Fx II and FX8''' : The current X/Y state of the selected block is shown in an effect block's EDIT menu (not on the Layout page)

; '''AX8''' : The current X/Y state of the selected block is shown at the bottom of the Layout page

The visual X/Y state of effects blocks is shown in the software editors.

==CPU usage==

Reported CPU usage is based on the current block state (X or Y). When switching an effect between X and Y, the preset's CPU usage may change.

==Copy and paste==

The "X" settings can be copied to "Y", and vice versa, on the front panel of the Axe-Fx II by pressing the X or Y button twice quickly. There's no equivalent shortcut on the AX8 and FX8 hardware.

The software editor can be used to copy and paste an entire block or just the X or Y settings within the preset or to another preset.

==Swapping==

Swapping the X and Y settings of a block requires use of the editor.

==Block reset==

Resetting block settings on the hardware resets the parameters to their default values. This only applies to the current state: X or Y.

To reset the entire block, switch to the other state and repeat the process, or use the editor to reset the entire block.

==Modifiers==

If a modifier has been assigned to a parameter, it always applies to both X and Y. It's not possible to have different modifier settings for X and Y, the architecture doesn't allow this. [http://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/separate-controllers-for-x-y-states.97591/#post-1172114]

==Recall Effect==

The [[Presets#Recall_Effect|Recall Effect]] function (which copies block settings from another preset) always imports both X and Y settings. If you want to copy just X or just Y, use the software editor.

==X/Y switching can cause an audio gap==

When switching an Amp block between X and Y, there will be a short gap in the sound.

==Compare sounds and settings==

X/Y switching offers an easy way to compare sounds when tweaking.

# Go to a block, state "X"
# Double-click "Y" on the front panel to copy the "X" settings into "Y"
# Select X or Y, and adjust settings
# Now alternate between X and Y to see and hear the differences

You can also do this in the editor.

This also offers an easy method to quickly see non-default settings, by resetting one side to default settings.

==Crossfading sounds==

Sounds do not crossfade when switching between X and Y. Use Scene controllers instead.

=Videos=

[[video:Leon-ScenesPresetsChannels]]
[[video:Leon-ScenesvsChannels]]
[[video:Cooper-SceneIgore]]
[[video:Leon-SceneandChannels]]
[[video:Rosh-Scenes-Channels]]
[[video:Rosh-Channels]]
[[video:Rosh-TrueGapless]]

[[category:Axe-Fx3]]
[[category:FM3]]
[[category:FM9]]
[[category:VP4]]
[[category:AM4]]
[[category:Sounds]]
[[category:All]]
[[category:Axe-Fx2]]
[[category:FX8]]
[[category:AX8]]

Channels

2026-04-03T10:03:45Z

Yek: /* Switch between channels */

__TOC__
=Channels=

Most of the effect blocks of the current generation have 4 channels. Channels can be regarded as mini-presets in a block. Each channel provides a unique set of parameter values.

Switching between channels is instantaneous and seamless and can be done manually (on the hardware or with a foot controller) or automatically when changing scenes. Channels can also be switched via MIDI for applications requiring automation.

Example: set the Amp block so that Channel A is a DELUXE VERB model, Channel B is a PLEXI, Channel C is a RECTO and Channel D is FAS MODERN. Then, change channels (sounds) almost instantly at the touch of a button, while the other blocks are untouched.

Channel-switching is the successor of X/Y switching, a feature of the Axe-Fx II, AX8, FX8 and MFC-101.

The differences between presets, scenes and channels can described in another way:

; Preset : A preset is like your entire traditional pedalboard
; Scenes : Scenes are like your entire traditional pedalboard at a particular moment, with effects set on or off and channels set to a specific sounds
; Channels : Channels are like a pedal on that pedalboard with its controls set in a specific way. There are four channels in most blocks, so there are four different sets of settings

See the [[Owners_Manuals|Owner's manuals]] for more information.

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>

<blockquote>
[http://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/so-whats-new-on-the-iii-axe-fx-2-vs-3.134729/#post-1591896]
Channels are the cat's sphincter. Many blocks, including the amp block, have four channels. Channels switch instantly.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[http://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/so-whats-new-on-the-iii-axe-fx-2-vs-3.134729/page-7#post-1592475]
Channels save all settings for a block. A channel is like a preset within a block.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[http://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/axe-fx-iii-scenes-channels-demo.137003/#post-1624185]
To recap: 
* Channels can be thought of as a preset for an individual block. For example, you can think of the Delay block as being a stand-alone delay pedal (or rackmount processor) with four presets.
* Scenes store the bypass state and channel for each block.

By using scenes and channels you can use a single preset for an entire song, an entire set or even the entire show. Since the routing doesn't need to change things switch fast and smooth. When switching presets the processor has to assume the routing might have changed and therefore has to clear all the buffers, mute the audio, etc. which takes time and interrupts the audio.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[http://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/spill-over.136766/#post-1624006]
The Axe-Fx III was designed so that single preset can be thought of as an entire rack full of processors. Each virtual processor has up to four presets. So if you were trying to do spillover in a rack you would use two reverb processors.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

=Which blocks have channels=

The effect blocks in the FM3, FM9, AM4 and VP4 have the same number of channels as on the Axe-Fx III.

There's a single exception: the Multiplexer has 6 channels on the Axe-Fx III and FM9, and 4 channels on the FM3.

The Controllers block in the Axe-Fx III, FM3 and FM9 also has 4 channels. [http://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/so-whats-new-on-the-iii-axe-fx-2-vs-3.134729/page-5#post-1592247] But not on the VP4 and AM4.

Read this:
* [[IR Player block]]
* [[Modifiers and controllers]]

=Switch between channels=

To switch between the channels of an effect block, use:

* hardware GUI
* software editor
* presets
* scenes
* onboard switches
* FC-6 or FC-12 controller
* external switches
* MIDI: assign a MIDI CC in SETUP (Axe-Fx III, FM3, FM9 only), and specify a value to select a specific channel, where:
:1 = A
:2 = B
:3 = C
:4 = D

In current firmware, switching channels can happen gapless. Read this: [[Setup_menu#Gapless_Changes|Gapless Changes]]

=CPU usage=

CPU usage is calculated based on the currently selected channel of an effect. When switching channels, CPU usage may change.

=Scene Ignore=

The Scene Ignore parameter makes sure that the current block channel is carried over to the next scene.

Read this: [[Scenes#Scene_Ignore|Scene Ignore]]

=Modifiers=

If an internal or external controller is assigned as a source to a parameter, you can choose to apply it to all channels of that block, or just to a single channel.

Read this: [[Modifiers and controllers]]

Note that a parameter allows only one modifier, not multiple.

=Copy or swap channels=

On the FM3, FM9 and Axe-Fx III, channel settings can be copied and pasted within the same block (Layout > Tools).

To copy channels between blocks and to/from other presets, use the software editor.

There's no command to swap channels within a block. But there's a workaround in the editor:

# Copy the channel to the clipboard
# Copy the channel to the desired channel
# Copy the clipboard to the channel

=Reset a channel=

Resetting a block defaults the parameters of the current channel. It does not change the settings of other channels.

To reset ALL channels of the block, switch to the other channels and repeat the process, or use the software editor to reset the entire block in one go.

Read this: [[Presets#Reset_a_block|Reset a block]]

=Tips, tricks and troubleshooting=

==Use channels to compare sounds and settings==

Channels offer an easy way to compare sounds when tweaking. They also allow you to quickly detect non-default settings by resetting one channel to default settings and then comparing the channels.

=X/Y switching=

X/Y switching was the predecessor to Channels.

Most effect blocks in the Axe-Fx II, FX8 and AX8 can be switched quickly between two sets of settings: X and Y.

Examples:
* Amp X = clean, Amp Y = high gain
* Phaser X = Script 90, Phaser Y = Vibe
* Rotary X = slow, Rotary Y = fast
* Cab X = mono, Cab Y = stereo
* GEQ X = soft boost, GEQ Y = loud boost

==Which effect blocks support X/Y==

; '''Axe-Fx II Mark I and II''' : Amp, Cab, Chorus, Delay, Drive, Flanger, Phaser, Pitch, Reverb, Wah, Rotary
; '''Axe-Fx II XL and XL+''' : Amp, Cab, Chorus, Compressor/Dynamics, Delay, Drive, Flanger, GEQ, Gate, Mixer, PEQ, Phaser, Pitch, Rotary, Reverb, Tremolo, Wah
; '''AX8''' : Amp, Cab, Chorus, Compressor/Dynamics, Delay, Drive, Filter, Flanger, Gate, Multi Delay, Phaser, Pitch, Rotary, Reverb, Tremolo, Wah
; '''FX8''' : Chorus, Compressor/Dynamics, Delay, Drive, Filter, Flanger, Gate, MIDI, Multi Delay, Phaser, Pitch, Relay, Rotary, Reverb, Tremolo, Wah

==Switching between X and Y==

; '''Axe-Fx II''' : In the Edit mode of a block, press the dedicated X/Y buttons on the front panel.

; '''FX8 and AX8''' :
* Hold a switch (1-8) to alternate between X and Y. If the LED is amber lit, Y is active
* Assign one of the three F-switches to "Single X/Y" or "Sticky X/Y", then press the switch which has been assigned to the effect
* Switch a block between X and Y on the grid using a shortcut key:
** '''AX8''' — SHIFT + 2x EDIT on LAYOUT page, or 2x EDIT in a block's editing mode
** '''FX8''' — 2x EDIT on CFG screen

; '''Scenes''' : The X/Y state of an effect can be set per scene.

; '''Editors''' : Press the "X" key on the keyboard to switch a block between X and Y in the software editor. The X/Y state of each block is shown in the software editor, without needing to select the block first.

; '''MFC-101 and other MIDI controllers''' : Most blocks have a dedicated MIDI CC for X/Y switching. These are listed in the manuals. Assign the CC to a switch to alternate between X and Y. You can configure X/Y effect blocks to engage the effect in either X or Y mode. Example: [http://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/ia-x-y-control-how-to-turn-on-and-switch-xy.38230/#post-523176]
# IA Switch 1, ON message: DELAY 1 ON, DELAY 1 X (CC#47:127, CC#106: 127)
# IA Switch 1, OFF message: DELAY 1 OFF, DELAY 1 X (CC#47:0, CC#106: 127)
# IA Switch 2, OFF message: DELAY 1 ON, DELAY 1 Y (CC#47:127, CC#106: 0)
# IA Switch 2, OFF message: DELAY 1 OFF, DELAY 1 Y (CC#47:0, CC#106: 0)

Or use a MIDI controller's "group" or "linked switches" feature.

On the MFC-101 MIDI foot controller X is green, Y is red. If you prefer the default state to be green, use Y as the default state.

Note that not all effect blocks which support X/Y have a specific MIDI CC for that task. The FX8 lets you assign CCs to those, the Axe-Fx II does not. There's a way around this. Use a MIDI Monitor to detect the MIDI sysex command that switches the block between X/Y. Then program a switch on the controller using that data.

==Visual indication==

; '''Axe-Fx II and FX8''' : The current X/Y state of the selected block is shown in an effect block's EDIT menu (not on the Layout page)

; '''AX8''' : The current X/Y state of the selected block is shown at the bottom of the Layout page

The visual X/Y state of effects blocks is shown in the software editors.

==CPU usage==

Reported CPU usage is based on the current block state (X or Y). When switching an effect between X and Y, the preset's CPU usage may change.

==Copy and paste==

The "X" settings can be copied to "Y", and vice versa, on the front panel of the Axe-Fx II by pressing the X or Y button twice quickly. There's no equivalent shortcut on the AX8 and FX8 hardware.

The software editor can be used to copy and paste an entire block or just the X or Y settings within the preset or to another preset.

==Swapping==

Swapping the X and Y settings of a block requires use of the editor.

==Block reset==

Resetting block settings on the hardware resets the parameters to their default values. This only applies to the current state: X or Y.

To reset the entire block, switch to the other state and repeat the process, or use the editor to reset the entire block.

==Modifiers==

If a modifier has been assigned to a parameter, it always applies to both X and Y. It's not possible to have different modifier settings for X and Y, the architecture doesn't allow this. [http://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/separate-controllers-for-x-y-states.97591/#post-1172114]

==Recall Effect==

The [[Presets#Recall_Effect|Recall Effect]] function (which copies block settings from another preset) always imports both X and Y settings. If you want to copy just X or just Y, use the software editor.

==X/Y switching can cause an audio gap==

When switching an Amp block between X and Y, there will be a short gap in the sound.

==Compare sounds and settings==

X/Y switching offers an easy way to compare sounds when tweaking.

# Go to a block, state "X"
# Double-click "Y" on the front panel to copy the "X" settings into "Y"
# Select X or Y, and adjust settings
# Now alternate between X and Y to see and hear the differences

You can also do this in the editor.

This also offers an easy method to quickly see non-default settings, by resetting one side to default settings.

==Crossfading sounds==

Sounds do not crossfade when switching between X and Y. Use Scene controllers instead.

=Videos=

[[video:Leon-ScenesPresetsChannels]]
[[video:Leon-ScenesvsChannels]]
[[video:Cooper-SceneIgore]]
[[video:Leon-SceneandChannels]]
[[video:Rosh-Scenes-Channels]]
[[video:Rosh-Channels]]
[[video:Rosh-TrueGapless]]

[[category:Axe-Fx3]]
[[category:FM3]]
[[category:FM9]]
[[category:VP4]]
[[category:AM4]]
[[category:Sounds]]
[[category:All]]
[[category:Axe-Fx2]]
[[category:FX8]]
[[category:AX8]]

Chorus block

2026-04-02T17:44:32Z

Yek: /* Japan CH-1 */

__TOC__
=Chorus block=

'''Axe-Fx III''', '''FM9''', '''FM3''' — 2 blocks, 4 channels 
'''AM4''' — 1 block, 4 channels 
'''VP4''' — 4 blocks, 4 channels

'''ICONS''' — yes

'''Axe-Fx II''', '''FX8''' — 2 blocks, X/Y 
'''AX8''' — 1 block, X/Y

=About the Chorus block=

Chorus is created by duplicating the signal and then modulating the pitch of that signal slightly. Slightly delaying the wet signal emphasizes the effect.

[[image:Chorus block.PNG|link=|400px]]

=Chorus types=

# '''Digital Mono'''
# '''Digital Stereo'''
# '''Analog Mono'''
# '''Analog Stereo'''
# '''Japan CE-2'''
# '''Warm Stereo'''
# '''80's Style'''
# '''Triangle Chorus'''
# '''8-Voice Stereo'''
# '''Tape Chorus'''
# '''Dimension 1'''
# '''Dimension 2'''
# '''Dimension 3'''
# '''4-Voice Analog'''
# '''8-Voice Analog'''
# '''Stereo Tri-Chorus'''
# '''Dual Chorus'''
# '''Tape Flanger'''
# '''Japan CE-1 Chorus'''
# '''Japan CE-1 Vibrato'''
# '''Japan CH-1'''
# '''MX234'''
# '''Small Copy'''
# '''Japan CE-2 Bass'''
# '''Vibrato'''
# '''Rockguy'''
# '''MX234 Stereo'''

And on the VP4 and AM4:

# '''Vibrato 1'''
# '''Vibrato 2'''

=About chorus effects=

==Boss CE-1==

The Boss CE-1 is the pedal version of the chorus in the Roland JC-120 amplifier.

Before the addition of the model, forum members tried to simulate it by other means, see below.

* [http://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/presenting-the-boss-ce-1-moaee-mother-of-all-effect-emulations.59591 Recreate the Boss CE-1 sound using a LFO-driven Flanger block]
* [http://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/ax8-ce-1-blind-test.141424/ Leon Todd dials in the CE-1 sound, based on the 'Japan CE-2' type in the Chorus block], and [http://www.youtube.com/watch?time_continue=4&v=M37ojINmE8w YouTube demo]
* [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=cbjWvN9nGAk That Pedal Show: Dan's Broken Ensemble]
* [https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/boss-ce1.160631/post-1925191 Admin M@'s CE-1]
* The [[Factory presets|factory preset CE-1 CHORUS/VIBE]] also recreates the chorus and vibrato sounds of the CE-1.

==Boss CE-2==

This is the successor of the large grey CE-1. It was released in 1979. It's a mono chorus.

There's a dedicated model for the CE-2 Bass pedal.

==MX234==

Based on the MXR M234 Analog Chorus pedal.

==MX134 Stereo==

Based on an MXR M134 Stereo Chorus pedal.

==Small Copy==

Based on the EHX Small Clone chorus pedal.

==Japan CH-1==

Based on the Boss Super Chorus CH-1 pedal.

==Rockguy==

Based on the Rockman X-100 chorus.

==Vintage tape==

This Chorus type uses the tape delay algorithm from the Delay block. It sums the left and right block inputs into mono, so use caution as phase cancellation may occur.

==Triangle Chorus==

Two voices with a triangle-shaped LFO.

==Dimension==

Based on Roland's SDD-320 Dimension D unit.

The Chorus block provides three Dimension types: Dimension 1, 2 and 3. These correspond to the modes on the original device.

The Dimension C pedal was created by Boss to produce the Dimension D effect through a pedal. In 2018 Boss released its DC-2W Dimension C pedal, part of the Waza Craft Series. [https://m.youtube.com/watch?v=Tt9nrVOnV70 Video]

According to Guitar World, SRV used the Dimension D to add thicken his solos and still keep the tone natural.

[[Owners_Manuals|Fractal Audio's Blocks Guide]] says this about the Dimension Mode parameter:
; OFF : Dimension mode is not active
; LOW : Neutral with no tonal coloration
; MED : Classic Dimension processing buttons 1-3. Set Rate to 0.25 - 0.50 Hz and Depth to taste
; HIGH : Classic Dimension processing button 4. Rate and Depth as above

For preset examples, search the [[Factory presets]] page for <q>dimension</q>.

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>

<blockquote>
[http://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/dimension-type-mode-unclarity.79153/#post-962721]
The Dimension Mode parameter turns on "Dimension Processing". This can be turned on in any type. However I highly recommend using the Dimension Type as it sets the correct base algorithm, LFO type, delay time, phase, etc., etc. as well as turning on the Dimension Processing.

The Dimension D is really just a typical chorus. At the output, however, some special processing occurs that gives that unique sound. Turning Dimension Mode to one of the three settings engages the various aspects of that processing.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/12-03b4-dimesion-d-preview.79253/page-2#post-964250]
A Dimension D is a fairly typical chorus with some added analog processing on the outputs. The analog processing has a "normal" mode and a "boost" mode. The unit itself has four switches. These switches set the rate and the depth as well as turn on the boost mode. The switches do the following:
# Slow rate (0.25 Hz) and low depth.
# Slow rate and normal depth.
# Fast rate (0.5 Hz) and normal depth.
# Fast rate and normal depth and "boost" on.

The depth is actually reduced in modes 3 and 4 to compensate for the higher rate. In the Axe-Fx this is done automatically when Auto Depth is on. Therefore I've indicated the depth as "normal" in modes 3 and 4 as the amount of pitch shift is roughly the same as mode 2.

There is also an EQ that is present in all the modes on the dry signal.

The LFO is a triangle wave and is 180 degrees out of phase between channels.

The Dimension Mode parameter has three settings: Low, Medium and High. 
Low: Dry EQ off, boost off. 
Med: Dry EQ on, boost off. 
High: Dry EQ on, boost on. 

The Low setting has no equivalent on an actual Dimension D since the dry EQ is always active.

The Dimension '''Type''' sets the LFO type, phase, Auto Depth, Hi Cut, etc., etc. and sets the Dimension Mode to Medium. With the appropriate settings of Rate and Depth you can duplicate modes 1, 2 & 3 on the actual Dimension D. To duplicate mode 4 you simply set the Dimension Mode to High.

The Rates are given above. I've found a Depth of around 25% to be a good starting point. Increase or decrease to taste. The Type does NOT preset the Rate or Depth.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

==BBD algorithm==

All “Analog” chorus types use the BBD algorithm from the Flanger block, as does the "Dimension 2" type: Analog Mono, Analog Stereo, Dimension 2, Dimension (and probably Japan CE-2).

<blockquote>'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''<HR>
<blockquote>
[http://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/not-a-bug-triangle-lfo-in-certain-chorus-types.140241/#post-1662572]
Those types use “analog” delay lines. The delay lines are virtual bucket brigade devices with the delay time controlled by a virtual oscillator. That behavior is consistent with how they would work in the real world.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

==Vibrato==

In current firmware, there's a Vibrato type in the Chorus block.

Roland uses a Sine wave for its Vibrato effect. [https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/once-upon-a-time-there-were-service-manuals.166247/post-1996445]

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/anyone-have-a-good-memory-man-patch.23836/#post-379483]
Vibrato is chorus with the mix at 100%. If you want vibrato on the delay trails only simply use the built-in LFO's in the delay block itself.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

Mix at 100% is not an absolute requirement. As documented in <q>[http://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/presenting-the-boss-ce-1-moaee-mother-of-all-effect-emulations.59591 Presenting the Boss CE-1]</q>, the Vibrato mode of the venerable Boss CE-1 depends on a variable Mix setting.

See Wikipedia's <q>[http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Vibrato_unit Vibrato unit]</q> page for more information.

==Tri-Chorus==

The Tri-Chorus is a very lush chorus that was very popular among studio players in the 80s and 90s. The original devices have been discontinued, but there are a few replicas. It uses three different LFOs with phase relationships 120 degrees apart (less warble, more smooth and shimmery).

; Axe-Fx III, FM3, FM9. VP4, AM4 : The Chorus block has an authentic Tri-Chorus algorithm, based on a Dytronics Songbird TSC-1380.

:See the forum's <q>[http://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/which-tri-chorus-was-used-for-modeling-as-its-not-clear.136778/#post-1620722 Which tri chorus was used for modeling?]</q> for more information.

; AX8, FX8 and Axe-Fx II : Use the Chorus and/or Quad Chorus for the Axe-Fx II only effects, combined with Pitch Detune.

:See <q>[http://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/another-tri-chorus-thread.99868 Another Tri-Chorus thread]</q> in the forum for more information.

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>

<blockquote>
[http://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/the-tri-chorus-sound.148267/#post-1753931]
It's just chorus. You can't do it with the II. It's a unique algorithm and there's no way to adjust the chorus block to get the same results. The III has a separate tri-chorus algorithm.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

Videos:
* [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=L3I6euvvLFc Dytronics Tri Stereo Chorus]
* [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=0b-jcn9t-MM Pete Thorn demos the Fulltone TERC]
* [http://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/michael-landau-style-tri-stereo-chorus.139154 Demonstration by Camilo Velandia]

==Dual Chorus==

This type has independent LFOs for the left and right delay lines. The delay lines are BBD emulations.

Not available on the Axe-Fx II, AX8 and FX8.

==Using other blocks to create a chorus==

* The [[Multitap Delay block]] can create lush multi-voice chorus effects. Firmware 17.01 for the Axe-Fx III (and corresponding FM3 and FM9 firmware) added several types, based on the TC 1210 Stereo Chorus/Flanger, Yamaha UD-Stump etc.

* The [[Pitch block]] and [[Plex Delay block]] can create a multi-voice detuning effect.

* Leon Todd replicated the [https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/intellifex-style-8-voice-chorus.153396/ Intellifex Style 8 Voice Chorus] using the Multitap Delay.

* Current firmware adds a Tape Flanger type to the Chorus block.

<blockquote>'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''<HR>
<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/axe-fx-iii-firmware-version-12-00-public-beta-2-beta-3.157788/post-1881824]
Just use the flanger with zero feedback and modulate MANUAL. In some cases, the Flanger is now a better chorus than the chorus!
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/replicating-this-mxr-flanger-doubler-effect.200247/#post-2497435]
Use the Chorus, which is the same thing as a flanger whose feedback is set to 0.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

==Arion chorus==

You can recreate the [https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/tc-1210-tc-scf.172165/post-2080948 Arion SCH-1 chorus] sound with the Flanger.

See Marco Fanton's "[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=r7o8MqIc8-8 How to create the famous ARION STEREO CHORUS]" video for information too.

=Position of the Chorus block on the grid=

You can put the Chorus block either ''before'' (PRE) or ''after'' (POST) the Amp block.

;PRE : The block operates as a pedal on a traditional pedalboard

;POST : The block takes the role of a studio/rack effect

=Mono or stereo chorus=

A stereo Chorus block ''before'' the Amp block will be summed to mono, so make sure it is set to mono (LFO Phase: 0) to prevent phase cancellation issues.

Some chorus types (such as 80s and Triangle) "invert" the wet sound on one side. If you're collapsing the signal to mono ''after'' the Chorus block, the wet side will completely cancel and you'll hear no chorus at all.

=Parameters=

==Voices==

Whenever the number of voices is set to more than two, the LFO type will change automatically to “SINE.” If the number of voices is greater than two and the LFO type is changed to something other than “SINE,” the number of voices will be reset to two.

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<hr>

<blockquote>
[http://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/quad-chorus.138718/#post-1645790]
The Chorus block has up to 8 voices.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

A single chorus voice, i.e. for a Vibrato effect, can be obtained by setting LFO Phase to 0.

==LFO Type==

Whenever the number of voices is set to more than two, the LFO type will change automatically to “SINE.” If the number of voices is greater than two and the LFO type is changed to something other than “SINE,” the number of voices will be reset to two.

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<hr>
<blockquote>
Roland uses a Triangle wave LFO for its Chorus effect, and a Sine wave LFO for its Vibrato effect. [https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/once-upon-a-time-there-were-service-manuals.166247/post-1996445]
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

==Stereo Spread==

Values beyond +/-100% increase the apparent image beyond the stereo field.

==Chorus vs Detune==

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/chorus-vs-pitch-block-detuned.68871/#post-846398]
Chorus is a varying pitch shift. The pitch slowly changes between flat and sharp. Detune is a constant pitch shift.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

The Chorus block can be used for pitch detuning. [https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/chorus-the-hunt-for-a-great-chorus.215003/#post-2700288 Here's how]

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>
<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/replace-pitch-block-dual-detune-when-i-need-to-use-the-virtual-capo.218206/#post-2746963]
In many cases, it's virtually impossible to tell the difference between a clean triangle chorus and a dual detune. Start with Digital Stereo. Set LFO Phase to 180. LFO Type to Triangle.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

=Tips, tricks and troubleshooting=

==Factory presets==

The Chorus block is showcased in many factory presets. Search the [[Factory presets]] page for "chorus".

==Use a Flanger for chorus ==

<blockquote>'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''<HR>
<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/replicating-this-mxr-flanger-doubler-effect.200247/#post-2497435]
Use the Chorus, which is the same thing as a flanger whose feedback is set to 0.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

==Double chorus==

A studio trick from the '80s is to use two choruses in series. The video below demonstrates this.

==More information about chorus==

The Chorus block is explained in the [[Owners_Manuals|Owner's Manual]].

Also see:
* [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Chorus_effect Wikipedia: Chorus]
* [http://www.premierguitar.com/articles/25035-behind-the-bucket-brigade?utm_source=Sailthru&utm_medium=email&utm_campaign=Gruhn%20ENL%20-%20032217&utm_term=PG%20Weekly Premier Guitar: Behind the Bucket Brigade]
* [https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/boss-ce1.160631/post-1926114 About waveforms in Chorus]

=Videos=

[[Video:Leon-ChorusMasterClass]]
[[video:Leon-ChorusDetune]]
[[video:Cordy-DoubleChorus]]

[[category:Axe-Fx2]]
[[category:Axe-Fx3]]
[[category:FM3]]
[[category:FM9]]
[[category:VP4]]
[[category:AM4]]
[[category:AX8]]
[[category:FX8]]
[[category:Sounds]]
[[category:All]]

Chorus block

2026-04-02T17:44:04Z

Yek: /* MX234 */

__TOC__
=Chorus block=

'''Axe-Fx III''', '''FM9''', '''FM3''' — 2 blocks, 4 channels 
'''AM4''' — 1 block, 4 channels 
'''VP4''' — 4 blocks, 4 channels

'''ICONS''' — yes

'''Axe-Fx II''', '''FX8''' — 2 blocks, X/Y 
'''AX8''' — 1 block, X/Y

=About the Chorus block=

Chorus is created by duplicating the signal and then modulating the pitch of that signal slightly. Slightly delaying the wet signal emphasizes the effect.

[[image:Chorus block.PNG|link=|400px]]

=Chorus types=

# '''Digital Mono'''
# '''Digital Stereo'''
# '''Analog Mono'''
# '''Analog Stereo'''
# '''Japan CE-2'''
# '''Warm Stereo'''
# '''80's Style'''
# '''Triangle Chorus'''
# '''8-Voice Stereo'''
# '''Tape Chorus'''
# '''Dimension 1'''
# '''Dimension 2'''
# '''Dimension 3'''
# '''4-Voice Analog'''
# '''8-Voice Analog'''
# '''Stereo Tri-Chorus'''
# '''Dual Chorus'''
# '''Tape Flanger'''
# '''Japan CE-1 Chorus'''
# '''Japan CE-1 Vibrato'''
# '''Japan CH-1'''
# '''MX234'''
# '''Small Copy'''
# '''Japan CE-2 Bass'''
# '''Vibrato'''
# '''Rockguy'''
# '''MX234 Stereo'''

And on the VP4 and AM4:

# '''Vibrato 1'''
# '''Vibrato 2'''

=About chorus effects=

==Boss CE-1==

The Boss CE-1 is the pedal version of the chorus in the Roland JC-120 amplifier.

Before the addition of the model, forum members tried to simulate it by other means, see below.

* [http://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/presenting-the-boss-ce-1-moaee-mother-of-all-effect-emulations.59591 Recreate the Boss CE-1 sound using a LFO-driven Flanger block]
* [http://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/ax8-ce-1-blind-test.141424/ Leon Todd dials in the CE-1 sound, based on the 'Japan CE-2' type in the Chorus block], and [http://www.youtube.com/watch?time_continue=4&v=M37ojINmE8w YouTube demo]
* [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=cbjWvN9nGAk That Pedal Show: Dan's Broken Ensemble]
* [https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/boss-ce1.160631/post-1925191 Admin M@'s CE-1]
* The [[Factory presets|factory preset CE-1 CHORUS/VIBE]] also recreates the chorus and vibrato sounds of the CE-1.

==Boss CE-2==

This is the successor of the large grey CE-1. It was released in 1979. It's a mono chorus.

There's a dedicated model for the CE-2 Bass pedal.

==MX234==

Based on the MXR M234 Analog Chorus pedal.

==MX134 Stereo==

Based on an MXR M134 Stereo Chorus pedal.

==Small Copy==

Based on the EHX Small Clone chorus pedal.

==Japan CH-1==

Based on the Boss Super Chorus CH-1 pedal.

==Vintage tape==

This Chorus type uses the tape delay algorithm from the Delay block. It sums the left and right block inputs into mono, so use caution as phase cancellation may occur.

==Triangle Chorus==

Two voices with a triangle-shaped LFO.

==Dimension==

Based on Roland's SDD-320 Dimension D unit.

The Chorus block provides three Dimension types: Dimension 1, 2 and 3. These correspond to the modes on the original device.

The Dimension C pedal was created by Boss to produce the Dimension D effect through a pedal. In 2018 Boss released its DC-2W Dimension C pedal, part of the Waza Craft Series. [https://m.youtube.com/watch?v=Tt9nrVOnV70 Video]

According to Guitar World, SRV used the Dimension D to add thicken his solos and still keep the tone natural.

[[Owners_Manuals|Fractal Audio's Blocks Guide]] says this about the Dimension Mode parameter:
; OFF : Dimension mode is not active
; LOW : Neutral with no tonal coloration
; MED : Classic Dimension processing buttons 1-3. Set Rate to 0.25 - 0.50 Hz and Depth to taste
; HIGH : Classic Dimension processing button 4. Rate and Depth as above

For preset examples, search the [[Factory presets]] page for <q>dimension</q>.

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>

<blockquote>
[http://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/dimension-type-mode-unclarity.79153/#post-962721]
The Dimension Mode parameter turns on "Dimension Processing". This can be turned on in any type. However I highly recommend using the Dimension Type as it sets the correct base algorithm, LFO type, delay time, phase, etc., etc. as well as turning on the Dimension Processing.

The Dimension D is really just a typical chorus. At the output, however, some special processing occurs that gives that unique sound. Turning Dimension Mode to one of the three settings engages the various aspects of that processing.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/12-03b4-dimesion-d-preview.79253/page-2#post-964250]
A Dimension D is a fairly typical chorus with some added analog processing on the outputs. The analog processing has a "normal" mode and a "boost" mode. The unit itself has four switches. These switches set the rate and the depth as well as turn on the boost mode. The switches do the following:
# Slow rate (0.25 Hz) and low depth.
# Slow rate and normal depth.
# Fast rate (0.5 Hz) and normal depth.
# Fast rate and normal depth and "boost" on.

The depth is actually reduced in modes 3 and 4 to compensate for the higher rate. In the Axe-Fx this is done automatically when Auto Depth is on. Therefore I've indicated the depth as "normal" in modes 3 and 4 as the amount of pitch shift is roughly the same as mode 2.

There is also an EQ that is present in all the modes on the dry signal.

The LFO is a triangle wave and is 180 degrees out of phase between channels.

The Dimension Mode parameter has three settings: Low, Medium and High. 
Low: Dry EQ off, boost off. 
Med: Dry EQ on, boost off. 
High: Dry EQ on, boost on. 

The Low setting has no equivalent on an actual Dimension D since the dry EQ is always active.

The Dimension '''Type''' sets the LFO type, phase, Auto Depth, Hi Cut, etc., etc. and sets the Dimension Mode to Medium. With the appropriate settings of Rate and Depth you can duplicate modes 1, 2 & 3 on the actual Dimension D. To duplicate mode 4 you simply set the Dimension Mode to High.

The Rates are given above. I've found a Depth of around 25% to be a good starting point. Increase or decrease to taste. The Type does NOT preset the Rate or Depth.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

==BBD algorithm==

All “Analog” chorus types use the BBD algorithm from the Flanger block, as does the "Dimension 2" type: Analog Mono, Analog Stereo, Dimension 2, Dimension (and probably Japan CE-2).

<blockquote>'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''<HR>
<blockquote>
[http://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/not-a-bug-triangle-lfo-in-certain-chorus-types.140241/#post-1662572]
Those types use “analog” delay lines. The delay lines are virtual bucket brigade devices with the delay time controlled by a virtual oscillator. That behavior is consistent with how they would work in the real world.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

==Vibrato==

In current firmware, there's a Vibrato type in the Chorus block.

Roland uses a Sine wave for its Vibrato effect. [https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/once-upon-a-time-there-were-service-manuals.166247/post-1996445]

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/anyone-have-a-good-memory-man-patch.23836/#post-379483]
Vibrato is chorus with the mix at 100%. If you want vibrato on the delay trails only simply use the built-in LFO's in the delay block itself.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

Mix at 100% is not an absolute requirement. As documented in <q>[http://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/presenting-the-boss-ce-1-moaee-mother-of-all-effect-emulations.59591 Presenting the Boss CE-1]</q>, the Vibrato mode of the venerable Boss CE-1 depends on a variable Mix setting.

See Wikipedia's <q>[http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Vibrato_unit Vibrato unit]</q> page for more information.

==Tri-Chorus==

The Tri-Chorus is a very lush chorus that was very popular among studio players in the 80s and 90s. The original devices have been discontinued, but there are a few replicas. It uses three different LFOs with phase relationships 120 degrees apart (less warble, more smooth and shimmery).

; Axe-Fx III, FM3, FM9. VP4, AM4 : The Chorus block has an authentic Tri-Chorus algorithm, based on a Dytronics Songbird TSC-1380.

:See the forum's <q>[http://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/which-tri-chorus-was-used-for-modeling-as-its-not-clear.136778/#post-1620722 Which tri chorus was used for modeling?]</q> for more information.

; AX8, FX8 and Axe-Fx II : Use the Chorus and/or Quad Chorus for the Axe-Fx II only effects, combined with Pitch Detune.

:See <q>[http://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/another-tri-chorus-thread.99868 Another Tri-Chorus thread]</q> in the forum for more information.

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>

<blockquote>
[http://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/the-tri-chorus-sound.148267/#post-1753931]
It's just chorus. You can't do it with the II. It's a unique algorithm and there's no way to adjust the chorus block to get the same results. The III has a separate tri-chorus algorithm.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

Videos:
* [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=L3I6euvvLFc Dytronics Tri Stereo Chorus]
* [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=0b-jcn9t-MM Pete Thorn demos the Fulltone TERC]
* [http://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/michael-landau-style-tri-stereo-chorus.139154 Demonstration by Camilo Velandia]

==Dual Chorus==

This type has independent LFOs for the left and right delay lines. The delay lines are BBD emulations.

Not available on the Axe-Fx II, AX8 and FX8.

==Using other blocks to create a chorus==

* The [[Multitap Delay block]] can create lush multi-voice chorus effects. Firmware 17.01 for the Axe-Fx III (and corresponding FM3 and FM9 firmware) added several types, based on the TC 1210 Stereo Chorus/Flanger, Yamaha UD-Stump etc.

* The [[Pitch block]] and [[Plex Delay block]] can create a multi-voice detuning effect.

* Leon Todd replicated the [https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/intellifex-style-8-voice-chorus.153396/ Intellifex Style 8 Voice Chorus] using the Multitap Delay.

* Current firmware adds a Tape Flanger type to the Chorus block.

<blockquote>'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''<HR>
<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/axe-fx-iii-firmware-version-12-00-public-beta-2-beta-3.157788/post-1881824]
Just use the flanger with zero feedback and modulate MANUAL. In some cases, the Flanger is now a better chorus than the chorus!
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/replicating-this-mxr-flanger-doubler-effect.200247/#post-2497435]
Use the Chorus, which is the same thing as a flanger whose feedback is set to 0.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

==Arion chorus==

You can recreate the [https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/tc-1210-tc-scf.172165/post-2080948 Arion SCH-1 chorus] sound with the Flanger.

See Marco Fanton's "[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=r7o8MqIc8-8 How to create the famous ARION STEREO CHORUS]" video for information too.

=Position of the Chorus block on the grid=

You can put the Chorus block either ''before'' (PRE) or ''after'' (POST) the Amp block.

;PRE : The block operates as a pedal on a traditional pedalboard

;POST : The block takes the role of a studio/rack effect

=Mono or stereo chorus=

A stereo Chorus block ''before'' the Amp block will be summed to mono, so make sure it is set to mono (LFO Phase: 0) to prevent phase cancellation issues.

Some chorus types (such as 80s and Triangle) "invert" the wet sound on one side. If you're collapsing the signal to mono ''after'' the Chorus block, the wet side will completely cancel and you'll hear no chorus at all.

=Parameters=

==Voices==

Whenever the number of voices is set to more than two, the LFO type will change automatically to “SINE.” If the number of voices is greater than two and the LFO type is changed to something other than “SINE,” the number of voices will be reset to two.

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<hr>

<blockquote>
[http://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/quad-chorus.138718/#post-1645790]
The Chorus block has up to 8 voices.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

A single chorus voice, i.e. for a Vibrato effect, can be obtained by setting LFO Phase to 0.

==LFO Type==

Whenever the number of voices is set to more than two, the LFO type will change automatically to “SINE.” If the number of voices is greater than two and the LFO type is changed to something other than “SINE,” the number of voices will be reset to two.

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<hr>
<blockquote>
Roland uses a Triangle wave LFO for its Chorus effect, and a Sine wave LFO for its Vibrato effect. [https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/once-upon-a-time-there-were-service-manuals.166247/post-1996445]
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

==Stereo Spread==

Values beyond +/-100% increase the apparent image beyond the stereo field.

==Chorus vs Detune==

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/chorus-vs-pitch-block-detuned.68871/#post-846398]
Chorus is a varying pitch shift. The pitch slowly changes between flat and sharp. Detune is a constant pitch shift.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

The Chorus block can be used for pitch detuning. [https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/chorus-the-hunt-for-a-great-chorus.215003/#post-2700288 Here's how]

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>
<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/replace-pitch-block-dual-detune-when-i-need-to-use-the-virtual-capo.218206/#post-2746963]
In many cases, it's virtually impossible to tell the difference between a clean triangle chorus and a dual detune. Start with Digital Stereo. Set LFO Phase to 180. LFO Type to Triangle.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

=Tips, tricks and troubleshooting=

==Factory presets==

The Chorus block is showcased in many factory presets. Search the [[Factory presets]] page for "chorus".

==Use a Flanger for chorus ==

<blockquote>'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''<HR>
<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/replicating-this-mxr-flanger-doubler-effect.200247/#post-2497435]
Use the Chorus, which is the same thing as a flanger whose feedback is set to 0.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

==Double chorus==

A studio trick from the '80s is to use two choruses in series. The video below demonstrates this.

==More information about chorus==

The Chorus block is explained in the [[Owners_Manuals|Owner's Manual]].

Also see:
* [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Chorus_effect Wikipedia: Chorus]
* [http://www.premierguitar.com/articles/25035-behind-the-bucket-brigade?utm_source=Sailthru&utm_medium=email&utm_campaign=Gruhn%20ENL%20-%20032217&utm_term=PG%20Weekly Premier Guitar: Behind the Bucket Brigade]
* [https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/boss-ce1.160631/post-1926114 About waveforms in Chorus]

=Videos=

[[Video:Leon-ChorusMasterClass]]
[[video:Leon-ChorusDetune]]
[[video:Cordy-DoubleChorus]]

[[category:Axe-Fx2]]
[[category:Axe-Fx3]]
[[category:FM3]]
[[category:FM9]]
[[category:VP4]]
[[category:AM4]]
[[category:AX8]]
[[category:FX8]]
[[category:Sounds]]
[[category:All]]

Chorus block

2026-04-02T17:42:54Z

Yek: /* Chorus types */

__TOC__
=Chorus block=

'''Axe-Fx III''', '''FM9''', '''FM3''' — 2 blocks, 4 channels 
'''AM4''' — 1 block, 4 channels 
'''VP4''' — 4 blocks, 4 channels

'''ICONS''' — yes

'''Axe-Fx II''', '''FX8''' — 2 blocks, X/Y 
'''AX8''' — 1 block, X/Y

=About the Chorus block=

Chorus is created by duplicating the signal and then modulating the pitch of that signal slightly. Slightly delaying the wet signal emphasizes the effect.

[[image:Chorus block.PNG|link=|400px]]

=Chorus types=

# '''Digital Mono'''
# '''Digital Stereo'''
# '''Analog Mono'''
# '''Analog Stereo'''
# '''Japan CE-2'''
# '''Warm Stereo'''
# '''80's Style'''
# '''Triangle Chorus'''
# '''8-Voice Stereo'''
# '''Tape Chorus'''
# '''Dimension 1'''
# '''Dimension 2'''
# '''Dimension 3'''
# '''4-Voice Analog'''
# '''8-Voice Analog'''
# '''Stereo Tri-Chorus'''
# '''Dual Chorus'''
# '''Tape Flanger'''
# '''Japan CE-1 Chorus'''
# '''Japan CE-1 Vibrato'''
# '''Japan CH-1'''
# '''MX234'''
# '''Small Copy'''
# '''Japan CE-2 Bass'''
# '''Vibrato'''
# '''Rockguy'''
# '''MX234 Stereo'''

And on the VP4 and AM4:

# '''Vibrato 1'''
# '''Vibrato 2'''

=About chorus effects=

==Boss CE-1==

The Boss CE-1 is the pedal version of the chorus in the Roland JC-120 amplifier.

Before the addition of the model, forum members tried to simulate it by other means, see below.

* [http://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/presenting-the-boss-ce-1-moaee-mother-of-all-effect-emulations.59591 Recreate the Boss CE-1 sound using a LFO-driven Flanger block]
* [http://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/ax8-ce-1-blind-test.141424/ Leon Todd dials in the CE-1 sound, based on the 'Japan CE-2' type in the Chorus block], and [http://www.youtube.com/watch?time_continue=4&v=M37ojINmE8w YouTube demo]
* [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=cbjWvN9nGAk That Pedal Show: Dan's Broken Ensemble]
* [https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/boss-ce1.160631/post-1925191 Admin M@'s CE-1]
* The [[Factory presets|factory preset CE-1 CHORUS/VIBE]] also recreates the chorus and vibrato sounds of the CE-1.

==Boss CE-2==

This is the successor of the large grey CE-1. It was released in 1979. It's a mono chorus.

There's a dedicated model for the CE-2 Bass pedal.

==MX234==

Based on the MXR M234 Analog Chorus pedal.

==Small Copy==

Based on the EHX Small Clone chorus pedal.

==Japan CH-1==

Based on the Boss Super Chorus CH-1 pedal.

==Vintage tape==

This Chorus type uses the tape delay algorithm from the Delay block. It sums the left and right block inputs into mono, so use caution as phase cancellation may occur.

==Triangle Chorus==

Two voices with a triangle-shaped LFO.

==Dimension==

Based on Roland's SDD-320 Dimension D unit.

The Chorus block provides three Dimension types: Dimension 1, 2 and 3. These correspond to the modes on the original device.

The Dimension C pedal was created by Boss to produce the Dimension D effect through a pedal. In 2018 Boss released its DC-2W Dimension C pedal, part of the Waza Craft Series. [https://m.youtube.com/watch?v=Tt9nrVOnV70 Video]

According to Guitar World, SRV used the Dimension D to add thicken his solos and still keep the tone natural.

[[Owners_Manuals|Fractal Audio's Blocks Guide]] says this about the Dimension Mode parameter:
; OFF : Dimension mode is not active
; LOW : Neutral with no tonal coloration
; MED : Classic Dimension processing buttons 1-3. Set Rate to 0.25 - 0.50 Hz and Depth to taste
; HIGH : Classic Dimension processing button 4. Rate and Depth as above

For preset examples, search the [[Factory presets]] page for <q>dimension</q>.

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>

<blockquote>
[http://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/dimension-type-mode-unclarity.79153/#post-962721]
The Dimension Mode parameter turns on "Dimension Processing". This can be turned on in any type. However I highly recommend using the Dimension Type as it sets the correct base algorithm, LFO type, delay time, phase, etc., etc. as well as turning on the Dimension Processing.

The Dimension D is really just a typical chorus. At the output, however, some special processing occurs that gives that unique sound. Turning Dimension Mode to one of the three settings engages the various aspects of that processing.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/12-03b4-dimesion-d-preview.79253/page-2#post-964250]
A Dimension D is a fairly typical chorus with some added analog processing on the outputs. The analog processing has a "normal" mode and a "boost" mode. The unit itself has four switches. These switches set the rate and the depth as well as turn on the boost mode. The switches do the following:
# Slow rate (0.25 Hz) and low depth.
# Slow rate and normal depth.
# Fast rate (0.5 Hz) and normal depth.
# Fast rate and normal depth and "boost" on.

The depth is actually reduced in modes 3 and 4 to compensate for the higher rate. In the Axe-Fx this is done automatically when Auto Depth is on. Therefore I've indicated the depth as "normal" in modes 3 and 4 as the amount of pitch shift is roughly the same as mode 2.

There is also an EQ that is present in all the modes on the dry signal.

The LFO is a triangle wave and is 180 degrees out of phase between channels.

The Dimension Mode parameter has three settings: Low, Medium and High. 
Low: Dry EQ off, boost off. 
Med: Dry EQ on, boost off. 
High: Dry EQ on, boost on. 

The Low setting has no equivalent on an actual Dimension D since the dry EQ is always active.

The Dimension '''Type''' sets the LFO type, phase, Auto Depth, Hi Cut, etc., etc. and sets the Dimension Mode to Medium. With the appropriate settings of Rate and Depth you can duplicate modes 1, 2 & 3 on the actual Dimension D. To duplicate mode 4 you simply set the Dimension Mode to High.

The Rates are given above. I've found a Depth of around 25% to be a good starting point. Increase or decrease to taste. The Type does NOT preset the Rate or Depth.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

==BBD algorithm==

All “Analog” chorus types use the BBD algorithm from the Flanger block, as does the "Dimension 2" type: Analog Mono, Analog Stereo, Dimension 2, Dimension (and probably Japan CE-2).

<blockquote>'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''<HR>
<blockquote>
[http://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/not-a-bug-triangle-lfo-in-certain-chorus-types.140241/#post-1662572]
Those types use “analog” delay lines. The delay lines are virtual bucket brigade devices with the delay time controlled by a virtual oscillator. That behavior is consistent with how they would work in the real world.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

==Vibrato==

In current firmware, there's a Vibrato type in the Chorus block.

Roland uses a Sine wave for its Vibrato effect. [https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/once-upon-a-time-there-were-service-manuals.166247/post-1996445]

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/anyone-have-a-good-memory-man-patch.23836/#post-379483]
Vibrato is chorus with the mix at 100%. If you want vibrato on the delay trails only simply use the built-in LFO's in the delay block itself.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

Mix at 100% is not an absolute requirement. As documented in <q>[http://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/presenting-the-boss-ce-1-moaee-mother-of-all-effect-emulations.59591 Presenting the Boss CE-1]</q>, the Vibrato mode of the venerable Boss CE-1 depends on a variable Mix setting.

See Wikipedia's <q>[http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Vibrato_unit Vibrato unit]</q> page for more information.

==Tri-Chorus==

The Tri-Chorus is a very lush chorus that was very popular among studio players in the 80s and 90s. The original devices have been discontinued, but there are a few replicas. It uses three different LFOs with phase relationships 120 degrees apart (less warble, more smooth and shimmery).

; Axe-Fx III, FM3, FM9. VP4, AM4 : The Chorus block has an authentic Tri-Chorus algorithm, based on a Dytronics Songbird TSC-1380.

:See the forum's <q>[http://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/which-tri-chorus-was-used-for-modeling-as-its-not-clear.136778/#post-1620722 Which tri chorus was used for modeling?]</q> for more information.

; AX8, FX8 and Axe-Fx II : Use the Chorus and/or Quad Chorus for the Axe-Fx II only effects, combined with Pitch Detune.

:See <q>[http://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/another-tri-chorus-thread.99868 Another Tri-Chorus thread]</q> in the forum for more information.

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>

<blockquote>
[http://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/the-tri-chorus-sound.148267/#post-1753931]
It's just chorus. You can't do it with the II. It's a unique algorithm and there's no way to adjust the chorus block to get the same results. The III has a separate tri-chorus algorithm.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

Videos:
* [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=L3I6euvvLFc Dytronics Tri Stereo Chorus]
* [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=0b-jcn9t-MM Pete Thorn demos the Fulltone TERC]
* [http://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/michael-landau-style-tri-stereo-chorus.139154 Demonstration by Camilo Velandia]

==Dual Chorus==

This type has independent LFOs for the left and right delay lines. The delay lines are BBD emulations.

Not available on the Axe-Fx II, AX8 and FX8.

==Using other blocks to create a chorus==

* The [[Multitap Delay block]] can create lush multi-voice chorus effects. Firmware 17.01 for the Axe-Fx III (and corresponding FM3 and FM9 firmware) added several types, based on the TC 1210 Stereo Chorus/Flanger, Yamaha UD-Stump etc.

* The [[Pitch block]] and [[Plex Delay block]] can create a multi-voice detuning effect.

* Leon Todd replicated the [https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/intellifex-style-8-voice-chorus.153396/ Intellifex Style 8 Voice Chorus] using the Multitap Delay.

* Current firmware adds a Tape Flanger type to the Chorus block.

<blockquote>'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''<HR>
<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/axe-fx-iii-firmware-version-12-00-public-beta-2-beta-3.157788/post-1881824]
Just use the flanger with zero feedback and modulate MANUAL. In some cases, the Flanger is now a better chorus than the chorus!
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/replicating-this-mxr-flanger-doubler-effect.200247/#post-2497435]
Use the Chorus, which is the same thing as a flanger whose feedback is set to 0.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

==Arion chorus==

You can recreate the [https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/tc-1210-tc-scf.172165/post-2080948 Arion SCH-1 chorus] sound with the Flanger.

See Marco Fanton's "[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=r7o8MqIc8-8 How to create the famous ARION STEREO CHORUS]" video for information too.

=Position of the Chorus block on the grid=

You can put the Chorus block either ''before'' (PRE) or ''after'' (POST) the Amp block.

;PRE : The block operates as a pedal on a traditional pedalboard

;POST : The block takes the role of a studio/rack effect

=Mono or stereo chorus=

A stereo Chorus block ''before'' the Amp block will be summed to mono, so make sure it is set to mono (LFO Phase: 0) to prevent phase cancellation issues.

Some chorus types (such as 80s and Triangle) "invert" the wet sound on one side. If you're collapsing the signal to mono ''after'' the Chorus block, the wet side will completely cancel and you'll hear no chorus at all.

=Parameters=

==Voices==

Whenever the number of voices is set to more than two, the LFO type will change automatically to “SINE.” If the number of voices is greater than two and the LFO type is changed to something other than “SINE,” the number of voices will be reset to two.

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<hr>

<blockquote>
[http://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/quad-chorus.138718/#post-1645790]
The Chorus block has up to 8 voices.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

A single chorus voice, i.e. for a Vibrato effect, can be obtained by setting LFO Phase to 0.

==LFO Type==

Whenever the number of voices is set to more than two, the LFO type will change automatically to “SINE.” If the number of voices is greater than two and the LFO type is changed to something other than “SINE,” the number of voices will be reset to two.

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<hr>
<blockquote>
Roland uses a Triangle wave LFO for its Chorus effect, and a Sine wave LFO for its Vibrato effect. [https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/once-upon-a-time-there-were-service-manuals.166247/post-1996445]
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

==Stereo Spread==

Values beyond +/-100% increase the apparent image beyond the stereo field.

==Chorus vs Detune==

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/chorus-vs-pitch-block-detuned.68871/#post-846398]
Chorus is a varying pitch shift. The pitch slowly changes between flat and sharp. Detune is a constant pitch shift.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

The Chorus block can be used for pitch detuning. [https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/chorus-the-hunt-for-a-great-chorus.215003/#post-2700288 Here's how]

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>
<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/replace-pitch-block-dual-detune-when-i-need-to-use-the-virtual-capo.218206/#post-2746963]
In many cases, it's virtually impossible to tell the difference between a clean triangle chorus and a dual detune. Start with Digital Stereo. Set LFO Phase to 180. LFO Type to Triangle.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

=Tips, tricks and troubleshooting=

==Factory presets==

The Chorus block is showcased in many factory presets. Search the [[Factory presets]] page for "chorus".

==Use a Flanger for chorus ==

<blockquote>'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''<HR>
<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/replicating-this-mxr-flanger-doubler-effect.200247/#post-2497435]
Use the Chorus, which is the same thing as a flanger whose feedback is set to 0.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

==Double chorus==

A studio trick from the '80s is to use two choruses in series. The video below demonstrates this.

==More information about chorus==

The Chorus block is explained in the [[Owners_Manuals|Owner's Manual]].

Also see:
* [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Chorus_effect Wikipedia: Chorus]
* [http://www.premierguitar.com/articles/25035-behind-the-bucket-brigade?utm_source=Sailthru&utm_medium=email&utm_campaign=Gruhn%20ENL%20-%20032217&utm_term=PG%20Weekly Premier Guitar: Behind the Bucket Brigade]
* [https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/boss-ce1.160631/post-1926114 About waveforms in Chorus]

=Videos=

[[Video:Leon-ChorusMasterClass]]
[[video:Leon-ChorusDetune]]
[[video:Cordy-DoubleChorus]]

[[category:Axe-Fx2]]
[[category:Axe-Fx3]]
[[category:FM3]]
[[category:FM9]]
[[category:VP4]]
[[category:AM4]]
[[category:AX8]]
[[category:FX8]]
[[category:Sounds]]
[[category:All]]

Axe-Fx III firmware release notes

2026-04-02T17:41:24Z

Yek: /* 32.03 BETA - released 2025 March 20 */

__TOC__

=32.03 BETA - released 2025 March 20=

Improved Chorus block. Remastered the Japan CE-2 model. Added EQ controls to some models. Added the following models:
* Japan CE-1 Chorus. Based on a Boss CE-1 in chorus mode.
* Japan CE-1 Vibrato. Based on a Boss CE-1 in vibrato mode.
* Japan CH-1. Based on a Boss CH-1.
* MX234. Based on an MXR M234 Analog Chorus.
* Small Copy. Based on an EXH Small Clone.
* Japan CE-2 Bass. Based on a Boss CE-2B.
* Vibrato. A generic vibrato effect.
* Rockguy: Based on the Rockman X-100 chorus.
* MX134 Stereo: Based on an MXR M134 Stereo Chorus.

Updated various default values (and hidden parameters) in Amp block based on new analysis methods. For many amps this improves the feel and makes the amp sound more “open”. Existing presets are automatically updated.

Fixed Input EQ in Amp block not working if Definition is 0.0.

Fixed excessive blocking distortion in Supertweed model.

Fixed switching between channels in Delay block can cause a background whine if the previous channel was using Dry Diffusion.

=32.02 - released 2025 March 06=

Improved Amp block preamp modeling.

Added “Oversampling” parameter to Drive block. When set to HIGH the oversampling rate is doubled which results in less aliasing. NOTE: This will increase CPU usage considerably.

Reduced CPU usage in some blocks.

Fixed an issue where overdriving the input of the Amp block, whether with an external Drive block or using the internal Input Boost (or both), causes excessive aliasing for some amp models.

Fixed wrong Overdrive Volume taper in Fox ODS models. Audition presets and adjust as necessary.

Fixed an issue with the Euro Uber model where certain combinations of Presence and Depth can cause a crash.

=32.01 - released 2025 Feb 24=

Added Dry Diffusion control to Delay block. This allows adjusting the dry diffusion separate from the wet diffusion.

Added Delay controls to Mixer block. This allows adding up to 64 samples of delay to each signal. This can be used to compensate for latency when routing things in parallel.

Fixed turning Gain up to 10 in some amp models can cause Amp block to crash.

Fixed an issue with the Euro Uber model where certain values of Depth combined with certain speaker impedance curves can cause a crash.

Added checking for invalid/duplicate modifiers (which can be caused by 3rd-party apps) during preset recall and removes them.

=32.00 - released 2025 Feb 20=

Improved power tube grid modeling in Amp block.

Improved frequency response accuracy for amp models.

Improved diffusion in Delay block. The dry signal is now diffused along with the delayed signal. This makes the effect more musical.

Increased pitch tracking range in Pitch block to ~2500 Hz. This allows tracking pinch harmonics better.

Improved pitch shifting for low frequencies, e.g. bass guitars.

Grouped types in Reverb block to aid in selection.

Increased range of Attack Time in Input block. Attack Time can now be set to a minimum of 0.1 ms. Existing presets are automatically updated.

Increased range of Attack Time in Gate block. Attack Time can now be set to a minimum of 0.1 ms. Existing presets are automatically updated.

Added Swedish Metal model to Drive block based on a Boss HM-2.

Added 1S2473 diode type to Drive block (to support Swedish Metal model).

Added “Transistor” Power Tube Type. This is now the default type for the Jazz 120 amp model and models a transistor output stage. Existing presets using this model are automatically updated.

Fixed wrong gain pot taper on all Double Verb, Vibrato Verb and Super Verb models. Taper was previously 20A, now “2-35”. Remastered models. Audition presets and adjust as necessary.

Fixed an issue with PVH 6160, PVH 6160+ Lead and 5153 Red amp models. These models have been remastered accordingly. It is recommended to do a soft reset to load the new default values.

Fixed wrong resistor value in 5153 100W Green amp model. Audition presets and adjust as necessary.

Fixed wrong resistor value in 5153 100W Stealth Blue model. Audition presets and adjust as necessary.

Fixed wrong B+ voltage in Friedman BE/HBE models (due to wrong dropping resistor value). These models have been remastered accordingly. The default Negative Feedback has been changed to being commensurate with being taken from the 4-ohm tap. Note that the first-generation BE-100 had the feedback off the speaker jack. This was then changed to the 4-ohm tap. The latest version has a three-way switch to select between 4/8/16-ohm taps. Audition presets and adjust as necessary.

Fixed wrong Master Volume taper in Solo 100 amp models. Remastered the models. Audition presets and adjust as necessary.

Fixed wrong bass taper in Band-Commander amp model. Audition presets and adjust as necessary.

Fixed wrong master volume taper in Mr Z MZ-38 amp model. Audition presets and adjust as necessary.

Changed default values of Dual Tape type in Delay block to be a bit more musical.

Fixed preset updater not correctly setting Preamp Hardness if Amp block using EF86 tube type.

Various other fixes and improvements.

=31.03 - released 2025 Dec 30=

Improved Auto-Swell type in Volume block. The new algorithm features a dynamic threshold which tracks the average level of the input signal. The Hysteresis control determines how much the short-term level must drop below the average level to reset the gate. The Threshold control determines the absolute threshold at which the gate will close.

Improved Envelope Follower in Megatap, Multitap and Plex blocks.

Increased range of High Cut control in Pitch block. The High Cut can now be reduced to as low as 200 Hz.

Added Triggering to Arpeggiator type in Pitch block. When Threshold is set other than “OFF” the arpeggiator will trigger when the input signal exceeds the threshold.

Changed behavior of Arpeggiator so that when the sequence is finished the sequence resets to the first step (rather than stopping at the last step).

Improved pitch shifting in Pitch block. Pitch Tracking is now limited to NOTES and CHORDS (OFF is no longer supported). The Tracking Adjust parameter has been removed as it is no longer relevant.

Fixed Amp block first stage bias point can get corrupted and produce unwanted distortion.

Various other fixes and improvements.

=31.02 - released: 2025 Dec 19=

Fixed wrong Preamp Hardness being loaded for amp models with pentode preamps (i.e., AC-20 EF86).

Fixed crash in Div/13 CJ11 models.

Fixed inadvertent error introduced into AC-20 models.

=31.01 - released: 2025 Dec 15=

Added “Deluxe 6G3” amp model based on the bright channel of a 6G3 “Brownface” Deluxe.

Added “Citrus Juicer” Compressor model based on a Dan Armstrong Orange Squeezer. Unlike the Orange Squeezer the model allows you to adjust the compression ratio and threshold independently and also features Emphasis, Drive and Tone controls. The ratio and threshold of the actual pedal vary with the particular JFET used and the internal bias trim. Set the Threshold to -26.0 dB and Compression to 8.0 as a starting point and adjust to taste.

Added “Half-Wave” Detector Type to Compressor block. This is similar to the Peak type except the rectifier is half-wave as opposed to full-wave. This alters the attack and release ballistics and can add a bit more grit to the sound.

Added warning if system clock frequency is incorrect (e.g. when using AES/SPDIF as the clock source and the clock is at 44.1 kHz instead of 48 kHz).

Improved Amp block preamp modeling (again). This yields more accurate behavior when the amp input is pushed (e.g., when using an internal or external overdrive/boost).

Improved Amp block phase inverter modeling.

Went through every model with a fine-toothed comb and adjusted power amp and phase inverter parameters as needed to reflect new modeling.

Improved dwell algorithm for spring types in Reverb block.

Fixed wrong output transformer impedance ratio in Deluxe Tweed models (only slightly off).

Fixed wrong bias point in Band-Commander model.

Fixed instability in Pi Fuzz model for certain values of Sustain.

Fixed wrong time constant in Herbie models (probably not audible).

Various other fixes and improvements.

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>
<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/axe-fx-iii-firmware-31-01-beta-2.217357/page-2#post-2735933]
The ONLY thing that matters to me is how the models compare to the real amps. All the amps benefit from the new algorithms. And the models compare better than ever to the real amps. The new algorithms add considerable "punch". I won't go into details about what I discovered but was doing some tests and noticed something that the amp was doing that the model wasn't. After some investigation I discovered the reason and reworked the algorithms to model it. The so-called "Class-A" amps (AC-30, Tiny Terror, etc.) also greatly benefit from the new algorithm. Amps with cathodyne PIs (Deluxe, Princeton, etc.). are also much improved.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

=31.00 - released: 2025 Nov 12=

Improved preamp modeling in Amp block. This yields more accurate harmonic response and better feel. NOTE: The Preamp Tube Hardness parameter functions differently now. Existing presets are automatically updated to the default value for the amp model.

Improved power amp modeling in Amp. This yields a more controlled low end, especially for non-MV amps.

Added “Surround Delay” type to Delay block. This type produces “rotating” echoes that appear to move around the listener. The Rotation parameter determines how rapidly the echoes rotates. With Rotation at 100% the echoes will rotate 180 degrees each time (front, back, front, etc). At 50% the echoes will rotate 90 degrees (front, right, back, left, front, etc.). Negative values will cause the echoes to rotate in the opposite direction.

Added “Auto Align” switch to Cabinet block. When OFF the IR is delayed by the appropriate amount based on the Distance parameter (automatic time alignment is turned on). The user can add additional delay using the Align tab. Note that the actual delay can be less than the displayed delay as all IR delays are normalized to the shortest delay (so as to minimize overall latency). The Align tab has been changed to display the delay in ms rather than distance to reduce confusion with the Distance parameter. NOTE: Existing presets will have Auto Align set to ON as this was the prior behavior.

Added On/Off switch for Metronome. This can be controlled remotely as well by setting the desired control source in the MIDI/Remote -> Other menu.

Added Suhr Reactive Load Speaker Impedance Curve.

Various other fixes and improvements.

=30.01 - released: 2025 Oct 25=

Fixed loss of gain in Wah block if Drive is nonzero.

=30.00 - released: 2025 Oct 24=

This firmware requires installation of Dyna-Cabs version 1.09.

Added Tracking Mode parameter to Synth and Ring Mod blocks. When set to “BASS” the pitch tracking range is shifted down one octave with the lowest detectable note being approximately F#0.

Increased upper range of pitch detectors to approximately F#6. This prevents loss of tracking if playing at the 24th fret on the high E string and bending up a whole step.

Added “PI Fuzz – Bass” model based on a Deluxe Bass Big Muff Pi.

Added “NoAmp Bass DI” based on a SansAmp BassDriver DI.

Added “NoAmp Bass Pre” based on a SansAmp BassDriver DI with the speaker emulation bypassed. This can be used into a Cabinet block or as a boost into an Amp block.

Added “Royal Bass DI” based on a Noble Bass Preamp DI. The model has been modified with more gain so that it can be overdriven. With the Drive knob at 5.00 the gain is the same as the actual preamp. Also, instead of a Low Cut switch, the model uses an adjustable Low Cut control.

Added “7 Band Pedal” Graphic EQ type based on a Boss GE-7.

Added “7 Band Bass Pedal” Graphic EQ type based on a Boss GE-7B.

Added “1x8 Princetone” Dyna-Cabs captured from a 5F2 Tweed Princeton w/ a very nice sounding 8” Jupiter speaker. Added corresponding Speaker Impedance Curve.

Added “1x12 Black Magick” Dyna-Cabs captured from a Supro Black Magick with a Jensen P12Q speaker. Added corresponding Speaker Impedance Curve.

Added “8x10 SV Bass” Dyna-Cabs captured from an Ampeg SVT. Added corresponding Speaker Impedance Curve. Thanks to Mike "Dr. Bonkers" Santasiero for the files from his Dyna-Cab Pack, "Dr. Bonkers 8x10 SBB Bass". If you like this selection of mics, you can purchase the entire pack for Cab Lab at https://shop.fractalaudio.com

Improved accuracy of Sustain control vs. position in PI Fuzz models.

Fixed wrong resistor value in Blackglass 7K model. Remastered model as a result.

Fixed incorrect gain in Colortone Booster and Colortone OD models.

Fixed wrong capacitor value in all Blackface Vibrato models (Deluxe Verb, Double Verb, Super Verb, Vibroverb). Change probably isn’t very noticeable.

Fixed wrong resistor value in Deluxe Verb Normal model. Remastered model as a result.

Fixed Modern Gate type can get stuck closed if input above threshold during boot.

Changed name of “1x12 Brit G12M” speaker impedance curve (obtained from a 1x12 Divided-by-13 CJ11) to “1x12 Div13 CJ11” prevent confusion.

Various other fixes and improvements.

=29.01 - released: 2025 Aug 28=

Improved intelligent pitch shifting in Pitch block.

Notes:
* The Pitch Tracking parameter selects between Off, Chords and Notes. In Chords mode the tracking is optimized for playing multiple notes simultaneously and trades latency for stability. In Notes mode latency is reduced at the expense of stability. In Notes mode simple chords can be tracked but complex chords may present difficulty for the pitch tracker. The Tracking Adjust parameter allows for fine adjustment of the stability vs. latency trade-off.
* The Pitch Tracking parameter is only available for chromatic shifting types (this includes whammy types). Diatonic shifting necessarily requires playing single notes and the algorithm is automatically set to Notes mode for these types.

Improved CPU usage for some types in Compressor block.

Reduced filtering of rear panel pedal inputs. This allows faster response to rapid pedal movements.

Fixed pop/thump when switching to/from certain Drive types.

Various other fixes and improvements.

=29.00 - released: 2025 July 25=

Improved Amp block preamp modeling. Most amp models have been updated as a result. Audition presets and adjust as necessary.

Changed name of Supro 1695T to Supro Black Magick at Supro’s request.

Fixed switching from Supro Black Magick model to certain models using the editor can cause a crash.

Fixed wrong plate resistor value in PVH 6160 Block Lead and PVH 6160+ Lead models.

Fixed Gain knob not working in USA MK V Green model.

Fixed compander in Delay block not working correctly due to stack/hold changes.

Various other fixes and improvements.

=28.08 - released: 2025 July 11=

Added Supro 1695T amp model based on a Supro Black Magick.

Fixed Presence knob taper in PVH 6160 models.

Fixed wrong UI for USA MK V Green amp model.

Fixed Amp block Soft-Reset function does not set Edited LED.

Added global parameter to notify editor when a refresh is necessary.

Various other fixes and improvements.

=28.07 - released: 2025 June 20=

Improved Drive block by modeling output buffer distortion (where applicable).

Added “Angry Chuck” Drive pedal model based on a JHS Angry Charlie.

Added “Guardian Photon Speed” Drive pedal model based on a Greer Lightspeed.

Recaptured the 1x15 Vibratoverb Dyna-Cab using a new speaker as the old one sounded tired. The corresponding speaker impedance curve has also been updated.

Corrected a minor mistake in the effects loop recovery for the PVH amp models.

Renamed all “Prince Tone” models to “Princetone” because some customers thought this meant the amp was used by His Royal Purpleness.

Various other fixes, tweaks and improvements.

=28.06 - released: 2025 May 30=

Added “Soft-Reset” function to Amp block. This can be accessed from the Type page. Executing a soft-reset retains the values for the gain, tone controls, EQ, MV, etc. but resets advanced parameters to their default values.

Remastered all Solo 100 amp models. If using these models, it is recommended to do a soft-reset.

Remastered all Solo 99 Lead amp models. If using these models, it is recommended to do a soft-reset.

Fixed wrong resistor value in Cameron CCV and Atomica models (effect is likely negligible).

Corrected a minor parameter error in the Deluxe Verb Vibrato, Double Verb Vibrato, Double Verb Silverface, Super Verb Vibrato, Vibrato Verb and Div/13 FT37 models.

=28.05 - released: 2025 May 22=

Improved Amp block output transformer modeling.

Tweaked parameters for amps with cold clipping stages slightly to better reflect new insights and measurements.

Remastered all Brit JVM and JS410 amp models. If using these models, it is recommended to do a soft-reset of the model by deselecting and reselecting the type.

Remastered Solo 88 Rhythm and Lead models. If using these models, it is recommended to do a soft-reset of the model by deselecting and reselecting the type.

Remastered all Recto2 amp models. If using these models, it is recommended to do a soft-reset of the model by deselecting and reselecting the type.

Remastered all USA MK IV Lead amp models. If using these models, it is recommended to do a soft-reset of the model by deselecting and reselecting the type. NOTE: The taper of the Overdrive control has changed. Audition and adjust presets as necessary.

Remastered all USA MK IIC+ amp models. If using these models, it is recommended to do a soft-reset of the model by deselecting and reselecting the type. NOTE: The taper of the Overdrive control has changed. Audition and adjust presets as necessary.

Remastered all USA Pre LD2 amp models. If using these models, it is recommended to do a soft-reset of the model by deselecting and reselecting the type. NOTE: The taper of the Gain control has changed. Audition and adjust presets as necessary.

Corrected an error in calculating the bias point of an early gain stage in amp models with five or more gain stages (likely not audible).

=28.04 - released: 2025 April 19=

Fixed display bug for Send MIDI Clock.

=28.03 - released: 2025 April 8=

Added “1x12 Scholz” Dyna-Cab. This is a subset of the 1x12 West Coast Classic Dyna-Cab available in our store and is based on a MojoTone™ West Coast cabinet with a 12” Scholz SugarCone™ Classic speaker.

Added “77 Custom OD” based on an MXR M77 Custom Badass Modified OD.

Added modifier capability to Sensitivity parameter in Filter block (for Envelope Filter and Touch-Wah types).

Remastered all “PVH” amp models. A soft reset is recommended to load the new default values.

Fixed wrong capacitor value in OD 250 and OD 250 Gray models.

Fixed rare crash in Compressor block that can occur when switching presets/scenes/channels.

Fixed Tremolo block graph not working if Rate is set to LFO1 SYNC.

Fixed Send MIDI Clock allowed for incompatible USB firmware versions. MIDI Clock send is only supported for USB firmware versions greater than 1.14. To send MIDI Clock over USB requires USB firmware version 1.17 or greater.

=28.02 - released: 2025 Feb 28=

Added adjustable Q to Low Cut and High Cut in Reverb block. Note: The Q only affects the response if the Slope is set to 12 dB/oct.

Updated spring models in Reverb block. A soft reset is recommended if you use these types to load the new default values.

Added Vibrato-King Custom Spring type.

Changed name of “Spring Drive” to “Dwell” as this is what is commonly used on spring reverb units. Note that the Dwell control is automatically compensated. Therefore, changing the Dwell will not affect the mix unlike a hardware spring reverb, it will just make the sound more “splashy”.

Rearranged Spring Reverb menu so that most commonly used controls are on the same line.

Added Negative Feedback control to UI for Friedman BE/HBE models since this is now a control on the actual amp.

Improved Amp block phase inverter grid clipping model accuracy.

=28.01 - released: 2025 Feb 21=

Improved Spring Reverb algorithms.

Added “Plexi Brown” tone stack. This is the tone stack from EVH’s amp with a 50K mid pot.

Fixed rare crash when switching Compressor type from Axe-Edit.

Fixed global settings not recalled after using a song in a setlist and then rebooting.

Tweaked some power tube parameters slightly.

=28.00 - released: 2025 Feb 16=

New Vibe algorithm in Phaser block. The default values have changed for the Vibe models and existing presets are automatically updated to the new defaults. If you have edited the default values you may wish to audition your presets accordingly.

Added “LFO Mode” to the Phaser block. When set to UNIVIBE the amplitude of the LFO is roughly proportional to the LFO Rate. When set to NORMAL the amplitude is constant. NORMAL allows deeper phasing at slow rates than would be possible with an actual Univibe.

Added Low Cut and High Cut controls to Phaser block for the wet path.

Added “Modern Vibe” model to Phaser block. This is based on a classic UniVibe but with modern input buffer and LFO.

Changed “Exponent” to “VCR Shape” in Phaser block as this more accurately describes the control function.

Complete overhaul of the Compressor block:

* New Dynami-Comp algorithm:
** New algorithm accurately models various nonlinearities for faithful reproduction.
** Added Knee Type to allow varying the knee shape.
** Added Tone control (like in various clones).
** Added Drive control. The Drive control allows overdriving the OTA which can be used to add saturation. The control is preset when selecting one of the Dynami-Comp types but can be altered by the user.
** Added Input/Output graph.
** A low-CPU version of this algorithm is available with the Econo-Dyno-Comp.

* New “VCA Bus Compressor” algorithm:
** Based on a VCA feedback design (e.g., SSL Bus Compressor).
** Dynamic time constants. Extremely fast attack times are achievable as the actual attack time is always less than the programmed time (decreases dynamically).
** This algorithm replaces the Studio FB Compressor.
** Auto Att/Rel has been removed as it is no longer applicable.

* New JFET Compressor algorithm:
** Based on classic JFET rackmount compressors.
** Dynamic time constants.
** The Attack and Release times are the “native” times of the detector. The actual Attack and Release times will be much shorter (about 5 times). The native range of Attack Time for an 1176 is 0.1 ms to 5.5 ms. The Release Time range is 59 ms to 1.1 s.
** Due to the design of these compressors the minimum compression ratio is 4:1. Any settings below 4.0 will be clamped at 4:1.
** Unlike the actual hardware the algorithm’s threshold is variable so instead of varying the input and output gains we give you a more convenient method (and Automatic Makeup Gain).
** Due to the very fast attack times these types of compressors will distort. This is often used for effect. Low frequencies are distorted more.
** The “Drive” control allows overdriving the output stage for added distortion.
** Perfect for fattening up your sound and adding grit. Works well as a “finishing” compressor at the end of a chain (usually before time-based effects). Also great for vocals, bass and drums.

* New Optical Compressor Algorithm:
** Based on classic optical rackmount compressors.
** Times are “doubly dynamic”. The times are dynamic due to the feedback topology of the compressor and the attack and release times of the photocell are also dynamic. The Attack and Release Time controls set the nominal times of the photocell. However, the times will vary with the program level.
** Due to the design of these compressors the minimum compression ratio is 4:1. Any settings below 4.0 will be clamped at 4:1.
** Whereas hardware optical compressors typically have a fixed compression ratio (usually about 4:1) and a limiting option this algorithm allows adjusting the ratio from 4:1 to (nearly) infinite.
** Rather than input/output gain controls the algorithm allows adjusting the threshold instead which requires less fiddling with the makeup gain.
** The Emphasis control replicates the internal “Limiter Response” adjustment. This control may be on the front panel of some clones and the operation may be reversed depending upon the manufacturer. The Emphasis Frequency control allows shifting the frequency range of the curve.
** The “Drive” control allows overdriving the output stage for added distortion.
** The smooth attack and release characteristics of this type make it ideal for vocals and acoustic instrument sources.

* New JFET Pedal Algorithm:
** Based on pedals with a JFET as the shunt resistor in a non-inverting op-amp configuration.
** Replaces the JFET Sustainer type.

* Added Rockguy Compressor Type:
* Similar to the JFET Pedal algorithm mentioned above but with dynamic release time and several other enhancements.

* New Tube Compressor Algorithm (now called “Vari-Mu Tube Compressor”):
** Based on a tube compressor using “remote-cutoff” tubes for gain control.
** Dynamic attack times.
** The actual compression ratio is somewhat nebulous due to the nature of the circuit but, in general, the minimum ratio is about 2:1 and the maximum ratio is about 20:1. The Threshold and Compression controls interact. The graph assists with adjusting the controls.
** This compressor has big, swoopy compression curves and a warm tone making it useful for adding “glue” to a track or mix.
** The “Drive” control allows overdriving the output stage for added distortion.

Improved Reverb block. Reverbs based on real spaces have more natural sounding reflections and are more immersive.

Improved behavior of Plex and Multitap Delay blocks when changing channels or presets. If the type has changed the delay lines are cleared. If the type has not changed the delay lines are not cleared allowing for spillover between channels. If Spillover is on, the delay lines are not cleared between preset changes if the type has not changed.

Improved Room modeling in Cabinet block. Mic Spacing is also changed to distance in cm. Default is ORTF standard of 17 cm. This may change the sound of your presets if you use this. Audition your presets accordingly.

Added Filter page and graph to Plexi GUI to assist with editing filter parameters.

Added “Ducking” control to Tremolo block. This reduces the intensity of the effect as you play louder.

Added Tube Drive 5-Knob model.

Added “Brit 800 Studio 20” amp model based on a Marshall SC20H.

Renamed Brit Studio 20 to “Plexi Studio 20”.

Updated default Negative Feedback value for Friedman BE/HBE models. On the actual amp the negative feedback comes off the speaker jack (for some weird reason). Previously the amp models assumed an 8-ohm cabinet which would make the feedback effectively off the 8-ohm tap. However, the matching cabinet is 16 ohms and using a 16-ohm cabinet results in more negative feedback and a “tighter” tone so we’re now using that as a default value as people seem to prefer that. The models were also “remastered” as a result.

Improved triode modeling algorithms.

Various other fixes and improvements.

=27.03 - released: 2024 Dec 23=

Improved Drive block.

Improved PI Fuzz model. The new model also allows changing the type and quantity of diodes used in the transistor feedback paths, adds a “Wicker” switch which removes the feedback capacitors and adds a “Tone” switch which allows bypassing the tone circuitry.

Added “PI Fuzz – Triangle” model. This is based on a 1971 “Triangle” Big Muff PI. Thie model also includes the Tone Wicker mods.

Added “PI Fuzz – Ram’s Head” model. This is based on mid-70’s “Ram’s Head” Big Muff PI. The model also includes the Tone Wicker mods.

Added “PI Fuzz – Russian” model. This is based on a Sovtek produced “Civil War” Big Muff PI. The model also includes the Tone Wicker mods.

Added “Colortone Booster” model based on a Colorsound Power Booster (with added Master control).

Added “Colortone OD” model based on a Colorsound Overdriver (with added Master control).

Added “MOSFET Distortion” model based on an Ibanez MT10 Mostortion.

Added “Super Fuzz” model based on a Univox Superfuzz. The model also features a tone control which allows varying the frequency of the notch. Use the Bias control to simulate the “Octave” control found on some clones.

Updated DS1 Distortion model to Second Edition specs.

Improved Tube Drive 4-Knob model. If you are using this model in a preset a soft reset of the block is recommended to load the new default values.

Reworked Blackglass 7K model.

Added 1N5819 Schottky and Yellow LED diode models.

Fixed resistor mistakenly attached across drive pot on Plexi 2204 model.

Fixed Phaser block LFO Reset not working properly for some types.

Fixed wrong Miller capacitance value in Brit 800 models (probably not audible).

Various other fixes and improvements.

=27.02 - released: 2024 Nov 1=

Added Integral Pre type to Drive block. This is based on a TC Electronics Integrated Preamp.

Improved Filter block Touch-Wah detector behavior.

Improved Sweep Delay algorithm in Delay block. Added selectable filter type.

Improved Quad Diffusor algorithm in Multitap Delay block. New algorithm now has stereo output with adjustable spread and LFO controlled filters.

Exposed “Algorithm” type in Multitap Delay block. This allows changing the underlying algorithm without changing the various parameters. This can be used to experiment with different algorithms without losing parameter settings as occurs when changing the Type.

Fixed MIDI Clock not changing when switching to a new preset and Tempo To Use is set to “Preset”.

Fixed Controllers may stop working if unit is left on for more than a few days.

=27.01 - released: 2024 Sep 26=

Added “Touch Wah” type to Filter block. This is similar to the Envelope Filter but uses a different type of detector and voltage-to-frequency converter. This type can be used to create interesting touch-sensitive filter sounds. It can also be used to replicate the Korg A3 Touch Wah sound as follows:

* Set Mode to MIX
* Set Start Freq to maximum. Set Stop Frequency to minimum.
* Start with a fairly high Attack Time, around 500ms.
* Set Release Time to around 200ms.
* Adjust Sensitivity to taste.

Improved Auto-Swell type in Volume block. Added Release time and Hysteresis controls to allow fine-tuning to playing style. Hysteresis controls how much extra the signal must fall below the threshold before the detector releases.

Changed the Envelope Follower in the Megatap, Multitap and Plex blocks to use the same algorithm as the improved Auto-Swell algorithm in the Volume block as the purpose of the Envelope Follower is to generate volume swells.

Added MIDI Clock transmit. This can be configured to send MIDI clock messages to MIDI, USB or both (or off). Default is MIDI only. NOTE: USB Firmware 1.17 or greater is required to send MIDI Clock over USB. If you require MIDI Clock to a USB host then you need to install USB Firmware version 1.17 or greater.

Added selectable MIDI Clock receive source. This can be configured to receive MIDI clock messages from MIDI or USB (or off). Default is MIDI.

Added activity sensing to internal pedals, FC pedals and external controllers. This stops Auto-Engage from engaging an effect if the pedal/controller is not connected. This prevents, for example, a Wah being engaged if Auto-Engage is on but no pedal is connected (i.e., you left your expression pedal at home).

Added selectable Tuner color theme.

Fixed LFO Phase not working for Vibe modes in Phaser block.

Reduced boot time.

Various other fixes and improvements.

=27.00 - released: 2024 Sep 11=

Improved Amp block preamp algorithms, especially for amps with multiple gain stages. Tones are “gutsier” and have a more dynamic response with more “pop”. Also improves accuracy when input of Amp block is driven by a Drive pedal (whether real or virtual).

Improved cathode follower algorithm improves accuracy near onset of clipping. This results in warmer tones at edge-of-breakup and better cleanup when rolling off the volume knob (for amps that use a cathode follower). Due to the new algorithm the Grid Clipping parameter has been removed.

New power amp algorithm. New algorithm more accurately models bias excursion and duty cycle modulation. The results in more complex tone with better, punchier feel.

Added “Envelope Filter” to Filter block. This is based on the classic Mutron effect with some modern touches:

* The start and stop frequencies are freely assignable. Start can be lower or higher than stop. Simply set Start Freq higher than Stop Freq to sweep down.
* The Sweep Shape knob controls the mapping of the detector to the filter frequency. A value of 0.0 is a linear mapping. Higher values become progressively more nonlinear and make the response more “quacky”. The default value is commensurate with a typical consumer Vactrol.
* The detector attack and release times are programmable. Default values match the original pedal.
* The Emphasis control allows emphasizing the higher frequencies into the detector to even out the response when playing higher notes.
* The detector source is selectable between the block input or any of the hardware inputs. This allows placing the filter after an Amp or Drive block but using the instrument input as the source.
* A detector meter facilitates easy adjustment of the detector sensitivity to match your guitar and playing dynamics.

Added “Auto-Wah” to Filter block. This is based on the same “circuit” as the Envelope Filter but replaces the detector with an LFO.

Added LFO Tempo control to Filter block.

Improved tuner. New algorithm is faster and more accurate.

Added Crossfade Time control to Crystal Echoes type in Pitch Block.

Improved pitch shifting.

Reduced CPU usage of Wah block slightly.

Remastered Vibrato Lux model.

Added date and time to version information returned to Axe-Edit. This obviates the need to “Refresh After New Firmware” if updating from beta releases (requires updated Axe-Edit).

Fixed wrong capacitor value in Band-Commander model.

Fixed missing PI grid stopper resistor in Comet 60 and Comet Concourse models.

Various other fixes and improvements.

=26.01 - released: 2024 July 26=

Improved Drive block. Remastered most models as a result.

Updated Timothy models to V4 spec.

Updated Fat Rat model.

Added Kill Dry to Megatap block.

Fixed Rat model can generate NaNs under very rare circumstances.

Fixed pops/clicks can occur when changing Preamp Type or Saturation control in Cab block and Preamp Mode is set to “High Quality”.

=26.00 - released: 2024 June 228=

Improved phase inverter modeling in Amp block. This yields more “weight” and a more open tone when driving the virtual power amp hard (i.e. non-MV amps or MV turned up high).

Updated phase inverter parameters for most models based on new analysis tools.

Added “2x12 5153 Stealth” and “4x12 5153 Stealth” DynaCabs.

Fixed stand-in switch Tap functions not working in some cases.

Fixed pops/clicks can occur when changing Preamp Type in Cabinet block.

=25.04 - released: 2024 May 30=

Improved cathode follower algorithm. This results in a more open and dynamic response for models that use a cathode follower.

Updated Plexi 100W and 1959SLP models. A soft reset of the Amp block is required to load the new default values.

Updated phase inverter parameters for many amp models.

Fixed Per-preset switches with "Preset" functions now correctly trigger Layout Links in all cases: tap/hold, normal/stand-in.

=25.03 - released: 2024 May 24=

Fixed per-preset footswitch preset operations not triggering their layout link function.

Fixed inability to reorder songs from the front panel in set 2, 3, or 4.

Fixed pops/clicks when using Stack/Hold in Plex Delay.

=25.02 - released: 2024 May 2=

Added “1x12 Friedman” speaker impedance curve.

Fixed clicks and pops can occur when adjusting drive level of Rat Distortion.

Fixed wrong value in phase inverter in Deluxe Verb Vibrato model.

=25.01 - released: 2024 April 19=

Improved optical types in Tremolo block. Additionally, the LFO Type, Duty Cycle and Shape are now set to the most appropriate values when selecting the Tremolo Type but may be overridden by the user.

Fixed modifier accidentally removed from Chorus block Bypass control.

Fixed low frequency thump when switching Amp channels.

=25.00 - released: 2024 April 9=

New “Cygnus X-3” amp modeling:

* Improved preamp algorithms.
* Improved power amp algorithms.
* Improved output transformer loss modeling.
* Improved preamp supply voltage modeling.

As a consequence of the new modeling many default parameter values have been changed. Existing presets are automatically updated to the new parameter values upon recall. The updated parameters are:

* Preamp Low Cut Freq
* Preamp Hi Cut Freq
* Triode1/2 Plate Frequency
* All Cathode Follower parameters
* Preamp Bias
* Preamp Bias Excursion
* PI Bias Excursion
* Power Tube Bias Excursion
* Transformer LF/HF
* Transformer Drive
* Power Tube Grid Bias
* Cathode Resistance
* Cathode Time Constant
* Negative Feedback
* Supply Sag

Added “Sunrise Splendor” Drive model. Existing model renamed “Sunrise Splendor Hi-Cut” to denote that the Hi-Cut switch is engaged.

Added “Class-A 30W Brilliant” Amp model.

Added “Kill Dry” control to Delay, Multitap Delay, Pitch, Plex and Reverb blocks. When set to ON the dry signal is muted. This simplifies routing these blocks in parallel. When using these blocks in parallel the user can turn Kill Dry on and set the wet level using the Mix control, leaving the Level control at 0dB. This also has the advantage that the wet level is controlled by the global Reverb/Effects Mix, if desired.

Improved Input block Noise Gate.

Improved Classic Expander and Modern Expander types in Gate block.

Fixed wrong Miller capacitance value in Deluxe Verb Vibrato, Double Verb Vibrato, Super Verb Vibrato and all Vibrato Verb models.

Fixed wrong FX loop recovery gain in Suhr Badger models.

Fixed global settings not recalled if MIDI data is present on the MIDI In jack during bootup.

Fixed wrong Overdrive Volume taper in ODS-100 HRM, ODS-100 Ford and Bludojai Lead amp models. Existing presets should be auditioned and adjusted as necessary.

Various other fixes and improvements.

=24.05 - released: 2024 Feb 02=

Removed Presence control from Two Stone J35 models Authentic menu because real amp doesn’t have one.

Fixed excessive delay from Pitch block at first use if the Shift and Detune amounts are both 0.0.

=24.04 - released: 2024 Jan 16=

Changed Tuner mute logic so that only selected source is muted when Mute is set to INPUT.

Updated Fryette D60 models.

Updated Citrus RV50 model.

Updated CA3+ Rhythm and Lead models.

Updated Friedman BE/HBE models.

Updated Recto1 and Recto2 models.

Fixed Bit Reduction not working in Delay block.

Various other fixes and improvements.

=24.03 - released: 2023 Dec 29=

Fixed Mr Z MZ models crashing.

Fixed spurious tone in input when Noise Gate is disabled.

=24.02 - released: 2023 Dec 29=

Improved Stack/Hold behavior in Delay block for Tape types. While the echoes will still degrade over time if Stack/Hold is on the degradation is improved and only due to the losses of the virtual tape.

Improved Intelligent and Noise Reducer gate types in Input block. This eliminates the slight squeaking sound as the gate releases when using aggressive settings.

Improved Brit Silver model.

Fixed Ping-Pong types in Delay block not working properly.

Fixed popping when switching scenes.

Various other fixes and improvements.

=24.01 - released: 2023 Dec 21=

Fixed right channel volume reduced in Cabinet block when Preamp is active.

Fixed Delay block distorting when presented with very high-level signals.

=24.00 - released: 2023 Dec=

Improved speaker compression and amp interaction modeling.

Changed Master Volume taper for Recto1 models to agree with actual amp. This will slightly reduce the volume into the virtual power amp. Audition presets accordingly.

Added Global MV control to JS410 amp models. Master Volume has been renamed Channel MV. These two master volume controls can be used to balance the tone into the power amp (as in the real amp). The Channel MV decreases the high frequencies as it is turned down whereas the Global MV is transparent.

Added USA MK V Red amp models.

Improved accuracy of USA JP IIC+ models.

Improved accuracy of TX Star models. Global MV controls have been added as the Channel MV in these amps affect the tone (and interacts with the Presence control).

Improved Stack/Hold behavior in Delay block. Note that if the Compander is enabled Stack/Hold is not available and will be disabled.

* In Hold mode repeats are now infinite (or nearly, may degrade over many minutes/hours)
* Added Stack Feedback and Hold Feedback parameters. This allows adjusting the decay time independently for the stack and hold modes.
* Improved transition between Stack/Hold states.

Note that if the Compander is enabled and/or Bit Reduction is greater than zero that the echoes will degrade over time. If you want infinite repeats then Compander must be OFF and Bit Reduction set to zero. Infinite repeats are also not available in the Tape types as the tape algorithm is inherently lossy (like a real tape).

Improved handling of external word clock. If no clock is present unit will fall back to internal clock until a clock is detected.

Extended range of Preset Increment/Decrement sources to include rear pedal jacks.

Fixed attack behavior of Dynamicomp model to strong input signals. Default attack time also adjusted to match reference pedal.

Fixed wrong PI bias point in Class-A 30W models.

Fixed several mistakes in Div/13 CJ amp models.

Fixed several mistakes in Two Stone J35 models.

Fixed wrong phase inverter bias excursion parameters in Car Ambler model.

Fixed VU meter in Cabinet block Preamp section only showing left channel. Meter now shows the sum of left and right.

Various other fixes and improvements.

=23.05 - released: 2023 Dec 6=

Changed Presence control taper on all 6160 and 5153 amp models to replicate the actual amp. It is advised to audition any presets that use these models and adjust accordingly.

Due to the improved triode algorithm introduced in 23.00 many amps have had their preamp bias points updated. Existing presets are automatically updated upon recall.

Improved Gapless Switching performance.

Fixed Output 1 Configuration being overwritten by Output 2-4 configuration.

Fixed several mistakes in 5153 Stealth models. If using these models it is recommended to do a soft-reset of the model by deselecting and reselecting the type.

Fixed Sene MIDI GUI not updating correctly when changing scenes via front panel.

Various other fixes and improvements.

=23.04 - released: 2023 Dec 01=

Fixed wrong Negative Feedback value for Brit 800 2203 models.

Fixed Bright switch off by default on 5153 100W Stealth Blue model.

=23.03 - released: 2023 Nov/Dec=

Improved CPU usage.

Added "Nobelium OVD-1” Drive model based on a Nobels ODR-1. The BC (Bass Cut) switch is modeled via the Bass Response control. Set the Bass Response to 1.0 to duplicate the response of the pedal with the Bass Cut switch engaged. Set Bass Response to 5.0 to duplicate response with BC switch disengaged.

Added Sunrise Splendor model based on a JHS Morning Glory.

Added Gauss Drive model based on a Mesa Flux Drive.

Added Brit 800 2203 models.

Renamed Brit 800 to Brit 800 2204 High.

Added Brit 800 2204 Low model.

Added 5153 100W Stealth amp models.

Added USA MKV Green amp model.

Changed default values of Speaker Drive and Speaker Thump to better align with measurements of typical speakers.

Added NFB Compensation switch in Amp block. This defaults to On. Turning it off disables the negative feedback volume compensation at the output of the Amp block.

Fixed LFO2 not working in Chorus block.

Fixed wrong Distortion pot taper in DS1 Distortion models.

Fixed wrong Gain pot taper in Angle Severe models.

Fixed wrong output pad in USA JP IIC+ Green model.

Fixed wrong default tonestack in 1959SLP and Plexi 100W 1970 models.

Fixed EQ graphs in some blocks not updating when resetting the channel.

Fixed Output Configuration being overridden by Copy parameter. I.e., if Output 2 Configuration is set to Copy L->R but Copy Output 1 is ON then the output would have the same configuration as Output 1 (e.g., Stereo).

Various other fixes and improvements.

=23.02 - released: 2023 Nov 15=

Fixed Rotary block LFO stuck.

=23.01 - released: 2023 Nov 14=

Improved CPU usage.

Fixed audio artifacts can occur when switching Reverb block channels if there are different types between channels, i.e., switching between a plate reverb and a room reverb.

Fixed LFO quantization generating wrong number of steps.

=23.00 - released: 2023 Nov 13=

Improved Amp block triode algorithm.

Improved Spring Reverb algorithm:
* New algorithm is based on a digital waveguide with scattering nodes. This algorithm achieves accurate spring reproduction recreating the iconic “drip” and flutter of classic spring tanks.
* There are two internal Spring Reverb types. The type can be selected using the Tank Type parameter. This parameter defaults to the appropriate type based on the model.
* The first type has all the springs in parallel. This is used by the British Spring and Studio Spring models. This is equivalent to an Accutronics Type 8 reverb tank.
* The second type has a pair of springs in series in parallel with one or more pairs of springs in series. This is equivalent to an Accutronics Type 4 (four springs) or Type 9 (six springs).
* For the second Spring Reverb type the reflection off the junction between the coupled springs is controlled by the Scattering parameter. Vintage Accutronics reverb tanks exhibit more reflection off the junction than modern, Asian-made reverb tanks.
* The “Drip” parameter controls the dispersion of the springs.
* The various models have different tone controls.
* Several new models have been added. The Tube Spring model is based on a 6G15 Tube Reverb and has an authentic tone control. Studio Spring is a hypothetical spring reverb with six long springs in parallel.
* Note that the Modulation parameters have been removed as they are not compatible with the new algorithm.
* Existing presets using Spring Reverb types are reset to default values. Audition as necessary.

Improved Reverb block early reflections. As a result, the default values of Early Level and Late Level for the models have been updated. Existing presets are automatically updated to the new values. Audition as necessary. The Early and Late Level parameters have also been removed from the Basic page of the Reverb block.

Added “Pre-Delay Tap” parameter to Reverb block. This selects the input to the reverb engine. When set to OUTPUT the behavior is as before. When set to INPUT the initial delay is absent. This allows more natural “Echo-Verb” sounds. This is now the default for these types of models and existing presets are automatically updated.

New Plate Reverb algorithm. This new algorithm captures the dispersion (Star Wars™ Laser “pew, pew” sound) and unique stereo imaging of classic plate reverbs. Dispersion is adjustable via the Dispersion parameter. Typical plates are around 25-50%. Set to higher values to exaggerate the effect. Stereo imaging is adjustable via the Pickup Spacing parameter.

Updated many of the Reverb models. Existing presets are not affected. Reselecting the model will load the new default values.

Improved Tremolo block:
* The optical tremolo algorithm has been completely rewritten.
* There are now three types of optical tremolo: Optical Trem 1: This type is based on optical pedal tremolos where depth controls the intensity of the LED. Optical Trem 2: This type is based on optical pedal tremolos where depth controls a “mixer” pot. This type has more “throb” than Optical Trem 1. Neon Trem: This type is based on the optical tremolo in classic “Blackface” amps which used a neon bulb to illuminate the LDR.
* The Tremolo type has been renamed “VCA Trem” and is based on a voltage-controlled amplifier topology.
* An LFO waveform monitor has been added for appropriate types.

Improved Tape Delay algorithm. The LFO1 Target and LFO2 Target parameters have also been removed from the Modulation tab as they are not applicable.

Improved Tape Chorus algorithm. The Number Voices parameter has also been removed from the GUI as it is not applicable to this type.

Updated Controller LFOs. The “Astable Beta” parameter for the LFOs has been renamed “Shape” and now controls the shape of the LFO for all types except Square and Random.

Updated all JS410 Lead models based on a current production JVM410HJS. The Crunch models were tested and did not require updating.

Added JS410 Lead Green amp model.

Added "2x12 USA C90 Open Back" speaker impedance curve.

Added Pitch High Cut parameter to Reverb block. This can be used to darken/brighten the pitch-shifted component of the reverb.

Added Modifier capability to High Cut parameter in Delay block.

Added Smoothing parameter to Cabinet block in Dyna-Cab mode.

Improved channel switching speed. Amp and Cabinet block channel switching times, in particular, are much improved. This, in turn, improves preset and scene switching times.

Preset, scene and channel changes are now gapless, if desired. A global parameter (Setup->Global Settings->Gapless Changes) allow turning this feature on or off.

Fixed NaN could occur in Euro Uber model at certain combinations of Presence and Speaker Impedance.

Various other fixes and improvements.

=22.01 - Released: 2023/06/29=

Added Revv Gen Green amp models.

=22.00 - Released: 2023/06/09=

Version 22 Introduces Dyna-Cab™ cabinet modeling.

The Cabinet block now has two modes of operation: Legacy and Dyna-Cab. Legacy is the previous style of operation.

Dyna-Cab cabinet modeling allows freely positioning the microphone. We took an approach of quality-over-quantity:

* Dyna-Cab IRs are a full 2048 samples.
* Mic positions are sampled at a fine spatial resolution.
* Four mic choices are available: Condenser, Ribbon and two Dynamic types.
* All IRs are time-aligned with each other. They have been processed using a new algorithm that ensures alignment without destroying phase information. You can mix-and-match IRs from different cabs/mics and they'll always be perfectly aligned.

The Amp block now features “Auto Dyna-Cab Impedance”. When set to ON the speaker impedance curve of the Amp block will follow the Cabinet Type in the first mixer slot of the associated Cabinet block. I.e., if the Cab Type in the first mixer slot of Cabinet 1 is, say, 4x12 5153 and the Mode is Dyna-Cab then Amp 1’s speaker impedance will automatically be set to 4x12 5153. If both Amp and Cab blocks are in the grid then Amp 1 will follow Cab 1 and Amp 2 will follow Cab 2. If only Cab 1 is in the grid both Amp blocks will follow Cab 1.

Added “Treble Shift” control to Tone page of USA IIC+ models. This is an alias of the “Fat” control found on the Preamp page and performs the same function.

Added clip warning if Input 1 clips. This is indicated on the Mini-Tuner.

Added meters to Input page of I/O menu. Input 1 meter will turn red if clipping occurs.

Added Speaker Impedance Curves for “2x12 Class-A 30W Silver”, “2x10 Heart Key” and “4x12 1960BV”.

Added “4 Band JMPRE-1” type to Graphic EQ block. Note that the upper two bands of this type have more boost/cut range than the version in the Amp block.

Added “Revv Gen” amp models based on a Revv Generator 120. There are three models for each of the Purple and Red channels corresponding to the three levels of the “Aggression” switch.

Improved Amp block channel switching speed.

Fixed side-chain filters not working in Gate block.

Fixed a filter in the Wah block not being initialized.

Various other fixes and improvements.

=21.04 - Released: 2023/02/17=

Fixed Tuner not working if Offsets are on.

=21.03 - Released: 2023/02/17=

Improved dynamic speaker modeling in Amp block.

Reverted bypass speed of Drive block to fast.

Fixed channel changes on blocks with “Slow Bypass” are not smooth.

Fixed IR(s) not loading in Cabinet block when switching channels if previous channel had a slot Soloed.

Fixed presets with lots of modifiers (>20) and moderately high CPU usage can cause starvation of graphics thread.

Improved Tuner.

=21.02 - Released: 2023/02/10=

Added "59 Bassguy RI Jumped" amp model based on a ’59 Bassman LTD Reissue.

Added “JP IIC+ Shred” Input Boost type to Amp block. This replicates the “Shred” switch on the Mesa/Boogie JP2C.

Added “Bosom Boost” Drive model based on a Friedman Buxom Boost.

Added “OD-One Overdrive” Drive model based on a Boss OD-1.

Improved Compressor block:
* Improved Studio FF Compressor 1 type. New algorithm yields smoother release and “fatter” compression. This type is suitable for a wide range of uses now including bus and mastering. Type has been renamed Studio FF Compressor.
* Improved Optical Compressor types. New algorithm features improved ballistics and inherent soft knee for vintage optical compression sounds.
* Improved Dynamics Processor type. New algorithm also supports various detector types.
* Improved JFET Compressor type.
* Added Optical Sustainer type based on optocoupler-based pedal compressors.
* Added Analog Sustainer type. This is an upwards compressor using the same “analog” gain computer as the Analog Compressor type yielding a natural soft-knee response.
* Added JFET Sustainer type. This is based on a rare JFET-based pedal compressor where the JFET is in the op-amp’s feedback network.
* The range of the Release Time has been increased to 2ms to 2s.
* Added graph for Analog Compressor and Sustainer types.
* New Auto-Makeup Gain algorithms for most types provides better output level tracking vs. Threshold and Ratio. Note: As a result, the output level of the compressor block may be slightly different compared to previous firmware. Auditioning presets that use the Compressor block is recommended.
* Selectable Auto-Makeup Gain has been added to Optical, Tube and Analog Compressor types.
* Studio FF Compressor 2 has been renamed Studio FF Sustainer.
* Studio FB Compressor 1 has been renamed Studio FB Compressor and Studio FB Compressor 2 has been renamed Studio FB Sustainer.
* Types have been alphabetized.

Improved Gate block:
* Improved Downward Expander type. The “Hold Time” parameter has been removed as it is not compatible and no longer needed with the new algorithm. This type has been renamed “Classic Expander” as it based off classic analog downward expanders.
* Added “Modern Expander” type. This type uses a novel approach to the envelope detector resulting in improved ballistics compared to traditional analog expanders. A “Knee Type” parameter has been added which allows selecting between hard-knee expansion and varying degrees of soft-knee expansion.

Improved Noise Gate in Input block:
* Improved performance based on new algorithm developed for Gate block.
* A Mode selection has been added allowing the user to select between “Easy” and “Advanced”. In Easy mode the number of parameters is reduced simplifying the adjustment procedure for those who are unfamiliar with the finer details of gates/expanders for guitar noise reduction applications.

Changed bypass/engage speed for the following blocks: Drive, Filter, Graphic EQ, Parametric EQ, Tremolo and Wah. These blocks now bypass/engage with a gentle fade as rapid bypass/engage with these types of blocks can sound abrupt.

Updated PVH 6160 Block and PVH 6160+ models. New models have more accurate Gain knob response.

Reduced default Power Tube Grid Bias for PVH 6160 and Recto models as previous default was hotter than these amps are typically run due to the non-adjustable bias.

Improved Speaker Thump algorithm in Amp block.

Added “Oxbow Loadbox” and “Double Notes Loadbox” speaker impedance curves based on a Universal Audio Ox and Two Notes Torpedo, respectively.

Fixed Transformer and Vintage preamp types in Cabinet block not ported correctly during a previous firmware update. This manifested as the distortion not being frequency dependent.

Various other fixes and improvements.

=21.01 - Released: 2022/12/03=

Added “Paragon” type to Wah block based on a Tycobrahe Parapedal.

Fixed Hi Treble not working in Amp block.

=21.00 - Released: 2022/11/17=

New “Cygnus X-2” amp modeling:

Improved Amp block output transformer algorithm. New algorithm more accurately models B-H curve resulting in a clearer low end. New algorithm now also accounts for effect of speaker impedance on transformer response.

Improved power tube modeling. This yields better dynamics, improved low frequency accuracy and more accurate interaction with output transformer.

Improved cathode follower algorithm. Provides more accurate “cleanup” when volume is rolled off.

Improved triode algorithm more accurately models plate bypass capacitors.

Improved dynamic frequency response accuracy. This yields more “crunch” and less “fizz” with high gain tones, especially for detuned styles.

Various other improvements.

All amp models have been updated as a result of the aforementioned improvements.

The default values of various parameters have been updated. Existing presets are automatically updated to the new values upon load.

Improved Drive block modeling to more accurately model effects of op-amp finite open-loop gain and GBW product.

Added “Griddle Cake” Drive model based on a Crowther Hot Cake. The “XLF” switch on the pedal can be replicated by turning the Bass Response knob fully CW.

Added “Overdrive Volume” parameter to Dumble-type amp models (ODS-100, Two Stone, etc.). This is sometimes labeled “Ratio” or “Lead Master”. As the Master Volume on these amps often has a bright capacitor the Overdrive Volume control allows setting the Master Volume higher to counteract the bright cap and then lowering the power amp drive with the Volume.

Added “Plate Suppressor Diodes” parameter. This value is set automatically when the amp model is chosen but the user can override the default setting. Most amps do not have suppressor diodes but some do (e.g., Trainwreck Express). These diodes (also called “snubber” or “flyback” diodes) prevent undershoot on the power tube plates due to inductive kick and reduce upper harmonics thereby reducing “fizz”.

The Ideal amp controls have been updated.

Added Brit Studio 20 Amp model based on a Marshall SV20H.

Added Plexi 50W 6CA7 Jumped Amp model. This is simply the jumped version of the Plexi 50W 6CA7.

Added features to the IR Capture Utility. The manual will be updated with the relevant information.

Renamed USA Clean to USA Rhythm 1 to be more in line with actual amp.

Reduced CPU usage in some cases.

Changed tone stack tapers for Class-A 30W TB to vintage specs.

Fixed wrong capacitor value in USA JP IIC+ models when Presence Shift is off.

Fixed wrong coupling capacitor value in 1959SLP Treble, 1959SLP Jumped and 1987x Treble amp models.

Fixed wrong resistor value in tone stack of Solo 88 Rhythm and Lead models. Probably not audible though.

Fixed low frequency behavior of Recto2 models due to loss of precision.

Fixed wrong treble pot taper in CA3+ models.

Fixed wrong capacitor value in Friedman HBE V1 Fat model.

Fixed wrong resistor value in AC-20 12AX7 models.

Fixed wrong Depth knob taper in Archean models.

Fixed wrong capacitor value and wrong feedback network connection in Energyball model.

Fixed missing resistor in Euro Uber tone stack.

Fixed High Mid control in Drive block set to minimum when importing presets created prior to 19.01.

Various other fixes and improvements.

=20.04 - Released: 2022/08/17=

More Drive block improvements. Drive block now incorporates the “Chase Transform Technique” for converting analog networks to equivalent digital filters. This improves accuracy in the high frequency region.

Added Esoteric Bass RCB and BB Pre AT Drive models.

Update BB Pre Drive model to match latest circuit (version 1.5).

Increased the range of the Level parameters in Multitap Delay to -100% to +100%.

Added cross feedback parameters to Quad Parallel type in Multitap Delay block. Added “Aurora Delay” preset to demonstrate capability.

Added PVH 6160 Crunch model.

Fixed Klone Chiron optional EQ not working.

FC: Fix Layout: Inc/Dec mini-display labels to show the correct destination layout when in Destination # or Destination Name.

Various other fixes and improvements.

=20.03 - Released: 2022/07/21=

Improved Drive block.

Fixed Amp block Transformer HF being incorrectly set when using two Amp blocks.

Fixed Amp block Bypass state not being set correctly when using Scene Manager in Axe-Edit.

Removed USB Buffer Level meters as they are no longer` applicable.

Various other fixes and improvements.

=20.02 - Released: 2022/07/14=

Improved speaker impedance curve fitting algorithm. This results in more accurate and more “colorful” modeling as the previous algorithm tended to damp box resonances somewhat. All the speaker impedance curves have been updated using the new routine. Existing presets are automatically updated to use the updated curves if “Update Pre-20.02 Presets Spkr Imp Upon Load” is set to YES.

Added 4x12 Lerxst Omega speaker impedance curve.

Added 1x12 Deluxe Oxford speaker impedance curve.

Added 4x12 Hipower Pete T speaker impedance curve.

Added 4x12 Hipower Lindsey B speaker impedance curve.

Added 4x12 USA Semi-Open speaker impedance curve.

Added 2x12 Dizzy RV speaker impedance curve.

Added 4x12 London Town Tall speaker impedance curve.

Fixed Tap Times lost during patch/channel changes in Rhythm Tap Delay mode of Ten-Tap Delay block.

The A-Z knob will work correctly in both directions when editing the name of a Setlist.

Changes will now be immediately reflected for all slots when editing a Setlist songs.

Various other fixes and improvements.

=20.01 - Released: 2022/06/29=

Added Speaker Thump control to Amp block. Speaker Thump models the dynamic, nonlinear behavior of a guitar speaker. A value of 5.0 roughly corresponds to an amplifier running into a speaker rated at the same power as the amplifier, i.e., a 100W amplifier running into a 100W speaker. The reset value is a conservative 2.5 which represents, i.e., a 50W amp running into a 100W speaker. Note that the majority of the response is in the subsonic region and the effect is primarily tactile. Existing presets are not affected and the value will be zero.

Improved Amp block output transformer modeling. This requires updated Transformer LF/HF values for the amp models. Existing presets are automatically updated to the new values upon recall.

Decreased minimum diffuser time in Delay block to 1%.

Added G12T-75 speaker impedance curve.

Added 2x12 Class-A Greenback speaker impedance curve.

Added 2x12 Two Stone 1265 speaker impedance curve.

Added Depth control to Authentic page for Brit Super, Brit 800 Mod and JMP-1 amp models.

Added Diamante Fire amp model based on a Diamond Del Fuego.

Changed “Drive” to “Gain” for Amp block preamp gain control as this is more consistent with naming in real amps.

Fixed switching channels on Drive block can cause pop.

Fixed switching channels on bypassed blocks can cause an audio gap.

Fixed wrong drive taper in Mr. Z Highway 66 model.

Fixed wrong capacitor value in Friedman Smallbox model.

FC: Fixed Factory Default layouts so FX Bypass and Channel switches use the correct blocks.

FC: Fixed an issue that prevented the Hold function from working correctly for some Stand-in Switches.

FC: Fixed UI to refresh when performing "Reset" on a Setlist or a Song from the front panel.

FC: Fixed Setlist functions to not load a song when "Song Load" is set to "None"

FC: Layout Link will no longer unduly trigger when exiting the Tuner.

FC: Preset: Select in Bank switches now stop flashing when the preset is changed by any means other than an FC footswitch (editor, front panel, etc.)

FC: Preset: Select in Bank switches now flash consistently when used with Bank: Select switches.

FC: Preset: Toggle in Bank now consistently and correctly loads the "Primary" preset after changing the bank.

FC: Removed "PREVIOUS" from Bank: Select function as it was replaced by "2nd Press = Previous Bank"

Various other fixes and improvements.

=20.00 - Released: 2022/06/03=

New “Block Mixer” algorithm results in faster/quieter scene and channel changes. This new algorithm allows placing Amp blocks in series without the concomitant sound bursts that would normally occur when switching scenes.

New Speaker Drive algorithm in Amp block. This new algorithm more accurately models the frequency dependent distortion of guitar loudspeakers. The default value (upon resetting the block) is 2.0 which gives roughly 1 dB of compression. Setting the value to 0.0 defeats the speaker drive modeling. Higher values give a smoother and more focused sound, rounding off the “sharp edges” and yielding greater compression.

Added new “Dynamic Distortion” block. This effect distorts the input signal dynamically, applying more distortion to different frequency ranges depending upon the shape of the filter. When the signal level is low the output will be the same as the input. As the signal level increases more distortion will occur in those bands boosted by the filter shape. This is a powerful tool for final shaping/mastering of your tone. The block contains a handful of presets which demonstrate the basic technique.

Added ability to use Pre-Delay in Reverb block as a simple echo. Pre-Delay now features Tempo, Feedback and Mix parameters. The pre-delay time has also been increased to 1s. Several types have been added demonstrating the capabilities.

Fixed Amp block Scene Ignore not being recalled correctly in some cases.

Fixed USB buffer level setting not sticking between power cycles.

Layout Link configured on a tap function for a footswitch will no longer incorrectly execute when activating the switch exits the Tuner.

Various other fixes and improvements.

NOTE: THIS FIRMWARE IS NOT COMPATIBLE WITH PREVIOUS VERSIONS OF AXE-EDIT. A NEW VERSION OF AXE-EDIT IS REQUIRED FOR USE WITH THIS VERSION.

NOTE: If you installed firmware 20.00 beta 4, you may find that some FC effect switches are now mapped to the wrong effects. For example, a switch that was set to bypass REVERB 1 may now bypass AMP 1 instead. This release prevents this problem from occurring you are upgrading from 19.x or older.

If you installed 20.00 beta 4, however, this will have already modified your layouts, so you will need to either restore them from a backup, or adjust the individual switches manually. Layouts can be restored using a "System" backup from Fractal-Bot, or a "Layouts" file from Axe-Edit. If you'd rather reset to the factory default FC layouts, find this under SETUP> FC Controllers> Reset.

=19.08 - Released: 2022/05/12=

Fixed error in Amp block low frequency resonance behavior.

=19.07 - Released: 2022/05/06=

Fixed bypass state can load wrong when switching from a preset with Scene Ignore on.

Changed Compressor block so that times display actual value for the various pedal types.

Various other fixes and improvements.

=19.06 - Released: 2022/04/14=

Added new Setlists/Songs feature, which can be used with an FC Controller to access presets and scenes in custom order during live performance. A new Setup menu area provides full access from the front panel, with a corresponding new area of Axe-Edit which offering import/export and more. For additional details, please see the Setlists & Songs Mini-Manual, located at: https://www.fractalaudio.com/sss-manual

Added Scene Ignore to Multiplexer block.

Improved Amp block transformer/speaker interaction modeling. The “Voice Coil Resistance” parameter has been repurposed/renamed “Speaker Impedance”. The various parameters work as follows:

* Transformer Matching: Sets the impedance ratio (square of the turns ratio) of the output transformer.
* Speaker Impedance: Sets the relative nominal impedance of the speaker. To simulate connecting, e.g., a 4-ohm speaker to an 8-ohm output you would set Speaker Impedance to 0.5. Conversely to simulate connecting a 16-ohm speaker you would set it to 2.0.

Update PI Bias Excursion parameters for many Amp models based on new measurement technique.

Fixed Parametric EQ and Megatap blocks can cause GUI hang if modifier attached to parameter and update rate is set to FAST.

Fixed crash in Plex block for certain types if Master Time is set to zero.

Fixed Amp block output transformer turns ratio being incorrectly calculated.

Fixed IR Player block displayed IR number off by one after preset recall.

Fixed Stand-in switches will now work correctly when assigned to a footswitch configured as a Per-Preset: Placeholder.

Fixed Ultra-Res IRs being truncated to 1K samples by IR Capture utility and Tone Match block.

Various other fixes and improvements.

=19.05 - Released: 2022/03/11=

Added “Scene Ignore” to most blocks. When set to ON, Scene Ignore instructs the block to ignore scene changes. Scene Ignore is a per-channel parameter. This allows turning Scene Ignore to OFF on one or more channels which will then allow a scene change to set the block to a desired state if the block is on that channel.

Improved CNFB algorithms in Amp block resulting in smoother distortion and improved clarity.

Improved preset/scene switching when input impedance changes between presets/scenes.

FC: Switch Ring Color settings of "Off" will now work correctly.

FC: Effect: Chan Select LED ring will properly be dim when an effect is bypassed.

Various other fixes and improvements.

=19.04 - Released: 2022/03/04=

Fixed some Amp models can NaN due to index out-of-bounds.

=19.03 - Released: 2022/03/04=

Added Dual Detune Delay type to Pitch block. This type is comprised of two detuners with delay up to 2.0 seconds. Each detuner can feed back to itself and/or the other detuner.

Renamed Oversampling Mode “BEST PERFORMANCE” to “BEST QUALITY” for clarity.

Fixed Amp block instability when Output Mode is set to FRFR and Voice Coil Resistance is set very high.

Fixed Bludojai Lead model missing resistor between last preamp stage and power amp.

FC: Fixed Stand-In Switches not displaying correctly for certain switches.

FC: When the Effects: Chan Select function is used with SMART BYPASS selected as 2nd Press, the main LCD will now display ENABLED/BYPASSED along with the configured channel.

FC: Corrected a bug which caused some per-preset switches to not show the desired mini-display text or LED ring color.

Various other fixes and improvements.

=19.02 - Released: 2022/02/25=

Updated 59 Bassguy and 5F8 Tweed models to include both Drive controls.

Added 59 Bassguy Normal, 5F8 Tweed Normal and 5F8 Tweed Jumped amp models.

Added JMPRE-1 Output EQ type to Amp block. This type replicates the active EQ used in the JMP-1 preamp (see below).

Added JMPre-1 Clean1/2 models. Note: The real amp has a fixed, passive tone stack with an active 4-band EQ. Therefore, the Bass/Mid/Treble controls when using Authentic Tone Controls are mapped to the Graphic EQ. The passive tone stack itself, however, is adjustable. With all controls at noon the tone stack is equivalent to the real amp’s fixed tone stack. You can access these controls using the Ideal Tone Controls or via Axe-Edit.

Updated JMPre-1 OD1/2 models. As with the Clean1/2 models the Bass/Mid/Treble controls now are mapped to the Graphic EQ when using Authentic Tone Controls.

Updated default cathode follower values for Matchbox D-30 model.

Added Spread control to Dual Delay and Tape types in Delay block. Spread acts as master pan in this case and is modifiable.

Added assignable third LFO to Delay block. This LFO can be assigned to Level, Pan or Spread and multiplies the corresponding value by the LFO value.

Added “Oversampling Mode” to Global menu. This parameter allows selecting between BEST PERFORMANCE and MIN. LATENCY.

Improved Input block gate performance.

Fixed Drive block can crash under rare circumstances when switching between certain models (from Blackglass 7K to diode-based model).

Fixed Amp block Transformer Match control not working properly.

Renamed Speaker Impedance to Voice Coil Resistance to more accurately describe the function of the control. Note that this includes all other “parasitic” resistances, i.e., speaker cable resistance, output transformer winding resistance, etc.

Rearranged order of pages in Amp block so that Input EQ and Output EQ are after Tone page.

Fixed Flanger block can cause loud transient at startup in rare circumstances.

The following FC enhancements/fixes are implemented:

* Added “Scene Level + Save” to the “Utility” functions.
* Added "Invert Mini-Displays" under the APPEARANCE section of the FC Controllers’ Config page.
* Added a “STARTUP VIEW” to the FC Controllers: Device page.
* Added an option for “2nd Press = Previous Bank” to Bank: Select function.
* Added an option for “2nd Press = Previous Preset” to Preset: Select and Preset: Select in Bank functions.
* Added the option “2nd Press" to Effect: Select Channel function. The two choices are "Smart Bypass" which is a pre-existing feature, and "Previous Channel" which toggles to the previously selected channel instead.
* Added a “Current Channel” Mini-Display Label option to Effect: Chan Inc/Dec.
* Added a 1.5 second delay to functions that trigger a save of the preset to allow multiple actions before a single save.
* Fixed Bank limit calculations in some circumstances.
* Updated the switch ring LED to be dim instead of off for Function Effect: Select Channel when Smart Bypass is ON and the effect is in the preset but the effect is bypassed.
* Fixed stand-in switches not executing the tap function correctly when a hold function is assigned.
* Added "Current" option to the display functions for Bank: Inc/Dec function.
* Added "Current Name" and "Current #" options to the display functions or Preset: Inc/Dec and Scene: Inc/Dec functions.
* Fixed an issue when changing function to "Bypass" when the currently selected effect does not have a Bypass function (e.g., Mixer, Multiplex).
* Fixed an issue when changing FC effect type from "MultiPlex" to an effect containing fewer channels.

Various other fixes and improvements.

=19.01 - Released: 2022/02/02=

Added Damping control to Modifiers. The default, EXPONENTIAL, is the classic damping style where the modifier value has an exponential attack/decay. LINEAR selects a linear attack/decay.

Added Type control to ADSRs. The default, EXPONENTIAL, is an analog style where the ADSR has an exponential attack/decay. LINEAR selects a linear attack/decay.

Improved Phase Inverter Bias Excursion accuracy for some amp models (mostly non-MV types). Note: The improved PI Bias Excursion accuracy results in an increase in bias excursion in most cases. Bias excursion primarily manifests as intermodulation distortion, particularly subharmonic distortion. This produces a chunkier tone with more growl and also yields a thicker tone when rolling off the volume or playing lightly. The amount of bias excursion can be adjusted using the PI Bias Excursion control in the Advanced menu.

Renamed Timothy and Suhr Riot Drive models to clarify switch position.

Added Hi Mid control to Drive block.

Fixed Blackglass 7K model as reference pedal was defective. Added “Grunt” and “Attack” knobs to GUI (Grunt switch on pedal is a selectable low cut so knob duplicates Low Cut control).

Changed response of Horizon Precision Drive “Attack” control to match pedal (was reversed previously). Any presets using this model should be adjusted accordingly.

Improved accuracy of “G-taper” used for tone control in some Drive models, i.e., T808, VS9, Super OD, etc. Impact on existing presets is likely negligible but any presets using Tube Screamer models and their variants should be auditioned.

Fixed selecting Gibtone Scout tone stack causes NaN in certain amp models.

Fixed Amp block headroom meter monitoring wrong circuit node.

Fixed GUI not being redrawn when switching between a knob menu and a list menu.

Various other fixes and improvements.

=19.00 - Released: 2022/01/19=

Version 19.00 firmware represents the first use of the Chase Nonlinear Feedback (CNFB) technique for the solution of nonlinear ODEs. The power amp algorithm has been completely rewritten using the CNFB method. This provides improved accuracy, especially in the clipping and power supply sag behavior vs. frequency.

Added y-axis labels to RTA.

Added Time Shape parameter to Megatap Delay. The EXP/LOG setting is the default and behaves as before allowing time shapes between exponential and logarithmic (including linear). The SIGMOID setting is a four-quadrant shape that allows time shapes between sigmoid and inverse sigmoid. The COSINE and SINE settings select sine wave shapes with the Time Alpha parameter controlling the number of periods from 1 to 8.

Added 11 power tube types from various manufacturers.

Improved Amp block bypass/engage behavior to prevent level surges.

FC: Amp Level Save now has an option for 0 dB to allow saving a preset via a footswitch.

Fixed signal level into power amp a bit too high in 6160 models.

Fixed High Cut control not working in Mr. Z MZ-38 model.

Fixed Compressor block Auto Makeup Gain not being updated when changing types.

Fixed wrong op-amp clip threshold for DS1 models in Drive block.

Various other fixes and improvements.

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>
<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/firmware-19-x-is-there-a-quick-fix-to-make-fas-amps-sound-like-18-x.181292/post-2222077]
I would say that the biggest change in 19.x vs. 18.x is the clipping behavior of the power amp. The preamp is not changed at all so anything you are hearing is due to the new CNFB power amp stuff. The power amp clips softer now. This is more accurate, however. If you want a harder power amp clipping, which people that are into aggressive styles may desire, increase the Power Tube Hardness parameter. Or turn the MV down a little. 19.x also introduces an improved feedback algorithm in the power amp. It uses what I call "hybrid feedback" and is a way of replicating analog feedback in a nonlinear discrete-time system. This yields better frequency response accuracy above 10kHz compared to 18.x. 18.x tended to be a little brighter as a result. To get this brighter sound in 19.x increase the Transformer HF value.
</blockquote></blockquote>

=18.03 - Released: 2021/12/09=

Fixed Angle Severe and Energyball amp models hanging on certain combinations of Presence and Depth.

Fixed USB Output summed to mono if Global Output Mode set to MUTE.

Various other fixes and improvements.

=18.02 - Released: 2021/12/06=

Fixed cathode follower algorithm not working correctly for some models.

=18.01 - Released: 2021/12/06=

Fixed error in Amp block low frequency dynamic speaker impedance calculation.

=18.00 - Released: 2021/12/05=

Overhauled the Compressor block:

Improved Auto-Makeup gain behavior.
Added Input Level switch. When set to INSTRUMENT the detector is optimized for guitar-level signals, i.e., before an amp block. When set to LINE the detector is optimized for post-amp level signals.
The Pedal, Optical, Tube, Analog, JFET and Dynamicomp types have been completely redone resulting in improved performance. These types now inherently perform automatic makeup gain.
Auto Attack/Release has been removed from the Pedal and Dynamicomp types as it is no longer applicable.
NOTE: Due to all these changes the behavior and output volume of the Compressor block may be different. It is recommended to audition any presets using the Compressor block and adjust as required.
Improved Stack/Hold implementation in Delay block so that “texture” is applied to audio when Stack/Hold is on.

Improved Amp block cathode follower algorithm. Algorithm now uses higher order solution of nonlinear ODE for more accurate low frequency response.

Improved Amp block power amp algorithm. New algorithm more accurately models dynamic changes in speaker impedance resulting in more “complexity”.

Improved Tape preamp types in Cabinet block.

Added check to prevent excessive message queuing, i.e., when selecting amp model using Value knob.

Added MUTE option to Output 1/2 Configuration. This allows muting the analog outputs while still passing data via USB. This can be used when using the Axe-Fx III in conjunction with computer plug-ins.

Added global Speaker Impedance Curve. When set to DEFAULT the speaker impedance curve used when selecting an amp model is the default curve for that amp model, otherwise it is the selected curve. NOTE: this does not affect existing presets. The selected curve is used only when selecting a new amp model.

Added Input Level switch to Compressor block. This allows tailoring the compressor’s response for instrument level or line level signals.

Added several new Impedance Curves to Amp block. Thank you to Dr. Bonkers Soundlab for these.

Added Modifier capability to LFO Enable and Mod Frequency in Filter block.

Added RCB Boost to Amp block Boost types.

Reduced CPU usage for background GUI tasks.

Fixed DS-1 Drive types have no gain when Drive is at 0.0.

Fixed Reverb pitch buffers not being cleared if Pitch Mix is zero.

Fixed Turbo version aborting processing at CPU usage lower than limit.

Fixed Angle Severe models becoming unstable with certain speaker impedance curves. Note: the presence network for these models has been updated. Presets using these amp models should be auditioned as the tone may have changed.

Various other fixes and improvements.

=17.02 - Released: 2021/11/02=

Added “ALL” as an option to Spillover in Global Settings. When Spillover is set to ALL the Delay, Reverb, Plex, Multi-Delay, Megatap and Ten-Tap blocks will not clear their buffers when switching presets.

Fixed Amp block Master Volume not working properly for JS410 and Texas Star models (introduced in 17.01).

Improved IR Player block so that volume is consistent if Mode is set to Parallel and only one IR is being used.

Fixed Plex and Multi-Delay Blocks displaying wrong type when recalling preset.

=17.01 - Released: 2021/10/27=

Added 10 FullRes IRs to the Legacy bank provided by Valhallir and York Audio. These are at the end of the bank. These can be loaded into the IR Player blocks or into Slots 3 and 4 of the Cabinet blocks. Note that Slots 1 and 2 of the Cabinet blocks do not support FullRes.

Adjusted Looper behavior so that when reaching the maximum recording time the behavior switches to that defined by Record 2nd Press ONLY on the first pass of a new recording.

Added dedicated Pitch Shifting to the Reverb block. This can be used to create “Shimmer Reverbs” easier than using separate Pitch and Reverb blocks (and with less CPU usage). Several new types are included to demonstrate the capability.

The Pitch Direction parameter controls the direction of the pitch shifters. FORWARD runs both shifters forward. REVERSE runs both in reverse. FOR/REV runs Voice 1 forward and Voice 2 in reverse. REV/FOR runs Voice 1 in reverse and Voice 2 forward.

The Pitch Position parameter controls the location of the pitch shifters. INPUT locates the shifters at the input of the block. MATRIX locates the shifters inside the reverb matrix. FEEDBACK locates the shifters in the matrix feedback loop. MATRIX and FEEDBACK can yield more intense effects and also helps the reverb “stick” to the notes better. FEEDBACK builds slightly slower than MATRIX. CAUTION: The MATRIX and FEEDBACK positions can cause instability at high values of Pitch Mix and Pitch Feedback. In general Pitch Feedback should be low or zero when using MATRIX or FEEDBACK.

Overhauled the Megatap block. See the updated Blocks Guide for details.

Added modulation to Diffusers in the Delay, Multitap and Megatap blocks.

Improved Auto-Swell type in Volume block. Added S-Taper to taper selections.

Added Modern Gate type to Gate block. This type is similar to the Classic Gate except the gate opens in a constant linear-in-dB manner. This naturally makes the attack slower as the gate first opens and can be used for both traditional gating and for special effects like audio swells.

Increased maximum sustain for the applicable types in the Compressor block. Existing presets are automatically updated.

Added new types to the Multitap Delay block.

Added new types to the Plex Delay block.

Added LFO for filter in Plex Delay block.

Added new types to Flanger block.

Improved accuracy of Master Volume in Amp block for low settings.

Improved accuracy of Drive block Drive control for low settings.

Fixed wrong resistor value in Solo 88 Lead input circuit. Impact is probably negligible.

Fixed wrong resistor value in USA Pre LD2 overdrive circuit. This increases gain slightly. You may need to audition any presets using these models and adjust gain accordingly.

Fixed Multitap block bandpass filters not being disabled if Master Q set to minimum.

Fixed block input not muting in bypass if Bypass Mode is Thru.

Fixed Chorus block left delay line getting unsynchronized when switching between types.

Fixed pressing Tuner button in Axe-Edit brings up Reverb UI.

Fixed Amp block power tube “kvb” not being set correctly in rare circumstances. This caused the output level of the amp block to change depending upon the previous preset used.

Fixed wrong B+ voltage for Temolo Lux amp model.

Fixed IR Capture not saving correctly if IR Type set to UltraRes.

Improved CPU usage.

Various other fixes and improvements.

=17.00 - Released: 2021/09/28=

Version 17 introduces FullResTM Impulse Response processing. FullRes processes IRs up to 64K points with zero latency using a novel technique. This provides up to 1.37 seconds of response time. Seasoned producers and engineers often mix in “Room Mics” during recording to increase the depth and liveliness of recordings. However, the typical live room has a reverb time of 500-700 milliseconds, well beyond the 20-40 ms afforded by typical IR processing. FullRes allows capturing the full response of a typical live room and even the response of small-to-medium halls and clubs. FullRes can also be used for convolution reverb applications for reverb times less than 1.37 seconds.

The IR Player block and the Cabinet block both support FullRes IRs. The last two slots of the Cabinet block support FullRes. This is sufficient to provide two room mics, a left and a right, along with two direct mics within a single Cabinet block.

The new FullRes User IR bank supports up to 64 FullRes IRs. When capturing an IR selecting the USER FR bank will automatically set the IR Type to FullRes. Likewise, when setting the IR Type to FullRes the bank will automatically be set to USER FR. FullRes IRs can be processed with minimum-phase or auto- trim, if desired. However, minimum-phase is not recommended as this will tend to destroy the reflection information.

The Scratchpad bank has been updated to support FullRes IRs.

NOTE: The FullRes User IR bank is only available on the Axe-Fx III Mark II. The original Axe-Fx III has less non-volatile memory and therefore does not have the necessary resources to store the IRs. The Scratchpad bank supports FullRes IRs but the data will be lost when the unit is powered off.

IR management has been completely rewritten providing smoother performance and better integration with Axe-Edit.

The IR Player block now supports two IRs with individual level and pan controls for each IR. Setting the IR Length to OFF defeats the IR. A Mix control is also provided so the block can be used as a convolution reverb. A Mode control allows the two IRs to be in parallel or series. When in series the individual level and pan controls are defeated and removed from the UI.

Increased Mic Distance range in Cabinet block to 3.4m (~11 feet). This allows delaying room mic IRs that have been trimmed to remove the leading silence. The alignment graph now features a Zoom control that changes the abscissa between 3ms and 12ms.

Improved Pitch Detection performance.

The UI has been improved to support double-tap of certain keys as follows:
* Double-tapping EDIT edits the previous block.
* Double-tapping HOME enters the layout grid.
* Double-tapping STORE prompts immediately.
* When on the Home or Layout pages double-tapping the Quick Entry knobs does the following:
** A: Enters the Amp 1 menu.
** B: Enters the Drive 1 menu.
** C: Enters the Cab 1 menu.
** D: Enters the Delay 1 menu.
** E: Enters the Reverb 1 menu.

The buttons in the effects GUI have been simplified to a single page.

Fixed names of Dizzy V4 2 and Dizzy V4 3 swapped.

Added FAS Buttery amp model.

Added 1S1588T diode SPICE model to Drive block. This is the Toshiba version of the 1S1588 and is reportedly the diode used in the “best sounding” TS-808s. The T808 OD models have been updated to use this diode. Existing presets are unchanged.

Added “Valve Screamer VS9” and "Maxoff 808" Drive models.

Improved scene switching to prevent signal “leaking” into bypassed blocks.

Added Max Loop Time parameter to Looper. This sets the maximum recording time. This allows a loop to be automatically created once the loop time exceeds this value.

Changed Looper behavior so that if recording and time reaches the maximum recording time the mode changes to that specified by Record 2nd Press.

Added support for Axe-Fx III Mark II “Turbo”.

Various fixes and improvements.

=16.05 - Released: 2021/07/03=

Improved behavior of Synth block Shift control when attached to a modifier.

Fixed Compressor block GUI not displaying properly in some cases.

Fixed FAS Brootalz model inadvertently changed since it was referencing the Angle Severe presence network which was changed.

Fixed Master Time not working in Plex block for Plex Detune and Plex Shift types.

Fixed Tone Match block IR Slot number in Export page not displaying correctly in some circumstances.

=16.04 - Released: 2021/06/18=

Added “Indicate Edited on Scene Change” to Global Settings.

Improved Sequencer functionality. The Run control has now been expanded to STOP | PAUSE | RUN. When set to PAUSE the sequencer will halt but not reset the sequence count. The Step control allows manually stepping the sequencer when the sequencer is paused or running.

Improved Rotary block drive algorithm.

Fixed using two Amp blocks in certain combinations of models causing high frequency whine.

=16.03 - Released: 2021/06/16=

Updated Amp block default Excursion Time and Release Time values as some were entered incorrectly. Existing presets are automatically updated to the new default values upon recall.

Improved Delay block algorithms and models. Improved menus by adding a basic Config page with the essential controls and an Advanced page with all the controls for that model. Added a Master Time control.

Added Compander type to Compressor block. The Transients control adjusts the transient modification. Values less than zero soften the attack, value greater than zero emphasize the attack.

Improved Amp block power amp transient response accuracy.

Fixed wrong attenuation between preamp and power amp in Class-A 30W Bright model.

Fixed Headroom meter stuck in certain circumstances when using two Amp blocks.

Fixed Amp block displaying wrong channel number when setting channel via Scene Manager in Axe-Edit.

Fixed pop when switching channels on Input block when using different gate types.

=16.02 - Released: 2021/05/25=

Improved Amp block power tube grid bias excursion algorithm. The default Excursion Time and Release Time values have been updated as a result. Existing presets are automatically updated to the new default values upon recall.

Improved Delay block so repeats do not degrade when Hold is activated.

Added Rows 1-6 as Reference Sources for Tone Match block.

Added Power Amp Modeling ON|OFF control to Amp block and removed that functionality from the Supply Sag control. Existing presets are automatically updated upon recall.

Fixed Master Comb Time not working in Multitap Delay block when using Quad Series type.

Fixed Reverb High Cut Slope not working.

=16.01 - Released: 2021/05/11=

Improved output transformer / speaker impedance interaction modeling. This yields more accurate low frequency response. Note that the Transformer LF parameter effectively adjusts the transformer’s inductance. Increase this value to simulate a smaller transformer, decrease to simulate a larger transformer.

Improved power amp cathode current calculation accuracy for cathode biased models.

Updated default Power Tube Grid Bias and Negative Feedback on many models based on new measurement technique. NOTE: As a result of this existing presets will update the aforementioned parameters to the new default values upon recall.

Added frequency cursor to Parametric EQ graph.

Updated Blackglass 7K Drive block model. Previous model was incorrect due to defective reference unit.

Increased gain range of Filter and Parametric EQ blocks to +/-20 dB. Also increased gain range of input EQ in Amp block. Existing presets are automatically updated.

Improved Reverb algorithms. Added a couple new types.

Fixed incorrect channel indication in Amp block when changing scenes if Scene Revert is true.

Fixed incorrect Drive control taper in Jr. Blues amp models.

Fixed missing UI for several Friedman amp models.

Fixed missing pad between preamp and power amp in USA Pre Lead models.

Fixed pop when changing Amp block channels between models with disparate gains.

Fixed switching to a preset with a Reverse Delay from certain other presets causes noise burst at switchover.

=16.00 - Released: 2021/04/21=

New “Cygnus” amp modeling algorithms.

Added “Sonic Dist” Drive type.

Fixed popping when switching channels in Drive block in rare cases.

Fixed Studio FF Compressor 2 type not working properly if Knee is set to “Hard”.

Fixed Delay block maximum time limited to 8s regardless of entered time.

Fixed Amp block not updating properly when changing scenes if Scene Revert is on.

Various other fixes and enhancements.

=15.01 - Released: 2020/12/18=

Improved output transformer modeling in Amp block. For typical values of Transformer Drive the difference is subtle but mathematically more accurate adding a pleasing low-end growl and improving “tightness” in high-gain sounds. For high values of Transformer Drive the difference is more pronounced. If you have increased Transformer Drive on your presets above the default value then you should audition your presets.

Fixed Depth control not working on some amp models.

And: MCMLXXXI Drive MODEL, based on 1981 Inventions DRV.

=15.00 - Released: 2020/12/15=

Improved Amp block power amp modeling. Improved algorithm yields accurate dynamic frequency response which results in clearer bass and extended highs. More “chug”, “thump” and “chime”. NOTE: Existing presets should be auditioned. While the overall tone isn’t significantly changed, the transient frequency response is enhanced which may alter the tonal perception.

Added ability to route AES/SPDIF or USB 5/6 to any input. This has been achieved by changing “SPDIF/AES Select” to “Digital Input Source” which allows choosing between AES, SPDIF or USB 5/6. Each input now has an “Input Source” selectable between Analog or Digital.

Increased maximum delay time for Delay blocks to 16 seconds.

Added “DS1 Distortion” Drive type.

Added “DS1 Distortion Mod” Drive type based on a DS1 w/ popular mods.

Added “59 Bassguy Jump” amp model.

Many of the Fender® amps have been “modified” with authentic presence and depth networks even if the real amp doesn’t have them (this was required for the new power amp algorithm). When the Tone Control Display is set to IDEAL the Presence and Depth controls can be used to shape the power amp response just as if the real amp had been modified. Setting the Presence and Depth controls to zero effectively removes the modifications. WARNING!!! If your presets use non-zero values of Presence and/or Depth for amp models whose real counterparts do not have presence and/or depth circuits your presets may sound different and should be adjusted accordingly. I.e., if you have turned Presence up for the Deluxe Verb model your preset’s tone will have changed as a real Deluxe Reverb does not have a presence network (and Presence defaults to zero for that model).

Fixed GUI bug for TS9DX Hot model.

Fixed Scales menu in Global Settings.

Fixed clicking in Amp block if large number of modifiers are connected to controls.

Fixed modifiers connected to Amp block can cause unwanted change if modifier is only active for one channel.

Fixed erroneous values can be displayed when changing channels on a block and the GUI configuration between channels is different, i.e. different number of EQ sliders or different authentic amp parameters.

Fixed second pot of ganged dual pot in Citrus Terrier amp model applied at wrong point in circuit.

Fixed Ratio at maximum in Compressor block should display “INFINITE” but doesn’t when first entering page.

=14.06 - Released: 2020/12/04=

Fixed bypass state not changing in Layout menu when zoomed out.

Fixed Metronome Level controls in Tempo menu not updating.

Fixed LFO Phase parameter doesn't work when LFO Type is set to ASTABLE.

Fixed 0.2 dB loss in some blocks (i.e. the Return block).

Reduced audio gap when switching channels in Amp block.

Added “TS9DX Hot” Drive model.

=14.05 - Released: 2020/11/18=

Improved client-server protocol to reduce message traffic. This results in snappier GUI performance especially for presets with high CPU usage. The new protocol is backwards compatible with Axe-Edit, however the latest version of Axe-Edit is required to take full advantage of the improvements.

Improved Amp block power tube grid clipping algorithm.

Fixed error in Studio FB compressor type that could result in distortion under certain circumstances.

Fixed wrong gain constant in Tube Drive 4-Knob model.

Fixed feedback network not fully initialized in Recto and Triple Crest models. In most cases this is inaudible but in rare cases when switching between Amp block channels the tone and gain of the power amp could be incorrect.

Fixed LFO Phase not working when LFO type is set to Astable.

Fixed incorrect extra feedback path in Pitch block for Quad Chromatic Delay and Quad Diatonic Delay types.

=14.04 - Released: 2020/10/16=

Fixed NaN when setting a tone control to zero in certain amp models (introduced in 14.02).

=14.03 - Released: 2020/10/13=

Fixed Cabinet block LF/HF damping applied to only left/right respectively.

Fixed setting a tone control to maximum in Amp block can cause NaN in certain models (introduced in 14.02).

=14.02 - Released: 2020/10/09=

Fixed Euro Uber model gain dropping if Input Drive set to maximum.

Fixed Fat Switch changing wrong capacitor value on Archean model.

=14.01 - Released: 2020/09/22=

Added semi-parametric EQ to Multitap Delay block. The EQ is similar to the Filter block with the addition of selectable low cut and high cut filter slopes. Note that the overall gain of the EQ automatically adjusts to unity when using any filter types that boost frequencies so as to prevent instability.

Added second source to Modifiers. A Modifier can now have two sources: Source 1 and Source 2. Each modifier has an individual Scale parameter from 0 to 100%. The operation between the two sources is selected via the Operation parameter and allows addition, subtraction or multiplication of the two sources.

Changed behavior of Random LFO so that value changes when switching from Stop to Run.

Improved boot time.

Updated Euro Uber amp model. It is recommended to do a soft reset of the model by deselecting and then reselecting the Amp type.

Added several new amp models.

Fixed wrong capacitor value in Brit JVM OD1 Orange and Red models.

=14.00 - Released: 2020/09/04=

Improved Amp block cathode follower accuracy. The Hardness parameter has been removed and the default values have been changed. Existing presets are automatically updated. If you have edited the cathode follower parameters you should audition your presets as these parameters will automatically be reset to default values when the preset is loaded.

Because of the cathode follower change the following amp models have been updated:
* Friedman Small Box
* Dizzy V4 Blue (all models)
* Herbie (all models)
* Recto 1/2 (all models)

Due to the discovery of a measurement error the JMPre-1 models have been completely reworked. If you are using any of these models it is recommended to reset the block and audition your preset(s).

The Tube Pre model has been changed so that the power amp is off by default.

Added a couple new amp models.

Fixed turning Diffusion Time all the way up in Delay block causes noise.

Fixed ADSR graph goes funky if Attack time is set very low and other times are relatively large.

Fixed knob labels for sliders not centered under sliders if number of sliders is less than 5.

=13.03 - Released: 2020/08/25=

Added modifier capability to Multitap Delay block Level parameters.

Added modifier capability to Synth block Attack parameters.

Fixed Amp block generating NaN at startup in rare cases due to uninitialized data. Fixed output level knob value not applied to Output 1/2 if Global EQ type set to NONE. Fixed first preset may be temporarily erased if corrupted data in User Cab Bank.

FC: Tuner will now automatically display whenever tuner is displayed on Axe-Fx III.

=13.02 - Released: 2020/08/21=

Added “Compulsion Distortion HP” Drive type. Existing type name changed to “Compulsion Distortion LP”.

Added “Tuner on Heel Down” to MIDI/Remote. The corresponding controller will automatically display the tuner when the value is less than 5%. Typically the user would set this to the same CC# (or internal/external pedal) that they use for their primary volume control, whether that is assigned to a global volume control or to a modifier in a Volume block. For example, if you use CC #23 as External Control 1 and connect that to the Volume 1 block in all your presets then set this to 23. Likewise if you use FC 1 Pedal 1 as a global Input 1 Volume control then set this to FC 1 Pedal 1. Now when you set your expression pedal to the heel down position the tuner will automatically display.

Added marker to ADSR graphs. Also changed ADSR graphs to show curves in linear units (rather than log).

Added Master Chorus Rate and Master Chorus Depth parameters to Multitap Delay block. The Master Rate and Master Depth have been renamed Master LFO Rate and Master LFO Depth. Master LFO Depth no longer controls the chorus depth.

Improved layout of Multitap Delay GUI.

Improved Drive block CPU usage for diode-based models.

Improved CPU usage for Reverb block in high-quality modes.

Fixed filter modulation not working in Multitap Delay block.

Fixed Graphic EQ not working for Output 1 and 2.

Fixed USB/Digital Metronome Level controlling wrong output.

=13.01 - Released: 2020/08/13=

Fixed global Input Gain loading wrong value.

Changed global Input Gain and Amp block Input Trim to read in linear units due to confusion over the meaning of dB.

=13.00 - Released: 2020/08/13=

Improved Drive block modeling. New algorithm uses a novel solution to solve the nonlinear ODE of a diode clipper with memory (i.e. a capacitor). The accuracy of the diode I-V curve is also greatly improved. This new algorithm has the accuracy of implicit iterative solutions with speed rivaling explicit solutions. CPU usage is only slightly increased vs. the previous algorithm. Note that many of the Drive models will now behave differently and presets should be auditioned. The behavior of the tone controls in some models has also changed. Of note are the Timmy models where the tone controls are now faithful to the actual pedal and decrease bass/treble when turned clockwise.

The Drive block now features a “Bass Response” control for types based on the Rat, Tube Screamer and various derivates. In some models this is duplicated on the Basic page as it is the Bass/Voice/etc. control (and renamed accordingly). This function was previously provided by the Low Cut control. The Low Cut control is now a separate control that allows adjusting the input highpass frequency. Existing presets will automatically be updated with the new default value for the Low Cut control.

Added Bias control to GUI of all Drive block models.

Added “Headroom” monitoring meter to Amp block. The most common reason for “muddy” tones with high-gain amps is incorrect setting of the Master Volume control. The Headroom meter displays the voltage at the virtual power tubes in dB. If the Master Volume is too high the meter will be near 0 dB most of the time. Note that this only applies to amps where the power amp is intended to run “clean” like the 6160, Recto, etc. Non-Master Volume amps get their distortion from the power amp distorting so this recommendation does not apply.

Added Global EQ to all outputs. Note that the EQ for Outputs 3 and 4 is not active if that output has Copy Input 1 set and the corresponding Output block is not in the patch.

Added selectable Graphic/Parametric EQ for Global Output EQs.

=12.14 - Released: 2020/07/17=

Improved Amp block Speaker Compression modeling. New algorithm is more accurate and sounds smoother with more “growl”.

Fixed incorrect default Negative Feedback for Deluxe Verb models (correct value is 2.00 if you want to update existing presets).

Fixed NaN when changing Drive block type if modifier is attached to Drive or Tone.

=12.13 - Released: 2020/07/13=

Changed Amp block Input Trim to read in dB.

Fixed Setup -> MIDI/Remote menu corrupted.

=12.12 - Released: 2020/07/10=

Added Modifier capability to:
* Controller block LFO Output B Phase
* Input block Output Level
* Amp block Variac
* Amp block Input EQ Frequency
* Amp block Graphic EQ
* Parametric EQ block Freq, Q and Gain
* Graphic EQ block sliders

Added Input 1 Gain parameter to Setup->I/O->Input menu. This allows trimming the Input 1 gain to adjust for variations in guitar output level without having to adjust each preset.

Changed Home menu behavior so that selected page doesn’t change after recalling a preset from the Preset page.

FC: FC #4 will now reflect the appropriate layout

FC: Disable FC-6/FC-12 compatibility mode when loading FC-6 factory defaults

NOTE: This firmware is NOT compatible with Axe-Edit versions prior to 1.06.00. You MUST install 1.06.00 or later BEFORE using Axe-Edit with this firmware.

=12.11 - Released: 2020/06/26=

Added LFO High Cut to Controllers.

Fixed Flanger block Rate not updating correctly.

Fixed missing PHV 6160+ CLEAN tone stack string.

NOTE: This firmware is NOT compatible with Axe-Edit versions prior to 1.06.00. You MUST install 1.06.00 or later BEFORE using Axe-Edit with this firmware.

=12.10 - Released: 2020/06/24=

Changed External Controller Initial Values to be continuously adjustable from 0 to 100%.

Fixed Amp block crackling in rare cases.

Fixed Amp block Variac has no effect when Supply Type is set to DC.

Fixed NaN if Reverb block Crossover Freq is set very high and Low Freq Time is set very low.

NOTE: This firmware is NOT compatible with Axe-Edit versions prior to 1.06.00. You MUST install 1.06.00 or later BEFORE using Axe-Edit with this firmware.

=12.09 - Released: 2020/06/09=

Improved power tube modeling yields smoother overdrive especially for semi-clean and edge-of-distortion tones.

Increased Amp block B+ monitor range as Variac settings can cause B+ voltage to fluctuate beyond visible limits.

Added 6CA7 power tube type. While the 6CA7 is generally regarded as a substitute for the EL34 it is actually a different tube with the 6CA7 being a beam tetrode. This particular tube type is modeled after the original Sylvania “Fat Bottle” 6CA7.

Increased tuner sensitivity.

Fixed clicking when changing MUTE/SOLO switches in Cabinet block while playing.

Fixed click/pop in Pitch block when going from negative (or no) shift to positive shift.

Fixed Pitch block Custom Scale number not displaying correctly.

=12.08 - Released: 2020/06/01=

Improved Reverb algorithms.

Added ECONOMY mode to Reverb block. This can be used to reduce CPU usage when building elaborate presets.

Decreased minimum Attack Time of Compressor block to 0.1 ms. Existing presets are automatically updated.

Added JFET Compressor type.

Added three new Studio Compressor types. Studio FF Compressor 2 is similar to Studio FF Compressor 1 (formerly called Studio Compressor) except that it is an “upwards compressor” as opposed to a downwards compressor. Studio FB Compressor 1 and 2 are feedback compressors with downwards and upwards compression respectively. As these are feedback compressors, they yield a different sound than a feedforward compressor commonly referred to as “fat” with smoother dynamics. Note that nature of feedback compressors can result in distortion at extreme control settings (fast attack/release, high ratio, etc.). It is therefore recommended to set Auto Att/Rel to ON in these instances.

Improved Intelligent Pitch Shifter algorithm. This applies to all Pitch types except Dual and Quad Detune or when the Tracking Mode is set to OFF. The pitch detection algorithms have also been improved. The Tracking Mode parameter has been renamed “Pitch Tracking” and is selectable between OFF, FAST and SMOOTH.

Improved pitch detection for Synthesizer and Ring Modulator blocks.

Improved Crystal Echoes algorithm. The Crossfade Time and Crossfade Type parameters have been removed as they are no longer applicable.

Added Diffusion to Crystals type in Pitch block. This can be used to “smear” transients for a softer sound.

Improved Plex Shift and Plex Shimmer types in the Plex block. The Cross-fade parameter has been removed. For the Plex Detune type the Cross-fade parameter has been renamed Granule Length as that is a more accurate description.

Improved Envelope Followers in Megatap, Multitap and Plex Delay blocks.

Added PVH 6160+ Clean Bright and PVH 6160+ Crunch Bright amp models based on a Peavey 6505+ Rhythm channel with the Bright switch engaged. Note that the bright switch on this channel does not engage a capacitor on the drive potentiometer as is typical but instead disengages a treble cut circuit.

Renamed PVH 6160+ Rhythm and PVH Rhythm B models PHV 6160+ Clean and PVH 6160+ Crunch respectively for clarity.

Improved Downward Expander in Gate block when Detector Type is PEAK.

Removed the Frequency Range parameters from the Multiband Compression block and extended the range of the Crossover Frequency parameters to cover the entire range previously available. Existing presets are automatically updated. Note that when adjusting a Crossover Frequency that the unit will automatically adjust the complementary frequency to ensure the mid band is at least one octave wide.

Fixed Tremolo block trigger turning off even when threshold is set to OFF.

Fixed wrong resistor value in Brit JVM models causing excessive blocking distortion.

Fixed using Astable LFO type in some effects causes noise.

Fixed switching between types in Chorus block can causes clicks.

Fixed wrong default Depth value for 5153 Red model (real amp has fixed depth resistor). Removed Depth controls from all 5153 Authentic GUI pages (except 5153 50W Blue for which the real amp does have a Depth control).

Fixed Drive block clicking when changing channels when bypassed.

FC: Views for Layout Link will now be restored properly after reboot.

FC: When entering the Master Layout menu via the switch-combo, the FC-6 will now always go to View 1.

FC: Per-Preset labels will no longer be displayed for unassigned switches.

=12.07 - Released: 2020/04/03=

Improved Compressor block. The RMS detector type has been improved resulting in smoother decay. The Auto Attack/Release algorithm has been improved resulting in less “chatter” when using low attack and/or release times. The Tube Compressor and Analog Compressor types now support RMS+Peak detector mode. A new knee shape algorithm in the Studio Compressor has been implemented resulting in a more musical tangential response like that of classic analog compressors.

Improved Downward Expander in Gate block. The RMS detector type has been improved resulting in smoother decay. Added Detector Type parameter which allows selecting between RMS (default) and Peak types.

Improved Multiband Compressor based on improvements to Compressor block. Added Auto Attack/Release mode.

Improved Astable LFO type so that adjustments to Beta, which can occur when changing channels, do not cause “baseline wander”.

FC: When navigating the editor or front panel, certain screens will no longer reset the value used by external modifiers for FC Pedals.

=12.06 - Released: 2020/03/27=

Improved performance of noise gate in Input block. Both the Classic and Intelligent types have been improved. The new Noise Reducer type reduces noise while preserving the attack of the note. It does this by using intelligent filtering to remove line noise and high frequency hiss will leaving the rest of the spectrum intact. Be sure to set the global Line Frequency to a value commensurate with the AC frequency in your country. Note that the Classic and Intelligent types can achieve complete silence while the Noise Reducer type can let some sound through as it is designed to be as transparent and unobtrusive as possible.

Improved Downward Expander type in the Gate block.

Fixed zipper noise when using an FC pedal to control input volume.

Fixed Delay Time not sticking for Ten Tap Delay.

Removed Bass, Mid and Treble controls from Capt Hook 1B amp model as this mode models the channel with the EQ Bypass engaged.

Fixed incorrect Dry Level in following Drive block models (was 100%, should be 0%): Shred Distortion M-Zone Distortion Ruckus (all versions)

Fixed High Slope controls in Cabinet block non-functional.

Added graphs to Setup -> I/O -> Pedal menu for pre/post-calibration visualization.

FC: Fix Tap Tempo function setting incorrect tempo when assigned to a stand-in switch.

FC: Fix Tuner not exiting when tapping a Stand-In Switch whose Hold function is Tuner.

FC: Fix UI of Stand-In Switches page not showing text representations of settings.

FC: Fix View Inc/Dec when accessing MLM on an FC-6 via Master Layout "Switch-Combo".

FC: Fix View Inc/Dec mini-LCD display when set to "Destination #".

FC: The main LCD will now display the correct first preset in the bank if the Global Setting for "Display Offset" is set to '1.'

FC: Stand-in switches will now perform their hold function based on the Hold Function Mode specified on the Config page of FC Controllers.

=12.05 - Released: 2020/03/06

12.04 - Released: 2020/03/05=

Updated the default value of P.A. Cathode Bias Resistor for some models. Existing presets are NOT changed. The new default values are listed here if you want to apply them to your presets:

* AC-20 DLX: 61%
* Boutique 1,2: 48%
* Blankenship Leeds: 58%
* Car Roamer: 56%
* Class-A 15W TB: 56%
* Class-A 30W: 46%
* Citrus A30: 56%
* Citrus Terrier: 60%
* Deluxe Tweed: 49%
* Div/13 CJ: 56%
* Div/13 FT37: 56%
* FAS Class-A: 56%
* Gibtone Scout: 76%
* Hot Kitty: 50%
* Matchbox D30: 59%
* Nuclear Tone: 78%
* Wrecker Liverpool: 59%

Improved pedal calibration.

Changed parameter value display to update if control is attached to modifier.

Added Triple Crest amp models based on a Mesa Triple Crown TC-100. Note that the actual amp’s “Tight” switch engages a built-in Tube Screamer circuit which can be replicated using a Drive block or the Amp block’s internal Boost feature.

Fixed a couple mistakes in Citrus Terrier amp model.

Fixed clicking when engaging/bypassing effects which change input impedance.

Fixed some parameters that should be modifiable (i.e. Chorus Rate, Rotary Rate, etc.) are not displayed as such.

Added modifier capability to ADSR Sustain Level.

=12.03 - Released: 2020/02/07=

Improved Amp modeling.

Added Low Cut to Dual Chorus type.

Improved Delay block Stack/Hold operation when using short delay times.

Added DynamiComp type to Compressor block. This is a pedal-style compressor with a faster attack behavior.

Fixed Input block UI.

Fixed Modifier graph when changing scenes remotely.

Fixed audio glitch when switching between two presets using Spring reverb.

Fixed fuzzy tone from some amp models if Sat Switch is engaged.

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>
<Blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/axe-fx-iii-firmware-release-version-12-04.159140/post-1901681]
The sidechain filter changed in 12.03. Instead of a single bandpass it is now a highpass and a lowpass. With the single bandpass the lowcut and highcut frequencies were constrained from being greater/less than each other. gate to behave differently than it does now.
</Blockquote>
</Blockquote>

=12.02 - Released: 2020/01/31=

Fixed UI unresponsive if modifier attached to Filter block Frequency control.

Fixed Filter block graph does not update if type changed from Axe-Edit.

=12.01 - Released: 2020/01/30=

Added Stack/Hold to Reverse, Dual and Sweep Delay types. All delay types now support Stack/Hold.

Added ALLPASS type to Filter block. This is a multi-stage “Phase Rotator” with feedback. With feedback set to zero it can be used to change the shape of transients. Using feedback causes constructive and destructive interference and can be used to create interesting tonalities. The Order can be set from 1 to 12 with progressively more phase rotation occurring. Attaching a modifier to the Frequency parameter can result in interesting chorus or wah effects. The red trace in the GUI is the phase response.

Improved preset/scene switching.

Fixed artifacts in Wah block when Control knob is attached to a high-speed source, i.e. LFO with high rate.

Fixed some values not displaying correctly (i.e. High Crossover Freq. in Multiband Compressor).

Fixed some parameters being unintentionally reset when editing a block.

=12.00 - Released: 2020/01/27=

Added “2x12 Godzilla” Speaker Impedance Curve based on a Zilla Fatboy.

Complete overhaul of the Flanger block. See Flanger page.

Complete overhaul of the Phaser block. See Phaser page.

Added separate Filter Slope controls for the Cabinet block. The range of the slopes has been extended to include 18 and 24 dB/octave. Existing presets will be automatically updated to the correct values based on the previous Filter Slope value.

Added separate Low Cut Slope control for Delay block. Updated models accordingly.

Added “FAS Express” amp model based on hypothetical modifications to a Trainwreck Express.

Improved messaging system so that changing presets while Axe-Edit is running does not cause audio dropout (requires Axe-Edit version 1.4.00 or later).

Improved Scene switching speed.

Added LFO Quantize to Filter, Flanger and Phaser blocks.

Added Triggering to Tremolo block. When the Tremolo is triggered the Tremolo will engage and the LFO phase will start at the Start Phase value. This allows easily synchronizing the Tremolo to your playing. Set to “OFF” to defeat the trigger.

Added Optical Tremolo type to Tremolo block.

Addded “Astable” type to LFOs. This simulates an astable Op-amp Multivibrator as is commonly found in effect pedals. “Beta” controls the shape of the LFO. High values approach a square wave while low values approach a triangle wave.

Added Stack/Hold parameter to Plex Delay and Plex Verb types in the Plex block. When set to STACK incoming audio is stacked on existing audio and held. When set to HOLD existing audio is held.

Changed Hold parameter in Delay block to Stack/Hold (see above).

Changed Hold parameter in Reverb block to Stack/Hold (see above).

Added “OD 250” Drive model based on a DOD Overdrive 250 (gray version).

Added adjustable slope to Parametric EQ block for outer bands when type is set to BLOCKING.

Added LFO monitors to Control block.

Drive block EQ now supports placement pre- or post-distortion.

Added “Stereo Mind Guy” delay type.

Added ULTRA-HIGH quality mode to Reverb block. This mode increases the modulation at the expense of a slight increase in CPU usage.

Fixed loss of precision in certain amp models (i.e. Plexi 50W Normal) when Input Drive is set very low.

Fixed Align tab in Cabinet block not displaying traces properly after changing channels/scenes from Axe- Edit.

=11.01 - Released: 2019/11/28=

Updated Speaker Impedance Curves for 2x12 Jazz 120, 4x10 Brit JM45 and 4x12 Hipower. Also added the following new curves: 2x12 Bassbuster (based on a Fender Bass Breaker), 1x12 Tweed Alnico Blue (based on a Fender Deluxe with Celestion Blue), 4x12 PVH 6160 (based on a Peavey 5150 w/ Sheffields), 4x12 Euro (based on a Bogner standard), 2x12 Recto (based on a Mesa Rectifier)

Added “Matchbox D-30 EF86” amp model. While the real amp has a six-position Tone switch, the model has a continuously variable tone control. Note that the Tone control is mapped to the Bass control in Ideal mode as the Tone switch is essentially a bass cut control.

=11.00 - Released: 2019/11/18=

Amp block now uses new high-order speaker impedance modeling. 52 speaker impedance models (and two LB-2 models) are included and can be selected using the Speaker Impedance Curve parameter (on the Advanced page). Selecting an amp model will load an appropriate default Speaker Impedance Curve for that amp model. The Cabinet Resonance parameter can be used to adjust the amount of cabinet resonance in the impedance curve. NOTE: The 2x12 Bassguy, 2x12 Jazz 120, 4x10 Brit JM45 and 4x12 Hipower data is incomplete and will be updated in a future release.

Setting Global “Update Pre-11.x Presets Spkr Imp Upon Load" parameter to YES will automatically update the Speaker Impedance Curve for the Amp blocks upon preset recall to use an appropriate Speaker Impedance Curve for that amp model. Setting the parameter to NO will leave existing presets unaffected. NOTE: Setting this to YES will also cause the EDITED LED to light indicating the preset has been modified.

Fixed Recto1/2 models default Negative Feedback and Power Tube Bias values slightly too low.

Fixed loss of precision in Drive block Tone control for some models (Rat, Timothy, et. al.) causing low frequency build-up over time.

=10.02 - Released: 2019/10/23=

Fixed popping noise can occur when switching between certain amp models. This also results in faster, smoother preset, scene and channel changes.

Fixed wrong Basic tab of Drive block when Ruckus LED/Si type selected.

Added Wrecker Liverpool Bright amp model. This models the amp with the three-position Bright switch in the brightest position.

=10.01 - Released: 2019/10/20=

Fixed divide-by-zero can happen in Drive block when using certain combinations of different diode types and a very strong input signal or when switching between different types.

Fixed can’t access Drive block Advanced GUI page for Ruckus LED/Si type.

Changed Drive block Slew Limit to Slew Rate and updated default value of the models. Existing presets will be updated to the new default value upon recall. Note that the parameter now controls the slew rate and lower values equal less high frequency response at high amplitudes and vice-versa (the action is reversed from the previous firmware versions).

Added Wrecker Express Bright amp model. This models the amp with the three-position Bright switch in the down position.

=10.0 - Released: 2019/10/18=

Added Downtune control to Tuner. The Downtune control allows for simplified tuning when tuning down one to four semitones. The Tuner display will read the “natural” name of the note, i.e. if tuning down one semitone an Eb will read E. In addition any blocks that utilize pitch information will also be transposed accordingly.

Added Display Mode control to Tuner. This control allows selecting between all flats, all sharps or a mixture of sharps/flats for the displayed note name.

New power amp modeling algorithm. This algorithm improves the plate impedance accuracy substantially. This yields tighter bass, crunchier midrange and “chimier” highs.

Due to the changes in the power amp modeling algorithm the Power Tube Hardness parameter now behaves differently. Selecting a Power Tube Type loads the “knee voltage” for the power tubes and this voltage can be adjusted up or down using Power Tube Hardness. Higher values yield a lower knee voltage and more abrupt clipping and vice-versa. Existing presets will have Power Tube Hardness reset to 5.0 upon recall.

The range of the Transformer Match control has been reduced to 0.5 to 2.0. Existing presets will have this value reset to 1.0.

The Ideal Tetrode and Ideal Pentode power tube models are no longer applicable and have been replaced with 5881 and 6L6GB models, respectively.

The PI Bias Excursion values have been updated for some amp models. Existing presets will automatically be updated to the new default values. If you typically alter this parameter you should audition your presets.

The Amp block Dynamic Impedance parameter is no longer applicable and has been removed.

Added KT77 power tube type.

Improved Drive block. New diode modeling algorithm improves clipping accuracy especially for diodes with higher saturation currents, i.e. 1N270 and other germanium types.

Added D9E and D18 diode models to Drive block. These are Soviet germanium diodes valued for their smooth distortion characteristics.

Added “Ruckus LED/Si” type to Drive block. This model is based on a Suhr Riot with the toggle switch set to select the hybrid LED/Silicon Diode position.

Added “5 Band Mark” type to Graphic EQ block.

Fixed exported Tone Matches may, in rare cases, not sound the same as the Tone Match.

Fixed long delay times (over 1.5 seconds) in Plex Shift can cause artifacts.

=9.01 - Released: 2019/10/07=

Fixed Amp block input drive network instability in rare cases when switching between certain presets.

Fixed some amp models can become unstable for certain combinations of Negative Feedback and high values of Speaker Impedance and/or Transformer Match.

Added “Gain Enhancer” mode to Amp block Output Compressor. This mode can be used to simulate the acoustic reinforcement of a loud amp coupling into the guitar and enhancing the output signal.

=9.0 - Released: 2019/10/01=

New power amp modeling algorithm. This new algorithm now also separates the transformer matching from the speaker impedance. A new parameter, Speaker Impedance, allows adjusting the relative impedance of the virtual speaker. For example, to simulate connecting a 16-ohm speaker to an 8-ohm output set Speaker Impedance to 2.0. Transformer Matching, on the other hand, changes the impedance ratio of the virtual output transformer.

To support the new power amp algorithm the internal transformer matching values and negative feedback values have been updated. The new negative feedback values will load when selecting an existing preset. If you typically adjust Negative Feedback when creating a preset be sure to audition your presets as the parameter value will be reset to the default value upon preset load.

Fixed Amp block Output EQ wrong frequencies if EQ Location set to “Input”.

Fixed Amp block “Hi-Cut” calculation for amps without negative feedback. This affects the following models:

* All AC-20 models
* All Class-A 15W and 30W models
* Citrus Terrier
* Boutique 1 and 2
* FAS Class A
* Hot Kitty
* Matchbox D-30
* Mr. Z MZ-8 and MZ-38
* Ruby Rocket and Ruby Rocket Bright
* Supremo Trem
* Wrecker Rocket

Fixed incorrect default P.A. Cathode Resistance value for Citrus Terrier model (correct value is 96%) and Class-A 15W model (correct value is 83%).

=8.0 - Released: 2019/9/11=

Improved amp modeling.

Added Swap Scene function to Layout->Tools.

Fixed Plex block Shimmer Verb causing NaN if Reverb Size set to 0%.

Fixed Tone Match block erroneous results on preset recall due to uninitialized data.

Fixed sluggish Axe-Edit behavior after boot on high CPU presets.

Fixed Rotary block Input Select not working correctly.

Fixed Compressor block sidechain filter not working if gain set to 0.0 dB.

=7.01 - Released: 2019/08/30=

Firmware image now uses compressed initialization. This results in a smaller file size and faster firmware updates.

Added Input Select to Megatap Delay, Multitap Delay, Plex Delay, Reverb and Rotary blocks.

Fixed Input Impedance not set correctly if an active effect is in a different row and prior column than the effect that should be controlling the impedance.

FC: Fixed stand-in switches not activating the down half of their assigned function.

=7.0 - Released: 2019/08/14=

Improved power amp modeling. New algorithm accounts for variation in load voltage as a function of transformer turns ratio. I.e. reducing the Transformer Matching will reduce the output level and vice- versa.

Fixed low output level for Shred Distortion Drive model.

FC: Fixed tap function executing on hold when "Hold Execute" is set to "Switch Up". FC: Fixed switch executing from wrong layout after a stand-in switch is used.

FC: Fixed MLM functionality when cloning mixed units (FC-12's and FC-6's).

FC: Added FC-6/FC-12 compatibility mode. When enabled, FC-6(s) will use buttons 1, 2, 3 for the bottom row and buttons 7, 8, 9 for the top row. Accessible from HOME->SETUP->FC Controllers->Config Page, FC-6/FC-12 Compatibility Mode. It is disabled by default.

FC: When "Reveal Holds" is active the hold function states will be displayed (with default ring colors only) and button presses will execute the hold functions.

FC: Fixed hold functions firing on the MLM hold switch (switch 3 on FC-6 and switch 6 on FC-12) preventing MLM mode from executing.

=6.04 - Released: 2019/07/16=

Reduced background task priority on high CPU presets to improve client (i.e. Axe-Edit) performance.

Added “CC Boost” type to Amp block.

Improved CPU usage.

Optimized LCD graphics for better response.

Changed FC tuner note names to match main tuner (i.e. Eb instead of D#).

Added Solo feature to Parametric EQ block. When a band is soloed the frequency range for that band is isolated allowing the user to fine-tune the band.

Fixed output level of PI Fuzz model too low.

Fixed Modifier auto-engage not working when Auto-Engage is set to SLOW POSITION and the Update Rate is set to FAST.

Fixed Supremo Trem model missing Tone control in Authentic mode. Note: the Tone control is mapped to High Cut in Ideal mode.

Fixed FC and Axe-Edit not displaying tempo correctly if preset using global tempo. FC: Fixed Layout Link not executing if no function is assigned to the switch.

FC: Added Mode parameter to Utility/Reveal Hold for Momentary/Toggle.

FC: Added Hold Function Execute Mode: TIMEOUT or SWITCH UP. "TIMEOUT" is same as the previous behavior. When set to "SWITCH UP", the hold function executes when you release the held footswitch, allowing precise musical timing.

FC: Fixed Per-Preset/Placeholder #24 not working.

=6.03 - Released: 2019/07/01=

Fixed long preset load time if preset using Filter block with Frequency parameter connected to modifier.

=6.02 - Released: 2019/06/28=

Added LFO to Filter block. When enabled, the LFO will modulate the frequency of the filter between the Frequency and the Mod. Frequency. The local LFO simplifies modulated filtering and frees up the global LFOs for other tasks.

Added adjustable filter to Plex block wet signal. Filter can be any of the standard types (all types except comb filter types). Frequency, Q and Gain are modifiable.

Added Shimmer Verb type to Plex block.

The Mode parameter in the IR Player block has been replaced by a Length parameter.

Changed Home page behavior so that menu stays on selected tab when returning. Pressing HOME while on the Home page resets to first tab.

FC: Improved communication reliability when using very long cables (requires FC firmware version 1.08).

FC: Fix preset tempo being used when global is selected .

FC: Add Layout Inc/Dec function.

=6.01 - Released: 2019/06/19=

Fixed memory allocation error causing boot irregularities.

=6.00 - Released: 2019/06/19=

Firmware 6.00 introduces the PERFORM tabs found on the HOME screen of the Axe-Fx III. There are two PERFORM tabs: Per-Preset and Global. The PERFORM tabs can be configured with up to 10 user-selected controls from any of the blocks found in the current preset (including CONTROLLERS and GLOBAL). Configuration of the PERFORM tabs is done via Axe-Edit III. Allowable controls include rotary knobs, push-buttons, drop-downs, and toggle controls (e.g., on/off controls).

''The "Perform-PP" controls are stored per-preset. Adding or removing a control from "Perform- PP" will change the EDIT state of the preset.''

''The "Perform-Gbl" controls are stored in the Global Settings. Adding or removing a control from "Perform-Gbl" is automatically saved to the Global Settings.''

''Performance controls are added via the editor from a block's parameter view. The editor's selected parameter control is assigned to the desired Performance tab through a popup menu.

''The editor's Perform view is accessed via the "Perform" button or the Tools / Performance menu. From this view, Per-Preset Performance controls can be imported and/or exported using the "Block Library" control. Additionally, the view's "Per-Preset" and "Global" tabs allow label editing for controls already assigned to the "Perfrom-PP" and "Perform-Gbl" tabs.''

Changed Cabinet, IR Player and Tone Match block IR windowing so that window length is proportional to IR length (rather than a constant window length).

Doubled length of IR Capture Utility sweep. This improves SNR in challenging environments, i.e. a large, noisy room when capturing “far-field” IRs. The time between sweeps has also been increased to allow the room reverberation to decay sufficiently before starting the next sweep.

Improved Amp block power amp modeling.

Added five “Manual” controllers to Controllers menu. These can be used as modifiers for real-time manipulation of parameters from the front panel.

Combined LFO 1 and LFO 2 menus into a single menu.

Fixed Ring Mod block left/right slightly unbalanced.

Fixed Looper allows playback even if no loop exists causing noise.

FC: Further fixes for startup timing issues.

FC: Fixed Inc/Dec functions' upper limits defaulting to zero.

FC: Fixed learning of FC external pedals and switches in MIDI/Remote.

FC: Fixed external switch polarity not showing correctly on the FC Controllers Remote page.

=5.08 - Released: 2019/05/20=

Added Low Cut and High Cut to individual IRs in Cabinet block. Filter slopes are also selectable from 6 to 24 dB/oct.

Added IR Length parameter to individual IRs in Cabinet block. Shorter lengths can be used to remove room reflections and/or decrease CPU usage.

Changed Pitch block so that pitch detection is performed even when block is bypassed. This allows using the Learn function while the block is in bypass.

Fixed sometimes unit will hang at boot if an FC-12 running firmware version 1.06 or later is connected.

Fixed pop when switching from Hipower amp models to certain other amp models.

FC: Fix Layout Link not working when in MLM mode.

FC: Fix EZ Page changing values of Switch 1 even if no switch has been selected .

FC: Fix inc/dec wrap operation.

=5.07 - Released: 2019/05/06=

Improved Preset/Scene/Channel switching time.

Fixed wrong default Cathode Follower Compression values for Brit JVM and JS410 amp models.

Fixed AES/SPDIF input shifted by one bit causing clipping at -6 dBFS.

FC: Added support for stand-in switches (assign external switches to perform a function assigned to an FC switch).

FC: Support for FC firmware 1.06 (switch behavior and polarity)

FC: Added shortcut keys to/from Per-Preset and Global

FC: Added warning on switch page if the switch is overridden in the current preset

FC: Fix per-preset overrides not working on MLM page 2 for the FC-6

FC: Fix layout link and MLM interaction (switch 3 for the FC-6 and switch 6 for the FC-12)

FC: Fix layout link for per preset switches

=5.06 - Released: 2019/4/18=

Added USA JP IIC+ Green amp model (channel 1).

Fixed wrong internal transformer matching value for Friedman Small Box model.

Fixed popping when switching between channels/scenes/patches with very different block levels.

Fixed incorrect error message when updating USB firmware via Fractal-Bot.

Fixed Upper Limit on functions in the Bank category reverting to '51' on restart (regardless of bank size).

Fixed FC layout names getting clobbered if knob A is used to Nav while editing.

Fixed loading defaults squashing the version (and other dummy params) on the devices page.

Display Effect name for Effect functions on the Overrides page of Per-Preset FC Settings.

Configurable timeout for the notifications on the FC main LCD.

Updated FC function Effect->Channel Select to turn off the LED ring if the effect is bypased and Smart Bypass is enabled.

Added TEST ON and TEST OFF to CS MIDI for the FC.

=5.05 - Released: 2019/04/07=

Fixed missing menu for USA JP IIC+ Yellow amp model when using authentic controls.

=5.04 - Released: 2019/04/??=

Added USA JP IIC+ Yellow amp model (channel 2).

NOTE: To emulate the “Shred” mode turn the High Treble control to approximately 3-4 dB (or adjust to taste, you are not limited by a single switch).

Fixed corruption in FC Remote menu.

=5.03 - Released: 2019/04/05=

Added USA JP IIC+ Red amp model (channel 3). NOTE: To emulate the “Shred” mode turn the High Treble control to approximately 3-4 dB (or adjust to taste, you are not limited by a single switch).

Fixed hold functions on page two of the Master Layout Menu for the FC-6.

Fixed FC Bank -> Inc/Dec function's upper limit from resetting to the maximum bank number on reboot or bank size change.

Fixed copy/paste of FC Layouts not setting Layout Link.

Fixed FC Layout Link for hold functions not surviving a reboot.

Fixed wet data muting during channel change in Multitap block.

=5.02 - Released: 2019/03/24=

Fixed presets created with firmware prior to 3.00 defaulting Amp block EQ Off/On parameter to Off instead of On.

=5.01 - Released: 2019/05/??=

Fixed presets created with firmware prior to 3.00 not loading various parameters correctly. These parameters are primarily the Spread parameters in the Chorus, Flanger, Rotary and Reverb blocks, among others.

=5.00 - Released: 2019/03/??=

Completely new Amp block cathode follower algorithm yielding more accurate results. The “Ideal” cathode follower type is no longer supported as it is incompatible and has been removed from the GUI. The Cathode Follower Time and Ratio parameters have also been removed as they are no longer applicable. A “Grid Clipping” parameter has been added which allows the user to adjust the grid clipping in the cathode follower. Lower values reflect the softer response of classic British and American tubes like Mullard, Sylvania and RCA. Higher values simulate the response of modern Chinese and Russian tubes with more abrupt clipping.

Updated various Amp block parameters related to new cathode follower algorithm. Existing presets are automatically updated to the new values.

Added AES/SPDIF Input Level control. This is located in the I/O->USB/AES menu. NOTE: this parameter will default to -40 dB after installation of the firmware. Be sure to adjust to the desired level if using the AES or SPDIF inputs.

Added Treble Booster and Mid Booster boost types to Amp block.

Improved Scene/Channel change logic. Only the wet data is muted when changing scenes and channels now leaving the dry data intact which results in smoother transitions.

Changed Control block Envelope Follower behavior so that when the signal exceeds the threshold the control value starts at zero rather than jumping to the threshold value.

Fixed wrong bass pot taper in Friedman Small Box model.

Fix FC per-preset corruption with some presets.

NOTE: Due to the new algorithms several amp block parameters are reset to default values when loading old presets. Included in these parameters is Preamp Bias Excursion. If you had altered this parameter in a preset note that it will be reset and you may want to readjust it.

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>
<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/axe-fx-iii-firmware-version-5-00-beta.148607/page-3#post-1759653]
All models have been improved as there was a change to the triode algorithms as well.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

=4.03 - Released: 2019/03/07=

Fixed Div/13 CJ 11 amp model muted when two Amp blocks used.

=4.02 - Released: 2019/03/07=

Fixed issue with certain amp models, i.e. Legato 100, exhibiting excessive blocking distortion.

Fixed loss of communications with FC-X foot controllers after being left on for very long periods of time, i.e. overnight.

Various fixes and improvement for FC-X controllers.

=4.01 - Released: 2019/03/06=

Fixed triode modeling algorithm for amp models with “cold clipping” stages, i.e. Recto, SLO, etc.

=4.00 - Released: 2019/03/06=

Improved Amp block preamp tube modeling.

Improved Amp block cathode follower grid modeling.

Improved power amp modeling for “Class-A” type amp models.

Added modifier capability to Decay Time, Level 1-8 and Pan 1-8 controls in Plex Delay block.

Added Presence Shift control to Amp block Tone page for the appropriate models when using Authentic controls.

Added SV Bass 1 amp model. This is the original SV Bass model prior to the change in 2.05. The new SV Bass model added at 2.05 has been renamed SV Bass 2.

Added FAS Skull Crusher amp model. The nastiest, most brutal amp model to ever escape from the seventh circle.

Reworked PI Fuzz model based on older “Triangle” version reference. A soft-reset of the model is required to load the new parameter values. Note that duplicating the behavior of a fuzz pedal requires that the pedal be the first non-bypassed block following the Input 1 block and the input block impedance must be set to Auto since fuzz pedals load down the guitar’s pickups.

Added “Unlink All Blocks From Global” function to Layout->Tools menu. This unlinks all blocks from any global blocks to which they may be linked.

Expanded the names of the “USA” models to more accurately indicate the switch settings.

Fixed Tone page for Plexi 100W 1970 not showing Normal Drive control.

Fixed incorrect capacitor value and wrong default Low Cut value in BB Pre Drive model.

Fixed wrong default Low Cut value in Eternal Love and Esoteric ACB Drive models.

Fixed Output EQ in Amp block not being redrawn when changing channels and number of bands is different.

Fixed wrong triode plate frequency in Herbie CH3 model.

Fixed wrong mid and treble tapers in all Herbie models. Existing presets should be auditioned.

=3.02 - Released: 2019/02/26=

Improved Drive block. WARNING!!! The sound of some of the drive models may have changed significantly.

* Drive models based on op-amp and diode clipping topologies have been completely overhauled.
* For many types there is now a “Dry Gain” control. This parameter controls the amount of “dry” signal mixed with the “wet” (distorted) signal. For a Tube Screamer-based model this will default to 100% due to the topology. For other types this will default to 0. Values up to 200% are allowed. Note that the dry data is added before any tone controls and therefore is not exactly equivalent to a mix but rather replicates the behavior of analog circuits.
* Drive types based on op-amp and diode clipping circuits now allow control over the type and quantity of diodes in the positive and negative polarity. For example, the user can select (2) 1N34A diodes for positive signal polarity and (1) red LED for negative. Experiment with the various diode types and quantities to obtain new and unique sounds.
* The Basic GUI page now reflects only the controls found on the actual pedal. In cases where the actual pedal does not have any tone controls a simple Tone control is included for convenience.
* Added several new types.

Added “All” to Tuner Input Source selection. This sums all inputs.

Added Global "Tone Control Display" parameter. When set to Authentic (default) only those controls present on the actual amp are displayed. When set to Ideal all tone controls are displayed. Also, when set to Authentic the Bass, Mid and Treble controls are reset to default values when changing models to ensure accuracy for models that may not have these controls.

Fixed Tone Match block not updating correctly between preset changes if different Mode used.

Fixed loss of low frequency resolution for Tone Match block when set to Off-Line mode.

=3.01 - Released: 2019/01/30=

Fixed Graphic EQ pages not responding to navigation buttons.

Fixed FC load defaults correctly sets bank size before configuring switches.

Fixed FC use "Scene X" on main LCD if scene name is blank.

Fixed load FC-12 defaults won't switch first FC to layout 7.

Fixed FC scene name not updating if character(s) removed from end.

=3.00 - Released: 2019/01/28=

Improved amp modeling.

Improved speaker compliance algorithm.

Improved algorithms for modulation effects.

Improved Tone Match block graphs.

Improved Reverb block.

Added “EQ Off / On” control to Amp block. This modifiable parameter turns the graphic EQ on and off.

Added Plex Verb type to Plex block. While the Reverb block is designed for authentic, natural-sounding reverbs, the Plex Verb type is designed for large, ethereal reverb sounds. This type is also simple to use with no time, tempo, level or pan parameters required. For best results turn the Diffusion Mix up when using this type.

Added Spread and Pre-Delay controls to Plex block.

Increased the range of the Low Freq Time and High Freq Time in the Reverb block. This allows for creative reverb sounds. Several new reverb types have been added to illustrate these effects.

The Chorus, Flanger, Plex, Reverb and Rotary blocks now supports Spread values from -200% to 200%. Values beyond +/-100% increase the apparent image beyond the stereo field. The action of the spread control has also been improved so that the apparent volume remains constant vs. spread value.

Fixed IR Capture utility sometimes not working in Cab+DI mode.

Fixed slow response in IR Capture configuration menu when changing bank/slot.

Fixed Cabinet block graphs not showing traces for non-UltraRes IRs.

Fixed Input Source for Pitch Follower not exposed.

Fixed FC-X custom Mini-Display Label for Effect, Chan Select.

=2.05 - Released: 2019/01/14=

NOTE: The firmware now displays diagnostics during the first phase of the boot routine. [http://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/axe-fx-iii-firmware-version-2-05.146395]

Added Threshold parameter for all types in Compressor block.

Change Drive block behavior so that when changing the Drive Type the graphic EQ is reset.

Reworked SV Bass amp model. Model is now based on a 1970 Ampeg SVT with 6550 power tubes and the midrange switch in position 3.

Cabinet block now automatically corrects the polarity of IRs that are inverted, i.e. captured from the back of a cabinet.

Added floor reflection modeling to Cabinet block. The intensity of the floor reflections can be adjusted with the new “Floor Reflections” parameter. Floor reflections play a large role in “amp in the room” sound. If the amp is on a carpet the floor reflections are minimal. If the amp is on a wood or other hard surface the floor reflections are significant. Existing presets will initialize this value to 0% so as to not change the sound. The default value is 50%. Note that negative values, while not realistic, are supported which inverts the reflection.

Added Diffusion to the Cabinet block room modeling.

Improved IR Capture Utility. User can now select between conventional deconvolution and reverse filter processing. In a high-noise environment the reverse filter technique can provide better results. In low-noise environments the conventional technique can provide slightly better bandwidth and magnitude accuracy. Note that the prior firmware used the reverse filter technique.

Added Processing parameter to IR Capture Utility. This selects between “Minimum-Phase” which transforms the IR into a minimum-phase version, “Auto-Trim” which removes the leading silence, and “None” which applies no processing at all. Note: prior firmware always used minimum-phase processing.

Added Delay Compensation to IR Capture Utility. This allows compensating for time-of-flight delay when capturing IRs. For example when capturing far-field IRs there may be significant time delay due to the distance of the mic from the speaker. This can reduce the precision of the measurement if the delay is excessive. To use the compensation configure the graph to the Time display. Do a test sweep and note the waveform delay. Dial in the desired amount of compensation delay and repeat as necessary. Note that the speed of sound is roughly 1 ft/ms so a mic that is 10 ft from the speaker would incur roughly 10 ms of delay. Note that IR Capture Utility will automatically compensate for delays up to approximately 20 ms (1K samples). Correction is only required for delays greater than 20 ms.

Added alignment graph to Cabinet block showing a zoomed time series of the IRs allowing visual adjustment of the mic distance. When using IRs that have not been minimum-phase processed this facilitates aligning the IRs.

Added Volume Increment/Decrement CCs for Output 2.

Added “Analog Compressor” to Compressor block. This compressor has a natural soft-knee response and captures the vibe of the classic compressors of the 70’s and 80’s.

Added Mix control to Multiband Compressor block.

Added Knee Type control to Multiband Compressor block.

Corrected the VU meters in the Output block to compensate for the “unity gain” nature of Outputs 3 and 4. Note that the Output block meters are BEFORE the Level controls (pre-fader) on the front panel and are therefore unaffected by the Level controls. The meters indicate the internal signal level relative to full-scale (dBFS).

Renamed Dumble-style amp models with PAB on accordingly.

Changed Volume Inc/Dec behavior so that muting is not performed.

Various changes and fixes for FC-6/12 foot controllers. Note: this firmware, or a later version, should be installed for proper operation of the foot controllers.

Fixed clicking noise in Pitch block at certain values of shift and tracking.

Fixed Cabinet block LF Damping and HF Damping parameters sometimes not working.

Fixed output gain of Compressor block when using either of the Pedal types dependent upon the Ratio control of the Studio type.

Fixed crash when adjusting Amp block Screen Q rapidly.

=2.04 - Released: 2018/12/15=

Added “Tube Compressor” type to Compressor block. This type is based on classic tube compressors like the Altec Lansing 436C. Since this type uses “variable mu” processing it may add subtle, and possibly desirable, distortion to the audio.

Added “FF Comb” and “FB Comb” types to Filter block. FF Comb is a feed-forward comb filter and FB Comb is a feedback comb filter. Delay Time controls the order of the comb filters, higher values result in more closely spaced notches and vice-versa. Depth controls the intensity of the filter, higher values result in deeper notches/peaks and vice-versa.

Added Comb Filter Type parameter to Multidelay block. The names of the parameters in the block have been changed from “Resonator” to “Comb Filter”.

Added clock sync checking in I/O menu. If the user selects one of the digital input sources (SPDIF or AES) as the clock source and there is no valid input the menu will indicate no clock source.

Changed Cabinet block Room Size display to meters for clarity.

Fixed Cabinet block does not update if a newly captured IR is saved to an IR location in use.

Fixed Cabinet block “AIR” mixing is done before level normalization.

Fixed USB 5/6 Input Level affects SPDIF/AES input level.

Fixed setting size very low on room types in Reverb block can cause crash.

=2.03 - Released: 2018/12/03=

Changed Looper behavior so that Play indicator only lights during recording when overdubbing.

Added Looper Crossfade parameter. When set to ON the loop fades out/in at the end/start of the loop.

Improved Cabinet block room emulation. New algorithm provides denser and more immersive reflections.

Added Room Shape parameter to Cabinet block which selects between and hall and room shape.

Added “Bias Trem” type to Tremolo block. This uses a tube emulation algorithm to replicate the bias tremolo used in vintage tube amps.

Added “Harmonic Trem” type to Tremolo block. This recreates the famous sound of the tremolo circuit in the old “Brownface” amplifiers. This effect splits the spectrum and applies modulation to the two frequency bands. The Crossover Slope parameter selects the filter order for the crossover. The original circuit used a 6 dB/octave crossover. Higher slopes can give a more intense effect. The crossover frequency can be changed with the Crossover Frequency parameter. Note: unlike most implementations the Axe-Fx III version is full stereo and can be used before or after the Amp block without losing stereo separation. Additionally the effect supports LFO phase for the left/right which can be used to achieve unique sounds. Furthermore the effect supports LFO types other than Sine for even more unique sounds.

Note: both the Bias Trem and Harmonic Trem use nonlinear processing techniques and, as such, may add distortion to the audio signal just as their tube-based counterparts would.

Added “Grinder” boost type based on a Fortin Grind to the Amp block.

Added USB Input Level controls. These are located in Setup->I/O->USB. Note that these values will default to -40 dB after the firmware upgrade.

Changed background tasks to run dynamically based on available processing time. This prevents sluggish behavior of Axe-Edit and MIDI controllers immediately after startup.

Fixed IR capture export not working consistently causing issues with Cab-Lab 3.

Fixed incompatibility with Live mode in Cab-Lab 3 when using Axe-Fx III as the audio interface.

Fixed Reverb block NaN if setting size extremely low and turning modulation depth way up.

=2.02 - Released: 2018/11/26=

Fixed issue in phase inverter modeling causing excessive bias excursion in some amp models.

Fixed Reverb block causing crash if setting size to less than 6.0 for certain types.

Fixed FC GUI corruption when changing presets via foot controller.

Various other fixes and enhancements for FC-X controllers.

=2.01 - Released: 2018/11/25=

Added “Filter Type” to Compressor Side-chain.

Added “Auto-Swell” type to Volume block. This simulates “pinky swells” using the guitar volume knob. Threshold sets the input power to start the volume swell. When the input power drops below the threshold the swell circuit is reset and the volume drops to zero. Attack sets the rate at which the volume increases.

Increased size of VU meters and added gain readout in Layout GUI.

Added ability to select the source of USB Outputs 7,8 (to computer). Inputs 2-4 can be assigned to USB 7,8.

Improved Amp block phase inverter modeling.

Fixed minor error in Amp block voltage to speaker displacement transfer function causing more parameter shift than expected for a given Speaker Compliance setting.

=2.0 - Released: 2018/11/21=

Improved Amp block speaker dynamic parameter modeling. The new Speaker Compliance parameter controls the nonlinear behavior of the virtual speaker. Existing presets will load with this parameter at 0.0 and will be unchanged tonally from the previous firmware (IOW your presets will not be altered). Selecting a new amp model or resetting the block will set the value to 50% which is a typical value for guitar speakers.

Improved Amp block cathode follower modeling.

Improved Looper cross-fade at start/end of loop.

Improved stability and latency of Pitch block.

Improved anti-aliasing performance of Pitch block.

Added Temperament parameter to Pitch block. When set to “Just”, pitch shifting uses just temperament with ratios defined by the harmonic overtone series. When set to the default value of “Equal”, equal temperament tuning is used. Just temperament can be used to give a “sweeter” harmony, especially when followed by distortion.

Added “Virtual Capo” type to Pitch block. This is a simple one-voice pitch shift that is intended for drop-tuning and virtual capo use and is easy to configure and use.

Changed Pitch block behavior so that when selecting Whammy or Virtual Capo types the Mix is automatically set to 100%, otherwise 50%.

Improved algorithms in Multitap block.

Added two options to the Filter Order in the Cabinet block. “L: 6, H: 12” sets the filter slope to 6 dB/octave for the low cut and 12 dB/octave for the high cut. “L: 12, H: 6” sets the filter slope to 12 dB/octave for the low cut and 6 dB/octave for the high cut.

Changed Looper meter, CPU meter and Layout VU meter colors to cyan so that thresholds are visible to those with red-green colorblindness.

Fixed Looper not playing when pressing Once if Trim Start is nonzero.

Fixed MIDI running status ignored if active sense messages received between status messages.

Fixed Master Resonator Time not working in Multitap Delay.

Fixed diffusion not working on delay lines 2-4 in certain types in Multitap Delay.

Various changes and fixes for FC-X controllers.

Minor tweaks and improvements to the GUI.

=1.18 - Released: 2018/10/15=

Fixed meters on Home->Meters sometimes getting stuck.

Fixed MIDI-Over-USB hanging when receiving certain SysEx messages intended for other products. This occurs with some DAW software (i.e. Logic) at startup causing subsequent SysEx commands to be ignored rendering Axe-Edit non-responsive.

Fixed certain 3rd-party MIDI SysEx messages not processed properly when SysEx messages are also being received via USB (i.e. changing a block bypass state or channel via a MIDI foot controller while also using Axe-Edit).

Fixed adjustments to global Noisegate Offset do not take effect until editing Input block.

Fixed booting to preset with two amp blocks does not correctly initialize.

Fixed block channel change so that muting does not occur if block is bypassed.

Fixed IR Player block allows linking to Global Blocks.

Changed range of Attack and Release parameters in Input block gate to more suitable values.

=1.17 - Released: 2018/10/07=

Fixed NaN when selecting “USA” amp types.

=1.16 - Released: 2018/10/05=

Improved Multiband Compressor block so that mid-band gain is automatically compensated for crossover response.

Added Frequency Range parameters to Multiband Compressor block. This selects between Low and High frequency ranges yielding more flexible crossover frequencies.

Added Crossover Slope parameter to Multiband Compressor block. Choices are 12 and 24 dB/octave.

Added FAS Boost to Amp block input boost types.

Added Output Mode to Amp block. The default value, FRFR, is the classic mode and designed for use with monitors or recording. The SS PA + Cab mode is intended for use with a solid-state power amp and conventional guitar cab. In this mode speaker compression modeling behaves differently relying on the speaker for compression while still simulating the interaction with the power amp. NOTE: this mode is not intended for use with current drive power amps, i.e. tube power amps, Class-D current feedback amps (Quilter Tone Block), etc. NOTE: this mode CAN be used with FRFR monitors in high volume applications where the monitor’s speakers are compressing thereby achieving a more dynamic response.

Added 10-band, 2/3 octave types to Graphic EQ block. These types center the filter frequencies on a narrower range best suited to finely sculpting guitar tones.

Added 10-band, 2/3 octave graphic equalizer to Drive block. The EQ can be enabled/disabled via the Graphic EQ parameter which is also modifiable.

Added 8-band, 2/3 octave graphic equalizer to Wah block. The EQ can be enabled/disabled via the EQ parameter which is also modifiable.

Fixed moving cabs with Axe-Edit causes corrupted empty slots.

Fixed Looper status not reported correctly via MIDI.

Fixed Looper doesn’t always start if threshold is off.

Fixed metronome turning on when executing Reset System Parameters.

Various fixes and changes for FC series foot controllers.

=1.15 - Released: 2018/09/97=

Added (2) IR Player blocks. These are simple versions of the Cabinet block that can be used to process IRs for various purposes such as applying Tone Matches separate from the Tone Match block. For example, an IR Player block can be used to apply a Tone Match of a guitar at the beginning of a chain leaving the Tone Match block available for amp matching.

Added Output 1 Volume Increment and Output 1 Volume Decrement CC assignments. When the CC assigned to Volume Increment/Decrement is received the scene volume for Output 1 is incremented or decremented by 1 dB and the preset automatically saved.

Added Metronome function. To enable the metronome press the Tempo button and adjust the level for the desired output(s). Note: the metronome levels persist across presets and are reset to OFF at power on.

Improved Looper block:
# Added Record Threshold parameter. When set to a value greater than -80 dB recording will not start until the input signal exceeds the set value. The Record icon will blink when the Looper is armed for recording and will turn solid when recording starts. The meter at the bottom of the page can be used to help set the Threshold. Use the soft knob or main Value knob to adjust the threshold value (or use the Record Threshold parameter on the Config page).
# Added Trim Start and Trim End parameters to the Looper block. These parameters can be used to adjust the start and end points of the loop. The graph on the Control page provides visualization of the loop and the start/end points.
# Added Quantize parameter. When set to ON the loop length is quantized to the nearest beat.
# Added Record 2nd Press parameter. Choices are Overdub – existing behavior, second press of Record ends loop and enters overdub; Play – second press of Record ends loop and enters play; Stop – second press of Record ends loop.
# Added Speed parameter. When Speed is set to HALF the virtual tape runs at half the normal speed. The speed can be also be toggled via a MIDI CC message.
# Improved cross-fading at the start and end of the loop.

Added Mode parameter to Tone Match block. When set to OFF-LINE the processing is adjusted to better suit matching recorded sources such as guitar stems. When set to LIVE the processing is as before and better suited to matching a real-time source such as the output of a guitar amp.

Added Damping Time to Sequencer. This controls the time it takes to slew from the one value to the next.

Improved CPU usage for Synthesizer block when oscillator type is white or pink noise.

Improved Tuner.

Various GUI tweaks and improvements.

Changes/improvements to 3rd-Party MIDI device support (see AXE-FX III MIDI FOR THIRD-PARTY DEVICES document for details).

Fixed ADSR graphs not initializing properly on preset recall.

Fixed some parameter displays dependent on Tempo, i.e. Delay Time, not updating when new Tempo is entered.

Fixed Mixer and Multiplexer blocks shouldn’t be bypassable.

Fixed Tremolo block bug when LFO Type set to SAW DOWN.

=1.14 - Released: 2018/08/03=

Added MIDI CC for Looper Stop. This allows stopping recording or playback of the Looper via MIDI automation.

Added Friedman HBE 2018 C45 amp model.

Added gain monitoring for Input Dynamics control in Amp block.

Fixed MIDI status dump not working correctly.

Fixed divide-by-zero fault if turning Master Volume to zero on JS410 amp models.

=1.13 - Released: 2018/07/23=

Added “Dual Chorus” type to Chorus block. This type has independent LFOs for the left and right delay lines. Delay lines are BBD emulations.

Added “SSB Upper” and “SSB Lower” types to Ring Modulator block. These select the upper and lower sidebands of the modulation, respectively.

Added single-sideband ring modulators to Multidelay block. These can be used to create strange and interesting echo sounds. To defeat the modulators turn Master Ring Mod Mix to 0.

Added chorusing to individual delay lines in Multidelay block. There are four LFOs, one for each delay line. The rate and depth of each LFO is individually adjustable. These add to the main LFOs which modulate each delay line at the same frequency but different phases. By using short delay times the Multidelay block can now act as four parallel choruses, each with independent rate and depth.

Added Quad-Tap Band Delay type to Multidelay block. This type has the same configuration as the Quad-Tap delay except the filters are outside the feedback paths.

Added band highlighting to RTA block. Turn Value knob to select desired band. The frequency of the selected band is displayed in the upper left corner.

Increased number of channels in Multiplexer block to six, one for each row.

Changed preset recall behavior if Ignore Redundant PC is on. If Ignore Redundant PC is on and the desired scene (set via PC mapping) is different than the current scene the preset is not loaded but the scene IS changed.

Added MIDI support for 3rd-party devices to set/get scene, channel, bypass, scene names and preset names, control the Looper, tap tempo, etc. via System Exclusive messages. See the Axe-Fx III MIDI for Third-Party Devices document for implementation details.

Added Preset Increment/Decrement controllers. These can be used to increment/decrement the current preset. The Preset Start and Preset End parameters control the range of presets selected and selection wraps at the limits. Preset mapping and offsets are ignored.

Improved Tempo accuracy for MIDI clock.

Fixed Barberpole type in Phaser block broken.

Fixed no preset loading on startup if Ignore Redundant PC is on.

Fixed Scratchpad Cab #1 not loading automatically when doing an IR capture.

Various changes and fixes for FC controllers.

=1.12 - Released: 2018/06/29=

Added Global Block support for Input 1 block.

Added Scene Volumes to Output block.

Improved Multidelay block. The Band Delay type has been replaced by a more flexible Quad Parallel Delay. The Quad Parallel Delay and the Quad Series Delay now feature four delay lines in a parallel or series configuration, respectively, as before, with the output of each delay line feeding a series combination of a bandpass filter and a resonator. Added drive, low-cut and hi-cut filters allow further tone sculpting. To defeat the bandpass filters set Master Q to minimum. To defeat the resonators set Master Resonator Feedback to 0.

Improved Spring Reverb algorithm. New algorithm features improved dispersion modeling and adjustable low and high frequency decay time ratios.

Improved knob response for fine adjustments.

Fixed Reverb GUI so that only valid parameters show on All page for selected type.

Fixed system backup hanging if on preset containing certain types of foot controller data.

Fixed engaging Tuner causes reset of External Controller values.

Fixed Ignore Redundant PC not working.

Fixed Tremolo block not updating rate when entering tempo.

=1.11 - Released: 2018/06/17=

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>
<blockquote>
[http://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/firmware-1-11.140004/page-2#post-1660386]
1.11 fixed a minor mistake in the Output and MBC blocks GUI's. Not worth a public release.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

Fixed Multiband Compressor and Output GUI.

Fixed Looper block Dry Level not working.

=1.10 - Released: 2018/06/16=

Improved Scene/Channel switching.

Added “Stereoizer” type to Enhancer block. While the Classic and Modern types rely on micro-delays and inversions to create artificial stereo, the new Stereoizer uses multiple high-order filters to create a realistic stereo image.

Fixed Phaser block level dropping 3 dB when effect is engaged.

=1.09 - Released: 2018/06/11=

Added “Effect Bypass Mode” to MIDI menu. When set to “Value” the bypass state of an effect assigned to a CC is controlled by the CC value. When set to “Toggle” the bypass state toggles whenever the CC message is received, regardless of the value.

Added “Default Scene” parameter to Global menu. When set to “As Saved” the scene selected when recalling a preset is the scene that was active when the preset was saved. When set to a particular scene value that scene will always be selected when a preset is recalled.

Added Channel parameter to modifiers. This allows applying the modifier to all channels or only a selected channel of an effect block.

Added Tilt EQ to Amp block Input EQ types.

Added Boost Type and Boost Level to Amp block. There are seven boost types: Neutral, T808, T808 Mod, Super OD, Full OD, AC Boost and Shimmer. All boosts act as “clean boosts” replicating the oft-used “Drive on 0, adjust Level as desired” boost technique. The boost allows boosting the amp block without requiring a separate Drive block. The Boost Level parameter controls the amount of boost.

Added Modifier ability to Formant block Resonance parameter.

Added “Prompt on Edited Preset Change” parameter to Global Settings. When set to ON the unit will prompt before changing presets if the current preset has been edited (and prevent you from losing your edits). NOTE: Be sure to change this value to OFF before performing!

Added Global Blocks. There are 8 Global Blocks per effect instance. Not all effects support Global Blocks (i.e. Mixer, RTA, etc.). There are four operations associated with a Global Block:
# Link To Global Block: This operation links the selected effect with a Global Block. The Global Block data is NOT loaded. Upon saving the preset the Global Block is saved. Any other presets linked to this Global Block will load the Global Block data upon recall.
# Load From Global Block: This operation loads data from a selected Global Block but does NOT link the block.
# Link To and Load From Global Block: This operation links an effect to a Global Block AND loads data from the Global Block. Upon saving the preset the Global Block is saved. Any other presets linked to this Global Block will load the Global Block data upon recall.
# Unlink From Global Block. This operation disassociates the effect from any Global Blocks.
Global Block operations are accessible from the Tools page in the Layout menu.

Improved scene switching algorithm resulting in much faster, smoother scene changes.

Improved Reverb algorithms.

Changed Looper behavior:
# Pressing Undo while recording undoes the last recorded layer, as before. Pressing Undo when the loop is stopped now erases the loop data. Pressing Undo during playback undoes the last recorded layer. Pressing Undo again (during playback) restores the undone layer. Subsequent presses toggle the layer on and off.
# Pressing Record now always starts a new layer (previously pressing Record during the first layer stopped recording and entered playback).
# Pressing Once while recording stops the loop.

Added Dry Level parameter to Looper Block.

Improved Input block noise gate. When the Type is set to Intelligent (default) the noise gate now provides smart EMI filtering which reduces hum and buzz. NOTE: For best results the AC Line Frequency parameter in the Global Settings menu should be set to match the power line frequency of your country (i.e. 60 Hz for North America, 50 Hz for EU, etc.).

Improved Amp block output transformer modeling.

Various changes to support Axe-Edit.

Various changes to support FC-6/12 controllers.

Changed default value for Setup -> MIDI -> Program Change to ON.

Fixed Scene MIDI block not sending correct data on preset change.

Fixed cabinet names not showing up in cab picker until background tasks are finished.

Fixed wrong Preamp Bias value in Plexi 2204 model.

Fixed Pitch block LFO Tempo not being updated on tempo changes.

Fixed RTA block not updating on preset change.

Fixed noise in Looper block when pressing Undo.

Fixed Modifier Auto-Engage working erratically if Update Rate set to Slow or Medium.

Fixed MIDI PC Offset not being applied.

Fixed crash if flooding unit with MIDI data during boot.

Fixed hang if MIDI Send PC is set to OMNI.

=1.08 - Released: 2018/04/30=

Various changes to support Axe-Edit.

Fixed Channels not copying correctly when using Scene copy utility function.

Fixed Global data not being saved after import (restore).

Fixed Reverb hold not working for Spring types.

=1.07 - Released: 2018/04/19=

Fixed Pitch block not setting number of voices correctly, i.e. Whammy modes should have one voice but two voices were audible.

Fixed Input 1 Level Meters not scaled properly when input source is USB.

Fixed minor bug in Rotary GUI.

Fixed wrong default Output Level value in Return block.

Fixed garbage data in SPDIF output buffer if no Output 1 block in layout.

Added “Update Rate” parameter to Modifiers. Values are Slow | Medium | Fast. The Update Rate selects the rate at which the modifier updates the target parameter. For most applications a slow rate is sufficient. Under some circumstances a slow rate may cause “zipper noise”. Increasing the rate will reduce the noise at the expense of increased CPU usage.

=1.06 - Released: 2018/04/16=

Added “Solo” ability to Cab block.

Added “Plexi 2204” Amp model based on a 1981 JMP 50W Master Volume head.

Added modifier capability to Resonator block Chord and Frequency parameters.

Fixed Output block buffer stuck when bypassed causing high pitched tone.

Fixed Pitch block not initializing correctly on patch change.

Fixed Pitch block sometimes getting “stuck” on negative harmony shifts.

Fixed distortion on Crystal Echoes pitch type if Direction is set to Reverse and Shift is set to +4.

Fixed MIDI message(s) immediately following a PC message being ignored, i.e. Scene Select CC.

Fixed some minor GUI bugs.

=1.05 - Released: 2018/04/04=

Added ability to route block when Layout is zoomed out.

Added Input Source select to ADSR and Envelope in Control block. Fixed MIDI bank select.

Fixed Scene Copy function not copying Amp block bypass states.

Fixed can’t select Amp type when creating a new preset if the previous preset had the Amp block channel as anything other than ‘A’.

Fixed External Controller initial values not being applied and garbage values in any of these controllers that are not assigned.

=1.04 - Released: 2018/03/25=

Fixed low-cut and high-cut filters not working in Multitap Delay block.

Fixed Amp blocks bypass states not being preserved across preset changes.

Fixed Tone Match block Smoothing parameter not working.

Fixed Quad Tape Delay missing modifier for Motor Speed (formerly labeled Tape Speed).

Fixed MIDI CC Channel changes not responding above values of 3.

Various GUI enhancements and improvements.

=1.03 - Released: 2018/03/13=

First public firmware release.

=1.01/1.02=

Initial firmware release on the first shipped units.

No release notes.

[[category:Axe-Fx3]]
[[category:All]]

Cab block

2026-04-02T11:51:43Z

Yek: /* DynaCabs */

__TOC__
=Cab block=

'''Axe-Fx III''' — 2 blocks, 4 channels (4 IRs per channel) 
'''FM9''', '''FM3''' — 2 blocks, 4 channels (2 IRs per channel) 
'''FM3''' — 1 block, 4 channels (2 IRs per channel) 
'''AM4''' — part of the Amp block, 4 channels (2 IRs per channel) 
'''VP4''': n/a

'''ICONS''' — yes (part of the Amp block)

'''Axe-Fx II''' — 2 blocks, X/Y 
'''AX8''' — 1 block, X/Y 
'''FX8''' — n/a

[[image:Cab block.png|550px]]

=Cabinet modeling for beginners=

Read <q>[[A beginner's guide]]</q> for information.

=Products=

==Axe-Fx 3, FM3, FM9==

The amp modelers have a large collection of built-in IRs, also referred to as ''factory'' or ''stock'' cabs, either as single IRs in Legacy Modem or as DynaCabs (see below).

'''Axe-Fx III'''

The Axe-Fx III has 2048 factory cabs in two banks of 1024, and 189 <q>legacy</q> cabs which are the same ones as in the Axe-Fx II XL+ and AX8.

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<hr>

From the Axe-FX III product page:
<blockquote>
The redesigned Cabinet block features a 4-channel mixer based on our popular Cab-Lab software, providing the capability to mix and remix IRs on-the-fly as you would with real mics on a speaker cabinet. Factory content includes selections from the best of today’s IR producers and artists, including Fractal Audio, AustinBuddy, Celestion, ML Sound Lab, Ownhammer, Chris Broderick, John Petrucci, Chris Traynor & James Santiago, Valhallir, York Audio, Dr. Bonkers, and more. An additional 2,048 “User Cab” memories allow you to load Cab Packs (including any of those compatible with the Axe-Fx II) or 3rd-party IRs, and a built-in utility allows you to capture and save your own speaker tones (now with 16 “Scratch Pad” locations!) Our celebrated Tone Matching block is also improved, now with the impressive ability to clone the tone of an amp or recording in UltraRes.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

* The Cab Picker makes it easier to select cabs, employing filters. To access the Cab Picker on the hardware, press <kbd>ENTER</kbd> in the Cab Number field.
* Muting an IR in the Cab block decreases CPU usage.
* The SPEAKER SIZE parameter and dedicated microphone modeling have been discontinued.
* The Cab block normalizes its output level when using multiple IRs. The LEVEL parameter of each IR doesn't simply set the output level of that IR, but it determines the relative levels between the IRs when more than one is loaded..
* When set to Stereo Input, two of the IR slots are fed by the left channel, and two are fed by the right channel.
* When powering on, the unit reads all user cabs. This happens in the background.
* IRs can be visually aligned.
* Room ambience has been improved and includes floor reflections.
* Micro Delay has been changed to MIC DISTANCE.
* IR LENGTH lets the user adjust the length of an IR.
* LOW CUT and HIGH CUT and SLOPE can be set per IR.
* Smoothing, Proximity (DynaCabs: n/a) and Delay can be set per IR.
* Much steeper filter slopes are possible.
* A separate IR Player block also processes IRs, but has less functionality and therefore requires less CPU than the Cab block.

More information is available in the [[Owners_Manuals|Owners Manuals]].

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<hr>

<blockquote>
[http://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/so-whats-new-on-the-iii-axe-fx-2-vs-3.134729/page-6#post-1592410]
Another cool thing is the Cab block. You can mix up to four IRs each with independent Pan, Distance, Proximity, Smoothing (De-phase). And it has four channels so you can switch between four completely different mixes, instantly.
</blockquote>

About changing IR levels in the Cab block:
<blockquote>
[http://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/presenting-the-axe-fx-iii.134717/page-27#post-1593866]
The volume stays constant.
</blockquote>

About normalization in the Cab block:

<blockquote>
This keeps the volume consistent regardless of the number of IRs and their mix levels. For example if you were to use two IRs and set each at -3 dB the volume would be half as loud. Behind the scenes it figures this out and compensates.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
Adjusting IR levels is not possible. Cab-Lab automatically normalizes IRs for "unity energy". 99.9% of the time this results in IRs that are the same volume but every now and then an IR will have energy outside the normal range of hearing which confuses the normalization routine. It's superior to the usual amplitude normalization but not without its faults.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

'''FM9'''

Like the Axe-Fx III, the FM9 has 2048 factory cabs in two banks of 1024, and 189 <q>legacy</q> cabs which are the same ones as in the Axe-Fx II XL+ and AX8.

The FM9 has two Cab blocks like the Axe-Fx III, but supports two IRs instead of four per block, and some functionality is left out, like smoothing and IR Length.

Cabinet modeling runs in an CPU accelerator instead of the core DSPs, which saves CPU. Because of this, the length of IRs is limited to 1K. The second Cab block doesn't run in the CPU accelerator. [https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/fm9-firmware-version-2-01-public-beta-2.183037/post-2251068]

'''FM3'''

Like the Axe-Fx III and FM9, the FM3 has 2048 factory cabs in two banks of 1024, and 189 <q>legacy</q> cabs which are the same ones as in the Axe-Fx II XL+ and AX8.

The FM3 has a single Cab block that supports two IRs, and some functionality has been left out, like smoothing and IR Length.

Cabinet modeling runs in an CPU accelerator instead of the core DSPs, which saves CPU. Because of this, the length of IRs is limited to 1K.

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<hr>

<blockquote>
[https://www.thegearpage.net/board/index.php?threads/this-kemper-user-me-just-fired-up-his-new-fractal-fm3-first-impressions-and-thoughts.2279390/post-33048369]
The Cabinet block uses an FIR accelerator to do the IR processing. This FIR accelerator offloads processing from the CPU and, as such, doesn't reflect in CPU usage.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/posts/2420707]
FM3/9 only support 1K samples for normal IRs since the IR processing is handled by a coprocessor whose max. length is 1K samples.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

==AM4==

The Cab block is integrated in the Amp block, with two IRs pr channel.

When selecting the SPLIT output mode, the Cab is moved to the end of the chain.

[[DynaCabs]] are included. Legacy factory cabs are not included. IRs can be imported into 256 slots, supporting UltraRes.

Loading an amp model automatically selects an appropriate cab: <q>Amp>DynaCab linking</q>. This can be disabled in SETUP.

To selectively keep Cab settings when changing the amp type, hold ENTER while turning SELECT, then release ENTER to apply the change. AM4-Edit, you can hold SHIFT while selecting a new amp from the list to achieve the same result.

The Cab Blend parameter replaces individual Cab Level controls.

==VP4==

The VP4 does not have a Cab block, but it has an [[IR Player block]] that processes IRs.

=Cab block=

==Position on the grid==

In the <q>real</q> analog world, it makes a difference where you put effects: ''before'' or ''after'' the speaker cabinet. With digital processors, that's different.

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<hr>

<blockquote>
The difference in having the cabinet before or after the effects is usually subtle. It depends on how non-linear or time-variant the effect is. For effects like EQ, which are linear and time-invariant, it doesn't matter at all. For slightly time-variant effects like chorus and flanger the difference isn't very pronounced. For highly time-variant effects, like pitch shifting, the difference can be marked.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[http://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/new-passive-graphic-eq-is-the-hit.89623/page-6#post-1085391]
Linear means that the output is related to the input by a straight line: y = mx + b. Filters are example of linear systems. A cabinet IR is a filter. Distortion is an example of a nonlinear system.

Linear systems are associative and commutative. Associative means that a * (b * c) = (a * b) * c.

Commutative means that a + b = b + a or a * b = b * a. Therefore you can do cab -> eq (a * b) or eq -> cab (b * a).

The cab block is not "completely" linear if motor drive is non-zero but it is "wide sense stationary" so you can treat it as linear.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[http://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/effects-after-cab-block.100036/#post-1199515]
Since a cabinet is linear (or mostly linear) the order is unimportant as linear systems are commutative (a+b = b+a). However if the cab block is mono your effects will collapse to mono if placed before.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/globally-turn-off-cabinet-modeling-for-just-output-2.159868/post-1914201]
Since linear systems are commutative EQ > Delay is the same as Delay > EQ.

Now, if the system isn't linear (i.e. there's some distortion) then the sound will change. Also if the system is time-variant the sound will change but most modulation is wide-sense-stationary enough to not create a noticeable change if the order is reversed.

The most likely explanation is stereo delay into a mono cabinet which will destroy the stereo image.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[http://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/best-place-for-volume-control.51243/#post-659198]
The cab block is level-dependent if the Motor Drive is non-zero. So if you turn up/down the level out of the amp block you may need to compensate by doing the opposite with the Motor Drive.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[http://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/reverb-before-cab-or-vice-versa.91495/#post-1108647]
You gain nothing putting it before the cab and risk collapsing the stereo image if the cab is mono.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/why-not-put-the-cab-block-at-the-end.179012/post-2183154]
Given that most post effects are linear or "wide sense stationary" the order of effects after the amp doesn't matter. Reverb -> Cab is theoretically equivalent to Cab -> Reverb because linear systems are commutative (i.e. a * b = b * a).

However... if the cab block is mono then you'll collapse any stereo effects to mono. Or if the cabs aren't panned fully L/R you'll lose your stereo imaging.

Pitch effects are not linear so putting them before the cab block will sound different than after. Anything that causes distortion is not linear so the order matters. If the distortion is subtle then the order is less important.
</blockquote>

'''PREVIOUS GENERATIONS'''

<blockquote>
Javajunkie: 
[http://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/no-effect-loop-in-axe-fx´s-amp-models.22802/#post-369849]
You can place the effects loop anywhere in the chain (just add the fx loop block). Unless you are running a stereo cab or 2 mono cabs panned hard L/R, you may want to place stereo effects after the cab. The cab is a linear time invariant effect (unless you add drive) so effects like delay and reverb will sound the same before or after it. As Cliff and others have stated on numerous occasions LTI effects can be placed before and after each other and they will sound the same. Only when placed before or after non-LTI effects (drive, amps, et. al) it really matters. The one caveat there is that some effects are mono, placing effects before and after that makes a difference.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

==Impulse responses==

The Cab block relies on Impulse Responses (IRs) to reproduce the sound of speaker cabs.

See these pages for more information:

* [[Impulse responses (IR)]]
* [[Impulse_responses_(IR)#IR_resolution|IR length: Normal, Standard, HiRes, UltraRes, FullRes, DynaCab]]
* [[Impulse_responses_(IR)#Far-field_versus_close-mic.27d|Far-field IRs and close-mixed IRs]]
* [[IR Capture]]

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<hr>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/latency-of-amp-modelers.184918/post-2280220] Cab blocks do not add any latency.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/fm9-latency-around-5ms.200203/page-4#post-2498590] Cab block doesn't add any latency unless IR has leading silence.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/as-designed-exported-ir-from-tma-out-of-phase-and-9-db-level-difference.154000/post-1830563]
The Cab and IR Player blocks automatically "phase correct" IRs so that the peak signal is positive.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

==Mono or stereo cab==

The Mono/Stereo mode of the Cab block is important.

The Cab block will sum the incoming signal to mono when using a single IR. It will process and maintain an incoming stereo signal when set to stereo, or when using two panned Cab blocks to process the left and right channels separately.

If the Cab block on the Axe-Fx III is set to Stereo Input, two of the four IR slots are fed by the left channel (1+3), and two are fed by the right channel (2+4).

When a stereo Cab block is followed by a mono effect, such as Drive, the resulting signal will be summed to mono.

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<hr>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/cab-block-input-mode.164224/post-1968778]
In Mono left and right are summed and fed to all four cab slots. In Stereo left goes to slots 1 and 3, right goes to 2 and 4.

[…]

Stereo: left goes to slots 1 and 3, right goes to 2 and 4. 
Left: Left goes to all slots. 
Right: Right goes to all slots. 
Sum L+R: Sum of L+R goes to all slots. 
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

See [[Audio_in_and_out#Mono_and_stereo_audio|Mono and stereo audio]] for more information.

==Legacy Mode==

When the Cab block is set to Legacy Mode, it lets you assign an individual impulse response (IR) to a slot. Such IRs are available on the device itself as factory cabs, or you can import these from disk (SYX files) and store them in user cab slots. See below.

All stock cabs in Legacy Mode are time-aligned, which means that you can mix them without phasing issues.

The AM4 doesn't support Legacy mode. It lets you choose between DynaCabs and User Cabs.

==DynaCab Mode==

See <q>DynaCabs</q> below.

==List of factory cabs ==

All factory cabinet models are listed and annotated on this page: <q>[[Cab models list]]</q>

==User cabs==

If you want to look beyond the stock cabs, try external impulse responses. In Legacy mode or User Cab mode, the amp modelers provide user cab slots which can be filled with external cabs (imported impulse responses), using Fractal-Bot, Cab-Lab, the editors or a MIDI librarian.

External IRs for Fractal Audio processors are files with a <q>SYX</q> filename extension, sampled at 48kHz, 24 bit.

Use Cab-Lab to <q>generate</q> individual IRs from a commercial DynaCab pack and import these as individual IRs onto the device.

Files with an <q>IR</q> filename extension are also IRs for Fractal Audio processors, but restricted for use in Cab-Lab. It's a proprietary Fractal Audio format. You can't load these directly into the hardware.

IRs in WAVE format can be imported directly into the processors with the Manage Cabs tool in the editor. Drag-and-drop any number of <kbd>.wav</kbd> files into the Browser pane to allow the editor to convert them. To convert a batch of WAVE files in one go, use Cab-Lab.

You can choose between [[Impulse_responses_(IR)#IR_properties|minimum phase and auto-trim]], and create UltraRes or non-UltraRes cabs.

The number of available user cab slots per unit are:

'''Axe-Fx III Mark I''' – 2048 (2 banks of 1024)

'''Axe-Fx III Mark II''' – 2048 (2 banks of 1024), plus a bank for 64 FullRes IRs

'''FM3''' – initially 1048, but decreased to 512 in firmware 12 to make room for more DynaCabs

'''FM9''' – 1048

'''AM4''' – 256

'''VP4''' – 256

'''Axe-Fx II XL and XL+''' – 1024

'''Axe-Fx II Mark I and II''' – 100

'''AX8''' – 512

The amp modelers and software editors display the names of the external cabs in the user cab slots. The name is contained in the sysex data of the file. Impulse responses can be renamed using the editor or Cab-Lab. The name is shown in italics or a different color when it's an UltraRes impulse response.

To empty a user cab slot on the hardware, use the software editor or Cab-Lab. Some modelers (including Axe-Fx III and FM3) allow you to delete ALL user cabs at once through SETUP. ''Be careful and consider making a backup first!''

Also see: <q>[[Impulse_responses_(IR)#Noteworthy_IRs|Sources for commercial and free IRs]]</q>

==Scratch-Pad==

Scratch-Pads are the last user cab slots. They are reserved <q>dummy</q> locations, meant to temporary load impulse responses. This allows auditioning impulse responses without overwriting any of the user slots. Scratch-Pads are erased when powering off the unit. The number of available Scratch-Pads depends on the hardware.

Current firmware for the Axe-Fx III provides a dedicated Scratchpad to audition FullRes IRs, see below.

==Disable cabinet modeling==

If you want to disable cabinet modeling in a preset:
* Do not add the Cab block to the preset, which saves CPU, or
* Bypass the Cab block, which does NOT save CPU.

If you never use cabinet modeling, turn it off in SETUP to decrease CPU usage.

==CPU==

The CPU usage of a Cab block depends on its configuration and the unit. Read more here: [[CPU usage]]

To decrease CPU usage:

'''Axe-Fx III'''

* Mute an IR
* Use the IR Player block instead of the Cab block
* Turn down Room Level
* Lower IR length (if possible)

'''FM and FM9'''

* The FM3 and FM9 use an FIR accelerator to do the IR processing. It offloads processing from the CPU and, as such, doesn't reflect in CPU usage, unless you use the 2nd Cab block on the FM9.

'''Axe-Fx III'''

* Mute an IR
* Turn down Room Level
* Lower IR length if possible

'''AX8 + Axe-Fx II'''

* Use a mono Cab block
* Lower the IR resolution

FullRes IRs use the CPU.

When importing presets created on the Axe-Fx III or FM9 into the FM3, IRs are set to Standard resolution to save CPU.

==Preset-Cab bundle==

A Preset-Cab bundle is a single file containing a preset and user IRs used by that preset.

See <q>[[Presets#Preset-Cab_bundle|Preset-Cab bundle]]</q> for more information.

=Choosing a cab=

It’s a matter of personal preference which cab(s) you want to use with a specific amp model. You can choose a traditional combination, or think out of the box. The differences between cabs can be huge. The cab has at least 50% impact on the sound of an amp+cab combo, more than adjusting amp controls.

When comparing cabs, don't judge too quickly. Each time you select another cab, your ears have to adapt. Also, you may need to adjust the amp settings to suit the selected cab. You can use the [[Looper block]] to playback a recorded clip while you switch between cabs.

Traditional combinations of amps and cabs are described here: <q>[[Amp models list|Amp models list]]</q>

Also see <q>[[Speakers_and_microphones | Background information on guitar speakers and microphones]]</q>.

=DynaCabs=

<q>DynaCab</q> cabinet modeling on the Axe-Fx III, FM3, FM9 and AM4 lets you freely position and distance the microphone on a captured cabinet to retrieve the desired sound. Behind the scenes the appropriate IR is loaded. A graph visualizes the settings.

On the AM4, loading an amp model automatically selects an appropriate DynaCab: <q>Amp>DynaCab linking</q>. This can be disabled in SETUP. The Amp+DynaCab combos are described on the [[Amp_models_list|Amp models page]].

'''Factory Dynacabs'''

The ''factory'' or ''stock'' DynaCabs need to be installed separately from the device firmware. After installing, the DynaCabs are available on the device. The DynaCabs file is included with the device firmware.

<q>[[Cab_models_list#DynaCabs|Annotated list of all stock DynaCabs]]</q>

'''Microphones'''

The available microphone types in the stock DynaCabs in the current generation hardware are:

:'''Dynamic 1''' — Shure SM57 
:'''Dynamic 2''' — Shure SM7B 
:'''Ribbon''' — Royer 121 
:'''Condenser''' — Soyuz 023

Additional DynaCab packs with more microphone choices can be bought in [https://shop.fractalaudio.com/collections/software-and-irs-dynacab-packs Fractal Audio's DynaCab store].

The ICONS plugin series provide more mics, see image below. It has been announced that the next generation of hardware will include them as well. [https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/will-the-awesome-mic-collection-become-available-on-axe-iii-or-other-fractal-products.218943/#post-2757134]

[[image:ICONS4.png|link=|150px]]

'''Resolution'''

The stock DynaCab IRs are 2048 samples on the Axe-Fx III. The resolution can be lowered to Standard (1024 samples) to save CPU.

On the FM9 and FM3, where cabinet modeling runs in an CPU accelerator instead of the core DSPs, the factory DynaCabs are 1024 samples. [https://shop.fractalaudio.com/software-and-irs/dynacab-packs/ Fractal Audio's commercial DynaCab Packs] contain Ultra-Res IRs that you can import into user cab slots.

Read this: <q>[[Impulse_responses_(IR)#IR_resolution|IR length]]</q>

'''DynaCab HD'''

Fractal Audio ICONS plugin introduced <q>DynaCab HD</q>, described as follows:

<blockquote><q>Higher spatial density, delivering smoother and more accurate microphone positioning.</q></blockquote>

ICONS loads popular file formats up to 8k.

<blockquote>'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''<HR>
<blockquote>
[https://thegearforum.com/threads/fractal-icons-plugin.10851/page-4#post-459785]
It can't be ported to the current hardware because they don't have enough memory. DynaCab HD has higher temporal and spatial resolution and uses a LOT more memory. There's also 11 mics vs. 4.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/icons-sounds-better-than-fm9-for-only-300-€.219412/page-2#post-2763959]
In general the DynaCab HDs are brighter for a given position because the sampling radius is smaller. IOW, if you set the mic position to halfway it will be nearer the cap for the plugin vs. the hardware products. 
In the original DynaCabs the outermost sample is actually over the surround and simply doesn't sound good. So we decreased the radius so that the outermost sample is at the edge of the cone.

</blockquote>
</blockquote>

'''Mixing Dynacabs'''

DynaCabs are time-aligned without destroying phase information, allowing them to be mix-and-matched. They always have 0.3 ms of leading silence.

This is not the same as Minimum Phase Transformation. DynaCabs are not MPT'd. [https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/axe-fx-iii-firmware-31-00-public-beta-2.216600/page-8#post-2724163] [https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/fullerton-wishlist.218970/#post-2758083]

'''Speaker Impedance Curve'''

Enable <q>Auto DynaCab Impedance</q> in the Amp block to automatically select the correct speaker impedance curve in the Amp block for the DynaCab in the first slot of the Cab block.

If the preset contains only the CAB 1 block, Auto Impedance controls both AMP 1 and AMP 2 blocks. If the preset contains CAB 1 and CAB 2 blocks, CAB 1 controls AMP 1, and CAB 2 controls AMP 2.

Find all speaker impedance curves here: <q>[[Amp_block#SPEAKER_IMPEDANCE_CURVES_LIST|Speaker Impedance Curves list]]</q>

DynaCabs support <q>[[Cab_block#Smoothing|smoothing]]</q> (on devices that support smoothing).

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<hr>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/axe-fx-iii-firmware-22-00-public-beta-beta-6.193187/post-2401776]
You can mix up to four DynaCabs. You can mix-and-match any combination of cabs and mics.

Position sets the radial distance of the microphone from the center of the speaker.

Distance sets the distance from the grill cloth. As you move the mic away from the grill the bass typically rolls off and more room is heard.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/axe-fx-iii-firmware-22-00-public-beta-beta-6.193187/post-2401925]
We actually used six mics during the captures, two of each type. I picked one from each type that I thought sounded best. The dynamic is an SM57 (naturally). I actually prefer the SM7 captures we made but given how iconic the 57 is on guitar cabs I went with that instead.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/axe-fx-iii-firmware-22-00-public-beta-beta-6.193187/post-2406158]
While the SM57 is harsh on its own that extra brightness is useful when blending mics. Yes, I prefer the SM7 on its own but the SM57 is ubiquitous in studios when blending two or more mics.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/axe-fx-iii-firmware-22-00-public-beta-beta-6.193187/post-2401884]
I found it's worth exploring each cab to find the sweet spot. Some of the cabs I like the mic near the edge whereas others I like it closer to the cap.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://thegearforum.com/threads/axe-fx-iii-dyna-cabs.1933/post-64404]
[…]
the closer you are to other speakers the more interference you get from them. It's even more noticeable as you pull the mic back from the speaker (again, not surprising).

We actually captured the entire speaker for this Dyna-Cab stuff. I then auditioned radially and found that I preferred the IRs that moved away from the other speakers. I.e. for a 4x12 I preferred a radial line from the center to the nearest corner of the cabinet.

Even single speaker cabs I heard a difference in some cases. For example, our Tweed 1x12 the speaker is off-center on the baffle board so it doesn't sound the same moving left vs. right.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/axe-fx-iii-firmware-22-00-public-beta-6-beta-12.194655/post-2427748]
0.0 represents as close as possible to the grill cloth without touching it.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/axe-fx-iii-firmware-22-00-public-beta-beta-6.193187/post-2402312]
The files are initially aligned to the same reference point -- a universal standard across all DynaCapture IRs. In other words, IRs for mics that are farther away have been time compensated to be aligned with IRs for mics that are closer.

You can use the controls on the ''''Align'' page in the usual way, however, to add time to any individual IR.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/axe-fx-iii-firmware-22-00-release.195047/]
The Amp block now features “Auto Dyna-Cab Impedance”. When set to ON the speaker impedance curve of the Amp block will follow the Cabinet Type in the first mixer slot of the associated Cabinet block. I.e., if the Cab Type in the first mixer slot of Cabinet 1 is, say, 4x12 5153 and the Mode is Dyna- Cab then Amp 1’s speaker impedance will automatically be set to 4x12 5153.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/axe-fx-iii-firmware-22-00-public-beta-4-beta-10.194412/page-12#post-2422346]
Cabinet 2 Slot 1 controls the SIC of Amp 2. Cabinet 1 Slot 1 controls the SIC of Amp 1.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/axe-fx-iii-firmware-22-00-release.195047/post-2431116]
All Dyna-Cabs have corresponding impedance curves that were taken from the actual cabs.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/guitar-cab-mic-shootout-pt-vid.195741/post-2439064]
(Soyuz) Best sounding condenser mic I've ever used.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/fm9-latency-around-5ms.200203/page-5#post-2498733]
It's because they are not minimum-phase transformed.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/amp2-sic-switch.194538/#post-2422915]
If only Cab 1 is in the grid then that controls both Amp 1 and Amp 2. Otherwise Cab 2 controls Amp 2.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/axe-fx-iii-firmware-22-00-public-beta-2-beta-7.193588/post-2409867]
Dyna-Cabs IRs were captured with a Neve preamp. Legacy IRs were shot with an API. API preamps have more mids. I prefer the sound of Neve.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/dynacab-pack-2x12-bassguy.201867/#post-2523632]
(2x12 Bassguy) The dynamic mic types in this pack were captured with an API preamp. The ribbons were captured with a Neve. I find the API sounds better on the dynamic types and the Neve better on the ribbons. Condensers have their own preamp so it doesn't matter.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/legacy-vs-dyna-cabs.201121/page-7#post-2514384]
I made some measurements of our Neve vs. API preamps. The difference is virtually nil. For a condenser mic the difference IS nil which is unsurprising since a condenser has its own built-in preamp.

Here's the frequency response difference between a Neve 1073 and an API 312: [https://forum.fractalaudio.com/attachments/neve_vs_api-png.133767].

If you ignore the difference at 20 Hz, which is inaudible and only about 1.5 dB, the difference is within a couple tenths of a dB across the spectrum. This is with an SM7B. The results were similar with an R121.

Therefore the only logical conclusion is that the mic preamp has very little influence on the IR. Now, that's not say mic preamps don't sound different. The nonlinear characteristics are definitely different and will manifest depending upon how hard the preamp is driven. However, IRs are inherently linear and don't capture these nonlinear characteristics and, as seen in the graph above, the resulting IRs are basically independent of the preamp used.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/axe-fx-iii-firmware-31-00-public-beta-2.216600/page-8#post-2724163]
DynaCabs are not MPT'd.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://thegearforum.com/threads/irs-made-with-tube-amps-ml-sound-lab-claims.10573/#post-447817]
It doesn't really matter what you use (solid-state, tube) as long as you capture the actual voltage at the speaker terminals and deconvolve the measured response with the measured voltage. All our Dyna-Cabs (which people think sound great) are captured using the "Mic + DI" technique using an Axe-Fx III and an old Crown power amp.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://thegearforum.com/threads/irs-made-with-tube-amps-ml-sound-lab-claims.10573/#post-447817]
All our Dyna-Cabs (which people think sound great) are captured using the "Mic + DI" technique using an Axe-Fx III and an old Crown power amp.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/what-are-the-converters-in-the-am-4.218272/page-2#post-2748163]
Dyna-Cabs are NOT minimum-phase so there will be a short leading silence. It is less than half a millisecond.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

=Cab in the room=

Cabinet modeling usually reproduces the sound from a close-mic'd speaker. The player hears the sound through headphones, FR amplification, IEM or studio monitors. This differs from the <q>amp/cab in the room</q> sound, where the player hears the guitar sound coming from a traditional guitar rig.

To achieve the <q>amp/cab in the room</q> sound through FRFR amplification, try these approaches:

* <q>[[Audio_in_and_out#Amp.2Fcab_in_the_room|FRFR and amp-in-the-room]]</q>
* FullRes IRs are Fractal Audio's approach to adding room ambience to the sound through headphones and IEM, and recordings
* The [[Filter block]] can be used to create the sound of an <q>amp+cab-in-the room</q>. See these pages for more information:
** Cooper Carter's G66 demonstration of <q>[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=7xlh47VsjUw Instant Fractal "Amp in the Room" Tone]</q>
** Cliff's <q>[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/amp-in-the-room.141579/#post-1677582 Amp in the Room?]</q> walk-through

If you crave a real <q>amp/cab in the room</q> tone from your modeler, amplify it through a power amp and a traditional guitar speaker cabinet.

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<hr>

<blockquote>
[http://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/fighting-my-clr.119812/page-6#post-1426275]
You're never going to get a full-range monitor to sound like an amp in the room regardless of the IR used. One reason for this is dispersion. A traditional guitar cabinet has a beam pattern that decreases with increasing frequency. This means less high frequencies when listening off-axis. A full-range monitor will have more highs. Now some will argue that if you capture the traditional cab off-axis in the far field then you'll get the same thing but you won't because the monitor is not interacting with the environment in the same way. The traditional cab will send less frequency content to off-axis which is then reflected off the floor, walls and ceiling. The monitor will send more highs off-axis that are reflected. Our hearing relies a LOT on the spatial cues of reflection and the reflections will not be the same.

Compound the above with the fact that 99.9% of IRs are near field captures which sound nothing like the far field.

I believe trying to get a monitor to do amp in the room is a lesson in futility. If you really want that sound use a traditional guitar cab.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[http://forum.fractalaudio.com/posts/767039]
You're not going to hear the same thing through FRFR that you heard from guitar cabs. Your audience will hear something very similar but you won't. What you're hearing through FRFR is a mic'd representation of the cabs. It takes some getting used to. You have to start thinking like a producer/engineer rather than a guitar player. If you start trying to dial out what you call "fizz" and "artifacts" you're going to end up with a tone that doesn't cut. It might sound good to you but it won't fit in the mix. That fizz and sizzle is what makes those classic rock tones work. Listen to some isolated tracks of VH and AC/DC and you'll hear a ton of high-end sizzle. In the mix, however, it's not noticeable. If you remove it then the guitar sounds dead.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[http://forum.fractalaudio.com/posts/957105]
The sound of an amp in the "far field" is quite different than what you get with close-miking. IR's are made using close-miking and therefore sound nothing like listening to a guitar cab at distance from the cone.

Your audience does not hear the far field tone, they hear the close-miked tone as that's what is put through the FOH.

It can be quite an adjustment coming from far field amp tone to close-miked tone. Some people just never adjust.

Fortunately the Axe-Fx was designed to give you the best of both worlds. You can use the FX Loop and Output 2 to a power amp and conventional guitar cab while routing the fully processed tone with IR to the FOH. See the manual for full details. Rather than using your amp you can use a lightweight solid-state power amp and any of the new, lightweight guitar cabs that use Neodymium speakers. This gives you the classic far field amp tone for yourself in a lightweight package and the polished sound for the FOH direct from Output 1.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[http://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/cab-block-why-20k-hi-cut.82318/#post-999153]
Close-miked IRs typically have a lot more high frequencies than what you hear at a distance and off-axis from the speaker.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[http://forum.fractalaudio.com/posts/1220949]
[…]
All speakers "move air", that's the entire point of their design. Guitar speakers are inherently directional at higher frequencies. So when you stand off to the side you hear less highs. If you have two or four speakers the directivity gets even worse. FRFR speakers have less directivity. This combined with IR technology that almost invariably uses samples of a close-miked speaker and you end up with a different listening experience. To confuse the issue further many combo amps have an open back which changes the frequency response at the listening position even more.

Now, if you connect your Axe-Fx to a power amp and traditional 1x12, 2x12, etc. then you will get "amp in the room" but the "moving air" statement has no basis in fact.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[http://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/another-trick-high-pass-low-pass.116016/#post-1386514]
[…]
You can't compare what you are used to hearing "in the room". The close-miked sound ALWAYS has more highs and lows. This is due to the physics of near-field micing. And this is why a highpass and lowpass are frequently employed at mixdown.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[http://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/another-trick-high-pass-low-pass.116016/page-2#post-1386864]
[…]
The classic method is "1W / 1m" which is to apply 1W and measure 1 meter away. When you get the microphone close to the speaker the response is much different and you usually get more highs and lows. This is "close miked" and is the technique normally used in studio recordings. During mixdown the producer/engineer will then often highpass and lowpass the signal to remove these excess highs and lows and to make the guitar "sit in the mix".

IRs are almost always made using the same close-miked technique and, hence, will sound like a raw recording. Far-field IRs are possible but very difficult to obtain requiring a large facility and special techniques.

Our primary goal is to model an amplifier and speaker as accurately as possible and the latest modeling is astonishingly accurate. We do not purport to be producers or mix engineers and leave the choice of low cut and high cut frequencies up to the user. Furthermore many users rely on the soundman to apply the filtering at the board, just as they would when mic'ing a "real" amp. More importantly the choice of frequencies is highly dependent upon the IR used.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[http://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/sorting-out-the-high-end.117233/#post-1399311]
IRs are equivalent to close-mic'ing an amp. When you close mic an amp you almost always get more bass and treble than an "amp in the room". The extra bass is due to the proximity effect of the microphone. The extra treble is primarily due to the directivity of the speaker.

During mixdown engineers/producers will typically incorporate a low cut and high cut to help the sound "sit in the mix".

The thing to take away from all this is that an IR represents the close mic'd sound (unless using far-field IRs which are rare) and the close mic'd sound of an amp is much different than the "amp in the room" sound. As such it is common to use frequency shaping on a close-mic'd amp.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[http://forum.fractalaudio.com/posts/1124169]
The Axe-Fx is extremely accurate in duplicating the sound of a mic'd amp. Your monitoring thus becomes an essential part of the chain and accuracy is paramount. Many "FRFR" monitors are neither FR nor FR.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[http://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/fighting-my-clr.119812/page-2#post-1424863]
FRFR is just not the same. Traditional head/cab you hear the sound from a bandwidth-restricted speaker at, say, 10 ft. In a typical modeler setup you are hearing what the "mic heard" when the IR was made and that mic was pushed up against the grill cloth.

One approach is to use "far field" IRs which are obtained using a measurement mic at a typical listening distance and angle. These are rare. There are a couple stock far-field IRs. They are indicated by (JM) for Jay Mitchell, who created them.

Even then it's still not the same because when you are using a traditional setup you move around while playing and the tone changes based on the angle. With a far-field IR the tone doesn't change with angle.

When I was gigging I used a power amp and cab behind me and sent the XLR outputs to FOH. More gear to lug but best of both worlds: traditional backline sound, consistent FOH sound.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[http://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/can-the-mic-be-eliminated-by-sum-and-difference.147867/page-3#post-1748595]
It's not the mic per se'. It's near-field vs. far field. Different mics sample the near-field differently. Mic'ing a speaker is sampling the near-field which sounds dramatically different than the far field. The response pattern of the mic samples the near-field and mics each have their unique pattern.
Regardless, it's irrelevant. You'll never get monitors to sound like "cab in the room". If you want that use a SS power amp and cab.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
FRFR is simply different. It's like mic'ing up the cab in an iso booth and listening from the control room. Therefore it becomes EXTREMELY dependent upon the FRFR speaker. (...) if you have access to some nice studio monitors I'd start there.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
Apples and oranges. You're comparing FRFR to amp-in-the-room. They will never sound the same. And, IMO, those Matrix FRFR cabs sound like garbage but that's another story. When you use cabinet modeling into an FRFR you're recreating the sound of a close-mic'd amp. It's analogous to being in the control room while listening to your cab in an isolation booth. I.e., how records are made. If you want to compare to a head plugged into a cab you need to run the Axe-Fx into a power amp into the same cab. Get a *good solid-state or tube power amp and run that into a Marshall cab. A few tweaks and it should sound nearly identical.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/free-far-field-session-2-cab-pack-for-axe-fx-users.151232/post-1799610]
Far-field IRs are not the panacea some are making them out to be. Some things need clarification:
# A far-field IR will still not sound exactly like "amp in the room". The reason for this is that the dispersion of a guitar cabinet is very different than that of a FRFR speaker. An FRFR speaker has far wider dispersion at high frequencies, by design. With a guitar cabinet the low frequencies are less directional than the highs. This causes the cab to interact with the room differently.So even if you capture a far-field IR it will not sound the same through a FRFR speaker.
# Most of the time we are not in the far-field of a guitar cabinet. At 10 kHz the far-field of a 12" speaker is about 18 ft. So usually we're in the far-field at some frequencies but in the Fresnel zone at others. At a typical distance of, say, 5 ft. we are only in the far-field at frequencies below roughly 3 kHz. Above that we are in the Fresnel zone.
# Because of #2 the sound at each ear can be quite a bit different. That six inches or so between our ears makes a big difference. When using a far-field IR the same sound will be presented to each ear. Even when in the far-field the sound changes pretty dramatically vs. angle because the dispersion is a function of frequency. One ear will hear more highs than the other.
# A cab with more than one speaker creates significant challenges. For example, a 4x12 has a far-field at 10 kHz that's roughly 100 feet! If you capture an IR of that cab at, say, 10 feet you are nowhere near the far-field. At anything other than nadir (aka boresight, 0 degrees) the individual speakers will contribute with different times of arrival. This results in extremely phasey sound (we were able to get some 4x12 IRs by using a special trick but in general you need to be very far away).We don't hear this phasiness when listening to the real cab though because of #2. We get very different signals at each ear and our brain processes these. When using a Fresnel-zone IR of a 4x12 the same signal goes to both ears.
# Many guitar cabs are open back. A far-field IR of an open back cab through an FRFR monitor will sound very different because you're not reproducing the sound coming out of the back of the cab and bouncing off the walls.
# The sound of recorded guitar is near-field. This is what most people are used to hearing. So if you're trying to get the sound of your favorite record you won't get that with far-field IRs.
The takeaway from all this is that if you truly want the sound of amp in the room the best way to get that is to use an actual guitar cab. This isn't to say that far-field IRs are useless. They will give you a roughly similar sound to a guitar cab but it's just not the same.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/axe-iii-via-studio-monitor-v-s-tube-combo-at-the-same-volume.173053/post-2095077]
You'll never get the same experience using FRFR compared to AITR. It's physics. It's not a bunch of internet myth and pseudo-science about "mojo" and "tube magic.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/can-the-mic-be-eliminated-by-sum-and-difference.147867/page-3#post-1748595]
You'll never get monitors to sound like "cab in the room". If you want that use a SS power amp and cab. No amount of forum discussion is going to change physics.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

=Parameters=

The [[Owners_Manuals|Owner's Manuals]] explain all the parameters.

==Input Select==

This parameter lets you select the source signal that enters the Cab block. For example, if you wish to run two panned Cab blocks in an Axe-Fx preset, you can use this parameter to force one side of the signal to go into one Cab block, and the other side into the other Cab block, for stereo separation.

In Stereo mode, Cab IRs 1 and 3 always read the Left channel, and IRs 2 and 4 always read the Right channel. Read this: <q>[[Cab_block#Mono_or_stereo_cab|Mono or stereo cab]]</q>

==IR Length==

IR Length applies to the resolution of individual IRs in the Cabinet block. Shortening the length can remove room reflections and decrease CPU usage.

On the FM3 and FM9, DynaCabs can't be shortened, so this parameter doesn't appear on those devices in DynaCab mode.

Read <q>[[Impulse_responses_(IR)#IR_resolution|IR length]]</q> for more information.

==Mic Distance==

This parameter sets a micro delay for stereo applications. When running a Cab block in Stereo mode, or when using two panned Cab blocks in parallel, delaying one side relative to the other can achieve interesting comb filter effects. A common practice in studio recording is to use multiple mics on a speaker at different distances to intentionally introduce comb filtering.

Current firmware uses millimeters in the MIC DISTANCE parameter. Before that, milliseconds were used. To convert, multiply the old value in milliseconds by 343.

Maximum mic distance in current firmware is 3.4m, which is ~11 feet. This allows delaying room mic IRs that have been trimmed to remove the leading silence. The alignment graph features a Zoom control that changes the abscissa between 3ms and 12ms.

If you want to use this parameter but don't want IR coloring, use a FLAT or NULL IR. The last stock cab in the Axe-Fx III, FM9 and FM3 is a flat IR.

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<hr>

<blockquote>
Attributed to Cliff: 
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/cab-block-delay-settings.136602/]
My secret to realistic cab sounds is Delay. Use two IRs in stereo or two cab blocks and put a small amount of delay on one (using the Delay parameter in the Cab block). I like around 0.06 ms. You may like more or less. Producers experiment with placing mics at different distances to enhance the recorded guitar tones. This is the same as using a small amount of delay. Adding a bit of delay introduces some comb filtering which creates notches and peaks in the response which, in turn, adds a sense of "space" to the tone. Try it." And: "If you have any cab packs try mixing the "Back" IR with one of the regular IRs. I use more delay when doing this, 0.1 ms or more. I lower the level on the back IR by a couple dB. This gives a nice "in the room" open-backed cab sound.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[http://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/axe-fx-iii-firmware-version-2-05.146395/page-8#post-1733731]
Mic distance is just a delay control, it doesn't alter the sound if you are using just one IR.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[http://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/axe-fx-iii-firmware-version-2-05.146395/page-8#post-1733787]
It's no different than using a delay block and dialing in a very short delay with mix = 100%.
</blockquote>

Matt:
<blockquote>
The flat IR in the Axe-Fx III is NOT one that was downloaded. We created this file from scratch when we were working on a bass rig for one of our most celebrated endorsers. Intended uses include adjusting a DI and/or IR with Mic Distance, or combining DI and IRs into the same virtual preamp and room sim (which gets you a pretty great Nile Rodgers tone, by the way.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
'''OTHER QUOTES'''
<hr>
GM Arts:
<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/about-that-0-06ms-delay.92498/post-1111965]
[…]
this is about mixing 2 signals: one without delay, and the other with a very short delay.

0.06ms is way too short to be perceived as a repeat; the effect is filtering caused by mixing these two signals. To keep things simple, we’ll apply an equal mix of the same signal and another delayed by 0.06ms. An easy way to experiment with this in the Axe-FX is with a Flanger block, with depth and feedback set to zero, and mix set to 50%. Adjust the delay to 0.06ms (not 0.6ms) to hear the effect with a mono signal.

This produces a notched frequency response with complete signal cancellation just above 8KHz, with the -3dB point one octave lower at just over 4KHz. The signal is restored over the next higher octave (8KHz to 16KHz), but bear in mind that most IRs will not have much response there anyway, so this effect is mostly a blocking filter over the range 4KHz to 8KHz.

So if you have a cab IR that has some response over this range, it will be perceived as a loss of some treble response. For many, this will remove harshness in a way that’s difficult to achieve with other filters.

Others may find this effect too much. You can soften this effect by decreasing the delay and/or changing the mix ratio. Decreasing the delay raises the frequency at which this cut occurs. For example, a 0.05ms delay blocks response over the octave 5kHz to 10kHz. Lowering the mix % decreases the depth of the notch. Similarly, applying a delay to a different IR than the un-delayed block will “jumble” and reduce the final response to some extent.

If you increase the delay (typically from 1ms and above), you’ll hear the combing effects as multiple notches become low enough to hear in the range of “guitar frequencies”. This sounds like a flanger or chorus without modulation, which shouldn’t be a surprise given we’re experimenting with a Flanger block.

So why does this delay sound produce a tone more amp-like? Most players prefer their amp tone off-axis, meaning that they’re avoiding the direct harsh sound directly in front of the speaker, where high-frequencies are beamed. This filter simulates that effect. It’s also similar to standing slightly off-axis when using multiple speakers. Sound travels at roughly one foot per millisecond, so there is a very short delay between sound from different transducers. As Cliff stated, it also emulates recording techniques with mics placed at different distances from the cab.

How to calculate? To find the frequency where this rolls-off high frequencies at -3dB, it’s simply: Hz = 1000 / 4 /delay in ms. So for 0.06 ms: 1000 / 4 / 0.06 = 4167Hz. Complete cancellation occurs at double this frequency, 8333Hz, and builds back to -3dB a double this frequency again, 16666Hz. Bear in mind that with higher delays, there will be audible effects from additional notches above this calculated frequency.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

==Auto-Align==

From the release notes for firmware 31:
<blockquote>
<blockquote>
Added “Auto Align” switch to Cabinet block. When OFF the IR is delayed by the appropriate amount based on the Distance parameter (automatic time alignment is turned on). The user can add additional delay using the Align tab. Note that the actual delay can be less than the displayed delay as all IR delays are normalized to the shortest delay (so as to minimize overall latency). The Align tab has been changed to display the delay in ms rather than distance to reduce confusion with the Distance parameter. NOTE: Existing presets will have Auto Align set to ON as this was the prior behavior.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/axe-fx-iii-firmware-31-00-public-beta-2.216600 More information in this thread]

==Proximity==

This adjusts the proximity of the virtual mic to the virtual speaker. Higher numbers replicate the mic being closer to the speaker (near-field), causing an increase in low frequency response (bass). Lower numbers replicate the mic being further away from the source, with the lowest number providing far-field coloration.

On the Axe-Fx II, proximity only works when a mic model has been selected, including the NULL type. Current firmware does not support mic modeling, but a PROXIMITY parameter is provided.

The PROXIMITY FREQUENCY parameter lets you tune the frequency range over which the proximity effect occurs.

DynaCabs do not provide a PROXIMITY parameter, because the DISTANCE parameter manages this.

See Wikipedia's <q>[http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Proximity_effect_(audio) Proximity]</q> article for more information.

==Align==

The Cab block in current firmware displays an alignment graph showing a zoomed time series of the IRs. This allows visual adjustment of the mic distance. When using IRs that have not been minimum-phase processed, this facilitates aligning the IRs.

If you're unable to line up the IRs, you probably need to trim an IR to remove leading silence using Cab-Lab or the editor.

Deliberately mis-aligning DynaCabs can add a desirable twist to the sound. Watch the video below.

Firmware 31 and later: the Align tab displays the delay in ms rather than distance to reduce confusion with the Distance parameter.

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<hr>

<blockquote>
[http://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/is-there-any-info-for-getting-started-on-blending-irs-in-the-cab-block.146148/#post-1728299]
I've added a time display to the cabinet block which shows all four IRs on the same axis and allows you to adjust the mic distance (delay) of each on that display. This allows you to precisely time align the IRs.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[http://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/axe-fx-iii-firmware-version-2-05.146395/page-3#post-1731887]
The graphs show the first 128 samples of the IRs. When engineers/producers record cabs in the studio they go to great pains to make sure the mics are time-aligned. A shift of just a few mm can make a big difference.

In the virtual world we can do the same thing. The graphs show the time series and you can adjust the virtual distance of the microphones to change their time alignment.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/two-notes-usable-in-the-axe-fx-iii.154801/post-1841865]
[…]
Producers/Engineers often use two mics and mix them together to intentionally create phase cancellation. They'll move one mic away from the speaker a bit to get a longer delay which causes comb filtering when combined with the other mic. This is analogous to the Align tab on the Cabinet block.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[http://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/fc-controllers-now-shipping.145702/page-15#post-1732975]
It's analogous to moving the mic in and out.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[http://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/free-far-field-session-2-cab-pack-for-axe-fx-users.151232/post-1799651]
You should align impulses ideally but sometimes a little misalignment adds character.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/taming-the-high-end-via-the-cab-block-with-one-slight-tweak-any-ir.168439/post-2023619]
[…]
Another way to tame the high end is the studio trick of placing the mics at different distances. Use the Align page to do this. As you separate the IRs in time it will put a notch in the high frequencies.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/axe-fx-iii-firmware-22-00-public-beta-beta-6.193187/post-2402312]
The files are initially aligned to the same reference point -- a universal standard across all DynaCapture IRs. In other words, IRs for mics that are farther away have been time compensated to be aligned with IRs for mics that are closer.

You can use the controls on the Align page in the usual way, however, to add time to any individual IR.
</blockquote>

Admin M@:
<blockquote>
[http://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/cab-align-dont-miss-this-detail-0-3ms.147206/]
[…]
don't miss the fact (as indicated by the small text labels) that the data shown on the Cab Block's ALIGN page (and in Axe-Edit) is windowed from just 0 to 3 ms. That's the very beginning of a full UltraRes capture, "zoomed" so you can easily align the critical peaks in this region for close-miked IRs.

If you are looking at the raw data for a "ROOM" or "FAR FIELD" IR, you will very likely have NOTHING on the ALIGN plot for that IR, because the sound will have taken longer than 3ms to reach the capturing microphone. Not that you'd ever need to align a room, but you will need to use Cab-Lab if you want to visually inspect the contents of such IR files.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

==Smoothing==

Smoothing controls a sophisticated process that removes the <q>phasiness</q> from impulse responses by reducing the prevalence of peaks and valleys in the IR. This yields a more <q>amp/cab in the room</q> experience. This is especially helpful when using multiple impulse responses.

Smoothing is identical to <q>De-phase</q> in the Axe-Fx II.

Smoothing is available in Legacy and DynaCab Mode on the Axe-Fx III. The FM3, FM9 and AM4 do not support smoothing on the device itself.

Cab-Lab can apply this process when mixing impulse responses together, to produce an IR with the effect built-in. Doing this allows the AX8, FM3 and FM9, which do not support hardware smoothing, can benefit from this feature.

Smoothing does not increase CPU usage or audio latency.

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<hr>

<blockquote>
[http://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/axe-fx-ii-firmware-19-01-public-beta-1.102915/#post-1232676]
[…]
Close-mic'd speakers can sound "phasey" because you are in the near field. When sampling the near field of any source the frequency response and beam pattern is rough. This occurs due to multiple spherical waves arriving at various phase angles. These multiple waves come from the various modes of the speaker, internal cabinet reflections and from other speakers in the cabinet. In the far field the response is more uniform because the wavefronts get flatter and the phase angles converge. The De-Phase parameter removes some of the phasiness due to multiple wave arrival using a complex FFT technique.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[http://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/axe-fx-ii-firmware-19-01-public-beta-1.102915/page-5#post-1232910]
The higher the setting the more "character" you remove. De-Phase removes some of the character but that's precisely what you want to do as a cab has less character in the far field.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[http://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/why-is-de-phase-necessary.103777/#post-1241794]
It's so simple that even experts in the field don't realize why it works.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/dont-overlook-smoothing.158050/post-1886059]
It smooths the IR in the frequency domain.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/axe-fx-iii-firmware-23-00-release.199382/page-9#post-2483812]
Cabinet smoothing does not increase CPU usage.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[http://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/why-is-de-phase-necessary.103777/#post-1241731]
(Why is De-Phase necessary?) You don't listen to a guitar speaker with your ear against the grill cloth.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/recording.114318/#post-1367572]
Dephase was specifically designed to give some of that smoothing that occurs when you record with a cab nearby. It smooths out the spikeyness in the response and makes IRs less nasal. Combine that with some low cut and high cut in the cab block and some mid-boost before the amp block and you can get some stellar results.

</blockquote>
</blockquote>

==Low Cut, High Cut==

Most IRs have been captured <q>close-mic'd</q>, and produce a lot of highs and lows.

HIGH CUT and LOW CUT in the Cab block (<q>low-pass</q> and <q>high-pass</q>) allow you to EQ the material, preventing boomy bass and harsh sounds, which is equivalent to using the EQ controls on a mixing board to position the sound of the guitar in the mix. These are important parameters to fine-tune the tone.

While these parameters appear on the Preamp page, they are still operational if the preamp simulation in the Cab block is turned off.

Common settings are 80-150 Hz for LOW CUT, which cuts bass, and 5-10 kHz for HIGH CUT, cutting the treble. Of course: YMMV, as demonstrated by Justin York's (Paramore) approach:

<blockquote>
'''OTHER QUOTES'''
<hr>
<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/axe-fx-iii-firmware-version-5-08.150760/page-3#post-1793369]
I think it all depends on what you’re going for. I always start with 20-20k and dial in the amp. An IR “hears” exactly what the mic picked up so start wide open if you want the sound of a real mic’ed cab. It sounds better in a mix, but for solo playing, cutting the highs may sound more pleasant to you.

For live sounds you may want to high cut, but I find that cutting a little 2k-4k 1-2dB gets rid of the fatiguing frequencies when cranked. Cutting a little top will slightly tame your tone, while cutting too much will take away note separation and you’ll lose yourself in the mix.

For recording, leave it wide open on the top and cut around 80 Hz on the low end.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

Low Cut and High Cut are also available per individual IRs in the Cab block, including selectable filter slopes.

See <q>[[Audio_in_and_out#Fletcher-Munson|Fletcher-Munson]]</q> for more information.

FILTER SLOPE in current firmware selects between 1st order (6 dB/octave), 2nd order (12 dB/octave), 3rd order (18 dB/octave) and 4th order (24 dB/octave) filters for LOW cut and HIGH CUT, and lets you use different slopes for LOW CUT resp. HIGH CUT. The <q>pop</q> when switching between the values is normal.

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<hr>

<blockquote>
[http://forum.fractalaudio.com/posts/910785]
Using Low Cut in the Cab block is akin to what you would do in the studio to carve out room for the bass player.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[http://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/controlling-the-lows.96327/#post-1154831]
"LOWCUT FREQ" in the cab block sets sets the -3dB point of a highpass filter at the output of the cab block.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[http://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/question-about-the-hi-cut-low-cut-on-both-amp-and-cab.100196/#post-1201513]
If at the min/max the filters are off.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[http://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/low-cut-high-cut.119906]
People often talk about applying low cuts and high cuts. This is because the cabinet models used in modelers are almost always (with a couple exceptions) based on near-field samples of guitar cabinets. IOW, the mic is pushed up against the grill cloth. This just happens to be the way that record producers/engineers mic a cabinet in the studio and the way guitar cabs are mic'd on stage. This is done primarily for isolation reasons.

The downside of this approach is that the resulting tone will have a lot more lows and highs than when listening to the amp+cab "in the room". What the mic "hears" when pushed up against the grill cloth is not the same thing that we hear standing 10 feet away.

The most common technique to deal with this is to simply cut out the lows and highs using blocking filters, e.g. highpass and lowpass filters. Producers routinely do this when mixing as excessive amounts of lows and highs will cause the guitar tracks to get "lost in the mix". Live sound engineers often do the same thing.

The Cabinet block has blocking filters built in for just this very reason. You can also use a couple dedicated filter blocks or a parametric EQ block. For now let's use the Cabinet block. My personal settings are Low Cut around 80 Hz and High Cut around 7500 Hz and Filter Slope set to 12 dB/octave but these are just a starting point.

Far-field IRs are available but they are rare due to the difficulty in obtaining them. They require a large facility and special techniques making the process impractical in most cases. So, until an abundant source of far-field IRs are available we need to think like a producer/engineer who is dealing with the mic pushed up against the grill cloth. This means shaping the tone with EQ to remove unwanted frequencies.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/axe-fx-iii-firmware-version-5-08.150760/page-3#post-1793335]
The slopes are all maximally flat (Butterworth).
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/taming-the-high-end-via-the-cab-block-with-one-slight-tweak-any-ir.168439/post-2023619]
I don't think there's a rule. Sometimes I'll drop it as low as 6K. Sometimes it's wide open. Depends on the cab.

Another way to tame the high end is the studio trick of placing the mics at different distances. Use the Align page to do this. As you separate the IRs in time it will put a notch in the high frequencies.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
'''OTHER QUOTES'''
<hr>

Cooper Carter:
<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/why-is-my-tone-so-dark.151965/post-1808279]
Touched on one of my favorite topics here, so I did want to chime in about cuts. Something I discussed a good bit in my AxeFest clinic. Nothing wrong with sometimes very aggressive cuts in the cab block, especially with close mic IRs, as Cliff said. Close mic IRs bring in so much of that amazing depth and complexity we love in the upper mid-range of a tone but often introduce too many other frequencies for a balanced mix. In my experience it comes as a surprise to many how narrow the frequency band of guitar tones is much of the time in pro mixes, whether live at front of house or at the board in a studio. What sounds rockin' to you solo isn't always very relevant to what sits well in a mix. Cutting down to 4-5k and up to the mid or even high 100s not only isn't unheard of but would more be described as common practice. There are a lot of instruments in a band. Concentrate on letting the guitar speak where it speaks best! Just one of the inumerable strengths of the Axe-Fx is that we have the ability to sculpt with this kind of detail with the click of a mouse. Something standard amps can only dream of!
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

This is a demonstration of slope:

[[image: Slope.gif|400px]]

==Preamp simulation==

Microphone preamps, channel strips on mixers and analog tape machines can create <q>pleasing</q> musical <q>distortion</q>. This might range from subtle <q>warmth</q> to full-on <q>nasty</q> clipping. Mic preamps and channel strips also have tone controls that change the sound.

The Cab block in the Axe-Fx series, FM3, FM9 and AM4 provides tools to replicate this.

The types are:
* Tube
* Bipolar
* FET 1
* FET 2
* Transformer
* Tape 70us
* Tape 50us
* Tape 35us
* Vintage
* Modern
* Exciter

The three TAPE types have different equalization time constants. [http://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/cab-block-bass-middle-and-treble-of-the-virtual-mic-preamp.146575/#post-1733841]

Some of the types are showcased in the factory preset [[Factory presets|MIC PRE SLAMS]].

Set PREAMP TYPE to NONE to switch off the simulation and save CPU usage. [https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/high-quality-mode.157143/post-1872353]

If PREAMP TYPE is set to anything other than NONE it's active, but it will have no impact on the sound as long as DRIVE and SATURATION are both turned fully counter-clockwise. DRIVE controls the gain. SATURATION controls the ratio of even/odd harmonics.

PREAMP MODE selects between ECONOMY and HIGH QUALITY. In High Quality mode, oversampling is employed to prevent aliasing which results in higher CPU usage. High quality also adds adds a small bit of latency (31 samples = 0.65 ms). [https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/mic-preamp-in-dual-cab-block-presets.210644/#post-2633202]

The preamp tone controls are the same as the "3 Band Console" type in the Graphic EQ block. [http://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/cab-block-bass-middle-and-treble-of-the-virtual-mic-preamp.146575/#post-1733764] The tone controls are applied AFTER the selected preamp type. [http://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/cab-block-bass-middle-and-treble-of-the-virtual-mic-preamp.146575/#post-1733926]

Important: LOW CUT, HIGH CUT and FILTER SLOPE are independent of the preamp. If the preamp simulation is switched off, LOW CUT and HIGH CUT are still operational.

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<hr>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/high-quality-mode.157143/post-1872318]
It sets the oversampling rate for the preamp emulation.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[http://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/cab-preamp-differences.93524/#post-1122542]
Probably not something you would use for clean sounds. A common technique for rock music is to push the pres, console, tape, etc. to varying degrees to get compression and "sparkle". The trick is getting just the right amount. Too much and it sounds raspy and nasty.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[http://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/axe-fx-ii-firmware-17-00-released.93378/page-3#post-1121238]
The VU meter shows the level into the pre. Select a pre Type and turn up the Drive. As the VU approaches the 0 dB marker you will begin to overdrive the pre.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[http://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/axe-fx-ii-firmware-17-00-released.93378/page-14#post-1122864]
0 on the VU meter indicates onset of clipping. It's not the same as your plug-ins in that regard. The problem with plug-ins is that you don't know where the onset of clipping is since the headroom isn't specified. Our way is superior since 0 dB indicates the point where things are clipping. The other way you have no idea where things start clipping. So 0 dB on the Axe-Fx is NOT equivalent to 0 dB on a typical plug-in.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[http://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/a-few-words-about-live-sound.94787/page-2#post-1135653]
I've done a lot of testing with isolation cabs. The big thing that happens is that the mic distorts, especially when using an SM57. This adds some crispness to the high end and some compression. I've found that I can duplicate that effect very closely by using the FET I preamp type in the Cab block and turning the Drive up until the desired compression is achieved. I set Sat to zero.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[http://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/cab-block-preamp.146525/#post-1733299]
I always use a little bit of preamp drive in the cab block. All the venerated real preamps add distortion. There's nothing clean about them. It's the distortion that gives them character.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/the-20-greatest-led-zeppelin-i-ii-moments-played-on-the-axe-fx-iii.156665/post-1866223]
If you are trying to achieve amp > cab > compressor > tape, then you need to change the order around. A Drive block (ostensibly to mimic tape distortion) after the Amp and before the Cab block sounds a bit dull. The tape distortion adds high end but putting before the cab block filters out those highs.

The correct sequence would be: 
Amp > Cab > Compressor > Drive.

The way I would do it is simply Amp -> Cab and use the compressor in the Amp block and one of the tape simulations in the Cab block.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/mic-preamp-in-dual-cab-block-presets.210644/#post-2633202]
High Quality oversamples which adds a small bit of latency.
</blockquote>

</blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/loud-cracks-and-pops-when-tweaking-the-cab-preamp.217250/#post-2754855]
(cracks and pops when tweaking the CAB Preamp) "Problem with Axe-Edit. It's creating discontinuous values in the Drive. I'm not sure if there's much we can do about it. Use the front panel to avoid the problem."
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

See <q>[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/cab-preamp-block-is-it-possible-to-simulate-15us-at-high-quality.173897/ Cab Preamp Block - is it possible to "simulate" 15us at High Quality ?]</q> in the forum for a discussion.

==Room ambience==

Read <q>[[Reverb_block#Room_ambience|Room ambience]]</q> for more information.

==Air==

Air mixes some of the direct signal entering the Cab block with the <q>processed</q> signal leaving the Cab block. This adds some <q>air</q> to the sound, which some users find to add realism to the tone.

AIR FREQUENCY lets you adjust the cutoff frequency of the mixed signal. Increase the frequency to its maximum value for a straight mix.

Tip: If you want to listen to just the <q>air</q> part of the signal, select an empty user cab, and turn up Air.

''Warning: Adding air can cause phasing issues when using multiple un-aligned IRs.''

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<hr>

<blockquote>
[http://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/cab-block-tip-possibly-a-bug.147095/#post-1738738]
Air is just clean signal mixed in. It WILL cause phase issues if the IRs are not minimum-phase or delayed.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/should-the-air-effect-be-more-pronounced.19848/post-338703]
Air is nothing more than low-pass filtered direct signal mixed with the processed signal. Sometimes adding some Air can help remove the boxiness. You typically need to set the Air Freq above 3 kHz before the effect is noticeable. I like it around 3500 or so. It adds a little sizzle to high-gain tones and removes that boxy sound.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[http://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/love-3-0-but.147215/page-2#post-1739651]
There was a change to the Air stuff. I've been tempted to remove Air or change it to a shelving filter because it causes problems like this, especially with non-minimum phase IRs.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

==Legacy parameters==

'''Motor Drive'''

This parameter was part of the Amp block before the Quantum 9 firmware on the Axe-Fx II and AX8. In Quantum 9 for the Axe-Fx II it was replaced with Speaker Compression in the Amp block. Motor Drive is present in the Cab block in the Axe-Fx II but not on the AX8. It models the effect of high power levels on the speaker.

When using two UltraRes cabs in a preset, don't use Motor Drive on just one of these, because this will introduce comb filering because of phase cancellation.

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<hr>

<blockquote>
Accurately models the compression of guitar loudspeakers by factoring in the reactive aspects of the compression.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
The Motor Drive simulation is available in both the Amp block and Cab block now. It is recommended to use the simulation in the Amp block when using an FRFR configuration as the Amp block simulation uses the speaker resonance information in the calculations whereas the Cabinet block uses fixed values. When using a conventional guitar cab, or a hybrid configuration with monitoring via a conventional guitar cab and speaker emulation to FOH, the Motor Drive in the Cabinet block can be used instead. The simulation in the Amp block also has the advantage of being independent of the block’s output Level control.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
Gain monitoring of the Motor Drive is available on the MIX page of the Cabinet Block and the PWR DYN page of the Amp block. In the case of the Amp block the monitoring is available when the Motor Drive parameter is selected. Note that typical guitar speakers have around 3-6 dB of compression when driven hard with American speakers being on the low end of that range and British speakers being on the high end. Some speakers can exhibit even more compression than this with compression amounts of 8 dB or more depending upon the magnetic materials used and the construction of the speaker motor.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
The thermal time constant of the virtual voice coil is adjustable using the “Motor Time Const” parameter. Typical guitar speakers are anywhere from 0.05 to 1.0 seconds depending upon the mass of the voice coil and the materials used.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[http://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/axe-fx-ii-quantum-rev-8-00-public-beta.126728/page-10#post-1508219] Set it to 4.5 and rip the knob off.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[http://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/anyone-using-speaker-drive-or-motor-drive-since-about-6-0.60651/#post-757563]
Motor drive isn't EQ. It models efficiency reduction due to thermal effects.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[http://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/question-for-the-v11-beta-testers.73859/page-3#post-904487]
What I have found is that thermal compression is somewhat noticeable and measurable. This is modeled by the Motor Drive parameter.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[http://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/pick-attack-issues-thread-deleted.62238/page-2#post-772637]
Motor Drive will cause compression if not set to zero (as it models driver compression). Otherwise the cab block is completely linear and will not cause any compression.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[http://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/axe-fx-ii-quantum-rev-6-02-public-beta.122103/page-4#post-1452979]
Motor Drive simulates power compression due to voice coil heating.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[http://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/axe-fx-ii-quantum-rev-7-02-public-beta.125473/page-5#post-1493261]
Guitar loudspeakers are intentionally designed to compress. FRFR speakers do compress a bit but not nearly to the extent that guitar speakers do.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[http://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/axe-fx-ii-quantum-rev-7-02-public-beta.125473/page-6#post-1493298]
Makes edge-of-breakup tone stupid easy.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[http://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/speaker-drive-vs-motor-drive.125541/page-2#post-1494537]
Speaker Drive models the magnetic compression (which is actually distortion) that occurs due to the nonlinear speaker excursion vs. applied voltage. Motor Drive models the change in power transfer due to heating of the voice coil. When the voice coil heats up the speaker sensitivity decreases, in some cases quite dramatically.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[http://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/axe-fx-ii-quantum-rev-7-02-public-beta.125473/page-13#post-1494250]
The thermal time constant of a typical guitar speaker is about 0.52 seconds. Magnetic time constants are zero.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[http://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/speaker-drive-vs-motor-drive.125541/#post-1494518]
So what I've done for the final release is put Motor Drive in BOTH the Amp block and the Cab block. If you're strictly FRFR then you can use the Amp block. If you are using a conventional guitar cab or a hybrid configuration (convention cab for monitoring and direct to FOH) then you can use the Cab block.

Doing it in the Amp block also has the advantage that the speaker resonance information in the Amp block is used to calculate the frequency dependent heating whereas the Cab block uses a fixed set of data that is representative of a typical speaker.

Finally I've made the time constant adjustable. I did some more calculations and measurements and found that a typical guitar speaker is actually lower than what I had previously calculated because thinner wire is used than I was assuming. Regardless you can now set the thermal time constant to get whatever response rate feels best.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/speaker-drive-vs-motor-drive.125541/post-1494532]
When using the Motor Drive in the Amp block it's before the output Level control so you don't have to worry about the behavior changing when you adjust the Level knob.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[http://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/axe-fx-ii-quantum-rev-7-02-firmware-release.125625/page-10#post-1495722]
The actual value for a particular speaker is all over the map. The time constant is proportional to the mass and the thermal resistance of the voice coil. Both these values can vary widely. 200 ms is based on a typical theta of 1 degree C/W and a mass of 10g.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[http://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/axe-fx-ii-quantum-rev-7-02-firmware-release.125625/page-11#post-1496045]
The formula is tau = M * C * theta where M = mass, C = specific heat of the voice coil material (typically copper) and theta = thermal resistance between the voice coil and the magnet gap.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

'''Speaker Size'''

This parameter was available only on the Axe-Fx II.

It allowed the user to change the relative size of the virtual speaker through the parameter SPEAKER SIZE. This parameter appears only if the selected IR is not UltraRes and the Cab block’s mode is Mono. Adjusting this parameter also changes the resonance of the selected cab.

'''Microphone modeling'''

This was available on the Axe-Fx II and AX8 only (except for the Proximity effect).

Microphone modeling relied on impulse responses.

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<hr>

<blockquote>
[http://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/mic-modeling.137381/#post-1629132]
What we found is that convolving a conventional mic IR with an IR obtained with a reference mic sounds nothing like capturing the IR with the conventional mic. The beam pattern of a reference mic is completely different than conventional mics. A reference mic is nearly omnidirectional whereas conventional mics have narrower beam patterns. In the far-field this wouldn't matter as much and "microphone modeling" might work. However in the near field this makes a huge difference and it simply doesn't work. Furthermore in the far field you want the response to be as neutral as possible so in this case there would be no desire for mic modeling anyways.
</blockquote>

'''PREVIOUS GENERATIONS'''

<blockquote>
[http://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/modeled-mic-question-and-irs.79315/#post-964868]
The mic models are actually IRs. The mic IR is convolved with the speaker IR to create a composite final IR.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[http://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/two-new-cab-packs.101733/page-6#post-1230098]
If I were to design a Cab block today I wouldn't even include a Mic parameter. I NEVER use Mic simulation anymore. I simply find an IR I like and EQ as desired.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[http://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/mic-options-in-the-cab-block.114953/#post-1374768]
The mic options are mostly legacy. I never use them but if we took them out there would surely be much protestation.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

See the [https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/wicked-wiki-9-modeled-microphones.49399/ Wicked Wiki article] for more information.

Mic models:

'''57 DYN''' — Shure SM57 
'''58 DYN''' — SM58 
'''421 DYN''' — Sennheiser MD 421 II 
'''87A COND''' — Shure Beta 87A 
'''U87 COND''' — Neumann U87 
'''E609 DYN''' — Sennheiser e609 Silver 
'''RE16 DYN''' — Electro-Voice RE16 
'''R121 COND''' — Royer Labs R-121 
'''D112 DYN''' — AKG D112 
'''67 COND''' — Neumann U67

Parameters:

; NULL : Doesn't apply microphone coloring, but it enables the use of the PROXIMITY parameter.
; INVERT : Inverts the signal, allowing for interesting effects in conjunction with the DELAY parameter.
; NONE : Disables ALL mic processing in the Cab block, including proximity.

The NONE and NULL types both disable microphone coloring, though one is still involved because IRs are always captured with microphones. When capturing IRs, the mic is most often placed very close to the speaker, so the result is a close-miked tone. Still, selecting NONE is the best way to prevent adding additional EQ-ing to the tone.

Forum member Moke created [http://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/free-fractal-mic-sim-irs-from-the-axe-fx-ii-cab-block.142345/ Tone Matches] of the mic models in the Axe-Fx II and saved them as IRs.

=Tips, tricks and troubleshooting=

==Mix stock cabs==

Stock cabs can be mixed only with other cabs on the hardware itself.

Cab-Lab can't mix stock cabs with other cabs, unless you use IR Capture to capture a factory cab and turn it into external SYX and IR files using Cab-Lab.

[[IR_Capture#How_to_capture_a_factory_cab | Capture a factory cab as an IR]]

Or use one of these methods:
* [https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/cab-export.71847/post-952408 Tone Matching]
* [https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/video-capture-a-cab-block-to-a-stereo-ir.200747 Voxengo Deconvolver]

==IR Player==

The [[IR Player block]] on the Axe-Fx III can process a single IR. It has fewer features than the Cab block and therefore requires less CPU. The FM3 and FM9 do not provide this block. The VP4 does.

==IR loader==

The unit can be used exclusively as an IR loader with a tube amplifier and Fractal Audio's [[X-Load_LB-2_Reactive_Load|LB2-2 Reactive Load]].

Read this: [[Audio_in_and_out#IR_loader|IR loader]]

==Amp block parameters==

The [[Amp block]] provides a number of parameters which are closely related to the Cab block, including:
* [[Amp_block#LOW_FREQUENCY_.2B_LOW_FREQUENCY_RESONANCE|LOW FREQUENCY RESONANCE]]
* [[Amp_block#HIGH_FREQUENCY_.2B_HIGH_FREQUENCY_RESONANCE_.2B_SLOPE|HIGH FREQUENCY RESONANCE]]
* [[Amp_block#SPEAKER_IMPEDANCE_CURVE|SPEAKER IMPEDANCE CURVE (<q>SIC</q>)]]
* [[Amp_block#CABINET_RESONANCE|CABINET RESONANCE]]
* [[Amp_block#SPEAKER_DRIVE|SPEAKER DRIVE]]
* [[Amp_block#SPEAKER_THUMP|SPEAKER THUMB]]
* [[Amp_block#SPEAKER_BREAKUP|SPEAKER BREAKUP]]
* [[Amp_block#SPEAKER_COMPRESSION|SPEAKER COMPRESSION]]
* [[Amp_block#SPEAKER_COMPLIANCE|SPEAKER COMPLIANCE]]
* [[Amp_block#OUTPUT_MODE|OUTPUT MODE]]
* [[Amp_block#AUTO_DYNACAB_IMPEDANCE|AUTO DYNACAB IMPEDANCE]]

==Splitting outputs==

Tip from forum member mr_fender:

You can use the Cab block to split the routing into a signal WITH cab modeling and a signal WITHOUT cab modeling.
Set the block to stereo input, select the last factory cab "TOTALLY-FLAT" in the right channel, and hard-pan left and right. Send Out Left to FOH or an FRFR monitor, send Out Right to a neutral power stage and guitar cabinet.

==FullRes: no gapless switching==

<blockquote>'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''<HR>
<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/not-yet-fixed-gap-with-amp-cab-irp-channel-changes.200360/#post-2541456]
Full-Res (room) IRs are large and take a long time to load. Gapless switching is not supported when using Full-Res IRs.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

==Record 4 different cabs==

G66's <q>[http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=EfnLKaG7gdc Recording Four Cabs at Once with the Axe-Fx II]</q> tutorial on YouTube demonstrates how to create four separate cabinet signals in the Axe-Fx II, to be mixed at will, using two stereo Cab blocks with one of these connected to an FXL block to feed Output 2. In both Cab blocks the impulse responses are panned hard left and right. The stereo Outputs 1 and 2 are connected to four separate channels on the mixers.

The Axe-Fx III makes this much easier to accomplish because its Cab block supports four IRs per channel.

==Share preset with external IR==

When you use an external IR in a preset and you want to share the preset/sound, you need to share the preset as well as the impulse response. There are two ways around this:
* Integrate the impulse response in the preset by replacing the Cab block with a Tone Match block, after having captured the tone of the Cab block.
* Create a [[Presets#Preset-Cab_bundle|Preset-Cab bundle]], if the firmware and editor support this.

It's a license violation and NOT permitted to share commercial IRs!

==Corrupt IR==

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<hr>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/diagnosing-harsh-treble-problem-solved-cab-ir-content.188108/post-2333361]
IRs are stored in FLASH. FLASH memory can become corrupted though it is rare. If you've ever plugged a USB memory stick into your computer and some of your files were damaged that's the same thing. Reloading the IR is the solution.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

==FX8 and speaker simulation==

The FX8 does not provide cabinet modeling or another way to process IRs, but you can use its tools to get close.

To simulate a speaker, use the approach described in <q>[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/preset-amp-cab-without-amp-cab.142395/#post-1685656 Preset: Amp+Cab without Amp+Cab]</q>. This lets you use the FX8 as a speaker simulator, for example when your amplifier is connected to a load box, or when using a preamp-only pedal. This also shows how to simulate a basic amp without an Amp block.

Combined, these tricks let you simulate both an amplifier and speaker cabinet, without Amp and Cab blocks.

=Videos=

[[video:Leon-ChooseIR]]
[[video:ImportIR]]
[[video:Leon-Fw22b]]
[[video:Leon-AFIIIDynaCabs]]
[[video:G66-BlendDynacabs]]
[[video:Leon-DialingDynaCabs]]
[[video:Leon-Dyna-Vox]]
[[video:Cooper-EQTips]]
[[video:Camilo-CabBlock]]
[[video:Leon-DI]]
[[video:Leon-RoomReverb]]

[[category:Axe-Fx2]]
[[category:Axe-Fx3]]
[[category:FM3]]
[[category:AM4]]
[[category:FM9]]
[[category:AX8]]
[[category:Sounds]]
[[category:All]]

MIDI controllers

2026-03-31T18:40:24Z

Yek: /* Tutorial: controlling VP4 and AM4 */

The primary foot controllers for the Axe-Fx III (and FM3 and FM9) are the FC-6 and FC-12 foot controllers, connected through [[FASLINK]]. The FC controllers communicate with the processors through a proprietary protocol, not MIDI.

The current generation of processors also support MIDI through a special set of SysEx commands, documented in the [https://wiki.fractalaudio.com/wiki/index.php?title=Owners_Manuals Axe-Fx III MIDI for Third-Party Devices guide]. This lets specific MIDI controllers switch presets and scenes and channels, turn effects on/off, display preset and scene titles, display the tuner, and control tap tempo. [[MIDI|Read more about MIDI]]

This page discusses various MIDI controllers, both Fractal Audio as 3rd party products.

* [[MIDI_controllers#Fractal_Audio_MFC-101|Fractal Audio MFC-101]]
* [[MIDI_controllers#Voes_MX|Voes MX]]
* [[MIDI_controllers#RJM_Mastermind_GT|RJM Mastermind GT]]
* [[MIDI_controllers#Disaster_Area_Designs_DMC.micro|Disaster Area Designs DMC.micro]]
* [[MIDI_controllers#FAMC_Liquid_Foot.2B|FAMC Liquid-Foot]]

__TOC__

=Fractal Audio MFC-101=

The MFC-101 is Fractal Audio's discontinued MIDI controller for the previous generation of processors. It still functions as a general MIDI controller, although it isn't equipped to implement the special MIDI support (see above) for the current generation.

=Voes MX=

The Voes MX is an excellent companion for your Fractal device. The MX will sync completely with bidirectional Midi messages.

==Syncing with Fractal==

Sync with Axe-Fx III/FM3/FM9
* Preset Name
* Scene Name
* Scene Select & Active Scene
* Block On/Off state
* Block Selected Channel
* Looper functions
* Tuner info
* Tempo (blink)

Sync with Axe-Fx II (XL+)
* Preset Name
* Scene Select
* Looper functions
* Tuner info
* Tempo (blink)

Sync with Axe-Fx Standard & Ultra
* Preset Name
* Looper functions (Ultra only)
* Tuner info
* Tempo (blink)

==Models==
6 Models are available
* MX-5
* MX-6
* MX-9
* MX-12 2x6
* MX-12 3x4
* MX-18

[[image:voes_mx_models.jpg|350px|link=]]

==Connection==
You can use two 5-pin Midi cables and a 9-12v power supply or you can use the VF-Cable or MF-Cable to sync data and transfer power directly from FASlink.

===VF-Cable===
[[image:VF-Cable angled.jpg|350px|link=]]

Works with MX-12 (3x4), MX-12 (2x6) and MX-18.

On the MX side:
* Network connector to V-Link.

On the Frctal side:
* XLR connector to FASLINK™.
* Midi In connector to Midi In.
* Midi Out connector to Midi Out.

===MF-Cable===
[[image:MF-Cable angled.jpg|350px|link=]]

Works with every MX Device.

On the MX side:
* 7-pin Midi to MX Midi Out.

On the Frctal side:
* XLR connector to FASLINK™.
* Midi In connector to Midi In.
* Midi Out connector to Midi Out.

More info on [https://www.voes.be Voes MX website]

=RJM Mastermind GT=

==Introduction==

This page walks you through setting up the RJM Mastermind GT controller to work with your Axe-Fx II or III. This will also work with the FM3 and FM9 guitar processors.

The Mastermind GT can also be used to control the Fractal Audio VP4. [https://docs.rjmmusic.com/books/other-mastermind-information/page/fractal-vp4-cc-numbers Read this]

The RJM Mastermind GT is an advanced powerful MIDI controller with a graphical display for each switch (a.k.a. ‘scribble strip’ or ‘mini display’). There are models with 10, 16 and 22 buttons. The GT is a viable option if you want something different from Fractal Audio’s controllers.

* [http://www.rjmmusic.com RJM website]
* [http://www.rjmmusic.com/forum RJM forum]
* [http://www.rjmmusic.com/downloads/ GT manual]
* [http://www.rjmmusic.com/wiki/index.php RJM wiki]
* [https://rjmmusic.freshdesk.com RJM support solutions]

The recommendations on this page are based on the writer’s (Yek) experiences and personal preferences, and information provided by RJM on [http://www.rjmmusic.com/forum RJM's forum].

[http://www.rjmmusic.com/mastering-the-mastermind/ Mastering The Mastermind, videos by RJM]

[[image:GT22_Overhead_WEB.jpg|350px|link=]]

==Connect==

===Connect GT to Axe-Fx III===

See also: [http://www.rjmmusic.com/forum/index.php?threads/using-the-mastermind-gt-with-an-axe-fx-iii.3400/#post-16806 Using the Mastermind GT with an Axe-Fx III (RJM forum)]

Connect the GT and Axe-Fx III with MIDI cables. Alternatively, the GT/22 lets you use a 6-pin XLR cable, see below.

Some connection methods require the use of an additional box or cable to allow running a single cable to the GT, as explained below.

'''3 pin cables:'''
:Two 3-pin cables connect the MIDI IN and OUT ports on your Axe-Fx III to the GT’s MIDI OUT and MIDI IN ports, allowing full MIDI communication.

'''5 pin and 7-pin cables:'''
:Unlike the Axe-Fx II, you can’t use a single 5-pin or 7-pin cable between the GT and the Axe-Fx III for bidirectional MIDI communications, because the Axe-Fx III does not support this.

:The workaround is to add RJM’s phantom power box to the connection, which lets you run a single cable to your GT and provide power. This requires the version of this box with '''two''' MIDI IN ports. Connect the power supply to the box. Connect the box with two 3-pin MIDI cables to the Axe-Fx III and with a 7-pin MIDI cable to the GT. The parameter BIDIRECTIONAL MIDI on the GT needs to be turned on.

:Instead of the phantom power box, [http://btpa.com/AS-MSTRMBIP-XX.html a special bi-directional cable] can be used, made by Best-Tronics.

'''6 pin XLR:'''
:Only the GT with 22 buttons allows the use of a single 6-pin XLR connection at the GT-side. This connection is more rugged than MIDI and also carries power. It requires RJM’s 6-pin XLR phantom power box with '''two''' MIDI IN ports. Connect the power supply to the box. Connect the box with two 3-pin MIDI cables to the Axe-Fx III and with a 6-pin XLR cable to the GT. The parameter BIDIRECTIONAL MIDI on the GT needs to be turned on.

:When using the GT/22's XLR port, you can use its separate MIDI OUT port as a secondary MIDI output, for example to echo MIDI PCs to your tablet, computer or MIDI device. And you can still use the MIDI In port, as long as you're using bidirectional MIDI on the XLR MIDI Out to connect to the Axe-Fx. The only limitation is that you can't use the XLR MIDI In port and MIDI In port at the same time. [https://www.rjmmusic.com/forum/index.php?threads/how-to-integrate-another-midi-device.5960/post-31570]

If the GT is connected to the Axe-Fx III and "Polling" is enabled on the GT (see below), the MIDI LED on the III will flash all the time.

Power: the GT takes either polarity, no polarity flip needed. [https://www.rjmmusic.com/forum/index.php?threads/mm-gt-10-and-power-brick.2764]

===Connect GT to Axe-Fx II===

You connect the GT and Axe-Fx II with MIDI cables. Alternatively, the GT/22 lets you use a 6-pin XLR cable, see below.

The number of (connected) pins on the MIDI cables determine what’s possible, so choose wisely.

Some connection methods require an additional box to provide phantom power, as explained below.

'''3 pin cables:'''
:Two 3-pin cables connect the MIDI IN and OUT ports on your Axe-Fx II to the GT’s MIDI OUT and MIDI IN ports, allowing full MIDI communication.

'''5 pin cable:'''
:A single 5-pin cable can be used instead of two 3-pin cables, to connect the MIDI IN port on your Axe-Fx II to the GT’s MIDI OUT port and allow MIDI communication in both directions. The parameter BIDIRECTIONAL MIDI on the GT needs to be turned on.

'''7 pin cable:'''
:A 7-pin cable can be used instead of a 5-pin cable, to additionally provide power through the MIDI cable to your GT. This is known as phantom power. This requires RJM’s power supply. You can’t connect the power supply to the phantom power port at the rear of the Axe-Fx, because the GT’s power consumption is too high for the Axe-Fx. RJM’s offers a phantom power box for this purpose (alternatives are available from other sources). The version of the box with a '''single''' MIDI IN port suffices. Connect the power supply to the box. Connect the box with a 5-pin MIDI cable to the Axe-Fx II and with a 7-pin MIDI cable to the GT. The parameter BIDIRECTIONAL MIDI on the GT needs to be turned on.

'''6 pin XLR:'''
:Only the GT model with 22 buttons allows an alternative connection method: 6-pin XLR. This connection is more rugged than MIDI and also carries power. It requires RJM’s 6-pin XLR phantom power box. The version of the box with a '''single''' MIDI IN port suffices. Connect the power supply to the box. Connect the box with a 5-pin MIDI cable to the Axe-Fx II and with a 6-pin XLR cable to the GT. The parameter BIDIRECTIONAL MIDI on the GT needs to be turned on.

:Tip: when using the GT/22's XLR port, you can use its separate MIDI OUT port as a secondary MIDI output, for example to echo outgoing MIDI PCs to your tablet, computer or MIDI device.

===Turn MIDI IN or REMOTE IN into an output===

The MIDI IN and REMOTE IN ports on your Mastermind GT are bidirectional, meaning that they can be used as a secondary MIDI ''output'', provided you have the required special cable. Turn on BIDIRECTIONAL MIDI on the GT and set MIDI PORT to ‘MIDI In’ or ‘Remote In’. The special cable needed for this purpose looks like a standard MIDI cable, but is wired differently. [https://rjmmusic.freshdesk.com/support/solutions/articles/233660-how-do-i-use-the-midi-input-of-my-mastermind-gt-lt-pbc-as-a-second-output Look up the wiring here]

===Use the USB B port for MIDI===

The GT’s USB B port is used to connect the editor but it also supports MIDI-over-USB. This means it can be used to transmit MIDI data to another device (like your computer or tablet) through a USB connection.

For incoming data: set the parameter MIDI RECEIVE CHANNEL on the GT to the correct channel to allow communications with the other device. Incoming commands through the USB port will be merged with incoming MIDI data through the MIDI IN port and processed by the GT. If you want this data to be transmitted through the MIDI OUT port again, turn on the parameter MIDI MERGE.

For outgoing data: add a separate device in Setup > Devices, with MIDI OUTPUT set to ‘USB’.

==First steps==

===Checklist===

Verify this:

* Your GT has the latest firmware installed
* You’re using the most recent version of RJM's software editor
* The GT connects to the Axe-Fx, allowing incoming and outgoing MIDI traffic
* The GT connects to the software editor
* You have a backup of previous GT settings, if applicable

===Starting fresh===

Perform a full factory reset of your GT. This can be done on the hardware only: Setup > System Functions. A factory reset prevents compatibility issues.

In the Devices menu, replace the first entry ‘Effect Gizmo’ with your Fractal Audio Axe-Fx model. Make sure to select the correct model, and don’t select a ‘Slave’ type. Your selection makes sure that the GT sets critical parameters to correct settings.

==Important parameters==

===Axe-Fx III===

====GT settings====

Verify that the GT has the following Setup and MIDI settings:

MIDI CHANNEL = 1 (default) 
:Required. Change this only if the Axe-Fx uses another MIDI channel.

BANK TYPE = MSB (default) 
:Required. This explains that preset banks are addressed by specifying the Most Significant Byte (MSB) method (default). Remember this when configuring a MIDI app on your tablet, like SetListMaker or [[Third-party_software#BandHelper|BandHelper]].

FLAT NUMBERING = on (default) 
:Recommended. When checked, you can specify preset numbers for this device as a single preset number. When not checked, you select presets using a Program Change and Bank number. Axe-Fx models support flat numbering, so it’s turned on by default for Axe-Fx devices.

MAX PC = 127 (default) 
:Required.

NUMBER OF PRESETS = 1024 (default) 
:Required. This is set automatically for the selected Axe-Fx device. Axe-Fx III Mark I: 512, Axe-Fx III Mark II / Turbo: 1024. Be aware that while the GT can access all 1024 presets on the Mark II, it can only store 768 presets in the GT.

SEND PCs = on (default) 
:Required. This makes sure that the GT sends Program Changes to the Axe-Fx to switch presets.

IGNORE INCOMING CC = off (default) 
:Required. See above. This must be turned off for the GT to recognize changes in effect blocks on your Axe-Fx III.

SEND REDUNDANT PCs = on (default) 
:RJM recommends to turn this on.

IGNORE INCOMING PC = off (default) 
:Required. This determines if the GT processes or ignores MIDI Program Changes within incoming Sysex messages. This must be turned off for the GT to recognize preset and scene changes on your Axe-Fx III and in Axe-Edit III.

SEND CCs ON PRESET CHANGE = on/off 
:When turned off, the Axe-Fx will only receive CC messages from the GT when an IA button is pressed. When turned on, the Axe-Fx will also receive CC messages from the GT when switching presets. This doesn’t need to be turned on to engage/bypass effect blocks on the Axe-Fx. But it is important for IA buttons which control External Controllers on the Axe-Fx and have SEND ON PRESET CHANGE and UPDATE ON PRESET CHANGE enabled. Example: a button which is assigned to External Controller 4, which is controlling Input Boost in the Amp block in your preset. To make such a button stay in sync when switching presets on the Axe-Fx, turn on this parameter.

DIRECT SEND PCs/CCs = off (default) 
:When turned off, the GT will attempt to reduce the number of MIDI messages sent to the Axe-Fx. It eliminates duplicate messages and sorts CC messages into numerical order before sending. When turned on, the GT will send messages in the order requested by each action list, and it will not filter out duplicate messages. Set this to OFF with the Axe-Fx III, unless specific situations require it to be turned on.

POLL STATE = on (default) 
:Recommended. This enables the GT’s polling mechanism for the Axe-Fx III. This makes the GT aware of changes and adjustments on the Axe-Fx III hardware and in Axe-Edit III: preset changes, scene changes, effect block bypass states and effect block channels. Note: when polling is enabled, the MIDI LED on the III will flash all the time.

SYNC NAMES = off (default) 
:Do not turn this on with Fractal Audio devices. [https://www.rjmmusic.com/forum/index.php?threads/sync-update-fm3-preset-names-apparently-not-working-for-me.5332/post-27943]

MIDI RECEIVE CHANNEL = none (default) 
:This sets the MIDI channel for incoming MIDI messages. A value is not required to enable bidirectional MIDI communication. It defaults to ‘none’, which means that your GT will NOT respond to incoming Bank or Program Change messages through the MIDI IN or USB B ports. Best to NOT set it to the Axe-Fx's MIDI channel, because that can cause problems. Change the value only to enable the GT to process incoming MIDI preset and bank messages from another device (not an Axe-Fx), separately from bidirectional MIDI, but beware of creating a MIDI loop.

MIDI MERGE = off (default) 
:Required. This needs to be off when using two cables, otherwise it's sending the Axe-Fx's own messages back to itself.

MIDI BIDIRECTIONAL = on 
:Required.

====Axe-Fx III settings====

Verify that the Axe-Fx III has the following MIDI settings:

MIDI CHANNEL = 1 (default) 
:Required. Only change this if your Axe-Fx III uses another MIDI channel than 1.

SCENE REVERT = on/off
:Set as desired. By default the Axe-Fx III remembers which block states are manually bypassed/engaged after having selected a scene. When you select another scene and return to the previous scene (without changing presets), the device will recall those effect block states. If you prefer always recalling a scene in its initial stored state (keeping blocks to their saved states), turn on this parameter. Note that this parameter applies only to scene switching via MIDI or FC controllers; it is ignored when switching scenes on the hardware or in the editor. Also, it is not compatible with PC Mapping.

EFFECT BYPASS MODE = VALUE
:This setting instructs the Axe-Fx III to engage/bypass its effect blocks through MIDI CC values, and not by toggling.

SEND REALTIME SYSEX = on (not default) 
:Required. See above. This ensures that 3rd party MIDI controllers such as the GT receive some of the MIDI information they need to support the Axe-Fx III. This information is specified in: [http://www.fractalaudio.com/downloads/misc/Axe-Fx%20III%20MIDI%20for%203rd%20Party%20Devices.pdf Axe-Fx III MIDI for Third-Party Devices]

PROG CHANGE = on (default) 
:Required. This makes sure that your Axe-Fx III processes incoming MIDI Program Changes from the GT.

IGNORE REDUNDANT PC = off (default) 
:If set to ON, this parameter tells the Axe-Fx III to ignore an incoming MIDI Program Change if that preset is already active. This prevents unnecessary reloading and the audio gap that comes with that. My preference is: off.

SEND MIDI PC = off 
:When turned on, the Axe-Fx III sends a MIDI program Change through its MIDI OUT port when switching presets, which may be useful to control other MIDI devices. This should not need to be turned on for the GT to recognize presets changes.

PC MAPPING = off
:Required. This turns off the feature that lets the Axe-Fx III map incoming MIDI Program Changes to scenes within presets. This feature is not compatible with the way the GT controls the Axe-Fx III.

===Axe-Fx II===

====GT settings====

Verify that the GT has the following Setup and MIDI settings:

SEND PCs = on 
:Required. This makes sure that the GT sends Program Changes to the Axe-Fx to switch presets.

MIDI CHANNEL = 1 
:Required. Change this only if the Axe-Fx uses another MIDI channel.

SEND REDUNDANT PCs = on/off 
:When turned off, the GT won’t transmit a MIDI Program Change if it’s the same one as the last one that was sent, which prevents unnecessary preset changes. But since the Axe-Fx has its own method of dealing with incoming redundant Program Changes (see below), it doesn't really matter.

IGNORE INCOMING PC = on 
:Recommended. This determines if the GT processes or ignores MIDI Program Changes within incoming Sysex messages. For the Axe-Fx II, this doesn’t need to be turned on to make the GT recognize preset changes on the hardware or in Axe-Edit.

IGNORE INCOMING CC = off 
:Required. This determines if the GT processes or ignores MIDI Control Changes within incoming Sysex messages. This must be turned on for the GT to recognize changes in effect blocks on the Axe-Fx II or in Axe-Edit.

DIRECT SEND PCs/CCs = off 
:Recommended. When turned off, the GT will attempt to reduce the number of MIDI messages sent to the Axe-Fx. It eliminates duplicate messages and sorts CC messages into numerical order before sending. When turned on, the GT will send messages in the order requested by each action list, and it will not filter out duplicate messages.

SEND CCs ON PRESET CHANGE = on/off 
:When turned off, the Axe-Fx will only receive CC messages from the GT when an IA button is pressed. When turned on, the Axe-Fx will also receive CC messages from the GT when switching presets. This doesn’t need to be turned on to engage/bypass effect blocks on the Axe-Fx. But it is important for IA buttons which control External Controllers on the Axe-Fx and have SEND ON PRESET CHANGE and UPDATE ON PRESET CHANGE enabled. Example: a button which is assigned to External Controller 4, which is controlling Input Boost in the Amp block in your preset. To make such a button stay in sync when switching presets on the Axe-Fx, turn on this parameter.

MIDI RECEIVE CHANNEL = none 
:Recommended. This sets the MIDI channel for incoming MIDI messages. This parameter is not required (it’s ignored) to enable bidirectional MIDI communication. It defaults to ‘none’, which means that your GT will NOT respond to incoming Bank or Program Change messages through the MIDI IN or USB B ports. Do NOT set it to the Axe-Fx's MIDIO channel, because that will cause problems. Change the value only to enable the GT to process incoming MIDI preset and bank messages from another device (not an Axe-Fx), separately from bidirectional MIDI, but beware of creating a MIDI loop.

MIDI MERGE = off 
:Recommended. This needs to be off when using two cables, otherwise it's sending the Axe-Fx's own messages back to itself.

MIDI BIDIRECTIONAL = 
:Should be turned on, when there's a single cable running to/from the GT'S MIDI output.

====Axe-Fx II settings====

Verify that your Axe-Fx II has the following MIDI settings:

MIDI CHANNEL = 1 
:Required. Only change this if your Axe-Fx uses another MIDI channel than 1.

PROG CHANGE = on 
:Required. This makes sure that your Axe-Fx processes incoming MIDI Program Changes from the GT.

SEND REALTIME SYSEX = all 
:Required. This makes sure that the GT receives necessary tempo and tuner information from your Axe-Fx.

IGNORE REDUNDANT PC = on 
:Recommended. When turned on, your Axe-Fx will not reload a preset if the incoming Program Change is the same as the currently selected preset. This avoids the audio gap that comes with preset changes. The default setting on the Axe-Fx II: on.

SCENE REVERT = on/off 
:Set as desired. By default the Axe-Fx remembers which block states are manually bypassed/engaged after having selected a scene. When you select another scene and return to the previous scene (without changing presets), the device will recall those effect block states. If you prefer always recalling a scene in its initial stored state (keeping blocks to their saved states), turn on the parameter SCENE REVERT in I/O > MIDI. Note that SCENE REVERT applies only to scene switching via MIDI or FC controllers; it doesn't kick in when switching scenes on the hardware. Furthermore, SCENE REVERT doesn't work with PC Mapping.

PC MAPPING = off
:Required. This turns off the feature that lets the Axe-Fx map incoming MIDI Program Changes to scenes within presets. This feature is not compatible with the way the GT controls the Axe-Fx.

==Other GT system parameters==

Only relevant parameters are discussed below.

BOLD FONTS = on 
:Turn this on in the Display menu for better readable text on the displays.

SHOW PAGE NAMES = off 
:Turn this on in the Display menu to make your GT show the name of the current button page in the main display when switching pages. When turned off, the GT shows page numbers. To show nothing: make sure all page names are cleared and turn this on.

REVERSE MENUS 
:Turn this on in the Display menu to instruct the GT to start ordered menus (like Preset Menu and Song Menu) at bottom-left instead of at the top.

SCENE NAMES 
:Turn this on to see the names of scenes on the main display. Turn it off if the display of scene names on buttons suffices.

SHOW ONLY SONG NAME 
:Turn this on in the Display menu to show only the name of the current song in the main display, without the name of the preset(s) being used by the current song.

START UP ON LAST PRESET 
:This determines if your GT will recall the last loaded preset after powering on.

SHOW TEMPO 
:When turned on, the tempo is displayed briefly on the main display every time the tempo changes by more than 2 BPM. When turned off, the tempo is never displayed on the main screen, only on Tap Tempo buttons you’ve defined.

PAGE PREVIEW 
:When turned off, the visible button page does not change until you select a new preset. When turned on, the visible button page changes as you move up and down through the banks. The button page associated with the first preset in a bank is the one that will be displayed for that bank.

SYSEX MESSAGES 
:You can define custom Sysex messages here and then assign these to IA buttons.

MACROS 
:You can create custom macros (set of commands) for special tasks here. You can make a macro execute automatically at startup.

REMOTE MODE 
:This is used only to give your GT control over another GT, or take control.

CURRENT SET LIST 
:Choose a setlist or All Songs, or set it to NONE to keep the GT in Preset mode on startup.

==Import preset names==

The GT can import the names of your Axe-Fx II / III presets with the GET PRESET NAMES function (Setup > Devices). You’ll want to do this periodically. See Importing Scene Names below for more information.

Tip: the Axe-Fx III allows this function to be assigned to a button for quick access.

==Import scene names (Axe-Fx III)==

The Axe-Fx III allows individual scenes of presets to be named. The GT provides two ways to import and display these scene names, both with the GET PRESET NAMES option.

Method 1: GET PRESET NAMES + GET SCENES
:When GET SCENES is selected, and not CREATE SONGS, the GT will import and store all scene names, and the names will be displayed on scene buttons. This probably is the most useful method for most users.

Method 2: GET PRESET NAMES + CREATE SONGS
:When CREATE SONGS is selected, and not GET SCENES, the GT will treat an Axe-Fx preset as a song and its scenes as presets. The GT will run in Song Mode and buttons with scene names will be displayed on the bottom row. Note: this method is limited to the first 127 presets on your Axe-Fx III.

==Assign buttons==

===Button Pages===

Your GT has 10, 16 or 22 physical buttons, and even more when using external buttons. Together these make up a single Page.

Your GT can switch between multiple Pages, allowing access to a load of functionality.
Example: Page 1 provides the buttons you use most, Page 2 provides buttons you use less often, Page 3 provides Looper controls, etc.

These Pages are global, meaning that they are the same for every preset. However, each preset can also have a dedicated Page with preset-specific buttons: the ''Local'' page. This is especially handy with the Axe-Fx II (which does not allow names scenes), because it lets you create song-specific scene buttons with names.

For each preset, you can specify which page should be the default page.

Turn on AUTO PAGE SELECT to immediately recall the default Page for a preset when switching presets. When turned off, the current button page will not change unless you press a Page button or execute a Page action.

If you want a button appear on each Page on the same spot, mark the button as GLOBAL.

You can program a button to scroll through Pages or to display a PAGE MENU. You can also program a button to jump to a specific Page: IA > Actions > System.

Use the MAX BUTTON PAGE parameter to limit the number of Pages that you can access, to prevent unnecessary scrolling.

===How to assign buttons===

Important: when assigning Axe-Fx II or III functions to buttons, always use the available commands on the hardware and in the GT editor to assign the pre-configured Axe-Fx buttons! Do not configure a button manually. This will save you a lot of headaches.

On the hardware, use Setup > Devices > Assign Buttons. In the editor, use Assign CC in the button context menu.

===Normal and Hold button modes===

Beside the regular button mode (Normal), buttons also offer a secondary function when pressed-and-held for a short time.

As explained below (see Effect buttons), when the GT is controlling an Axe-Fx III, the Hold function of effect buttons is reserved for selecting channels.

SETUP provides timing parameters to finetune the response of the Hold and Repeat functionality. Try this:
* Hold mSec: 450
* 1st Repeat mSec: 1500
* Repeat mSec: 300

Additional options for the Hold function:

ACTIVE IN IA MODE ONLY 
:This option limits the Hold function to work only in IA Mode. It will also only be displayed when IA Mode is active.

SHOW NAME 
:This allows to you turn on/off the display of the Hold function's name on the button display.

===Button names===

The following characters have a special purpose in button names:

:\ (backslash): forces a line break in the text

:^ (carat): forces a line break and displays the 2nd line inverted

:| (vertical line): hides subsequent characters

Tip: use the vertical line in your preset titles on the Axe-Fx to force the GT to separate the main title (displayed on the GT) from auxiliary information (not displayed).

===How the GT handles MIDI CCs with an Axe-Fx III===

Based on information from RJM:

The Axe-Fx III is being controlled through System Exclusive (Sysex) MIDI messages sent from the GT. However, the GT is really designed to work with MIDI CCs - the built-in device database only uses CC numbers, for example. Also, the Axe-Fx III ships without any CC numbers predefined. Using CCs would require you to manually set all of them in the Axe-Fx III. The way the GT gets around this is to use ‘fake’ CC numbers, which are translated into Sysex messages under the hood. This allows you to continue using the typical features in the GT without so much configuration needed on the Axe-Fx III. The CC settings for all effect blocks and everything else on the Axe-Fx are ignored.

About CCs: in addition to value 0 for bypass and value 127 for active, there are values that select the effect channel. Here’s the complete list:

:Value 0: Bypass effect block 
:Value 1: Select channel A 
:Value 2: Select channel B 
:Value 3: Select channel C 
:Value 4: Select channel D 
:Value 127: Enable effect block

This method allows using one CC number that can select effect state and channel.
Note: currently the GT does not support switching to channels E and F.

The External Controllers are not part of the Fake CC interface. Those have to be done the old way by entering a CC number in the Axe-Fx III’s MIDI/Remote menu. The number must be lower than 27. Start with External 1 as CC #11, and go up sequentially from there.

Volume Increment/Decrement and Scene Decrement/Increment are not part of the Fake CC interface either. Those also have to be done the old way by entering a CC number in the Axe-Fx III’s MIDI/Remote menu. The number must be lower than 27. Configure the buttons on the GT as momentary buttons. [http://www.rjmmusic.com/forum/index.php?threads/axe-fx-iii-output-1-volume-increment-decrement.3663 More ....]

The GT processes CCs below #34 as normal CCs, anything above that the GT will try to convert to a Sysex message.
Note: if you’re using other devices to control the Axe-Fx III, through the GT’s MIDI connection (including USB), then you need to enter the required CC data in the III’s MIDI/Remote menu.

===Types of buttons===

OFF 
:Disables the button.

BANK UP/DOWN 
:Selects the next or previous bank of presets.

GET PRESET NAMES 
:See above.

IA 
:General purpose (instant access) button that can execute a list of button actions, see below.

IA MODE
:Switches to IA Mode.

IA STORE 
:This stores the current state of the IA button to the current preset. This works only with buttons which have UPDATE ON PRESET CHANGE enabled. BUT: when working with Axe-Fx presets and scenes, you do NOT want to set and store button states on the GT with IA Store. Just program your presets and scenes on the Axe-Fx itself and don't use this function at all.

LABEL 
:Only displays text.

PAGE/IA STORE 
:This selects the next button page, or when held, stores the current IA state to the current preset (see above).

PAGE UP/DOWN 
:Selects the next or previous button page.

PAGE MENU 
:Displays alle pages.

PRESET -/+ 
:Moves down/up one preset.

PRESET 
:Selects a preset.

PRESET MENU
:Displays all presets.

PRESET NUMBER
:Lets you select a preset by entering its number.

PREVIOUS PRESET
:Switches back to the previous preset.

SCENE MENU
:Displays all scenes of the preset.

SETLIST MENU 
:Pops up a menu of all setlists.

SETUP MODE 
:Activates Setup Mode.

SONG MENU 
:Pops up a menu of all songs.

===Preset buttons===

Preset buttons allow you to switch to a specific GT preset. You can assign as many as you want on a page.

Preset buttons are normally linked directly to presets in the Axe-Fx.

The number of assigned preset buttons determine the size of the Bank. Bank Up and Down buttons let you scroll through Banks. The parameters PAGE PREVIEW and INSTANT BANK SWITCHING let you further customize Bank Up/Down behavior.

When INSTANT BANK is turned on, the GT will automatically and immediately switch presets when you press the Bank Up or Bank Down buttons. The GT will switch banks and load the preset that appears on the currently selected preset button. Example: if you are on preset 3, and there are 6 presets per bank, pressing Bank Up will automatically switch to preset 9. Turn off INSTANT BANK to make the GT flash the preset buttons and ask you to select a preset in the new bank, after pressing Bank Up/Down.

Preset buttons display the names from the corresponding Axe-Fx presets, when GETTING PRESET NAMES has been executed, see above.

Caution: when shuffling presets around on the Axe-Fx, preset and scene names can get out of sync; launch GET PRESET NAMES to import these again. Using Local Pages requires extra caution when shuffling presets around on the Axe-Fx.

In the properties of a Preset button SEND ON PRESET CHANGE and UPDATE ON PRESET CHANGE should be turned on.

You can press a Preset button a 2nd time and have it perform a secondary function, specified with the PRESET BUTTON 2nd PRESS parameter:

:SAME: no action 
:PREVIOUS: recalls the previously selected preset 
:GLOBAL: recalls the Global preset 
:RELOAD: recalls the current preset; note that this doesn’t work when IGNORE REDUNDANT PC is turned on on the Axe-Fx 
:IA: executes an IA action 
:ALTERNATE: lets you recall another preset

A Preset button can be turned into an IA button by enabling IA Mode. This is similar to Reveal on the MFC-101 controller from Fractal Audio. IA Mode is enabled with a button.

You can hold a Preset button to execute its Hold function, if programmed. The parameter SHOW NAME for the Hold function tells the GT to show or hide the IA function on the preset button's display.

The functions PRESET BUTTON 2nd PRESS, IA Mode and Hold can make Preset buttons do double-duty, for example to select scenes, to increment/decrement songs or presets by 1, or to display menus.

And there are other ways to switch presets on your GT:

:PRESET MENU button: displays a list of all GT presets 
:PRESET NUMBER button: lets you enter the number of a preset to quickly jump to it 
:PREVIOUS PRESET button: jumps back to the previously selected preset 
:PRESET - or PRESET + button: decrements or increments the current preset with 1 step

Additional options are available through IA > IA Actions > System.

If the preset numbers on your Axe-Fx and GT differ by one, adjust the parameters DISPLAY OFFSET on the Axe-Fx and 1st PRESET is NUMBER 0 on the GT, to match the numbering.

For each preset on the GT you can specify:
* which button page should be loaded upon preset recall (any of the 16 general pages, or the Local page) 
* tempo 
* specific behavior of pedals 
* special behavior of switches 
* specific actions

The ‘Global Preset’ is a regular GT preset which can be recalled at any time by pressing a Preset button a second time (if configured as such).

===Scene buttons===

Scene buttons allow you to switch to a specific scene within an Axe-Fx preset. An Axe-Fx preset always has 8 scenes.

The button action involves CC #34, with value 0 for scene 1 and going up from there. Note that there’s NO need to set the MIDI CC for Scene Select in the Axe-Fx III’s MIDI/Remote menu.

Scene buttons display the names of the scenes of your Axe-Fx III presets, if GETTING PRESET NAMES with SCENE NAMES has been executed, see above.

Important: Scene buttons should NOT be 'grouped', and SEND ON PRESET CHANGE and UPDATE ON PRESET CHANGE should NOT be turned on.

When assigning Scene Increment and Decrement to buttons, using the Axe-Fx III, make sure to enter CCs for these functions in the MIDI/Remote menu of the III. As mentioned earlier, the GT uses actual CCs for Scene Decrement/Increment, not ‘fake’ CCs. The numbers should be lower than '27'. Also, turn on MOMENTARY for these buttons.

===Effect buttons===

These IA buttons engage or bypass effect blocks on your Axe-Fx.

Do NOT turn on SEND ON PRESET CHANGE and UPDATE ON PRESET CHAÑGE for these buttons.

With the Axe-Fx II, you can assign other functions to the Hold mode of these buttons. For example, to switch the effect between X and Y.

Tip for the Axe-Fx II: to switch between two Amp blocks and switch their X/Y states too, like a traditional amplifier foot switch, configure two buttons as follows:

* Amp 1: Normal: CC 37, 0-127, assign to a group. Hold: CC 100, 127-0
* Amp 2: Normal: CC 38, 0-127, assign to the same group. Hold: CC 101, 127-0.

With the Axe-Fx III, the Hold mode of these buttons is reserved for selecting channels on the effect block.

===Tempo button===

A Tempo button shows the preset tempo, making use of the Tempo CC.

If UPDATE ON PRESET CHANGE is turned on, the Tempo button flashes in time with the internal tempo clock. If turned off, the button will only flash when instructed by the connected device.

===Tuner button===

You can assign the GT’s Tuner function to the Normal or Hold Mode of a button.

A Tuner button contains two button actions: one enables the special Tuner display mode, and the other sets the appropriate CC.

Turn on UPDATE ON PRESET CHANGE in the Tuner button’s properties to make the button aware of preset changes.

Tip: people often assign Tuner to the Hold function of a Tempo button.

===Add external buttons===

You can extend the capabilities of the GT by adding external buttons.

RJM sells dual-button external switches, which behave just like the onboard buttons, with LEDS instead of mini displays. The GT always keeps the LEDs synced and powers them using a TRS cable.

Tip: to program an external switch on the GT’s hardware, just press the external button while in the Edit Buttons menu.

===More button parameters===

COLOR 
:Choose your button colors wisely. Names of bypassed effects and non-current presets should still be visible, while engaged buttons should jump out. Example:

:Presets: off = dark red, on = green
:Scenes: off = dark purple, on = purple
:Effects: off = dark aqua, on = green

BUTTON GROUPS 
:Button groups let you set up buttons so that only one button in a group is allowed to be turned on at a time. Activating one button will turn off the other buttons in this group. Note: Scene buttons should NOT be grouped.

:General groups setting can be set in Setup and allow fine-tuning of the grouped buttons:

* ALLOW ALL BUTTONS OFF: when turned on, it is possible to turn off ALL buttons in the group. Pressing a button that’s already selected will turn if off. When turned off, one button in the group will always be turned on. Pressing a button that’s already selected will have no effect. The preferred value depends on the button function.

* SEND OFF MESSAGES: when turned on, any button in the group will send its message(s) when turned on and when it’s turned off. When turned off, a button will send its message(s) only when it is turned on, and never when it is turned off.

IA LINK 
:When duplicating functionality in multiple buttons (example: Scene buttons on multiple pages), this parameter makes sure that the states of those buttons are synchronized. This mechanism depends on the first IA action.

SEND ON PRESET CHANGE 
:When turned on, this button will send its messages every time the preset changes, and when the button is pressed. When turned off, this button will only send its messages when it is pressed. Important: for regular operation keep this turned off! Use this parameter only with buttons which are assigned to External Controllers on the Axe-Fx, as explained above.

UPDATE ON PRESET CHANGE 
:This controls two things: whether the state of a button in a preset is stored by the GT and recalled when loading that preset, and whether the Axe-Fx or the GT is in control of setting the button’s state. When turned off, this button only changes its state when it receives a MIDI message from the device it is associated with, or when the button is pressed. Also, it gives the Axe-Fx control over the button’s state, allowing you to see changes of the effect bypass state and channel. When turned on, the button can also change state when a new preset is selected, and it allows the GT to determine the button’s state, overriding the Axe-Fx. Important: for regular operation keep this turned off! Use this parameter only with buttons which are assigned to External Controllers on the Axe-Fx, to keep things synchronized, or to fix an issue with the button state. This because the Axe-Fx doesn’t manage External Controllers, leaving it to the external device to inform the Axe-Fx about status updates.

MOMENTARY 
:When turned on, the button engages when pressed and disengages when released. When turned off, the button operates as a latching switch. Use this for functionality such as Volume Increment/Decrement and Scene Increment/Decrement.

IA CYCLE 
:This lets the button send messages in steps, defined in the button’s properties, like this:

:Step 1 
:CC ... 
:step 2 
:CC ... 
:step 3 
:CC ... 
:etc.

BUTTON ACTIONS 
:This menu provides provides the following additional actions:
* CC TOGGLE: enter CC data to toggle an action
* CC MOMENTARY: enter CC data to momentarily set an action
* PC: enter Program Change data
* NOTE: enter MIDI Notes
* SYSEX: enter a Sysex command, defined in the Sysex menu
* SYSTEM: choose from additional actions.

===Looper Undo===

Programming a Looper Undo action requires a trick.

UNDO is not an on/off (latching) function. So you will want to make this a Momentary button.

When you press UNDO on the Axe-Fx III front panel, it will exit the Record state, and delete the last recorded layer.
But when assigning a button on the GT to UNDO, it does NOT delete the last layer.
Changing the button to OnMsgOnly won't solve this.

Solution: change its OFF action from "0" to "NONE".

Now the GT button will act the same as UNDO on the front panel.

==Expression pedals==

An expression pedal lets you change sound in real time. The common way to configure this is to control a parameter on the Axe-Fx with an External Controller, and then assign the pedal on the GT to that External Controller’s CC.

If you read the section above about how the GT handles MIDI CCs with the Axe-Fx III, you know that you need to enter CCs for the External Controllers in the MIDI/Remote menu of the Axe-Fx III.

An expression pedal connects to an expression pedal port on the GT with a TRS cable. Calibration of the pedal is required for best results.

RJM sells an expression pedal, made by Mission Engineering, with special support for the GT. It has a separate switch that behaves just like an onboard switch, with a LED which is powered by the GT.

Based on information from RJM:

* The Mastermind GT can use a variety of expression pedals. Any resistance value from 10k to 250k can be used.
* In general, there are two ways the polarity of an expression pedal is wired: like a Boss/Roland pedal or like a Korg/Rocktron pedal. RJM supports the Korg method. Boss/Roland-style wired pedals are easily made compatible by swapping the tip and ring on one side of the TRS cable. Visit RJM’s forum and support pages for more information.
* Line 6 pedals are incompatible because they use TS connectors instead of TRS.
* While a volume pedal can operate as an expression pedal with an insert cable, their taper may not offer smooth control. The GT’s firmware offers preliminary support for log taper correction).

The GT lets you change an expression pedal’s assignment by pressing a button. This can instantly turn a Wah into a Whammy for example without having to tweak the corresponding Axe-Fx preset extensively.

See also: [http://www.rjmmusic.com/forum/index.php?threads/using-the-mastermind-gt-with-an-axe-fx-iii.3400/#post-16807 Expression Pedal Setup (RJM forum)]

==Songs and setlists==

Your GT features a Songs and Setlists Mode. Songs can consist of one or more GT presets, and can be further organized into setlists.

A SONG MENU button displays all songs. SONG UP/DOWN functionality is available through IA > Actions > System.

Turn on SONG NAME ONLY in the Display menu to show only the name of the current song in the main display, and not the name of the preset(s) being used by the current song.

Tip: the song menu and setlists allow changing the order of songs/presets on your GT without breaking the link between presets on the GT and on the Axe-Fx.

==Powering other pedals==

The GT provides two 9VDC ports. Each can supply DC power to outboard gear, like a tuner pedal or a low-power effects pedal. The ports are not isolated so be careful of creating hum. The maximum capacity of both ports together is 100mA. In 2022 RJM started putting in 200mA converters.

=Disaster Area Designs DMC.micro=

This tiny MIDI foot controller packs a lot of power. It can switch presets on 4 different devices, simultaneously or per device, and do more.

It's especially useful as a fast preset switcher for the Fractal Audio VP4, Fractal Audio AM4, or both, letting you stay in Effect Mode while incrementing or decrementing presets.

The version of the DMC.micro discussed here is: [https://www.disasterareadesigns.com/shop/p/dmc-micro-gen4 Gen4].

[[image:Dmc-micro-gen4.jpg|250px|link=https://www.disasterareadesigns.com/shop/p/dmc-micro-gen4]]
==Modes (pages)==

It's important to understand the various modes (pages) on the DMC.micro.

; Preset Mode :

The (factory default) main mode is Preset Mode. It lets you switch presets up and down and you can adjust the looks.

Use this mode if you control only one device, or multiple devices simultaneously.

You can disable this mode/page if you're using the DMC.micro primarily to switch each device separately.

; Device page(s) :

There are one or more Device pages. These let you switch presets per specific device. The DMC.micro supports up to 4 device-specific pages.

; Utility page(s) :

Optionally the so-called Utility pages let you stack and send MIDI commands. These won't be discussed here.

==Web editor==

You can edit the unit through a web editor. This is supported by MIDI-capable browsers only, like Google Chrome.

URL: https://disasterarea.io/dmcmicro/

==Tutorial: controlling VP4 and AM4==

Starting factory fresh, here's how to configure the DMC.micro to control a Fractal Audio VP4 and AM4 (or two VP4s), following the menu order in the web editor.

Note: you need the proper cables to send MIDI from the DMC.micro to the first device (regular MIDI <> 3.5 mm TRS MIDI), and then from the first to the second device (3.5 mm TRS MIDI <> 3.5 mm TRS MIDI).

; Presets : If you want to control each device individually, you might as well disable Preset Mode altogether by entering a zero in the MAX PRESET field. This lets you switch the DMC.micro between the two devices faster.

; Devices : Tell the DMC.micro how many devices you want it to control: two devices. Select "GM GEN MIDI (No Bypass)" as "device driver" for both in the dropdown menu.

; Display : If you have disabled Preset Mode, this is not relevant. If you do use Preset Mode, configure its looks here, and use the Preset Editor in the web editor for specific preset stuff, like editing preset names.

; MIDI : Only the last entry (MIDI CHANNEL) is important: instruct the DMC.micro which MIDI channels to use. Usually it will be Channel 1 for the first device, and Channel 2 for the 2nd device, so select: A1 B2 C3 D4. Make sure to select the correct MIDI Input channel on the devices as well in their Setup > MIDI/Remote menu.

; USB : Ignore.

; MultiJack: Ignore, unless you'll be using that port on the DMC.micro.

; Util Modes : Ignore unless you'll be using the DMC.micro to control other MIDI hardware.

; Custom 1 : This is the configuration screen for the first device. Enter 103 as the maximum program value.

; Custom 2 : Same.

; Clock & Misc. : Ignore unless you want the DMC.micro to provide tap tempo, MIDI Clock etc.

If you have disabled Preset Mode, the unit will power up in Device Mode. You'll see a large A or B on screen with a program number. The A and B correspond with the two devices.

Press the left button for Preset -, and the right button for Preset +.

Hold the right button to switch control over to the next device. Now you can press left or right again to switch presets on that device.

Holding the left button changes the symbol on the DMC.micro between a checkmark (engaged) and bypassed symbol. If you want this to work, you need to select "GM GEN MIDI" in the Devices tab (instead of "GM GEN MIDI (No Bypass)"), and enter the MIDI CC for Bypass in the editor AND in Setup on the Fractal device itself. 
Tip: As it only sends a CC, you can probably use this function to control something else, instead of Bypass.

Now you need to enter some stuff on the Fractal devices.

On the first one, set both MIDI Thru and Receive MIDI CC to: ON.

On the second one, set MIDI Channel to 2, and set Receive MIDI CC to: ON.

==More examples==

More usage examples:

* [https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/am4-connectivity-simple-midi-and-single-footswitches-using-a-third-expression-pedal.219850/#post-2770498]
* [https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/am4-tips-and-tricks.216955/post-2769025]

=FAMC Liquid Foot+=

==Introduction==

The section is maintained by forum member Lou Soldi aka [https://forum.fractalaudio.com/members/gotmetalboy.12026/#recent-content GotMetalBoy].

Disclaimer from forum member GotMetalBoy:
* I am not or ever been an employee, affiliate or have any connection with FAMC
* I'm a FAMC customer that owns a LF+ PRO+, LF+ 12+, BE-2 and Phantom Power box
* I wrote the FAMC Liquid Foot+ Tutorial on the FAS Wiki to help LF+ owners program their LF+ for the Axe-Fx II and III

To get the latest version of this Tutorial file and LF+ Editor Sysex Files, Please go to the link below:

* [http://www.dropbox.com/sh/heghqmz9onvv948/AAAoMDfXXg4ZTEB7cCsPBnwUa?dl=0 http://www.dropbox.com/sh/heghqmz9onvv948/AAAoMDfXXg4ZTEB7cCsPBnwUa?dl=0]
** [https://www.dropbox.com/scl/fo/akt9ahe8yb0ml6lc69zfs/ADzOB7DGzUm4vdpg4i12zM0/LF%2B%20Editor/SetupLF%2BEditor_64bit%20v6_31.exe?rlkey=x3uonpqmb8k5t225hk6j5z0dk&dl=0 Latest Editor: SetupLF+Editor_64bit v6_31.exe for Windows OS]
** [https://www.dropbox.com/scl/fo/akt9ahe8yb0ml6lc69zfs/ACvYBpUt0oG28iWO_2lB_2Y/Firmware/LF_PLUS_firmware_v6_32.zip?rlkey=x3uonpqmb8k5t225hk6j5z0dk&dl=0 Latest Firmware: LF_PLUS_firmware_v6_32.zip]
** [https://www.dropbox.com/sh/heghqmz9onvv948/AAA6ysP7v4wnGWxAzHwAC9joa/LF%2B%20Editor%20Sysex%20Files/!Axe-Fx%20III?dl=0 Axe-Fx III Template]
** [https://www.dropbox.com/sh/heghqmz9onvv948/AAAHfLGqgisXU-P9CbFi9Ix4a/LF%2B%20Editor%20Sysex%20Files/!Axe-Fx%20II%20Mk%20I%20Mk%20II%20XL%20XL%2B?dl=0 Axe-Fx II Mk I Mk II XL XL+ Templates]
* [https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/famc-liquid-foot-lf-and-axe-fx-iii-quick-setup-and-templates.163825 FAMC Liquid Foot+ LF+ and Axe-Fx III Quick Setup and Templates]
** [https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/famc-liquid-foot-lf-and-axe-fx-iii-quick-setup-and-templates.163825/post-2061905 Info about Real Time Synching, Accessing Axe-Fx III Presets 385-512, Screenshots and examples]

Please contact me if you would like to share your LF+ Sysex files bc I think they are very helpful for learning how to program the LF+

Please contact me with any questions, corrections or suggestions.

I can be contacted at:
* FAS Forum [https://forum.fractalaudio.com/members/gotmetalboy.12026/#recent-content GotMetalBoy]
* Facebook Group: [https://www.facebook.com/groups/216599485472143 FAMC Music/Liquid Foot Discussion]
* Facebook: [https://www.facebook.com/lou.soldi https://www.facebook.com/lou.soldi]

NOTE: This document has NOT been fully updated for the new v6.xx Firmware or v6.xx LF+ Editor

''If I mention clicking on a tab, then I haven't updated that section since LF+ Editor v4.38 but the process should be similar because the tabs on the top of the LF+ Editor were replaced by buttons and the Global tab has been separated into multiple Buttons.''

Axe-Fx III programming is being added as time permits. On Tuesday November 20, 2018 the LF+ Firmware and LF+ Editor were updated to v6.xx which is compatible with the Axe-Fx III and can sync Preset Names, IA States, Tap Tempo and the Turner. See the Axe-Fx III section below.

[[Image:Jr_12_Pro_Plus_Mini.png | link=http://www.famcmusic.com|200px]]

==Tutorial==

I created a tutorial about using the Liquid Foot+ MIDI controller with the Axe-Fx II. It explains how to configure the LF+ to make it sync in real-time, similar to the way TotalSync works with the MFC-101.

If you're new to programming a LF+, make sure to do all programming in the LF+ Editor and don't even attempt to program it from the unit. The 2 things that will help you understand the concept a little better are:
# The Foot Switches are called Buttons.
# You select what each button does by editing the Functions on the Page tab in the LF+ Editor.

This tutorial is being discussed in these threads:
* [http://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/famc-lf-and-fas-axe-fx-ii-tutorial.96262/ FAMC LF+ and FAS Axe-Fx II Tutorial]
* [http://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/famc-lf-and-fas-axe-fx-ii-tutorial-is-now-on-the-axe-fx-ii-wiki.102817/ FAMC LF+ and FAS Axe-Fx II Tutorial is now on the Axe-Fx II Wiki]

This tutorial will walk you through configuring a FAMC LF+ MIDI Foot Controller, so it will control a FAS Axe-Fx II and sync IA's and Preset Names in real-time similar to how the FAS MFC-101 and Axe-Fx II sync.

This document is a work in progress.

Legend:
* LFC = Any of the LF+ series MIDI Foot Controllers
* LFE = LF+ Editor
* AF2 = Axe-Fx II
* FB = Fractal-Bot
* IA = Instant Access

Gear I Used For This Tutorial:
* FAMC LF+ 12+ v4.69 Set To Factory Defaults
* FAMC LF+ PRO+ v4.69 Set To Factory Defaults
* FAMC LF+ Editor v4.70 32bit and 64bit
* Fractal Audio Systems Axe-Fx II Mark I Quantum v8.02
* Fractal Audio Systems Axe-Fx II XL+ Quantum v8.02
* Fractal Audio Systems Axe-Fx II Quantum 6.01 Factory Presets
* Fractal Audio Systems MFC-101 Mark 1 v3.08 (Sold on 2015.05.07)
* Fractal Audio Systems USB Driver Setup for Windows v2014.06.06
* Fractal Audio Systems Fractal-Bot v2.8.2
* Fractal Audio Systems Axe-Edit v3.14.2
* Hosa 15ft 5 pin MIDI cable
* DIY 15ft MIDI Cable 5 to 7 Pin just like a [http://www.rocktron.com/rocktron-midi-cable-5-to-7-pin.html Rocktron MIDI Cable 5 to 7 Pin Part number RDMH900]
** 15ft CAT6 Ethernet Network Cable - [http://www.newegg.com/Product/Product.aspx?Item=N82E16812189041 Link Depot C6M-100-GYB 100 ft. Cat 6 Gray Network Cable]
** [http://www.markertek.com/product/nys-322/rean-nys322-din-male-cable-connector-5-pole-silver-plated-contacts Rean Neutrik Male 5 Pin Midi Connector - Model: NYS322]
** [http://www.markertek.com/product/nys323/rean-nys323-din-male-cable-connector-7-pole-silver-plated-contacts Rean Neutrik Male 7 pin Midi Connector Model: NYS323]
** [http://www.markertek.com/product/30-333/calrad-30-333-2-1mm-inline-coax-power-jack Calrad Inline Power Jack, Female, Ring 5.5mm, Tip 2.1mm, Shaft 10mm - Model: 30-333]
* 12VDC 2A power adapter with: - ring, + tip, Male Plug, Ring 5.5mm, Tip 2.1mm, Shaft 10mm
* Laptop with 2GB Memory, 2.8GHz Intel CPU, Windows 10 Pro 32bit
* Desktop with 8GB Memory, 3.4GHz Intel CPU, Windows 10 Pro 64bit
* Microsoft Office Word 2013
* Microsoft Expressions Web v4.0.4160.0
* Notepad++ v7.4.2
* LibreOffice v5.3.4
* GIMP v2.8.22 - The GNU Image Manipulation Program

Links:
* FAMC Forum [http://www.famcmusic.com/forum http://www.famcmusic.com/forum]
* FAMC YouTube [http://www.youtube.com/user/U2JustMe/videos http://www.youtube.com/user/U2JustMe/videos]
* Voes Liquid Foot+ [http://voes.be/liquidfoot+ http://voes.be/liquidfoot+]
* Fractal Audio Systems (FAS) [https://www.fractalaudio.com/ https://www.fractalaudio.com]
* FAS Forum [https://forum.fractalaudio.com/ https://forum.fractalaudio.com]
* FAS Wiki [https://wiki.fractalaudio.com/axefx2 https://wiki.fractalaudio.com/axefx2]
* FAS YouTube [https://www.youtube.com/user/fractalaudiosystems/videos https://www.youtube.com/user/fractalaudiosystems/videos]
* FAS Facebook [https://facebook.com/fractalaudio https://facebook.com/fractalaudio]
* FAS SoundCloud [https://www.soundcloud.com/fractalaudio https://www.soundcloud.com/fractalaudio]
* AxeFx Tutorial: [https://axefxtutorials.com https://axefxtutorials.com]

I will be adding information on how to program a LF+ for the Axe-Fx III soon

FAS Forum member martijne has shared his '''pre v6.xx''' programming syx file for the LF+ 12+ and Axe-Fx III

[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/axe-fx-iii-lf-12-syx-file-thread.142224/ Axe Fx III & LF+12+ . syx file thread]

== Quick way to assign CC#'s in the Axe-Fx II ==

Thank you FAS Forum member [https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/midi-learn.142228/#post-1684157 prot] for pointing this feature out!

If you already have your LF+ IA's setup, you can quickly assign the CC#'s in the Axe-Fx III:

* On the Axe-Fx III go to Setup > MIDI/Remote > Bypass Page
* Use the NAV knob to select a function
* Press the ENTER button to put the function in MIDI Learning Mode
* Press the IA foot switch on the LF+ that you want to be assigned to the Axe-Fx III function and the CC# will get assigned
* You can use the NAV knob to select another function and follow the same process
* If you already have a LF+ setup for an Axe-Fx II, you can quickly setup the Axe-Fx III folowing this process
** You will have to create new IA's for Channels because they use different programming than the Axe-Fx II X/Y
** The easiest way to program Channels is to use Steps in an IA
** See example screenshots below that show how to program Steps and make the foot switch display color change for each Channel

Axe-Fx III Amp 1 Channel Steps:

[[File:Amp_1_Channel_Step_Programming.png]]

Axe-Fx III Amp 2 Channel Steps:

[[File:Amp_2_Channel_Step_Programming.png]]

== Axe-Fx III Sysex msgs ==

Thanks to FAS Forum member DavezHear for creating a spreadsheet that lists all the Axe-Fx III sysex messages.

Here's the link to his post #115 where you can download his spreadsheet:
* [https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/axe-fx-iii-third-party-midi-spec.140602/page-6#post-1689047 Excel spread sheet to calculate the SysEx commands based off the 1.3 midi spec]

This is very useful because there are only 128 CC's but there are more than 128 parameters that can be assigned in the Axe-Fx III MIDI/Remote menu, so now we can use Sysex msgs to Bypass/Enable blocks and change Channels.

== v6.22 LF+ Editor Help Pop-Ups List For All The Function Command Types ==

{| class="wikitable"
| Empty
| Empty- DO NOTHING and stop commands from processing further
|-
| MIDI Command
| MIDI Command- Send a defined MIDI command (PC, CC, Pitch, ETC)
|-
| Activate MTC
| Activate MTC, Active MIDI Time Code as dedicated MODE until canceled if the current song as MTC defined
|-
| Auto-Tap-Tempo
| Auto- Tap-Tempo- Will trigger the ON messages (or on/off it toggle is turned on) of a defined IA-Slot (2 times unless set to 3 or 4) at a given delay (millisecond) timeframe
|-
| Delay ms
| Delay ms- Delay processing for a defined time in milliseconds. Adding bpm to the end of the number will convert automatically into ms (Eg. 120bpm)
|-
| EXPR Mod CC#
| EXPR Mod CC#- Change the Expression Pedal CC# to use. This can be modified many times, good use is to switch between Volume and Wah.
|-
| EXPR Mod MIDI #
| EXPR Mod MIDI #- Change the Expression Pedal MIDI value to transmit
|-
| EXPR Resend Current
| EXPR Resend Current- This will take whatever the current value of the expression pedal is and transmit it again. This may be desired for certain presets that require such data
|-
| EXPR Send Value
| EXPR Send Value- This forces a specific midi value (0-127) to be sent based on current expression pedal progaramming
|-
| EXPR Change IA trigger
| EXPR Change IA trigger- Change the IA-trigger used for a specific Expression Pedal (must be set as type IA-trigger or an IA-TOGGLE)
|-
| EXPR Min Send Value
| EXPR Min Send Value- Default (0)- defines the lowest MIDI # to send for the given expression pedal. This will override the global settings
|-
| EXPR Max Send Value
| EXPR Max Send Value- Default (127)- defines the highest MIDI # to send for the given expression pedal. This will override the global settings
|-
| EXPR Slot 2 CC
| EXPR Slot 2 CC- allows an expression pedal to define another CC# to transmit
|-
| EXPR Slot 2 MIDI
| EXPR Slot 2 MIDI- allows an expression pedal to define another MIDI channel to transmit
|-
| EXPR Slot 2 Invert
| EXPR Slot 2 Invert- The 2nd expression pedal programming will be inverted output- Full expression will transmit minimum, and vice-versa. This allows for an Pedal to do crossfade of two effects in real-time
|-
| EXPR Slot 2 CLEAR
| EXPR Slot 2 CLEAR- removes all 2nd Slot expression pedal programming
|-
| EXPR Block Xmit
| EXPR Block Xmit -Blocks transmission on Port until either programatically modified, or unblocked command is processed
|-
| EXPR unBlock Xmit
| EXPR unBlock Xmit - un-blocks transmission on Port if a Block command is currently active on the port
|-
| Device Sync
| External Dev Sync- Forces the LF+ to ask for sync data from AXE-FX I/II devices
|-
| AXE3 Chan/State
| External Dev Sync- AXE-FX3: Change to a specific channel of a specific effect, or Change it's BYPASS STATE
|-
| AXE3 Chg SCENE#
| External Dev Sync- AXE-FX3: Change to a specific Scene
|-
| Page Toggle Function #1/#2
| Page Toggle Function #1/#2- force the LF+ to toggle all page functions immediately
|-
| Go Global
| Jump to the defined Global Page
|-
| G – Tuner
| G - Tuner- Use Guitar Tuner with KEMPER or AXE-FX (other then AXE-FX III). This will turn on the Tuner in the LF+. If a valid CC# for the effects unit is given, it will switch the effects unit tuner on as well.
|-
| IA Force Color Change
| Force IA Color Change- This will force the IA-Slot button (if active) to the specified color temporarily. Useful when using steps
|-
| IA-Map Change
| IA-Map Change- Change to a specified IA-Map immediately
|-
| IA OFF Trig (map)
| IA OFF Trig- Trigger/transmit the BYPASS programming of the specificed IA-Slot
|-
| IA ON Trig (map)
| IA ON Trig- Trigger/transmit the ON programming of the specificed IA-Slot
|-
| IA Toggle (map)
| IA Toggle- Toggle the state of the specified IA-Slot and then Trigger/transmit the programming
|-
| IA Resend (map)
| IA Resend- Retransmit the current state of the specified IA-Slot
|-
| IA Set Step Number
| IA Set Step Number- IF IA-Slot is active, change to the defined Step# and make it active
|-
| IA Trigger
| IA Trigger- Set a specific IA-Slot to a state of OFF/ON/BYPASS and trigger it
|-
| IA Resend
| IA Resend- Resend the current state of a specific IA-Slot
|-
| IF IA is ON, Stop
| IF IA is ON, Stop-- IF IA-Slot set in Parameter is ON, then stop processing current programming
|-
| IF IA is OFF, Stop
| IF IA is OFF, Stop-- IF IA-Slot set in Parameter is OFF, then stop processing current programming
|-
| IF IA is ON, Skip
| IF IA is ON, Skip-- If IA-Slot set in Parameter is ON, ship over programming until next IF... command
|-
| IF IA is OFF, Skip
| IF IA is OFF, Skip-- If IA-Slot set in Parameter is OFF, ship over programming until next IF... command
|-
| If Processing Trigger, Skip
| IF Processing Trigger, Skip-- If current command block is triggered because of anything other then user pressing trigger, ignore until next IF... command
|-
| Looper Turn On
| Looper Turn On- Turn On the LF+ looper update function and automatically update IA-Slots. Must be used with compatible effects units
|-
| Looper Turn Off
| Looper Turn Off- Turn Off the LF+ Looper mode
|-
| MIDI Clock (ms)
| Value in milliseconds to set MIDI Clock. Valid Range (200-1200ms), out of range will shut MIDI CLOCK OFF. Use BPM command for exact BPMs. Use ms for exact ms values.
|-
| MIDI Clock (BPM)
| Value in Beats Per Minute to set MIDI Clock. Valid Range (50-255 bpm), out of range will shut MIDI CLOCK OFF. Use BPM for exact BPMs. Use (ms) command for exact ms values.
|-
| Page Change
| Page Change- Change to the specified Page
|-
| Page LOCK to current
| Page LOCK to current- Block all page change commands until an unlock command is processed
|-
| Page UNLOCK current
| Page UNLOCK current- this will allow page changes if a Page Lock command is active
|-
| Page Button Display Start
| Page Button Display Start- Sets the current page button (1-52) to use on physical button #1 of the LF+. This allows you to 'show' different buttons of a Page definition on the physical buttons of the controller
|-
| Page last used
| Page last used- Jump to the last page used prior to the current page
|-
| Page Change to Preset Default
| Changes the current page to whatever is programmed into the currently active Preset's default setting
|-
| PC# +
| Increase the last used PC# command sent, and then resend via MIDI
|-
| PC# -
| Decrease the last used PC# command sent, and then resend via MIDI
|-
| PC# Save
| Save a MIDI command into the 1st Programming slot using the last send PC# MIDI command. Useful if a PC+ or PC- command changes the PC# in real-time
|-
| Preset last used
| Preset last used- Jump to the preset last used prior to the active one
|-
| Preset trigger
| Preset trigger- Jump to a specific preset
|-
| Preset Store
| Preset Store- Store the current Preset for later restoration
|-
| Preset Recall Stored
| Preset Recall Stored- jump to the preset previously stored using the Store command
|-
| Preset Resend IA-Initial States
| Preset Resend IA-Initial States- for the current preset, resend all of the IA-Slots after resetting to their intial IA-Values
|-
| Preset Trig 1st Bank Preset
| Preset Trig 1st Bank Preset- for the current bank in use, jump to the first preset in that bank and trigger it
|-
| Preset Momentary, then Jump
| Preset will be set as Momentary, and then will Jump after release of button to a specified preset or preset within a song slot
|-
| Set Color
| Set Color- Set the color to use for the current command (Preset, IA-Slot)
|-
| Set Status#1 LED CLR
| Set Status#1 LED CLR- Change the color of the Status #1 LED
|-
| Song # Store Current
| Song # Store Current- Store the Song that is currently in use
|-
| Song # Recall Stored
| Song # Recall Stored- Jump to the stored Song that was stored prior
|-
| Song Change
| Song Change- Change to a specific song
|-
| Step
| Step- Place a Step command to define the start of that particular step. You can have up to 4 steps per programming block (Presets, IA-Slots)
|-
| Stop
| Stop- Stop processing the current programming block and finish (Preset, IA-Slots
|-
| Sysex Send
| Sysex Send- Send a specific SYSEX Message
|-
| System SnapShot Store
| System SnapShot Store- Stores the current state of the LF+ (mode, preset, song, etc...)
|-
| System SnapShot Restore
| System SnapShot Restore- Puts the LF+ back exactly how it was operating when a snapshot was taken. This is for live use and not programming changes
|-
| Preset Initial Resend
| DEFAULT [OFF]: Turn [ON] to Allow this IA-Slot to send its programming when a PRESET is: [SYNC EXTERN IA-SLOTS = ON] and [RESEND IA-SLOT INITIAL STATES = ON]. Normally a Preset will not send the programming commands of a sync'd IA-Slot since it expects the state to change in real-time. OFF makes this compatible with V5.x or below behavior.
|}

== Information ==
If you're new to programming a LF+, I recommend reading this Information section 3 times because everything interplays and will make more sense.

; Footswitches :
These are the physical Buttons on the LFC and can be assigned Functions on the Pages tab in the LFE like Presets, IA's, Bank Changes, Modes.

;Buttons :
These are the virtual Footswitches that can be assigned Functions on the Pages tab in the LFE and can be assigned to the physical Footswitches on the LFC.

; Pages :
These are where you organize what each Button does and which ones you want assigned to the physical Buttons. You can edit different Pages for different layouts of your physical Buttons. You can select different IA Maps per Page and each IA Map contains 60 IA Slots.

Pages are what sets the LF+ apart from other MIDI foot controllers and what had me really confused when I first tried to program it because most MIDI foot controllers use Presets in consecutive order which are assigned to physical Footswitches.

; Presets :
These are where you configure commands to control an attached device through MIDI. These are usually used to send Program Changes to load Presets on the connected device. You can use Presets to send CC's too. You can name Presets or have them sync the name from the AF2. Presets don't have to have Program Changes go in consecutive order. Preset 003 can be programmed to call up the AF2 109 Preset. LFC Presets are very flexible like AF2 Presets, so you can configure them in many different ways.

; IA Slots :
IA (Instant Access) Buttons are usually used to enable or disable FX within Presets. They can also be used to change other items within the LFC like Pages and accessing Page Buttons above your physical Buttons. They can be assigned different switch types like Stomp(Latched) or Momentary. You can assign the same CC# to different IA Slots but use a different switch type, so one can use Stomp and the other use Momentary. I do this for Drive FX bc sometimes I want the Drive enabled for a whole song or just want it for a short section of a song to get feedback.

Note that there are 180 IA Slots but you can only use IA Slots that are assigned to an IA Map and you can only assign 60 IA Slots per IA Map. You should make sure that all IA's that you want to real-time sync with an AF2 are in Slots 1-60. All non-syncing IA's should be in Slots 61-180, like for controlling other MIDI devices or controlling a parameter like the depth of a Chorus.

; IA Maps :
You probably will only use the IA-Map Default 001 unless you need to use more than 60 IA Slots. The first 60 IA Slots automatically get assigned to IA-Map Default 001 and it can't be changed. If you want to use IA Slots 61-180, you can assign them to a different IA Map and you can assign IA Slots 1-180 in any order.

== WARNING! ==

Phantom Power:

* If you are using a 7 pin MIDI cable with Phantom Power more than 1A (1000ma), '''DO NOT''' connect the power adapter to the Axe-Fx II Phantom Power Port because it will damage it
** [https://wiki.fractalaudio.com/axefx2/index.php?title=Axe-Fx_II_preamp_effects_processor#Specifications_.28Axe-Fx_II_XL.2B.29 Specifications (Axe-Fx II XL+) Phantom power: female 2.5mm jack, do not connect adapters with a rating higher than 1A (1000ma)]
** [https://wiki.fractalaudio.com/axefx2/index.php?title=MIDI#MIDI_phantom_power_on_the_Axe-Fx_II MIDI phantom power on the Axe-Fx II]
** [https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/phantom-powering-a-liquid-foot-12-warning.49682 Phantom powering a Liquid Foot 12+ (WARNING)]
*** [https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/phantom-powering-a-liquid-foot-12-warning.49682/page-2#post-643474 Here's a picture of the part inside the Axe-Fx II that gets damaged]

I recommend purchasing any of the items below or making your own cable:

* '''NOTE''': The LF+ Power Adapter Plug and Power Jack specs are: Ring Negative 5.5mm, Tip Positive 2.1mm, Shaft 10mm, Volts: 12VDC
** [https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/the-phantom-power-connector-behind-the-axe-what-connection-it-is.86760/#post-1049803 2.1mm is the standard for DC. 2.5mm is the standard for AC. The phantom power jack is designed for AC, hence the 2.5mm jack.]
* Here's what I used to make my own 5 to 7 Pin MIDI cable with power jack:
** [[#Gear_I_Used_For_This_Tutorial | I listed all the supplies and links to where I bought them in the Section: Gear I Used For This Tutorial]]
** [[#MIDI_IN.2FOUT_Pinout_Specs_for_5pin_and_7pin | MIDI IN/OUT Pinout Specs for 5pin and 7pin]]
** [https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/axe-fx-7-pin-bidirectional-midi-pinout.21547/#post-356116 Axe-FX 7-pin bidirectional MIDI pinout ?]
* [https://btpa.com/MIDI57B-XX.html Best-Tronics Professional Audio BTPA.com - MIDI57B-XX: Heavy Duty 5 pin Male to Male 7 Pin MIDI Cable using CA-0376, with 2.1mm X 5.5mm DC jack. All 7 pins wired]
* [http://www.rocktron.com/rocktron-midi-cable-5-to-7-pin.html Rocktron MIDI Cable 5 to 7 Pin Part number RDMH900]
* [http://www.famcmusic.com/store/accessories/PhantomPowerBox FAMC Phantom Power Box]

Do you have a 1st G1 or 2nd G2 Generation Model?

'''DO NOT connect G1 devices as an expander\extender to G2 devices, or vice-versa. (THIS WILL CAUSE DAMAGE TO BOTH DEVICES)'''

* There are 2 ways to verify if a LF+ is a G1 or G2
# The main display will say G1 or G2 on the far right when booting up the LF+
# Below the 2 Expansion ports A and B, G1 or G2 will be printed

Info from the FAS Forum: Liquid Foot Models Question: [https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/liquid-foot-models-question.106919/#post-1278787 https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/liquid-foot-models-question.106919/#post-1278787]

== MIDI IN/OUT Pinout Specs for 5pin and 7pin ==

MIDI IN/OUT Ports Pinout:

[[File:MIDI IN-OUT Ports Pinout.png]]

MIDI Cable Male Plug:

[[File:MIDI Cable Male Plug Pinout.png]]

MIDI IN/OUT Ports Female Jack:

[[File:MIDI IN-OUT Ports Female Jack Pinout.png]]

== Backup Axe-Fx II and LF+ MIDI Foot Controller ==
* I recommend always saving a backup before making any changes!
* Power off AF2 and LFC and disconnect all cables

=== Axe-Fx II - Backup ===
* Power off AF2 and disconnect all cables
* Connect a USB 2.0 cable from the AF2 to the Computers USB 2.0 Port
* Connect power cable to AF2
* Power on the AF2
* Go to Fractal Audio Systems Support: [https://www.fractalaudio.com/support.php https://www.fractalaudio.com/support.php]
** Download and install the USB Driver Setup
*** Reboot Computer when finished
* Go to Fractal Audio Systems Fractal-Bot: [https://www.fractalaudio.com/fractal-bot.php https://www.fractalaudio.com/fractal-bot.php]
** Download Fractal-Bot and it's Manual
** Install FB
** Follow FB manual to backup the AF2 and backup:
*** All Preset Bank
*** System Settings
*** All User Cabs
* Once backup is finished, verify the location of the files just in case you need to restore them
* Close FB
* Power Off the AF2 and disconnect all cables

=== LF+ MIDI Foot Controller - Backup ===
* Power off LFC and disconnect all cables
* Go to FAMC Support Downloads: [http://www.famcmusic.com/store/downloads http://www.famcmusic.com/store/downloads]
* Download and install the LF+ Editor
** '''NOTE''': If you're installing on Windows 8.1 or 10 64bit and have issues installing the driver near the end of the install, Reference: [[#HOW_TO_INSTALL | How To Install LF+ Editor On Windows 7, 8.1 and 10]]
** Reboot Computer when finished
* Connect a USB 2.0 cable from the LFC USB Port to the Computers USB 2.0 Port
* Connect the LFC power adapter to the LFC
* Open LFE
** The LFC display should change to say it's in Editor Mode
* At the top center, Click Complete Transfers menu > '''Get ALL from LF+'''
** Wait for the Status light to stop blinking on the LFC
* The LFE has multiple ways to backup settings:
** Click Backup button in upper left (This is what I use for full backup of all settings)
** Click Save button in upper right (Same as #3 below)
** Click File menu in upper right and Select Save as (Same as #2 above)
*** Option 2 and 3 have options to select what gets backed up
*** I use this to backup individual settings like all my IA-Slots or a specific Page or a range of Presets
* Once backup is finished, verify the location of the files just in case you need to restore them
** The Default location in Windows 7, 8.1 and 10 is: %USERPROFILE%\Documents\FAMC\
* Close LFE
* Disconnect LFC power adapter from LFC to power off and disconnect all cables

== How To Setup LF+ and Axe-Fx II Realtime Sync ==

'''This has been updated for the LF+ Editor v4.70'''

Follow the process below, so the LFC will sync in real-time with the AF2. The LFC will sync the AF2 Preset names on the main display and Button/Footswitch displays, and the IA names will display on the Button displays.

'''NOTE''': I suggest setting all the '''''Optional''''' settings, so it will make programming easier for this tutorial.

* Power off AF2 and LFC and disconnect all cables
* Connect Power cable to AF2
* Power on AF2 and verify settings below:
** '''NOTE''': You may want to reset the Axe-Fx II System Settings before following the next steps
** Press I/O > Page Right to the MIDI page:
*** MIDI CHANNEL: 1
*** MIDI THRU: OFF
*** PROG CHANGE: ON
*** MAPPING MODE: NONE
*** SCENE REVERT: ON '''''Optional'''''
**** OFF (Default): Scene edits are retained across scene changes until you load an entirely new preset or reload the current one.
***** If you tweak Scene 1, switch to Scene 2, then back to scene 1, your tweaks will remain intact.
**** ON: Scene edits are lost when you change the scene without saving first.
***** So if you tweak scene 1, switch to Scene 2, then back to Scene 1, Scene 1 will have reverted to its previously saved state.
***** This makes scene changes feel more like traditional preset changes.
*** <div id="DISPLAY_OFFSET"></div>DISPLAY OFFSET: 0 '''''Optional''''' (NOTE: The LF+ Editor has had issues in the past when Offset is enabled, so I don't use Display Offset)
**** Reference: [[#MIDI_Channel_Device_Configuration | MIDI Channel Device Configuration]]
*** IGNORE REDUNDANT PC: ON '''''Optional'''''
**** This determines whether the Axe-Fx II should re-process or ignore a MIDI program change command for the currently loaded preset.
***** With this setting OFF, the current preset will be reloaded (and changes discarded) if it is selected again via MIDI PC.
***** Turning this OFF allows you, for instance, to load a preset, use various MIDI “instant Access” switches or pedals to bypass effects or otherwise modify the sound, and then stomp on the footswitch that originally selected the preset to have it revert to its saved state.
***** With this setting ON, redundant PC messages are ignored.
*** SEND REALTIME SYSEX: NONE (This will be set back to ALL once finished with LFE programming)
*** USB ADAPTER MODE: OFF
* Power Off AF2
* Connect a USB 2.0 cable from the LFC USB Port to the Computers USB 2.0 Port
* Connect a MIDI cable from the LFC MIDI OUT to the AF2 MIDI IN
** A 5 pin or 7 pin cable can be used
*** If using a 5 pin, make sure all 5 pins are actually connected bc some only have 3 pins connected
**** Connect the LFC power adapter to the LFC
*** If using a 7 pin, DO NOT connect the LFC power adapter to the LFC or else serious damage will occur
**** Connect the LFC power adapter to the Coupler adapter and then connect to the back of the AF2 MIDI IN PHANTOM POWER
* Power ON AF2
* Open LFE and it will retrieve all settings from the LFC
** The LFE needs to say Connected in the upper right
** The LFC display needs to change to say it's in Editor Mode (SEL) to Exit
* In LFE, Click File menu > Load Special Factory Programming > Load Programming for Sync'd AXE-FX
* In the upper right, Click Global
** Under Preset Parameters > Power-Up:
*** Select a Default Page On Startup depending on what LF+ model you have
**** 1 is for the LF+ 12+
**** 2 is for the LF+ JR+ and LF+ MINI
**** 3 is for the LF+ PRO+
** Under External Device Sync Items
*** Under TAP TEMPO > Button, Select Auto Detect
** Under Hardware
*** Enable Force 2nd func ASAP '''''Optional'''''
*** Under Hardware > Combo Button Press Blocking: Enable SAVE/COPY
* At top center, Click Pages
** In the upper Left, Select the Page that you selected previously for your Default Page On Startup
** To the left of Button 1, Click 60 Button View
** Now you can rearrange the Buttons/Footswitches by dragging and dropping them or right clicking and selecting Functions
* I hope you backed up your LF+ and Axe-Fx II as recommended in the beginning of this tutorial bc the next step is going to overwrite everything in your LFC
** If you didn't backup but want to now before it's too late, In the upper Left, Click the backup or save button to save everything we just did and verify the location of the file, so you can open it after you backed up your LFC and AF2
* At the top center, Click Complete Transfers menu > Send ALL to LF+
** Wait for it to finish
* On AF2, Press I/O > Page Right to the MIDI page, Verify setting below:
** SEND REALTIME SYSEX: ALL
* Step on any LFC Button to take it out of Editor Mode
* Power off and on the LFC
** Now test all the Buttons to make sure they work the way you programmed them
** If everything works correctly, I recommend clicking save in the upper left of the LFE and naming the file: LF+ AF2 Tutorial Backup

== LF+ Editor ==
Below are some things in the LF+ Editor that aren't explained in the LF+ manual.

Drag / Drop Mode:

In the upper left underneath the copy icon, there's an icon to open the Drag / Drop Mode where you can Pick, Sort, Drag/Drop and rearrange your IA Slots.

Below are the options you can select at the top of the Drag / Drop Mode window:

* Close/Ignore
* Save
* Save / Resync
* Revert
* Insert
* Delete
* Cut
* Copy
* Paste

Q-List:

In the upper right, there's an ON/OFF button that will display the Q-List on the left side of the window. When ON, you can select Presets, Songs, Set-Lists, Sysex, IA-Slots, IA-Maps and Pages to rearrange.

You can also drag and drop items onto the Preset and IA Slot Command Programming windows, Song Preset Definitions, Song Preset Definitions for the Set-List and IA Slot Mapping.

Below are the options you can select when Right Clicking on an item in the Q-List:

* Exit
* Paste rows after this Position (insert)
* Paste rows after this Position (overwrite) '''NOTE''': LF+ Editor has a bug and overwrites the selected item and DOES NOT Paste rows after this Position
** See Bugs_or_Functioning_As_Designed]]
* Move rows before this Position (move locations)
* Apply all Edits
* Clear all Edits

== How To Select Which Axe-Fx II Model To Control - Mark I/II, XL, XL+ ==

'''NOTE: As of LF+ Firmware v4.69, You no longer need to select an AF2 model''' because the LF+ can automatically identify which model is connected after you've changed presets because it can read the Sysex messages sent by the AF2.

* In LFE, Click Settings tab > Main Global Settings
** Under MIDI Channel Device Configuration:
*** Select the correct Axe-Fx II Model:
**** Axe-Fx II Mark I and II = AXE-FX2
**** Axe-Fx II XL = AXE-FXXL
**** Axe-Fx II XL+ = AXE-FXX+

== How To Import Axe-Fx II Preset Names ==

If you want to import all the Axe-Fx II Preset Names at once and not have to step on each LF+ Preset Button(Foot Switch) to retrieve and save the Preset names.

'''NOTE''': This process doesn't always work correctly if you have Preset # Offset enabled, so I recommend disabling it and then re-enabling it after importing the Preset names

To Disable Preset # Offset:

Axe-Fx II:
* Press I/O > Page Right to the MIDI page:
** <div id="DISPLAY_OFFSET"></div>DISPLAY OFFSET: 0 (NOTE: There's a bug in LF+ Editor, so don't use Display Offset)
*** Reference: [[#MIDI_Channel_Device_Configuration | MIDI Channel Device Configuration]]

LF+ Editor:
* Click Midi/Groups
** Under MIDI Channel Device Configuration:
*** <div id="MIDI_Channel_Device_Configuration"></div>Disable +1 (Red) (NOTE: There have been bugs in previous LF+ Editor versions, so I don't use Display Offset)
**** Reference: [[#DISPLAY_OFFSET | DISPLAY OFFSET]]

To Import Axe-Fx II Preset Names:

'''NOTE: This has been updated for the LF+ Editor v4.70'''

'''NOTE''': I only tested this process after using the LF+ Editor Utilities menu > WIZARD Programming: AXE-FX II, so I'm not sure if this will work correctly if your LF+ Presets don't go in the same order as your Axe-Fx II presets.

* Go to the External Device menu > External Device Sync
* Enable "Selective Import"
** If you don't want to import all the Preset names, you can change the External Start and External End
* Max Dev Presets Avail, Select 384 for AF2 Mk I/II or 768 for AF2 XL/XL+
* External Device to Sync, Select: AXE-FX
* Click "Load External Data" and wait for it to finish
* Enable "Selective Update"
* Enable "Preset Name"
* Click "Update LF Presets" and wait for it to finish
* Click Close

If the LF+ Editor freezes or crashes when trying to import all the Axe-Fx II Preset names or a large range of them, you may need to select smaller groups of Presets, like 20 at a time and run the process above multiple times

To Enable Preset # Offset:

Axe-Fx II:
* Press I/O > Page Right to the MIDI page:
** <div id="DISPLAY_OFFSET"></div>DISPLAY OFFSET: 1
*** Reference: [[#MIDI_Channel_Device_Configuration | MIDI Channel Device Configuration]]

LF+ Editor:
* Click Settings tab > Main Global Settings
** Under MIDI Channel Device Configuration:
*** <div id="MIDI_Channel_Device_Configuration"></div>Enable +1 (Green)
**** Reference: [[#DISPLAY_OFFSET | DISPLAY OFFSET]]

Another Way To Open The External Device Sync Window:

'''NOTE''': This only works in the LF+ Editors before v6.xx.
Here's another way to open the External Device Sync window if you don't have your LF+ connected and just want to see what the window looks like.

* Go to the Songs tab
* Under Song Preset Definitions:
** To the right of 1, click the Magnifying glass icon
** A window will open, Click the Sync button at the top
** The External Device Sync / Program window will open

== How To Use IA Slots 61-180 ==
In this example I explain how to use IA Slot 99. You can only use IA Slots 1-60 in the selected IA Map. If you want to use 61-180, you have 4 options. I use Option 1 below:

# Go to IA Slot 099 and then click Copy at the top of the window.
#:* Go to an IA Slot between 1-60 that you don't mind overwriting like 019 Cab 1 and click Paste at the top of the window
# There's an ON/OFF button in the upper right under the Connect button, Click it to turn ON the Q-List menu on the left of the window
#:* Click the IA Slots button on the Q-List
#:* Scroll down to 099 and click on it once
#:* Scroll up to where you want it between 001-060 and Right click on an IA Slot one above where you don't mind overwriting like 019 to overwrite IA Slot 020 and select "Paste rows after this Position (overwrite)
#:* Right click on the Q-List again and select "Apply all Edits"
# In the upper left, click the Magnifier Glass icon to open the Drag Drop mode. Now you can drag and drop 099 to any IA Slot between 1-60 or use the buttons at the top to cut or copy and paste.
# You can use a different IA Map and program an IA Slot to '''IA-Map Change''' and select the '''Map#''' and then assign a button on the Page tab to the IA Slot you just programmed.

== How To Use Page Buttons Beyond The Physical Buttons ==
You can create an IA Slot that will shift what the 1st page button is, so instead of starting at the Page button 1, it can start at button 13 or 6 or any other Button #

* Example for a LF+ 12+:
** Go to the '''IA Slot''' tab
*** Program an IA Slot to '''Page Button Display Start''' and type '''1''' and name it '''B01-12'''
*** Program another IA Slot to '''Page Button Display Start''' and type '''13''' and name it '''B13-24'''
*** Program another IA Slot to '''Page Button Display Start''' and type '''25''' and name it '''B25-36'''
** Go to the '''Page''' tab
*** select '''Button 1''' and assign '''Function 1''' to '''IA Switch''' and select the IA Slot named '''B13-24''' and assign Function 2 to '''IA Switch''' and select the IA Slot named '''B25-36'''
*** Select '''Button 13''' and assign '''Function 1''' to '''IA Switch''' and select the IA Slot named '''B25-36''' and assign Function 2 to '''IA Switch''' and select the IA Slot named '''B01-12'''
*** Select '''Button 25''' and assign '''Function 1''' to '''IA Switch''' and select the IA Slot named '''B01-12''' and assign Function 2 to '''IA Switch''' and select the IA Slot named '''B13-24'''
*** Now assign buttons 2-12, 14-24 and 26-36 to what ever you want

Check Each Preset's Page Button Start Value:

* For more info Reference the User Guide v4.10 beta Page 36
** Page Button Start Value: A preset can define which virtual button to place on physical button #1. This allows a preset to define what starting button on a page to assign to the first physical button. You can use this capability to create virtual pages within an actual page (perhaps a looper “page”, an effects page, and so on)
* Go to the '''Presets''' tab
* In the center of the screen, there is a setting called '''Page Button Start Value'''
** This setting will change the Page Button Start Value every time a Preset is selected and '''this setting is set per preset'''
* There are 3 values to choose from:
** Global: I think this setting has to be manually set from the LF+ and can't be seen from the LF+ Editor but FAMC may be referring to Settings tab > Global Features > Under Extender > '''Expander 1st button to use'''
*** Reference the User Guide v4.10 beta Pages 62, 80, 28, 36
*** From the LF+, Hold down Buttons 2 and 3 at the same time to access the Menu
*** Go to the right until you get to the '''Global''' menu, select it
*** Go to the right until you get to '''Start of Button Map'''
** Current: Uses what ever is set as the current Page Button Display Start
** Button Number: Select a physical or virtual button from the current Page

FAMC Forum Member rodzimguitar68 posted another suggestion on how to program an IA to use Page buttons beyond the physical buttons

Posted on Sat Nov 12, 2016 4:44 pm: [http://www.famcmusic.com/forum/viewtopic.php?f=22&t=858&p=3870&sid=b187f9527952656949453667e82ca687#p3868 http://www.famcmusic.com/forum/viewtopic.php?f=22&t=858&p=3870&sid=b187f9527952656949453667e82ca687#p3868]

* So you've created an IA slot that has a button start 1-12 command on the "ON" side and a button start 13-24 on the "Bypass" side?

* And you've located that IA on a button on your pedal board, and you've been careful to repeat that button in the same physical button regardless of whether you are in 1-12 range or 13-24 range? Like, if button 12 is your "flipper" button, then you best have it also located in the page programming on button 24.

* My suggestion to your dilemna is to add at least one more command on the "bypass" side of that IA slot.

* If your first command is to use the button start 1 (so it flips to buttons 1-12) and that is not working right now, you might also try to first send the page command, and then the button start command.

* So, if your main page is page 37, your bypass IA would send a page change 37 (yes, I realize you're not really changing pages, but you are sort of asking the LF to refresh itself), and then the button start command.

* I realize by suggesting this, that now your IA will only work if you are using page 37. So, you could try to make it more generic, by using the "page last used" command.

* There are other things that could be causing this. The preset programming themselves for instance, as I mentioned previously, the preset can choose a page, IA map, and button start. I find these to be more reliable. The trouble is whether you improvise on stage or whether you have the same button pushing ballet steps EVERY time you play a song. The reason I say this, is for a situation where you want to shift button starts during a song, to gain access to more preset buttons. You could have 4 preset buttons across the bottom of your pedal board, and repeat it in the 2nd group of 12 buttons. So on preset 4 of your page, your preset itself could have a button start 13 command. After you push preset 4, your page will already be flipped to the 2nd group. Likewise, if you have 4 presets across the bottom in the 2nd group, and you know that after you step on the 4th preset (programmed on page button 16), you could have a button start command of 1 listed in the preset itself. Therefore, after your foot releases the button, you will get the sounds you need for that preset, but you'll simultaneously cause the pedal to revert back to buttons 1-12.

* I do this FREQUENTLY, and it always works. However, I am in a band that does not improvise. I program a number of presets to get me through a song, and I think about the order they will be triggered, and then I put wiz-bang commands in there so my pedalboard is ready for the next button press. It takes a lot of programming work, but it makes it easier to focus on playing and performing, when it works right on stage.

== How To Name Scenes ==

* Backup your LFC
** Once backup is finished, verify the location of the files just in case you need to restore them
* Click IA Slots tab
** Select your SCENE 1 IA Slot
*** Under IA Slot Settings > Preset Label, Select: 1
*** Repeat the above step for SCENE 2-8 and assign them to Preset Label 2-8
* Click Preset tab
** Select a Preset that you want to name Scenes
** On the far right under IA Labels > 1, Type the name you would like for your SCENE 1
*** Repeat the above step for SCENE 2-8
** You can select another Preset and name the IA Labels the same or something totally different
*** If you leave an IA Label blank, the IA name will be displayed
* '''NOTE''': If you use the same AF2 Preset for different Songs but would like to name the Scenes differently for each Song, you can copy the LFC Preset and rename the IA Labels
* In the upper Right, Click Transfer All to LF+ and wait for it to finish
** Step on any LFC Button to take it out of Editor Mode
* Now test all the Buttons assigned to Scenes to make sure they work the way you programmed them

== How To Toggle Scenes ==
I have my Scenes setup, so I can toggle Scene 1 back and forth between Scene 1 and 2 and Scenes 2 thru 4 toggle back to Scene 1. Scene 5 toggles back and forth between Scene 5 and 6 and Scenes 6 thru 8 toggle back to Scene 5. All the displays stay in sync too. There's many other creative setups you can do too.

'''NOTE''':
* For this example I will be using Group ID 1 but make sure to select a different Group ID if it's already being used.
* If you setup a LF+ Preset to select a Scene other than Scene 1, make sure to select the Scene's Initial IA State and don't send as a CC# in the preset's Command Programming
** Example: If you want a LF+ Preset to immediately select Scene 3, Click Initial IA State 3, so it's Green. Do Not enter CC# 34 Data 2 into the Preset's Command Programming

* Backup your LFC
** Once backup is finished, verify the location of the files just in case you need to restore them
* Click Settings tab > Main Global Settings
** Under Group IA config > #1, Select: Break, then Make

=== Program Scene 1 To Toggle Between Scene 1 and 2 ===
* Click IA Slots tab
** Select your SCENE 1 IA Slot
*** In the lower left, Under Sync Device, Select: AXE-FX Ultra/II
*** Under Sync Effect, Select: SCENE 1 and Click Yes, if you get the Auto-Program popup window
*** Under Group ID, Select: Group 1
*** In the upper right, Under BYPASS (OFF) Command Programming > Function, Select: IF Processing Trigger, Skip
**** '''NOTE''': In the v4.10 Beta Manual, this Function is explained on page 27 and it's called IF TRIGGER SKIP
*** Then below IF Processing Trigger, Skip, Select: IA ON Trig, and then in the next field to the right Select your Scene 2 IA Slot

=== Program Scenes To Toggle Back To Scene 1 ===
* Click IA Slots tab
** Select your SCENE 2 IA Slot
*** In the lower left, Under Sync Device, Select: NONE
*** Under Group ID, Select: Group 1
*** In the upper right, Under BYPASS (OFF) Command Programming > Function, Select: IF Processing Trigger, Skip
**** '''NOTE''': In the v4.10 Beta Manual, this Function is explained on page 27 and it's called IF TRIGGER SKIP
*** Then below IF Processing Trigger, Skip, Select: IA ON Trig, and then in the next field to the right, Select your Scene 1 IA Slot
** Select your next SCENE # IA Slot that you want to toggle back to Scene 1 and follow the same programming.
** Whatever IA Slot you choose for the IA ON Trig Function is the IA Slot you will be able toggle back and forth to

=== Program Scene 5 To Toggle Between Scene 5 and 6 ===
* Click IA Slots tab
** Select your SCENE 5 IA Slot
*** In the lower left, Under Sync Device, Select: NONE
*** Under Group ID, Select: Group 1
*** In the upper right, Under BYPASS (OFF) Command Programming > Function, Select: IF Processing Trigger, Skip
**** '''NOTE''': In the v4.10 Beta Manual, this Function is explained on page 27 and it's called IF TRIGGER SKIP
*** Then below IF Processing Trigger, Skip, Select: IA ON Trig, and then in the next field to the right Select your Scene 6 IA Slot

=== Program Scenes to toggle back to Scene 5 ===
* Click IA Slots tab
** Select your SCENE 6 IA Slot
*** In the lower left, Under Sync Device, Select: NONE
*** Under Group ID, Select: Group 1
*** In the upper right, Under BYPASS (OFF) Command Programming > Function, Select: IF Processing Trigger, Skip
**** '''NOTE''': In the v4.10 Beta Manual, this Function is explained on page 27 and it's called IF TRIGGER SKIP
*** Then below IF Processing Trigger, Skip, Select: IA ON Trig, and then in the next field to the right, Select your Scene 5 IA Slot
** Select your next SCENE # IA Slot that you want to toggle back to Scene 5 and follow the same programming.
** Whatever IA Slot you choose for the IA ON Trig Function is the IA Slot you will be able toggle back and forth to

=== Screenshots: Toggle Scenes ===
[[Image:Toggle_Scenes_IA_Slot_Settings.png]][[Image:Toggle_Scenes_On_Command.png]][[Image:Toggle_Scenes_Off_Command.png]]

== How To Program A 2 Function On/Off X/Y Button ==
For this example I'm going to explain how to program a Page Button that will be able to switch the Drive 1 On, Off, X and Y.

To enable/disable X, press the Button. To switch to Y, hold the Button and then to enable/disable the Y, press the Button. To switch back to X, hold the Button.

This process can be used to setup other FX too. For a list of CC#'s, See List Of Axe-Fx II CC#'s.

'''NOTE''': Make sure your AF2 Preset has the X state selected and not Y for the FX you want to control. For this example I will be using Group ID 3 but make sure to select a different Group ID if it's already being used.

* Click IA Slots tab
* Select IA Slot 25 for Drive 1
** Write down the On and BYPASS (OFF) Command Programming
*** On:
**** CC#: 49
**** Data: 127
*** BYPASS (OFF):
**** CC#: 49
**** Data: 0
* Select IA Slot 55 for Drive 1 X/Y
** Write down the On and BYPASS (OFF) Command Programming
*** On: CC# 108 Data 127
*** BYPASS (OFF): CC# 108 Data 0
* Select IA Slot 25 for Drive 1
** On the left, half way down under Group ID, Select: Group 3
** In the lower left Verify:
*** Sync Device: AXE-FX Ultra/II
*** Sync Effect: Drive 1
*** Sync Effect Type: Sync w/ the Effect
*** '''NOTE''': If a window pops up that says "Auto-Program the ON/Bypass and Names for this effect?" or "Want editor to program ON/OFF messages for this effect?", Select No
** Under On Command Programming, use the info you wrote down above to enable Drive 1 and Select X:
*** Function: MIDI Command
**** CC#: 49
**** Data: 127
*** Function: MIDI Command
**** CC#: 108
**** Data: 127
** Under BYPASS (OFF) Command Programming, use the info you wrote down above to bypass Drive 1:
*** Function: IF Processing Trigger, Skip
*** Function: MIDI Command
**** CC#: 49
**** Data: 0
* Select IA Slot 55 for Drive 1 X/Y
** On the left, half way down under Group ID, Select: Group 3
** In the lower left Verify:
*** Sync Device: AXE-FX Ultra/II
*** Sync Effect: Drive 1
*** Sync Effect Type: Sync w/ the Effect
*** '''NOTE''': If a window pops up that says "Auto-Program the ON/Bypass and Names for this effect?" or "Want editor to program ON/OFF messages for this effect?", Select No
** Under On Command Programming, use the info you wrote down above to enable Drive 1 and Select Y:
*** Function: MIDI Command
**** CC#: 49
**** Data: 127
*** Function: MIDI Command
**** CC#: 108
**** Data: 0
** Under BYPASS (OFF) Command Programming, use the info you wrote down above to bypass Drive 1:
*** Function: IF Processing Trigger, Skip
*** Function: MIDI Command
**** CC#: 49
**** Data: 0
* Click Pages tab
* Select Button 6 or a Button you want to use
* Function 1 > IA Switch > (025) > process scroll event: Red
* Function 2 > IA Switch > (055) > process scroll event: Red

Screenshots: 2 Function On/Off X/Y Button:

[[Image:Dr1XOnOff.png]][[Image:Dr1YOnOff.png]]

== Expression Pedals and Switches ==

=== Setup Expression Pedals and Switches ===
* '''NOTE''': Never connect or disconnect expression pedals or external footswitch pedals when the LF+ is on, especially if they are set to Auto-Calibrate, or else you will need to reboot the LF+
* Open the LFE
* Click the Settings tab > Main Global Settings
* Expression Pedal 1-4 settings are at the bottom of the screen
* Select from the Type Pull down menu in the upper left and select the type of expression pedal port you want to setup
** Example:
** Continuous = Expression Pedal
** Latch = Single External Pedal
** Momentary = Single External Pedal
** Page Button Press = Single External Pedal
** 2 Page Button = Dual External Pedal
* Select the MIDI Channel from the Chan pull down menu
* For Continuous, Momentary or Latching:
** Select the MIDI Continuous Controller Number from the CC# pull down menu
* For Page Button Press:
** Select the Page button you want the 1st Button to control
* 2 Page Button:
** Select the Page button you want the 1st Button to control
** Select the Page button you want the 2nd Button to control

Expression Pedal Screenshot:

[[Image:Expression Pedal.png]]

Single Switch Screenshot:

[[Image:Single Switch.png]]

Dual Switch Screenshot:

[[Image:Dual Switch.png]]

== How To Connect An External 1 Button Pedal ==
* '''NOTE''': Never connect or disconnect expression pedals or external footswitch pedals when the LF+ is on or else you will need to reboot the LF+
* To connect an external 1 button pedal, it will need to have a Momentary Normally Open Switch
* The cable only needs to be a regular mono TS (Tip Sleeve) cable like a guitar cable and you can find these in stores and are the easiest to use
* Examples:
** Boss FS-5U Non-latching Footswitch
** Korg PS3 Momentary Footswitch/Sustain Pedal
* '''WARNING!''' Do NOT try to use a Roland, Boss or Yamaha Momentary Sustain switch pedal that has a Momentary normally '''CLOSED''' switch

== How To Connect An External 2 Button Pedal ==
* '''NOTE''': Never connect or disconnect expression pedals or external footswitch pedals when the LF+ is on or else you will need to reboot the LF+
* To connect an external 2 button pedal, it will need to have 2 Momentary Normally Open Switches
* Use a stereo TRS (Tip Ring Sleeve) cable like you would use with an Expression pedal
* You will need to modify either the pedal or the cable because I don't know of any store bought ones that will work but it's easiest to modify the cable
* You will need two 1/8 watt resistors:
** 1K ohm
** 1.8K ohm
* Examples: The devices below will either need to be modified or a modified stereo TRS (Tip Ring Sleeve) cable will need to be used
** Boss FS-7 Dual Foot Switch
** Boss FS-6 Dual Foot Switch
** You can use 2 Boss FS-5U Non-latching Footswitch

Below are screenshots of different ways to wire the connections:

TRS To 2 Separate TS:

[[Image:Two_Buttons_TRS_To_TS_TS_01.png]]

TRS To 2 Separate TS Reverse Connections:

'''NOTE:''' This wiring makes it easier to convert to a TRS to TRS wiring

[[Image:Two_Buttons_TRS_To_TS_TS_02.png]]

TRS To TRS:

'''NOTE:''' If your button 1 and 2 are working backwards, reverse the Tip and Ring connections

[[Image:Two_Buttons_TRS_To_TRS_01.png]]

=== Calibrate Expression Pedals and Switches ===
'''NOTE''': I manually calibrate and don't recommend using Auto Calibrate but if you want to use Auto Calibrate, Reference v4.10 Beta Manual page 81
'''NOTE''': Never connect or disconnect expression pedals or external footswitch pedals when the LF+ is on or else you will need to reboot the LF+

Manual calibration can't be done from the LFE and must be done from the LFC. For more info on the steps below, Reference v4.10 Beta Manual pages 19-22, 87-89.

* Press Button 2 and 3 at the same time to enter the Menu
* Press Button 3 (Menu Right) until you get to Global
* Press Button 4 (Select)
* Press Button 3 (Menu Right) until you get to Select EXP Pedal
* The second line on the Main LCD will show 01 which is the selected Expression Pedal Port
* Press Button 5 (Param Up) or Button 1 (Param Down) to select one of the four Expression Pedal Ports you want to calibrate
* Press Button 7 (Param Right) until you get to EXP Calibrate
* Move the Expression Pedal from TOP to BOTTOM 3 times or If a properly wired Switch or Switches are connected, press each Switch 3 times
** '''NOTE''': If you have 2 Switches connected to 1 Expression Port, press Switch 1, 2, 1, 2, 1, 2
* The second line on the Main LCD will show a status bar that moves to confirm the Expression Pedal or Switch is working
* Press Button 4 (SAVE)
* If you have other Expression Pedals or Switches you need to calibrate, Press Button 6 (Param Left) until you get back to Select EXP Pedal and then repeat the steps above
* When you're done, Press Button 8 (Exit) twice

=== How To Program An External Single And Dual Pedal ===
'''Backup your programming before following any of the steps below'''
* Connect your LF+ to your PC
* Open LF+ Editor
* Go to Global tab
** Under the Expression Pedal you have your external pedal(s) connected to
*** For a Single pedal, change the '''Type''' to '''Page Button Press'''
**** Change '''1st Button''' to '''60'''
*** For a Dual pedal, change the '''Type''' to '''2 Page Button'''
**** Change '''2nd Button''' to '''59'''
* Go to the Page tab
** For a Single pedal:
*** Go to Button 60 and Select what you want for Function 1 and Function 2
**** Example: Function 1: Tuner Function 2: Tap Tempo
** For a Dual pedal:
*** Go to Button 60 and Select what you want for Function 1 and Function 2
**** Example: Function 1: IA Switch - Tuner Function 2: IA Switch - Tap Tempo
*** Go to Button 59 and Select what you want for Function 1 and Function 2
**** Example: Function 1: IA Switch - SCENE 1 Function 2: Empty - NONE
* Transfer All To LF+
* Power off and on your LF+
* Calibrate your switch(es). Reference [[#Calibrate_Expression_Pedals_and_Switches | Calibrate Expression Pedals and Switches]]
* Power off and on your LF+

== How To Use One Expression Pedal To Control Multiple Parameters ==

For this example we'll be setting up Expression Pedal 1 to control a Wah, Out 1 Volume and Input Volume

* Backup your LF+ Programming
* '''NOTE''': For a list of CC#'s, see List Of Axe-Fx II CC#'s
* Program the most frequently used Global Expression Pedal function on the Settings tab > Main Global Settings > Expression Pedal 1
** Example for Wah:
** Expression Pedal 1 Set to:
*** Type: Continuous
*** Chan: AXE-FX2
*** CC# 16 (Wah Control Parameter)

There are 2 ways to override the Main Global Settings:

Program an IA Slot that changes the Expression Pedal's settings when On, and returns it to the Main Global Settings when Bypassed

* To control Input Volume when On and return back to Wah when Bypassed
** Go to IA Slot tab
** Select the IA Slot you want to use
** Click Clear in the upper left
** Under On Command Programming, Select:
*** Function: EXPR Mod CC#
*** EXP#: 1
*** CC# 10 (Input Volume)
** Under Bypass (Off) Command Programming, Select:
*** Function: EXPR Mod CC#
*** EXP#: 1
*** CC# 16 (Wah Control Parameter)
* To control Out 1 Volume when On and return back to Wah when Bypassed
** Go to IA Slot tab
** Select the IA Slot you want to use
** Click Clear in the upper left
** Under On Command Programming, Select:
*** Function: EXPR Mod CC#
*** EXP#: 1
*** CC# 11 (Out 1 Volume)
** Under Bypass (Off) Command Programming, Select:
*** Function: EXPR Mod CC#
*** EXP#: 1
*** CC# 16 (Wah Control Parameter)

Program a Preset that changes the Expression Pedal's settings, so when you are in that Preset, the Main Global Settings will be overridden until you change to another Preset that doesn't have any override commands

* Go to Presets tab
* Select the Preset you want to use
* To control Out 1 Volume
** Under Command Programming and underneath any current programming Functions like MIDI Command, Select:
*** Function: EXPR Mod CC#
*** EXP#: 1
*** CC# 11 (Out 1 Volume)

'''NOTE''':

* You can do the same thing to Expression Pedals 2, 3 and 4 but make sure you assign the correct to EXP#
* If you want to override the Main Global Settings for the MIDI Channel AND the CC#, make sure you put the EXPR Mod MIDI # Command BEFORE the EXPR Mod CC# Command.

== How To Assign Different Pages and/or IA Maps Per Preset ==

A forum member asked me the question below:

Question: I have my Preset001. It uses my Main Page001 which has Scenes, Preset Up/Down, Tuner and Toggles between Main Page001 and FX1 Page002. My FX1 Page002 has IA Slots for FX that are in my Axe-Fx II Preset001. All works great.

When I move up to the next Preset002, I use my Main Page001 but when I go to my FX1 Page002, how do I change it, so it will have different IA Slots for FX that are in my Axe-Fx II Preset002 that aren't in my Axe-Fx II Preset001?

I tried programming it like I normally would but it also changes the Main Preset001's FX1 Page002? I think I must be missing something. I pretty much want the FX Pages to be different for my two presets. Thanks!

Answer: For this example we'll assume IA-Map Default IA Maps001 was being used for all Presets

You Have 3 Options:

Create A New IA Map and Assign It To A Specific Preset

* Go to the IA Maps tab
* Copy IA-Map Default IA Map001 and then Paste it to an IA Map you don't use like IA Map002
* Rename IA Map002's Full Name to: IAMapPreset002 and Nick Name to: IAMPr002
** Arrange the IA Slot Mapping the way you want them but make sure to not change the IA Slots that are being used for Main Page001
*** There are 2 ways to move IA Slots around in IA Maps
***# Click the Magnifier Glass icon on an IA Slot you want to change and then double click the IA Slot you want to replace it with
***# Click on the Drag & Drop Icon in the upper left. It's under the open button.
***#* Now you can move the IA Slots around
***#* Click Save to close the Drag & Drop window or click Close to cancel your changes
** Make sure to not move the IA Slots that are being used for Main Page001, Example: Scenes, Tuner
** Only move IA Slots that are being used for your FX Page002, Example: Pitch, X/Y, Drive, Delay...
* Go to Preset002
** Under Preset Parameter > IA-Slot Map: Select (002) IAMapPreset002
* Click Transfer All To LF+
* Now when you select Preset002, Hold down the Button that is used to Toggle between Main Page001 and FX1 Page002 to Select FX1 Page002 and it will have the correct FX for your Axe-Fx II Preset002

Create A New Page and Assign It To A Button

* Copy FX1 Page002 and then Paste it to a Page you don't use like Page003
* Rename Page003's Full Name and Nick Name to: FX2
** Arrange the Buttons the way you want them but make sure to not change the Button that is used to Toggle between Main Page001 and FX1 Page002, so you can get back to Main Page001
* Go to Main Page001
** Select a Button that doesn't have a 2nd Function like Button 4
** Under Page Button Definitions > Button Pressed Trigger Type: Select Trigger Only
** Assign Function 2:
*** Page Select
*** (04) EFX 2
* Click Transfer All To LF+
* Now when you select Preset002, Hold down Button 4 to Select Page 004 EFX 2

Create 2 New Pages and Assign Specific Pages To Presets

* Go to Main Page001
** Rename Full Name and Nick Name to: Main1
* Copy Main1 Page001 and then Paste it to a Page you don't use like Page003
** Rename Page003's Full Name and Nick Name to: Main2
** Arrange the Buttons the way you want them
*** Make sure to change the Button that is used to Toggle between Main1 Page001 and FX1 Page002 to Main2 Page003 and FX2 Page004
* Copy FX1 Page002 and then Paste it to a Page you don't use like Page004
** Rename Page004's Full Name and Nick Name to: FX2
** Arrange the Buttons the way you want them
*** Make sure to change the Button that is used to Toggle between Main1 Page001 and FX1 Page002 to Main2 Page003 and FX2 Page004
* Go to Preset001
** Under Preset Parameters > Default Page > Select: (01) Main1
* Go to Preset002
** Under Preset Parameters > Default Page > Select: (03) Main2
* Click Transfer All To LF+
* Now when you select Preset002, Hold down the Button that is used to Toggle between Main2 Page003 and FX2 Page004 to Select FX2 Page004 and it will have the correct FX for your Axe-Fx II Preset002

== How To Setup An Expander, Extender, Add-On Module, Expansion Module ==
* FAMC refers to Expanders with multiple different names: Expander, Module, Add-On Module, Expansion, Expansion Module and Extender.
* For more information about Expanders, reference the LF+ User Guide v4.10 beta pages below:
** Expander Pages: 5,9,15,58,62,80,83
** Module Pages: 7,9,10,80,86
** Add-On Module Pages: 7,10,80,86
** Expansion Pages. 9,10
** Expansion Module Pages. 9,10
** Extender Pages. 58,62

'''MAKE SURE TO BACKUP ALL YOUR LF+ CONTROLLERS BEFORE FOLLOWING THIS PROCESS BECAUSE THE MASTER WILL OVERWRITE ALL PROGRAMMING IN THE EXPANDERS'''

Verify that all LF+ Controllers are either G1 or G2. '''NEVER EVER CONNECT a G1 to a G2 or a G2 to a G1 because it will cause damage to both devices!!!'''

=== Setup Master ===
* Do Not connect a network cable to the Expansion Ports yet
* Connect the LF+ to the PC and open the LF+ Editor
* Click Settings tab > Global Features
** Under Extender:
*** Type: Master
**** aka Sync ID
*** Device ID: 0
**** aka Sync ID
*** Extender 'End': Enable (Green)
**** aka Is Net End Device
*** Expander 1st button to use: 1
**** aka Start of Button Map
*** Hub Connection: No Master Hub

=== Setup Expander ===
* Do Not connect a network cable to the Expansion Ports yet
* Connect the LF+ to the PC and open the LF+ Editor
* Click Settings tab > Global Features
** Under Extender:
*** Type: Expander
*** Device ID: 1 or greater because no devices can have the same ID number
**** aka Sync ID
*** Extender 'End': Enable (Green)
**** aka Is Net End Device
*** Expander 1st button to use: 9 if JR+ is Master, 13 if 12+ is Master, 25 if PRO+ is Master, For more info see '''Multiple Slaves - Expander 1st button to use - Start of Button Map''' below
**** aka Start of Button Map
*** Hub Connection: No Master Hub
* '''NOTE''': You can also use the parameters below on an Expander:
** MIDI VALUE / Allow MIDI
** LCD CONTRAST / DIM VALUES
** All Expression Pedal Parameters

=== Connect Expanders\Slaves to Master ===
'''DO NOT connect G1 devices as an expander\extender to G2 devices, or vice-versa. (THIS WILL CAUSE DAMAGE TO BOTH DEVICES)'''

* There are 2 ways to verify if a LF+ is a G1 or G2
# The main display will say G1 or G2 on the far right when booting up the LF+
# Below the 2 Expansion ports A and B, G1 or G2 will be printed

* '''WARNING!''' If you haven't backed up all the Expanders programming they will all be overwritten with the Master's programming, so please backup all your LF+ controllers before following the next steps!!!
* Disconnect the power to all LF+ controllers
* Connect a Network cable from the Master's Expansion Port A to the 1st Expander's Expansion Port A
** If you have another Expander, connect the previous Expander's Expansion Port B to the next Expander's Expansion Port A
* Connect power to '''ONLY''' the Master
** '''WARNING!''' Do not connect power to the Expanders, they will receive power from the Expansion Port connection. If you connect power to the Expander with a power adapter or 7pin MIDI cable, '''YOU WILL DAMAGE ALL CONNECTED DEVICES!!!!'''
* All devices will boot up and the Master will search for all connected Expanders and then the Master will sync it's programming to all the Expanders
* Now you will have a huge LF+ controller!

=== How Expanders Work ===
* The Master contains ALL of the programming for all LF+ controllers, with the exception of Expression pedals, button start value, Device ID setting and Sync mode.
* When a Master boots, it looks for expanders. If it finds one (or more), it will reprogram all expanders with the programming in the Master. It will then maintain sync and process as you would expect. Expanders will maintain their own expression pedal programming and can be used as additional expression pedals/buttons, etc...
* When you switch an expander into either MASTER or NONE, it will then behave as such with the current programming contained within.

=== Multiple Slaves - Expander 1st button to use - Start of Button Map ===
* If you are using more than 1 expander, you will need to decide what buttons you want them to start on
* Examples:
** JR+ Master ID 0, JR+ Slave ID 1 Expander 1st button to use: 9, JR+ Slave ID 2 Expander 1st button to use: 17
** JR+ Master ID 0, JR+ Slave ID 1 Expander 1st button to use: 9, JR+ Slave ID 2 Expander 1st button to use: 17, JR+ Slave ID 2 Expander 1st button to use: 25
** JR+ Master ID 0, 12+ Slave ID 1 Expander 1st button to use: 9, PRO+ Slave ID 2 Expander 1st button to use: 21
** JR+ Master ID 0, PRO+ Slave ID 1 Expander 1st button to use: 9, 12+ Slave ID 2 Expander 1st button to use: 33
** 12+ Master ID 0, 12+ Slave ID 1 Expander 1st button to use: 13, 12+ Slave ID 2 Expander 1st button to use: 25
** 12+ Master ID 0, JR+ Slave ID 1 Expander 1st button to use: 13, PRO+ Slave ID 2 Expander 1st button to use: 21
** 12+ Master ID 0, PRO+ Slave ID 1 Expander 1st button to use: 13, JR+ Slave ID 2 Expander 1st button to use: 37
** PRO+ Master ID 0, PRO+ Slave ID 1 Expander 1st button to use: 25, 12+ Slave ID 2 Expander 1st button to use: 49 (This would be awesome and give you access to all 60 buttons!!!)
** PRO+ Master ID 0, 12+ Slave ID 1 Expander 1st button to use: 25, JR+ Slave ID 2 Expander 1st button to use: 37, JR+ Slave ID 2 Expander 1st button to use: 45

=== Expander Tips and Tricks ===
I own a LF+ 12+ G2 and LF+ PRO+ G2
I use my LF+ 12+ G2 when I perform live and use it in Set List Mode and only use 1 Page named 12+Live. When I'm writing or jamming, I like to have access to as many Presets and IA's as possible to experiment with, so I can use my LF+ PRO+ G2 as Master and my LF+ 12+ G2 as Expander\Slave or I can use my LF+ 12+ G2 as Master and LF+ PRO+ G2 as Expander\Slave. When I use my 2 LF+ controllers together I have the Master set to Set List Mode and I use 1 Page Named Expanded.

==How To Make Scenes Revert Back To Their Inital States and Not Remember IA On/Off States==

A forum member asked me the question below: When I'm on my Main1 Page001, which are my Scenes and then go to my FX1 Page002 which has my IA's for my Preset001, I hit my IA for Octave effect or could be any IA effect, then say I want to go back to my Scenes on Main1 Page001. Now the Octave effect is still active.

Can I have it turn off when I leave the FX1 Page002 OR say hit one of the Scenes buttons and return everything to its first state of no effects? I was at a gig and can't remember what I did but it remembered I had a few effects on at once, like phaser and octave and when I hit a Scene, it triggered these and I dont think it was saved in the Axe-Fx II Preset this way? Thanks for your help.

Answer:

Set Axe-Fx II Scene Revert to On
* On the Axe-Fx II
* Press I/O > Page Right to the MIDI page:
* SCENE REVERT: ON

For More Info About Scene Revert:
* [[MIDI|I/O > MIDI menu]]
* [[Scenes#Scene_Revert:_retain_the_state_of_an_effect_when_switching_scenes | Can I retain the current state of an effect when switching between Scenes (Scene Revert)?]]

== How To Program the LF+ For Multiple Setups or Rigs ==
Some people use different rigs for different bands or venues etc...

* Create separate LF+ Presets and IA's for each rig
* Use different MIDI channels for each rig
** I recommend setting the Axe-Fx to channel one and make sure it's not set to omni
** Verify that your other rig's MIDI gear are all set to different MIDI Channels and none of them are set to omni
* Create IA Maps and Pages for each rig
* Put the LF+ into Set-List Mode
* Arrange Presets into Songs
* Create Set-Lists for each rig
* I recommend creating Page 001 as a Utility page where you can select your Set-List and Page if you don't have your Presets programmed to use a specific Page

== Synchronizing Reaper Projects with AxeFX using midi ==

FAS and FAMC Forum member: Coldstar, wrote insutructions how to Synchronize Reaper Projects with AxeFX using midi.

* Here is the link to his FAMC Forum Post:
** [http://www.famcmusic.com/forum/viewtopic.php?f=5&t=818 Synchronizing Reaper Projects with AxeFX using midi this is how] - http://www.famcmusic.com/forum/viewtopic.php?f=5&t=818
* Here is the link to his FAS Forum Post:
** [https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/synchronizing-reaper-projects-with-axefx-using-midi-this-is-how.116465 Synchronizing Reaper Projects with AxeFX using midi this is how] - https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/synchronizing-reaper-projects-with-axefx-using-midi-this-is-how.116465

Below is a copy of Coldstar's FAMC Forum post:

Synchronizing Reaper Projects with AxeFX using midi - this is how

Post by Coldstar - Mon Jun 27, 2016 11:06 pm

A bit of background:

I've been trying to find a way to use my LF controller to synchronize my AxeFX presets with whatever song is open in my DAW. So, for instance, if I step on the button that tells my AxeFX to load my Mysterious Ways patch, I also want my DAW to load my Mysterious Ways file. Seems like a pretty reasonable thing to want to do, especially live.

Incredibly, I could not find a DAW that would do this natively - that is, load a song file from a list when it receives a MIDI command. Ableton Live, which bills itself as "the live DAW" has no way load the next song in my set from a MIDI command, when I'm live. WTF.

[I was actually blown away to find numerous posts on numerous forums from well-heeled, professional musicians having to use ludicrous work-around solutions. The de-facto methods appear appear to be a) dump all your songs together sequentially in one file and use time markers to jump the transport bar back and forth, or b) dump all the songs in one file using different tracks for each instance of each instrument in each song, then use midi commands to turn groups of tracks off and on. Wow, that is cumbersome.]

This drove me back to Reaper, where I thought that with its zillion customization options and user-created features there might be a way to do it. And THERE IS.

To make this work, you neet the SWS Extensions. Download and install them: http://www.sws-extension.org/ We're going to use Resource Slots. But not so fast! By default, the "Load Project" action is only enabled for the first 4 slots, out of a possible 99 (to avoid cluttering up Reaper's action menu).

To enable the other slots, you have to edit the S&W.ini file. You can find it from inside Reaper using "Options -> Show Reaper Resource path in Explorer". Open the .ini file (with Reaper closed, otherwise it will come up blank) and look for the line "S&M_APPLY_PRJTEMPLATE=4". Change that "4" to "99", save and exit.

The next thing you want to do is name your project files so that you can automatically populate Reaper's resources slots, in case they are cleared for any reason. Put all of project files for all of the songs you might play live in a separate folder and rename them all so they have 2-digit prefixes - "01 - Mysterious Ways", 02 - That Other Song", etc.

Now go into Reaper and select Extensions -> Resources. Change the drop-down menu to "Projects". Right-click in the middle of the window and go Auto-fill -> Set Auto-fill Directory, and point it to the folder you made with all of your numbered live files in it. Now you can hit the auto-fill button in the top left of the window, and it should put each project file into a slot. (Up to 99 - if you have more than 99 songs that you want on tap for a show, I guess you need a second folder you can auto-fill from.) The numbers in the filenames ensure that the same project always lands in the same slot.

Now that you've got all your project files loaded into Resource Slots we'll configure Reaper to call them up using a unique midi command for each one. Go to Actions -> Show Action List. In the Filter box, type "open project" and you should see, part way down the list, the action for "Open Project, Slot 01. Select that action and then click "Add" in the shortcuts section in the bottom left.

Now you need to send Reaper the Midi command you want load the song in slot 01, and only that command. So if you've got any fancy-pants programming coming from your midi controller when it selects that song you'll need to clear it, or make a fresh preset that just sends one command. I wanted Reaper to march in lockstep with my AxeFX, so I used PC# 000 for slot 1, which causes Reaper to load the song in slot 01 from the same command that makes the AxeFX load preset 001. Reaper doesn't care which command you choose, so many different schemes are possible.

Now make a midi shortcut for slot 2, 3, 4 - as many songs as you've got.

Almost done, but one more step: if anything in the project file changes while you're performing (the tempo, for instance, if you tap it in) then Reaper will prompt you to save the file before loading the next one. Since we want it to load the next project without interruption, you need to go to Options -> Preferences. In the General settings at the very top of the list, you'll see a "Maximum undo memory use" setting. Change it to "0" and you will no longer get save prompts when you close a file. Note that this also disables Reaper's Undo function entirely, so you'll probably want to turn this back on if you're not playing live!

And there you have it - you can now load songs in Reaper in whatever order your set list specifies from your midi controller. Depending on the complexity of the project file and the speed of your computer, Reaper may lag behind if you're scrolling through songs quickly, so give a couple of seconds before you click over to the song you mean to land on. But it's workin' pretty good here!

== Custom Phantom Power Switch for LF+ ==

FAMC Forum member: JSP0511 made a customized phantom power switch for his LF+ Pro+ but it can be used for any LF+. He also customized his pedal board with lights. You have to check out his video below because it's really cool and innovative!

* Here is the link to his FAMC Forum Post:
** [https://www.famcmusic.com/forum/lf-general-support/custom-phantom-power-switch-for-lf-pro/ Custom Phantom Power Switch for LF+ Pro+] - [https://www.famcmusic.com/forum/lf-general-support/custom-phantom-power-switch-for-lf-pro/ https://www.famcmusic.com/forum/lf-general-support/custom-phantom-power-switch-for-lf-pro/]
* Here is the link to his YouTube Video:
** [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Vak7lhLD7-M Quick Pedal Board Overview] - [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Vak7lhLD7-M https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Vak7lhLD7-M]

Below is a copy of JSP0511's FAMC Forum post:

Custom Phantom Power Switch for LF+ Pro+

Post by jsp0511 - Thu Nov 05, 2015 5:14 pm

[http://www.famcmusic.com/forum/viewtopic.php?f=5&t=760#p3282 http://www.famcmusic.com/forum/viewtopic.php?f=5&t=760#p3282]

Hey everyone, this is my first post as I just recently purchased my LF+ Pro+.

I use phantom power from my Axe-FX II and noticed I couldn't power down the pedal without pulling the midi cable from the back. I was building a pedal board so decided to have some fun with it. I wired in a 7pin midi jumper and put a switch between pins 6 and 7. Take a look.

Post by jsp0511 - Fri Nov 06, 2015 5:25 pm

[http://www.famcmusic.com/forum/viewtopic.php?f=5&t=760#p3285 http://www.famcmusic.com/forum/viewtopic.php?f=5&t=760#p3285]

The midi cable I am using I purchased from Sweet Water through eBay. Pro Co 30' Excellines 7-Pin MIDI Cable (30' 7-Pin MIDIMate MIDI Cable). It powered the pedal alone fine and now that I've added the lights, everything is powered through that wire as well.

The jumpers are made up of:
* 3ft each Mogami W2789 8 conductor cable - RedCo.com
* Neutrik REAN NYS323 7-Pin MIDI Male Connector - eBay
* Neutrik REAN NYS322 5-Pin MIDI Male Connector - eBay
* DIN Female Jack Cable Connector Adapter 7 Pin Plug Panel Mount Solder Type - eBay
* DIN Female Jack Cable Connector Adapter 5 Pin Plug Panel Mount Solder Type - eBay
*Red LED Latching 16mm 12V Power Black Aluminum Metal Push Button Switch - eBay (there are many different styles of these switches, just went with the look I liked)
* Power Adapter Supply 12V 2A - eBay

A quick note to anyone who attempts to build any midi jumper. When you wire it, you have to reverse how the pins are wired. I'm not sure how to really explain it here but it's pretty much backwards from if you were simply building a midi cable. For instance, pin 7 on one connector would go to pin 6 on the opposite, not pin 7. It took a minute for this to sink in but once you have everything in your hands and you are working on the cable, it'll make sense. Also, have a multi-meter on hand. It'll help tremendously.

My only concern at this point is the output capability of the Axe-FX phantom power as you stated above. The LF Pro+ pulls peak 600ma at start up but sits at 300ma pretty much the whole time after that. This was a quick test, just pressing a few buttons while I had the meter on it. The LED strip (one strip) maxed at about 800ma when left on for 20 minutes at it's brightest white setting (I will never use this setting). The darker colors were around 400ma. I figure if I leave the lights on the dimming in and out mode, I SHOULD be ok. Worst case, I open the 7-pin cable at the Axe-FX and de-solder pins 6 and 7 and add a female pole connector to accept the power supply directly. Then I would have a similar cable to the Rocktron. Also, in a pinch, FAMC were kind enough to throw in a phantom power box because there was a slight issue with my order.

I had that Rocktron cable years ago when I had a Ground Control Pro, Triple Rec and TC ELectronic G-Force. After I sold off that rig, I gave the cable to a friend. It has since failed. I remember that cable being a bit flimsy but it did the job and it was probably 10 years old by the time it did fail.

<div id="HOW_TO_INSTALL"></div>
== How To Install LF+ Editor On Windows 7, 8.1 and 10 ==
* You have to right click on the install file and select "Run as administrator"
* Select the box to install the drivers
* Connect the LF+ with a USB cable to the PC
* Open the LF+ Editor and click connect in the upper right
** If it doesn't connect and gives an error, the drivers didn't install correctly, follow the steps below

=== Windows OS - How To Manually Install The LF+ Drivers ===
* Close the LF+ Editor
* Open Device Manager (Windows 10 right click on the Start menu "Windows Logo" > Device Manager, Windows 7 or 8.1 open Control Panel > Device Manager)
* Right click on the devices that mention FAMC
* Select Update Driver > Browse my computer for driver software > Browse to either "C:\Program Files\FAMC\Drivers" or "C:\Program Files (x86)\FAMC\Drivers" and select the box "Include subfolders"
* The drivers will install
* Repeat this process for all devices that say FAMC
* Open the LF+ Editor, click connect and it will connect

Screenshots - Windows OS - How To Manually Install The LF+ Drivers

[[Image:01_FAMC_LF_Driver_Install.png]]

[[Image:02_FAMC_LF_Driver_Install.png]]

[[Image:03_FAMC_LF_Driver_Install.png]]

[[Image:04_FAMC_LF_Driver_Install.png]]

[[Image:05_FAMC_LF_Driver_Install.png]]

[[Image:066_FAMC_LF_Driver_Install.png]]

[[Image:07_FAMC_LF_Driver_Install.png]]

[[Image:08_FAMC_LF_Driver_Install.png]]

[[Image:09_FAMC_LF_Driver_Install.png]]

[[Image:10_FAMC_LF_Driver_Install.png]]

[[Image:11_FAMC_LF_Driver_Install.png]]

=== MAC OS - How To Manually Install The LF+ Drivers ===
* '''NOTE''': This was posted by FAMC Support on March 5, 2019 4:32 pm CST
** [https://www.famcmusic.com/forum/postid/3889/ https://www.famcmusic.com/forum/postid/3889/]
==== Mac OS-X Mojave / High Sierra Driver Issue? ====
There are certain installs of Mojave that may block the FAMC drivers from working properly. It appears fresh installs of the OS for select customers have been the root of the cause. In most cases, there will be no issue after installing the drivers. Once the drivers are loaded you do not need to update your drivers again.

If you receive error 105 messages after upgrading to High Sierra or Mojave, then follow the instructions below. If this does not work for you then please create a support ticket and let us know the OS-X version you have so we can discuss with Apple. There are no mass issues at this time and most installations should work flawlessly on the first try.

'''STEPS''':
* Go to the terminal utility (in accessories application folder).
** Enter the following command: sudo spctl --master-disable (copy and paste this command so that spacing is exact)
* unplug the LF+ USB connection
* install the latest version of the FAMC drivers
* reboot
* plug in the USB connection to the LF+. Power on the LF+. wait a few seconds.
* go to your security panel in the OS-X settings. See attached picture. Does it show anything related to FAMC or the LF+?
** If so, select ALLOW.

At this point your LF+ should connect with your editor and the driver is fully installed.

[https://www.famcmusic.com/wp-content/uploads/wpforo/default_attachments/1551821558-Mojave_override.png https://www.famcmusic.com/wp-content/uploads/wpforo/default_attachments/1551821558-Mojave_override.png]

[[File:1551821558-Mojave override.png]]

== The info below is for older versions of the LF+ Editor drivers before v5 ==
The LFE installs unsigned drivers which won't always install correctly on 64bit OS's like Windows 7, 8.1 or 10. The LFE won't be able to connect to the LFC if the drivers aren't installed. When I install the LFE on Windows 8.1 Pro 64bit it doesn't give me an error or any notification that the drivers weren't installed.

=== Windows 8.1 and 10 ===
* How to Disable Driver Signature Verification on 64-Bit Windows 8.1 (So That You Can Install Unsigned Drivers)
** [https://www.howtogeek.com/167723/how-to-disable-driver-signature-verification-on-64-bit-windows-8.1-so-that-you-can-install-unsigned-drivers/ https://www.howtogeek.com/167723/how-to-disable-driver-signature-verification-on-64-bit-windows-8.1-so-that-you-can-install-unsigned-drivers/]

=== Windows 7 ===
* Shutdown PC
* Power On PC and immediately start tapping on the F8 key until you get to the Advanced Boot Options menu
** '''NOTE''': If you get to Windows is loading screen, then it didn't work and you'll need to shutdown and try again
* At the Advanced Boot Options, near the bottom select: Disable Driver Signature Enforcement
** Here's a link to some screenshots: [https://www.google.com/search?q=windows+7+advanced+boot+options+disable+driver+signature+enforcement&tbm=isch https://www.google.com/search?q=windows+7+advanced+boot+options+disable+driver+signature+enforcement&tbm=isch]
* Once your PC boots, install the LF+ Editor

[[#top | Back To Top Of Document]]

== How To Remove Previous Drivers On Windows 7, 8.1 and 10 ==
=== Show Disconnected, Previously Installed, Non Plug & Play and Hidden Devices in Device Manager ===
* Open command prompt as administrator
* Type or copy/paste the command line:

'''SET DEVMGR_SHOW_NONPRESENT_DEVICES=1'''

* Hit enter
* From the same command prompt, type or copy/paste the command line:

'''devmgmt.msc'''

* Hit Enter
* Device Manager will open
* In Device Manager, click on View and select: Show hidden devices
* Device Manager will show "ghosted \ Faded" entries for devices that were once connected
* It is ok to delete all the ghosted devices EXCEPT:
** DO NOT delete Devices under: Non-Plug and Play Drivers
** DO NOT put a checkmark in: '''Delete the driver software for this device''' unless you have the drivers to reinstall if needed.
* Look for anything that says FAMC and right click on it and click Uninstall and put the checkmark in '''Delete the driver software for this device'''
* Reboot PC when finished
* After reboot, install the LF+ Editor

[[#top | Back To Top Of Document]]

== How To Remove Programs That Won't Uninstall From Programs and Features On Windows 7, 8.1 and 10 ==
* The links below will explain how to remove the LF+ Editor and Drivers when they won't uninstall from Programs and Features
* The first link below resolved the issue for me but I've included other links just in case it doesn't work
** http://www.online-tech-tips.com/computer-tips/remove-program-from-add-remove/
** https://www.bleepingcomputer.com/tutorials/manually-remove-programs-from-add-remove-programs/
** https://support.microsoft.com/en-us/kb/247501
** https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=dX2usQvNUeM

[[#top | Back To Top Of Document]]

<div id="CC"></div>
== List Of Axe-Fx II CC#'s ==

(Firmware Quantum 8.02)
* ''NOTE: All CCs listed below are also listed in the Axe-Fx II I/O > CTRL menu, the manual and Wiki page: [https://wiki.fractalaudio.com/axefx2/index.php?title=MIDI#List_of_Axe-Fx_II_XL.2B_MIDI_CCs MIDI: List of Axe-Fx II XL+ MIDI CCs]''

{| class="wikitable"
| |
=== Alphabetical order ===

| | CC#
| |
| |
=== Numerical Order ===

| | CC#

|-
| | Amp 1 Bypass
| | 37
| |
| | Input Volume
| | 10

|-
| | Amp 1 X/Y
| | 100
| |
| | Out 1 Volume
| | 11

|-
| | Amp 2 Bypass
| | 38
| |
| | Out 2 Volume
| | 12

|-
| | Amp 2 X/Y
| | 101
| |
| | Bypass
| | 13

|-
| | Bypass
| | 13
| |
| | Tempo
| | 14

|-
| | Cab 1 Bypass
| | 39
| |
| | Tuner
| | 15

|-
| | Cab 1 X/Y
| | 102
| |
| | External Control 1
| | 16

|-
| | Cab 2 Bypass
| | 40
| |
| | External Control 2
| | 17

|-
| | Cab 2 X/Y
| | 103
| |
| | External Control 3
| | 18

|-
| | Chorus 1 Bypass
| | 41
| |
| | External Control 4
| | 19

|-
| | Chorus 1 X/Y
| | 104
| |
| | External Control 5
| | 20

|-
| | Chorus 2 Bypass
| | 42
| |
| | External Control 6
| | 21

|-
| | Chorus 2 X/Y
| | 105
| |
| | External Control 7
| | 22

|-
| | Compressor 1 Bypass
| | 43
| |
| | External Control 8
| | 23

|-
| | Compressor 2 Bypass
| | 44
| |
| | External Control 9
| | 24

|-
| | Crossover 1 Bypass
| | 45
| |
| | External Control 10
| | 25

|-
| | Crossover 2 Bypass
| | 46
| |
| | External Control 11
| | 26

|-
| | Delay 1 Bypass
| | 47
| |
| | External Control 12
| | 27

|-
| | Delay 1 X/Y
| | 106
| |
| | Looper Record
| | 28

|-
| | Delay 2 Bypass
| | 48
| |
| | Looper Play
| | 29

|-
| | Delay 2 X/Y
| | 107
| |
| | Looper Once
| | 30

|-
| | Drive 1 Bypass
| | 49
| |
| | Looper Dub
| | 31

|-
| | Drive 1 X/Y
| | 108
| |
| | Looper Rev
| | 32

|-
| | Drive 2 Bypass
| | 50
| |
| | Looper Bypass
| | 33

|-
| | Drive 2 X/Y
| | 109
| |
| | Scene Select
| | 34

|-
| | Enhancer Bypass
| | 51
| |
| | Volume Increment
| | 35

|-
| | External Control 01
| | 16
| |
| | Volume Decrement
| | 36

|-
| | External Control 02
| | 17
| |
| | Amp 1 Bypass
| | 37

|-
| | External Control 03
| | 18
| |
| | Amp 2 Bypass
| | 38

|-
| | External Control 04
| | 19
| |
| | Cab 1 Bypass
| | 39

|-
| | External Control 05
| | 20
| |
| | Cab 2 Bypass
| | 40

|-
| | External Control 06
| | 21
| |
| | Chorus 1 Bypass
| | 41

|-
| | External Control 07
| | 22
| |
| | Chorus 2 Bypass
| | 42

|-
| | External Control 08
| | 23
| |
| | Compressor 1 Bypass
| | 43

|-
| | External Control 09
| | 24
| |
| | Compressor 2 Bypass
| | 44

|-
| | External Control 10
| | 25
| |
| | Crossover 1 Bypass
| | 45

|-
| | External Control 11
| | 26
| |
| | Crossover 2 Bypass
| | 46

|-
| | External Control 12
| | 27
| |
| | Delay 1 Bypass
| | 47

|-
| | Filter 1 Bypass
| | 52
| |
| | Delay 2 Bypass
| | 48

|-
| | Filter 2 Bypass
| | 53
| |
| | Drive 1 Bypass
| | 49

|-
| | Filter 3 Bypass
| | 54
| |
| | Drive 2 Bypass
| | 50

|-
| | Filter 4 Bypass
| | 55
| |
| | Enhancer Bypass
| | 51

|-
| | Flanger 1 Bypass
| | 56
| |
| | Filter 1 Bypass
| | 52

|-
| | Flanger 1 X/Y
| | 110
| |
| | Filter 2 Bypass
| | 53

|-
| | Flanger 2 Bypass
| | 57
| |
| | Filter 3 Bypass
| | 54

|-
| | Flanger 2 X/Y
| | 111
| |
| | Filter 4 Bypass
| | 55

|-
| | Formant 1 Bypass
| | 58
| |
| | Flanger 1 Bypass
| | 56

|-
| | FX Loop Bypass
| | 59
| |
| | Flanger 2 Bypass
| | 57

|-
| | Gate/Expander 1 Bypass
| | 60
| |
| | Formant 1 Bypass
| | 58

|-
| | Gate/Expander 2 Bypass
| | 61
| |
| | FX Loop Bypass
| | 59

|-
| | Graphic EQ 1 Bypass
| | 62
| |
| | Gate/Expander 1 Bypass
| | 60

|-
| | Graphic EQ 2 Bypass
| | 63
| |
| | Gate/Expander 2 Bypass
| | 61

|-
| | Graphic EQ 3 Bypass
| | 64
| |
| | Graphic EQ 1 Bypass
| | 62

|-
| | Graphic EQ 4 Bypass
| | 65
| |
| | Graphic EQ 2 Bypass
| | 63

|-
| | Input Volume
| | 10
| |
| | Graphic EQ 3 Bypass
| | 64

|-
| | Looper Bypass
| | 33
| |
| | Graphic EQ 4 Bypass
| | 65

|-
| | Looper Dub
| | 31
| |
| | Megatap Delay Bypass
| | 66

|-
| | Looper Half
| | 120
| |
| | Multiband Comp 1 Bypass
| | 67

|-
| | Looper Once
| | 30
| |
| | Multiband Comp 2 Bypass
| | 68

|-
| | Looper Play
| | 29
| |
| | Multi-Delay 2 Bypass
| | 69

|-
| | Looper Record
| | 28
| |
| | Multi-Delay 2 Bypass
| | 70

|-
| | Looper Rev
| | 32
| |
| | Parametric EQ 1 Bypass
| | 71

|-
| | Looper Undo
| | 121
| |
| | Parametric EQ 2 Bypass
| | 72

|-
| | Megatap Delay Bypass
| | 66
| |
| | Parametric EQ 3 Bypass
| | 73

|-
| | Metronome
| | 122
| |
| | Parametric EQ 4 Bypass
| | 74

|-
| | Multiband Comp 1 Bypass
| | 67
| |
| | Phaser 1 Bypass
| | 75

|-
| | Multiband Comp 2 Bypass
| | 68
| |
| | Phaser 2 Bypass
| | 76

|-
| | Multi-Delay 2 Bypass
| | 69
| |
| | Pitch Shifter 1 Bypass
| | 77

|-
| | Multi-Delay 2 Bypass
| | 70
| |
| | Pitch Shifter 2 Bypass
| | 78

|-
| | Out 1 Volume
| | 11
| |
| | Quad Chorus 1 Bypass
| | 79

|-
| | Out 2 Volume
| | 12
| |
| | Quad Chorus 2 Bypass
| | 80

|-
| | Parametric EQ 1 Bypass
| | 71
| |
| | Resonator 1 Bypass
| | 81

|-
| | Parametric EQ 2 Bypass
| | 72
| |
| | Resonator 2 Bypass
| | 82

|-
| | Parametric EQ 3 Bypass
| | 73
| |
| | Reverb 1 Bypass
| | 83

|-
| | Parametric EQ 4 Bypass
| | 74
| |
| | Reverb 2 Bypass
| | 84

|-
| | Phaser 1 Bypass
| | 75
| |
| | Ring Modulator Bypass
| | 85

|-
| | Phaser 1 X/Y
| | 112
| |
| | Rotary 1 Bypass
| | 86

|-
| | Phaser 2 Bypass
| | 76
| |
| | Rotary 2 Bypass
| | 87

|-
| | Phaser 2 X/Y
| | 113
| |
| | Synth 1 Bypass
| | 88

|-
| | Pitch 1 X/Y
| | 114
| |
| | Synth 2 Bypass
| | 89

|-
| | Pitch 2 X/Y
| | 115
| |
| | Tremolo 1 Bypass
| | 90

|-
| | Pitch Shifter 1 Bypass
| | 77
| |
| | Tremolo 2 Bypass
| | 91

|-
| | Pitch Shifter 2 Bypass
| | 78
| |
| | Vocoder Bypass
| | 92

|-
| | Quad Chorus 1 Bypass
| | 79
| |
| | Volume/Pan 1 Bypass
| | 93

|-
| | Quad Chorus 2 Bypass
| | 80
| |
| | Volume/Pan 2 Bypass
| | 94

|-
| | Resonator 1 Bypass
| | 81
| |
| | Volume/Pan 3 Bypass
| | 95

|-
| | Resonator 2 Bypass
| | 82
| |
| | Volume/Pan 4 Bypass
| | 96

|-
| | Reverb 1 Bypass
| | 83
| |
| | Wahwah 1 Bypass
| | 97

|-
| | Reverb 1 X/Y
| | 116
| |
| | Wahwah 2 Bypass
| | 98

|-
| | Reverb 2 Bypass
| | 84
| |
| | Tone Matching
| | 99

|-
| | Reverb 2 X/Y
| | 117
| |
| | Amp 1 X/Y
| | 100

|-
| | Ring Modulator Bypass
| | 85
| |
| | Amp 2 X/Y
| | 101

|-
| | Rotary 1 Bypass
| | 86
| |
| | Cab 1 X/Y
| | 102

|-
| | Rotary 1 X/Y
| | 125
| |
| | Cab 2 X/Y
| | 103

|-
| | Rotary 2 Bypass
| | 87
| |
| | Chorus 1 X/Y
| | 104

|-
| | Rotary 2 X/Y
| | 126
| |
| | Chorus 2 X/Y
| | 105

|-
| | Scene Decrement
| | 124
| |
| | Delay 1 X/Y
| | 106

|-
| | Scene Increment
| | 123
| |
| | Delay 2 X/Y
| | 107

|-
| | Scene Select
| | 34
| |
| | Drive 1 X/Y
| | 108

|-
| | Synth 1 Bypass
| | 88
| |
| | Drive 2 X/Y
| | 109

|-
| | Synth 2 Bypass
| | 89
| |
| | Flanger 1 X/Y
| | 110

|-
| | Tempo
| | 14
| |
| | Flanger 2 X/Y
| | 111

|-
| | Tone Matching
| | 99
| |
| | Phaser 1 X/Y
| | 112

|-
| | Tremolo 1 Bypass
| | 90
| |
| | Phaser 2 X/Y
| | 113

|-
| | Tremolo 2 Bypass
| | 91
| |
| | Pitch 1 X/Y
| | 114

|-
| | Tuner
| | 15
| |
| | Pitch 2 X/Y
| | 115

|-
| | Vocoder Bypass
| | 92
| |
| | Reverb 1 X/Y
| | 116

|-
| | Volume Decrement
| | 36
| |
| | Reverb 2 X/Y
| | 117

|-
| | Volume Increment
| | 35
| |
| | Wahwah 1 X/Y
| | 118

|-
| | Volume/Pan 1 Bypass
| | 93
| |
| | Wahwah 2 X/Y
| | 119

|-
| | Volume/Pan 2 Bypass
| | 94
| |
| | Looper Half
| | 120

|-
| | Volume/Pan 3 Bypass
| | 95
| |
| | Looper Undo
| | 121

|-
| | Volume/Pan 4 Bypass
| | 96
| |
| | Metronome
| | 122

|-
| | Wahwah 1 Bypass
| | 97
| |
| | Scene Increment
| | 123

|-
| | Wahwah 1 X/Y
| | 118
| |
| | Scene Decrement
| | 124

|-
| | Wahwah 2 Bypass
| | 98
| |
| | Rotary 1 X/Y
| | 125

|-
| | Wahwah 2 X/Y
| | 119
| |
| | Rotary 2 X/Y
| | 126

|}

[[#top | Back To Top Of Document]]

== More Information ==
NOTE: Some of the information below may be outdated or from older versions of the LF+ Firmware and Editor

=== Hierarchy ===

==== From FAMC Forum Member Dutch ====
The paraphrase below is from FAMC Forum Member Dutch and I think is one of the best explanations of how the LF+ works.

Here is the URL to the original post: [http://www.famcmusic.com/forum/viewtopic.php?f=22&p=2785#p2785 http://www.famcmusic.com/forum/viewtopic.php?f=22&p=2785#p2785]

<blockquote>
Re: New to Liquid Foot Help!!

Post by Dutch - Sun Jul 12, 2015 5:36 am EST

It can be quite a learning curve. It took me a while too to get my head around it.

Basically it's like this:

{| class="wikitable"
| |
===== IA Slots: =====

| | The bricks in the building. Those are the single commands that tell your other units what to do. Preset changes are not IAs. Those are governed directly in Presets and Pages.

|-
| |
===== Presets: =====

| | The mortar that builds the bricks into a wall. Basically a number of applicable IA Slots and PC commands stuck together.

|-
| |
===== Pages: =====

| | The rooms in the building. The virtual representations of the actual switches on the LF surface and which Button exactly does what. You can arrange Presets, IA Slots and Functions (stuff like Bank Up/Down, Page select, Menu access) in any way you like. There's 60 Buttons on every Page, yet only 12 switches on the 12+ for instance, see Page Display Start below for more info. This is the least you need to have programmed to make the LF+ work with anything. There are no Banks as such, the Banks in the LF are determined by the number of Bank Preset commands on the Page you are using. Different Pages can have different Bank sizes.

|-
| |
===== Songs: =====

| | Basically a list of Presets. Building the rooms into a house. You can make lists of the Presets used in a Song or make a list of several Presets that perform similar or vastly different things. Basically anything you want in a list. I have one Song that is my soundcheck list. Going from clean to heavy with the most important sounds. If those check well I'm good. That's the first Song in my Set Lists.

|-
| |
===== Set Lists: =====

| | Building houses into streets. A list of several Songs. Actually I found a [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=0imSGbUzDDM video] of the basic mode editor for the RJM Mastermind GT very informative because it works much in the same way, only the LF is vastly more intricate. I think the RJM editor now does have a more detailed expert mode, but it wasn't available yet when I looked at it. Until now it's been pretty basic.

|-
| |
===== IA Maps: =====

| | This can rearrange the furniture in the room (see Pages) and change some of the furniture as well. You always have to have the default IA Map programmed because that is the basic listing of the IA Slots, it fits 60 IAs. If you leave it at that you have somewhat the same functionality as the RJM explained in that video. To get access to more of the 180 IAs you will need to program those in alternate IA Maps.The fun in this however is you can alter the order in the IA Map and have the same Page display different IA's without needing to program a different Page. It does add to the administration of it all, keeping tabs on what Pages are using which maps... Add to that the IA Map is selectable per Preset so you also need to keep track of which Preset is using which map in which Page.I haven't delved very deep into the IA Maps thing yet. I currently have two. The second one is placing a phaser and tremolo IA Slot where the chorus and vibe usually reside. I needed those and now I didn't need to use a different Page.

|-
| |
===== Page Display Start: =====

| | On a given LF you can only see part of the room. Every Page has 60 virtual Buttons. Yet the 12+ only has 12 on its surface. That means Buttons 13 to 60 are inaccessible. There's a solution so you can see a different part of the room. The function that allows you to program one Button with a Page Display Start command. That Button let's you choose where on the Page the LF+ will start its actual display of Buttons. I have Button 12 on my 12+ programmed with two functions, one to start at 13 and the second to start at 25. Button 24's functions point to 1 and 25, Button 36 points to 1 and 13. This lets me have 1-Button access to 3 zones in a Page.

|-
| |
===== Dual Function Buttons: =====

| | Every Button on a Page can have two functions. Accessible by short/long press or double press. Buttons can swap those functions depending on what blocks are present in the Axe-Fx II or you can swap them yourself or not have them swap at all.

|}
</blockquote>

==== From FAMC aka Jeff ====

Here is the original link: Re: Still a noob after 3+ years? [http://www.famcmusic.com/forum/viewtopic.php?f=22&t=772&start=10#p3391 http://www.famcmusic.com/forum/viewtopic.php?f=22&t=772&start=10#p3391]

by FAMC - Wed Dec 16, 2015 3:27 pm

There are two separate components to the LF+. The physical component will define what buttons will do and how they will behave. The Logical component defines the functionality expressed when an action is taken.

===== Physical Layout: =====

PAGES and Global Settings are the two key areas that define behavior and functionality of buttons. Pages in particular allow the creation of "Layouts". Each page consists of buttons that you define as a single set. The LF+ hardware will allow the user to "see" a portion of the page as defined and currently loaded. So if you have a JR+, you can see up to 8 of the buttons defined on a page, as 12+ will allow you to see 12 buttons of the page, and a Pro+ will let you see 24 of the 60 buttons on the page. All of the buttons defined on a given page that you can not see on the hardware itself, still function and are accessible at all times programmatically.

If you draw out a set of layouts on a piece of paper, and for each of the physical buttons you define what you want it to do, it is fairly simple to transfer that drawing to simple page programming. Layer your layouts on paper, and then you can program multiple pages, whereby each page follows the drawing of a single layout.

Buttons on a page can do up to two things. What type of things? It can be either a "Preset trigger", "IA-Slot trigger", "Page selector", or a "special function". More on those below. Each button on a page can be triggered in various ways (Quick normal press of button, a double-press (like a mouse double-click), or holding the button down for a period of time defined by you). Also, you can define how the button processes the two functions (if there are two assigned). You can simply trigger the first function, trigger the second function, or you can allow the LF+ to "swap" the order of the functions. What does that mean? Simply put, if you define two functions, then think of one being on top and active for a normal press, and the other is hidden "below" it, waiting to be triggered some other way. When you trigger the second function, you can then swap which of the two functions is active and "on top". You can set a button to "Trigger only", "Swap and trigger", or "toggle only". You define the behavior and just tell the programming which style you need/want.

So depending on how you want your board to behave, you have the parameters to make it happen. I ALWAYS recommend you layout your board on sheets of paper before you start programming. If you can draw it on paper, it will be easy to program. If you start to program pieces at a time, you can get lost in your own thoughts. Make life easy, draw it on paper. If you want buttons to trigger other pages, then draw it out. Label your pieces of paper. Great! now you have a single sheet of paper for each PAGE you will program.

If you do it this way- it takes the rocket science out of understanding the LF+. The LF+ will usually allow you to program in a way that follows your logic, not necessarily forcing you to follow the LF+ logic. There are many ways to do the same thing on the LF+, and the reason is that people think differently. If you haven't mapped out what you want to do clearly on paper, then you will be lost for a reason- you haven't fully thought out what you want to do. So when you start programming, you can get lost and frustrated quickly.

Case in point, I sat with a touring band not that long ago. They were completely lost and frustrated. They had a pretty complicated rig. They finally called us and we scheduled a call. Within 35 minutes, their entire rig was programmed. Why? We spent 15 minutes "talking out" their rig and what they wanted. We wrote down on paper what they wanted the functionality to be. Once we had that, programming was a piece of cake.

There are MANY parameters in the LF+, and that can seem scary, but the truth is most people will be fine with the basics. You almost never need to touch the special settings. But it doesn't hurt to know they are there and what they do of course.

===== LOGICAL PROGRAMMING: =====

The essence of the LF+ is that it will execute programming commands. Just as we explained with pages and layouts, we recommend you write on a piece of paper all of the individual "effects" that you will need/want to control. Things like delay, drive. Perhaps its a channel switcher which has 4 channels and we want to be able to control each channel individually. Write it down. Next to each "effect", you will want to include 2 additional pieces of information at a minimum, the MIDI CHANNEL and the CC# that is used by the device to control that "effect".

With all of this information in hand, we can now program our IA-Slots. IA (Instant Access) is simply a mechanism that lets us control the programming needed for individual effects. For instance, on an effects device, there will be a CC# to control the bypass of all the different effects. If we know that the DELAY effect is on CC#22, then we can now create an IA-Slot, call it "DELAY" and program the ON and BYPASS commands. So a MIDI CHAN #1, CC#22 and Data value of 127 (ON in midi world for most devices) will trigger the effect to turn ON. In the bypass programming for this IA-Slot, we would program a MIDI CHAN #1, CC#22 and data value of 0 (OFF in midi world for most devices). By doing nothing else, we now have an IA-Slot programmed to turn a DELAY effect ON and OFF when triggered.

Program your IA-Slots for all needed effects that you want to control. This entire process should take less then 10 minutes to program if you wrote everything down. We can do 60 or so IA-Slots in a couple minutes. This assumes you are not using the built in programming wizards for devices like the AXE-FX or Kemper. With either of those devices, the LF+ can program almost 95% of the entire system for you!

Now that IA-Slots are done, we move on to the main component of a sound, the PRESET. The preset is simply a repository of commands to trigger the devices in your rig, and to ALSO set the initial state of all your EFFECTS that you programmed in the IA-Slots.

Lets assume you have a lead sound that you call "LEAD 1". You program the preset to send program change commands (midi) to each of your effects units. This will select which "presets" in the external devices will turn on. Then you program all of the 60 IA-Slots and define if they should be ON, BYPASSED, or OFF. OFF simply means the effect is NOT used in this preset. BYPASS means that the effect is currently OFF, but you can turn it ON. ON means that the IA-Slot effect is active as soon as the preset is triggered.

There, we just completed one sound that we plan to use. Now lets say we want a SOLO sound based off of this preset. Well, copy this preset to a new location (Preset #2). Lets call it "SOLO". Now, lets assume you turn ON the delay IA-Slot, and lets also turn ON a VOLUME or PAD increase to raise the volume slightly. That's it. We now have another preset defined in the LF+. You can program up to 384 presets, or sounds.

Keep in mind, when you trigger a preset, its purpose is to get the sound you selected, and set its initial effects states. But since you can control IA-Slots directly, you can now "override" the preset's initial state by simply stepping on the button that is assigned to the effect you want to manipulate. So the Preset may bypass the DELAY effect, but you can still press a button assigned to DELAY and turn it ON! or BYPASS IT!

Songs are nothing more or less then a grouping of Presets. Select the presets you need for the song being defined and place them in the order you plan to use them. You can select any of the 384 presets to put in your song. And you can re-use them in one or many songs!

Set-lists are nothing more or less then a grouping of songs. Just add the songs in the order of your set-list.

I will continue to add posts, but thought this would be an obvious starting point.

(I WILL EDIT THIS POST LATER! HAVE TO RUN.)

[[#top | Back To Top Of Document]]

=== Liquid-Foot+ Notes from TieDyedDevil ===

* FAMC Forum Member TieDyedDevil aka David Lamkins provided his Liquid-Foot+ Notes
** January 2012

====Liquid-Foot+ Notes====

* This document is my attempt to "visualize" the capabilities of the Liquid-Foot+ in a compact format.
* I've based this upon information available to me at the time of writing, including: the v1.10 firmware quick start manual, Jeff's YouTube videos, the v1.15 (and later) firmware release notes, several private email exchanges with Jeff and hands-on experience with my own LF+.
* I am solely responsible for all misstatements or misconceptions. Corrections are appreciated.
* This information is provided as-is, in the hope that others may find some use. No warranty of suitability for purpose is expressed or implied.

====Button layout:====

* 12+: Three rows of four, labelled (left to right and bottom to top) 1 through 12

====Button states:====

* On - send ON commands
* Bypass - send OFF commands
* Off - do nothing

=====Jeff wrote:=====

* "There is a huge difference between Bypass and OFF. Depending on settings in global (Block off process), etc..."
* "If you do not use an IA-Slot within a preset, leave it off. If you use an IA-Slot, but it is bypassed, leave it in bypass. When you resend IA's, Bypass states will trigger the OFF messages, and OFF state will trigger nothing. And ON state will trigger ON messages."

====Menu functions:====

* Mode
* Presets
* Songs
* Setlists
* Pages
* IA Slots
* Global (system options)
* Utility (update firmware, MIDI dump, load device, snapshot, restore)
* Sysex

====Navigation buttons:====

* menu (2+3)
* scroll (6+7)
* page (10+11)
* save/select (4)
* exit (8)
* menu left (2)
* menu right (3)
* scroll left (6)
* scroll left (7)
* up (5)
* down (1)
* copy/paste (6+7 when selecting for edit)
* name->nickname (12 when editing name)
* remade names (10+11 when editing name)
* direct preset select (1+5 in preset mode)

====Modes:====

* Preset
* Song
* Setlist
* Device

====Containment Hierarchies:====

* <nowiki>Bank [3]</nowiki>
** <nowiki>Presets [128]</nowiki>
* <nowiki>Preset [384]</nowiki>
** Name
** IAs<nowiki> [60]</nowiki>
** <nowiki>Commands [20]</nowiki>
** Page
** Options
*** Don't Send IA States vs. IA States Only vs. Global IA Only vs. IA & Global IA
*** Global Override
*** Expression Pedal Resend
*** Act as IA Switch
*** Block Multiple Press
*** Step Remember
*** Dynamic IAs (automatically select ON or BYPASS function of two-function IAs)
** <nowiki>Step Names [4]</nowiki>
* <nowiki>IA Slot [60]</nowiki>
** Name
** Switch Type
** <nowiki>ON Commands [20]</nowiki>
** <nowiki>OFF Commands [20]</nowiki>
** Options
*** Global vs. Local
*** Global Init State
*** <nowiki>Group ID [7, plus no group]</nowiki>
*** Sync ID, Sync Effect (device mode)
*** ON Color
*** OFF Color
*** BYPASS Color
*** Don't Recall on Boot vs. Remember Last Step
** <nowiki>Step Names [4]</nowiki>
* <nowiki>Song [200]</nowiki>
** Name
** <nowiki>Commands [10]</nowiki>
** <nowiki>Presets [24]</nowiki>
** Options
*** Trigger 1st Preset vs. Arm Song Without Trigger
*** Resend / Per Preset (added v1.21)
* Setlist<nowiki> [100]</nowiki>
** Name
** <nowiki>Songs [60]</nowiki>
* <nowiki>Page [50]</nowiki>
** Name
** <nowiki>Button Functions (click [60] and press [60])</nowiki>
** Options
*** Status 1 Color
* <nowiki>Sysex [254]</nowiki>
** Name
** <nowiki>Data Bytes [16]</nowiki>
** Options
*** Link
* <nowiki>Button Functions (click [60] and press [60])</nowiki>
** Do Nothing
** Select Preset
** System Function
** IA Switch
** Select Page
* Behaviors
** 2nd Function trigger only vs. Toggle 1st and 2nd vs. Toggle only
** Process on press vs. Process on release (single-function button)
** Don't process scroll vs. Process scroll(s)

====Command types:====

* Empty
* MIDI Command
* Guitar Tuner
* Step
* Sysex Send
* Delay
* Last Preset
* Last Page
* Change Page
* Preset Trigger
* IA On Trigger
* IA Off Trigger
* IA Toggle
* Set Color
* Store Preset (into memory 1-4)
* Recall Preset (from memory 1-4)
* Trigger 1st Preset in Bank
* Jump to Global Page
* Expression Pedal override CC value
* Expression Pedal send forced CC value
* Expression Pedal send Current CC value
* IA Resend (added v1.21)

====MIDI Commands:====

* Note On
* Note Off
* Pressure
* CC
* PC
* After Touch
* Pitch

====Colors:====

* Off
* White
* Red
* Green
* Blue
* Cyan
* Purple (magenta)
* Yellow

====Groups:====

# Green
# Red
# Yellow
# Blue
# Cyan
# Purple (magenta)
# White

====IA Switch Types:====

* Stomp
* Momentary
* Step
* Quick Tap (ON only)

====System Functions:====

* Menu
* Enter/Select
* Context Up (preset/direct mode: bank up; song/setlist mode: song up)
* Context Down
* Preset Up (preset/direct mode)
* Preset Down
* Bank Up (preset/direct mode)
* Bank Down
* Song Up (song/setlist mode)
* Song Down
* Setlist Up (setlist mode)
* Setlist Down
* Page Up (upon scroll)
* Page Down
* Global Page
* Last Page
* Last Preset
* Save Preset
* Mode Cycle (preset, song, setlist)

====Global options:====

* Default page (also used as "Global Page")
* Group (Make/Break)
* Pedal setup
* ... lots more ...

====Status indicators:====

# Displays page-assignable color
# Blinks 2x/second upon button hold; lit while transferring sysex.

====MIDI load:====

* Send sysex to LF+, not in menu mode.

=====Jeff wrote:=====

* Loading a backup won't affect modes, nor should it. It is assumed a reboot is made after restoring a backup dump. Dumps are really memory records. A dump doesn't always have to be a full dump; could be a record or two, it's based on what's in the file coming to it.
* Just reboot after any type of full dump.
* It will not do it automatically obviously because you could continue to send dumps that aren't simultaneous; such as when sending from more than one file.

====Bank size:====

* Each page can have a different bank size, defined by the highest preset number on page. (This is for purposes of the bank up and bank down functions; not to be confused with the three logical banks of 128 presets.)

====Hard Reset:====

* WARNING! This procedure immediately resets the LF+ to its initial state without a confirmation prompt.
** To do a hard reset, hold buttons 5, 6, 7 and 8 while applying power.
** You'll need a helper or a board to lay across those four buttons.
** Wait for the status light to blink once, then release the buttons.
** You'll see that the LCDs assume their initial contents, e.g. the firmware version number in the main display.
* This should only be necessary after replacing the battery, which has a use life of approximately 8 years.

====Dynamic IA's in summary:====

Dynamic IAs (from [http://liquidfoot.setbb.com/liquid-foot-series-f20/what-is-a-dynamic-ia-button-t966.html http://liquidfoot.setbb.com/liquid-foot-series-f20/what-is-a-dynamic-ia-button-t966.html#p4314] )

* For this explanation we will assume that button #6 is programmed such that Function #1 = IA Slot #1 and Function #2 = IA-Slot #2.
* If a button is programmed with 2 IA-Slots as described above- it is subject to 'Dynamic' IA control when the Page is setup as dynamic (check the option on the page menu).
* How does it work:
** when a preset is loaded, the button will look for the current (or initial) state of the IA-Slot. If IA-Slot #1 is set to anything other than OFF, it will be the active function and show up on the display as the current and active function. IA-Slot #2 will still remain as function #2 and be available to you based on the trigger type.
** However, If IA-Slot #1 is set to OFF or Blocked, then it will automatically be converted to Function #2, and the original function #2 (IA-Slot #2) will now become the active function.
* There are MANY uses for this- but here is a simple example:
** IA-Slot #1 is set as a Chorus effect stomp slot.
** IA-Slot #2 is set as a Flanger effect stomp slot.
* now typically a preset would not use a chorus and flanger at the same time, if at all in the same preset. Usually one or the other.
** So for preset #1, we program the Initial IA-Slot #1 to be ON (Chorus active), and IA-Slot #2 is set to OFF (not used in this preset).
** So for preset #2, we program the initial IA-Slot #1 to be OFF (not used in preset), and IA-Slot #2 is set to BYPASS (used but not active).
* with a dynamic page
** when we trigger preset #1, button #6 will display the Chorus IA-Slot, with Flanger still as function #2, but off.
** when we trigger preset #2, button #6 will automatically exchange the functions, because IA-Slot #1 is OFF, and #2 is Bypassed, so it's considered actively used (ON or BYPASS).
* so without any work on your part- a page can have 1 or many buttons with multiple IA-Slots figure out which IA's should be displayed for a given preset.

[[#top | Back To Top Of Document]]

[[category:Axe-Fx2]]
[[category:Axe-Fx3]]
[[category:FM3]]
[[category:FM9]]
[[category:AM4]]
[[category:VP4]]
[[category:All]]

Chorus block

2026-03-31T14:13:51Z

Yek: /* =MX234 */

__TOC__
=Chorus block=

'''Axe-Fx III''', '''FM9''', '''FM3''' — 2 blocks, 4 channels 
'''AM4''' — 1 block, 4 channels 
'''VP4''' — 4 blocks, 4 channels

'''ICONS''' — yes

'''Axe-Fx II''', '''FX8''' — 2 blocks, X/Y 
'''AX8''' — 1 block, X/Y

=About the Chorus block=

Chorus is created by duplicating the signal and then modulating the pitch of that signal slightly. Slightly delaying the wet signal emphasizes the effect.

[[image:Chorus block.PNG|link=|400px]]

=Chorus types=

# '''Digital Mono'''
# '''Digital Stereo'''
# '''Analog Mono'''
# '''Analog Stereo'''
# '''Japan CE-2'''
# '''Warm Stereo'''
# '''80's Style'''
# '''Triangle Chorus'''
# '''8-Voice Stereo'''
# '''Tape Chorus'''
# '''Dimension 1'''
# '''Dimension 2'''
# '''Dimension 3'''
# '''4-Voice Analog'''
# '''8-Voice Analog'''
# '''Stereo Tri-Chorus'''
# '''Dual Chorus'''
# '''Tape Flanger'''
# '''Japan CE-1 Chorus'''
# '''Japan CE-1 Vibrato'''
# '''Japan CH-1'''
# '''MX2345'''
# '''Small Copy'''
# '''Japan CE-2 Bass'''
# '''Vibrato'''

And on the VP4 and AM4:

# '''Vibrato 1'''
# '''Vibrato 2'''

=About chorus effects=

==Boss CE-1==

The Boss CE-1 is the pedal version of the chorus in the Roland JC-120 amplifier.

Before the addition of the model, forum members tried to simulate it by other means, see below.

* [http://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/presenting-the-boss-ce-1-moaee-mother-of-all-effect-emulations.59591 Recreate the Boss CE-1 sound using a LFO-driven Flanger block]
* [http://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/ax8-ce-1-blind-test.141424/ Leon Todd dials in the CE-1 sound, based on the 'Japan CE-2' type in the Chorus block], and [http://www.youtube.com/watch?time_continue=4&v=M37ojINmE8w YouTube demo]
* [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=cbjWvN9nGAk That Pedal Show: Dan's Broken Ensemble]
* [https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/boss-ce1.160631/post-1925191 Admin M@'s CE-1]
* The [[Factory presets|factory preset CE-1 CHORUS/VIBE]] also recreates the chorus and vibrato sounds of the CE-1.

==Boss CE-2==

This is the successor of the large grey CE-1. It was released in 1979. It's a mono chorus.

There's a dedicated model for the CE-2 Bass pedal.

==MX234==

Based on the MXR M234 Analog Chorus pedal.

==Small Copy==

Based on the EHX Small Clone chorus pedal.

==Japan CH-1==

Based on the Boss Super Chorus CH-1 pedal.

==Vintage tape==

This Chorus type uses the tape delay algorithm from the Delay block. It sums the left and right block inputs into mono, so use caution as phase cancellation may occur.

==Triangle Chorus==

Two voices with a triangle-shaped LFO.

==Dimension==

Based on Roland's SDD-320 Dimension D unit.

The Chorus block provides three Dimension types: Dimension 1, 2 and 3. These correspond to the modes on the original device.

The Dimension C pedal was created by Boss to produce the Dimension D effect through a pedal. In 2018 Boss released its DC-2W Dimension C pedal, part of the Waza Craft Series. [https://m.youtube.com/watch?v=Tt9nrVOnV70 Video]

According to Guitar World, SRV used the Dimension D to add thicken his solos and still keep the tone natural.

[[Owners_Manuals|Fractal Audio's Blocks Guide]] says this about the Dimension Mode parameter:
; OFF : Dimension mode is not active
; LOW : Neutral with no tonal coloration
; MED : Classic Dimension processing buttons 1-3. Set Rate to 0.25 - 0.50 Hz and Depth to taste
; HIGH : Classic Dimension processing button 4. Rate and Depth as above

For preset examples, search the [[Factory presets]] page for <q>dimension</q>.

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>

<blockquote>
[http://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/dimension-type-mode-unclarity.79153/#post-962721]
The Dimension Mode parameter turns on "Dimension Processing". This can be turned on in any type. However I highly recommend using the Dimension Type as it sets the correct base algorithm, LFO type, delay time, phase, etc., etc. as well as turning on the Dimension Processing.

The Dimension D is really just a typical chorus. At the output, however, some special processing occurs that gives that unique sound. Turning Dimension Mode to one of the three settings engages the various aspects of that processing.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/12-03b4-dimesion-d-preview.79253/page-2#post-964250]
A Dimension D is a fairly typical chorus with some added analog processing on the outputs. The analog processing has a "normal" mode and a "boost" mode. The unit itself has four switches. These switches set the rate and the depth as well as turn on the boost mode. The switches do the following:
# Slow rate (0.25 Hz) and low depth.
# Slow rate and normal depth.
# Fast rate (0.5 Hz) and normal depth.
# Fast rate and normal depth and "boost" on.

The depth is actually reduced in modes 3 and 4 to compensate for the higher rate. In the Axe-Fx this is done automatically when Auto Depth is on. Therefore I've indicated the depth as "normal" in modes 3 and 4 as the amount of pitch shift is roughly the same as mode 2.

There is also an EQ that is present in all the modes on the dry signal.

The LFO is a triangle wave and is 180 degrees out of phase between channels.

The Dimension Mode parameter has three settings: Low, Medium and High. 
Low: Dry EQ off, boost off. 
Med: Dry EQ on, boost off. 
High: Dry EQ on, boost on. 

The Low setting has no equivalent on an actual Dimension D since the dry EQ is always active.

The Dimension '''Type''' sets the LFO type, phase, Auto Depth, Hi Cut, etc., etc. and sets the Dimension Mode to Medium. With the appropriate settings of Rate and Depth you can duplicate modes 1, 2 & 3 on the actual Dimension D. To duplicate mode 4 you simply set the Dimension Mode to High.

The Rates are given above. I've found a Depth of around 25% to be a good starting point. Increase or decrease to taste. The Type does NOT preset the Rate or Depth.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

==BBD algorithm==

All “Analog” chorus types use the BBD algorithm from the Flanger block, as does the "Dimension 2" type: Analog Mono, Analog Stereo, Dimension 2, Dimension (and probably Japan CE-2).

<blockquote>'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''<HR>
<blockquote>
[http://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/not-a-bug-triangle-lfo-in-certain-chorus-types.140241/#post-1662572]
Those types use “analog” delay lines. The delay lines are virtual bucket brigade devices with the delay time controlled by a virtual oscillator. That behavior is consistent with how they would work in the real world.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

==Vibrato==

In current firmware, there's a Vibrato type in the Chorus block.

Roland uses a Sine wave for its Vibrato effect. [https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/once-upon-a-time-there-were-service-manuals.166247/post-1996445]

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/anyone-have-a-good-memory-man-patch.23836/#post-379483]
Vibrato is chorus with the mix at 100%. If you want vibrato on the delay trails only simply use the built-in LFO's in the delay block itself.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

Mix at 100% is not an absolute requirement. As documented in <q>[http://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/presenting-the-boss-ce-1-moaee-mother-of-all-effect-emulations.59591 Presenting the Boss CE-1]</q>, the Vibrato mode of the venerable Boss CE-1 depends on a variable Mix setting.

See Wikipedia's <q>[http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Vibrato_unit Vibrato unit]</q> page for more information.

==Tri-Chorus==

The Tri-Chorus is a very lush chorus that was very popular among studio players in the 80s and 90s. The original devices have been discontinued, but there are a few replicas. It uses three different LFOs with phase relationships 120 degrees apart (less warble, more smooth and shimmery).

; Axe-Fx III, FM3, FM9. VP4, AM4 : The Chorus block has an authentic Tri-Chorus algorithm, based on a Dytronics Songbird TSC-1380.

:See the forum's <q>[http://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/which-tri-chorus-was-used-for-modeling-as-its-not-clear.136778/#post-1620722 Which tri chorus was used for modeling?]</q> for more information.

; AX8, FX8 and Axe-Fx II : Use the Chorus and/or Quad Chorus for the Axe-Fx II only effects, combined with Pitch Detune.

:See <q>[http://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/another-tri-chorus-thread.99868 Another Tri-Chorus thread]</q> in the forum for more information.

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>

<blockquote>
[http://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/the-tri-chorus-sound.148267/#post-1753931]
It's just chorus. You can't do it with the II. It's a unique algorithm and there's no way to adjust the chorus block to get the same results. The III has a separate tri-chorus algorithm.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

Videos:
* [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=L3I6euvvLFc Dytronics Tri Stereo Chorus]
* [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=0b-jcn9t-MM Pete Thorn demos the Fulltone TERC]
* [http://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/michael-landau-style-tri-stereo-chorus.139154 Demonstration by Camilo Velandia]

==Dual Chorus==

This type has independent LFOs for the left and right delay lines. The delay lines are BBD emulations.

Not available on the Axe-Fx II, AX8 and FX8.

==Using other blocks to create a chorus==

* The [[Multitap Delay block]] can create lush multi-voice chorus effects. Firmware 17.01 for the Axe-Fx III (and corresponding FM3 and FM9 firmware) added several types, based on the TC 1210 Stereo Chorus/Flanger, Yamaha UD-Stump etc.

* The [[Pitch block]] and [[Plex Delay block]] can create a multi-voice detuning effect.

* Leon Todd replicated the [https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/intellifex-style-8-voice-chorus.153396/ Intellifex Style 8 Voice Chorus] using the Multitap Delay.

* Current firmware adds a Tape Flanger type to the Chorus block.

<blockquote>'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''<HR>
<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/axe-fx-iii-firmware-version-12-00-public-beta-2-beta-3.157788/post-1881824]
Just use the flanger with zero feedback and modulate MANUAL. In some cases, the Flanger is now a better chorus than the chorus!
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/replicating-this-mxr-flanger-doubler-effect.200247/#post-2497435]
Use the Chorus, which is the same thing as a flanger whose feedback is set to 0.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

==Arion chorus==

You can recreate the [https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/tc-1210-tc-scf.172165/post-2080948 Arion SCH-1 chorus] sound with the Flanger.

See Marco Fanton's "[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=r7o8MqIc8-8 How to create the famous ARION STEREO CHORUS]" video for information too.

=Position of the Chorus block on the grid=

You can put the Chorus block either ''before'' (PRE) or ''after'' (POST) the Amp block.

;PRE : The block operates as a pedal on a traditional pedalboard

;POST : The block takes the role of a studio/rack effect

=Mono or stereo chorus=

A stereo Chorus block ''before'' the Amp block will be summed to mono, so make sure it is set to mono (LFO Phase: 0) to prevent phase cancellation issues.

Some chorus types (such as 80s and Triangle) "invert" the wet sound on one side. If you're collapsing the signal to mono ''after'' the Chorus block, the wet side will completely cancel and you'll hear no chorus at all.

=Parameters=

==Voices==

Whenever the number of voices is set to more than two, the LFO type will change automatically to “SINE.” If the number of voices is greater than two and the LFO type is changed to something other than “SINE,” the number of voices will be reset to two.

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<hr>

<blockquote>
[http://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/quad-chorus.138718/#post-1645790]
The Chorus block has up to 8 voices.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

A single chorus voice, i.e. for a Vibrato effect, can be obtained by setting LFO Phase to 0.

==LFO Type==

Whenever the number of voices is set to more than two, the LFO type will change automatically to “SINE.” If the number of voices is greater than two and the LFO type is changed to something other than “SINE,” the number of voices will be reset to two.

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<hr>
<blockquote>
Roland uses a Triangle wave LFO for its Chorus effect, and a Sine wave LFO for its Vibrato effect. [https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/once-upon-a-time-there-were-service-manuals.166247/post-1996445]
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

==Stereo Spread==

Values beyond +/-100% increase the apparent image beyond the stereo field.

==Chorus vs Detune==

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/chorus-vs-pitch-block-detuned.68871/#post-846398]
Chorus is a varying pitch shift. The pitch slowly changes between flat and sharp. Detune is a constant pitch shift.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

The Chorus block can be used for pitch detuning. [https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/chorus-the-hunt-for-a-great-chorus.215003/#post-2700288 Here's how]

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>
<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/replace-pitch-block-dual-detune-when-i-need-to-use-the-virtual-capo.218206/#post-2746963]
In many cases, it's virtually impossible to tell the difference between a clean triangle chorus and a dual detune. Start with Digital Stereo. Set LFO Phase to 180. LFO Type to Triangle.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

=Tips, tricks and troubleshooting=

==Factory presets==

The Chorus block is showcased in many factory presets. Search the [[Factory presets]] page for "chorus".

==Use a Flanger for chorus ==

<blockquote>'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''<HR>
<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/replicating-this-mxr-flanger-doubler-effect.200247/#post-2497435]
Use the Chorus, which is the same thing as a flanger whose feedback is set to 0.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

==Double chorus==

A studio trick from the '80s is to use two choruses in series. The video below demonstrates this.

==More information about chorus==

The Chorus block is explained in the [[Owners_Manuals|Owner's Manual]].

Also see:
* [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Chorus_effect Wikipedia: Chorus]
* [http://www.premierguitar.com/articles/25035-behind-the-bucket-brigade?utm_source=Sailthru&utm_medium=email&utm_campaign=Gruhn%20ENL%20-%20032217&utm_term=PG%20Weekly Premier Guitar: Behind the Bucket Brigade]
* [https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/boss-ce1.160631/post-1926114 About waveforms in Chorus]

=Videos=

[[Video:Leon-ChorusMasterClass]]
[[video:Leon-ChorusDetune]]
[[video:Cordy-DoubleChorus]]

[[category:Axe-Fx2]]
[[category:Axe-Fx3]]
[[category:FM3]]
[[category:FM9]]
[[category:VP4]]
[[category:AM4]]
[[category:AX8]]
[[category:FX8]]
[[category:Sounds]]
[[category:All]]

Chorus block

2026-03-31T14:12:54Z

Yek: /* Boss CE-2 */

__TOC__
=Chorus block=

'''Axe-Fx III''', '''FM9''', '''FM3''' — 2 blocks, 4 channels 
'''AM4''' — 1 block, 4 channels 
'''VP4''' — 4 blocks, 4 channels

'''ICONS''' — yes

'''Axe-Fx II''', '''FX8''' — 2 blocks, X/Y 
'''AX8''' — 1 block, X/Y

=About the Chorus block=

Chorus is created by duplicating the signal and then modulating the pitch of that signal slightly. Slightly delaying the wet signal emphasizes the effect.

[[image:Chorus block.PNG|link=|400px]]

=Chorus types=

# '''Digital Mono'''
# '''Digital Stereo'''
# '''Analog Mono'''
# '''Analog Stereo'''
# '''Japan CE-2'''
# '''Warm Stereo'''
# '''80's Style'''
# '''Triangle Chorus'''
# '''8-Voice Stereo'''
# '''Tape Chorus'''
# '''Dimension 1'''
# '''Dimension 2'''
# '''Dimension 3'''
# '''4-Voice Analog'''
# '''8-Voice Analog'''
# '''Stereo Tri-Chorus'''
# '''Dual Chorus'''
# '''Tape Flanger'''
# '''Japan CE-1 Chorus'''
# '''Japan CE-1 Vibrato'''
# '''Japan CH-1'''
# '''MX2345'''
# '''Small Copy'''
# '''Japan CE-2 Bass'''
# '''Vibrato'''

And on the VP4 and AM4:

# '''Vibrato 1'''
# '''Vibrato 2'''

=About chorus effects=

==Boss CE-1==

The Boss CE-1 is the pedal version of the chorus in the Roland JC-120 amplifier.

Before the addition of the model, forum members tried to simulate it by other means, see below.

* [http://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/presenting-the-boss-ce-1-moaee-mother-of-all-effect-emulations.59591 Recreate the Boss CE-1 sound using a LFO-driven Flanger block]
* [http://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/ax8-ce-1-blind-test.141424/ Leon Todd dials in the CE-1 sound, based on the 'Japan CE-2' type in the Chorus block], and [http://www.youtube.com/watch?time_continue=4&v=M37ojINmE8w YouTube demo]
* [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=cbjWvN9nGAk That Pedal Show: Dan's Broken Ensemble]
* [https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/boss-ce1.160631/post-1925191 Admin M@'s CE-1]
* The [[Factory presets|factory preset CE-1 CHORUS/VIBE]] also recreates the chorus and vibrato sounds of the CE-1.

==Boss CE-2==

This is the successor of the large grey CE-1. It was released in 1979. It's a mono chorus.

There's a dedicated model for the CE-2 Bass pedal.

==MX234=

Based on the MXR M234 Analog Chorus pedal.

==Japan CH-1==

Based on the Boss Super Chorus CH-1 pedal.

==Vintage tape==

This Chorus type uses the tape delay algorithm from the Delay block. It sums the left and right block inputs into mono, so use caution as phase cancellation may occur.

==Triangle Chorus==

Two voices with a triangle-shaped LFO.

==Dimension==

Based on Roland's SDD-320 Dimension D unit.

The Chorus block provides three Dimension types: Dimension 1, 2 and 3. These correspond to the modes on the original device.

The Dimension C pedal was created by Boss to produce the Dimension D effect through a pedal. In 2018 Boss released its DC-2W Dimension C pedal, part of the Waza Craft Series. [https://m.youtube.com/watch?v=Tt9nrVOnV70 Video]

According to Guitar World, SRV used the Dimension D to add thicken his solos and still keep the tone natural.

[[Owners_Manuals|Fractal Audio's Blocks Guide]] says this about the Dimension Mode parameter:
; OFF : Dimension mode is not active
; LOW : Neutral with no tonal coloration
; MED : Classic Dimension processing buttons 1-3. Set Rate to 0.25 - 0.50 Hz and Depth to taste
; HIGH : Classic Dimension processing button 4. Rate and Depth as above

For preset examples, search the [[Factory presets]] page for <q>dimension</q>.

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>

<blockquote>
[http://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/dimension-type-mode-unclarity.79153/#post-962721]
The Dimension Mode parameter turns on "Dimension Processing". This can be turned on in any type. However I highly recommend using the Dimension Type as it sets the correct base algorithm, LFO type, delay time, phase, etc., etc. as well as turning on the Dimension Processing.

The Dimension D is really just a typical chorus. At the output, however, some special processing occurs that gives that unique sound. Turning Dimension Mode to one of the three settings engages the various aspects of that processing.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/12-03b4-dimesion-d-preview.79253/page-2#post-964250]
A Dimension D is a fairly typical chorus with some added analog processing on the outputs. The analog processing has a "normal" mode and a "boost" mode. The unit itself has four switches. These switches set the rate and the depth as well as turn on the boost mode. The switches do the following:
# Slow rate (0.25 Hz) and low depth.
# Slow rate and normal depth.
# Fast rate (0.5 Hz) and normal depth.
# Fast rate and normal depth and "boost" on.

The depth is actually reduced in modes 3 and 4 to compensate for the higher rate. In the Axe-Fx this is done automatically when Auto Depth is on. Therefore I've indicated the depth as "normal" in modes 3 and 4 as the amount of pitch shift is roughly the same as mode 2.

There is also an EQ that is present in all the modes on the dry signal.

The LFO is a triangle wave and is 180 degrees out of phase between channels.

The Dimension Mode parameter has three settings: Low, Medium and High. 
Low: Dry EQ off, boost off. 
Med: Dry EQ on, boost off. 
High: Dry EQ on, boost on. 

The Low setting has no equivalent on an actual Dimension D since the dry EQ is always active.

The Dimension '''Type''' sets the LFO type, phase, Auto Depth, Hi Cut, etc., etc. and sets the Dimension Mode to Medium. With the appropriate settings of Rate and Depth you can duplicate modes 1, 2 & 3 on the actual Dimension D. To duplicate mode 4 you simply set the Dimension Mode to High.

The Rates are given above. I've found a Depth of around 25% to be a good starting point. Increase or decrease to taste. The Type does NOT preset the Rate or Depth.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

==BBD algorithm==

All “Analog” chorus types use the BBD algorithm from the Flanger block, as does the "Dimension 2" type: Analog Mono, Analog Stereo, Dimension 2, Dimension (and probably Japan CE-2).

<blockquote>'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''<HR>
<blockquote>
[http://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/not-a-bug-triangle-lfo-in-certain-chorus-types.140241/#post-1662572]
Those types use “analog” delay lines. The delay lines are virtual bucket brigade devices with the delay time controlled by a virtual oscillator. That behavior is consistent with how they would work in the real world.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

==Vibrato==

In current firmware, there's a Vibrato type in the Chorus block.

Roland uses a Sine wave for its Vibrato effect. [https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/once-upon-a-time-there-were-service-manuals.166247/post-1996445]

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/anyone-have-a-good-memory-man-patch.23836/#post-379483]
Vibrato is chorus with the mix at 100%. If you want vibrato on the delay trails only simply use the built-in LFO's in the delay block itself.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

Mix at 100% is not an absolute requirement. As documented in <q>[http://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/presenting-the-boss-ce-1-moaee-mother-of-all-effect-emulations.59591 Presenting the Boss CE-1]</q>, the Vibrato mode of the venerable Boss CE-1 depends on a variable Mix setting.

See Wikipedia's <q>[http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Vibrato_unit Vibrato unit]</q> page for more information.

==Tri-Chorus==

The Tri-Chorus is a very lush chorus that was very popular among studio players in the 80s and 90s. The original devices have been discontinued, but there are a few replicas. It uses three different LFOs with phase relationships 120 degrees apart (less warble, more smooth and shimmery).

; Axe-Fx III, FM3, FM9. VP4, AM4 : The Chorus block has an authentic Tri-Chorus algorithm, based on a Dytronics Songbird TSC-1380.

:See the forum's <q>[http://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/which-tri-chorus-was-used-for-modeling-as-its-not-clear.136778/#post-1620722 Which tri chorus was used for modeling?]</q> for more information.

; AX8, FX8 and Axe-Fx II : Use the Chorus and/or Quad Chorus for the Axe-Fx II only effects, combined with Pitch Detune.

:See <q>[http://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/another-tri-chorus-thread.99868 Another Tri-Chorus thread]</q> in the forum for more information.

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>

<blockquote>
[http://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/the-tri-chorus-sound.148267/#post-1753931]
It's just chorus. You can't do it with the II. It's a unique algorithm and there's no way to adjust the chorus block to get the same results. The III has a separate tri-chorus algorithm.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

Videos:
* [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=L3I6euvvLFc Dytronics Tri Stereo Chorus]
* [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=0b-jcn9t-MM Pete Thorn demos the Fulltone TERC]
* [http://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/michael-landau-style-tri-stereo-chorus.139154 Demonstration by Camilo Velandia]

==Dual Chorus==

This type has independent LFOs for the left and right delay lines. The delay lines are BBD emulations.

Not available on the Axe-Fx II, AX8 and FX8.

==Using other blocks to create a chorus==

* The [[Multitap Delay block]] can create lush multi-voice chorus effects. Firmware 17.01 for the Axe-Fx III (and corresponding FM3 and FM9 firmware) added several types, based on the TC 1210 Stereo Chorus/Flanger, Yamaha UD-Stump etc.

* The [[Pitch block]] and [[Plex Delay block]] can create a multi-voice detuning effect.

* Leon Todd replicated the [https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/intellifex-style-8-voice-chorus.153396/ Intellifex Style 8 Voice Chorus] using the Multitap Delay.

* Current firmware adds a Tape Flanger type to the Chorus block.

<blockquote>'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''<HR>
<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/axe-fx-iii-firmware-version-12-00-public-beta-2-beta-3.157788/post-1881824]
Just use the flanger with zero feedback and modulate MANUAL. In some cases, the Flanger is now a better chorus than the chorus!
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/replicating-this-mxr-flanger-doubler-effect.200247/#post-2497435]
Use the Chorus, which is the same thing as a flanger whose feedback is set to 0.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

==Arion chorus==

You can recreate the [https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/tc-1210-tc-scf.172165/post-2080948 Arion SCH-1 chorus] sound with the Flanger.

See Marco Fanton's "[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=r7o8MqIc8-8 How to create the famous ARION STEREO CHORUS]" video for information too.

=Position of the Chorus block on the grid=

You can put the Chorus block either ''before'' (PRE) or ''after'' (POST) the Amp block.

;PRE : The block operates as a pedal on a traditional pedalboard

;POST : The block takes the role of a studio/rack effect

=Mono or stereo chorus=

A stereo Chorus block ''before'' the Amp block will be summed to mono, so make sure it is set to mono (LFO Phase: 0) to prevent phase cancellation issues.

Some chorus types (such as 80s and Triangle) "invert" the wet sound on one side. If you're collapsing the signal to mono ''after'' the Chorus block, the wet side will completely cancel and you'll hear no chorus at all.

=Parameters=

==Voices==

Whenever the number of voices is set to more than two, the LFO type will change automatically to “SINE.” If the number of voices is greater than two and the LFO type is changed to something other than “SINE,” the number of voices will be reset to two.

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<hr>

<blockquote>
[http://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/quad-chorus.138718/#post-1645790]
The Chorus block has up to 8 voices.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

A single chorus voice, i.e. for a Vibrato effect, can be obtained by setting LFO Phase to 0.

==LFO Type==

Whenever the number of voices is set to more than two, the LFO type will change automatically to “SINE.” If the number of voices is greater than two and the LFO type is changed to something other than “SINE,” the number of voices will be reset to two.

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<hr>
<blockquote>
Roland uses a Triangle wave LFO for its Chorus effect, and a Sine wave LFO for its Vibrato effect. [https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/once-upon-a-time-there-were-service-manuals.166247/post-1996445]
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

==Stereo Spread==

Values beyond +/-100% increase the apparent image beyond the stereo field.

==Chorus vs Detune==

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/chorus-vs-pitch-block-detuned.68871/#post-846398]
Chorus is a varying pitch shift. The pitch slowly changes between flat and sharp. Detune is a constant pitch shift.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

The Chorus block can be used for pitch detuning. [https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/chorus-the-hunt-for-a-great-chorus.215003/#post-2700288 Here's how]

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>
<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/replace-pitch-block-dual-detune-when-i-need-to-use-the-virtual-capo.218206/#post-2746963]
In many cases, it's virtually impossible to tell the difference between a clean triangle chorus and a dual detune. Start with Digital Stereo. Set LFO Phase to 180. LFO Type to Triangle.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

=Tips, tricks and troubleshooting=

==Factory presets==

The Chorus block is showcased in many factory presets. Search the [[Factory presets]] page for "chorus".

==Use a Flanger for chorus ==

<blockquote>'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''<HR>
<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/replicating-this-mxr-flanger-doubler-effect.200247/#post-2497435]
Use the Chorus, which is the same thing as a flanger whose feedback is set to 0.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

==Double chorus==

A studio trick from the '80s is to use two choruses in series. The video below demonstrates this.

==More information about chorus==

The Chorus block is explained in the [[Owners_Manuals|Owner's Manual]].

Also see:
* [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Chorus_effect Wikipedia: Chorus]
* [http://www.premierguitar.com/articles/25035-behind-the-bucket-brigade?utm_source=Sailthru&utm_medium=email&utm_campaign=Gruhn%20ENL%20-%20032217&utm_term=PG%20Weekly Premier Guitar: Behind the Bucket Brigade]
* [https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/boss-ce1.160631/post-1926114 About waveforms in Chorus]

=Videos=

[[Video:Leon-ChorusMasterClass]]
[[video:Leon-ChorusDetune]]
[[video:Cordy-DoubleChorus]]

[[category:Axe-Fx2]]
[[category:Axe-Fx3]]
[[category:FM3]]
[[category:FM9]]
[[category:VP4]]
[[category:AM4]]
[[category:AX8]]
[[category:FX8]]
[[category:Sounds]]
[[category:All]]

Chorus block

2026-03-31T14:11:58Z

Yek: /* Boss CE-2 */

__TOC__
=Chorus block=

'''Axe-Fx III''', '''FM9''', '''FM3''' — 2 blocks, 4 channels 
'''AM4''' — 1 block, 4 channels 
'''VP4''' — 4 blocks, 4 channels

'''ICONS''' — yes

'''Axe-Fx II''', '''FX8''' — 2 blocks, X/Y 
'''AX8''' — 1 block, X/Y

=About the Chorus block=

Chorus is created by duplicating the signal and then modulating the pitch of that signal slightly. Slightly delaying the wet signal emphasizes the effect.

[[image:Chorus block.PNG|link=|400px]]

=Chorus types=

# '''Digital Mono'''
# '''Digital Stereo'''
# '''Analog Mono'''
# '''Analog Stereo'''
# '''Japan CE-2'''
# '''Warm Stereo'''
# '''80's Style'''
# '''Triangle Chorus'''
# '''8-Voice Stereo'''
# '''Tape Chorus'''
# '''Dimension 1'''
# '''Dimension 2'''
# '''Dimension 3'''
# '''4-Voice Analog'''
# '''8-Voice Analog'''
# '''Stereo Tri-Chorus'''
# '''Dual Chorus'''
# '''Tape Flanger'''
# '''Japan CE-1 Chorus'''
# '''Japan CE-1 Vibrato'''
# '''Japan CH-1'''
# '''MX2345'''
# '''Small Copy'''
# '''Japan CE-2 Bass'''
# '''Vibrato'''

And on the VP4 and AM4:

# '''Vibrato 1'''
# '''Vibrato 2'''

=About chorus effects=

==Boss CE-1==

The Boss CE-1 is the pedal version of the chorus in the Roland JC-120 amplifier.

Before the addition of the model, forum members tried to simulate it by other means, see below.

* [http://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/presenting-the-boss-ce-1-moaee-mother-of-all-effect-emulations.59591 Recreate the Boss CE-1 sound using a LFO-driven Flanger block]
* [http://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/ax8-ce-1-blind-test.141424/ Leon Todd dials in the CE-1 sound, based on the 'Japan CE-2' type in the Chorus block], and [http://www.youtube.com/watch?time_continue=4&v=M37ojINmE8w YouTube demo]
* [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=cbjWvN9nGAk That Pedal Show: Dan's Broken Ensemble]
* [https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/boss-ce1.160631/post-1925191 Admin M@'s CE-1]
* The [[Factory presets|factory preset CE-1 CHORUS/VIBE]] also recreates the chorus and vibrato sounds of the CE-1.

==Boss CE-2==

This is the successor of the large grey CE-1. It was released in 1979. It's a mono chorus.

There's a dedicated model for the CE-2 Bass pedal.

==Japan CH-1==

Based on the Boss Super Chorus CH-1 pedal.

==Vintage tape==

This Chorus type uses the tape delay algorithm from the Delay block. It sums the left and right block inputs into mono, so use caution as phase cancellation may occur.

==Triangle Chorus==

Two voices with a triangle-shaped LFO.

==Dimension==

Based on Roland's SDD-320 Dimension D unit.

The Chorus block provides three Dimension types: Dimension 1, 2 and 3. These correspond to the modes on the original device.

The Dimension C pedal was created by Boss to produce the Dimension D effect through a pedal. In 2018 Boss released its DC-2W Dimension C pedal, part of the Waza Craft Series. [https://m.youtube.com/watch?v=Tt9nrVOnV70 Video]

According to Guitar World, SRV used the Dimension D to add thicken his solos and still keep the tone natural.

[[Owners_Manuals|Fractal Audio's Blocks Guide]] says this about the Dimension Mode parameter:
; OFF : Dimension mode is not active
; LOW : Neutral with no tonal coloration
; MED : Classic Dimension processing buttons 1-3. Set Rate to 0.25 - 0.50 Hz and Depth to taste
; HIGH : Classic Dimension processing button 4. Rate and Depth as above

For preset examples, search the [[Factory presets]] page for <q>dimension</q>.

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>

<blockquote>
[http://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/dimension-type-mode-unclarity.79153/#post-962721]
The Dimension Mode parameter turns on "Dimension Processing". This can be turned on in any type. However I highly recommend using the Dimension Type as it sets the correct base algorithm, LFO type, delay time, phase, etc., etc. as well as turning on the Dimension Processing.

The Dimension D is really just a typical chorus. At the output, however, some special processing occurs that gives that unique sound. Turning Dimension Mode to one of the three settings engages the various aspects of that processing.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/12-03b4-dimesion-d-preview.79253/page-2#post-964250]
A Dimension D is a fairly typical chorus with some added analog processing on the outputs. The analog processing has a "normal" mode and a "boost" mode. The unit itself has four switches. These switches set the rate and the depth as well as turn on the boost mode. The switches do the following:
# Slow rate (0.25 Hz) and low depth.
# Slow rate and normal depth.
# Fast rate (0.5 Hz) and normal depth.
# Fast rate and normal depth and "boost" on.

The depth is actually reduced in modes 3 and 4 to compensate for the higher rate. In the Axe-Fx this is done automatically when Auto Depth is on. Therefore I've indicated the depth as "normal" in modes 3 and 4 as the amount of pitch shift is roughly the same as mode 2.

There is also an EQ that is present in all the modes on the dry signal.

The LFO is a triangle wave and is 180 degrees out of phase between channels.

The Dimension Mode parameter has three settings: Low, Medium and High. 
Low: Dry EQ off, boost off. 
Med: Dry EQ on, boost off. 
High: Dry EQ on, boost on. 

The Low setting has no equivalent on an actual Dimension D since the dry EQ is always active.

The Dimension '''Type''' sets the LFO type, phase, Auto Depth, Hi Cut, etc., etc. and sets the Dimension Mode to Medium. With the appropriate settings of Rate and Depth you can duplicate modes 1, 2 & 3 on the actual Dimension D. To duplicate mode 4 you simply set the Dimension Mode to High.

The Rates are given above. I've found a Depth of around 25% to be a good starting point. Increase or decrease to taste. The Type does NOT preset the Rate or Depth.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

==BBD algorithm==

All “Analog” chorus types use the BBD algorithm from the Flanger block, as does the "Dimension 2" type: Analog Mono, Analog Stereo, Dimension 2, Dimension (and probably Japan CE-2).

<blockquote>'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''<HR>
<blockquote>
[http://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/not-a-bug-triangle-lfo-in-certain-chorus-types.140241/#post-1662572]
Those types use “analog” delay lines. The delay lines are virtual bucket brigade devices with the delay time controlled by a virtual oscillator. That behavior is consistent with how they would work in the real world.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

==Vibrato==

In current firmware, there's a Vibrato type in the Chorus block.

Roland uses a Sine wave for its Vibrato effect. [https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/once-upon-a-time-there-were-service-manuals.166247/post-1996445]

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/anyone-have-a-good-memory-man-patch.23836/#post-379483]
Vibrato is chorus with the mix at 100%. If you want vibrato on the delay trails only simply use the built-in LFO's in the delay block itself.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

Mix at 100% is not an absolute requirement. As documented in <q>[http://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/presenting-the-boss-ce-1-moaee-mother-of-all-effect-emulations.59591 Presenting the Boss CE-1]</q>, the Vibrato mode of the venerable Boss CE-1 depends on a variable Mix setting.

See Wikipedia's <q>[http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Vibrato_unit Vibrato unit]</q> page for more information.

==Tri-Chorus==

The Tri-Chorus is a very lush chorus that was very popular among studio players in the 80s and 90s. The original devices have been discontinued, but there are a few replicas. It uses three different LFOs with phase relationships 120 degrees apart (less warble, more smooth and shimmery).

; Axe-Fx III, FM3, FM9. VP4, AM4 : The Chorus block has an authentic Tri-Chorus algorithm, based on a Dytronics Songbird TSC-1380.

:See the forum's <q>[http://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/which-tri-chorus-was-used-for-modeling-as-its-not-clear.136778/#post-1620722 Which tri chorus was used for modeling?]</q> for more information.

; AX8, FX8 and Axe-Fx II : Use the Chorus and/or Quad Chorus for the Axe-Fx II only effects, combined with Pitch Detune.

:See <q>[http://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/another-tri-chorus-thread.99868 Another Tri-Chorus thread]</q> in the forum for more information.

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>

<blockquote>
[http://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/the-tri-chorus-sound.148267/#post-1753931]
It's just chorus. You can't do it with the II. It's a unique algorithm and there's no way to adjust the chorus block to get the same results. The III has a separate tri-chorus algorithm.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

Videos:
* [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=L3I6euvvLFc Dytronics Tri Stereo Chorus]
* [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=0b-jcn9t-MM Pete Thorn demos the Fulltone TERC]
* [http://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/michael-landau-style-tri-stereo-chorus.139154 Demonstration by Camilo Velandia]

==Dual Chorus==

This type has independent LFOs for the left and right delay lines. The delay lines are BBD emulations.

Not available on the Axe-Fx II, AX8 and FX8.

==Using other blocks to create a chorus==

* The [[Multitap Delay block]] can create lush multi-voice chorus effects. Firmware 17.01 for the Axe-Fx III (and corresponding FM3 and FM9 firmware) added several types, based on the TC 1210 Stereo Chorus/Flanger, Yamaha UD-Stump etc.

* The [[Pitch block]] and [[Plex Delay block]] can create a multi-voice detuning effect.

* Leon Todd replicated the [https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/intellifex-style-8-voice-chorus.153396/ Intellifex Style 8 Voice Chorus] using the Multitap Delay.

* Current firmware adds a Tape Flanger type to the Chorus block.

<blockquote>'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''<HR>
<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/axe-fx-iii-firmware-version-12-00-public-beta-2-beta-3.157788/post-1881824]
Just use the flanger with zero feedback and modulate MANUAL. In some cases, the Flanger is now a better chorus than the chorus!
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/replicating-this-mxr-flanger-doubler-effect.200247/#post-2497435]
Use the Chorus, which is the same thing as a flanger whose feedback is set to 0.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

==Arion chorus==

You can recreate the [https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/tc-1210-tc-scf.172165/post-2080948 Arion SCH-1 chorus] sound with the Flanger.

See Marco Fanton's "[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=r7o8MqIc8-8 How to create the famous ARION STEREO CHORUS]" video for information too.

=Position of the Chorus block on the grid=

You can put the Chorus block either ''before'' (PRE) or ''after'' (POST) the Amp block.

;PRE : The block operates as a pedal on a traditional pedalboard

;POST : The block takes the role of a studio/rack effect

=Mono or stereo chorus=

A stereo Chorus block ''before'' the Amp block will be summed to mono, so make sure it is set to mono (LFO Phase: 0) to prevent phase cancellation issues.

Some chorus types (such as 80s and Triangle) "invert" the wet sound on one side. If you're collapsing the signal to mono ''after'' the Chorus block, the wet side will completely cancel and you'll hear no chorus at all.

=Parameters=

==Voices==

Whenever the number of voices is set to more than two, the LFO type will change automatically to “SINE.” If the number of voices is greater than two and the LFO type is changed to something other than “SINE,” the number of voices will be reset to two.

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<hr>

<blockquote>
[http://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/quad-chorus.138718/#post-1645790]
The Chorus block has up to 8 voices.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

A single chorus voice, i.e. for a Vibrato effect, can be obtained by setting LFO Phase to 0.

==LFO Type==

Whenever the number of voices is set to more than two, the LFO type will change automatically to “SINE.” If the number of voices is greater than two and the LFO type is changed to something other than “SINE,” the number of voices will be reset to two.

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<hr>
<blockquote>
Roland uses a Triangle wave LFO for its Chorus effect, and a Sine wave LFO for its Vibrato effect. [https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/once-upon-a-time-there-were-service-manuals.166247/post-1996445]
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

==Stereo Spread==

Values beyond +/-100% increase the apparent image beyond the stereo field.

==Chorus vs Detune==

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/chorus-vs-pitch-block-detuned.68871/#post-846398]
Chorus is a varying pitch shift. The pitch slowly changes between flat and sharp. Detune is a constant pitch shift.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

The Chorus block can be used for pitch detuning. [https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/chorus-the-hunt-for-a-great-chorus.215003/#post-2700288 Here's how]

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>
<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/replace-pitch-block-dual-detune-when-i-need-to-use-the-virtual-capo.218206/#post-2746963]
In many cases, it's virtually impossible to tell the difference between a clean triangle chorus and a dual detune. Start with Digital Stereo. Set LFO Phase to 180. LFO Type to Triangle.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

=Tips, tricks and troubleshooting=

==Factory presets==

The Chorus block is showcased in many factory presets. Search the [[Factory presets]] page for "chorus".

==Use a Flanger for chorus ==

<blockquote>'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''<HR>
<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/replicating-this-mxr-flanger-doubler-effect.200247/#post-2497435]
Use the Chorus, which is the same thing as a flanger whose feedback is set to 0.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

==Double chorus==

A studio trick from the '80s is to use two choruses in series. The video below demonstrates this.

==More information about chorus==

The Chorus block is explained in the [[Owners_Manuals|Owner's Manual]].

Also see:
* [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Chorus_effect Wikipedia: Chorus]
* [http://www.premierguitar.com/articles/25035-behind-the-bucket-brigade?utm_source=Sailthru&utm_medium=email&utm_campaign=Gruhn%20ENL%20-%20032217&utm_term=PG%20Weekly Premier Guitar: Behind the Bucket Brigade]
* [https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/boss-ce1.160631/post-1926114 About waveforms in Chorus]

=Videos=

[[Video:Leon-ChorusMasterClass]]
[[video:Leon-ChorusDetune]]
[[video:Cordy-DoubleChorus]]

[[category:Axe-Fx2]]
[[category:Axe-Fx3]]
[[category:FM3]]
[[category:FM9]]
[[category:VP4]]
[[category:AM4]]
[[category:AX8]]
[[category:FX8]]
[[category:Sounds]]
[[category:All]]

Chorus block

2026-03-31T14:11:07Z

Yek: /* Boss CE-2 */

__TOC__
=Chorus block=

'''Axe-Fx III''', '''FM9''', '''FM3''' — 2 blocks, 4 channels 
'''AM4''' — 1 block, 4 channels 
'''VP4''' — 4 blocks, 4 channels

'''ICONS''' — yes

'''Axe-Fx II''', '''FX8''' — 2 blocks, X/Y 
'''AX8''' — 1 block, X/Y

=About the Chorus block=

Chorus is created by duplicating the signal and then modulating the pitch of that signal slightly. Slightly delaying the wet signal emphasizes the effect.

[[image:Chorus block.PNG|link=|400px]]

=Chorus types=

# '''Digital Mono'''
# '''Digital Stereo'''
# '''Analog Mono'''
# '''Analog Stereo'''
# '''Japan CE-2'''
# '''Warm Stereo'''
# '''80's Style'''
# '''Triangle Chorus'''
# '''8-Voice Stereo'''
# '''Tape Chorus'''
# '''Dimension 1'''
# '''Dimension 2'''
# '''Dimension 3'''
# '''4-Voice Analog'''
# '''8-Voice Analog'''
# '''Stereo Tri-Chorus'''
# '''Dual Chorus'''
# '''Tape Flanger'''
# '''Japan CE-1 Chorus'''
# '''Japan CE-1 Vibrato'''
# '''Japan CH-1'''
# '''MX2345'''
# '''Small Copy'''
# '''Japan CE-2 Bass'''
# '''Vibrato'''

And on the VP4 and AM4:

# '''Vibrato 1'''
# '''Vibrato 2'''

=About chorus effects=

==Boss CE-1==

The Boss CE-1 is the pedal version of the chorus in the Roland JC-120 amplifier.

Before the addition of the model, forum members tried to simulate it by other means, see below.

* [http://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/presenting-the-boss-ce-1-moaee-mother-of-all-effect-emulations.59591 Recreate the Boss CE-1 sound using a LFO-driven Flanger block]
* [http://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/ax8-ce-1-blind-test.141424/ Leon Todd dials in the CE-1 sound, based on the 'Japan CE-2' type in the Chorus block], and [http://www.youtube.com/watch?time_continue=4&v=M37ojINmE8w YouTube demo]
* [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=cbjWvN9nGAk That Pedal Show: Dan's Broken Ensemble]
* [https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/boss-ce1.160631/post-1925191 Admin M@'s CE-1]
* The [[Factory presets|factory preset CE-1 CHORUS/VIBE]] also recreates the chorus and vibrato sounds of the CE-1.

==Boss CE-2==

This is the successor of the large grey CE-1. It was released in 1979. It's a mono chorus.

There's a dedicated model for the CE-2 Bass pedal.

==Vintage tape==

This Chorus type uses the tape delay algorithm from the Delay block. It sums the left and right block inputs into mono, so use caution as phase cancellation may occur.

==Triangle Chorus==

Two voices with a triangle-shaped LFO.

==Dimension==

Based on Roland's SDD-320 Dimension D unit.

The Chorus block provides three Dimension types: Dimension 1, 2 and 3. These correspond to the modes on the original device.

The Dimension C pedal was created by Boss to produce the Dimension D effect through a pedal. In 2018 Boss released its DC-2W Dimension C pedal, part of the Waza Craft Series. [https://m.youtube.com/watch?v=Tt9nrVOnV70 Video]

According to Guitar World, SRV used the Dimension D to add thicken his solos and still keep the tone natural.

[[Owners_Manuals|Fractal Audio's Blocks Guide]] says this about the Dimension Mode parameter:
; OFF : Dimension mode is not active
; LOW : Neutral with no tonal coloration
; MED : Classic Dimension processing buttons 1-3. Set Rate to 0.25 - 0.50 Hz and Depth to taste
; HIGH : Classic Dimension processing button 4. Rate and Depth as above

For preset examples, search the [[Factory presets]] page for <q>dimension</q>.

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>

<blockquote>
[http://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/dimension-type-mode-unclarity.79153/#post-962721]
The Dimension Mode parameter turns on "Dimension Processing". This can be turned on in any type. However I highly recommend using the Dimension Type as it sets the correct base algorithm, LFO type, delay time, phase, etc., etc. as well as turning on the Dimension Processing.

The Dimension D is really just a typical chorus. At the output, however, some special processing occurs that gives that unique sound. Turning Dimension Mode to one of the three settings engages the various aspects of that processing.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/12-03b4-dimesion-d-preview.79253/page-2#post-964250]
A Dimension D is a fairly typical chorus with some added analog processing on the outputs. The analog processing has a "normal" mode and a "boost" mode. The unit itself has four switches. These switches set the rate and the depth as well as turn on the boost mode. The switches do the following:
# Slow rate (0.25 Hz) and low depth.
# Slow rate and normal depth.
# Fast rate (0.5 Hz) and normal depth.
# Fast rate and normal depth and "boost" on.

The depth is actually reduced in modes 3 and 4 to compensate for the higher rate. In the Axe-Fx this is done automatically when Auto Depth is on. Therefore I've indicated the depth as "normal" in modes 3 and 4 as the amount of pitch shift is roughly the same as mode 2.

There is also an EQ that is present in all the modes on the dry signal.

The LFO is a triangle wave and is 180 degrees out of phase between channels.

The Dimension Mode parameter has three settings: Low, Medium and High. 
Low: Dry EQ off, boost off. 
Med: Dry EQ on, boost off. 
High: Dry EQ on, boost on. 

The Low setting has no equivalent on an actual Dimension D since the dry EQ is always active.

The Dimension '''Type''' sets the LFO type, phase, Auto Depth, Hi Cut, etc., etc. and sets the Dimension Mode to Medium. With the appropriate settings of Rate and Depth you can duplicate modes 1, 2 & 3 on the actual Dimension D. To duplicate mode 4 you simply set the Dimension Mode to High.

The Rates are given above. I've found a Depth of around 25% to be a good starting point. Increase or decrease to taste. The Type does NOT preset the Rate or Depth.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

==BBD algorithm==

All “Analog” chorus types use the BBD algorithm from the Flanger block, as does the "Dimension 2" type: Analog Mono, Analog Stereo, Dimension 2, Dimension (and probably Japan CE-2).

<blockquote>'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''<HR>
<blockquote>
[http://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/not-a-bug-triangle-lfo-in-certain-chorus-types.140241/#post-1662572]
Those types use “analog” delay lines. The delay lines are virtual bucket brigade devices with the delay time controlled by a virtual oscillator. That behavior is consistent with how they would work in the real world.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

==Vibrato==

In current firmware, there's a Vibrato type in the Chorus block.

Roland uses a Sine wave for its Vibrato effect. [https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/once-upon-a-time-there-were-service-manuals.166247/post-1996445]

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/anyone-have-a-good-memory-man-patch.23836/#post-379483]
Vibrato is chorus with the mix at 100%. If you want vibrato on the delay trails only simply use the built-in LFO's in the delay block itself.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

Mix at 100% is not an absolute requirement. As documented in <q>[http://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/presenting-the-boss-ce-1-moaee-mother-of-all-effect-emulations.59591 Presenting the Boss CE-1]</q>, the Vibrato mode of the venerable Boss CE-1 depends on a variable Mix setting.

See Wikipedia's <q>[http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Vibrato_unit Vibrato unit]</q> page for more information.

==Tri-Chorus==

The Tri-Chorus is a very lush chorus that was very popular among studio players in the 80s and 90s. The original devices have been discontinued, but there are a few replicas. It uses three different LFOs with phase relationships 120 degrees apart (less warble, more smooth and shimmery).

; Axe-Fx III, FM3, FM9. VP4, AM4 : The Chorus block has an authentic Tri-Chorus algorithm, based on a Dytronics Songbird TSC-1380.

:See the forum's <q>[http://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/which-tri-chorus-was-used-for-modeling-as-its-not-clear.136778/#post-1620722 Which tri chorus was used for modeling?]</q> for more information.

; AX8, FX8 and Axe-Fx II : Use the Chorus and/or Quad Chorus for the Axe-Fx II only effects, combined with Pitch Detune.

:See <q>[http://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/another-tri-chorus-thread.99868 Another Tri-Chorus thread]</q> in the forum for more information.

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>

<blockquote>
[http://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/the-tri-chorus-sound.148267/#post-1753931]
It's just chorus. You can't do it with the II. It's a unique algorithm and there's no way to adjust the chorus block to get the same results. The III has a separate tri-chorus algorithm.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

Videos:
* [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=L3I6euvvLFc Dytronics Tri Stereo Chorus]
* [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=0b-jcn9t-MM Pete Thorn demos the Fulltone TERC]
* [http://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/michael-landau-style-tri-stereo-chorus.139154 Demonstration by Camilo Velandia]

==Dual Chorus==

This type has independent LFOs for the left and right delay lines. The delay lines are BBD emulations.

Not available on the Axe-Fx II, AX8 and FX8.

==Using other blocks to create a chorus==

* The [[Multitap Delay block]] can create lush multi-voice chorus effects. Firmware 17.01 for the Axe-Fx III (and corresponding FM3 and FM9 firmware) added several types, based on the TC 1210 Stereo Chorus/Flanger, Yamaha UD-Stump etc.

* The [[Pitch block]] and [[Plex Delay block]] can create a multi-voice detuning effect.

* Leon Todd replicated the [https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/intellifex-style-8-voice-chorus.153396/ Intellifex Style 8 Voice Chorus] using the Multitap Delay.

* Current firmware adds a Tape Flanger type to the Chorus block.

<blockquote>'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''<HR>
<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/axe-fx-iii-firmware-version-12-00-public-beta-2-beta-3.157788/post-1881824]
Just use the flanger with zero feedback and modulate MANUAL. In some cases, the Flanger is now a better chorus than the chorus!
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/replicating-this-mxr-flanger-doubler-effect.200247/#post-2497435]
Use the Chorus, which is the same thing as a flanger whose feedback is set to 0.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

==Arion chorus==

You can recreate the [https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/tc-1210-tc-scf.172165/post-2080948 Arion SCH-1 chorus] sound with the Flanger.

See Marco Fanton's "[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=r7o8MqIc8-8 How to create the famous ARION STEREO CHORUS]" video for information too.

=Position of the Chorus block on the grid=

You can put the Chorus block either ''before'' (PRE) or ''after'' (POST) the Amp block.

;PRE : The block operates as a pedal on a traditional pedalboard

;POST : The block takes the role of a studio/rack effect

=Mono or stereo chorus=

A stereo Chorus block ''before'' the Amp block will be summed to mono, so make sure it is set to mono (LFO Phase: 0) to prevent phase cancellation issues.

Some chorus types (such as 80s and Triangle) "invert" the wet sound on one side. If you're collapsing the signal to mono ''after'' the Chorus block, the wet side will completely cancel and you'll hear no chorus at all.

=Parameters=

==Voices==

Whenever the number of voices is set to more than two, the LFO type will change automatically to “SINE.” If the number of voices is greater than two and the LFO type is changed to something other than “SINE,” the number of voices will be reset to two.

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<hr>

<blockquote>
[http://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/quad-chorus.138718/#post-1645790]
The Chorus block has up to 8 voices.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

A single chorus voice, i.e. for a Vibrato effect, can be obtained by setting LFO Phase to 0.

==LFO Type==

Whenever the number of voices is set to more than two, the LFO type will change automatically to “SINE.” If the number of voices is greater than two and the LFO type is changed to something other than “SINE,” the number of voices will be reset to two.

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<hr>
<blockquote>
Roland uses a Triangle wave LFO for its Chorus effect, and a Sine wave LFO for its Vibrato effect. [https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/once-upon-a-time-there-were-service-manuals.166247/post-1996445]
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

==Stereo Spread==

Values beyond +/-100% increase the apparent image beyond the stereo field.

==Chorus vs Detune==

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/chorus-vs-pitch-block-detuned.68871/#post-846398]
Chorus is a varying pitch shift. The pitch slowly changes between flat and sharp. Detune is a constant pitch shift.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

The Chorus block can be used for pitch detuning. [https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/chorus-the-hunt-for-a-great-chorus.215003/#post-2700288 Here's how]

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>
<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/replace-pitch-block-dual-detune-when-i-need-to-use-the-virtual-capo.218206/#post-2746963]
In many cases, it's virtually impossible to tell the difference between a clean triangle chorus and a dual detune. Start with Digital Stereo. Set LFO Phase to 180. LFO Type to Triangle.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

=Tips, tricks and troubleshooting=

==Factory presets==

The Chorus block is showcased in many factory presets. Search the [[Factory presets]] page for "chorus".

==Use a Flanger for chorus ==

<blockquote>'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''<HR>
<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/replicating-this-mxr-flanger-doubler-effect.200247/#post-2497435]
Use the Chorus, which is the same thing as a flanger whose feedback is set to 0.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

==Double chorus==

A studio trick from the '80s is to use two choruses in series. The video below demonstrates this.

==More information about chorus==

The Chorus block is explained in the [[Owners_Manuals|Owner's Manual]].

Also see:
* [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Chorus_effect Wikipedia: Chorus]
* [http://www.premierguitar.com/articles/25035-behind-the-bucket-brigade?utm_source=Sailthru&utm_medium=email&utm_campaign=Gruhn%20ENL%20-%20032217&utm_term=PG%20Weekly Premier Guitar: Behind the Bucket Brigade]
* [https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/boss-ce1.160631/post-1926114 About waveforms in Chorus]

=Videos=

[[Video:Leon-ChorusMasterClass]]
[[video:Leon-ChorusDetune]]
[[video:Cordy-DoubleChorus]]

[[category:Axe-Fx2]]
[[category:Axe-Fx3]]
[[category:FM3]]
[[category:FM9]]
[[category:VP4]]
[[category:AM4]]
[[category:AX8]]
[[category:FX8]]
[[category:Sounds]]
[[category:All]]

Chorus block

2026-03-31T14:10:46Z

Yek: /* Vibrato */

__TOC__
=Chorus block=

'''Axe-Fx III''', '''FM9''', '''FM3''' — 2 blocks, 4 channels 
'''AM4''' — 1 block, 4 channels 
'''VP4''' — 4 blocks, 4 channels

'''ICONS''' — yes

'''Axe-Fx II''', '''FX8''' — 2 blocks, X/Y 
'''AX8''' — 1 block, X/Y

=About the Chorus block=

Chorus is created by duplicating the signal and then modulating the pitch of that signal slightly. Slightly delaying the wet signal emphasizes the effect.

[[image:Chorus block.PNG|link=|400px]]

=Chorus types=

# '''Digital Mono'''
# '''Digital Stereo'''
# '''Analog Mono'''
# '''Analog Stereo'''
# '''Japan CE-2'''
# '''Warm Stereo'''
# '''80's Style'''
# '''Triangle Chorus'''
# '''8-Voice Stereo'''
# '''Tape Chorus'''
# '''Dimension 1'''
# '''Dimension 2'''
# '''Dimension 3'''
# '''4-Voice Analog'''
# '''8-Voice Analog'''
# '''Stereo Tri-Chorus'''
# '''Dual Chorus'''
# '''Tape Flanger'''
# '''Japan CE-1 Chorus'''
# '''Japan CE-1 Vibrato'''
# '''Japan CH-1'''
# '''MX2345'''
# '''Small Copy'''
# '''Japan CE-2 Bass'''
# '''Vibrato'''

And on the VP4 and AM4:

# '''Vibrato 1'''
# '''Vibrato 2'''

=About chorus effects=

==Boss CE-1==

The Boss CE-1 is the pedal version of the chorus in the Roland JC-120 amplifier.

Before the addition of the model, forum members tried to simulate it by other means, see below.

* [http://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/presenting-the-boss-ce-1-moaee-mother-of-all-effect-emulations.59591 Recreate the Boss CE-1 sound using a LFO-driven Flanger block]
* [http://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/ax8-ce-1-blind-test.141424/ Leon Todd dials in the CE-1 sound, based on the 'Japan CE-2' type in the Chorus block], and [http://www.youtube.com/watch?time_continue=4&v=M37ojINmE8w YouTube demo]
* [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=cbjWvN9nGAk That Pedal Show: Dan's Broken Ensemble]
* [https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/boss-ce1.160631/post-1925191 Admin M@'s CE-1]
* The [[Factory presets|factory preset CE-1 CHORUS/VIBE]] also recreates the chorus and vibrato sounds of the CE-1.

==Boss CE-2==

This is the successor of the large grey CE-1. It was released in 1979. It's a mono chorus.

==Vintage tape==

This Chorus type uses the tape delay algorithm from the Delay block. It sums the left and right block inputs into mono, so use caution as phase cancellation may occur.

==Triangle Chorus==

Two voices with a triangle-shaped LFO.

==Dimension==

Based on Roland's SDD-320 Dimension D unit.

The Chorus block provides three Dimension types: Dimension 1, 2 and 3. These correspond to the modes on the original device.

The Dimension C pedal was created by Boss to produce the Dimension D effect through a pedal. In 2018 Boss released its DC-2W Dimension C pedal, part of the Waza Craft Series. [https://m.youtube.com/watch?v=Tt9nrVOnV70 Video]

According to Guitar World, SRV used the Dimension D to add thicken his solos and still keep the tone natural.

[[Owners_Manuals|Fractal Audio's Blocks Guide]] says this about the Dimension Mode parameter:
; OFF : Dimension mode is not active
; LOW : Neutral with no tonal coloration
; MED : Classic Dimension processing buttons 1-3. Set Rate to 0.25 - 0.50 Hz and Depth to taste
; HIGH : Classic Dimension processing button 4. Rate and Depth as above

For preset examples, search the [[Factory presets]] page for <q>dimension</q>.

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>

<blockquote>
[http://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/dimension-type-mode-unclarity.79153/#post-962721]
The Dimension Mode parameter turns on "Dimension Processing". This can be turned on in any type. However I highly recommend using the Dimension Type as it sets the correct base algorithm, LFO type, delay time, phase, etc., etc. as well as turning on the Dimension Processing.

The Dimension D is really just a typical chorus. At the output, however, some special processing occurs that gives that unique sound. Turning Dimension Mode to one of the three settings engages the various aspects of that processing.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/12-03b4-dimesion-d-preview.79253/page-2#post-964250]
A Dimension D is a fairly typical chorus with some added analog processing on the outputs. The analog processing has a "normal" mode and a "boost" mode. The unit itself has four switches. These switches set the rate and the depth as well as turn on the boost mode. The switches do the following:
# Slow rate (0.25 Hz) and low depth.
# Slow rate and normal depth.
# Fast rate (0.5 Hz) and normal depth.
# Fast rate and normal depth and "boost" on.

The depth is actually reduced in modes 3 and 4 to compensate for the higher rate. In the Axe-Fx this is done automatically when Auto Depth is on. Therefore I've indicated the depth as "normal" in modes 3 and 4 as the amount of pitch shift is roughly the same as mode 2.

There is also an EQ that is present in all the modes on the dry signal.

The LFO is a triangle wave and is 180 degrees out of phase between channels.

The Dimension Mode parameter has three settings: Low, Medium and High. 
Low: Dry EQ off, boost off. 
Med: Dry EQ on, boost off. 
High: Dry EQ on, boost on. 

The Low setting has no equivalent on an actual Dimension D since the dry EQ is always active.

The Dimension '''Type''' sets the LFO type, phase, Auto Depth, Hi Cut, etc., etc. and sets the Dimension Mode to Medium. With the appropriate settings of Rate and Depth you can duplicate modes 1, 2 & 3 on the actual Dimension D. To duplicate mode 4 you simply set the Dimension Mode to High.

The Rates are given above. I've found a Depth of around 25% to be a good starting point. Increase or decrease to taste. The Type does NOT preset the Rate or Depth.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

==BBD algorithm==

All “Analog” chorus types use the BBD algorithm from the Flanger block, as does the "Dimension 2" type: Analog Mono, Analog Stereo, Dimension 2, Dimension (and probably Japan CE-2).

<blockquote>'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''<HR>
<blockquote>
[http://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/not-a-bug-triangle-lfo-in-certain-chorus-types.140241/#post-1662572]
Those types use “analog” delay lines. The delay lines are virtual bucket brigade devices with the delay time controlled by a virtual oscillator. That behavior is consistent with how they would work in the real world.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

==Vibrato==

In current firmware, there's a Vibrato type in the Chorus block.

Roland uses a Sine wave for its Vibrato effect. [https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/once-upon-a-time-there-were-service-manuals.166247/post-1996445]

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/anyone-have-a-good-memory-man-patch.23836/#post-379483]
Vibrato is chorus with the mix at 100%. If you want vibrato on the delay trails only simply use the built-in LFO's in the delay block itself.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

Mix at 100% is not an absolute requirement. As documented in <q>[http://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/presenting-the-boss-ce-1-moaee-mother-of-all-effect-emulations.59591 Presenting the Boss CE-1]</q>, the Vibrato mode of the venerable Boss CE-1 depends on a variable Mix setting.

See Wikipedia's <q>[http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Vibrato_unit Vibrato unit]</q> page for more information.

==Tri-Chorus==

The Tri-Chorus is a very lush chorus that was very popular among studio players in the 80s and 90s. The original devices have been discontinued, but there are a few replicas. It uses three different LFOs with phase relationships 120 degrees apart (less warble, more smooth and shimmery).

; Axe-Fx III, FM3, FM9. VP4, AM4 : The Chorus block has an authentic Tri-Chorus algorithm, based on a Dytronics Songbird TSC-1380.

:See the forum's <q>[http://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/which-tri-chorus-was-used-for-modeling-as-its-not-clear.136778/#post-1620722 Which tri chorus was used for modeling?]</q> for more information.

; AX8, FX8 and Axe-Fx II : Use the Chorus and/or Quad Chorus for the Axe-Fx II only effects, combined with Pitch Detune.

:See <q>[http://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/another-tri-chorus-thread.99868 Another Tri-Chorus thread]</q> in the forum for more information.

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>

<blockquote>
[http://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/the-tri-chorus-sound.148267/#post-1753931]
It's just chorus. You can't do it with the II. It's a unique algorithm and there's no way to adjust the chorus block to get the same results. The III has a separate tri-chorus algorithm.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

Videos:
* [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=L3I6euvvLFc Dytronics Tri Stereo Chorus]
* [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=0b-jcn9t-MM Pete Thorn demos the Fulltone TERC]
* [http://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/michael-landau-style-tri-stereo-chorus.139154 Demonstration by Camilo Velandia]

==Dual Chorus==

This type has independent LFOs for the left and right delay lines. The delay lines are BBD emulations.

Not available on the Axe-Fx II, AX8 and FX8.

==Using other blocks to create a chorus==

* The [[Multitap Delay block]] can create lush multi-voice chorus effects. Firmware 17.01 for the Axe-Fx III (and corresponding FM3 and FM9 firmware) added several types, based on the TC 1210 Stereo Chorus/Flanger, Yamaha UD-Stump etc.

* The [[Pitch block]] and [[Plex Delay block]] can create a multi-voice detuning effect.

* Leon Todd replicated the [https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/intellifex-style-8-voice-chorus.153396/ Intellifex Style 8 Voice Chorus] using the Multitap Delay.

* Current firmware adds a Tape Flanger type to the Chorus block.

<blockquote>'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''<HR>
<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/axe-fx-iii-firmware-version-12-00-public-beta-2-beta-3.157788/post-1881824]
Just use the flanger with zero feedback and modulate MANUAL. In some cases, the Flanger is now a better chorus than the chorus!
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/replicating-this-mxr-flanger-doubler-effect.200247/#post-2497435]
Use the Chorus, which is the same thing as a flanger whose feedback is set to 0.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

==Arion chorus==

You can recreate the [https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/tc-1210-tc-scf.172165/post-2080948 Arion SCH-1 chorus] sound with the Flanger.

See Marco Fanton's "[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=r7o8MqIc8-8 How to create the famous ARION STEREO CHORUS]" video for information too.

=Position of the Chorus block on the grid=

You can put the Chorus block either ''before'' (PRE) or ''after'' (POST) the Amp block.

;PRE : The block operates as a pedal on a traditional pedalboard

;POST : The block takes the role of a studio/rack effect

=Mono or stereo chorus=

A stereo Chorus block ''before'' the Amp block will be summed to mono, so make sure it is set to mono (LFO Phase: 0) to prevent phase cancellation issues.

Some chorus types (such as 80s and Triangle) "invert" the wet sound on one side. If you're collapsing the signal to mono ''after'' the Chorus block, the wet side will completely cancel and you'll hear no chorus at all.

=Parameters=

==Voices==

Whenever the number of voices is set to more than two, the LFO type will change automatically to “SINE.” If the number of voices is greater than two and the LFO type is changed to something other than “SINE,” the number of voices will be reset to two.

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<hr>

<blockquote>
[http://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/quad-chorus.138718/#post-1645790]
The Chorus block has up to 8 voices.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

A single chorus voice, i.e. for a Vibrato effect, can be obtained by setting LFO Phase to 0.

==LFO Type==

Whenever the number of voices is set to more than two, the LFO type will change automatically to “SINE.” If the number of voices is greater than two and the LFO type is changed to something other than “SINE,” the number of voices will be reset to two.

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<hr>
<blockquote>
Roland uses a Triangle wave LFO for its Chorus effect, and a Sine wave LFO for its Vibrato effect. [https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/once-upon-a-time-there-were-service-manuals.166247/post-1996445]
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

==Stereo Spread==

Values beyond +/-100% increase the apparent image beyond the stereo field.

==Chorus vs Detune==

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/chorus-vs-pitch-block-detuned.68871/#post-846398]
Chorus is a varying pitch shift. The pitch slowly changes between flat and sharp. Detune is a constant pitch shift.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

The Chorus block can be used for pitch detuning. [https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/chorus-the-hunt-for-a-great-chorus.215003/#post-2700288 Here's how]

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>
<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/replace-pitch-block-dual-detune-when-i-need-to-use-the-virtual-capo.218206/#post-2746963]
In many cases, it's virtually impossible to tell the difference between a clean triangle chorus and a dual detune. Start with Digital Stereo. Set LFO Phase to 180. LFO Type to Triangle.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

=Tips, tricks and troubleshooting=

==Factory presets==

The Chorus block is showcased in many factory presets. Search the [[Factory presets]] page for "chorus".

==Use a Flanger for chorus ==

<blockquote>'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''<HR>
<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/replicating-this-mxr-flanger-doubler-effect.200247/#post-2497435]
Use the Chorus, which is the same thing as a flanger whose feedback is set to 0.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

==Double chorus==

A studio trick from the '80s is to use two choruses in series. The video below demonstrates this.

==More information about chorus==

The Chorus block is explained in the [[Owners_Manuals|Owner's Manual]].

Also see:
* [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Chorus_effect Wikipedia: Chorus]
* [http://www.premierguitar.com/articles/25035-behind-the-bucket-brigade?utm_source=Sailthru&utm_medium=email&utm_campaign=Gruhn%20ENL%20-%20032217&utm_term=PG%20Weekly Premier Guitar: Behind the Bucket Brigade]
* [https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/boss-ce1.160631/post-1926114 About waveforms in Chorus]

=Videos=

[[Video:Leon-ChorusMasterClass]]
[[video:Leon-ChorusDetune]]
[[video:Cordy-DoubleChorus]]

[[category:Axe-Fx2]]
[[category:Axe-Fx3]]
[[category:FM3]]
[[category:FM9]]
[[category:VP4]]
[[category:AM4]]
[[category:AX8]]
[[category:FX8]]
[[category:Sounds]]
[[category:All]]

Chorus block

2026-03-31T14:10:01Z

Yek: /* BBD algorithm */

__TOC__
=Chorus block=

'''Axe-Fx III''', '''FM9''', '''FM3''' — 2 blocks, 4 channels 
'''AM4''' — 1 block, 4 channels 
'''VP4''' — 4 blocks, 4 channels

'''ICONS''' — yes

'''Axe-Fx II''', '''FX8''' — 2 blocks, X/Y 
'''AX8''' — 1 block, X/Y

=About the Chorus block=

Chorus is created by duplicating the signal and then modulating the pitch of that signal slightly. Slightly delaying the wet signal emphasizes the effect.

[[image:Chorus block.PNG|link=|400px]]

=Chorus types=

# '''Digital Mono'''
# '''Digital Stereo'''
# '''Analog Mono'''
# '''Analog Stereo'''
# '''Japan CE-2'''
# '''Warm Stereo'''
# '''80's Style'''
# '''Triangle Chorus'''
# '''8-Voice Stereo'''
# '''Tape Chorus'''
# '''Dimension 1'''
# '''Dimension 2'''
# '''Dimension 3'''
# '''4-Voice Analog'''
# '''8-Voice Analog'''
# '''Stereo Tri-Chorus'''
# '''Dual Chorus'''
# '''Tape Flanger'''
# '''Japan CE-1 Chorus'''
# '''Japan CE-1 Vibrato'''
# '''Japan CH-1'''
# '''MX2345'''
# '''Small Copy'''
# '''Japan CE-2 Bass'''
# '''Vibrato'''

And on the VP4 and AM4:

# '''Vibrato 1'''
# '''Vibrato 2'''

=About chorus effects=

==Boss CE-1==

The Boss CE-1 is the pedal version of the chorus in the Roland JC-120 amplifier.

Before the addition of the model, forum members tried to simulate it by other means, see below.

* [http://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/presenting-the-boss-ce-1-moaee-mother-of-all-effect-emulations.59591 Recreate the Boss CE-1 sound using a LFO-driven Flanger block]
* [http://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/ax8-ce-1-blind-test.141424/ Leon Todd dials in the CE-1 sound, based on the 'Japan CE-2' type in the Chorus block], and [http://www.youtube.com/watch?time_continue=4&v=M37ojINmE8w YouTube demo]
* [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=cbjWvN9nGAk That Pedal Show: Dan's Broken Ensemble]
* [https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/boss-ce1.160631/post-1925191 Admin M@'s CE-1]
* The [[Factory presets|factory preset CE-1 CHORUS/VIBE]] also recreates the chorus and vibrato sounds of the CE-1.

==Boss CE-2==

This is the successor of the large grey CE-1. It was released in 1979. It's a mono chorus.

==Vintage tape==

This Chorus type uses the tape delay algorithm from the Delay block. It sums the left and right block inputs into mono, so use caution as phase cancellation may occur.

==Triangle Chorus==

Two voices with a triangle-shaped LFO.

==Dimension==

Based on Roland's SDD-320 Dimension D unit.

The Chorus block provides three Dimension types: Dimension 1, 2 and 3. These correspond to the modes on the original device.

The Dimension C pedal was created by Boss to produce the Dimension D effect through a pedal. In 2018 Boss released its DC-2W Dimension C pedal, part of the Waza Craft Series. [https://m.youtube.com/watch?v=Tt9nrVOnV70 Video]

According to Guitar World, SRV used the Dimension D to add thicken his solos and still keep the tone natural.

[[Owners_Manuals|Fractal Audio's Blocks Guide]] says this about the Dimension Mode parameter:
; OFF : Dimension mode is not active
; LOW : Neutral with no tonal coloration
; MED : Classic Dimension processing buttons 1-3. Set Rate to 0.25 - 0.50 Hz and Depth to taste
; HIGH : Classic Dimension processing button 4. Rate and Depth as above

For preset examples, search the [[Factory presets]] page for <q>dimension</q>.

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>

<blockquote>
[http://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/dimension-type-mode-unclarity.79153/#post-962721]
The Dimension Mode parameter turns on "Dimension Processing". This can be turned on in any type. However I highly recommend using the Dimension Type as it sets the correct base algorithm, LFO type, delay time, phase, etc., etc. as well as turning on the Dimension Processing.

The Dimension D is really just a typical chorus. At the output, however, some special processing occurs that gives that unique sound. Turning Dimension Mode to one of the three settings engages the various aspects of that processing.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/12-03b4-dimesion-d-preview.79253/page-2#post-964250]
A Dimension D is a fairly typical chorus with some added analog processing on the outputs. The analog processing has a "normal" mode and a "boost" mode. The unit itself has four switches. These switches set the rate and the depth as well as turn on the boost mode. The switches do the following:
# Slow rate (0.25 Hz) and low depth.
# Slow rate and normal depth.
# Fast rate (0.5 Hz) and normal depth.
# Fast rate and normal depth and "boost" on.

The depth is actually reduced in modes 3 and 4 to compensate for the higher rate. In the Axe-Fx this is done automatically when Auto Depth is on. Therefore I've indicated the depth as "normal" in modes 3 and 4 as the amount of pitch shift is roughly the same as mode 2.

There is also an EQ that is present in all the modes on the dry signal.

The LFO is a triangle wave and is 180 degrees out of phase between channels.

The Dimension Mode parameter has three settings: Low, Medium and High. 
Low: Dry EQ off, boost off. 
Med: Dry EQ on, boost off. 
High: Dry EQ on, boost on. 

The Low setting has no equivalent on an actual Dimension D since the dry EQ is always active.

The Dimension '''Type''' sets the LFO type, phase, Auto Depth, Hi Cut, etc., etc. and sets the Dimension Mode to Medium. With the appropriate settings of Rate and Depth you can duplicate modes 1, 2 & 3 on the actual Dimension D. To duplicate mode 4 you simply set the Dimension Mode to High.

The Rates are given above. I've found a Depth of around 25% to be a good starting point. Increase or decrease to taste. The Type does NOT preset the Rate or Depth.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

==BBD algorithm==

All “Analog” chorus types use the BBD algorithm from the Flanger block, as does the "Dimension 2" type: Analog Mono, Analog Stereo, Dimension 2, Dimension (and probably Japan CE-2).

<blockquote>'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''<HR>
<blockquote>
[http://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/not-a-bug-triangle-lfo-in-certain-chorus-types.140241/#post-1662572]
Those types use “analog” delay lines. The delay lines are virtual bucket brigade devices with the delay time controlled by a virtual oscillator. That behavior is consistent with how they would work in the real world.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

==Vibrato==

In current firmware, there's a Vibrato type in the Chorus block.

You can also create this effect by using a 100% wet Chorus (no dry signal). Select the Digital Mono chorus type. Keep everything at default, except: (source: Admin M@)

* Rate: as desired
* Depth: 50%
* Delay Time: 0.10
* Auto Depth: High
* Mix: 100
* Level: -6
* Stereo Spread: 0

Roland uses a Sine wave for its Vibrato effect. [https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/once-upon-a-time-there-were-service-manuals.166247/post-1996445]

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/anyone-have-a-good-memory-man-patch.23836/#post-379483]
Vibrato is chorus with the mix at 100%. If you want vibrato on the delay trails only simply use the built-in LFO's in the delay block itself.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

Mix at 100% is not an absolute requirement. As documented in <q>[http://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/presenting-the-boss-ce-1-moaee-mother-of-all-effect-emulations.59591 Presenting the Boss CE-1]</q>, the Vibrato mode of the venerable Boss CE-1 depends on a variable Mix setting.

See Wikipedia's <q>[http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Vibrato_unit Vibrato unit]</q> page for more information.

==Tri-Chorus==

The Tri-Chorus is a very lush chorus that was very popular among studio players in the 80s and 90s. The original devices have been discontinued, but there are a few replicas. It uses three different LFOs with phase relationships 120 degrees apart (less warble, more smooth and shimmery).

; Axe-Fx III, FM3, FM9. VP4, AM4 : The Chorus block has an authentic Tri-Chorus algorithm, based on a Dytronics Songbird TSC-1380.

:See the forum's <q>[http://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/which-tri-chorus-was-used-for-modeling-as-its-not-clear.136778/#post-1620722 Which tri chorus was used for modeling?]</q> for more information.

; AX8, FX8 and Axe-Fx II : Use the Chorus and/or Quad Chorus for the Axe-Fx II only effects, combined with Pitch Detune.

:See <q>[http://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/another-tri-chorus-thread.99868 Another Tri-Chorus thread]</q> in the forum for more information.

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>

<blockquote>
[http://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/the-tri-chorus-sound.148267/#post-1753931]
It's just chorus. You can't do it with the II. It's a unique algorithm and there's no way to adjust the chorus block to get the same results. The III has a separate tri-chorus algorithm.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

Videos:
* [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=L3I6euvvLFc Dytronics Tri Stereo Chorus]
* [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=0b-jcn9t-MM Pete Thorn demos the Fulltone TERC]
* [http://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/michael-landau-style-tri-stereo-chorus.139154 Demonstration by Camilo Velandia]

==Dual Chorus==

This type has independent LFOs for the left and right delay lines. The delay lines are BBD emulations.

Not available on the Axe-Fx II, AX8 and FX8.

==Using other blocks to create a chorus==

* The [[Multitap Delay block]] can create lush multi-voice chorus effects. Firmware 17.01 for the Axe-Fx III (and corresponding FM3 and FM9 firmware) added several types, based on the TC 1210 Stereo Chorus/Flanger, Yamaha UD-Stump etc.

* The [[Pitch block]] and [[Plex Delay block]] can create a multi-voice detuning effect.

* Leon Todd replicated the [https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/intellifex-style-8-voice-chorus.153396/ Intellifex Style 8 Voice Chorus] using the Multitap Delay.

* Current firmware adds a Tape Flanger type to the Chorus block.

<blockquote>'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''<HR>
<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/axe-fx-iii-firmware-version-12-00-public-beta-2-beta-3.157788/post-1881824]
Just use the flanger with zero feedback and modulate MANUAL. In some cases, the Flanger is now a better chorus than the chorus!
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/replicating-this-mxr-flanger-doubler-effect.200247/#post-2497435]
Use the Chorus, which is the same thing as a flanger whose feedback is set to 0.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

==Arion chorus==

You can recreate the [https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/tc-1210-tc-scf.172165/post-2080948 Arion SCH-1 chorus] sound with the Flanger.

See Marco Fanton's "[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=r7o8MqIc8-8 How to create the famous ARION STEREO CHORUS]" video for information too.

=Position of the Chorus block on the grid=

You can put the Chorus block either ''before'' (PRE) or ''after'' (POST) the Amp block.

;PRE : The block operates as a pedal on a traditional pedalboard

;POST : The block takes the role of a studio/rack effect

=Mono or stereo chorus=

A stereo Chorus block ''before'' the Amp block will be summed to mono, so make sure it is set to mono (LFO Phase: 0) to prevent phase cancellation issues.

Some chorus types (such as 80s and Triangle) "invert" the wet sound on one side. If you're collapsing the signal to mono ''after'' the Chorus block, the wet side will completely cancel and you'll hear no chorus at all.

=Parameters=

==Voices==

Whenever the number of voices is set to more than two, the LFO type will change automatically to “SINE.” If the number of voices is greater than two and the LFO type is changed to something other than “SINE,” the number of voices will be reset to two.

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<hr>

<blockquote>
[http://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/quad-chorus.138718/#post-1645790]
The Chorus block has up to 8 voices.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

A single chorus voice, i.e. for a Vibrato effect, can be obtained by setting LFO Phase to 0.

==LFO Type==

Whenever the number of voices is set to more than two, the LFO type will change automatically to “SINE.” If the number of voices is greater than two and the LFO type is changed to something other than “SINE,” the number of voices will be reset to two.

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<hr>
<blockquote>
Roland uses a Triangle wave LFO for its Chorus effect, and a Sine wave LFO for its Vibrato effect. [https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/once-upon-a-time-there-were-service-manuals.166247/post-1996445]
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

==Stereo Spread==

Values beyond +/-100% increase the apparent image beyond the stereo field.

==Chorus vs Detune==

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/chorus-vs-pitch-block-detuned.68871/#post-846398]
Chorus is a varying pitch shift. The pitch slowly changes between flat and sharp. Detune is a constant pitch shift.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

The Chorus block can be used for pitch detuning. [https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/chorus-the-hunt-for-a-great-chorus.215003/#post-2700288 Here's how]

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>
<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/replace-pitch-block-dual-detune-when-i-need-to-use-the-virtual-capo.218206/#post-2746963]
In many cases, it's virtually impossible to tell the difference between a clean triangle chorus and a dual detune. Start with Digital Stereo. Set LFO Phase to 180. LFO Type to Triangle.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

=Tips, tricks and troubleshooting=

==Factory presets==

The Chorus block is showcased in many factory presets. Search the [[Factory presets]] page for "chorus".

==Use a Flanger for chorus ==

<blockquote>'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''<HR>
<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/replicating-this-mxr-flanger-doubler-effect.200247/#post-2497435]
Use the Chorus, which is the same thing as a flanger whose feedback is set to 0.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

==Double chorus==

A studio trick from the '80s is to use two choruses in series. The video below demonstrates this.

==More information about chorus==

The Chorus block is explained in the [[Owners_Manuals|Owner's Manual]].

Also see:
* [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Chorus_effect Wikipedia: Chorus]
* [http://www.premierguitar.com/articles/25035-behind-the-bucket-brigade?utm_source=Sailthru&utm_medium=email&utm_campaign=Gruhn%20ENL%20-%20032217&utm_term=PG%20Weekly Premier Guitar: Behind the Bucket Brigade]
* [https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/boss-ce1.160631/post-1926114 About waveforms in Chorus]

=Videos=

[[Video:Leon-ChorusMasterClass]]
[[video:Leon-ChorusDetune]]
[[video:Cordy-DoubleChorus]]

[[category:Axe-Fx2]]
[[category:Axe-Fx3]]
[[category:FM3]]
[[category:FM9]]
[[category:VP4]]
[[category:AM4]]
[[category:AX8]]
[[category:FX8]]
[[category:Sounds]]
[[category:All]]

Chorus block

2026-03-31T14:09:02Z

Yek: /* Dimension D */

__TOC__
=Chorus block=

'''Axe-Fx III''', '''FM9''', '''FM3''' — 2 blocks, 4 channels 
'''AM4''' — 1 block, 4 channels 
'''VP4''' — 4 blocks, 4 channels

'''ICONS''' — yes

'''Axe-Fx II''', '''FX8''' — 2 blocks, X/Y 
'''AX8''' — 1 block, X/Y

=About the Chorus block=

Chorus is created by duplicating the signal and then modulating the pitch of that signal slightly. Slightly delaying the wet signal emphasizes the effect.

[[image:Chorus block.PNG|link=|400px]]

=Chorus types=

# '''Digital Mono'''
# '''Digital Stereo'''
# '''Analog Mono'''
# '''Analog Stereo'''
# '''Japan CE-2'''
# '''Warm Stereo'''
# '''80's Style'''
# '''Triangle Chorus'''
# '''8-Voice Stereo'''
# '''Tape Chorus'''
# '''Dimension 1'''
# '''Dimension 2'''
# '''Dimension 3'''
# '''4-Voice Analog'''
# '''8-Voice Analog'''
# '''Stereo Tri-Chorus'''
# '''Dual Chorus'''
# '''Tape Flanger'''
# '''Japan CE-1 Chorus'''
# '''Japan CE-1 Vibrato'''
# '''Japan CH-1'''
# '''MX2345'''
# '''Small Copy'''
# '''Japan CE-2 Bass'''
# '''Vibrato'''

And on the VP4 and AM4:

# '''Vibrato 1'''
# '''Vibrato 2'''

=About chorus effects=

==Boss CE-1==

The Boss CE-1 is the pedal version of the chorus in the Roland JC-120 amplifier.

Before the addition of the model, forum members tried to simulate it by other means, see below.

* [http://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/presenting-the-boss-ce-1-moaee-mother-of-all-effect-emulations.59591 Recreate the Boss CE-1 sound using a LFO-driven Flanger block]
* [http://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/ax8-ce-1-blind-test.141424/ Leon Todd dials in the CE-1 sound, based on the 'Japan CE-2' type in the Chorus block], and [http://www.youtube.com/watch?time_continue=4&v=M37ojINmE8w YouTube demo]
* [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=cbjWvN9nGAk That Pedal Show: Dan's Broken Ensemble]
* [https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/boss-ce1.160631/post-1925191 Admin M@'s CE-1]
* The [[Factory presets|factory preset CE-1 CHORUS/VIBE]] also recreates the chorus and vibrato sounds of the CE-1.

==Boss CE-2==

This is the successor of the large grey CE-1. It was released in 1979. It's a mono chorus.

==Vintage tape==

This Chorus type uses the tape delay algorithm from the Delay block. It sums the left and right block inputs into mono, so use caution as phase cancellation may occur.

==Triangle Chorus==

Two voices with a triangle-shaped LFO.

==Dimension==

Based on Roland's SDD-320 Dimension D unit.

The Chorus block provides three Dimension types: Dimension 1, 2 and 3. These correspond to the modes on the original device.

The Dimension C pedal was created by Boss to produce the Dimension D effect through a pedal. In 2018 Boss released its DC-2W Dimension C pedal, part of the Waza Craft Series. [https://m.youtube.com/watch?v=Tt9nrVOnV70 Video]

According to Guitar World, SRV used the Dimension D to add thicken his solos and still keep the tone natural.

[[Owners_Manuals|Fractal Audio's Blocks Guide]] says this about the Dimension Mode parameter:
; OFF : Dimension mode is not active
; LOW : Neutral with no tonal coloration
; MED : Classic Dimension processing buttons 1-3. Set Rate to 0.25 - 0.50 Hz and Depth to taste
; HIGH : Classic Dimension processing button 4. Rate and Depth as above

For preset examples, search the [[Factory presets]] page for <q>dimension</q>.

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>

<blockquote>
[http://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/dimension-type-mode-unclarity.79153/#post-962721]
The Dimension Mode parameter turns on "Dimension Processing". This can be turned on in any type. However I highly recommend using the Dimension Type as it sets the correct base algorithm, LFO type, delay time, phase, etc., etc. as well as turning on the Dimension Processing.

The Dimension D is really just a typical chorus. At the output, however, some special processing occurs that gives that unique sound. Turning Dimension Mode to one of the three settings engages the various aspects of that processing.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/12-03b4-dimesion-d-preview.79253/page-2#post-964250]
A Dimension D is a fairly typical chorus with some added analog processing on the outputs. The analog processing has a "normal" mode and a "boost" mode. The unit itself has four switches. These switches set the rate and the depth as well as turn on the boost mode. The switches do the following:
# Slow rate (0.25 Hz) and low depth.
# Slow rate and normal depth.
# Fast rate (0.5 Hz) and normal depth.
# Fast rate and normal depth and "boost" on.

The depth is actually reduced in modes 3 and 4 to compensate for the higher rate. In the Axe-Fx this is done automatically when Auto Depth is on. Therefore I've indicated the depth as "normal" in modes 3 and 4 as the amount of pitch shift is roughly the same as mode 2.

There is also an EQ that is present in all the modes on the dry signal.

The LFO is a triangle wave and is 180 degrees out of phase between channels.

The Dimension Mode parameter has three settings: Low, Medium and High. 
Low: Dry EQ off, boost off. 
Med: Dry EQ on, boost off. 
High: Dry EQ on, boost on. 

The Low setting has no equivalent on an actual Dimension D since the dry EQ is always active.

The Dimension '''Type''' sets the LFO type, phase, Auto Depth, Hi Cut, etc., etc. and sets the Dimension Mode to Medium. With the appropriate settings of Rate and Depth you can duplicate modes 1, 2 & 3 on the actual Dimension D. To duplicate mode 4 you simply set the Dimension Mode to High.

The Rates are given above. I've found a Depth of around 25% to be a good starting point. Increase or decrease to taste. The Type does NOT preset the Rate or Depth.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

==BBD algorithm==

Based on the BBD algorithm from the Flanger block. All the “Analog” chorus types use this algorithm, as well as the "Dimension 2" type: Analog Mono, Analog Stereo, Dimension 2, Dimension (and probably Japan CE-2).

<blockquote>'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''<HR>
<blockquote>
[http://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/not-a-bug-triangle-lfo-in-certain-chorus-types.140241/#post-1662572]
Those types use “analog” delay lines. The delay lines are virtual bucket brigade devices with the delay time controlled by a virtual oscillator. That behavior is consistent with how they would work in the real world.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

==Vibrato==

In current firmware, there's a Vibrato type in the Chorus block.

You can also create this effect by using a 100% wet Chorus (no dry signal). Select the Digital Mono chorus type. Keep everything at default, except: (source: Admin M@)

* Rate: as desired
* Depth: 50%
* Delay Time: 0.10
* Auto Depth: High
* Mix: 100
* Level: -6
* Stereo Spread: 0

Roland uses a Sine wave for its Vibrato effect. [https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/once-upon-a-time-there-were-service-manuals.166247/post-1996445]

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/anyone-have-a-good-memory-man-patch.23836/#post-379483]
Vibrato is chorus with the mix at 100%. If you want vibrato on the delay trails only simply use the built-in LFO's in the delay block itself.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

Mix at 100% is not an absolute requirement. As documented in <q>[http://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/presenting-the-boss-ce-1-moaee-mother-of-all-effect-emulations.59591 Presenting the Boss CE-1]</q>, the Vibrato mode of the venerable Boss CE-1 depends on a variable Mix setting.

See Wikipedia's <q>[http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Vibrato_unit Vibrato unit]</q> page for more information.

==Tri-Chorus==

The Tri-Chorus is a very lush chorus that was very popular among studio players in the 80s and 90s. The original devices have been discontinued, but there are a few replicas. It uses three different LFOs with phase relationships 120 degrees apart (less warble, more smooth and shimmery).

; Axe-Fx III, FM3, FM9. VP4, AM4 : The Chorus block has an authentic Tri-Chorus algorithm, based on a Dytronics Songbird TSC-1380.

:See the forum's <q>[http://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/which-tri-chorus-was-used-for-modeling-as-its-not-clear.136778/#post-1620722 Which tri chorus was used for modeling?]</q> for more information.

; AX8, FX8 and Axe-Fx II : Use the Chorus and/or Quad Chorus for the Axe-Fx II only effects, combined with Pitch Detune.

:See <q>[http://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/another-tri-chorus-thread.99868 Another Tri-Chorus thread]</q> in the forum for more information.

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>

<blockquote>
[http://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/the-tri-chorus-sound.148267/#post-1753931]
It's just chorus. You can't do it with the II. It's a unique algorithm and there's no way to adjust the chorus block to get the same results. The III has a separate tri-chorus algorithm.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

Videos:
* [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=L3I6euvvLFc Dytronics Tri Stereo Chorus]
* [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=0b-jcn9t-MM Pete Thorn demos the Fulltone TERC]
* [http://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/michael-landau-style-tri-stereo-chorus.139154 Demonstration by Camilo Velandia]

==Dual Chorus==

This type has independent LFOs for the left and right delay lines. The delay lines are BBD emulations.

Not available on the Axe-Fx II, AX8 and FX8.

==Using other blocks to create a chorus==

* The [[Multitap Delay block]] can create lush multi-voice chorus effects. Firmware 17.01 for the Axe-Fx III (and corresponding FM3 and FM9 firmware) added several types, based on the TC 1210 Stereo Chorus/Flanger, Yamaha UD-Stump etc.

* The [[Pitch block]] and [[Plex Delay block]] can create a multi-voice detuning effect.

* Leon Todd replicated the [https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/intellifex-style-8-voice-chorus.153396/ Intellifex Style 8 Voice Chorus] using the Multitap Delay.

* Current firmware adds a Tape Flanger type to the Chorus block.

<blockquote>'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''<HR>
<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/axe-fx-iii-firmware-version-12-00-public-beta-2-beta-3.157788/post-1881824]
Just use the flanger with zero feedback and modulate MANUAL. In some cases, the Flanger is now a better chorus than the chorus!
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/replicating-this-mxr-flanger-doubler-effect.200247/#post-2497435]
Use the Chorus, which is the same thing as a flanger whose feedback is set to 0.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

==Arion chorus==

You can recreate the [https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/tc-1210-tc-scf.172165/post-2080948 Arion SCH-1 chorus] sound with the Flanger.

See Marco Fanton's "[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=r7o8MqIc8-8 How to create the famous ARION STEREO CHORUS]" video for information too.

=Position of the Chorus block on the grid=

You can put the Chorus block either ''before'' (PRE) or ''after'' (POST) the Amp block.

;PRE : The block operates as a pedal on a traditional pedalboard

;POST : The block takes the role of a studio/rack effect

=Mono or stereo chorus=

A stereo Chorus block ''before'' the Amp block will be summed to mono, so make sure it is set to mono (LFO Phase: 0) to prevent phase cancellation issues.

Some chorus types (such as 80s and Triangle) "invert" the wet sound on one side. If you're collapsing the signal to mono ''after'' the Chorus block, the wet side will completely cancel and you'll hear no chorus at all.

=Parameters=

==Voices==

Whenever the number of voices is set to more than two, the LFO type will change automatically to “SINE.” If the number of voices is greater than two and the LFO type is changed to something other than “SINE,” the number of voices will be reset to two.

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<hr>

<blockquote>
[http://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/quad-chorus.138718/#post-1645790]
The Chorus block has up to 8 voices.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

A single chorus voice, i.e. for a Vibrato effect, can be obtained by setting LFO Phase to 0.

==LFO Type==

Whenever the number of voices is set to more than two, the LFO type will change automatically to “SINE.” If the number of voices is greater than two and the LFO type is changed to something other than “SINE,” the number of voices will be reset to two.

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<hr>
<blockquote>
Roland uses a Triangle wave LFO for its Chorus effect, and a Sine wave LFO for its Vibrato effect. [https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/once-upon-a-time-there-were-service-manuals.166247/post-1996445]
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

==Stereo Spread==

Values beyond +/-100% increase the apparent image beyond the stereo field.

==Chorus vs Detune==

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/chorus-vs-pitch-block-detuned.68871/#post-846398]
Chorus is a varying pitch shift. The pitch slowly changes between flat and sharp. Detune is a constant pitch shift.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

The Chorus block can be used for pitch detuning. [https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/chorus-the-hunt-for-a-great-chorus.215003/#post-2700288 Here's how]

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>
<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/replace-pitch-block-dual-detune-when-i-need-to-use-the-virtual-capo.218206/#post-2746963]
In many cases, it's virtually impossible to tell the difference between a clean triangle chorus and a dual detune. Start with Digital Stereo. Set LFO Phase to 180. LFO Type to Triangle.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

=Tips, tricks and troubleshooting=

==Factory presets==

The Chorus block is showcased in many factory presets. Search the [[Factory presets]] page for "chorus".

==Use a Flanger for chorus ==

<blockquote>'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''<HR>
<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/replicating-this-mxr-flanger-doubler-effect.200247/#post-2497435]
Use the Chorus, which is the same thing as a flanger whose feedback is set to 0.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

==Double chorus==

A studio trick from the '80s is to use two choruses in series. The video below demonstrates this.

==More information about chorus==

The Chorus block is explained in the [[Owners_Manuals|Owner's Manual]].

Also see:
* [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Chorus_effect Wikipedia: Chorus]
* [http://www.premierguitar.com/articles/25035-behind-the-bucket-brigade?utm_source=Sailthru&utm_medium=email&utm_campaign=Gruhn%20ENL%20-%20032217&utm_term=PG%20Weekly Premier Guitar: Behind the Bucket Brigade]
* [https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/boss-ce1.160631/post-1926114 About waveforms in Chorus]

=Videos=

[[Video:Leon-ChorusMasterClass]]
[[video:Leon-ChorusDetune]]
[[video:Cordy-DoubleChorus]]

[[category:Axe-Fx2]]
[[category:Axe-Fx3]]
[[category:FM3]]
[[category:FM9]]
[[category:VP4]]
[[category:AM4]]
[[category:AX8]]
[[category:FX8]]
[[category:Sounds]]
[[category:All]]

Chorus block

2026-03-31T14:08:24Z

Yek: /* Boss CE-1 */

__TOC__
=Chorus block=

'''Axe-Fx III''', '''FM9''', '''FM3''' — 2 blocks, 4 channels 
'''AM4''' — 1 block, 4 channels 
'''VP4''' — 4 blocks, 4 channels

'''ICONS''' — yes

'''Axe-Fx II''', '''FX8''' — 2 blocks, X/Y 
'''AX8''' — 1 block, X/Y

=About the Chorus block=

Chorus is created by duplicating the signal and then modulating the pitch of that signal slightly. Slightly delaying the wet signal emphasizes the effect.

[[image:Chorus block.PNG|link=|400px]]

=Chorus types=

# '''Digital Mono'''
# '''Digital Stereo'''
# '''Analog Mono'''
# '''Analog Stereo'''
# '''Japan CE-2'''
# '''Warm Stereo'''
# '''80's Style'''
# '''Triangle Chorus'''
# '''8-Voice Stereo'''
# '''Tape Chorus'''
# '''Dimension 1'''
# '''Dimension 2'''
# '''Dimension 3'''
# '''4-Voice Analog'''
# '''8-Voice Analog'''
# '''Stereo Tri-Chorus'''
# '''Dual Chorus'''
# '''Tape Flanger'''
# '''Japan CE-1 Chorus'''
# '''Japan CE-1 Vibrato'''
# '''Japan CH-1'''
# '''MX2345'''
# '''Small Copy'''
# '''Japan CE-2 Bass'''
# '''Vibrato'''

And on the VP4 and AM4:

# '''Vibrato 1'''
# '''Vibrato 2'''

=About chorus effects=

==Boss CE-1==

The Boss CE-1 is the pedal version of the chorus in the Roland JC-120 amplifier.

Before the addition of the model, forum members tried to simulate it by other means, see below.

* [http://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/presenting-the-boss-ce-1-moaee-mother-of-all-effect-emulations.59591 Recreate the Boss CE-1 sound using a LFO-driven Flanger block]
* [http://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/ax8-ce-1-blind-test.141424/ Leon Todd dials in the CE-1 sound, based on the 'Japan CE-2' type in the Chorus block], and [http://www.youtube.com/watch?time_continue=4&v=M37ojINmE8w YouTube demo]
* [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=cbjWvN9nGAk That Pedal Show: Dan's Broken Ensemble]
* [https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/boss-ce1.160631/post-1925191 Admin M@'s CE-1]
* The [[Factory presets|factory preset CE-1 CHORUS/VIBE]] also recreates the chorus and vibrato sounds of the CE-1.

==Boss CE-2==

This is the successor of the large grey CE-1. It was released in 1979. It's a mono chorus.

==Vintage tape==

This Chorus type uses the tape delay algorithm from the Delay block. It sums the left and right block inputs into mono, so use caution as phase cancellation may occur.

==Triangle Chorus==

Two voices with a triangle-shaped LFO.

==Dimension D==

Based on Roland's SDD-320 Dimension D.

The Chorus block provides three Dimension types: Dimension 1, 2 and 3. These correspond to the modes on the original device.

The Dimension C pedal was created by Boss to produce the Dimension D effect through a pedal. In 2018 Boss released its DC-2W Dimension C pedal, part of the Waza Craft Series. [https://m.youtube.com/watch?v=Tt9nrVOnV70 Video]

According to Guitar World, SRV used the Dimension D to add thicken his solos and still keep the tone natural.

[[Owners_Manuals|Fractal Audio's Blocks Guide]] says this about the Dimension Mode parameter:
; OFF : Dimension mode is not active
; LOW : Neutral with no tonal coloration
; MED : Classic Dimension processing buttons 1-3. Set Rate to 0.25 - 0.50 Hz and Depth to taste
; HIGH : Classic Dimension processing button 4. Rate and Depth as above

For preset examples, search the [[Factory presets]] page for <q>dimension</q>.

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>

<blockquote>
[http://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/dimension-type-mode-unclarity.79153/#post-962721]
The Dimension Mode parameter turns on "Dimension Processing". This can be turned on in any type. However I highly recommend using the Dimension Type as it sets the correct base algorithm, LFO type, delay time, phase, etc., etc. as well as turning on the Dimension Processing.

The Dimension D is really just a typical chorus. At the output, however, some special processing occurs that gives that unique sound. Turning Dimension Mode to one of the three settings engages the various aspects of that processing.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/12-03b4-dimesion-d-preview.79253/page-2#post-964250]
A Dimension D is a fairly typical chorus with some added analog processing on the outputs. The analog processing has a "normal" mode and a "boost" mode. The unit itself has four switches. These switches set the rate and the depth as well as turn on the boost mode. The switches do the following:
# Slow rate (0.25 Hz) and low depth.
# Slow rate and normal depth.
# Fast rate (0.5 Hz) and normal depth.
# Fast rate and normal depth and "boost" on.

The depth is actually reduced in modes 3 and 4 to compensate for the higher rate. In the Axe-Fx this is done automatically when Auto Depth is on. Therefore I've indicated the depth as "normal" in modes 3 and 4 as the amount of pitch shift is roughly the same as mode 2.

There is also an EQ that is present in all the modes on the dry signal.

The LFO is a triangle wave and is 180 degrees out of phase between channels.

The Dimension Mode parameter has three settings: Low, Medium and High. 
Low: Dry EQ off, boost off. 
Med: Dry EQ on, boost off. 
High: Dry EQ on, boost on. 

The Low setting has no equivalent on an actual Dimension D since the dry EQ is always active.

The Dimension '''Type''' sets the LFO type, phase, Auto Depth, Hi Cut, etc., etc. and sets the Dimension Mode to Medium. With the appropriate settings of Rate and Depth you can duplicate modes 1, 2 & 3 on the actual Dimension D. To duplicate mode 4 you simply set the Dimension Mode to High.

The Rates are given above. I've found a Depth of around 25% to be a good starting point. Increase or decrease to taste. The Type does NOT preset the Rate or Depth.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

==BBD algorithm==

Based on the BBD algorithm from the Flanger block. All the “Analog” chorus types use this algorithm, as well as the "Dimension 2" type: Analog Mono, Analog Stereo, Dimension 2, Dimension (and probably Japan CE-2).

<blockquote>'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''<HR>
<blockquote>
[http://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/not-a-bug-triangle-lfo-in-certain-chorus-types.140241/#post-1662572]
Those types use “analog” delay lines. The delay lines are virtual bucket brigade devices with the delay time controlled by a virtual oscillator. That behavior is consistent with how they would work in the real world.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

==Vibrato==

In current firmware, there's a Vibrato type in the Chorus block.

You can also create this effect by using a 100% wet Chorus (no dry signal). Select the Digital Mono chorus type. Keep everything at default, except: (source: Admin M@)

* Rate: as desired
* Depth: 50%
* Delay Time: 0.10
* Auto Depth: High
* Mix: 100
* Level: -6
* Stereo Spread: 0

Roland uses a Sine wave for its Vibrato effect. [https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/once-upon-a-time-there-were-service-manuals.166247/post-1996445]

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/anyone-have-a-good-memory-man-patch.23836/#post-379483]
Vibrato is chorus with the mix at 100%. If you want vibrato on the delay trails only simply use the built-in LFO's in the delay block itself.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

Mix at 100% is not an absolute requirement. As documented in <q>[http://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/presenting-the-boss-ce-1-moaee-mother-of-all-effect-emulations.59591 Presenting the Boss CE-1]</q>, the Vibrato mode of the venerable Boss CE-1 depends on a variable Mix setting.

See Wikipedia's <q>[http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Vibrato_unit Vibrato unit]</q> page for more information.

==Tri-Chorus==

The Tri-Chorus is a very lush chorus that was very popular among studio players in the 80s and 90s. The original devices have been discontinued, but there are a few replicas. It uses three different LFOs with phase relationships 120 degrees apart (less warble, more smooth and shimmery).

; Axe-Fx III, FM3, FM9. VP4, AM4 : The Chorus block has an authentic Tri-Chorus algorithm, based on a Dytronics Songbird TSC-1380.

:See the forum's <q>[http://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/which-tri-chorus-was-used-for-modeling-as-its-not-clear.136778/#post-1620722 Which tri chorus was used for modeling?]</q> for more information.

; AX8, FX8 and Axe-Fx II : Use the Chorus and/or Quad Chorus for the Axe-Fx II only effects, combined with Pitch Detune.

:See <q>[http://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/another-tri-chorus-thread.99868 Another Tri-Chorus thread]</q> in the forum for more information.

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>

<blockquote>
[http://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/the-tri-chorus-sound.148267/#post-1753931]
It's just chorus. You can't do it with the II. It's a unique algorithm and there's no way to adjust the chorus block to get the same results. The III has a separate tri-chorus algorithm.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

Videos:
* [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=L3I6euvvLFc Dytronics Tri Stereo Chorus]
* [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=0b-jcn9t-MM Pete Thorn demos the Fulltone TERC]
* [http://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/michael-landau-style-tri-stereo-chorus.139154 Demonstration by Camilo Velandia]

==Dual Chorus==

This type has independent LFOs for the left and right delay lines. The delay lines are BBD emulations.

Not available on the Axe-Fx II, AX8 and FX8.

==Using other blocks to create a chorus==

* The [[Multitap Delay block]] can create lush multi-voice chorus effects. Firmware 17.01 for the Axe-Fx III (and corresponding FM3 and FM9 firmware) added several types, based on the TC 1210 Stereo Chorus/Flanger, Yamaha UD-Stump etc.

* The [[Pitch block]] and [[Plex Delay block]] can create a multi-voice detuning effect.

* Leon Todd replicated the [https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/intellifex-style-8-voice-chorus.153396/ Intellifex Style 8 Voice Chorus] using the Multitap Delay.

* Current firmware adds a Tape Flanger type to the Chorus block.

<blockquote>'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''<HR>
<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/axe-fx-iii-firmware-version-12-00-public-beta-2-beta-3.157788/post-1881824]
Just use the flanger with zero feedback and modulate MANUAL. In some cases, the Flanger is now a better chorus than the chorus!
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/replicating-this-mxr-flanger-doubler-effect.200247/#post-2497435]
Use the Chorus, which is the same thing as a flanger whose feedback is set to 0.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

==Arion chorus==

You can recreate the [https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/tc-1210-tc-scf.172165/post-2080948 Arion SCH-1 chorus] sound with the Flanger.

See Marco Fanton's "[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=r7o8MqIc8-8 How to create the famous ARION STEREO CHORUS]" video for information too.

=Position of the Chorus block on the grid=

You can put the Chorus block either ''before'' (PRE) or ''after'' (POST) the Amp block.

;PRE : The block operates as a pedal on a traditional pedalboard

;POST : The block takes the role of a studio/rack effect

=Mono or stereo chorus=

A stereo Chorus block ''before'' the Amp block will be summed to mono, so make sure it is set to mono (LFO Phase: 0) to prevent phase cancellation issues.

Some chorus types (such as 80s and Triangle) "invert" the wet sound on one side. If you're collapsing the signal to mono ''after'' the Chorus block, the wet side will completely cancel and you'll hear no chorus at all.

=Parameters=

==Voices==

Whenever the number of voices is set to more than two, the LFO type will change automatically to “SINE.” If the number of voices is greater than two and the LFO type is changed to something other than “SINE,” the number of voices will be reset to two.

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<hr>

<blockquote>
[http://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/quad-chorus.138718/#post-1645790]
The Chorus block has up to 8 voices.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

A single chorus voice, i.e. for a Vibrato effect, can be obtained by setting LFO Phase to 0.

==LFO Type==

Whenever the number of voices is set to more than two, the LFO type will change automatically to “SINE.” If the number of voices is greater than two and the LFO type is changed to something other than “SINE,” the number of voices will be reset to two.

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<hr>
<blockquote>
Roland uses a Triangle wave LFO for its Chorus effect, and a Sine wave LFO for its Vibrato effect. [https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/once-upon-a-time-there-were-service-manuals.166247/post-1996445]
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

==Stereo Spread==

Values beyond +/-100% increase the apparent image beyond the stereo field.

==Chorus vs Detune==

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/chorus-vs-pitch-block-detuned.68871/#post-846398]
Chorus is a varying pitch shift. The pitch slowly changes between flat and sharp. Detune is a constant pitch shift.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

The Chorus block can be used for pitch detuning. [https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/chorus-the-hunt-for-a-great-chorus.215003/#post-2700288 Here's how]

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>
<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/replace-pitch-block-dual-detune-when-i-need-to-use-the-virtual-capo.218206/#post-2746963]
In many cases, it's virtually impossible to tell the difference between a clean triangle chorus and a dual detune. Start with Digital Stereo. Set LFO Phase to 180. LFO Type to Triangle.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

=Tips, tricks and troubleshooting=

==Factory presets==

The Chorus block is showcased in many factory presets. Search the [[Factory presets]] page for "chorus".

==Use a Flanger for chorus ==

<blockquote>'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''<HR>
<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/replicating-this-mxr-flanger-doubler-effect.200247/#post-2497435]
Use the Chorus, which is the same thing as a flanger whose feedback is set to 0.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

==Double chorus==

A studio trick from the '80s is to use two choruses in series. The video below demonstrates this.

==More information about chorus==

The Chorus block is explained in the [[Owners_Manuals|Owner's Manual]].

Also see:
* [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Chorus_effect Wikipedia: Chorus]
* [http://www.premierguitar.com/articles/25035-behind-the-bucket-brigade?utm_source=Sailthru&utm_medium=email&utm_campaign=Gruhn%20ENL%20-%20032217&utm_term=PG%20Weekly Premier Guitar: Behind the Bucket Brigade]
* [https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/boss-ce1.160631/post-1926114 About waveforms in Chorus]

=Videos=

[[Video:Leon-ChorusMasterClass]]
[[video:Leon-ChorusDetune]]
[[video:Cordy-DoubleChorus]]

[[category:Axe-Fx2]]
[[category:Axe-Fx3]]
[[category:FM3]]
[[category:FM9]]
[[category:VP4]]
[[category:AM4]]
[[category:AX8]]
[[category:FX8]]
[[category:Sounds]]
[[category:All]]

Chorus block

2026-03-31T14:06:41Z

Yek: /* Chorus types */

__TOC__
=Chorus block=

'''Axe-Fx III''', '''FM9''', '''FM3''' — 2 blocks, 4 channels 
'''AM4''' — 1 block, 4 channels 
'''VP4''' — 4 blocks, 4 channels

'''ICONS''' — yes

'''Axe-Fx II''', '''FX8''' — 2 blocks, X/Y 
'''AX8''' — 1 block, X/Y

=About the Chorus block=

Chorus is created by duplicating the signal and then modulating the pitch of that signal slightly. Slightly delaying the wet signal emphasizes the effect.

[[image:Chorus block.PNG|link=|400px]]

=Chorus types=

# '''Digital Mono'''
# '''Digital Stereo'''
# '''Analog Mono'''
# '''Analog Stereo'''
# '''Japan CE-2'''
# '''Warm Stereo'''
# '''80's Style'''
# '''Triangle Chorus'''
# '''8-Voice Stereo'''
# '''Tape Chorus'''
# '''Dimension 1'''
# '''Dimension 2'''
# '''Dimension 3'''
# '''4-Voice Analog'''
# '''8-Voice Analog'''
# '''Stereo Tri-Chorus'''
# '''Dual Chorus'''
# '''Tape Flanger'''
# '''Japan CE-1 Chorus'''
# '''Japan CE-1 Vibrato'''
# '''Japan CH-1'''
# '''MX2345'''
# '''Small Copy'''
# '''Japan CE-2 Bass'''
# '''Vibrato'''

And on the VP4 and AM4:

# '''Vibrato 1'''
# '''Vibrato 2'''

=About chorus effects=

==Boss CE-1==

The Boss CE-1 is the pedal version of the chorus in the Roland JC-120 amplifier.

See these for more information: 
* [http://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/presenting-the-boss-ce-1-moaee-mother-of-all-effect-emulations.59591 Recreate the Boss CE-1 sound using a LFO-driven Flanger block]
* [http://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/ax8-ce-1-blind-test.141424/ Leon Todd dials in the CE-1 sound, based on the 'Japan CE-2' type in the Chorus block], and [http://www.youtube.com/watch?time_continue=4&v=M37ojINmE8w YouTube demo]
* [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=cbjWvN9nGAk That Pedal Show: Dan's Broken Ensemble]
* [https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/boss-ce1.160631/post-1925191 Admin M@'s CE-1]
* The [[Factory presets|factory preset CE-1 CHORUS/VIBE]] also recreates the chorus and vibrato sounds of the CE-1.

==Boss CE-2==

This is the successor of the large grey CE-1. It was released in 1979. It's a mono chorus.

==Vintage tape==

This Chorus type uses the tape delay algorithm from the Delay block. It sums the left and right block inputs into mono, so use caution as phase cancellation may occur.

==Triangle Chorus==

Two voices with a triangle-shaped LFO.

==Dimension D==

Based on Roland's SDD-320 Dimension D.

The Chorus block provides three Dimension types: Dimension 1, 2 and 3. These correspond to the modes on the original device.

The Dimension C pedal was created by Boss to produce the Dimension D effect through a pedal. In 2018 Boss released its DC-2W Dimension C pedal, part of the Waza Craft Series. [https://m.youtube.com/watch?v=Tt9nrVOnV70 Video]

According to Guitar World, SRV used the Dimension D to add thicken his solos and still keep the tone natural.

[[Owners_Manuals|Fractal Audio's Blocks Guide]] says this about the Dimension Mode parameter:
; OFF : Dimension mode is not active
; LOW : Neutral with no tonal coloration
; MED : Classic Dimension processing buttons 1-3. Set Rate to 0.25 - 0.50 Hz and Depth to taste
; HIGH : Classic Dimension processing button 4. Rate and Depth as above

For preset examples, search the [[Factory presets]] page for <q>dimension</q>.

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>

<blockquote>
[http://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/dimension-type-mode-unclarity.79153/#post-962721]
The Dimension Mode parameter turns on "Dimension Processing". This can be turned on in any type. However I highly recommend using the Dimension Type as it sets the correct base algorithm, LFO type, delay time, phase, etc., etc. as well as turning on the Dimension Processing.

The Dimension D is really just a typical chorus. At the output, however, some special processing occurs that gives that unique sound. Turning Dimension Mode to one of the three settings engages the various aspects of that processing.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/12-03b4-dimesion-d-preview.79253/page-2#post-964250]
A Dimension D is a fairly typical chorus with some added analog processing on the outputs. The analog processing has a "normal" mode and a "boost" mode. The unit itself has four switches. These switches set the rate and the depth as well as turn on the boost mode. The switches do the following:
# Slow rate (0.25 Hz) and low depth.
# Slow rate and normal depth.
# Fast rate (0.5 Hz) and normal depth.
# Fast rate and normal depth and "boost" on.

The depth is actually reduced in modes 3 and 4 to compensate for the higher rate. In the Axe-Fx this is done automatically when Auto Depth is on. Therefore I've indicated the depth as "normal" in modes 3 and 4 as the amount of pitch shift is roughly the same as mode 2.

There is also an EQ that is present in all the modes on the dry signal.

The LFO is a triangle wave and is 180 degrees out of phase between channels.

The Dimension Mode parameter has three settings: Low, Medium and High. 
Low: Dry EQ off, boost off. 
Med: Dry EQ on, boost off. 
High: Dry EQ on, boost on. 

The Low setting has no equivalent on an actual Dimension D since the dry EQ is always active.

The Dimension '''Type''' sets the LFO type, phase, Auto Depth, Hi Cut, etc., etc. and sets the Dimension Mode to Medium. With the appropriate settings of Rate and Depth you can duplicate modes 1, 2 & 3 on the actual Dimension D. To duplicate mode 4 you simply set the Dimension Mode to High.

The Rates are given above. I've found a Depth of around 25% to be a good starting point. Increase or decrease to taste. The Type does NOT preset the Rate or Depth.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

==BBD algorithm==

Based on the BBD algorithm from the Flanger block. All the “Analog” chorus types use this algorithm, as well as the "Dimension 2" type: Analog Mono, Analog Stereo, Dimension 2, Dimension (and probably Japan CE-2).

<blockquote>'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''<HR>
<blockquote>
[http://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/not-a-bug-triangle-lfo-in-certain-chorus-types.140241/#post-1662572]
Those types use “analog” delay lines. The delay lines are virtual bucket brigade devices with the delay time controlled by a virtual oscillator. That behavior is consistent with how they would work in the real world.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

==Vibrato==

In current firmware, there's a Vibrato type in the Chorus block.

You can also create this effect by using a 100% wet Chorus (no dry signal). Select the Digital Mono chorus type. Keep everything at default, except: (source: Admin M@)

* Rate: as desired
* Depth: 50%
* Delay Time: 0.10
* Auto Depth: High
* Mix: 100
* Level: -6
* Stereo Spread: 0

Roland uses a Sine wave for its Vibrato effect. [https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/once-upon-a-time-there-were-service-manuals.166247/post-1996445]

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/anyone-have-a-good-memory-man-patch.23836/#post-379483]
Vibrato is chorus with the mix at 100%. If you want vibrato on the delay trails only simply use the built-in LFO's in the delay block itself.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

Mix at 100% is not an absolute requirement. As documented in <q>[http://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/presenting-the-boss-ce-1-moaee-mother-of-all-effect-emulations.59591 Presenting the Boss CE-1]</q>, the Vibrato mode of the venerable Boss CE-1 depends on a variable Mix setting.

See Wikipedia's <q>[http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Vibrato_unit Vibrato unit]</q> page for more information.

==Tri-Chorus==

The Tri-Chorus is a very lush chorus that was very popular among studio players in the 80s and 90s. The original devices have been discontinued, but there are a few replicas. It uses three different LFOs with phase relationships 120 degrees apart (less warble, more smooth and shimmery).

; Axe-Fx III, FM3, FM9. VP4, AM4 : The Chorus block has an authentic Tri-Chorus algorithm, based on a Dytronics Songbird TSC-1380.

:See the forum's <q>[http://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/which-tri-chorus-was-used-for-modeling-as-its-not-clear.136778/#post-1620722 Which tri chorus was used for modeling?]</q> for more information.

; AX8, FX8 and Axe-Fx II : Use the Chorus and/or Quad Chorus for the Axe-Fx II only effects, combined with Pitch Detune.

:See <q>[http://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/another-tri-chorus-thread.99868 Another Tri-Chorus thread]</q> in the forum for more information.

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>

<blockquote>
[http://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/the-tri-chorus-sound.148267/#post-1753931]
It's just chorus. You can't do it with the II. It's a unique algorithm and there's no way to adjust the chorus block to get the same results. The III has a separate tri-chorus algorithm.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

Videos:
* [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=L3I6euvvLFc Dytronics Tri Stereo Chorus]
* [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=0b-jcn9t-MM Pete Thorn demos the Fulltone TERC]
* [http://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/michael-landau-style-tri-stereo-chorus.139154 Demonstration by Camilo Velandia]

==Dual Chorus==

This type has independent LFOs for the left and right delay lines. The delay lines are BBD emulations.

Not available on the Axe-Fx II, AX8 and FX8.

==Using other blocks to create a chorus==

* The [[Multitap Delay block]] can create lush multi-voice chorus effects. Firmware 17.01 for the Axe-Fx III (and corresponding FM3 and FM9 firmware) added several types, based on the TC 1210 Stereo Chorus/Flanger, Yamaha UD-Stump etc.

* The [[Pitch block]] and [[Plex Delay block]] can create a multi-voice detuning effect.

* Leon Todd replicated the [https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/intellifex-style-8-voice-chorus.153396/ Intellifex Style 8 Voice Chorus] using the Multitap Delay.

* Current firmware adds a Tape Flanger type to the Chorus block.

<blockquote>'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''<HR>
<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/axe-fx-iii-firmware-version-12-00-public-beta-2-beta-3.157788/post-1881824]
Just use the flanger with zero feedback and modulate MANUAL. In some cases, the Flanger is now a better chorus than the chorus!
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/replicating-this-mxr-flanger-doubler-effect.200247/#post-2497435]
Use the Chorus, which is the same thing as a flanger whose feedback is set to 0.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

==Arion chorus==

You can recreate the [https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/tc-1210-tc-scf.172165/post-2080948 Arion SCH-1 chorus] sound with the Flanger.

See Marco Fanton's "[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=r7o8MqIc8-8 How to create the famous ARION STEREO CHORUS]" video for information too.

=Position of the Chorus block on the grid=

You can put the Chorus block either ''before'' (PRE) or ''after'' (POST) the Amp block.

;PRE : The block operates as a pedal on a traditional pedalboard

;POST : The block takes the role of a studio/rack effect

=Mono or stereo chorus=

A stereo Chorus block ''before'' the Amp block will be summed to mono, so make sure it is set to mono (LFO Phase: 0) to prevent phase cancellation issues.

Some chorus types (such as 80s and Triangle) "invert" the wet sound on one side. If you're collapsing the signal to mono ''after'' the Chorus block, the wet side will completely cancel and you'll hear no chorus at all.

=Parameters=

==Voices==

Whenever the number of voices is set to more than two, the LFO type will change automatically to “SINE.” If the number of voices is greater than two and the LFO type is changed to something other than “SINE,” the number of voices will be reset to two.

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<hr>

<blockquote>
[http://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/quad-chorus.138718/#post-1645790]
The Chorus block has up to 8 voices.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

A single chorus voice, i.e. for a Vibrato effect, can be obtained by setting LFO Phase to 0.

==LFO Type==

Whenever the number of voices is set to more than two, the LFO type will change automatically to “SINE.” If the number of voices is greater than two and the LFO type is changed to something other than “SINE,” the number of voices will be reset to two.

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<hr>
<blockquote>
Roland uses a Triangle wave LFO for its Chorus effect, and a Sine wave LFO for its Vibrato effect. [https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/once-upon-a-time-there-were-service-manuals.166247/post-1996445]
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

==Stereo Spread==

Values beyond +/-100% increase the apparent image beyond the stereo field.

==Chorus vs Detune==

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/chorus-vs-pitch-block-detuned.68871/#post-846398]
Chorus is a varying pitch shift. The pitch slowly changes between flat and sharp. Detune is a constant pitch shift.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

The Chorus block can be used for pitch detuning. [https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/chorus-the-hunt-for-a-great-chorus.215003/#post-2700288 Here's how]

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>
<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/replace-pitch-block-dual-detune-when-i-need-to-use-the-virtual-capo.218206/#post-2746963]
In many cases, it's virtually impossible to tell the difference between a clean triangle chorus and a dual detune. Start with Digital Stereo. Set LFO Phase to 180. LFO Type to Triangle.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

=Tips, tricks and troubleshooting=

==Factory presets==

The Chorus block is showcased in many factory presets. Search the [[Factory presets]] page for "chorus".

==Use a Flanger for chorus ==

<blockquote>'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''<HR>
<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/replicating-this-mxr-flanger-doubler-effect.200247/#post-2497435]
Use the Chorus, which is the same thing as a flanger whose feedback is set to 0.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

==Double chorus==

A studio trick from the '80s is to use two choruses in series. The video below demonstrates this.

==More information about chorus==

The Chorus block is explained in the [[Owners_Manuals|Owner's Manual]].

Also see:
* [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Chorus_effect Wikipedia: Chorus]
* [http://www.premierguitar.com/articles/25035-behind-the-bucket-brigade?utm_source=Sailthru&utm_medium=email&utm_campaign=Gruhn%20ENL%20-%20032217&utm_term=PG%20Weekly Premier Guitar: Behind the Bucket Brigade]
* [https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/boss-ce1.160631/post-1926114 About waveforms in Chorus]

=Videos=

[[Video:Leon-ChorusMasterClass]]
[[video:Leon-ChorusDetune]]
[[video:Cordy-DoubleChorus]]

[[category:Axe-Fx2]]
[[category:Axe-Fx3]]
[[category:FM3]]
[[category:FM9]]
[[category:VP4]]
[[category:AM4]]
[[category:AX8]]
[[category:FX8]]
[[category:Sounds]]
[[category:All]]

Chorus block

2026-03-31T14:06:21Z

Yek: /* Chorus types */

__TOC__
=Chorus block=

'''Axe-Fx III''', '''FM9''', '''FM3''' — 2 blocks, 4 channels 
'''AM4''' — 1 block, 4 channels 
'''VP4''' — 4 blocks, 4 channels

'''ICONS''' — yes

'''Axe-Fx II''', '''FX8''' — 2 blocks, X/Y 
'''AX8''' — 1 block, X/Y

=About the Chorus block=

Chorus is created by duplicating the signal and then modulating the pitch of that signal slightly. Slightly delaying the wet signal emphasizes the effect.

[[image:Chorus block.PNG|link=|400px]]

=Chorus types=

# '''Digital Mono'''
# '''Digital Stereo'''
# '''Analog Mono'''
# '''Analog Stereo'''
# '''Japan CE-2'''
# '''Warm Stereo'''
# '''80's Style'''
# '''Triangle Chorus'''
# '''8-Voice Stereo'''
# '''Tape Chorus'''
# '''Dimension 1'''
# '''Dimension 2'''
# '''Dimension 3'''
# '''4-Voice Analog'''
# '''8-Voice Analog'''
# '''Stereo Tri-Chorus'''
# '''Dual Chorus'''
# '''Tape Flanger'''
# '''Japan CE-1 Chorus'''
# '''Japan CE-1 Vibrato'''
# '''Japan CH-1'''
# '''MX2345'''
# '''Small Copy'''
# '''Japan CE-2 Bass'''
# '''Vibrato'''

Additionally, on the VP4 and AM4:

# '''Vibrato 1'''
# '''Vibrato 2'''

=About chorus effects=

==Boss CE-1==

The Boss CE-1 is the pedal version of the chorus in the Roland JC-120 amplifier.

See these for more information: 
* [http://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/presenting-the-boss-ce-1-moaee-mother-of-all-effect-emulations.59591 Recreate the Boss CE-1 sound using a LFO-driven Flanger block]
* [http://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/ax8-ce-1-blind-test.141424/ Leon Todd dials in the CE-1 sound, based on the 'Japan CE-2' type in the Chorus block], and [http://www.youtube.com/watch?time_continue=4&v=M37ojINmE8w YouTube demo]
* [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=cbjWvN9nGAk That Pedal Show: Dan's Broken Ensemble]
* [https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/boss-ce1.160631/post-1925191 Admin M@'s CE-1]
* The [[Factory presets|factory preset CE-1 CHORUS/VIBE]] also recreates the chorus and vibrato sounds of the CE-1.

==Boss CE-2==

This is the successor of the large grey CE-1. It was released in 1979. It's a mono chorus.

==Vintage tape==

This Chorus type uses the tape delay algorithm from the Delay block. It sums the left and right block inputs into mono, so use caution as phase cancellation may occur.

==Triangle Chorus==

Two voices with a triangle-shaped LFO.

==Dimension D==

Based on Roland's SDD-320 Dimension D.

The Chorus block provides three Dimension types: Dimension 1, 2 and 3. These correspond to the modes on the original device.

The Dimension C pedal was created by Boss to produce the Dimension D effect through a pedal. In 2018 Boss released its DC-2W Dimension C pedal, part of the Waza Craft Series. [https://m.youtube.com/watch?v=Tt9nrVOnV70 Video]

According to Guitar World, SRV used the Dimension D to add thicken his solos and still keep the tone natural.

[[Owners_Manuals|Fractal Audio's Blocks Guide]] says this about the Dimension Mode parameter:
; OFF : Dimension mode is not active
; LOW : Neutral with no tonal coloration
; MED : Classic Dimension processing buttons 1-3. Set Rate to 0.25 - 0.50 Hz and Depth to taste
; HIGH : Classic Dimension processing button 4. Rate and Depth as above

For preset examples, search the [[Factory presets]] page for <q>dimension</q>.

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>

<blockquote>
[http://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/dimension-type-mode-unclarity.79153/#post-962721]
The Dimension Mode parameter turns on "Dimension Processing". This can be turned on in any type. However I highly recommend using the Dimension Type as it sets the correct base algorithm, LFO type, delay time, phase, etc., etc. as well as turning on the Dimension Processing.

The Dimension D is really just a typical chorus. At the output, however, some special processing occurs that gives that unique sound. Turning Dimension Mode to one of the three settings engages the various aspects of that processing.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/12-03b4-dimesion-d-preview.79253/page-2#post-964250]
A Dimension D is a fairly typical chorus with some added analog processing on the outputs. The analog processing has a "normal" mode and a "boost" mode. The unit itself has four switches. These switches set the rate and the depth as well as turn on the boost mode. The switches do the following:
# Slow rate (0.25 Hz) and low depth.
# Slow rate and normal depth.
# Fast rate (0.5 Hz) and normal depth.
# Fast rate and normal depth and "boost" on.

The depth is actually reduced in modes 3 and 4 to compensate for the higher rate. In the Axe-Fx this is done automatically when Auto Depth is on. Therefore I've indicated the depth as "normal" in modes 3 and 4 as the amount of pitch shift is roughly the same as mode 2.

There is also an EQ that is present in all the modes on the dry signal.

The LFO is a triangle wave and is 180 degrees out of phase between channels.

The Dimension Mode parameter has three settings: Low, Medium and High. 
Low: Dry EQ off, boost off. 
Med: Dry EQ on, boost off. 
High: Dry EQ on, boost on. 

The Low setting has no equivalent on an actual Dimension D since the dry EQ is always active.

The Dimension '''Type''' sets the LFO type, phase, Auto Depth, Hi Cut, etc., etc. and sets the Dimension Mode to Medium. With the appropriate settings of Rate and Depth you can duplicate modes 1, 2 & 3 on the actual Dimension D. To duplicate mode 4 you simply set the Dimension Mode to High.

The Rates are given above. I've found a Depth of around 25% to be a good starting point. Increase or decrease to taste. The Type does NOT preset the Rate or Depth.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

==BBD algorithm==

Based on the BBD algorithm from the Flanger block. All the “Analog” chorus types use this algorithm, as well as the "Dimension 2" type: Analog Mono, Analog Stereo, Dimension 2, Dimension (and probably Japan CE-2).

<blockquote>'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''<HR>
<blockquote>
[http://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/not-a-bug-triangle-lfo-in-certain-chorus-types.140241/#post-1662572]
Those types use “analog” delay lines. The delay lines are virtual bucket brigade devices with the delay time controlled by a virtual oscillator. That behavior is consistent with how they would work in the real world.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

==Vibrato==

In current firmware, there's a Vibrato type in the Chorus block.

You can also create this effect by using a 100% wet Chorus (no dry signal). Select the Digital Mono chorus type. Keep everything at default, except: (source: Admin M@)

* Rate: as desired
* Depth: 50%
* Delay Time: 0.10
* Auto Depth: High
* Mix: 100
* Level: -6
* Stereo Spread: 0

Roland uses a Sine wave for its Vibrato effect. [https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/once-upon-a-time-there-were-service-manuals.166247/post-1996445]

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/anyone-have-a-good-memory-man-patch.23836/#post-379483]
Vibrato is chorus with the mix at 100%. If you want vibrato on the delay trails only simply use the built-in LFO's in the delay block itself.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

Mix at 100% is not an absolute requirement. As documented in <q>[http://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/presenting-the-boss-ce-1-moaee-mother-of-all-effect-emulations.59591 Presenting the Boss CE-1]</q>, the Vibrato mode of the venerable Boss CE-1 depends on a variable Mix setting.

See Wikipedia's <q>[http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Vibrato_unit Vibrato unit]</q> page for more information.

==Tri-Chorus==

The Tri-Chorus is a very lush chorus that was very popular among studio players in the 80s and 90s. The original devices have been discontinued, but there are a few replicas. It uses three different LFOs with phase relationships 120 degrees apart (less warble, more smooth and shimmery).

; Axe-Fx III, FM3, FM9. VP4, AM4 : The Chorus block has an authentic Tri-Chorus algorithm, based on a Dytronics Songbird TSC-1380.

:See the forum's <q>[http://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/which-tri-chorus-was-used-for-modeling-as-its-not-clear.136778/#post-1620722 Which tri chorus was used for modeling?]</q> for more information.

; AX8, FX8 and Axe-Fx II : Use the Chorus and/or Quad Chorus for the Axe-Fx II only effects, combined with Pitch Detune.

:See <q>[http://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/another-tri-chorus-thread.99868 Another Tri-Chorus thread]</q> in the forum for more information.

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>

<blockquote>
[http://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/the-tri-chorus-sound.148267/#post-1753931]
It's just chorus. You can't do it with the II. It's a unique algorithm and there's no way to adjust the chorus block to get the same results. The III has a separate tri-chorus algorithm.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

Videos:
* [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=L3I6euvvLFc Dytronics Tri Stereo Chorus]
* [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=0b-jcn9t-MM Pete Thorn demos the Fulltone TERC]
* [http://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/michael-landau-style-tri-stereo-chorus.139154 Demonstration by Camilo Velandia]

==Dual Chorus==

This type has independent LFOs for the left and right delay lines. The delay lines are BBD emulations.

Not available on the Axe-Fx II, AX8 and FX8.

==Using other blocks to create a chorus==

* The [[Multitap Delay block]] can create lush multi-voice chorus effects. Firmware 17.01 for the Axe-Fx III (and corresponding FM3 and FM9 firmware) added several types, based on the TC 1210 Stereo Chorus/Flanger, Yamaha UD-Stump etc.

* The [[Pitch block]] and [[Plex Delay block]] can create a multi-voice detuning effect.

* Leon Todd replicated the [https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/intellifex-style-8-voice-chorus.153396/ Intellifex Style 8 Voice Chorus] using the Multitap Delay.

* Current firmware adds a Tape Flanger type to the Chorus block.

<blockquote>'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''<HR>
<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/axe-fx-iii-firmware-version-12-00-public-beta-2-beta-3.157788/post-1881824]
Just use the flanger with zero feedback and modulate MANUAL. In some cases, the Flanger is now a better chorus than the chorus!
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/replicating-this-mxr-flanger-doubler-effect.200247/#post-2497435]
Use the Chorus, which is the same thing as a flanger whose feedback is set to 0.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

==Arion chorus==

You can recreate the [https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/tc-1210-tc-scf.172165/post-2080948 Arion SCH-1 chorus] sound with the Flanger.

See Marco Fanton's "[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=r7o8MqIc8-8 How to create the famous ARION STEREO CHORUS]" video for information too.

=Position of the Chorus block on the grid=

You can put the Chorus block either ''before'' (PRE) or ''after'' (POST) the Amp block.

;PRE : The block operates as a pedal on a traditional pedalboard

;POST : The block takes the role of a studio/rack effect

=Mono or stereo chorus=

A stereo Chorus block ''before'' the Amp block will be summed to mono, so make sure it is set to mono (LFO Phase: 0) to prevent phase cancellation issues.

Some chorus types (such as 80s and Triangle) "invert" the wet sound on one side. If you're collapsing the signal to mono ''after'' the Chorus block, the wet side will completely cancel and you'll hear no chorus at all.

=Parameters=

==Voices==

Whenever the number of voices is set to more than two, the LFO type will change automatically to “SINE.” If the number of voices is greater than two and the LFO type is changed to something other than “SINE,” the number of voices will be reset to two.

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<hr>

<blockquote>
[http://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/quad-chorus.138718/#post-1645790]
The Chorus block has up to 8 voices.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

A single chorus voice, i.e. for a Vibrato effect, can be obtained by setting LFO Phase to 0.

==LFO Type==

Whenever the number of voices is set to more than two, the LFO type will change automatically to “SINE.” If the number of voices is greater than two and the LFO type is changed to something other than “SINE,” the number of voices will be reset to two.

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<hr>
<blockquote>
Roland uses a Triangle wave LFO for its Chorus effect, and a Sine wave LFO for its Vibrato effect. [https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/once-upon-a-time-there-were-service-manuals.166247/post-1996445]
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

==Stereo Spread==

Values beyond +/-100% increase the apparent image beyond the stereo field.

==Chorus vs Detune==

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/chorus-vs-pitch-block-detuned.68871/#post-846398]
Chorus is a varying pitch shift. The pitch slowly changes between flat and sharp. Detune is a constant pitch shift.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

The Chorus block can be used for pitch detuning. [https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/chorus-the-hunt-for-a-great-chorus.215003/#post-2700288 Here's how]

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>
<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/replace-pitch-block-dual-detune-when-i-need-to-use-the-virtual-capo.218206/#post-2746963]
In many cases, it's virtually impossible to tell the difference between a clean triangle chorus and a dual detune. Start with Digital Stereo. Set LFO Phase to 180. LFO Type to Triangle.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

=Tips, tricks and troubleshooting=

==Factory presets==

The Chorus block is showcased in many factory presets. Search the [[Factory presets]] page for "chorus".

==Use a Flanger for chorus ==

<blockquote>'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''<HR>
<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/replicating-this-mxr-flanger-doubler-effect.200247/#post-2497435]
Use the Chorus, which is the same thing as a flanger whose feedback is set to 0.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

==Double chorus==

A studio trick from the '80s is to use two choruses in series. The video below demonstrates this.

==More information about chorus==

The Chorus block is explained in the [[Owners_Manuals|Owner's Manual]].

Also see:
* [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Chorus_effect Wikipedia: Chorus]
* [http://www.premierguitar.com/articles/25035-behind-the-bucket-brigade?utm_source=Sailthru&utm_medium=email&utm_campaign=Gruhn%20ENL%20-%20032217&utm_term=PG%20Weekly Premier Guitar: Behind the Bucket Brigade]
* [https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/boss-ce1.160631/post-1926114 About waveforms in Chorus]

=Videos=

[[Video:Leon-ChorusMasterClass]]
[[video:Leon-ChorusDetune]]
[[video:Cordy-DoubleChorus]]

[[category:Axe-Fx2]]
[[category:Axe-Fx3]]
[[category:FM3]]
[[category:FM9]]
[[category:VP4]]
[[category:AM4]]
[[category:AX8]]
[[category:FX8]]
[[category:Sounds]]
[[category:All]]

AM4 amp modeler

2026-03-23T19:04:59Z

Yek: /* SPDIF */

__TOC__

[[image:AM4.png|400px]]

[[image:AM4-rear.png|400px]]

=References=

Read the excellent owners manual first!

* [https://www.fractalaudio.com/am4 Product page]
* [https://www.fractalaudio.com/am4-downloads/ Downloads]
* [https://forum.fractalaudio.com/forums/am4-discussion.164/ User forum]
* [https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/🔥introducing-the-new-am4-amp-modeler.216932/ Introduction forum thread]
* [http://wiki.fractalaudio.com/wiki/index.php?title=Category:AM4 Wiki pages]

Documentation:
* [https://www.fractalaudio.com/downloads/manuals/AM4/AM4-Owners-Manual.pdf Owners Manual]
* [https://www.fractalaudio.com/downloads/manuals/AM4/AM4-Quick-Start.pdf Quick Start Guide]

=Pictures=

Go to the “[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/forums/am4-discussion.164/ AM4 forum section]” to see AM4 rig pictures.

=Comparing AM4, VP4 and FM3=

Fractal Audio: [https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/differences-between-am4-and-vp4.216961/#post-2729434]

<blockquote>AM4 vs VP4:

AM4 and VP4 both deliver Fractal Audio’s industry-leading sound quality, world-class effects, and rock-solid reliability. They're the same size and form factor and use streamlined UI designs that are intended to be as easy to use as real pedals. The two products share the same core technologies used across the Fractal Audio product family. They both also offer "gig mode" footswitch operation, gapless switching, USB audio, MIDI, professional connectivity including Auto-Z analog in and SPDIF I/O, plus optional "expert" editing—on the device or with companion software. The difference is largely down to features around intended use:

The AM4 delivers top-tier amp tone and effects. We say it is "perfect for a pedalboard" but it is also an ideal standalone for a desktop or "fly rig". It includes the full AM4 Amp block with integrated DynaCab™ speaker simulation, UltraRes™ user cabs, plus a selection of stompbox and studio effects. It has balanced line level outputs, a top panel level knob, a headphones output, and a stereo analog insert for using 3rd part "post" FX without the need for a separate DI box.

The VP4 delivers Fractal Audio effects for use with any amp or modeler. It does NOT perform amp modeling but it does have multiple instances of almost every effect block from the Axe-Fx III including the new IR Player. It has unbalanced outs and is unity-gain by design so no top panel level knob or headphones jack. It has a mono 4CM mode for running pre and post effects at the same time. The VP4 works extremely well as a sidekick to AM4 (AM4+VP4 = "MVP-8").

AM4 vs FM3:

FM3 and AM4 both deliver Fractal Audio’s industry-leading amp modeling, world-class effects, and pro-grade sound quality.
They’re both based on the Axe-Fx III, with rock-solid reliability on stage or in the studio. Both include gapless switching, precision tuning, USB audio, MIDI, flexible I/O, and deep editing options—whether on the device or with companion software. No matter which you choose, you’re getting Fractal Audio quality tone and performance.

The main differences are simplicity, size, and price. The AM4 is designed to be lean and mean: easy to use, small, and our best priced modeler ever. The FM3 is more of a “little brother” in the Axe-Fx family in terms of flexibility and features. It's bigger than the AM4.

The AM4 delivers top-tier amp tone and effects in a small, light, streamlined package. It has fixed four-block architecture, a shorter list of block types, simplified routing and footswitch options, and an interface designed to feel very much like amps and stompboxes. It’s ideal for pedalboards or anyone who wants great tone with minimal setup. The AM4 also includes S/PDIF in and out, a dedicated USB-MIDI port that appears in a DAW, and an analog insert for post effects—allowing you to use the onboard balanced outputs without needing a DI box. It has 104 preset slots with four scenes each.

The FM3 is slightly larger and heavier but also more full-featured. It offers a flexible grid-based preset system with more block types including a looper, plus deeper routing options, and highly customizable footswitches including FC controller support—essentially a downsized “mini Axe-Fx” on the floor. It includes S/PDIF out and an extra pair of stereo ins and outs that can be used creatively for send/return, split routing, or auxiliary processing. It's your big rig in a small box, with 512 presets and eight scenes per preset. The FM3 can share presets with Axe-Fx, FM9, and FM3 within its own limits.
</blockquote>

=Specifications=

==Design and development==

The AM4 has the same <q>audiophile specs</q> as the Axe-Fx III. [https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/am4-questions-from-happy-axe-fx-iii-owner.216991/#post-2730145]

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>
<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/am4-switches-and-push-buttons.217466/#post-2737212]
The AM4 is a product that prioritizes sound quality over bells and whistles. It is stripped-down and simple to use.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/shouldnt-there-be-a-pitch-block.217555/page-2#post-2739484]
In a perfect world the DSP in the AM4 would run at 1 THz and consume 1 mW of power. Unfortunately the world is far from perfect and compromises must be made. I still think it's amazing we packed all that we did into it with a 13W power envelope. The power design for the product was one of the biggest challenges.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/what-are-the-converters-in-the-am-4.218272/page-2#post-2748161]
The converters aren't the identical converters used in the Axe-Fx III but they're from the same family. The Axe-Fx III uses 8-channel converters while the AM4 is only two channels. The specs are pretty much the same.
The analog components in the AM4 are also very high quality. It uses premium Burr-Brown and Analog Devices op-amps. No crappy CMOS stuff, it's all either Bi-FET or Bipolar. Film caps in critical locations.

</blockquote>
</blockquote>

==Processing and memory==

A meter in the upper right shows the current CPU usage. To ensure smooth performance, a limit of about 85% is enforced, leaving required processing power in reserve. If this limit is exceeded, a warning will be shown: “CPU LIMIT: Bypassed" and the AM4 will bypass all processing.

The CPU metering is dynamic: the amp modeling running on the core is actively metered during play. The manual recommends aiming for max 80% when not playing and then playing the preset to ensure stable performance.

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>
<blockquote>
[https://thegearforum.com/threads/fractal-audio-systems-am4-amp-modeler.10317/page-11#post-433876]
The processor in the AM4 is faster than the VP4.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/am4-questions-from-happy-axe-fx-iii-owner.216991/#post-2730145]
AM4 uses the same family of CPU as in the Axe-Fx III. It is a 1 GHz processor with an ARM A15 CPU and a C66x DSP. Therefore it has half the power of a standard Axe-Fx III.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://thegearforum.com/threads/fractal-audio-systems-am4-amp-modeler.10317/page-82#post-442250]
SHARCs are cheaper. We haven't had any issues with sourcing Keystones. The TI DSPs require a little more ancillary hardware (PMICs, reset logic, etc.).

However, the Keystones outperform the SHARCs in several key areas: memory bandwidth, on-board LCD interface with video frame buffer, more robust USB implementation, superior per-clock DSP performance.

The SHARCs, however, benefit from on-board FIR and IIR accelerators. The FIR accelerator is particularly beneficial because you can process IRs with it and offload the DSP.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

More information is available, including [https://thegearforum.com/threads/fractal-audio-systems-am4-amp-modeler.10317/page-69#post-439319 pictures of the inside of the AM4 and specifications of processors and memory].

==Latency==

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<hr>
<blockquote>
[https://thegearforum.com/threads/fractal-audio-systems-am4-amp-modeler.10317/page-82#post-442247]
The actual latency of the AM4 is:

No blocks: 1.33 ms

Amp only: 2 ms

Amp + Cab: 2 ms

Drive + Amp + Cab: 2.67 ms

The cab processing adds no latency. Any extra measured latency is due to the IRs themselves. IR's are inherently band-limited and therefore have "latency" between the IR beginning and the peak in the response. A real speaker cab has "latency" if your method of measurement is looking for the peak in the response (which is technically an incorrect method).

We could reduce the latency by using minimum-phase resampling (the Axe-Fx offers this as an option). Many products are minimum-phase resampling by default. However, minimum-phase resampling causes phase distortion which I personally find more objectionable than an extra ms or so of latency.

Regardless, an average latency of 2 ms is extremely low.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://thegearforum.com/threads/fractal-audio-systems-am4-amp-modeler.10317/page-82#post-442274]
Latency is a trade-off. We could reduce the latency on an AM4 to under 1.5 ms by using minimum-phase resampling but that adds phase distortion.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

==Screen==

The display is a 480 x 272 high-contrast color LCD.

The AM4 does not have a touchscreen.

==Dimensions and weight==

; Weight : 3 lbs 9 oz (1.63 kg)
; Dimensions : 10.00" x 6.31" (254mm x 160.3mm)

[[image:AM4-dimensions.png|500px]]

==Mounting==

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<hr>
<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/vp4-faq.208790/#post-2612905]
If you remove the feet, keep the screws out.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

==Power and heat==

The power connector is a 2.1mm barrel connector, with a negative center. The power-supply (9V DC, 1.5A) is included.

Do NOT use an AC supply. It WILL damage the unit.

The AM4 has a power button.

The unit boots in a few seconds and the unit can be used immediately. In the background all DynaCabs be pre-loaded. According to the manual, this may cause brief slowdowns during that process. This is normal and ends once all cabs have finished loading after 2 minutes or so, depending on the CPU load of the current preset.

Turning on a Windows computer with the AM4 connected and powered, may cause a USB connection failure. Prevent this by turning on the AM4 after starting your PC. This will be addressed in a future update, according to Fractal Audio.

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<hr>
<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/🔥introducing-the-new-am4-amp-modeler.216932/post-2729691]
The AM4 is spec'd at 1.5A. It uses slightly more power than a VP4 due to the higher clock speed. Most units will consume less than 1.3A but due to unit-to-unit variation we cannot guarantee that.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/point-of-am4.216949/page-5#post-2729942]
Like our other products, the AM4 has a high-voltage analog path. The analog path runs off 24V (linearly regulated from 30V). This is done to ensure ample headroom, low noise and plenty of output signal. It costs a bit more and uses a bit more power but our mantra is always quality first.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/loading-cabs-message-for-2m25s-following-bootup-is-this-normal.217161/post-2732917]
The time it takes to load the Dyna-Cabs is directly related to the amount of CPU the current preset is utilizing. However, loading the current preset at boot time takes only a few seconds.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/am4-gets-pretty-toasty-after-running-for-awhile-is-this-expected.217944/#post-2743886]
The AM4 chassis is aluminum. It conducts heat very well. It is DESIGNED to transfer heat from the internal electronics and will therefore get warm during operation.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/bug-usb-is-not-getting-recognized-at-start.218667/#post-2753121]
This is a known issue. Turn the AM4 on after starting your PC. This will be addressed in a future update.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

=Analog I/O=

[[image:AM4-signal.png|700px]]

==Input==

Mono instrument input, single 1/4" TS jack, max +20dBu (instrument level).

Input impedance is variable and is adjustable per preset.

The Input pad in SETUP is adjustable, with auto correction. The manual states that the AM4 is pre-configured for a typical guitar with hot pickups. If input clipping occurs, an ”IN CLIP“ warning is displayed and the Input Pad setting is temporarily increased.

<blockquote>
'''OWNERS MANUAL'''
<HR>
<blockquote>
If the input of the AM4 clips persistently, the unit will automatically increase the Input Pad setting. When this occurs, the word “Auto” will appear next to the Input Pad value, for example: “12 dB (Auto)”, indicating that the pad was automatically increased to 12 dB. When you reboot the AM4, the automatic setting is cleared, and the last manually selected value is restored. If you want to make the automatic pad setting permanent, just turn the Input Pad knob one “click” to clear “Auto”.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

Like the VP4, the input range of the AM4 is the same as an 18V pedal. [https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/input-clipping-at-18db-concern.215368/#post-2706349]

==Output==

1/4" TS, L/R (mono/stereo), max +16dBu, 1 KOhm. Outputs: balanced, +4 line level, no Humbuster.

The output can be switched between mono and stereo in SETUP.

The AM4 has a SPLIT output option, which sends the signal with cab modeling to Left (for FOH), and a "no cabinet" signal to Right. Each output operates in summed mono.

The outputs are protected against phantom power from the mixer. [https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/protection-from-phantom-power.216968/#post-2729588]

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>
<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/output-question.216993/post-2730137]
The 1/4" jacks are balanced TRS. If you need XLR you can use an adapter.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/🔥introducing-the-new-am4-amp-modeler.216932/page-37#post-2731524]
+4
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

==4CM==

In current firmware, combining the AMP4 and VP4 through the Four Cable Method (4CM) is supported, using a combination of SPDIF and analog connections. In this setup the VP4 operates on mono.

[[image:4CM_VP4+AM4.png|900px]]

==Analog insert==

The AM4 does not provide an effects loop. But it has a fixed insert point between the internal effects and the balanced outputs. Use these to connect outboard gear while preserving the clean, low-noise performance of the balanced outputs for FOH without needing a direct box. The insert is fixed in hardware and cannot be repositioned or switched on/off.

It applies only to the main outs and is not heard on USB or SPDIF.

For mono, use a standard patch cable. For stereo, use a TRS-to-dual-mono insert cable (tip = left, ring = right).

* Insert Send: 1/4" jack TRS (tip=Left, ring=Right), 1 KOhm, 16dBu
* Insert Return: 1/4" jack TRS (tip=Left, ring=Right), 1 MOhm

When recording with the VP4 (or another device) in the inserts of the AM4, choose the VP4 in the DAW as the input device to capture the audio from both devices.

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>
<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/🔥introducing-the-new-am4-amp-modeler.216932/page-10#post-2728918]
The idea is you put your pre effects before the unit and your post effects (should you need any) in the insert. The outputs of the AM4 are balanced and designed to be sent directly to FOH and/or monitors. If you just put your post effects after the unit you would then need a DI to go to FOH.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://thegearforum.com/threads/fractal-audio-systems-am4-amp-modeler.10317/page-19#post-434112]
A freely positionable loop would require another stereo A/D and D/A would would increase power consumption, latency when the loop is active, noise, etc. Its purpose is simply to get your post effects before the DI. A typical pedal board might be something like: Wah -> Fabled Unicorn Devices (FUD) Dry Hump III Overdrive -> AM4 -> Lunar Electronics Space Echo Plus. The Space Echo Plus is your typical pedal with unbalanced I/O. You put in the insert loop on the AM-4 and the outputs of the AM-4 are balanced for FOH/Monitors.

</blockquote>
</blockquote>

==Analog bypass==

While not supported upon initial release, buffered Analog Bypass has been implemented through a firmware upgrade. This passes the signal directly from input to output without digital conversion, latency, or processing.

This can be enabled through a switch or automatically. To have analog bypass activate automatically when all four effects are bypassed, engage the option Automatic VP4 Bypass in SETUP.

==Headphones==

The AM4 has a 3.5mm stereo headphones port.

Impedance is 35Ω. Recommended headphone impedance is less than 600Ω.

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>
<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/headphone-volume-drops-when-connecting-output-cables.217947/#post-2743884]
The headphone amp taps off the output driver (so that the phones are after the insert). There are protection resistors on the output driver which means the output driver doesn't have zero impedance. If you plug into something with a low input impedance (less than 100K) then you will get a slight drop at the headphones. Turn up the volume knob to compensate.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

=Digital I/O=

[[image:AM4-signal.png|700px]]

==Converters==

24-bit, 48kHz (fixed).

Dynamic range is 114 dB, 20-20k frequency response.

==USB==

USB-C port for data and audio.

MIDI-over-USB is supported.

USB Audio 2.0 provides 4 channels (4x4) at 48kHz.

* OUT channels 1+2: processed output
* OUT channels 3+4 : unprocessed (copy of inputs)
* IN channels 1+2: send incoming USB Audio directly to outputs
* IN channels 3+4 : process incoming USB Audio and send to outputs

[[image:AM4-USB.png|500px]]

[[image:AM4-signal.png|700px]]

Windows computers require a software driver which is available on the [https://www.fractalaudio.com/am4-downloads/ AM4 Downloads] page.

For USB Audio latency measurements, see under Latency above.

See [[USB]] for more information.

Note that an USB connection can create a a ground loop, resulting in noise or hum. To prevent this:
* Switch a laptop between AC power and battery power.
* Use balanced cables.
* Insert a USB ground loop eliminator (Type-C > Type-C) between AM4 and computer.
* Try an audio isolation transformer between AM4 and device.

==SPDIF==

SPDIF can be used to digitally connect the AM4 to an VP4, FM3, FM9 or Axe-Fx, through RCA connectors, at 48kHz fixed sample rate.

A digital connection avoids the necessary A/D and D/A conversion and inherent latency that comes with analog-to-digital connections.

IMPORTANT: When using the VP4 and AM4 together through SPDIF, in whatever order, make sure to crank the SPDIF In Level on the receiving device, to prevent loss of signal level and possibly gain. Also select SPDIF as input source on the 2nd device. And if the AM4 goes first, crank its hardware LEVEL knob.

Read <q>[[Digital I/O and recording]]</q> for more information.

In current firmware, 4CM (mono) with VP4 and AM4 is supported. See 4CM on this page.

=Firmware=

The firmware is upgradeable, allowing adding new features and bug fixes.

You can download the latest official release from the [https://www.fractalaudio.com/am4-downloads/ AM4 downloads] page.

Public beta releases are often released on the user forum.

=Control=

==User interface==

Compared to Fractal's modelers, the AM4 UI is simplified and streamlined, like the VP4.

Press HOME+SAVE together to enter the “Mode Select” menu which allows you to select between Preset, Scene, Effects, Amp and Tuner/Tempo. The mode determines what's displayed on the LCD, how the Select knob operates and what the switches do.

The factory default's “Gig Mode” configuration makes it easy to select presets, scenes, effects, channels, tuner and tap tempo. The startup mode can be set in Setup.

Press ENTER+EXIT together to enter Setup.

To edit parameters on the hardware, turn SELECT in Effect mode to highlight a block, press ENTER to edit the block, turn the corresponding A-D knob to adjust the value, PAGE LEFT or PAGE RIGHT to get to other pages.

When editing parameters on the hardware, press PAGE LEFT+PAGE RIGHT together to enter “Expert Edit” mode. Expert Edit includes advanced parameters. Press EXIT to quit Expert Edit.

On the home page in FX Mode, select the desired block, hold the ENTER button, and turn SELECT to move.

Similar to the VP4:

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>
<blockquote>
[https://thegearforum.com/threads/fractal-audio-systems-mystery-product-speculation.6102/page-251#post-270365]
Behind the scenes it's the architecture from the Axe-Fx III. There's still a grid and scenes and channels, etc. It's just that it's mostly hidden from the user and simplified.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

Tip: If you don't need scene names, use the available space to indicate the specific effect types instead. Insert spaces to visually align them.

[[image:VP4Names.png|link=|300px]]

==Levels==

The AM4 has two stages that affect the overall volume.

; Internal levels

: These operate within presets and include: Input Level, Amp Level, Scene Levels, Preset Level.

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>
<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/understanding-level-knob-amp-master-volume-cab-master-volume-frfr-speaker-volume.219103/#post-2759653]
INTERNAL LEVELS are determined by the combined amp settings, effect settings, and level settings within your presets. For most people, the AMP LEVEL control is typically used to adjust this. The Internal Levels Meter—found on the Main Levels of the home menu page and repeated on the 2nd to last page of the Amp Edit menu—shows a white line at 0 dB, the “sweet spot” where levels are strong but still have plenty of headroom. It’s fine to push slightly past 0 dB, but avoid hitting the ceiling. Higher internal levels can also make it easier to clip the analog outputs. Every block (including CAB, which you mention) has its own level control but you generally only need to adjust the amp unless you have a compressor after it.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

; Analog output level

: This is controlled by the top-panel knob. Set it to the preferred but avoid overdriving the output stage or connected device(s). The Analog Levels meter shows how close you are to clipping, and an OUT CLIP warning will appear in the title bar across all pages if clipping occurs. The outputs operate at adjustable line level, not at fixed unity gain.

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>
<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/understanding-level-knob-amp-master-volume-cab-master-volume-frfr-speaker-volume.219103/#post-2759653]
ANALOG LEVELS are controlled by the top-panel OUT LEVEL knob, which sets the volume of the analog outputs and headphones. Use it to set your preferred listening level, but avoid overdriving the output stage or your connected device(s). The Analog Levels meter on the Main Levels page shows how close you are to clipping, and an OUT CLIP warning will also appear in the title bar across all pages if clipping occurs. If this happens, lower the knob or reduce levels inside your presets. Of course, your speakers, mixers, or recording interface have their own volume or gain controls as well. These operate after the AM4 outputs, so you can keep the AM4 hot and adjust downstream, or vice versa. Start with your speaker volume at noon and the AM4 all the way down to get a feel for how loud things will be as you turn up the AM4.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

[[image:AM4-levels.png|600px]]

==AM4-Edit software editor==

AM4-Edit is the editor for the AM4, with Fractal-Bot built-in.

You can download AM4-Edit, along with the Windows driver, firmware and factory presets updates, from the [https://www.fractalaudio.com/am4-edit AM4 downloads page].

[[image:AM4-Edit.png|500px|link=]]

==Onboard switches==

The four foot switches have colored indicators, but no scribble strips.

The press and hold functions of the four switches work globally across all presets and modes.

Factory default is the so-called <q>Gig Mode</q>, explained in the manual, that also provides two-switch combos.

In Custom Mode, the press & hold functions can be set per switch. This also works globally (across all presets). The two-switch combos are not carried over to Custom Mode, at this time.

Options are:
* Disabled
* Mode Select
* Preset Mode, Scene Mode, FX Mode, Tuner Model, Amp Mode
* Bank +1, Bank -1: when you change banks, the same preset number from the new bank is automatically loaded (e.g., if C3 is selected and you switch to Bank D, D3 will load)
* Preset +1, Preset -1
* Scene +1, Scene -1
* Channel Picker: this shows the 4-button “Channel Picker” for the corresponding effect slot

==MIDI==

The unit has 3.5 mm (1/8”) MIDI IN and OUT ports. Adapters are available from [https://shop.fractalaudio.com Fractal Audio].

The Boss BMIDI-5-35 cable has been tested and works with the AM4 to connect to 5-pin MIDI gear.

The AM4 supports:
* Sending and receiving Program Changes (PC)
* Sending and receiving Control Changes (CC)
* MIDI-over-USB
* MIDI clock (receive only, currently)
* Software MIDI Thru
* Syncing scenes with the VP4

A table in the manual translates MIDI Program Changes to AM4 presets.

The AM4 tempo does respond to MIDI Beat Clock. It does not send MIDI Clock.

See [[MIDI]] for more information.

==Expression pedals and external switches==

The unit supports two expression pedals and expression pedal connections (TRS, 10–100 kΩ max), or two single TS external switches (momentary or latching).

The unit does not provide [[FASLINK]] connections and can't connect to FC-6 and FC-12 foot controllers foot controllers.

Like the other modelers, you can make an expression pedal perform as a volume pedal as follows:

* Assign it to a level parameter in a block, particularly the Volume block, or
* Assign it to global Input or Output Volume, across all presets.

The AM4 also has a unique feature: Amp Block Out Volume. This lets you adjust the output volume of the amp with a pedal, without the need to put a Volume block between the amp and any time-based effects. It does not affect amp gain or tone.

==External amp switching==

The AM4 itself does not provide relays to switch amp channels, but it can connect through MIDI to a relay switcher to perform that duty.

Possible solutions include:
* [https://midisolutions.com/prodrel.htm MIDI Solutions Relay]
* [https://www.suhr.com/product/micro-midi-control/ Suhr MicroMIDI Control]
* [https://voodoolab.com/product/control-switcher/ Voodoo Lab Control Switcher]
* [https://piratemidi.com/products/click-midi-interface-relay-switcher Pirate MIDI CLiCK]
* RJM Mini Amp Gizmo (no longer available from RJM but might be available used. The [https://www.rjmmusic.com/download-content/Amp%20Gizmo%20Manual%20-%20online.pdf manual] is currently available online.)
* [https://emcustom.eu/amp-midi-switcher-interface.html EM]

=Sounds=

==Presets, scenes and channels==

The unit has 104 presets, supports four scenes per preset and four channels per effect block.

The presets are organized into 26 banks, each identified by a letter from A to Z. Within each bank, there are four presets, numbered 1 through 4.

Each block has 4 channels. The AM doesn't support [[Global blocks]]. [https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/wish-single-global-block-for-amp.218781/#post-2754880]

Switching between presets, scenes and channels is gapless.

AM4 presets and blocks are not compatible with Fractal Audio's other amp modelers, nor vice versa. [https://wiki.fractalaudio.com/wiki/index.php?title=VP4_virtual_pedalboard#Presets.2C_scenes_and_channels Explanation]

The latest factory presets are available on the [https://www.fractalaudio.com/am4-downloads/ AM4 downloads page]. Here's the list from the manual:

[[image:AM4-factoryptresets1.png|900px]]

[[image:AM4-factoryptresets2.png|900px]]

[[image:AM4-factoryptresets3.png|900px]]

==Amp and cab modeling==

The amp modeling is identical to the Axe-Fx III. [https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/am4-questions-from-happy-axe-fx-iii-owner.216991/#post-2730145]

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>
<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/are-the-blocks-available-of-the-exact-same-quality-as-in-the-axe-fx-iii.217031/#post-2730843]
The blocks are identical. The AM4 runs off the same code base as the Axe-Fx III.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

The AM4 provides a single Amp block, with an integrated Cab section (instead of a separate Cab block).

Only when selecting the SPLIT output mode, the Cab section is repositioned at the end of the chain.

Some amp models have been consolidated.

Amp Mode lets you quickly access amp parameters and switch amp/cab channels, and provides an output boost.

A few amp models have been deprecated:

* Brit Pre
* old Vibrato Verb
* Legend 1
* Chieftain 2
* Dizzy V4 Blue
* Thordendal

Loading an amp model automatically selects an appropriate cab: <q>Amp>DynaCab linking</q>. This can be disabled in SETUP. The Amp+DynaCab combos are described on the [[Amp_models_list|Amp models page]].

To selectively keep Cab settings when changing the amp type, hold ENTER while turning SELECT, then release ENTER to apply the change. AM4-Edit, you can hold SHIFT while selecting a new amp from the list to achieve the same result.

[[DynaCabs]] are included. Legacy factory cabs are not included. IRs can also be imported (256 slots), supporting UltraRes. The Cab Blend parameter replaces individual Cab Level controls.

Similar to the FM3, the Amp block does not support Input Dynamics and Bias Tremolo.

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>
<blockquote>
[https://thegearforum.com/threads/fractal-audio-systems-am4-amp-modeler.10317/page-5#post-433719]
The list is trimmed down a bit but the essential stuff is in there.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

==Other effects==

Available effects on the AM4, other than Amp/Cab:

* [[Chorus block]]
* [[Compressor block]]
* [[Delay block]]
* [[Drive block]]
* [[Enhancer block]]
* [[Filter block]]
* [[Flanger block]]
* [[Gate/Expander block]]
* [[EQ|GEQ block]]
* [[EQ|PEQ block]]
* [[Phaser block]]
* [[Reverb block]]
* [[Rotary block]]
* [[Tremolo/Panner block]]
* [[Volume/Panner block]]
* [[Wah block]]

[[image:AM4-fx.png|600px]]

The AM4 does NOT have these blocks: Formant, IR Capture, IR Player, Megatap Delay, Multitap Delay, Pitch, Plex Delay, Resonator, Ring Modulator, Synth, Tone Match, Vocoder.

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>
<blockquote>
[https://thegearforum.com/threads/fractal-audio-systems-am4-amp-modeler.10317/page-18#post-434085]
The choice of effects was so that you couldn't overload the processor. Running a Reverb and a Plex plus the Amp block would exceed the processor's bandwidth. Engineering is all about tradeoffs. It's a constant juggle between price, size, features, power consumption and performance. As such, no product will be perfect for everybody. In an ideal world DSPs would use no power and have infinite clock speeds. Until then products will have to make compromises. At some point we can revisit the effects inventory.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

At the input of each preset there is a [[Noise gate]], and a [[EQ|10-band EQ]] at the output. Both are always <q>on</q>.

Several effects are part of other effects: [https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/4-blocks-are-not-enough-see-this.216967/]
* Amp block: input boost (several types), output boost, input PEQ, output or pre-power GEQ, compression
* Cab block: part of the amp block, mic preamp, room reverb
* Delay block: can do chorus and delay at the same time
* Reverb: includes simple delay in some types, pitch shifting for shimmer

Like the VP4, there are some differences with the larger modelers:

* Additional tweaked types, such as Vibrato and single voice Pitch types
* Tweaked MIX Law for time-based effects
* Mode switch in some Drive types instead of multiple types (e.g. Timothy)
* Some renamed types

3 of the 4 blocks can be routed in parallel instead of series.

The blocks support Fractal Audio's system of modifiers and controllers.

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>
<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/are-the-mix-levels-lower-than-the-equivalent-mix-levels-in-the-fm-and-iii.208988/#post-2611013]
The mix law in many blocks is different to suit the "all effects before the amp" crowd better.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/are-the-mix-levels-lower-than-the-equivalent-mix-levels-in-the-fm-and-iii.208988/#post-2611186]
The sweetened mix law places a wider range of knob motion in the portion of the curve where the delay is quieter.

This replicates the way pedals that are designed for use in front of an amp work because the amp's compression reduces the difference between the quiet echoes and the louder dry signal.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/am4-feature-requests.216959/page-11#post-2736358]
For time-based effects, the AM4—being based on the VP4—uses the a mix law based on that of the Delay block in the Axe-Fx. The dry signal remains constant for mix values from 0–50%, with only the wet signal increasing over that range. So you don't even need to worry about dry levels changing when you tweak the mix on time based effects.
</blockquote>

</blockquote>

==Tips and tricks==

So the AM4 has four block slots; Perhaps it's better to think of those as a maximum of four switches, because there's so much functionality available beyond the four slots.

This section provides tips and tricks to make the most of the features and functionality of the AM4, within and outside the four slots.

Don't confuse this with saving CPU. See [[CPU usage]] for more information.

Tips and tricks:

* Get 16 sounds from the four blocks in a preset using Channels.

* Add compression within the Amp block.

* Add drive pedals (input boosts) within the Amp block.

* Every preset AND Amp block provide EQ-ing tools.

* There's a noise gate included in every preset.

* There's a solo boost option within the Amp block, per scene or available as a switch.

* Add room ambience within the Cab block.

* Simulate channels strips and mic preamps within the Amp block.

* Turn the Chorus block into a Flanger or a micro pitch.

* Turn the Flanger block into a Chorus.

* Turn the Delay block into a Flanger or Chorus, or into Reverb.

* Use the Dual Delay type for delay AND chorus. Watch the video below.

* Turn the Reverb block into a Delay.

* Turn the Volume/Panner block into a Tremolo.

* Get Shimmer from the Reverb block.

* Use Modifiers and controllers for even more control over parameters and functions.

* Assign an expression pedal to Amp Block Out Volume, to let you adjust the, duh, output volume of the amp with the pedal, without affecting delay/reverb trails, amp gain or tone.

Watch the videos below for examples.

==AM4 with VP4==

There are various ways to combine the AM4 and VP4 into a powerful floor-based amp modeling and multi-effects setup.

===Digital===

; VP4 > AM4

: Connect SPDIF Out on the VP4 to SPDIF In on the AM4.

; AM4 > VP4

: Connect SPDIF Out on the AM4 to SPDIF In on the VP4.

===Analog===

; VP4 Out > AM4 In

: Connect the output jack on the VP4 to the instrument input on the AM4. Mono.

; AM4 Out > VP4 In

: Connect the output jack(s) on the AM4 to the analog input(s) on the VP4.

; AM4 >< insert VP4

: Put the VP4 in the insert loop of the AM4, using an insert cable.

; VP4 >< 4CM AM4

: Set to the VP4 to 4CM, and put the AM4 in loop of the VP4. Mono.

; VP4 >< 4CM AM4 through inserts

: This particular setup makes 4CM possible with the AM4, AND enables allows hearing the sound from both devices through the headphones port on the AM4. Guitar goes into VP4 Input Left Pre. VP4 Out Left Pre goes into the instrument input on the AM4. VP4 Out Right Post goes into the insert return on the AM4. AM4 Insert Send goes to Input Right Post on the VP4. Resulting signal will be mono.
Use a special cable if you need signal at both outputs of the AM4, see this picture:

[[image:AM4+VP4+headphones.png|500px]]

Notes:
* Use MIDI Program Changes or "Scene Sync" to synchronize switching on both devices.
* You probably don't need to use the noise gate on the 2nd device. Instead of turning that off per preset, you can do it globally in Setup > Global Settings.

=Videos=

[https://www.youtube.com/@RoshRoslin/videos Rosh Roslin's AM4 tutorials]

More videos:

[[video:Cooper-AM4]]
[[video:Cooper-AM4-EJ]]
[[video:Cooper-ChorusDelay]]
[[video:Cooper-AM4-Petrucci]]

[[video:Brett-AM4]]

[[video:Leon-AM4]]
[[video:Leon-AM2]]
[[video:Leon-AM43]]
[[video:Leon-AM4-5]]
[[video:Leon-AM4-GigMode]]
[[video:Leon-AM46]]
[[video:Leon-AM4-DeepDive]]
[[video:Leon-AM4-Pedals]]
[[video:Leon-AM4-Fxcombinations]]

[[video:Cordy-AM4]]
[[video:Cordy-AM42]]
[[video:Cordy-AM43]]

[[video:FSM-AM4]]

[[video:Larry-AM4-1]]

[[video:AndyWood-AM4]]

[[video:AM4-Mag7]]

[[video:Ola-AM4]]

[[video:PassionForTone-AM4]]
[[video:PassionForTone-AM4-2]]

[[video:Jayguitar-AM4]]

[[video:TSR-AM4]]

[[VIDEO:ToneWars-AM4]]
[[video:ToneWars-AM42]]

[[video:AlessandroZilio-AM4]]

[[video:SonicDrive-AM4]]

[[category:AM4]]
[[category:Sounds]]
[[category:All]]

AM4 amp modeler

2026-03-23T19:04:44Z

Yek: /* Analog bypass */

__TOC__

[[image:AM4.png|400px]]

[[image:AM4-rear.png|400px]]

=References=

Read the excellent owners manual first!

* [https://www.fractalaudio.com/am4 Product page]
* [https://www.fractalaudio.com/am4-downloads/ Downloads]
* [https://forum.fractalaudio.com/forums/am4-discussion.164/ User forum]
* [https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/🔥introducing-the-new-am4-amp-modeler.216932/ Introduction forum thread]
* [http://wiki.fractalaudio.com/wiki/index.php?title=Category:AM4 Wiki pages]

Documentation:
* [https://www.fractalaudio.com/downloads/manuals/AM4/AM4-Owners-Manual.pdf Owners Manual]
* [https://www.fractalaudio.com/downloads/manuals/AM4/AM4-Quick-Start.pdf Quick Start Guide]

=Pictures=

Go to the “[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/forums/am4-discussion.164/ AM4 forum section]” to see AM4 rig pictures.

=Comparing AM4, VP4 and FM3=

Fractal Audio: [https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/differences-between-am4-and-vp4.216961/#post-2729434]

<blockquote>AM4 vs VP4:

AM4 and VP4 both deliver Fractal Audio’s industry-leading sound quality, world-class effects, and rock-solid reliability. They're the same size and form factor and use streamlined UI designs that are intended to be as easy to use as real pedals. The two products share the same core technologies used across the Fractal Audio product family. They both also offer "gig mode" footswitch operation, gapless switching, USB audio, MIDI, professional connectivity including Auto-Z analog in and SPDIF I/O, plus optional "expert" editing—on the device or with companion software. The difference is largely down to features around intended use:

The AM4 delivers top-tier amp tone and effects. We say it is "perfect for a pedalboard" but it is also an ideal standalone for a desktop or "fly rig". It includes the full AM4 Amp block with integrated DynaCab™ speaker simulation, UltraRes™ user cabs, plus a selection of stompbox and studio effects. It has balanced line level outputs, a top panel level knob, a headphones output, and a stereo analog insert for using 3rd part "post" FX without the need for a separate DI box.

The VP4 delivers Fractal Audio effects for use with any amp or modeler. It does NOT perform amp modeling but it does have multiple instances of almost every effect block from the Axe-Fx III including the new IR Player. It has unbalanced outs and is unity-gain by design so no top panel level knob or headphones jack. It has a mono 4CM mode for running pre and post effects at the same time. The VP4 works extremely well as a sidekick to AM4 (AM4+VP4 = "MVP-8").

AM4 vs FM3:

FM3 and AM4 both deliver Fractal Audio’s industry-leading amp modeling, world-class effects, and pro-grade sound quality.
They’re both based on the Axe-Fx III, with rock-solid reliability on stage or in the studio. Both include gapless switching, precision tuning, USB audio, MIDI, flexible I/O, and deep editing options—whether on the device or with companion software. No matter which you choose, you’re getting Fractal Audio quality tone and performance.

The main differences are simplicity, size, and price. The AM4 is designed to be lean and mean: easy to use, small, and our best priced modeler ever. The FM3 is more of a “little brother” in the Axe-Fx family in terms of flexibility and features. It's bigger than the AM4.

The AM4 delivers top-tier amp tone and effects in a small, light, streamlined package. It has fixed four-block architecture, a shorter list of block types, simplified routing and footswitch options, and an interface designed to feel very much like amps and stompboxes. It’s ideal for pedalboards or anyone who wants great tone with minimal setup. The AM4 also includes S/PDIF in and out, a dedicated USB-MIDI port that appears in a DAW, and an analog insert for post effects—allowing you to use the onboard balanced outputs without needing a DI box. It has 104 preset slots with four scenes each.

The FM3 is slightly larger and heavier but also more full-featured. It offers a flexible grid-based preset system with more block types including a looper, plus deeper routing options, and highly customizable footswitches including FC controller support—essentially a downsized “mini Axe-Fx” on the floor. It includes S/PDIF out and an extra pair of stereo ins and outs that can be used creatively for send/return, split routing, or auxiliary processing. It's your big rig in a small box, with 512 presets and eight scenes per preset. The FM3 can share presets with Axe-Fx, FM9, and FM3 within its own limits.
</blockquote>

=Specifications=

==Design and development==

The AM4 has the same <q>audiophile specs</q> as the Axe-Fx III. [https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/am4-questions-from-happy-axe-fx-iii-owner.216991/#post-2730145]

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>
<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/am4-switches-and-push-buttons.217466/#post-2737212]
The AM4 is a product that prioritizes sound quality over bells and whistles. It is stripped-down and simple to use.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/shouldnt-there-be-a-pitch-block.217555/page-2#post-2739484]
In a perfect world the DSP in the AM4 would run at 1 THz and consume 1 mW of power. Unfortunately the world is far from perfect and compromises must be made. I still think it's amazing we packed all that we did into it with a 13W power envelope. The power design for the product was one of the biggest challenges.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/what-are-the-converters-in-the-am-4.218272/page-2#post-2748161]
The converters aren't the identical converters used in the Axe-Fx III but they're from the same family. The Axe-Fx III uses 8-channel converters while the AM4 is only two channels. The specs are pretty much the same.
The analog components in the AM4 are also very high quality. It uses premium Burr-Brown and Analog Devices op-amps. No crappy CMOS stuff, it's all either Bi-FET or Bipolar. Film caps in critical locations.

</blockquote>
</blockquote>

==Processing and memory==

A meter in the upper right shows the current CPU usage. To ensure smooth performance, a limit of about 85% is enforced, leaving required processing power in reserve. If this limit is exceeded, a warning will be shown: “CPU LIMIT: Bypassed" and the AM4 will bypass all processing.

The CPU metering is dynamic: the amp modeling running on the core is actively metered during play. The manual recommends aiming for max 80% when not playing and then playing the preset to ensure stable performance.

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>
<blockquote>
[https://thegearforum.com/threads/fractal-audio-systems-am4-amp-modeler.10317/page-11#post-433876]
The processor in the AM4 is faster than the VP4.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/am4-questions-from-happy-axe-fx-iii-owner.216991/#post-2730145]
AM4 uses the same family of CPU as in the Axe-Fx III. It is a 1 GHz processor with an ARM A15 CPU and a C66x DSP. Therefore it has half the power of a standard Axe-Fx III.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://thegearforum.com/threads/fractal-audio-systems-am4-amp-modeler.10317/page-82#post-442250]
SHARCs are cheaper. We haven't had any issues with sourcing Keystones. The TI DSPs require a little more ancillary hardware (PMICs, reset logic, etc.).

However, the Keystones outperform the SHARCs in several key areas: memory bandwidth, on-board LCD interface with video frame buffer, more robust USB implementation, superior per-clock DSP performance.

The SHARCs, however, benefit from on-board FIR and IIR accelerators. The FIR accelerator is particularly beneficial because you can process IRs with it and offload the DSP.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

More information is available, including [https://thegearforum.com/threads/fractal-audio-systems-am4-amp-modeler.10317/page-69#post-439319 pictures of the inside of the AM4 and specifications of processors and memory].

==Latency==

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<hr>
<blockquote>
[https://thegearforum.com/threads/fractal-audio-systems-am4-amp-modeler.10317/page-82#post-442247]
The actual latency of the AM4 is:

No blocks: 1.33 ms

Amp only: 2 ms

Amp + Cab: 2 ms

Drive + Amp + Cab: 2.67 ms

The cab processing adds no latency. Any extra measured latency is due to the IRs themselves. IR's are inherently band-limited and therefore have "latency" between the IR beginning and the peak in the response. A real speaker cab has "latency" if your method of measurement is looking for the peak in the response (which is technically an incorrect method).

We could reduce the latency by using minimum-phase resampling (the Axe-Fx offers this as an option). Many products are minimum-phase resampling by default. However, minimum-phase resampling causes phase distortion which I personally find more objectionable than an extra ms or so of latency.

Regardless, an average latency of 2 ms is extremely low.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://thegearforum.com/threads/fractal-audio-systems-am4-amp-modeler.10317/page-82#post-442274]
Latency is a trade-off. We could reduce the latency on an AM4 to under 1.5 ms by using minimum-phase resampling but that adds phase distortion.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

==Screen==

The display is a 480 x 272 high-contrast color LCD.

The AM4 does not have a touchscreen.

==Dimensions and weight==

; Weight : 3 lbs 9 oz (1.63 kg)
; Dimensions : 10.00" x 6.31" (254mm x 160.3mm)

[[image:AM4-dimensions.png|500px]]

==Mounting==

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<hr>
<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/vp4-faq.208790/#post-2612905]
If you remove the feet, keep the screws out.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

==Power and heat==

The power connector is a 2.1mm barrel connector, with a negative center. The power-supply (9V DC, 1.5A) is included.

Do NOT use an AC supply. It WILL damage the unit.

The AM4 has a power button.

The unit boots in a few seconds and the unit can be used immediately. In the background all DynaCabs be pre-loaded. According to the manual, this may cause brief slowdowns during that process. This is normal and ends once all cabs have finished loading after 2 minutes or so, depending on the CPU load of the current preset.

Turning on a Windows computer with the AM4 connected and powered, may cause a USB connection failure. Prevent this by turning on the AM4 after starting your PC. This will be addressed in a future update, according to Fractal Audio.

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<hr>
<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/🔥introducing-the-new-am4-amp-modeler.216932/post-2729691]
The AM4 is spec'd at 1.5A. It uses slightly more power than a VP4 due to the higher clock speed. Most units will consume less than 1.3A but due to unit-to-unit variation we cannot guarantee that.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/point-of-am4.216949/page-5#post-2729942]
Like our other products, the AM4 has a high-voltage analog path. The analog path runs off 24V (linearly regulated from 30V). This is done to ensure ample headroom, low noise and plenty of output signal. It costs a bit more and uses a bit more power but our mantra is always quality first.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/loading-cabs-message-for-2m25s-following-bootup-is-this-normal.217161/post-2732917]
The time it takes to load the Dyna-Cabs is directly related to the amount of CPU the current preset is utilizing. However, loading the current preset at boot time takes only a few seconds.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/am4-gets-pretty-toasty-after-running-for-awhile-is-this-expected.217944/#post-2743886]
The AM4 chassis is aluminum. It conducts heat very well. It is DESIGNED to transfer heat from the internal electronics and will therefore get warm during operation.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/bug-usb-is-not-getting-recognized-at-start.218667/#post-2753121]
This is a known issue. Turn the AM4 on after starting your PC. This will be addressed in a future update.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

=Analog I/O=

[[image:AM4-signal.png|700px]]

==Input==

Mono instrument input, single 1/4" TS jack, max +20dBu (instrument level).

Input impedance is variable and is adjustable per preset.

The Input pad in SETUP is adjustable, with auto correction. The manual states that the AM4 is pre-configured for a typical guitar with hot pickups. If input clipping occurs, an ”IN CLIP“ warning is displayed and the Input Pad setting is temporarily increased.

<blockquote>
'''OWNERS MANUAL'''
<HR>
<blockquote>
If the input of the AM4 clips persistently, the unit will automatically increase the Input Pad setting. When this occurs, the word “Auto” will appear next to the Input Pad value, for example: “12 dB (Auto)”, indicating that the pad was automatically increased to 12 dB. When you reboot the AM4, the automatic setting is cleared, and the last manually selected value is restored. If you want to make the automatic pad setting permanent, just turn the Input Pad knob one “click” to clear “Auto”.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

Like the VP4, the input range of the AM4 is the same as an 18V pedal. [https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/input-clipping-at-18db-concern.215368/#post-2706349]

==Output==

1/4" TS, L/R (mono/stereo), max +16dBu, 1 KOhm. Outputs: balanced, +4 line level, no Humbuster.

The output can be switched between mono and stereo in SETUP.

The AM4 has a SPLIT output option, which sends the signal with cab modeling to Left (for FOH), and a "no cabinet" signal to Right. Each output operates in summed mono.

The outputs are protected against phantom power from the mixer. [https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/protection-from-phantom-power.216968/#post-2729588]

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>
<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/output-question.216993/post-2730137]
The 1/4" jacks are balanced TRS. If you need XLR you can use an adapter.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/🔥introducing-the-new-am4-amp-modeler.216932/page-37#post-2731524]
+4
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

==4CM==

In current firmware, combining the AMP4 and VP4 through the Four Cable Method (4CM) is supported, using a combination of SPDIF and analog connections. In this setup the VP4 operates on mono.

[[image:4CM_VP4+AM4.png|900px]]

==Analog insert==

The AM4 does not provide an effects loop. But it has a fixed insert point between the internal effects and the balanced outputs. Use these to connect outboard gear while preserving the clean, low-noise performance of the balanced outputs for FOH without needing a direct box. The insert is fixed in hardware and cannot be repositioned or switched on/off.

It applies only to the main outs and is not heard on USB or SPDIF.

For mono, use a standard patch cable. For stereo, use a TRS-to-dual-mono insert cable (tip = left, ring = right).

* Insert Send: 1/4" jack TRS (tip=Left, ring=Right), 1 KOhm, 16dBu
* Insert Return: 1/4" jack TRS (tip=Left, ring=Right), 1 MOhm

When recording with the VP4 (or another device) in the inserts of the AM4, choose the VP4 in the DAW as the input device to capture the audio from both devices.

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>
<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/🔥introducing-the-new-am4-amp-modeler.216932/page-10#post-2728918]
The idea is you put your pre effects before the unit and your post effects (should you need any) in the insert. The outputs of the AM4 are balanced and designed to be sent directly to FOH and/or monitors. If you just put your post effects after the unit you would then need a DI to go to FOH.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://thegearforum.com/threads/fractal-audio-systems-am4-amp-modeler.10317/page-19#post-434112]
A freely positionable loop would require another stereo A/D and D/A would would increase power consumption, latency when the loop is active, noise, etc. Its purpose is simply to get your post effects before the DI. A typical pedal board might be something like: Wah -> Fabled Unicorn Devices (FUD) Dry Hump III Overdrive -> AM4 -> Lunar Electronics Space Echo Plus. The Space Echo Plus is your typical pedal with unbalanced I/O. You put in the insert loop on the AM-4 and the outputs of the AM-4 are balanced for FOH/Monitors.

</blockquote>
</blockquote>

==Analog bypass==

While not supported upon initial release, buffered Analog Bypass has been implemented through a firmware upgrade. This passes the signal directly from input to output without digital conversion, latency, or processing.

This can be enabled through a switch or automatically. To have analog bypass activate automatically when all four effects are bypassed, engage the option Automatic VP4 Bypass in SETUP.

==Headphones==

The AM4 has a 3.5mm stereo headphones port.

Impedance is 35Ω. Recommended headphone impedance is less than 600Ω.

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>
<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/headphone-volume-drops-when-connecting-output-cables.217947/#post-2743884]
The headphone amp taps off the output driver (so that the phones are after the insert). There are protection resistors on the output driver which means the output driver doesn't have zero impedance. If you plug into something with a low input impedance (less than 100K) then you will get a slight drop at the headphones. Turn up the volume knob to compensate.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

=Digital I/O=

[[image:AM4-signal.png|700px]]

==Converters==

24-bit, 48kHz (fixed).

Dynamic range is 114 dB, 20-20k frequency response.

==USB==

USB-C port for data and audio.

MIDI-over-USB is supported.

USB Audio 2.0 provides 4 channels (4x4) at 48kHz.

* OUT channels 1+2: processed output
* OUT channels 3+4 : unprocessed (copy of inputs)
* IN channels 1+2: send incoming USB Audio directly to outputs
* IN channels 3+4 : process incoming USB Audio and send to outputs

[[image:AM4-USB.png|500px]]

[[image:AM4-signal.png|700px]]

Windows computers require a software driver which is available on the [https://www.fractalaudio.com/am4-downloads/ AM4 Downloads] page.

For USB Audio latency measurements, see under Latency above.

See [[USB]] for more information.

Note that an USB connection can create a a ground loop, resulting in noise or hum. To prevent this:
* Switch a laptop between AC power and battery power.
* Use balanced cables.
* Insert a USB ground loop eliminator (Type-C > Type-C) between AM4 and computer.
* Try an audio isolation transformer between AM4 and device.

==SPDIF==

SPDIF can be used to digitally connect the AM4 to an VP4, FM3, FM9 or Axe-Fx, through RCA connectors, at 48kHz fixed sample rate.

A digital connection avoids the necessary A/D and D/A conversion and inherent latency that comes with analog-to-digital connections.

IMPORTANT: When using the VP4 and AM4 together through SPDIF, in whatever order, make sure to crank the SPDIF In Level on the receiving device, to prevent loss of signal level and possibly gain. Also select SPDIF as input source on the 2nd device. And if the AM4 goes first, crank its hardware LEVEL knob.

Read <q>[[Digital I/O and recording]]</q> for more information.

n current firmware, 4CM (mono) with VP4 and AM4 is supported. See 4CM on this page.

=Firmware=

The firmware is upgradeable, allowing adding new features and bug fixes.

You can download the latest official release from the [https://www.fractalaudio.com/am4-downloads/ AM4 downloads] page.

Public beta releases are often released on the user forum.

=Control=

==User interface==

Compared to Fractal's modelers, the AM4 UI is simplified and streamlined, like the VP4.

Press HOME+SAVE together to enter the “Mode Select” menu which allows you to select between Preset, Scene, Effects, Amp and Tuner/Tempo. The mode determines what's displayed on the LCD, how the Select knob operates and what the switches do.

The factory default's “Gig Mode” configuration makes it easy to select presets, scenes, effects, channels, tuner and tap tempo. The startup mode can be set in Setup.

Press ENTER+EXIT together to enter Setup.

To edit parameters on the hardware, turn SELECT in Effect mode to highlight a block, press ENTER to edit the block, turn the corresponding A-D knob to adjust the value, PAGE LEFT or PAGE RIGHT to get to other pages.

When editing parameters on the hardware, press PAGE LEFT+PAGE RIGHT together to enter “Expert Edit” mode. Expert Edit includes advanced parameters. Press EXIT to quit Expert Edit.

On the home page in FX Mode, select the desired block, hold the ENTER button, and turn SELECT to move.

Similar to the VP4:

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>
<blockquote>
[https://thegearforum.com/threads/fractal-audio-systems-mystery-product-speculation.6102/page-251#post-270365]
Behind the scenes it's the architecture from the Axe-Fx III. There's still a grid and scenes and channels, etc. It's just that it's mostly hidden from the user and simplified.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

Tip: If you don't need scene names, use the available space to indicate the specific effect types instead. Insert spaces to visually align them.

[[image:VP4Names.png|link=|300px]]

==Levels==

The AM4 has two stages that affect the overall volume.

; Internal levels

: These operate within presets and include: Input Level, Amp Level, Scene Levels, Preset Level.

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>
<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/understanding-level-knob-amp-master-volume-cab-master-volume-frfr-speaker-volume.219103/#post-2759653]
INTERNAL LEVELS are determined by the combined amp settings, effect settings, and level settings within your presets. For most people, the AMP LEVEL control is typically used to adjust this. The Internal Levels Meter—found on the Main Levels of the home menu page and repeated on the 2nd to last page of the Amp Edit menu—shows a white line at 0 dB, the “sweet spot” where levels are strong but still have plenty of headroom. It’s fine to push slightly past 0 dB, but avoid hitting the ceiling. Higher internal levels can also make it easier to clip the analog outputs. Every block (including CAB, which you mention) has its own level control but you generally only need to adjust the amp unless you have a compressor after it.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

; Analog output level

: This is controlled by the top-panel knob. Set it to the preferred but avoid overdriving the output stage or connected device(s). The Analog Levels meter shows how close you are to clipping, and an OUT CLIP warning will appear in the title bar across all pages if clipping occurs. The outputs operate at adjustable line level, not at fixed unity gain.

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>
<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/understanding-level-knob-amp-master-volume-cab-master-volume-frfr-speaker-volume.219103/#post-2759653]
ANALOG LEVELS are controlled by the top-panel OUT LEVEL knob, which sets the volume of the analog outputs and headphones. Use it to set your preferred listening level, but avoid overdriving the output stage or your connected device(s). The Analog Levels meter on the Main Levels page shows how close you are to clipping, and an OUT CLIP warning will also appear in the title bar across all pages if clipping occurs. If this happens, lower the knob or reduce levels inside your presets. Of course, your speakers, mixers, or recording interface have their own volume or gain controls as well. These operate after the AM4 outputs, so you can keep the AM4 hot and adjust downstream, or vice versa. Start with your speaker volume at noon and the AM4 all the way down to get a feel for how loud things will be as you turn up the AM4.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

[[image:AM4-levels.png|600px]]

==AM4-Edit software editor==

AM4-Edit is the editor for the AM4, with Fractal-Bot built-in.

You can download AM4-Edit, along with the Windows driver, firmware and factory presets updates, from the [https://www.fractalaudio.com/am4-edit AM4 downloads page].

[[image:AM4-Edit.png|500px|link=]]

==Onboard switches==

The four foot switches have colored indicators, but no scribble strips.

The press and hold functions of the four switches work globally across all presets and modes.

Factory default is the so-called <q>Gig Mode</q>, explained in the manual, that also provides two-switch combos.

In Custom Mode, the press & hold functions can be set per switch. This also works globally (across all presets). The two-switch combos are not carried over to Custom Mode, at this time.

Options are:
* Disabled
* Mode Select
* Preset Mode, Scene Mode, FX Mode, Tuner Model, Amp Mode
* Bank +1, Bank -1: when you change banks, the same preset number from the new bank is automatically loaded (e.g., if C3 is selected and you switch to Bank D, D3 will load)
* Preset +1, Preset -1
* Scene +1, Scene -1
* Channel Picker: this shows the 4-button “Channel Picker” for the corresponding effect slot

==MIDI==

The unit has 3.5 mm (1/8”) MIDI IN and OUT ports. Adapters are available from [https://shop.fractalaudio.com Fractal Audio].

The Boss BMIDI-5-35 cable has been tested and works with the AM4 to connect to 5-pin MIDI gear.

The AM4 supports:
* Sending and receiving Program Changes (PC)
* Sending and receiving Control Changes (CC)
* MIDI-over-USB
* MIDI clock (receive only, currently)
* Software MIDI Thru
* Syncing scenes with the VP4

A table in the manual translates MIDI Program Changes to AM4 presets.

The AM4 tempo does respond to MIDI Beat Clock. It does not send MIDI Clock.

See [[MIDI]] for more information.

==Expression pedals and external switches==

The unit supports two expression pedals and expression pedal connections (TRS, 10–100 kΩ max), or two single TS external switches (momentary or latching).

The unit does not provide [[FASLINK]] connections and can't connect to FC-6 and FC-12 foot controllers foot controllers.

Like the other modelers, you can make an expression pedal perform as a volume pedal as follows:

* Assign it to a level parameter in a block, particularly the Volume block, or
* Assign it to global Input or Output Volume, across all presets.

The AM4 also has a unique feature: Amp Block Out Volume. This lets you adjust the output volume of the amp with a pedal, without the need to put a Volume block between the amp and any time-based effects. It does not affect amp gain or tone.

==External amp switching==

The AM4 itself does not provide relays to switch amp channels, but it can connect through MIDI to a relay switcher to perform that duty.

Possible solutions include:
* [https://midisolutions.com/prodrel.htm MIDI Solutions Relay]
* [https://www.suhr.com/product/micro-midi-control/ Suhr MicroMIDI Control]
* [https://voodoolab.com/product/control-switcher/ Voodoo Lab Control Switcher]
* [https://piratemidi.com/products/click-midi-interface-relay-switcher Pirate MIDI CLiCK]
* RJM Mini Amp Gizmo (no longer available from RJM but might be available used. The [https://www.rjmmusic.com/download-content/Amp%20Gizmo%20Manual%20-%20online.pdf manual] is currently available online.)
* [https://emcustom.eu/amp-midi-switcher-interface.html EM]

=Sounds=

==Presets, scenes and channels==

The unit has 104 presets, supports four scenes per preset and four channels per effect block.

The presets are organized into 26 banks, each identified by a letter from A to Z. Within each bank, there are four presets, numbered 1 through 4.

Each block has 4 channels. The AM doesn't support [[Global blocks]]. [https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/wish-single-global-block-for-amp.218781/#post-2754880]

Switching between presets, scenes and channels is gapless.

AM4 presets and blocks are not compatible with Fractal Audio's other amp modelers, nor vice versa. [https://wiki.fractalaudio.com/wiki/index.php?title=VP4_virtual_pedalboard#Presets.2C_scenes_and_channels Explanation]

The latest factory presets are available on the [https://www.fractalaudio.com/am4-downloads/ AM4 downloads page]. Here's the list from the manual:

[[image:AM4-factoryptresets1.png|900px]]

[[image:AM4-factoryptresets2.png|900px]]

[[image:AM4-factoryptresets3.png|900px]]

==Amp and cab modeling==

The amp modeling is identical to the Axe-Fx III. [https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/am4-questions-from-happy-axe-fx-iii-owner.216991/#post-2730145]

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>
<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/are-the-blocks-available-of-the-exact-same-quality-as-in-the-axe-fx-iii.217031/#post-2730843]
The blocks are identical. The AM4 runs off the same code base as the Axe-Fx III.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

The AM4 provides a single Amp block, with an integrated Cab section (instead of a separate Cab block).

Only when selecting the SPLIT output mode, the Cab section is repositioned at the end of the chain.

Some amp models have been consolidated.

Amp Mode lets you quickly access amp parameters and switch amp/cab channels, and provides an output boost.

A few amp models have been deprecated:

* Brit Pre
* old Vibrato Verb
* Legend 1
* Chieftain 2
* Dizzy V4 Blue
* Thordendal

Loading an amp model automatically selects an appropriate cab: <q>Amp>DynaCab linking</q>. This can be disabled in SETUP. The Amp+DynaCab combos are described on the [[Amp_models_list|Amp models page]].

To selectively keep Cab settings when changing the amp type, hold ENTER while turning SELECT, then release ENTER to apply the change. AM4-Edit, you can hold SHIFT while selecting a new amp from the list to achieve the same result.

[[DynaCabs]] are included. Legacy factory cabs are not included. IRs can also be imported (256 slots), supporting UltraRes. The Cab Blend parameter replaces individual Cab Level controls.

Similar to the FM3, the Amp block does not support Input Dynamics and Bias Tremolo.

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>
<blockquote>
[https://thegearforum.com/threads/fractal-audio-systems-am4-amp-modeler.10317/page-5#post-433719]
The list is trimmed down a bit but the essential stuff is in there.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

==Other effects==

Available effects on the AM4, other than Amp/Cab:

* [[Chorus block]]
* [[Compressor block]]
* [[Delay block]]
* [[Drive block]]
* [[Enhancer block]]
* [[Filter block]]
* [[Flanger block]]
* [[Gate/Expander block]]
* [[EQ|GEQ block]]
* [[EQ|PEQ block]]
* [[Phaser block]]
* [[Reverb block]]
* [[Rotary block]]
* [[Tremolo/Panner block]]
* [[Volume/Panner block]]
* [[Wah block]]

[[image:AM4-fx.png|600px]]

The AM4 does NOT have these blocks: Formant, IR Capture, IR Player, Megatap Delay, Multitap Delay, Pitch, Plex Delay, Resonator, Ring Modulator, Synth, Tone Match, Vocoder.

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>
<blockquote>
[https://thegearforum.com/threads/fractal-audio-systems-am4-amp-modeler.10317/page-18#post-434085]
The choice of effects was so that you couldn't overload the processor. Running a Reverb and a Plex plus the Amp block would exceed the processor's bandwidth. Engineering is all about tradeoffs. It's a constant juggle between price, size, features, power consumption and performance. As such, no product will be perfect for everybody. In an ideal world DSPs would use no power and have infinite clock speeds. Until then products will have to make compromises. At some point we can revisit the effects inventory.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

At the input of each preset there is a [[Noise gate]], and a [[EQ|10-band EQ]] at the output. Both are always <q>on</q>.

Several effects are part of other effects: [https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/4-blocks-are-not-enough-see-this.216967/]
* Amp block: input boost (several types), output boost, input PEQ, output or pre-power GEQ, compression
* Cab block: part of the amp block, mic preamp, room reverb
* Delay block: can do chorus and delay at the same time
* Reverb: includes simple delay in some types, pitch shifting for shimmer

Like the VP4, there are some differences with the larger modelers:

* Additional tweaked types, such as Vibrato and single voice Pitch types
* Tweaked MIX Law for time-based effects
* Mode switch in some Drive types instead of multiple types (e.g. Timothy)
* Some renamed types

3 of the 4 blocks can be routed in parallel instead of series.

The blocks support Fractal Audio's system of modifiers and controllers.

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>
<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/are-the-mix-levels-lower-than-the-equivalent-mix-levels-in-the-fm-and-iii.208988/#post-2611013]
The mix law in many blocks is different to suit the "all effects before the amp" crowd better.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/are-the-mix-levels-lower-than-the-equivalent-mix-levels-in-the-fm-and-iii.208988/#post-2611186]
The sweetened mix law places a wider range of knob motion in the portion of the curve where the delay is quieter.

This replicates the way pedals that are designed for use in front of an amp work because the amp's compression reduces the difference between the quiet echoes and the louder dry signal.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/am4-feature-requests.216959/page-11#post-2736358]
For time-based effects, the AM4—being based on the VP4—uses the a mix law based on that of the Delay block in the Axe-Fx. The dry signal remains constant for mix values from 0–50%, with only the wet signal increasing over that range. So you don't even need to worry about dry levels changing when you tweak the mix on time based effects.
</blockquote>

</blockquote>

==Tips and tricks==

So the AM4 has four block slots; Perhaps it's better to think of those as a maximum of four switches, because there's so much functionality available beyond the four slots.

This section provides tips and tricks to make the most of the features and functionality of the AM4, within and outside the four slots.

Don't confuse this with saving CPU. See [[CPU usage]] for more information.

Tips and tricks:

* Get 16 sounds from the four blocks in a preset using Channels.

* Add compression within the Amp block.

* Add drive pedals (input boosts) within the Amp block.

* Every preset AND Amp block provide EQ-ing tools.

* There's a noise gate included in every preset.

* There's a solo boost option within the Amp block, per scene or available as a switch.

* Add room ambience within the Cab block.

* Simulate channels strips and mic preamps within the Amp block.

* Turn the Chorus block into a Flanger or a micro pitch.

* Turn the Flanger block into a Chorus.

* Turn the Delay block into a Flanger or Chorus, or into Reverb.

* Use the Dual Delay type for delay AND chorus. Watch the video below.

* Turn the Reverb block into a Delay.

* Turn the Volume/Panner block into a Tremolo.

* Get Shimmer from the Reverb block.

* Use Modifiers and controllers for even more control over parameters and functions.

* Assign an expression pedal to Amp Block Out Volume, to let you adjust the, duh, output volume of the amp with the pedal, without affecting delay/reverb trails, amp gain or tone.

Watch the videos below for examples.

==AM4 with VP4==

There are various ways to combine the AM4 and VP4 into a powerful floor-based amp modeling and multi-effects setup.

===Digital===

; VP4 > AM4

: Connect SPDIF Out on the VP4 to SPDIF In on the AM4.

; AM4 > VP4

: Connect SPDIF Out on the AM4 to SPDIF In on the VP4.

===Analog===

; VP4 Out > AM4 In

: Connect the output jack on the VP4 to the instrument input on the AM4. Mono.

; AM4 Out > VP4 In

: Connect the output jack(s) on the AM4 to the analog input(s) on the VP4.

; AM4 >< insert VP4

: Put the VP4 in the insert loop of the AM4, using an insert cable.

; VP4 >< 4CM AM4

: Set to the VP4 to 4CM, and put the AM4 in loop of the VP4. Mono.

; VP4 >< 4CM AM4 through inserts

: This particular setup makes 4CM possible with the AM4, AND enables allows hearing the sound from both devices through the headphones port on the AM4. Guitar goes into VP4 Input Left Pre. VP4 Out Left Pre goes into the instrument input on the AM4. VP4 Out Right Post goes into the insert return on the AM4. AM4 Insert Send goes to Input Right Post on the VP4. Resulting signal will be mono.
Use a special cable if you need signal at both outputs of the AM4, see this picture:

[[image:AM4+VP4+headphones.png|500px]]

Notes:
* Use MIDI Program Changes or "Scene Sync" to synchronize switching on both devices.
* You probably don't need to use the noise gate on the 2nd device. Instead of turning that off per preset, you can do it globally in Setup > Global Settings.

=Videos=

[https://www.youtube.com/@RoshRoslin/videos Rosh Roslin's AM4 tutorials]

More videos:

[[video:Cooper-AM4]]
[[video:Cooper-AM4-EJ]]
[[video:Cooper-ChorusDelay]]
[[video:Cooper-AM4-Petrucci]]

[[video:Brett-AM4]]

[[video:Leon-AM4]]
[[video:Leon-AM2]]
[[video:Leon-AM43]]
[[video:Leon-AM4-5]]
[[video:Leon-AM4-GigMode]]
[[video:Leon-AM46]]
[[video:Leon-AM4-DeepDive]]
[[video:Leon-AM4-Pedals]]
[[video:Leon-AM4-Fxcombinations]]

[[video:Cordy-AM4]]
[[video:Cordy-AM42]]
[[video:Cordy-AM43]]

[[video:FSM-AM4]]

[[video:Larry-AM4-1]]

[[video:AndyWood-AM4]]

[[video:AM4-Mag7]]

[[video:Ola-AM4]]

[[video:PassionForTone-AM4]]
[[video:PassionForTone-AM4-2]]

[[video:Jayguitar-AM4]]

[[video:TSR-AM4]]

[[VIDEO:ToneWars-AM4]]
[[video:ToneWars-AM42]]

[[video:AlessandroZilio-AM4]]

[[video:SonicDrive-AM4]]

[[category:AM4]]
[[category:Sounds]]
[[category:All]]

AM4 amp modeler

2026-03-23T19:04:37Z

Yek: /* Analog bypass */

__TOC__

[[image:AM4.png|400px]]

[[image:AM4-rear.png|400px]]

=References=

Read the excellent owners manual first!

* [https://www.fractalaudio.com/am4 Product page]
* [https://www.fractalaudio.com/am4-downloads/ Downloads]
* [https://forum.fractalaudio.com/forums/am4-discussion.164/ User forum]
* [https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/🔥introducing-the-new-am4-amp-modeler.216932/ Introduction forum thread]
* [http://wiki.fractalaudio.com/wiki/index.php?title=Category:AM4 Wiki pages]

Documentation:
* [https://www.fractalaudio.com/downloads/manuals/AM4/AM4-Owners-Manual.pdf Owners Manual]
* [https://www.fractalaudio.com/downloads/manuals/AM4/AM4-Quick-Start.pdf Quick Start Guide]

=Pictures=

Go to the “[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/forums/am4-discussion.164/ AM4 forum section]” to see AM4 rig pictures.

=Comparing AM4, VP4 and FM3=

Fractal Audio: [https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/differences-between-am4-and-vp4.216961/#post-2729434]

<blockquote>AM4 vs VP4:

AM4 and VP4 both deliver Fractal Audio’s industry-leading sound quality, world-class effects, and rock-solid reliability. They're the same size and form factor and use streamlined UI designs that are intended to be as easy to use as real pedals. The two products share the same core technologies used across the Fractal Audio product family. They both also offer "gig mode" footswitch operation, gapless switching, USB audio, MIDI, professional connectivity including Auto-Z analog in and SPDIF I/O, plus optional "expert" editing—on the device or with companion software. The difference is largely down to features around intended use:

The AM4 delivers top-tier amp tone and effects. We say it is "perfect for a pedalboard" but it is also an ideal standalone for a desktop or "fly rig". It includes the full AM4 Amp block with integrated DynaCab™ speaker simulation, UltraRes™ user cabs, plus a selection of stompbox and studio effects. It has balanced line level outputs, a top panel level knob, a headphones output, and a stereo analog insert for using 3rd part "post" FX without the need for a separate DI box.

The VP4 delivers Fractal Audio effects for use with any amp or modeler. It does NOT perform amp modeling but it does have multiple instances of almost every effect block from the Axe-Fx III including the new IR Player. It has unbalanced outs and is unity-gain by design so no top panel level knob or headphones jack. It has a mono 4CM mode for running pre and post effects at the same time. The VP4 works extremely well as a sidekick to AM4 (AM4+VP4 = "MVP-8").

AM4 vs FM3:

FM3 and AM4 both deliver Fractal Audio’s industry-leading amp modeling, world-class effects, and pro-grade sound quality.
They’re both based on the Axe-Fx III, with rock-solid reliability on stage or in the studio. Both include gapless switching, precision tuning, USB audio, MIDI, flexible I/O, and deep editing options—whether on the device or with companion software. No matter which you choose, you’re getting Fractal Audio quality tone and performance.

The main differences are simplicity, size, and price. The AM4 is designed to be lean and mean: easy to use, small, and our best priced modeler ever. The FM3 is more of a “little brother” in the Axe-Fx family in terms of flexibility and features. It's bigger than the AM4.

The AM4 delivers top-tier amp tone and effects in a small, light, streamlined package. It has fixed four-block architecture, a shorter list of block types, simplified routing and footswitch options, and an interface designed to feel very much like amps and stompboxes. It’s ideal for pedalboards or anyone who wants great tone with minimal setup. The AM4 also includes S/PDIF in and out, a dedicated USB-MIDI port that appears in a DAW, and an analog insert for post effects—allowing you to use the onboard balanced outputs without needing a DI box. It has 104 preset slots with four scenes each.

The FM3 is slightly larger and heavier but also more full-featured. It offers a flexible grid-based preset system with more block types including a looper, plus deeper routing options, and highly customizable footswitches including FC controller support—essentially a downsized “mini Axe-Fx” on the floor. It includes S/PDIF out and an extra pair of stereo ins and outs that can be used creatively for send/return, split routing, or auxiliary processing. It's your big rig in a small box, with 512 presets and eight scenes per preset. The FM3 can share presets with Axe-Fx, FM9, and FM3 within its own limits.
</blockquote>

=Specifications=

==Design and development==

The AM4 has the same <q>audiophile specs</q> as the Axe-Fx III. [https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/am4-questions-from-happy-axe-fx-iii-owner.216991/#post-2730145]

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>
<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/am4-switches-and-push-buttons.217466/#post-2737212]
The AM4 is a product that prioritizes sound quality over bells and whistles. It is stripped-down and simple to use.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/shouldnt-there-be-a-pitch-block.217555/page-2#post-2739484]
In a perfect world the DSP in the AM4 would run at 1 THz and consume 1 mW of power. Unfortunately the world is far from perfect and compromises must be made. I still think it's amazing we packed all that we did into it with a 13W power envelope. The power design for the product was one of the biggest challenges.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/what-are-the-converters-in-the-am-4.218272/page-2#post-2748161]
The converters aren't the identical converters used in the Axe-Fx III but they're from the same family. The Axe-Fx III uses 8-channel converters while the AM4 is only two channels. The specs are pretty much the same.
The analog components in the AM4 are also very high quality. It uses premium Burr-Brown and Analog Devices op-amps. No crappy CMOS stuff, it's all either Bi-FET or Bipolar. Film caps in critical locations.

</blockquote>
</blockquote>

==Processing and memory==

A meter in the upper right shows the current CPU usage. To ensure smooth performance, a limit of about 85% is enforced, leaving required processing power in reserve. If this limit is exceeded, a warning will be shown: “CPU LIMIT: Bypassed" and the AM4 will bypass all processing.

The CPU metering is dynamic: the amp modeling running on the core is actively metered during play. The manual recommends aiming for max 80% when not playing and then playing the preset to ensure stable performance.

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>
<blockquote>
[https://thegearforum.com/threads/fractal-audio-systems-am4-amp-modeler.10317/page-11#post-433876]
The processor in the AM4 is faster than the VP4.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/am4-questions-from-happy-axe-fx-iii-owner.216991/#post-2730145]
AM4 uses the same family of CPU as in the Axe-Fx III. It is a 1 GHz processor with an ARM A15 CPU and a C66x DSP. Therefore it has half the power of a standard Axe-Fx III.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://thegearforum.com/threads/fractal-audio-systems-am4-amp-modeler.10317/page-82#post-442250]
SHARCs are cheaper. We haven't had any issues with sourcing Keystones. The TI DSPs require a little more ancillary hardware (PMICs, reset logic, etc.).

However, the Keystones outperform the SHARCs in several key areas: memory bandwidth, on-board LCD interface with video frame buffer, more robust USB implementation, superior per-clock DSP performance.

The SHARCs, however, benefit from on-board FIR and IIR accelerators. The FIR accelerator is particularly beneficial because you can process IRs with it and offload the DSP.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

More information is available, including [https://thegearforum.com/threads/fractal-audio-systems-am4-amp-modeler.10317/page-69#post-439319 pictures of the inside of the AM4 and specifications of processors and memory].

==Latency==

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<hr>
<blockquote>
[https://thegearforum.com/threads/fractal-audio-systems-am4-amp-modeler.10317/page-82#post-442247]
The actual latency of the AM4 is:

No blocks: 1.33 ms

Amp only: 2 ms

Amp + Cab: 2 ms

Drive + Amp + Cab: 2.67 ms

The cab processing adds no latency. Any extra measured latency is due to the IRs themselves. IR's are inherently band-limited and therefore have "latency" between the IR beginning and the peak in the response. A real speaker cab has "latency" if your method of measurement is looking for the peak in the response (which is technically an incorrect method).

We could reduce the latency by using minimum-phase resampling (the Axe-Fx offers this as an option). Many products are minimum-phase resampling by default. However, minimum-phase resampling causes phase distortion which I personally find more objectionable than an extra ms or so of latency.

Regardless, an average latency of 2 ms is extremely low.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://thegearforum.com/threads/fractal-audio-systems-am4-amp-modeler.10317/page-82#post-442274]
Latency is a trade-off. We could reduce the latency on an AM4 to under 1.5 ms by using minimum-phase resampling but that adds phase distortion.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

==Screen==

The display is a 480 x 272 high-contrast color LCD.

The AM4 does not have a touchscreen.

==Dimensions and weight==

; Weight : 3 lbs 9 oz (1.63 kg)
; Dimensions : 10.00" x 6.31" (254mm x 160.3mm)

[[image:AM4-dimensions.png|500px]]

==Mounting==

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<hr>
<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/vp4-faq.208790/#post-2612905]
If you remove the feet, keep the screws out.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

==Power and heat==

The power connector is a 2.1mm barrel connector, with a negative center. The power-supply (9V DC, 1.5A) is included.

Do NOT use an AC supply. It WILL damage the unit.

The AM4 has a power button.

The unit boots in a few seconds and the unit can be used immediately. In the background all DynaCabs be pre-loaded. According to the manual, this may cause brief slowdowns during that process. This is normal and ends once all cabs have finished loading after 2 minutes or so, depending on the CPU load of the current preset.

Turning on a Windows computer with the AM4 connected and powered, may cause a USB connection failure. Prevent this by turning on the AM4 after starting your PC. This will be addressed in a future update, according to Fractal Audio.

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<hr>
<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/🔥introducing-the-new-am4-amp-modeler.216932/post-2729691]
The AM4 is spec'd at 1.5A. It uses slightly more power than a VP4 due to the higher clock speed. Most units will consume less than 1.3A but due to unit-to-unit variation we cannot guarantee that.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/point-of-am4.216949/page-5#post-2729942]
Like our other products, the AM4 has a high-voltage analog path. The analog path runs off 24V (linearly regulated from 30V). This is done to ensure ample headroom, low noise and plenty of output signal. It costs a bit more and uses a bit more power but our mantra is always quality first.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/loading-cabs-message-for-2m25s-following-bootup-is-this-normal.217161/post-2732917]
The time it takes to load the Dyna-Cabs is directly related to the amount of CPU the current preset is utilizing. However, loading the current preset at boot time takes only a few seconds.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/am4-gets-pretty-toasty-after-running-for-awhile-is-this-expected.217944/#post-2743886]
The AM4 chassis is aluminum. It conducts heat very well. It is DESIGNED to transfer heat from the internal electronics and will therefore get warm during operation.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/bug-usb-is-not-getting-recognized-at-start.218667/#post-2753121]
This is a known issue. Turn the AM4 on after starting your PC. This will be addressed in a future update.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

=Analog I/O=

[[image:AM4-signal.png|700px]]

==Input==

Mono instrument input, single 1/4" TS jack, max +20dBu (instrument level).

Input impedance is variable and is adjustable per preset.

The Input pad in SETUP is adjustable, with auto correction. The manual states that the AM4 is pre-configured for a typical guitar with hot pickups. If input clipping occurs, an ”IN CLIP“ warning is displayed and the Input Pad setting is temporarily increased.

<blockquote>
'''OWNERS MANUAL'''
<HR>
<blockquote>
If the input of the AM4 clips persistently, the unit will automatically increase the Input Pad setting. When this occurs, the word “Auto” will appear next to the Input Pad value, for example: “12 dB (Auto)”, indicating that the pad was automatically increased to 12 dB. When you reboot the AM4, the automatic setting is cleared, and the last manually selected value is restored. If you want to make the automatic pad setting permanent, just turn the Input Pad knob one “click” to clear “Auto”.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

Like the VP4, the input range of the AM4 is the same as an 18V pedal. [https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/input-clipping-at-18db-concern.215368/#post-2706349]

==Output==

1/4" TS, L/R (mono/stereo), max +16dBu, 1 KOhm. Outputs: balanced, +4 line level, no Humbuster.

The output can be switched between mono and stereo in SETUP.

The AM4 has a SPLIT output option, which sends the signal with cab modeling to Left (for FOH), and a "no cabinet" signal to Right. Each output operates in summed mono.

The outputs are protected against phantom power from the mixer. [https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/protection-from-phantom-power.216968/#post-2729588]

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>
<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/output-question.216993/post-2730137]
The 1/4" jacks are balanced TRS. If you need XLR you can use an adapter.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/🔥introducing-the-new-am4-amp-modeler.216932/page-37#post-2731524]
+4
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

==4CM==

In current firmware, combining the AMP4 and VP4 through the Four Cable Method (4CM) is supported, using a combination of SPDIF and analog connections. In this setup the VP4 operates on mono.

[[image:4CM_VP4+AM4.png|900px]]

==Analog insert==

The AM4 does not provide an effects loop. But it has a fixed insert point between the internal effects and the balanced outputs. Use these to connect outboard gear while preserving the clean, low-noise performance of the balanced outputs for FOH without needing a direct box. The insert is fixed in hardware and cannot be repositioned or switched on/off.

It applies only to the main outs and is not heard on USB or SPDIF.

For mono, use a standard patch cable. For stereo, use a TRS-to-dual-mono insert cable (tip = left, ring = right).

* Insert Send: 1/4" jack TRS (tip=Left, ring=Right), 1 KOhm, 16dBu
* Insert Return: 1/4" jack TRS (tip=Left, ring=Right), 1 MOhm

When recording with the VP4 (or another device) in the inserts of the AM4, choose the VP4 in the DAW as the input device to capture the audio from both devices.

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>
<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/🔥introducing-the-new-am4-amp-modeler.216932/page-10#post-2728918]
The idea is you put your pre effects before the unit and your post effects (should you need any) in the insert. The outputs of the AM4 are balanced and designed to be sent directly to FOH and/or monitors. If you just put your post effects after the unit you would then need a DI to go to FOH.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://thegearforum.com/threads/fractal-audio-systems-am4-amp-modeler.10317/page-19#post-434112]
A freely positionable loop would require another stereo A/D and D/A would would increase power consumption, latency when the loop is active, noise, etc. Its purpose is simply to get your post effects before the DI. A typical pedal board might be something like: Wah -> Fabled Unicorn Devices (FUD) Dry Hump III Overdrive -> AM4 -> Lunar Electronics Space Echo Plus. The Space Echo Plus is your typical pedal with unbalanced I/O. You put in the insert loop on the AM-4 and the outputs of the AM-4 are balanced for FOH/Monitors.

</blockquote>
</blockquote>

==Analog bypass==

While not supported upon initial release, buffered Analog Bypass has been implemented through a firmware upgrade. This passes the signal directly from input to output without digital conversion, latency, or processing.

This can be enabled through a switch or automatically. To have analog bypass activate automatically when all four effects are bypassed, engage the option Automatic VP4 Bypass in SETUP.

Note: with Analog Bypass engaged, USB Audio is interrupted.

==Headphones==

The AM4 has a 3.5mm stereo headphones port.

Impedance is 35Ω. Recommended headphone impedance is less than 600Ω.

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>
<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/headphone-volume-drops-when-connecting-output-cables.217947/#post-2743884]
The headphone amp taps off the output driver (so that the phones are after the insert). There are protection resistors on the output driver which means the output driver doesn't have zero impedance. If you plug into something with a low input impedance (less than 100K) then you will get a slight drop at the headphones. Turn up the volume knob to compensate.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

=Digital I/O=

[[image:AM4-signal.png|700px]]

==Converters==

24-bit, 48kHz (fixed).

Dynamic range is 114 dB, 20-20k frequency response.

==USB==

USB-C port for data and audio.

MIDI-over-USB is supported.

USB Audio 2.0 provides 4 channels (4x4) at 48kHz.

* OUT channels 1+2: processed output
* OUT channels 3+4 : unprocessed (copy of inputs)
* IN channels 1+2: send incoming USB Audio directly to outputs
* IN channels 3+4 : process incoming USB Audio and send to outputs

[[image:AM4-USB.png|500px]]

[[image:AM4-signal.png|700px]]

Windows computers require a software driver which is available on the [https://www.fractalaudio.com/am4-downloads/ AM4 Downloads] page.

For USB Audio latency measurements, see under Latency above.

See [[USB]] for more information.

Note that an USB connection can create a a ground loop, resulting in noise or hum. To prevent this:
* Switch a laptop between AC power and battery power.
* Use balanced cables.
* Insert a USB ground loop eliminator (Type-C > Type-C) between AM4 and computer.
* Try an audio isolation transformer between AM4 and device.

==SPDIF==

SPDIF can be used to digitally connect the AM4 to an VP4, FM3, FM9 or Axe-Fx, through RCA connectors, at 48kHz fixed sample rate.

A digital connection avoids the necessary A/D and D/A conversion and inherent latency that comes with analog-to-digital connections.

IMPORTANT: When using the VP4 and AM4 together through SPDIF, in whatever order, make sure to crank the SPDIF In Level on the receiving device, to prevent loss of signal level and possibly gain. Also select SPDIF as input source on the 2nd device. And if the AM4 goes first, crank its hardware LEVEL knob.

Read <q>[[Digital I/O and recording]]</q> for more information.

n current firmware, 4CM (mono) with VP4 and AM4 is supported. See 4CM on this page.

=Firmware=

The firmware is upgradeable, allowing adding new features and bug fixes.

You can download the latest official release from the [https://www.fractalaudio.com/am4-downloads/ AM4 downloads] page.

Public beta releases are often released on the user forum.

=Control=

==User interface==

Compared to Fractal's modelers, the AM4 UI is simplified and streamlined, like the VP4.

Press HOME+SAVE together to enter the “Mode Select” menu which allows you to select between Preset, Scene, Effects, Amp and Tuner/Tempo. The mode determines what's displayed on the LCD, how the Select knob operates and what the switches do.

The factory default's “Gig Mode” configuration makes it easy to select presets, scenes, effects, channels, tuner and tap tempo. The startup mode can be set in Setup.

Press ENTER+EXIT together to enter Setup.

To edit parameters on the hardware, turn SELECT in Effect mode to highlight a block, press ENTER to edit the block, turn the corresponding A-D knob to adjust the value, PAGE LEFT or PAGE RIGHT to get to other pages.

When editing parameters on the hardware, press PAGE LEFT+PAGE RIGHT together to enter “Expert Edit” mode. Expert Edit includes advanced parameters. Press EXIT to quit Expert Edit.

On the home page in FX Mode, select the desired block, hold the ENTER button, and turn SELECT to move.

Similar to the VP4:

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>
<blockquote>
[https://thegearforum.com/threads/fractal-audio-systems-mystery-product-speculation.6102/page-251#post-270365]
Behind the scenes it's the architecture from the Axe-Fx III. There's still a grid and scenes and channels, etc. It's just that it's mostly hidden from the user and simplified.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

Tip: If you don't need scene names, use the available space to indicate the specific effect types instead. Insert spaces to visually align them.

[[image:VP4Names.png|link=|300px]]

==Levels==

The AM4 has two stages that affect the overall volume.

; Internal levels

: These operate within presets and include: Input Level, Amp Level, Scene Levels, Preset Level.

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>
<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/understanding-level-knob-amp-master-volume-cab-master-volume-frfr-speaker-volume.219103/#post-2759653]
INTERNAL LEVELS are determined by the combined amp settings, effect settings, and level settings within your presets. For most people, the AMP LEVEL control is typically used to adjust this. The Internal Levels Meter—found on the Main Levels of the home menu page and repeated on the 2nd to last page of the Amp Edit menu—shows a white line at 0 dB, the “sweet spot” where levels are strong but still have plenty of headroom. It’s fine to push slightly past 0 dB, but avoid hitting the ceiling. Higher internal levels can also make it easier to clip the analog outputs. Every block (including CAB, which you mention) has its own level control but you generally only need to adjust the amp unless you have a compressor after it.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

; Analog output level

: This is controlled by the top-panel knob. Set it to the preferred but avoid overdriving the output stage or connected device(s). The Analog Levels meter shows how close you are to clipping, and an OUT CLIP warning will appear in the title bar across all pages if clipping occurs. The outputs operate at adjustable line level, not at fixed unity gain.

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>
<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/understanding-level-knob-amp-master-volume-cab-master-volume-frfr-speaker-volume.219103/#post-2759653]
ANALOG LEVELS are controlled by the top-panel OUT LEVEL knob, which sets the volume of the analog outputs and headphones. Use it to set your preferred listening level, but avoid overdriving the output stage or your connected device(s). The Analog Levels meter on the Main Levels page shows how close you are to clipping, and an OUT CLIP warning will also appear in the title bar across all pages if clipping occurs. If this happens, lower the knob or reduce levels inside your presets. Of course, your speakers, mixers, or recording interface have their own volume or gain controls as well. These operate after the AM4 outputs, so you can keep the AM4 hot and adjust downstream, or vice versa. Start with your speaker volume at noon and the AM4 all the way down to get a feel for how loud things will be as you turn up the AM4.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

[[image:AM4-levels.png|600px]]

==AM4-Edit software editor==

AM4-Edit is the editor for the AM4, with Fractal-Bot built-in.

You can download AM4-Edit, along with the Windows driver, firmware and factory presets updates, from the [https://www.fractalaudio.com/am4-edit AM4 downloads page].

[[image:AM4-Edit.png|500px|link=]]

==Onboard switches==

The four foot switches have colored indicators, but no scribble strips.

The press and hold functions of the four switches work globally across all presets and modes.

Factory default is the so-called <q>Gig Mode</q>, explained in the manual, that also provides two-switch combos.

In Custom Mode, the press & hold functions can be set per switch. This also works globally (across all presets). The two-switch combos are not carried over to Custom Mode, at this time.

Options are:
* Disabled
* Mode Select
* Preset Mode, Scene Mode, FX Mode, Tuner Model, Amp Mode
* Bank +1, Bank -1: when you change banks, the same preset number from the new bank is automatically loaded (e.g., if C3 is selected and you switch to Bank D, D3 will load)
* Preset +1, Preset -1
* Scene +1, Scene -1
* Channel Picker: this shows the 4-button “Channel Picker” for the corresponding effect slot

==MIDI==

The unit has 3.5 mm (1/8”) MIDI IN and OUT ports. Adapters are available from [https://shop.fractalaudio.com Fractal Audio].

The Boss BMIDI-5-35 cable has been tested and works with the AM4 to connect to 5-pin MIDI gear.

The AM4 supports:
* Sending and receiving Program Changes (PC)
* Sending and receiving Control Changes (CC)
* MIDI-over-USB
* MIDI clock (receive only, currently)
* Software MIDI Thru
* Syncing scenes with the VP4

A table in the manual translates MIDI Program Changes to AM4 presets.

The AM4 tempo does respond to MIDI Beat Clock. It does not send MIDI Clock.

See [[MIDI]] for more information.

==Expression pedals and external switches==

The unit supports two expression pedals and expression pedal connections (TRS, 10–100 kΩ max), or two single TS external switches (momentary or latching).

The unit does not provide [[FASLINK]] connections and can't connect to FC-6 and FC-12 foot controllers foot controllers.

Like the other modelers, you can make an expression pedal perform as a volume pedal as follows:

* Assign it to a level parameter in a block, particularly the Volume block, or
* Assign it to global Input or Output Volume, across all presets.

The AM4 also has a unique feature: Amp Block Out Volume. This lets you adjust the output volume of the amp with a pedal, without the need to put a Volume block between the amp and any time-based effects. It does not affect amp gain or tone.

==External amp switching==

The AM4 itself does not provide relays to switch amp channels, but it can connect through MIDI to a relay switcher to perform that duty.

Possible solutions include:
* [https://midisolutions.com/prodrel.htm MIDI Solutions Relay]
* [https://www.suhr.com/product/micro-midi-control/ Suhr MicroMIDI Control]
* [https://voodoolab.com/product/control-switcher/ Voodoo Lab Control Switcher]
* [https://piratemidi.com/products/click-midi-interface-relay-switcher Pirate MIDI CLiCK]
* RJM Mini Amp Gizmo (no longer available from RJM but might be available used. The [https://www.rjmmusic.com/download-content/Amp%20Gizmo%20Manual%20-%20online.pdf manual] is currently available online.)
* [https://emcustom.eu/amp-midi-switcher-interface.html EM]

=Sounds=

==Presets, scenes and channels==

The unit has 104 presets, supports four scenes per preset and four channels per effect block.

The presets are organized into 26 banks, each identified by a letter from A to Z. Within each bank, there are four presets, numbered 1 through 4.

Each block has 4 channels. The AM doesn't support [[Global blocks]]. [https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/wish-single-global-block-for-amp.218781/#post-2754880]

Switching between presets, scenes and channels is gapless.

AM4 presets and blocks are not compatible with Fractal Audio's other amp modelers, nor vice versa. [https://wiki.fractalaudio.com/wiki/index.php?title=VP4_virtual_pedalboard#Presets.2C_scenes_and_channels Explanation]

The latest factory presets are available on the [https://www.fractalaudio.com/am4-downloads/ AM4 downloads page]. Here's the list from the manual:

[[image:AM4-factoryptresets1.png|900px]]

[[image:AM4-factoryptresets2.png|900px]]

[[image:AM4-factoryptresets3.png|900px]]

==Amp and cab modeling==

The amp modeling is identical to the Axe-Fx III. [https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/am4-questions-from-happy-axe-fx-iii-owner.216991/#post-2730145]

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>
<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/are-the-blocks-available-of-the-exact-same-quality-as-in-the-axe-fx-iii.217031/#post-2730843]
The blocks are identical. The AM4 runs off the same code base as the Axe-Fx III.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

The AM4 provides a single Amp block, with an integrated Cab section (instead of a separate Cab block).

Only when selecting the SPLIT output mode, the Cab section is repositioned at the end of the chain.

Some amp models have been consolidated.

Amp Mode lets you quickly access amp parameters and switch amp/cab channels, and provides an output boost.

A few amp models have been deprecated:

* Brit Pre
* old Vibrato Verb
* Legend 1
* Chieftain 2
* Dizzy V4 Blue
* Thordendal

Loading an amp model automatically selects an appropriate cab: <q>Amp>DynaCab linking</q>. This can be disabled in SETUP. The Amp+DynaCab combos are described on the [[Amp_models_list|Amp models page]].

To selectively keep Cab settings when changing the amp type, hold ENTER while turning SELECT, then release ENTER to apply the change. AM4-Edit, you can hold SHIFT while selecting a new amp from the list to achieve the same result.

[[DynaCabs]] are included. Legacy factory cabs are not included. IRs can also be imported (256 slots), supporting UltraRes. The Cab Blend parameter replaces individual Cab Level controls.

Similar to the FM3, the Amp block does not support Input Dynamics and Bias Tremolo.

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>
<blockquote>
[https://thegearforum.com/threads/fractal-audio-systems-am4-amp-modeler.10317/page-5#post-433719]
The list is trimmed down a bit but the essential stuff is in there.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

==Other effects==

Available effects on the AM4, other than Amp/Cab:

* [[Chorus block]]
* [[Compressor block]]
* [[Delay block]]
* [[Drive block]]
* [[Enhancer block]]
* [[Filter block]]
* [[Flanger block]]
* [[Gate/Expander block]]
* [[EQ|GEQ block]]
* [[EQ|PEQ block]]
* [[Phaser block]]
* [[Reverb block]]
* [[Rotary block]]
* [[Tremolo/Panner block]]
* [[Volume/Panner block]]
* [[Wah block]]

[[image:AM4-fx.png|600px]]

The AM4 does NOT have these blocks: Formant, IR Capture, IR Player, Megatap Delay, Multitap Delay, Pitch, Plex Delay, Resonator, Ring Modulator, Synth, Tone Match, Vocoder.

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>
<blockquote>
[https://thegearforum.com/threads/fractal-audio-systems-am4-amp-modeler.10317/page-18#post-434085]
The choice of effects was so that you couldn't overload the processor. Running a Reverb and a Plex plus the Amp block would exceed the processor's bandwidth. Engineering is all about tradeoffs. It's a constant juggle between price, size, features, power consumption and performance. As such, no product will be perfect for everybody. In an ideal world DSPs would use no power and have infinite clock speeds. Until then products will have to make compromises. At some point we can revisit the effects inventory.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

At the input of each preset there is a [[Noise gate]], and a [[EQ|10-band EQ]] at the output. Both are always <q>on</q>.

Several effects are part of other effects: [https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/4-blocks-are-not-enough-see-this.216967/]
* Amp block: input boost (several types), output boost, input PEQ, output or pre-power GEQ, compression
* Cab block: part of the amp block, mic preamp, room reverb
* Delay block: can do chorus and delay at the same time
* Reverb: includes simple delay in some types, pitch shifting for shimmer

Like the VP4, there are some differences with the larger modelers:

* Additional tweaked types, such as Vibrato and single voice Pitch types
* Tweaked MIX Law for time-based effects
* Mode switch in some Drive types instead of multiple types (e.g. Timothy)
* Some renamed types

3 of the 4 blocks can be routed in parallel instead of series.

The blocks support Fractal Audio's system of modifiers and controllers.

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>
<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/are-the-mix-levels-lower-than-the-equivalent-mix-levels-in-the-fm-and-iii.208988/#post-2611013]
The mix law in many blocks is different to suit the "all effects before the amp" crowd better.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/are-the-mix-levels-lower-than-the-equivalent-mix-levels-in-the-fm-and-iii.208988/#post-2611186]
The sweetened mix law places a wider range of knob motion in the portion of the curve where the delay is quieter.

This replicates the way pedals that are designed for use in front of an amp work because the amp's compression reduces the difference between the quiet echoes and the louder dry signal.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/am4-feature-requests.216959/page-11#post-2736358]
For time-based effects, the AM4—being based on the VP4—uses the a mix law based on that of the Delay block in the Axe-Fx. The dry signal remains constant for mix values from 0–50%, with only the wet signal increasing over that range. So you don't even need to worry about dry levels changing when you tweak the mix on time based effects.
</blockquote>

</blockquote>

==Tips and tricks==

So the AM4 has four block slots; Perhaps it's better to think of those as a maximum of four switches, because there's so much functionality available beyond the four slots.

This section provides tips and tricks to make the most of the features and functionality of the AM4, within and outside the four slots.

Don't confuse this with saving CPU. See [[CPU usage]] for more information.

Tips and tricks:

* Get 16 sounds from the four blocks in a preset using Channels.

* Add compression within the Amp block.

* Add drive pedals (input boosts) within the Amp block.

* Every preset AND Amp block provide EQ-ing tools.

* There's a noise gate included in every preset.

* There's a solo boost option within the Amp block, per scene or available as a switch.

* Add room ambience within the Cab block.

* Simulate channels strips and mic preamps within the Amp block.

* Turn the Chorus block into a Flanger or a micro pitch.

* Turn the Flanger block into a Chorus.

* Turn the Delay block into a Flanger or Chorus, or into Reverb.

* Use the Dual Delay type for delay AND chorus. Watch the video below.

* Turn the Reverb block into a Delay.

* Turn the Volume/Panner block into a Tremolo.

* Get Shimmer from the Reverb block.

* Use Modifiers and controllers for even more control over parameters and functions.

* Assign an expression pedal to Amp Block Out Volume, to let you adjust the, duh, output volume of the amp with the pedal, without affecting delay/reverb trails, amp gain or tone.

Watch the videos below for examples.

==AM4 with VP4==

There are various ways to combine the AM4 and VP4 into a powerful floor-based amp modeling and multi-effects setup.

===Digital===

; VP4 > AM4

: Connect SPDIF Out on the VP4 to SPDIF In on the AM4.

; AM4 > VP4

: Connect SPDIF Out on the AM4 to SPDIF In on the VP4.

===Analog===

; VP4 Out > AM4 In

: Connect the output jack on the VP4 to the instrument input on the AM4. Mono.

; AM4 Out > VP4 In

: Connect the output jack(s) on the AM4 to the analog input(s) on the VP4.

; AM4 >< insert VP4

: Put the VP4 in the insert loop of the AM4, using an insert cable.

; VP4 >< 4CM AM4

: Set to the VP4 to 4CM, and put the AM4 in loop of the VP4. Mono.

; VP4 >< 4CM AM4 through inserts

: This particular setup makes 4CM possible with the AM4, AND enables allows hearing the sound from both devices through the headphones port on the AM4. Guitar goes into VP4 Input Left Pre. VP4 Out Left Pre goes into the instrument input on the AM4. VP4 Out Right Post goes into the insert return on the AM4. AM4 Insert Send goes to Input Right Post on the VP4. Resulting signal will be mono.
Use a special cable if you need signal at both outputs of the AM4, see this picture:

[[image:AM4+VP4+headphones.png|500px]]

Notes:
* Use MIDI Program Changes or "Scene Sync" to synchronize switching on both devices.
* You probably don't need to use the noise gate on the 2nd device. Instead of turning that off per preset, you can do it globally in Setup > Global Settings.

=Videos=

[https://www.youtube.com/@RoshRoslin/videos Rosh Roslin's AM4 tutorials]

More videos:

[[video:Cooper-AM4]]
[[video:Cooper-AM4-EJ]]
[[video:Cooper-ChorusDelay]]
[[video:Cooper-AM4-Petrucci]]

[[video:Brett-AM4]]

[[video:Leon-AM4]]
[[video:Leon-AM2]]
[[video:Leon-AM43]]
[[video:Leon-AM4-5]]
[[video:Leon-AM4-GigMode]]
[[video:Leon-AM46]]
[[video:Leon-AM4-DeepDive]]
[[video:Leon-AM4-Pedals]]
[[video:Leon-AM4-Fxcombinations]]

[[video:Cordy-AM4]]
[[video:Cordy-AM42]]
[[video:Cordy-AM43]]

[[video:FSM-AM4]]

[[video:Larry-AM4-1]]

[[video:AndyWood-AM4]]

[[video:AM4-Mag7]]

[[video:Ola-AM4]]

[[video:PassionForTone-AM4]]
[[video:PassionForTone-AM4-2]]

[[video:Jayguitar-AM4]]

[[video:TSR-AM4]]

[[VIDEO:ToneWars-AM4]]
[[video:ToneWars-AM42]]

[[video:AlessandroZilio-AM4]]

[[video:SonicDrive-AM4]]

[[category:AM4]]
[[category:Sounds]]
[[category:All]]

AM4 amp modeler

2026-03-23T19:03:17Z

Yek: /* No analog bypass */

__TOC__

[[image:AM4.png|400px]]

[[image:AM4-rear.png|400px]]

=References=

Read the excellent owners manual first!

* [https://www.fractalaudio.com/am4 Product page]
* [https://www.fractalaudio.com/am4-downloads/ Downloads]
* [https://forum.fractalaudio.com/forums/am4-discussion.164/ User forum]
* [https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/🔥introducing-the-new-am4-amp-modeler.216932/ Introduction forum thread]
* [http://wiki.fractalaudio.com/wiki/index.php?title=Category:AM4 Wiki pages]

Documentation:
* [https://www.fractalaudio.com/downloads/manuals/AM4/AM4-Owners-Manual.pdf Owners Manual]
* [https://www.fractalaudio.com/downloads/manuals/AM4/AM4-Quick-Start.pdf Quick Start Guide]

=Pictures=

Go to the “[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/forums/am4-discussion.164/ AM4 forum section]” to see AM4 rig pictures.

=Comparing AM4, VP4 and FM3=

Fractal Audio: [https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/differences-between-am4-and-vp4.216961/#post-2729434]

<blockquote>AM4 vs VP4:

AM4 and VP4 both deliver Fractal Audio’s industry-leading sound quality, world-class effects, and rock-solid reliability. They're the same size and form factor and use streamlined UI designs that are intended to be as easy to use as real pedals. The two products share the same core technologies used across the Fractal Audio product family. They both also offer "gig mode" footswitch operation, gapless switching, USB audio, MIDI, professional connectivity including Auto-Z analog in and SPDIF I/O, plus optional "expert" editing—on the device or with companion software. The difference is largely down to features around intended use:

The AM4 delivers top-tier amp tone and effects. We say it is "perfect for a pedalboard" but it is also an ideal standalone for a desktop or "fly rig". It includes the full AM4 Amp block with integrated DynaCab™ speaker simulation, UltraRes™ user cabs, plus a selection of stompbox and studio effects. It has balanced line level outputs, a top panel level knob, a headphones output, and a stereo analog insert for using 3rd part "post" FX without the need for a separate DI box.

The VP4 delivers Fractal Audio effects for use with any amp or modeler. It does NOT perform amp modeling but it does have multiple instances of almost every effect block from the Axe-Fx III including the new IR Player. It has unbalanced outs and is unity-gain by design so no top panel level knob or headphones jack. It has a mono 4CM mode for running pre and post effects at the same time. The VP4 works extremely well as a sidekick to AM4 (AM4+VP4 = "MVP-8").

AM4 vs FM3:

FM3 and AM4 both deliver Fractal Audio’s industry-leading amp modeling, world-class effects, and pro-grade sound quality.
They’re both based on the Axe-Fx III, with rock-solid reliability on stage or in the studio. Both include gapless switching, precision tuning, USB audio, MIDI, flexible I/O, and deep editing options—whether on the device or with companion software. No matter which you choose, you’re getting Fractal Audio quality tone and performance.

The main differences are simplicity, size, and price. The AM4 is designed to be lean and mean: easy to use, small, and our best priced modeler ever. The FM3 is more of a “little brother” in the Axe-Fx family in terms of flexibility and features. It's bigger than the AM4.

The AM4 delivers top-tier amp tone and effects in a small, light, streamlined package. It has fixed four-block architecture, a shorter list of block types, simplified routing and footswitch options, and an interface designed to feel very much like amps and stompboxes. It’s ideal for pedalboards or anyone who wants great tone with minimal setup. The AM4 also includes S/PDIF in and out, a dedicated USB-MIDI port that appears in a DAW, and an analog insert for post effects—allowing you to use the onboard balanced outputs without needing a DI box. It has 104 preset slots with four scenes each.

The FM3 is slightly larger and heavier but also more full-featured. It offers a flexible grid-based preset system with more block types including a looper, plus deeper routing options, and highly customizable footswitches including FC controller support—essentially a downsized “mini Axe-Fx” on the floor. It includes S/PDIF out and an extra pair of stereo ins and outs that can be used creatively for send/return, split routing, or auxiliary processing. It's your big rig in a small box, with 512 presets and eight scenes per preset. The FM3 can share presets with Axe-Fx, FM9, and FM3 within its own limits.
</blockquote>

=Specifications=

==Design and development==

The AM4 has the same <q>audiophile specs</q> as the Axe-Fx III. [https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/am4-questions-from-happy-axe-fx-iii-owner.216991/#post-2730145]

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>
<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/am4-switches-and-push-buttons.217466/#post-2737212]
The AM4 is a product that prioritizes sound quality over bells and whistles. It is stripped-down and simple to use.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/shouldnt-there-be-a-pitch-block.217555/page-2#post-2739484]
In a perfect world the DSP in the AM4 would run at 1 THz and consume 1 mW of power. Unfortunately the world is far from perfect and compromises must be made. I still think it's amazing we packed all that we did into it with a 13W power envelope. The power design for the product was one of the biggest challenges.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/what-are-the-converters-in-the-am-4.218272/page-2#post-2748161]
The converters aren't the identical converters used in the Axe-Fx III but they're from the same family. The Axe-Fx III uses 8-channel converters while the AM4 is only two channels. The specs are pretty much the same.
The analog components in the AM4 are also very high quality. It uses premium Burr-Brown and Analog Devices op-amps. No crappy CMOS stuff, it's all either Bi-FET or Bipolar. Film caps in critical locations.

</blockquote>
</blockquote>

==Processing and memory==

A meter in the upper right shows the current CPU usage. To ensure smooth performance, a limit of about 85% is enforced, leaving required processing power in reserve. If this limit is exceeded, a warning will be shown: “CPU LIMIT: Bypassed" and the AM4 will bypass all processing.

The CPU metering is dynamic: the amp modeling running on the core is actively metered during play. The manual recommends aiming for max 80% when not playing and then playing the preset to ensure stable performance.

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>
<blockquote>
[https://thegearforum.com/threads/fractal-audio-systems-am4-amp-modeler.10317/page-11#post-433876]
The processor in the AM4 is faster than the VP4.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/am4-questions-from-happy-axe-fx-iii-owner.216991/#post-2730145]
AM4 uses the same family of CPU as in the Axe-Fx III. It is a 1 GHz processor with an ARM A15 CPU and a C66x DSP. Therefore it has half the power of a standard Axe-Fx III.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://thegearforum.com/threads/fractal-audio-systems-am4-amp-modeler.10317/page-82#post-442250]
SHARCs are cheaper. We haven't had any issues with sourcing Keystones. The TI DSPs require a little more ancillary hardware (PMICs, reset logic, etc.).

However, the Keystones outperform the SHARCs in several key areas: memory bandwidth, on-board LCD interface with video frame buffer, more robust USB implementation, superior per-clock DSP performance.

The SHARCs, however, benefit from on-board FIR and IIR accelerators. The FIR accelerator is particularly beneficial because you can process IRs with it and offload the DSP.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

More information is available, including [https://thegearforum.com/threads/fractal-audio-systems-am4-amp-modeler.10317/page-69#post-439319 pictures of the inside of the AM4 and specifications of processors and memory].

==Latency==

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<hr>
<blockquote>
[https://thegearforum.com/threads/fractal-audio-systems-am4-amp-modeler.10317/page-82#post-442247]
The actual latency of the AM4 is:

No blocks: 1.33 ms

Amp only: 2 ms

Amp + Cab: 2 ms

Drive + Amp + Cab: 2.67 ms

The cab processing adds no latency. Any extra measured latency is due to the IRs themselves. IR's are inherently band-limited and therefore have "latency" between the IR beginning and the peak in the response. A real speaker cab has "latency" if your method of measurement is looking for the peak in the response (which is technically an incorrect method).

We could reduce the latency by using minimum-phase resampling (the Axe-Fx offers this as an option). Many products are minimum-phase resampling by default. However, minimum-phase resampling causes phase distortion which I personally find more objectionable than an extra ms or so of latency.

Regardless, an average latency of 2 ms is extremely low.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://thegearforum.com/threads/fractal-audio-systems-am4-amp-modeler.10317/page-82#post-442274]
Latency is a trade-off. We could reduce the latency on an AM4 to under 1.5 ms by using minimum-phase resampling but that adds phase distortion.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

==Screen==

The display is a 480 x 272 high-contrast color LCD.

The AM4 does not have a touchscreen.

==Dimensions and weight==

; Weight : 3 lbs 9 oz (1.63 kg)
; Dimensions : 10.00" x 6.31" (254mm x 160.3mm)

[[image:AM4-dimensions.png|500px]]

==Mounting==

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<hr>
<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/vp4-faq.208790/#post-2612905]
If you remove the feet, keep the screws out.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

==Power and heat==

The power connector is a 2.1mm barrel connector, with a negative center. The power-supply (9V DC, 1.5A) is included.

Do NOT use an AC supply. It WILL damage the unit.

The AM4 has a power button.

The unit boots in a few seconds and the unit can be used immediately. In the background all DynaCabs be pre-loaded. According to the manual, this may cause brief slowdowns during that process. This is normal and ends once all cabs have finished loading after 2 minutes or so, depending on the CPU load of the current preset.

Turning on a Windows computer with the AM4 connected and powered, may cause a USB connection failure. Prevent this by turning on the AM4 after starting your PC. This will be addressed in a future update, according to Fractal Audio.

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<hr>
<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/🔥introducing-the-new-am4-amp-modeler.216932/post-2729691]
The AM4 is spec'd at 1.5A. It uses slightly more power than a VP4 due to the higher clock speed. Most units will consume less than 1.3A but due to unit-to-unit variation we cannot guarantee that.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/point-of-am4.216949/page-5#post-2729942]
Like our other products, the AM4 has a high-voltage analog path. The analog path runs off 24V (linearly regulated from 30V). This is done to ensure ample headroom, low noise and plenty of output signal. It costs a bit more and uses a bit more power but our mantra is always quality first.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/loading-cabs-message-for-2m25s-following-bootup-is-this-normal.217161/post-2732917]
The time it takes to load the Dyna-Cabs is directly related to the amount of CPU the current preset is utilizing. However, loading the current preset at boot time takes only a few seconds.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/am4-gets-pretty-toasty-after-running-for-awhile-is-this-expected.217944/#post-2743886]
The AM4 chassis is aluminum. It conducts heat very well. It is DESIGNED to transfer heat from the internal electronics and will therefore get warm during operation.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/bug-usb-is-not-getting-recognized-at-start.218667/#post-2753121]
This is a known issue. Turn the AM4 on after starting your PC. This will be addressed in a future update.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

=Analog I/O=

[[image:AM4-signal.png|700px]]

==Input==

Mono instrument input, single 1/4" TS jack, max +20dBu (instrument level).

Input impedance is variable and is adjustable per preset.

The Input pad in SETUP is adjustable, with auto correction. The manual states that the AM4 is pre-configured for a typical guitar with hot pickups. If input clipping occurs, an ”IN CLIP“ warning is displayed and the Input Pad setting is temporarily increased.

<blockquote>
'''OWNERS MANUAL'''
<HR>
<blockquote>
If the input of the AM4 clips persistently, the unit will automatically increase the Input Pad setting. When this occurs, the word “Auto” will appear next to the Input Pad value, for example: “12 dB (Auto)”, indicating that the pad was automatically increased to 12 dB. When you reboot the AM4, the automatic setting is cleared, and the last manually selected value is restored. If you want to make the automatic pad setting permanent, just turn the Input Pad knob one “click” to clear “Auto”.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

Like the VP4, the input range of the AM4 is the same as an 18V pedal. [https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/input-clipping-at-18db-concern.215368/#post-2706349]

==Output==

1/4" TS, L/R (mono/stereo), max +16dBu, 1 KOhm. Outputs: balanced, +4 line level, no Humbuster.

The output can be switched between mono and stereo in SETUP.

The AM4 has a SPLIT output option, which sends the signal with cab modeling to Left (for FOH), and a "no cabinet" signal to Right. Each output operates in summed mono.

The outputs are protected against phantom power from the mixer. [https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/protection-from-phantom-power.216968/#post-2729588]

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>
<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/output-question.216993/post-2730137]
The 1/4" jacks are balanced TRS. If you need XLR you can use an adapter.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/🔥introducing-the-new-am4-amp-modeler.216932/page-37#post-2731524]
+4
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

==4CM==

In current firmware, combining the AMP4 and VP4 through the Four Cable Method (4CM) is supported, using a combination of SPDIF and analog connections. In this setup the VP4 operates on mono.

[[image:4CM_VP4+AM4.png|900px]]

==Analog insert==

The AM4 does not provide an effects loop. But it has a fixed insert point between the internal effects and the balanced outputs. Use these to connect outboard gear while preserving the clean, low-noise performance of the balanced outputs for FOH without needing a direct box. The insert is fixed in hardware and cannot be repositioned or switched on/off.

It applies only to the main outs and is not heard on USB or SPDIF.

For mono, use a standard patch cable. For stereo, use a TRS-to-dual-mono insert cable (tip = left, ring = right).

* Insert Send: 1/4" jack TRS (tip=Left, ring=Right), 1 KOhm, 16dBu
* Insert Return: 1/4" jack TRS (tip=Left, ring=Right), 1 MOhm

When recording with the VP4 (or another device) in the inserts of the AM4, choose the VP4 in the DAW as the input device to capture the audio from both devices.

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>
<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/🔥introducing-the-new-am4-amp-modeler.216932/page-10#post-2728918]
The idea is you put your pre effects before the unit and your post effects (should you need any) in the insert. The outputs of the AM4 are balanced and designed to be sent directly to FOH and/or monitors. If you just put your post effects after the unit you would then need a DI to go to FOH.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://thegearforum.com/threads/fractal-audio-systems-am4-amp-modeler.10317/page-19#post-434112]
A freely positionable loop would require another stereo A/D and D/A would would increase power consumption, latency when the loop is active, noise, etc. Its purpose is simply to get your post effects before the DI. A typical pedal board might be something like: Wah -> Fabled Unicorn Devices (FUD) Dry Hump III Overdrive -> AM4 -> Lunar Electronics Space Echo Plus. The Space Echo Plus is your typical pedal with unbalanced I/O. You put in the insert loop on the AM-4 and the outputs of the AM-4 are balanced for FOH/Monitors.

</blockquote>
</blockquote>

==Analog bypass==

The AM4 currently does not provide an analog bypass mode, like the VP4 has.

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>
<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/bypass-and-signal-specs-for-am4.216969/#post-2729675]
The AM4 has an analog bypass but it's currently not implemented. I can't guarantee that it's something we will implement but the capability is there.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

==Headphones==

The AM4 has a 3.5mm stereo headphones port.

Impedance is 35Ω. Recommended headphone impedance is less than 600Ω.

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>
<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/headphone-volume-drops-when-connecting-output-cables.217947/#post-2743884]
The headphone amp taps off the output driver (so that the phones are after the insert). There are protection resistors on the output driver which means the output driver doesn't have zero impedance. If you plug into something with a low input impedance (less than 100K) then you will get a slight drop at the headphones. Turn up the volume knob to compensate.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

=Digital I/O=

[[image:AM4-signal.png|700px]]

==Converters==

24-bit, 48kHz (fixed).

Dynamic range is 114 dB, 20-20k frequency response.

==USB==

USB-C port for data and audio.

MIDI-over-USB is supported.

USB Audio 2.0 provides 4 channels (4x4) at 48kHz.

* OUT channels 1+2: processed output
* OUT channels 3+4 : unprocessed (copy of inputs)
* IN channels 1+2: send incoming USB Audio directly to outputs
* IN channels 3+4 : process incoming USB Audio and send to outputs

[[image:AM4-USB.png|500px]]

[[image:AM4-signal.png|700px]]

Windows computers require a software driver which is available on the [https://www.fractalaudio.com/am4-downloads/ AM4 Downloads] page.

For USB Audio latency measurements, see under Latency above.

See [[USB]] for more information.

Note that an USB connection can create a a ground loop, resulting in noise or hum. To prevent this:
* Switch a laptop between AC power and battery power.
* Use balanced cables.
* Insert a USB ground loop eliminator (Type-C > Type-C) between AM4 and computer.
* Try an audio isolation transformer between AM4 and device.

==SPDIF==

SPDIF can be used to digitally connect the AM4 to an VP4, FM3, FM9 or Axe-Fx, through RCA connectors, at 48kHz fixed sample rate.

A digital connection avoids the necessary A/D and D/A conversion and inherent latency that comes with analog-to-digital connections.

IMPORTANT: When using the VP4 and AM4 together through SPDIF, in whatever order, make sure to crank the SPDIF In Level on the receiving device, to prevent loss of signal level and possibly gain. Also select SPDIF as input source on the 2nd device. And if the AM4 goes first, crank its hardware LEVEL knob.

Read <q>[[Digital I/O and recording]]</q> for more information.

n current firmware, 4CM (mono) with VP4 and AM4 is supported. See 4CM on this page.

=Firmware=

The firmware is upgradeable, allowing adding new features and bug fixes.

You can download the latest official release from the [https://www.fractalaudio.com/am4-downloads/ AM4 downloads] page.

Public beta releases are often released on the user forum.

=Control=

==User interface==

Compared to Fractal's modelers, the AM4 UI is simplified and streamlined, like the VP4.

Press HOME+SAVE together to enter the “Mode Select” menu which allows you to select between Preset, Scene, Effects, Amp and Tuner/Tempo. The mode determines what's displayed on the LCD, how the Select knob operates and what the switches do.

The factory default's “Gig Mode” configuration makes it easy to select presets, scenes, effects, channels, tuner and tap tempo. The startup mode can be set in Setup.

Press ENTER+EXIT together to enter Setup.

To edit parameters on the hardware, turn SELECT in Effect mode to highlight a block, press ENTER to edit the block, turn the corresponding A-D knob to adjust the value, PAGE LEFT or PAGE RIGHT to get to other pages.

When editing parameters on the hardware, press PAGE LEFT+PAGE RIGHT together to enter “Expert Edit” mode. Expert Edit includes advanced parameters. Press EXIT to quit Expert Edit.

On the home page in FX Mode, select the desired block, hold the ENTER button, and turn SELECT to move.

Similar to the VP4:

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>
<blockquote>
[https://thegearforum.com/threads/fractal-audio-systems-mystery-product-speculation.6102/page-251#post-270365]
Behind the scenes it's the architecture from the Axe-Fx III. There's still a grid and scenes and channels, etc. It's just that it's mostly hidden from the user and simplified.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

Tip: If you don't need scene names, use the available space to indicate the specific effect types instead. Insert spaces to visually align them.

[[image:VP4Names.png|link=|300px]]

==Levels==

The AM4 has two stages that affect the overall volume.

; Internal levels

: These operate within presets and include: Input Level, Amp Level, Scene Levels, Preset Level.

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>
<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/understanding-level-knob-amp-master-volume-cab-master-volume-frfr-speaker-volume.219103/#post-2759653]
INTERNAL LEVELS are determined by the combined amp settings, effect settings, and level settings within your presets. For most people, the AMP LEVEL control is typically used to adjust this. The Internal Levels Meter—found on the Main Levels of the home menu page and repeated on the 2nd to last page of the Amp Edit menu—shows a white line at 0 dB, the “sweet spot” where levels are strong but still have plenty of headroom. It’s fine to push slightly past 0 dB, but avoid hitting the ceiling. Higher internal levels can also make it easier to clip the analog outputs. Every block (including CAB, which you mention) has its own level control but you generally only need to adjust the amp unless you have a compressor after it.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

; Analog output level

: This is controlled by the top-panel knob. Set it to the preferred but avoid overdriving the output stage or connected device(s). The Analog Levels meter shows how close you are to clipping, and an OUT CLIP warning will appear in the title bar across all pages if clipping occurs. The outputs operate at adjustable line level, not at fixed unity gain.

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>
<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/understanding-level-knob-amp-master-volume-cab-master-volume-frfr-speaker-volume.219103/#post-2759653]
ANALOG LEVELS are controlled by the top-panel OUT LEVEL knob, which sets the volume of the analog outputs and headphones. Use it to set your preferred listening level, but avoid overdriving the output stage or your connected device(s). The Analog Levels meter on the Main Levels page shows how close you are to clipping, and an OUT CLIP warning will also appear in the title bar across all pages if clipping occurs. If this happens, lower the knob or reduce levels inside your presets. Of course, your speakers, mixers, or recording interface have their own volume or gain controls as well. These operate after the AM4 outputs, so you can keep the AM4 hot and adjust downstream, or vice versa. Start with your speaker volume at noon and the AM4 all the way down to get a feel for how loud things will be as you turn up the AM4.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

[[image:AM4-levels.png|600px]]

==AM4-Edit software editor==

AM4-Edit is the editor for the AM4, with Fractal-Bot built-in.

You can download AM4-Edit, along with the Windows driver, firmware and factory presets updates, from the [https://www.fractalaudio.com/am4-edit AM4 downloads page].

[[image:AM4-Edit.png|500px|link=]]

==Onboard switches==

The four foot switches have colored indicators, but no scribble strips.

The press and hold functions of the four switches work globally across all presets and modes.

Factory default is the so-called <q>Gig Mode</q>, explained in the manual, that also provides two-switch combos.

In Custom Mode, the press & hold functions can be set per switch. This also works globally (across all presets). The two-switch combos are not carried over to Custom Mode, at this time.

Options are:
* Disabled
* Mode Select
* Preset Mode, Scene Mode, FX Mode, Tuner Model, Amp Mode
* Bank +1, Bank -1: when you change banks, the same preset number from the new bank is automatically loaded (e.g., if C3 is selected and you switch to Bank D, D3 will load)
* Preset +1, Preset -1
* Scene +1, Scene -1
* Channel Picker: this shows the 4-button “Channel Picker” for the corresponding effect slot

==MIDI==

The unit has 3.5 mm (1/8”) MIDI IN and OUT ports. Adapters are available from [https://shop.fractalaudio.com Fractal Audio].

The Boss BMIDI-5-35 cable has been tested and works with the AM4 to connect to 5-pin MIDI gear.

The AM4 supports:
* Sending and receiving Program Changes (PC)
* Sending and receiving Control Changes (CC)
* MIDI-over-USB
* MIDI clock (receive only, currently)
* Software MIDI Thru
* Syncing scenes with the VP4

A table in the manual translates MIDI Program Changes to AM4 presets.

The AM4 tempo does respond to MIDI Beat Clock. It does not send MIDI Clock.

See [[MIDI]] for more information.

==Expression pedals and external switches==

The unit supports two expression pedals and expression pedal connections (TRS, 10–100 kΩ max), or two single TS external switches (momentary or latching).

The unit does not provide [[FASLINK]] connections and can't connect to FC-6 and FC-12 foot controllers foot controllers.

Like the other modelers, you can make an expression pedal perform as a volume pedal as follows:

* Assign it to a level parameter in a block, particularly the Volume block, or
* Assign it to global Input or Output Volume, across all presets.

The AM4 also has a unique feature: Amp Block Out Volume. This lets you adjust the output volume of the amp with a pedal, without the need to put a Volume block between the amp and any time-based effects. It does not affect amp gain or tone.

==External amp switching==

The AM4 itself does not provide relays to switch amp channels, but it can connect through MIDI to a relay switcher to perform that duty.

Possible solutions include:
* [https://midisolutions.com/prodrel.htm MIDI Solutions Relay]
* [https://www.suhr.com/product/micro-midi-control/ Suhr MicroMIDI Control]
* [https://voodoolab.com/product/control-switcher/ Voodoo Lab Control Switcher]
* [https://piratemidi.com/products/click-midi-interface-relay-switcher Pirate MIDI CLiCK]
* RJM Mini Amp Gizmo (no longer available from RJM but might be available used. The [https://www.rjmmusic.com/download-content/Amp%20Gizmo%20Manual%20-%20online.pdf manual] is currently available online.)
* [https://emcustom.eu/amp-midi-switcher-interface.html EM]

=Sounds=

==Presets, scenes and channels==

The unit has 104 presets, supports four scenes per preset and four channels per effect block.

The presets are organized into 26 banks, each identified by a letter from A to Z. Within each bank, there are four presets, numbered 1 through 4.

Each block has 4 channels. The AM doesn't support [[Global blocks]]. [https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/wish-single-global-block-for-amp.218781/#post-2754880]

Switching between presets, scenes and channels is gapless.

AM4 presets and blocks are not compatible with Fractal Audio's other amp modelers, nor vice versa. [https://wiki.fractalaudio.com/wiki/index.php?title=VP4_virtual_pedalboard#Presets.2C_scenes_and_channels Explanation]

The latest factory presets are available on the [https://www.fractalaudio.com/am4-downloads/ AM4 downloads page]. Here's the list from the manual:

[[image:AM4-factoryptresets1.png|900px]]

[[image:AM4-factoryptresets2.png|900px]]

[[image:AM4-factoryptresets3.png|900px]]

==Amp and cab modeling==

The amp modeling is identical to the Axe-Fx III. [https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/am4-questions-from-happy-axe-fx-iii-owner.216991/#post-2730145]

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>
<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/are-the-blocks-available-of-the-exact-same-quality-as-in-the-axe-fx-iii.217031/#post-2730843]
The blocks are identical. The AM4 runs off the same code base as the Axe-Fx III.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

The AM4 provides a single Amp block, with an integrated Cab section (instead of a separate Cab block).

Only when selecting the SPLIT output mode, the Cab section is repositioned at the end of the chain.

Some amp models have been consolidated.

Amp Mode lets you quickly access amp parameters and switch amp/cab channels, and provides an output boost.

A few amp models have been deprecated:

* Brit Pre
* old Vibrato Verb
* Legend 1
* Chieftain 2
* Dizzy V4 Blue
* Thordendal

Loading an amp model automatically selects an appropriate cab: <q>Amp>DynaCab linking</q>. This can be disabled in SETUP. The Amp+DynaCab combos are described on the [[Amp_models_list|Amp models page]].

To selectively keep Cab settings when changing the amp type, hold ENTER while turning SELECT, then release ENTER to apply the change. AM4-Edit, you can hold SHIFT while selecting a new amp from the list to achieve the same result.

[[DynaCabs]] are included. Legacy factory cabs are not included. IRs can also be imported (256 slots), supporting UltraRes. The Cab Blend parameter replaces individual Cab Level controls.

Similar to the FM3, the Amp block does not support Input Dynamics and Bias Tremolo.

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>
<blockquote>
[https://thegearforum.com/threads/fractal-audio-systems-am4-amp-modeler.10317/page-5#post-433719]
The list is trimmed down a bit but the essential stuff is in there.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

==Other effects==

Available effects on the AM4, other than Amp/Cab:

* [[Chorus block]]
* [[Compressor block]]
* [[Delay block]]
* [[Drive block]]
* [[Enhancer block]]
* [[Filter block]]
* [[Flanger block]]
* [[Gate/Expander block]]
* [[EQ|GEQ block]]
* [[EQ|PEQ block]]
* [[Phaser block]]
* [[Reverb block]]
* [[Rotary block]]
* [[Tremolo/Panner block]]
* [[Volume/Panner block]]
* [[Wah block]]

[[image:AM4-fx.png|600px]]

The AM4 does NOT have these blocks: Formant, IR Capture, IR Player, Megatap Delay, Multitap Delay, Pitch, Plex Delay, Resonator, Ring Modulator, Synth, Tone Match, Vocoder.

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>
<blockquote>
[https://thegearforum.com/threads/fractal-audio-systems-am4-amp-modeler.10317/page-18#post-434085]
The choice of effects was so that you couldn't overload the processor. Running a Reverb and a Plex plus the Amp block would exceed the processor's bandwidth. Engineering is all about tradeoffs. It's a constant juggle between price, size, features, power consumption and performance. As such, no product will be perfect for everybody. In an ideal world DSPs would use no power and have infinite clock speeds. Until then products will have to make compromises. At some point we can revisit the effects inventory.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

At the input of each preset there is a [[Noise gate]], and a [[EQ|10-band EQ]] at the output. Both are always <q>on</q>.

Several effects are part of other effects: [https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/4-blocks-are-not-enough-see-this.216967/]
* Amp block: input boost (several types), output boost, input PEQ, output or pre-power GEQ, compression
* Cab block: part of the amp block, mic preamp, room reverb
* Delay block: can do chorus and delay at the same time
* Reverb: includes simple delay in some types, pitch shifting for shimmer

Like the VP4, there are some differences with the larger modelers:

* Additional tweaked types, such as Vibrato and single voice Pitch types
* Tweaked MIX Law for time-based effects
* Mode switch in some Drive types instead of multiple types (e.g. Timothy)
* Some renamed types

3 of the 4 blocks can be routed in parallel instead of series.

The blocks support Fractal Audio's system of modifiers and controllers.

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>
<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/are-the-mix-levels-lower-than-the-equivalent-mix-levels-in-the-fm-and-iii.208988/#post-2611013]
The mix law in many blocks is different to suit the "all effects before the amp" crowd better.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/are-the-mix-levels-lower-than-the-equivalent-mix-levels-in-the-fm-and-iii.208988/#post-2611186]
The sweetened mix law places a wider range of knob motion in the portion of the curve where the delay is quieter.

This replicates the way pedals that are designed for use in front of an amp work because the amp's compression reduces the difference between the quiet echoes and the louder dry signal.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/am4-feature-requests.216959/page-11#post-2736358]
For time-based effects, the AM4—being based on the VP4—uses the a mix law based on that of the Delay block in the Axe-Fx. The dry signal remains constant for mix values from 0–50%, with only the wet signal increasing over that range. So you don't even need to worry about dry levels changing when you tweak the mix on time based effects.
</blockquote>

</blockquote>

==Tips and tricks==

So the AM4 has four block slots; Perhaps it's better to think of those as a maximum of four switches, because there's so much functionality available beyond the four slots.

This section provides tips and tricks to make the most of the features and functionality of the AM4, within and outside the four slots.

Don't confuse this with saving CPU. See [[CPU usage]] for more information.

Tips and tricks:

* Get 16 sounds from the four blocks in a preset using Channels.

* Add compression within the Amp block.

* Add drive pedals (input boosts) within the Amp block.

* Every preset AND Amp block provide EQ-ing tools.

* There's a noise gate included in every preset.

* There's a solo boost option within the Amp block, per scene or available as a switch.

* Add room ambience within the Cab block.

* Simulate channels strips and mic preamps within the Amp block.

* Turn the Chorus block into a Flanger or a micro pitch.

* Turn the Flanger block into a Chorus.

* Turn the Delay block into a Flanger or Chorus, or into Reverb.

* Use the Dual Delay type for delay AND chorus. Watch the video below.

* Turn the Reverb block into a Delay.

* Turn the Volume/Panner block into a Tremolo.

* Get Shimmer from the Reverb block.

* Use Modifiers and controllers for even more control over parameters and functions.

* Assign an expression pedal to Amp Block Out Volume, to let you adjust the, duh, output volume of the amp with the pedal, without affecting delay/reverb trails, amp gain or tone.

Watch the videos below for examples.

==AM4 with VP4==

There are various ways to combine the AM4 and VP4 into a powerful floor-based amp modeling and multi-effects setup.

===Digital===

; VP4 > AM4

: Connect SPDIF Out on the VP4 to SPDIF In on the AM4.

; AM4 > VP4

: Connect SPDIF Out on the AM4 to SPDIF In on the VP4.

===Analog===

; VP4 Out > AM4 In

: Connect the output jack on the VP4 to the instrument input on the AM4. Mono.

; AM4 Out > VP4 In

: Connect the output jack(s) on the AM4 to the analog input(s) on the VP4.

; AM4 >< insert VP4

: Put the VP4 in the insert loop of the AM4, using an insert cable.

; VP4 >< 4CM AM4

: Set to the VP4 to 4CM, and put the AM4 in loop of the VP4. Mono.

; VP4 >< 4CM AM4 through inserts

: This particular setup makes 4CM possible with the AM4, AND enables allows hearing the sound from both devices through the headphones port on the AM4. Guitar goes into VP4 Input Left Pre. VP4 Out Left Pre goes into the instrument input on the AM4. VP4 Out Right Post goes into the insert return on the AM4. AM4 Insert Send goes to Input Right Post on the VP4. Resulting signal will be mono.
Use a special cable if you need signal at both outputs of the AM4, see this picture:

[[image:AM4+VP4+headphones.png|500px]]

Notes:
* Use MIDI Program Changes or "Scene Sync" to synchronize switching on both devices.
* You probably don't need to use the noise gate on the 2nd device. Instead of turning that off per preset, you can do it globally in Setup > Global Settings.

=Videos=

[https://www.youtube.com/@RoshRoslin/videos Rosh Roslin's AM4 tutorials]

More videos:

[[video:Cooper-AM4]]
[[video:Cooper-AM4-EJ]]
[[video:Cooper-ChorusDelay]]
[[video:Cooper-AM4-Petrucci]]

[[video:Brett-AM4]]

[[video:Leon-AM4]]
[[video:Leon-AM2]]
[[video:Leon-AM43]]
[[video:Leon-AM4-5]]
[[video:Leon-AM4-GigMode]]
[[video:Leon-AM46]]
[[video:Leon-AM4-DeepDive]]
[[video:Leon-AM4-Pedals]]
[[video:Leon-AM4-Fxcombinations]]

[[video:Cordy-AM4]]
[[video:Cordy-AM42]]
[[video:Cordy-AM43]]

[[video:FSM-AM4]]

[[video:Larry-AM4-1]]

[[video:AndyWood-AM4]]

[[video:AM4-Mag7]]

[[video:Ola-AM4]]

[[video:PassionForTone-AM4]]
[[video:PassionForTone-AM4-2]]

[[video:Jayguitar-AM4]]

[[video:TSR-AM4]]

[[VIDEO:ToneWars-AM4]]
[[video:ToneWars-AM42]]

[[video:AlessandroZilio-AM4]]

[[video:SonicDrive-AM4]]

[[category:AM4]]
[[category:Sounds]]
[[category:All]]

AM4 amp modeler

2026-03-23T19:03:01Z

Yek: /* No 4CM */

__TOC__

[[image:AM4.png|400px]]

[[image:AM4-rear.png|400px]]

=References=

Read the excellent owners manual first!

* [https://www.fractalaudio.com/am4 Product page]
* [https://www.fractalaudio.com/am4-downloads/ Downloads]
* [https://forum.fractalaudio.com/forums/am4-discussion.164/ User forum]
* [https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/🔥introducing-the-new-am4-amp-modeler.216932/ Introduction forum thread]
* [http://wiki.fractalaudio.com/wiki/index.php?title=Category:AM4 Wiki pages]

Documentation:
* [https://www.fractalaudio.com/downloads/manuals/AM4/AM4-Owners-Manual.pdf Owners Manual]
* [https://www.fractalaudio.com/downloads/manuals/AM4/AM4-Quick-Start.pdf Quick Start Guide]

=Pictures=

Go to the “[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/forums/am4-discussion.164/ AM4 forum section]” to see AM4 rig pictures.

=Comparing AM4, VP4 and FM3=

Fractal Audio: [https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/differences-between-am4-and-vp4.216961/#post-2729434]

<blockquote>AM4 vs VP4:

AM4 and VP4 both deliver Fractal Audio’s industry-leading sound quality, world-class effects, and rock-solid reliability. They're the same size and form factor and use streamlined UI designs that are intended to be as easy to use as real pedals. The two products share the same core technologies used across the Fractal Audio product family. They both also offer "gig mode" footswitch operation, gapless switching, USB audio, MIDI, professional connectivity including Auto-Z analog in and SPDIF I/O, plus optional "expert" editing—on the device or with companion software. The difference is largely down to features around intended use:

The AM4 delivers top-tier amp tone and effects. We say it is "perfect for a pedalboard" but it is also an ideal standalone for a desktop or "fly rig". It includes the full AM4 Amp block with integrated DynaCab™ speaker simulation, UltraRes™ user cabs, plus a selection of stompbox and studio effects. It has balanced line level outputs, a top panel level knob, a headphones output, and a stereo analog insert for using 3rd part "post" FX without the need for a separate DI box.

The VP4 delivers Fractal Audio effects for use with any amp or modeler. It does NOT perform amp modeling but it does have multiple instances of almost every effect block from the Axe-Fx III including the new IR Player. It has unbalanced outs and is unity-gain by design so no top panel level knob or headphones jack. It has a mono 4CM mode for running pre and post effects at the same time. The VP4 works extremely well as a sidekick to AM4 (AM4+VP4 = "MVP-8").

AM4 vs FM3:

FM3 and AM4 both deliver Fractal Audio’s industry-leading amp modeling, world-class effects, and pro-grade sound quality.
They’re both based on the Axe-Fx III, with rock-solid reliability on stage or in the studio. Both include gapless switching, precision tuning, USB audio, MIDI, flexible I/O, and deep editing options—whether on the device or with companion software. No matter which you choose, you’re getting Fractal Audio quality tone and performance.

The main differences are simplicity, size, and price. The AM4 is designed to be lean and mean: easy to use, small, and our best priced modeler ever. The FM3 is more of a “little brother” in the Axe-Fx family in terms of flexibility and features. It's bigger than the AM4.

The AM4 delivers top-tier amp tone and effects in a small, light, streamlined package. It has fixed four-block architecture, a shorter list of block types, simplified routing and footswitch options, and an interface designed to feel very much like amps and stompboxes. It’s ideal for pedalboards or anyone who wants great tone with minimal setup. The AM4 also includes S/PDIF in and out, a dedicated USB-MIDI port that appears in a DAW, and an analog insert for post effects—allowing you to use the onboard balanced outputs without needing a DI box. It has 104 preset slots with four scenes each.

The FM3 is slightly larger and heavier but also more full-featured. It offers a flexible grid-based preset system with more block types including a looper, plus deeper routing options, and highly customizable footswitches including FC controller support—essentially a downsized “mini Axe-Fx” on the floor. It includes S/PDIF out and an extra pair of stereo ins and outs that can be used creatively for send/return, split routing, or auxiliary processing. It's your big rig in a small box, with 512 presets and eight scenes per preset. The FM3 can share presets with Axe-Fx, FM9, and FM3 within its own limits.
</blockquote>

=Specifications=

==Design and development==

The AM4 has the same <q>audiophile specs</q> as the Axe-Fx III. [https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/am4-questions-from-happy-axe-fx-iii-owner.216991/#post-2730145]

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>
<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/am4-switches-and-push-buttons.217466/#post-2737212]
The AM4 is a product that prioritizes sound quality over bells and whistles. It is stripped-down and simple to use.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/shouldnt-there-be-a-pitch-block.217555/page-2#post-2739484]
In a perfect world the DSP in the AM4 would run at 1 THz and consume 1 mW of power. Unfortunately the world is far from perfect and compromises must be made. I still think it's amazing we packed all that we did into it with a 13W power envelope. The power design for the product was one of the biggest challenges.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/what-are-the-converters-in-the-am-4.218272/page-2#post-2748161]
The converters aren't the identical converters used in the Axe-Fx III but they're from the same family. The Axe-Fx III uses 8-channel converters while the AM4 is only two channels. The specs are pretty much the same.
The analog components in the AM4 are also very high quality. It uses premium Burr-Brown and Analog Devices op-amps. No crappy CMOS stuff, it's all either Bi-FET or Bipolar. Film caps in critical locations.

</blockquote>
</blockquote>

==Processing and memory==

A meter in the upper right shows the current CPU usage. To ensure smooth performance, a limit of about 85% is enforced, leaving required processing power in reserve. If this limit is exceeded, a warning will be shown: “CPU LIMIT: Bypassed" and the AM4 will bypass all processing.

The CPU metering is dynamic: the amp modeling running on the core is actively metered during play. The manual recommends aiming for max 80% when not playing and then playing the preset to ensure stable performance.

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>
<blockquote>
[https://thegearforum.com/threads/fractal-audio-systems-am4-amp-modeler.10317/page-11#post-433876]
The processor in the AM4 is faster than the VP4.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/am4-questions-from-happy-axe-fx-iii-owner.216991/#post-2730145]
AM4 uses the same family of CPU as in the Axe-Fx III. It is a 1 GHz processor with an ARM A15 CPU and a C66x DSP. Therefore it has half the power of a standard Axe-Fx III.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://thegearforum.com/threads/fractal-audio-systems-am4-amp-modeler.10317/page-82#post-442250]
SHARCs are cheaper. We haven't had any issues with sourcing Keystones. The TI DSPs require a little more ancillary hardware (PMICs, reset logic, etc.).

However, the Keystones outperform the SHARCs in several key areas: memory bandwidth, on-board LCD interface with video frame buffer, more robust USB implementation, superior per-clock DSP performance.

The SHARCs, however, benefit from on-board FIR and IIR accelerators. The FIR accelerator is particularly beneficial because you can process IRs with it and offload the DSP.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

More information is available, including [https://thegearforum.com/threads/fractal-audio-systems-am4-amp-modeler.10317/page-69#post-439319 pictures of the inside of the AM4 and specifications of processors and memory].

==Latency==

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<hr>
<blockquote>
[https://thegearforum.com/threads/fractal-audio-systems-am4-amp-modeler.10317/page-82#post-442247]
The actual latency of the AM4 is:

No blocks: 1.33 ms

Amp only: 2 ms

Amp + Cab: 2 ms

Drive + Amp + Cab: 2.67 ms

The cab processing adds no latency. Any extra measured latency is due to the IRs themselves. IR's are inherently band-limited and therefore have "latency" between the IR beginning and the peak in the response. A real speaker cab has "latency" if your method of measurement is looking for the peak in the response (which is technically an incorrect method).

We could reduce the latency by using minimum-phase resampling (the Axe-Fx offers this as an option). Many products are minimum-phase resampling by default. However, minimum-phase resampling causes phase distortion which I personally find more objectionable than an extra ms or so of latency.

Regardless, an average latency of 2 ms is extremely low.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://thegearforum.com/threads/fractal-audio-systems-am4-amp-modeler.10317/page-82#post-442274]
Latency is a trade-off. We could reduce the latency on an AM4 to under 1.5 ms by using minimum-phase resampling but that adds phase distortion.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

==Screen==

The display is a 480 x 272 high-contrast color LCD.

The AM4 does not have a touchscreen.

==Dimensions and weight==

; Weight : 3 lbs 9 oz (1.63 kg)
; Dimensions : 10.00" x 6.31" (254mm x 160.3mm)

[[image:AM4-dimensions.png|500px]]

==Mounting==

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<hr>
<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/vp4-faq.208790/#post-2612905]
If you remove the feet, keep the screws out.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

==Power and heat==

The power connector is a 2.1mm barrel connector, with a negative center. The power-supply (9V DC, 1.5A) is included.

Do NOT use an AC supply. It WILL damage the unit.

The AM4 has a power button.

The unit boots in a few seconds and the unit can be used immediately. In the background all DynaCabs be pre-loaded. According to the manual, this may cause brief slowdowns during that process. This is normal and ends once all cabs have finished loading after 2 minutes or so, depending on the CPU load of the current preset.

Turning on a Windows computer with the AM4 connected and powered, may cause a USB connection failure. Prevent this by turning on the AM4 after starting your PC. This will be addressed in a future update, according to Fractal Audio.

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<hr>
<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/🔥introducing-the-new-am4-amp-modeler.216932/post-2729691]
The AM4 is spec'd at 1.5A. It uses slightly more power than a VP4 due to the higher clock speed. Most units will consume less than 1.3A but due to unit-to-unit variation we cannot guarantee that.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/point-of-am4.216949/page-5#post-2729942]
Like our other products, the AM4 has a high-voltage analog path. The analog path runs off 24V (linearly regulated from 30V). This is done to ensure ample headroom, low noise and plenty of output signal. It costs a bit more and uses a bit more power but our mantra is always quality first.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/loading-cabs-message-for-2m25s-following-bootup-is-this-normal.217161/post-2732917]
The time it takes to load the Dyna-Cabs is directly related to the amount of CPU the current preset is utilizing. However, loading the current preset at boot time takes only a few seconds.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/am4-gets-pretty-toasty-after-running-for-awhile-is-this-expected.217944/#post-2743886]
The AM4 chassis is aluminum. It conducts heat very well. It is DESIGNED to transfer heat from the internal electronics and will therefore get warm during operation.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/bug-usb-is-not-getting-recognized-at-start.218667/#post-2753121]
This is a known issue. Turn the AM4 on after starting your PC. This will be addressed in a future update.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

=Analog I/O=

[[image:AM4-signal.png|700px]]

==Input==

Mono instrument input, single 1/4" TS jack, max +20dBu (instrument level).

Input impedance is variable and is adjustable per preset.

The Input pad in SETUP is adjustable, with auto correction. The manual states that the AM4 is pre-configured for a typical guitar with hot pickups. If input clipping occurs, an ”IN CLIP“ warning is displayed and the Input Pad setting is temporarily increased.

<blockquote>
'''OWNERS MANUAL'''
<HR>
<blockquote>
If the input of the AM4 clips persistently, the unit will automatically increase the Input Pad setting. When this occurs, the word “Auto” will appear next to the Input Pad value, for example: “12 dB (Auto)”, indicating that the pad was automatically increased to 12 dB. When you reboot the AM4, the automatic setting is cleared, and the last manually selected value is restored. If you want to make the automatic pad setting permanent, just turn the Input Pad knob one “click” to clear “Auto”.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

Like the VP4, the input range of the AM4 is the same as an 18V pedal. [https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/input-clipping-at-18db-concern.215368/#post-2706349]

==Output==

1/4" TS, L/R (mono/stereo), max +16dBu, 1 KOhm. Outputs: balanced, +4 line level, no Humbuster.

The output can be switched between mono and stereo in SETUP.

The AM4 has a SPLIT output option, which sends the signal with cab modeling to Left (for FOH), and a "no cabinet" signal to Right. Each output operates in summed mono.

The outputs are protected against phantom power from the mixer. [https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/protection-from-phantom-power.216968/#post-2729588]

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>
<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/output-question.216993/post-2730137]
The 1/4" jacks are balanced TRS. If you need XLR you can use an adapter.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/🔥introducing-the-new-am4-amp-modeler.216932/page-37#post-2731524]
+4
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

==4CM==

In current firmware, combining the AMP4 and VP4 through the Four Cable Method (4CM) is supported, using a combination of SPDIF and analog connections. In this setup the VP4 operates on mono.

[[image:4CM_VP4+AM4.png|900px]]

==Analog insert==

The AM4 does not provide an effects loop. But it has a fixed insert point between the internal effects and the balanced outputs. Use these to connect outboard gear while preserving the clean, low-noise performance of the balanced outputs for FOH without needing a direct box. The insert is fixed in hardware and cannot be repositioned or switched on/off.

It applies only to the main outs and is not heard on USB or SPDIF.

For mono, use a standard patch cable. For stereo, use a TRS-to-dual-mono insert cable (tip = left, ring = right).

* Insert Send: 1/4" jack TRS (tip=Left, ring=Right), 1 KOhm, 16dBu
* Insert Return: 1/4" jack TRS (tip=Left, ring=Right), 1 MOhm

When recording with the VP4 (or another device) in the inserts of the AM4, choose the VP4 in the DAW as the input device to capture the audio from both devices.

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>
<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/🔥introducing-the-new-am4-amp-modeler.216932/page-10#post-2728918]
The idea is you put your pre effects before the unit and your post effects (should you need any) in the insert. The outputs of the AM4 are balanced and designed to be sent directly to FOH and/or monitors. If you just put your post effects after the unit you would then need a DI to go to FOH.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://thegearforum.com/threads/fractal-audio-systems-am4-amp-modeler.10317/page-19#post-434112]
A freely positionable loop would require another stereo A/D and D/A would would increase power consumption, latency when the loop is active, noise, etc. Its purpose is simply to get your post effects before the DI. A typical pedal board might be something like: Wah -> Fabled Unicorn Devices (FUD) Dry Hump III Overdrive -> AM4 -> Lunar Electronics Space Echo Plus. The Space Echo Plus is your typical pedal with unbalanced I/O. You put in the insert loop on the AM-4 and the outputs of the AM-4 are balanced for FOH/Monitors.

</blockquote>
</blockquote>

==No analog bypass==

The AM4 currently does not provide an analog bypass mode, like the VP4 has.

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>
<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/bypass-and-signal-specs-for-am4.216969/#post-2729675]
The AM4 has an analog bypass but it's currently not implemented. I can't guarantee that it's something we will implement but the capability is there.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

==Headphones==

The AM4 has a 3.5mm stereo headphones port.

Impedance is 35Ω. Recommended headphone impedance is less than 600Ω.

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>
<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/headphone-volume-drops-when-connecting-output-cables.217947/#post-2743884]
The headphone amp taps off the output driver (so that the phones are after the insert). There are protection resistors on the output driver which means the output driver doesn't have zero impedance. If you plug into something with a low input impedance (less than 100K) then you will get a slight drop at the headphones. Turn up the volume knob to compensate.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

=Digital I/O=

[[image:AM4-signal.png|700px]]

==Converters==

24-bit, 48kHz (fixed).

Dynamic range is 114 dB, 20-20k frequency response.

==USB==

USB-C port for data and audio.

MIDI-over-USB is supported.

USB Audio 2.0 provides 4 channels (4x4) at 48kHz.

* OUT channels 1+2: processed output
* OUT channels 3+4 : unprocessed (copy of inputs)
* IN channels 1+2: send incoming USB Audio directly to outputs
* IN channels 3+4 : process incoming USB Audio and send to outputs

[[image:AM4-USB.png|500px]]

[[image:AM4-signal.png|700px]]

Windows computers require a software driver which is available on the [https://www.fractalaudio.com/am4-downloads/ AM4 Downloads] page.

For USB Audio latency measurements, see under Latency above.

See [[USB]] for more information.

Note that an USB connection can create a a ground loop, resulting in noise or hum. To prevent this:
* Switch a laptop between AC power and battery power.
* Use balanced cables.
* Insert a USB ground loop eliminator (Type-C > Type-C) between AM4 and computer.
* Try an audio isolation transformer between AM4 and device.

==SPDIF==

SPDIF can be used to digitally connect the AM4 to an VP4, FM3, FM9 or Axe-Fx, through RCA connectors, at 48kHz fixed sample rate.

A digital connection avoids the necessary A/D and D/A conversion and inherent latency that comes with analog-to-digital connections.

IMPORTANT: When using the VP4 and AM4 together through SPDIF, in whatever order, make sure to crank the SPDIF In Level on the receiving device, to prevent loss of signal level and possibly gain. Also select SPDIF as input source on the 2nd device. And if the AM4 goes first, crank its hardware LEVEL knob.

Read <q>[[Digital I/O and recording]]</q> for more information.

n current firmware, 4CM (mono) with VP4 and AM4 is supported. See 4CM on this page.

=Firmware=

The firmware is upgradeable, allowing adding new features and bug fixes.

You can download the latest official release from the [https://www.fractalaudio.com/am4-downloads/ AM4 downloads] page.

Public beta releases are often released on the user forum.

=Control=

==User interface==

Compared to Fractal's modelers, the AM4 UI is simplified and streamlined, like the VP4.

Press HOME+SAVE together to enter the “Mode Select” menu which allows you to select between Preset, Scene, Effects, Amp and Tuner/Tempo. The mode determines what's displayed on the LCD, how the Select knob operates and what the switches do.

The factory default's “Gig Mode” configuration makes it easy to select presets, scenes, effects, channels, tuner and tap tempo. The startup mode can be set in Setup.

Press ENTER+EXIT together to enter Setup.

To edit parameters on the hardware, turn SELECT in Effect mode to highlight a block, press ENTER to edit the block, turn the corresponding A-D knob to adjust the value, PAGE LEFT or PAGE RIGHT to get to other pages.

When editing parameters on the hardware, press PAGE LEFT+PAGE RIGHT together to enter “Expert Edit” mode. Expert Edit includes advanced parameters. Press EXIT to quit Expert Edit.

On the home page in FX Mode, select the desired block, hold the ENTER button, and turn SELECT to move.

Similar to the VP4:

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>
<blockquote>
[https://thegearforum.com/threads/fractal-audio-systems-mystery-product-speculation.6102/page-251#post-270365]
Behind the scenes it's the architecture from the Axe-Fx III. There's still a grid and scenes and channels, etc. It's just that it's mostly hidden from the user and simplified.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

Tip: If you don't need scene names, use the available space to indicate the specific effect types instead. Insert spaces to visually align them.

[[image:VP4Names.png|link=|300px]]

==Levels==

The AM4 has two stages that affect the overall volume.

; Internal levels

: These operate within presets and include: Input Level, Amp Level, Scene Levels, Preset Level.

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>
<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/understanding-level-knob-amp-master-volume-cab-master-volume-frfr-speaker-volume.219103/#post-2759653]
INTERNAL LEVELS are determined by the combined amp settings, effect settings, and level settings within your presets. For most people, the AMP LEVEL control is typically used to adjust this. The Internal Levels Meter—found on the Main Levels of the home menu page and repeated on the 2nd to last page of the Amp Edit menu—shows a white line at 0 dB, the “sweet spot” where levels are strong but still have plenty of headroom. It’s fine to push slightly past 0 dB, but avoid hitting the ceiling. Higher internal levels can also make it easier to clip the analog outputs. Every block (including CAB, which you mention) has its own level control but you generally only need to adjust the amp unless you have a compressor after it.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

; Analog output level

: This is controlled by the top-panel knob. Set it to the preferred but avoid overdriving the output stage or connected device(s). The Analog Levels meter shows how close you are to clipping, and an OUT CLIP warning will appear in the title bar across all pages if clipping occurs. The outputs operate at adjustable line level, not at fixed unity gain.

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>
<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/understanding-level-knob-amp-master-volume-cab-master-volume-frfr-speaker-volume.219103/#post-2759653]
ANALOG LEVELS are controlled by the top-panel OUT LEVEL knob, which sets the volume of the analog outputs and headphones. Use it to set your preferred listening level, but avoid overdriving the output stage or your connected device(s). The Analog Levels meter on the Main Levels page shows how close you are to clipping, and an OUT CLIP warning will also appear in the title bar across all pages if clipping occurs. If this happens, lower the knob or reduce levels inside your presets. Of course, your speakers, mixers, or recording interface have their own volume or gain controls as well. These operate after the AM4 outputs, so you can keep the AM4 hot and adjust downstream, or vice versa. Start with your speaker volume at noon and the AM4 all the way down to get a feel for how loud things will be as you turn up the AM4.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

[[image:AM4-levels.png|600px]]

==AM4-Edit software editor==

AM4-Edit is the editor for the AM4, with Fractal-Bot built-in.

You can download AM4-Edit, along with the Windows driver, firmware and factory presets updates, from the [https://www.fractalaudio.com/am4-edit AM4 downloads page].

[[image:AM4-Edit.png|500px|link=]]

==Onboard switches==

The four foot switches have colored indicators, but no scribble strips.

The press and hold functions of the four switches work globally across all presets and modes.

Factory default is the so-called <q>Gig Mode</q>, explained in the manual, that also provides two-switch combos.

In Custom Mode, the press & hold functions can be set per switch. This also works globally (across all presets). The two-switch combos are not carried over to Custom Mode, at this time.

Options are:
* Disabled
* Mode Select
* Preset Mode, Scene Mode, FX Mode, Tuner Model, Amp Mode
* Bank +1, Bank -1: when you change banks, the same preset number from the new bank is automatically loaded (e.g., if C3 is selected and you switch to Bank D, D3 will load)
* Preset +1, Preset -1
* Scene +1, Scene -1
* Channel Picker: this shows the 4-button “Channel Picker” for the corresponding effect slot

==MIDI==

The unit has 3.5 mm (1/8”) MIDI IN and OUT ports. Adapters are available from [https://shop.fractalaudio.com Fractal Audio].

The Boss BMIDI-5-35 cable has been tested and works with the AM4 to connect to 5-pin MIDI gear.

The AM4 supports:
* Sending and receiving Program Changes (PC)
* Sending and receiving Control Changes (CC)
* MIDI-over-USB
* MIDI clock (receive only, currently)
* Software MIDI Thru
* Syncing scenes with the VP4

A table in the manual translates MIDI Program Changes to AM4 presets.

The AM4 tempo does respond to MIDI Beat Clock. It does not send MIDI Clock.

See [[MIDI]] for more information.

==Expression pedals and external switches==

The unit supports two expression pedals and expression pedal connections (TRS, 10–100 kΩ max), or two single TS external switches (momentary or latching).

The unit does not provide [[FASLINK]] connections and can't connect to FC-6 and FC-12 foot controllers foot controllers.

Like the other modelers, you can make an expression pedal perform as a volume pedal as follows:

* Assign it to a level parameter in a block, particularly the Volume block, or
* Assign it to global Input or Output Volume, across all presets.

The AM4 also has a unique feature: Amp Block Out Volume. This lets you adjust the output volume of the amp with a pedal, without the need to put a Volume block between the amp and any time-based effects. It does not affect amp gain or tone.

==External amp switching==

The AM4 itself does not provide relays to switch amp channels, but it can connect through MIDI to a relay switcher to perform that duty.

Possible solutions include:
* [https://midisolutions.com/prodrel.htm MIDI Solutions Relay]
* [https://www.suhr.com/product/micro-midi-control/ Suhr MicroMIDI Control]
* [https://voodoolab.com/product/control-switcher/ Voodoo Lab Control Switcher]
* [https://piratemidi.com/products/click-midi-interface-relay-switcher Pirate MIDI CLiCK]
* RJM Mini Amp Gizmo (no longer available from RJM but might be available used. The [https://www.rjmmusic.com/download-content/Amp%20Gizmo%20Manual%20-%20online.pdf manual] is currently available online.)
* [https://emcustom.eu/amp-midi-switcher-interface.html EM]

=Sounds=

==Presets, scenes and channels==

The unit has 104 presets, supports four scenes per preset and four channels per effect block.

The presets are organized into 26 banks, each identified by a letter from A to Z. Within each bank, there are four presets, numbered 1 through 4.

Each block has 4 channels. The AM doesn't support [[Global blocks]]. [https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/wish-single-global-block-for-amp.218781/#post-2754880]

Switching between presets, scenes and channels is gapless.

AM4 presets and blocks are not compatible with Fractal Audio's other amp modelers, nor vice versa. [https://wiki.fractalaudio.com/wiki/index.php?title=VP4_virtual_pedalboard#Presets.2C_scenes_and_channels Explanation]

The latest factory presets are available on the [https://www.fractalaudio.com/am4-downloads/ AM4 downloads page]. Here's the list from the manual:

[[image:AM4-factoryptresets1.png|900px]]

[[image:AM4-factoryptresets2.png|900px]]

[[image:AM4-factoryptresets3.png|900px]]

==Amp and cab modeling==

The amp modeling is identical to the Axe-Fx III. [https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/am4-questions-from-happy-axe-fx-iii-owner.216991/#post-2730145]

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>
<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/are-the-blocks-available-of-the-exact-same-quality-as-in-the-axe-fx-iii.217031/#post-2730843]
The blocks are identical. The AM4 runs off the same code base as the Axe-Fx III.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

The AM4 provides a single Amp block, with an integrated Cab section (instead of a separate Cab block).

Only when selecting the SPLIT output mode, the Cab section is repositioned at the end of the chain.

Some amp models have been consolidated.

Amp Mode lets you quickly access amp parameters and switch amp/cab channels, and provides an output boost.

A few amp models have been deprecated:

* Brit Pre
* old Vibrato Verb
* Legend 1
* Chieftain 2
* Dizzy V4 Blue
* Thordendal

Loading an amp model automatically selects an appropriate cab: <q>Amp>DynaCab linking</q>. This can be disabled in SETUP. The Amp+DynaCab combos are described on the [[Amp_models_list|Amp models page]].

To selectively keep Cab settings when changing the amp type, hold ENTER while turning SELECT, then release ENTER to apply the change. AM4-Edit, you can hold SHIFT while selecting a new amp from the list to achieve the same result.

[[DynaCabs]] are included. Legacy factory cabs are not included. IRs can also be imported (256 slots), supporting UltraRes. The Cab Blend parameter replaces individual Cab Level controls.

Similar to the FM3, the Amp block does not support Input Dynamics and Bias Tremolo.

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>
<blockquote>
[https://thegearforum.com/threads/fractal-audio-systems-am4-amp-modeler.10317/page-5#post-433719]
The list is trimmed down a bit but the essential stuff is in there.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

==Other effects==

Available effects on the AM4, other than Amp/Cab:

* [[Chorus block]]
* [[Compressor block]]
* [[Delay block]]
* [[Drive block]]
* [[Enhancer block]]
* [[Filter block]]
* [[Flanger block]]
* [[Gate/Expander block]]
* [[EQ|GEQ block]]
* [[EQ|PEQ block]]
* [[Phaser block]]
* [[Reverb block]]
* [[Rotary block]]
* [[Tremolo/Panner block]]
* [[Volume/Panner block]]
* [[Wah block]]

[[image:AM4-fx.png|600px]]

The AM4 does NOT have these blocks: Formant, IR Capture, IR Player, Megatap Delay, Multitap Delay, Pitch, Plex Delay, Resonator, Ring Modulator, Synth, Tone Match, Vocoder.

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>
<blockquote>
[https://thegearforum.com/threads/fractal-audio-systems-am4-amp-modeler.10317/page-18#post-434085]
The choice of effects was so that you couldn't overload the processor. Running a Reverb and a Plex plus the Amp block would exceed the processor's bandwidth. Engineering is all about tradeoffs. It's a constant juggle between price, size, features, power consumption and performance. As such, no product will be perfect for everybody. In an ideal world DSPs would use no power and have infinite clock speeds. Until then products will have to make compromises. At some point we can revisit the effects inventory.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

At the input of each preset there is a [[Noise gate]], and a [[EQ|10-band EQ]] at the output. Both are always <q>on</q>.

Several effects are part of other effects: [https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/4-blocks-are-not-enough-see-this.216967/]
* Amp block: input boost (several types), output boost, input PEQ, output or pre-power GEQ, compression
* Cab block: part of the amp block, mic preamp, room reverb
* Delay block: can do chorus and delay at the same time
* Reverb: includes simple delay in some types, pitch shifting for shimmer

Like the VP4, there are some differences with the larger modelers:

* Additional tweaked types, such as Vibrato and single voice Pitch types
* Tweaked MIX Law for time-based effects
* Mode switch in some Drive types instead of multiple types (e.g. Timothy)
* Some renamed types

3 of the 4 blocks can be routed in parallel instead of series.

The blocks support Fractal Audio's system of modifiers and controllers.

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>
<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/are-the-mix-levels-lower-than-the-equivalent-mix-levels-in-the-fm-and-iii.208988/#post-2611013]
The mix law in many blocks is different to suit the "all effects before the amp" crowd better.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/are-the-mix-levels-lower-than-the-equivalent-mix-levels-in-the-fm-and-iii.208988/#post-2611186]
The sweetened mix law places a wider range of knob motion in the portion of the curve where the delay is quieter.

This replicates the way pedals that are designed for use in front of an amp work because the amp's compression reduces the difference between the quiet echoes and the louder dry signal.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/am4-feature-requests.216959/page-11#post-2736358]
For time-based effects, the AM4—being based on the VP4—uses the a mix law based on that of the Delay block in the Axe-Fx. The dry signal remains constant for mix values from 0–50%, with only the wet signal increasing over that range. So you don't even need to worry about dry levels changing when you tweak the mix on time based effects.
</blockquote>

</blockquote>

==Tips and tricks==

So the AM4 has four block slots; Perhaps it's better to think of those as a maximum of four switches, because there's so much functionality available beyond the four slots.

This section provides tips and tricks to make the most of the features and functionality of the AM4, within and outside the four slots.

Don't confuse this with saving CPU. See [[CPU usage]] for more information.

Tips and tricks:

* Get 16 sounds from the four blocks in a preset using Channels.

* Add compression within the Amp block.

* Add drive pedals (input boosts) within the Amp block.

* Every preset AND Amp block provide EQ-ing tools.

* There's a noise gate included in every preset.

* There's a solo boost option within the Amp block, per scene or available as a switch.

* Add room ambience within the Cab block.

* Simulate channels strips and mic preamps within the Amp block.

* Turn the Chorus block into a Flanger or a micro pitch.

* Turn the Flanger block into a Chorus.

* Turn the Delay block into a Flanger or Chorus, or into Reverb.

* Use the Dual Delay type for delay AND chorus. Watch the video below.

* Turn the Reverb block into a Delay.

* Turn the Volume/Panner block into a Tremolo.

* Get Shimmer from the Reverb block.

* Use Modifiers and controllers for even more control over parameters and functions.

* Assign an expression pedal to Amp Block Out Volume, to let you adjust the, duh, output volume of the amp with the pedal, without affecting delay/reverb trails, amp gain or tone.

Watch the videos below for examples.

==AM4 with VP4==

There are various ways to combine the AM4 and VP4 into a powerful floor-based amp modeling and multi-effects setup.

===Digital===

; VP4 > AM4

: Connect SPDIF Out on the VP4 to SPDIF In on the AM4.

; AM4 > VP4

: Connect SPDIF Out on the AM4 to SPDIF In on the VP4.

===Analog===

; VP4 Out > AM4 In

: Connect the output jack on the VP4 to the instrument input on the AM4. Mono.

; AM4 Out > VP4 In

: Connect the output jack(s) on the AM4 to the analog input(s) on the VP4.

; AM4 >< insert VP4

: Put the VP4 in the insert loop of the AM4, using an insert cable.

; VP4 >< 4CM AM4

: Set to the VP4 to 4CM, and put the AM4 in loop of the VP4. Mono.

; VP4 >< 4CM AM4 through inserts

: This particular setup makes 4CM possible with the AM4, AND enables allows hearing the sound from both devices through the headphones port on the AM4. Guitar goes into VP4 Input Left Pre. VP4 Out Left Pre goes into the instrument input on the AM4. VP4 Out Right Post goes into the insert return on the AM4. AM4 Insert Send goes to Input Right Post on the VP4. Resulting signal will be mono.
Use a special cable if you need signal at both outputs of the AM4, see this picture:

[[image:AM4+VP4+headphones.png|500px]]

Notes:
* Use MIDI Program Changes or "Scene Sync" to synchronize switching on both devices.
* You probably don't need to use the noise gate on the 2nd device. Instead of turning that off per preset, you can do it globally in Setup > Global Settings.

=Videos=

[https://www.youtube.com/@RoshRoslin/videos Rosh Roslin's AM4 tutorials]

More videos:

[[video:Cooper-AM4]]
[[video:Cooper-AM4-EJ]]
[[video:Cooper-ChorusDelay]]
[[video:Cooper-AM4-Petrucci]]

[[video:Brett-AM4]]

[[video:Leon-AM4]]
[[video:Leon-AM2]]
[[video:Leon-AM43]]
[[video:Leon-AM4-5]]
[[video:Leon-AM4-GigMode]]
[[video:Leon-AM46]]
[[video:Leon-AM4-DeepDive]]
[[video:Leon-AM4-Pedals]]
[[video:Leon-AM4-Fxcombinations]]

[[video:Cordy-AM4]]
[[video:Cordy-AM42]]
[[video:Cordy-AM43]]

[[video:FSM-AM4]]

[[video:Larry-AM4-1]]

[[video:AndyWood-AM4]]

[[video:AM4-Mag7]]

[[video:Ola-AM4]]

[[video:PassionForTone-AM4]]
[[video:PassionForTone-AM4-2]]

[[video:Jayguitar-AM4]]

[[video:TSR-AM4]]

[[VIDEO:ToneWars-AM4]]
[[video:ToneWars-AM42]]

[[video:AlessandroZilio-AM4]]

[[video:SonicDrive-AM4]]

[[category:AM4]]
[[category:Sounds]]
[[category:All]]

Editors

2026-03-22T17:16:09Z

Yek: /* Keyboard shortcuts */

__TOC__
=Software editors=

; Axe-Edit III, FM3-Edit, FM9-Edit

: Axe-Edit III, FM3-Edit and FM9-Edit are the software editors for Fractal Audio's Axe-Fx III, FM3 and FM9 guitar processors. You can download the latest versions from [https://www.fractalaudio.com/support Fractal Audio Support].

; VP4-Edit, AM4-Edit

: VP4-Edit and AM4-Edit are the editors for the VP4 and AM4. While they share many features with the other editors, there are also differences. Parts of the information supplied below may not apply to VP4-Edit and AM4-Edit.

System requirements:
* Mac OS 10.7 or newer (Intel or M1 processors)
* Windows 7 or newer (32-bit or 64-bit)
* On Windows computers, Fractal Audio's USB driver has to be installed first. It can be downloaded from the support link above
* If you get an error message about a missing <q>MSVCP140.dll</q> file install the [https://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=52685 MS Visual C++ Redistributable Update]
* Older versions of the editors can be downloaded from the [http://archive.axefx.fr unofficial archive]
* The Fractal-Bot utility is built into the editors, and is found under the Tools menu

[[image:editor.png|350px]]

=Install and connect=

==Release notes==

Release Notes are included with each installer download. '''Read them!''' They include information about new features, changes, and what you should be aware of before updating and using the new version. Release notes are also displayed after installation and can be found under <code>Help > View Release Notes</code>.

Click on the top-left program logo, or select <code>Help > About</code> to see the installed version.

[[image:releasenotes.png|400px]]

==Install==

The installer is packaged in a zipped file on Windows computers or .DMG file on macOS. Double-click, or select and open the file, and follow the on-screen instructions.

==Connect==

The software editors depend on USB 2.0 or greater to connect to the hardware. Operation without an USB connection to the guitar processor is NOT supported. This means that <q>offline</q> editing is not possible.

The connection uses the USB-B port on the hardware (VP4: USB-C). On the FM3, the USB-A port isn't used.

On Windows computers, Fractal Audio's USB driver has to be installed first, and can be downloaded from [https://www.fractalaudio.com/support/ Fractal Audio Support].

The editor relies on intensive two-way communication. The <code>Settings > Pause Communications</code> menu, or press the <kbd class="keycap">F8</kbd> key on your keyboard, puts communications on hold between the editor and modeler so you can test performance without glitches.

The editor can control multiple guitar processors of the same model. Select <code>Tools > Show Available Devices</code> to see which connected devices are detected and available. The dialog box provides Scan and Test options.

Tip: When using a USB-C to female USB-A adapter on a newer Apple computer, plug the USB-C adapter into a USB port on the Mac first, allow it several seconds to <q>wake up</q> and then connect the USB cable to the unit into the adapter.

==Startup processes==

===Refresh After New Firmware (<q>RANF</q>)===
When you first launch the editor, or for the first time after having updated your guitar processor’s firmware, the editor will likely need to refresh the information it stored locally about the device, the so-called <q>definitions</q>. The editor detects such changes and will start the refresh process automatically. The process may run for a while.

You can manually force the editor to re-read block definitions by selecting <code>Settings > Refresh After New Firmware</code> or <code>Settings > Preferences > Refresh</code>. Among forum members this isoften abbreviated to <q>RANF</q>.

[[image:RANF.png|250px|link=]]

===Automatic updates===
At startup, the editor checks automatically if an official update for the editor is available and if so, offers the option to download and install the update. This process can be disabled in <code>Settings > Preferences > Options</code>. You can also click <code>Help > Check for Updates</code>. Or download the latest version of the editor manually from [http://www.fractalaudio.com/support Support].

===Preset and cab names===
Also, at each startup the editor will fetch all Presets names and Cab names from the guitar processor. This ensures that the editor and the guitar processor are in sync. You can disable this in <code>Settings > Preferences > Options</code>.

When disabled, you can still refresh Preset and Cab names manually by pressing the Refresh icon [[Image:refresh_button.png|24x24px]] in <q>picker</q> windows (explained later).

==Troubleshooting connectivity==

Running Fractal-Bot and the software editor at the same time can cause conflicts. Try to avoid this.

The editor should generally detect your guitar processor and connect automatically. If a problem occurs, you will see a <q>Disconnected</q> indicator (above the program logo) or a <q>Communication failure unable to complete the communication request due to time-out</q> warning.

Some steps to resolve possible connection issues are:

* Try manually setting or re-setting the two ports under <code>Settings > Preferences > Ports</code>.
* Try another USB cable that you know is good. Cables from [https://btpa.com/Fractal-Audio/ BTPA.com] are often recommended in the forum for their reliability and quality.
* Ensure that the device is connected through USB.
* If your guitar processor has multiple USB ports, ensure that you’re using the USB Type-B port on the guitar processor.
* If using Windows verify that you’ve installed the drivers for your model. Verify the installed drivers in Windows’ Control Panel. macOS uses universal drivers so doesn't have a separate driver for the computer.
* The editor requires compatible firmware running on the Fractal Audio Systems guitar processor. The version of the installed firmware of the connected guitar processor is displayed in the top-left area of the editor window.
* Reboot! Shut down the editor, shut down your device, and shut down your computer. Re-start your computer, wait for it to finish booting then power on your device and re-start the editor.
* Ensure that your guitar processor is connected directly to your computer or a ''powered'' USB hub. Do not use a cable extender. A REAR panel USB port on the computer is sometimes preferable as front panel ports may utilize a passive/non-powered integrated USB hub. Also, try a different USB port or different USB cable.
* If using Windows, try right-clicking the editor’s shortcut icon and choosing <code>Run as Administrator</code>.
* Try the following steps to reset your port selections:
*# Power on your guitar processor
*# Launch the editor and go to <code>Settings > Preferences</code>
*# Set both ports to <samp><<none>></samp>
*# Close the Preferences dialog and quit the editor
*# Re-launch the editor
*# Open <code>Settings > Preferences</code> and select the appropriate ports. You should see a green <q>check</q> next to each port selection
*# Close the dialog. The editor should now communicate with the hardware
* Apple's Energy Saver options in some Macs can cause issues like dropped USB connections when the Mac hardware sleeps; You can set them in the System Preferences.
:[[Image:Macos_energy_saver_prefs.png|350px|Suggested macOS Energy Saver settings]]
* Google Chrome can cause issues with older editors.

AM4: turning on a Windows computer with the AM4 connected and powered, may cause a USB connection failure. Prevent this by turning on the AM4 after starting your PC. This will be addressed in a future update, according to Fractal Audio. [https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/bug-usb-is-not-getting-recognized-at-start.218667/#post-2753121]

If you are experiencing issues running the Axe-Fx III, Axe-Edit III and Apple Logic or Pro Tools read <q>[http://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/fixed-axe-fx-iii-and-logic-pro-midi.145242 Axe-Fx III and Logic Pro MIDI]</q> and <q>[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/solved-axe-edit-partially-freezes-shortly-after-opening-pro-tools.199422 Axe Edit partially freezes shortly after opening Pro Tools]</q>.

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>

<blockquote>
[http://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/so-frustrated-i-want-to-throw-the-ax8-in-the-trash.120124/page-3#post-1429463]
There is a known issue with Chrome seizing MIDI ports (both physical and virtual MIDI-over-USB ports) as part of some misguided MIDI over the internet idea. Since the AX-8 is USB 1.1 it only allows one connection so if Chrome grabs it then AX-8 Edit won't be able to use it. Unfortunately Google seems uninterested in fixing it.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[http://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/cant-connect-to-ax8-edit.124825/#post-1484972]
Chrome definitely can hijack the MIDI over USB port on the AX8. When that happens, it's not enough to just close the browser, you have to ensure that it is not running in the background. Fractal Audio has tested and confirmed this.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/usb-firmware-v-1-14-beta-public-beta.185232/post-2286384]
Anything that "grabs" the MIDI ports on the Axe-Fx will prevent Axe-Edit form working. This is a known issue with Logic and Pro Tools as they grab any detected MIDI ports by default. You need to go into SETUP for these products and disable the Axe-Fx MIDI ports in order for Axe-Edit to be able to use them.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/solved-logic-pro-crashing-with-axe-edit-running.190518/post-2365400]
There's a general setting in Logic that allows you to disable MIDI Inputs for external USB/Audio products that have editor software. Make this change and see if it helps.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

If you're running FM3-Edit on a Snapdragon-based computer (Windows on ARM), you may expericence difficulties. Read [https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/fm3-edit-not-connecting-to-new-snapdragon-based-pc.209488/#post-2717540 this forum message] for a solution.

=Editor preferences=

[[image:prefs.png|500px|link=]]

You can set personal preferences for the editor in <code>Settings > Preferences</code>, or press <kbd class="keycap">Command</kbd>+<kbd class="keycap">P</kbd> on macOS or <kbd class="keycap">Ctrl</kbd>+<kbd class="keycap">P</kbd> on Windows.

'''General menu'''

:; Ports : Shows the input and output ports used by the editor. The program automatically selects the USB ports of a connected guitar processor, so you should not need to manually select ports. Note that port names refer to MIDI even when connected via USB.

'''Controls menu'''
:; Knob Mode : Determines how knobs respond to mouse motion. Linear (default): the values of knob parameters increase as click and drag the mouse away from the center of the knob. Move up or to the right to increase, down or to the left to decrease. The fastest response occurs when you move in a <q>northeast</q> or <q>southwest</q> direction. Circular: the knob pointer follows your mouse pointer as you click and drag in a circular motion.
:; Mouse Wheel : Typically, you won’t need to change this setting, but if the action of your touchpad or the wheel of a connected mouse/trackball seems backwards, change this value to Reverse, or you can disable the wheel altogether.
:; Refresh Rate : Controls the display refresh rate of block parameters, meters and graphs. The default is <q>Fast</q>.

'''Workspace menu'''

:; Snapshots : Sets the location where Snapshot files are saved on disk.

:; Library : Sets the root of the Library where blocks and channels are stored on disk. The editor monitors the root folder and all subfolders for valid entries (blocks and channels) to build the library.

:; Preset Templates : Sets the location for loading and saving preset templates.

:; Global Settings : The editor stores its settings in this folder. It’s specific to the computer’s operating system and can’t be changed.

'''Refresh menu'''

:; Preset Names : Updates the editor with the names of all presets stored in the guitar processor.

:; Cab Names : Updates the editor with the names of all User Cabs stored in the guitar processor and and Scratchpad names.

:; Block Definitions : Updates the editor with information about all blocks (block definitions) and all factory cab names. Block definitions are refreshed automatically when you install a new firmware version on the hardware. This option is for troubleshooting only.

'''Options menu'''

:; Automatically check for a new version at startup : At startup, the editor checks automatically if an official update for the editor is available and if so, offers the option to download and install the update. This setting lets you disable this process.

:; Show tooltips when the mouse hovers over buttons : This controls the display of tooltips when hovering over screen elements.

:; Search returns matches from number and name fields in picker windows : Picker windows include a Search field which helps you filter the list to find a desired entry. You can search on item names or numbers. This behavior can be changed here.

:; Warn about making backups before Manage Presets or Cabs : By default, Manage Presets and Manage Cabs display a warning about making backups at startup. This setting lets you disable this.

:; Prompt on edited presets when changing or importing a preset from the editor : This setting enables or disables a safeguard against quitting or switching / importing presets without saving changes first.

:; Default to <All Banks> when launching the Cabinet Picker : This setting lets you choose your favorite startup option when launching the Cabinet Picker: display cabs from all Cab banks, or a single one.

:; Warn when editing the FC Master Layout Menu : The Master Layout Menu (MLM) is an important element of operating the foot switches on an FM3, FM9 or FC controller. This setting enables or disables a warning message when editing the MLM.

:; Default the Amp block to <q>Ideal</q> upon initial view : The Amplifier block can be displayed in Ideal or Authentic mode. In AUTHENTIC mode only the controls which are present on the modeled amp are displayed on the main page. In IDEAL mode all controls are displayed.

:; Refresh the Scratchpad names each time the CAB block is selected : When selecting a Cabinet block on the grid, the editor fetches the names of the Scratchpads from the guitar processor to ensure that the editor and the guitar processor are in sync. This setting allows you to disable this to speed operations.

:; Read the Preset names at startup : At startup, the editor fetches the names of all presets from the guitar processor to ensure that the editor and the guitar processor are in sync. This setting allows you to disable this to speed the launch process. When disabled, you can still refresh preset names manually by pressing the Refresh icon in the Preset Picker or the Manage Presets tool.

:; Read the User Cab names at startup : At startup, the editor fetches the names of all User Cabs from the guitar processor to ensure that the editor and the guitar processor are in sync. This setting allows you to disable this to speed the launch process. When disabled, you can still refresh the cab names manually by pressing the Refresh icon in the Cabinet Picker or the Manage Cabs tool.

'''Cabinet Import'''

:; IR Processing : The built-in (factory) cabs in the guitar processor are processed with proprietary minimum phase transformation (MPT) which guards against phase problems when you mix multiple cabs. This setting allows you to disable or enable MPT when importing external cabs (impulse responses), or when you prefer to use Auto Trim instead which removes superfluous silence from the start of the cab (without applying MPT).

:; IR Output : This setting determines the format of the user cab (impulse response) that’s created when importing an .ir or .wav file.

:; WAV Import : Determines which channels are imported when stereo .WAV files are added to the Manage browser menu.

Other personal preferences which affect the editor can be set in SETUP. For example, select Setup > Config to be able to assign a custom name to your connected guitar processor.

=User interface=

The various knobs, sliders, dropdowns and switches are used to control sound parameters in the guitar processor. Changes are heard in real time while you work. Note that stuttering or light clicking can occasionally be heard while you adjust certain parameters.

'''Knobs''':
* Click a knob and drag up/right to increase, or down/left to decrease. Fastest response is obtained with 45° northeast/southwest motion. Hold <kbd class="keycap">Command</kbd> on macOS or <kbd class="keycap">Ctrl</kbd> on Windows for finer mouse resolution.
* The default knob mode is LINEAR. You can momentarily invoke CIRCULAR knob mode by holding the <kbd class="keycap">Alt</kbd> key. You can also change the default knob mode under Settings > Preferences > General.
* Double-click the knob or its label to set a generic default value. Important: Generic knob values will not necessarily be the same as those obtained when you reset an entire block, change its type, etc.
* Scroll (mouse wheel, trackpad, etc.) over a knob to edit parameter values. Hold <kbd class="keycap">Command</kbd> on macOS or <kbd class="keycap">Ctrl</kbd> on Windows for fine resolution, giving each wheel click has the same precise action as a single <q>tick</q> of the VALUE wheel on the guitar processor. The <kbd class="keycap">UP</kbd> and <kbd class="keycap">DOWN</kbd> arrow keys are equivalent to using the mouse scroll wheel.

'''Faders''':
* Click and drag the fader handle. Double-click, wheel and arrow keys work the same as when operating a knob.

'''Switches''':
* Click the switch. Double-click the label to set it to a default value (see above). Some switches may disengage automatically.

'''Dropdown menus''':
* Click the text area of the dropdown to display a list of all options. Double-click the label to set a generic default. Click the <kbd class="keycap">UP</kbd> or <kbd class="keycap">DOWN</kbd> arrows to select the previous or next value.

''Tip: Turn any dropdown menu into a picker window (see below) by holding <kbd class="keycap">Shift</kbd> and clicking the dropdown control.'' [https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/fm3-firmware-version-8-00-beta-1.203657/post-2549603]

'''Picker windows''':
* This is a special selection window presented when a dropdown would be too small for the available options. Picker windows normally close once you click a selection. Tip: Turn any dropdown menu into a picker window (see below) by holding Shift and clicking the dropdown control.
* Use the <q>Pushpin</q> button in the upper right corner (shown at left) to keep the window pinned open. This allows you to audition multiple options before manually closing the window.
* Picker windows include a Search field which helps you filter the list to find a desired entry. You can search on item names or numbers, and number matching can be disabled in <code>Settings > Preferences > Options</code> as desired. You can also use <kbd class="keycap">ARROW KEYS</kbd> to navigate and the <kbd class="keycap">Enter</kbd> key to make selections in a picker window.
* The Cab Picker shows the names of UltraRes cabs in italics. Read more about UltraRes in the [[Owners_Manuals|Blocks Guide]].

=Keyboard shortcuts=

'''Presets''' 
Preset Manager = <kbd class="keycap">Command</kbd>/<kbd class="keycap">Control</kbd>+<kbd class="keycap">M</kbd> 
Preset Picker = <kbd class="keycap">P</kbd> 
Preset up/down = <kbd class="keycap">Command</kbd>/<kbd class="keycap">Control</kbd>+<kbd class="keycap">PgUp</kbd>/<kbd class="keycap">PgDn</kbd>. On a MacBook hold <kbd class="keycap">Fn</kbd> too. 
Refresh preset = <kbd class="keycap">F5</kbd> 
Save preset = <kbd class="keycap">Command</kbd>/<kbd class="keycap">Control</kbd>+<kbd class="keycap">S</kbd> 
Preset Leveling = <kbd class="keycap">Command</kbd>/<kbd class="keycap">Control</kbd>+<kbd class="keycap">L</kbd> 
Enter preset number = <kbd class="keycap">Command</kbd>/<kbd class="keycap">Control</kbd>+<kbd class="keycap">G</kbd> 
Save preset to new preset number = <kbd class="keycap">Shift</kbd>+<kbd class="keycap">Command</kbd>/<kbd class="keycap">Control</kbd>+<kbd class="keycap">S</kbd> 
Revert preset = <kbd class="keycap">Shift</kbd>+<kbd class="keycap">Command</kbd>/<kbd class="keycap">Control</kbd>+<kbd class="keycap">F12</kbd> 
Clear preset = <kbd class="keycap">Shift</kbd>+<kbd class="keycap">Command</kbd>/<kbd class="keycap">Control</kbd>+<kbd class="keycap">Backspace</kbd> 
Save snapshot = <kbd class="keycap">Shift</kbd>+<kbd class="keycap">Control</kbd> (<kbd class="keycap">Alt</kbd>)+<kbd class="keycap">Command</kbd>/<kbd class="keycap">Control</kbd>+<kbd class="keycap">S</kbd> 
Import preset = <kbd class="keycap">Shift</kbd>+<kbd class="keycap">Control</kbd> (<kbd class="keycap">Alt</kbd>)+<kbd class="keycap">Command</kbd>/<kbd class="keycap">Control</kbd>+<kbd class="keycap">I</kbd> 
Export preset = <kbd class="keycap">Shift</kbd>+<kbd class="keycap">Control</kbd> (<kbd class="keycap">Alt</kbd>)+<kbd class="keycap">Command</kbd>/<kbd class="keycap">Control</kbd>+<kbd class="keycap">X</kbd> 
Recent presets = <kbd class="keycap">Command</kbd>+click on Presets button.

'''Scenes''' 
Select a scene = <kbd class="keycap">Command</kbd>/<kbd class="keycap">Control</kbd>+<kbd class="keycap">1</kbd>/<kbd class="keycap">2</kbd>/<kbd class="keycap">3</kbd>/<kbd class="keycap">4</kbd>/<kbd class="keycap">5</kbd>/<kbd class="keycap">6</kbd>/<kbd class="keycap">7</kbd>/<kbd class="keycap">8</kbd>

'''Blocks''' 
Show Block Info = <kbd class="keycap">Alt</kbd> or <kbd class="keycap">F1</kbd> 
Show Quick Build panel = <kbd class="keycap">Q</kbd> 
Insert a shunt = <kbd class="keycap">Command</kbd>/<kbd class="keycap">Control</kbd>+<kbd class="keycap">U</kbd> 
Bypass or engage the selected block, or toggle X/Y (old editors) = <kbd class="keycap">Spacebar</kbd> 
Set state of block across all scenes to engage = <kbd class="keycap">Shift</kbd>+<kbd class="keycap">Spacebar</kbd> 
Set state of block across all scenes to bypass = <kbd class="keycap">Shift</kbd>+<kbd class="keycap">Command</kbd>/<kbd class="keycap">Control</kbd>+<kbd class="keycap">Spacebar</kbd> 
Disconnect all cables from selected block = <kbd class="keycap">Command</kbd>/<kbd class="keycap">Control</kbd>+<kbd class="keycap">D</kbd> 
Delete block = <kbd class="keycap">Backspace</kbd> 
Open the Edit field of the selected control = <kbd class="keycap">Enter</kbd> 
Display the menu associated with the <q>+</q> button on the selected dropdown control = <kbd class="keycap">+</kbd> 
Toggle the “Global” button for the selected control = <kbd class="keycap">G</kbd> 
Value up/down = <kbd class="keycap">cursor up</kbd>/<kbd class="keycap">down</kbd> 
Save block to Block Library = <kbd class="keycap">Command</kbd>/<kbd class="keycap">Control</kbd>+<kbd class="keycap">B</kbd> 

Fine Tune Parameter Value 
<kbd class="keycap">Command</kbd>/<kbd class="keycap">Control</kbd>+Mouse, Scroll Wheel or Up/Down arrows 

'''Channels''' 
Select channel (<kbd class="keycap">E</kbd> and <kbd class="keycap">F</kbd> apply to the MUX block only) = <kbd class="keycap">A</kbd>/<kbd class="keycap">B</kbd>/<kbd class="keycap">C</kbd>/<kbd class="keycap">D</kbd>/<kbd class="keycap">E</kbd>/<kbd class="keycap">F</kbd> 
Next channel = <kbd class="keycap">X</kbd> 
Reset channel = <kbd class="keycap">Command</kbd>/<kbd class="keycap">Control</kbd>+<kbd class="keycap">I</kbd>

'''Tuner''' 
<kbd class="keycap">Command</kbd>/<kbd class="keycap">Control</kbd>+<kbd class="keycap">T</kbd>

'''Devices''' 
Show devices = <kbd class="keycap">Command</kbd>/<kbd class="keycap">Control</kbd>+<kbd class="keycap">K</kbd>

'''Communications''' 
<kbd class="keycap">F8</kbd> = pause communications

'''Preferences''' 
<kbd class="keycap">Command</kbd>/<kbd class="keycap">Control</kbd>+<kbd class="keycap">P</kbd>

'''Undo, Redo''' 
Undo = <kbd class="keycap">Command</kbd>/<kbd class="keycap">Control</kbd>+<kbd class="keycap">Z</kbd> 
Redo = <kbd class="keycap">Command</kbd>/<kbd class="keycap">Control</kbd>+<kbd class="keycap">Y</kbd> 
Cut, copy, paste = <kbd class="keycap">Command</kbd>/<kbd class="keycap">Control</kbd>+<kbd class="keycap">X</kbd>/<kbd class="keycap">C</kbd>/<kbd class="keycap">V</kbd>

'''Preset Manager, Cab Manager''' 
Manage Presets = <kbd class="keycap">Command</kbd>/<kbd class="keycap">Control</kbd>+<kbd class="keycap">M</kbd> 
Manage Cabs = Shift+<kbd class="keycap">Command</kbd>/<kbd class="keycap">Control</kbd>+<kbd class="keycap">M</kbd> 
Search bar = <kbd class="keycap">F3</kbd>

'''Grid Navigation Mode''' 
<kbd class="keycap">Shift</kbd>+<kbd class="keycap">Command</kbd>/<kbd class="keycap">Control</kbd>+<kbd class="keycap">G</kbd> 

'''Window size''' 
Full screen = <kbd class="keycap">Shift</kbd>+<kbd class="keycap">Command</kbd>/<kbd class="keycap">Control</kbd>+<kbd class="keycap">W</kbd> 
Normal size = <kbd class="keycap">Shift</kbd>+<kbd class="keycap">W</kbd>

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>
<blockquote>
Undo works on most block edit action — in other words, when you are editing a block and you change a parameter. A few parameters don't support undo. It does not work on grid or other operations — in other words, when you change the layout grid, change a system setting, edit a footswitch, etc.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

=Main editor window=

The editor’s window can be scaled by dragging a border. Select <code>Settings > View</code> to snap the editor to Normal Size or Full Screen. Note that the editor has a fixed width/height ratio, so the editor may not fill your computer’s entire display in Full Screen mode.

==Top==
[[image:top.png|700px|link=]]

Many of the controls and commands described below have keyboard shortcuts:

; <code>Pause Communications</code> : See above.
; <code>Program logo</code> : Displays the version of the installed editor.
; <code>Name</code> : If you have given the guitar processor a custom name in <code>Setup > Config</code>, that name will appear in the upper left corner.
; <code>Scenes</code> : Press one of the numbered buttons at the top to select a Scene. Or select a Scene from a dropdown menu, or scroll through Scenes using the <code>+</code>/<code>-</code> buttons. The name of the scene is displayed next to the dropdown menu, where it can be renamed too.
; <code>Presets</code> : Select a Preset from a dropdown menu next to the preset name. Or scroll through Presets using the <code>+</code>/<code>-</code> buttons. The number and name of the preset are displayed next to the dropdown menu, where it can be renamed too.
; <code>Preset name</code> : Once a preset is loaded in the editor, its name is displayed and its contents are displayed on the grid — the structure where blocks are placed and interconnected. The current scene name is displayed too.
; <code>Snapshot</code> : Create a Snapshot, or use its dropdown menu to show the Snapshot folder contents, clear the list or load a Snapshot.
; <code>Save</code> : Save the preset. The yellow LED lights when changes to the preset have not yet been saved.
; <code>Setup</code> : Enter the menu to set global parameters for the guitar processor, including audio I/O, Global EQ, USB levels and more. Read [[Setup menu]] for additional information.
; <code>Tuner</code> : Displays the Tuner.
; <code>Tap</code> : Tap to set the Tempo.
; <code>BPM</code> : Shows the Tempo of the current preset in BPM (<q>Beats Per Minute</q>).
; <code>CPU</code> : Shows the current CPU usage as a number and meter. When the CPU usage exceeds a threshold, a red <q>Warning</q> message is displayed here.
; <code>Controllers</code> : Configure Internal Controllers, Scene controllers and Tempo settings. Set the state of Control Switches per scene. See where Modifiers are being used. Read more about these functions in the guitar processor’s Owner’s Manuals. Read <q>[[Modifiers and controllers]]</q> for more information.
; <code>Quick Build</code> : This lets you insert a block from a graphical interface.
; <code>Block Info</code>button : Changes the way blocks are displayed on the grid. By default, the full name and the block instance are shown. Pressing <code>Block Info</code> (or holding <kbd class="keycap">Alt</kbd>) will abbreviate the block name, show the active channel and show Global Blocks.
; <code>Scene Mgr</code> : Scene Manager lets you view and set the state of blocks across scenes, (re)name scenes, copy and swap scenes, etc.
; <code>Perform</code> : Configure the Performance pages, globally as well as per preset.
; <code>(i)</code> : Shows the currently being used Amp Type(s) and Amplifier block channel(s).
; <code>10</code> : Configures Preset and Scene names to mask characters that do not fit on the scribble strips of the foot switches.
; <code>FC Edit</code> : Configure the onboard switches of the FM3 and FM9, and the FC foot controllers.
; <code>FC Per-Prst</code> : Same as above, but this applies to the current preset only.
; <code>Sets/Songs</code> : Create songs and sets for use with an FC controller. Axe-Fx III only.

==Middle==

The lay-out grid, in the middle section, shows the layout of the preset blocks. Click any block on the grid to display its settings in the editor area below the grid.

[[image:middle.png|700px|link=]]

==Bottom==

The editor area (bottom) displays either the names of the scenes, or block parameters and controls.

If there's no block selected, or an empty block is selected, this area shows the names of all eight scenes. Click on a number to switch scenes. Double-click the scene name to rename the scene.

Note: this list disappears when a block is selected on the grid. Click on an empty spot on the grid to show the list again.

[[image:scenenames.png|700px|link=]]

Click on a effect block to display parameters and controls.

[[image:left.png|110px|link=]] [[image:block.png|700px|link=]]

The icon at the left shows the name of the currently viewed or edited block.

; <code>Channel</code> : This lets you select a channel of the currently selected block and lets you manage channels through its dropdown menu.
; <code>Type</code> : When supported by a block, this lets you select a specific type of the effect. This acts as a kind of super parameter, and changing it can cause other parameters to appear, disappear or change their values.
; <code>Library</code> : This menu lets you save blocks and channels to your personal library on disk, recall them at will, and provides other functions.
; <code>Global Block</code> : Link, load and unlink blocks as Global Blocks. This is only available in Axe-Edit.

=Working with blocks=

==Manage blocks==

'''Insert'''
* Right-click, or <kbd class="keycap">Control</kbd>+click on macOS, any grid slot to bring up the <code>Grid</code> menu. Choose a block and it will be placed on the grid. Blocks already on the grid are shown as disabled in this menu. You can also select <code>Insert</code> on the top-level Block menu or press <code>Quick Build</code>.
* A keyboard shortcut can be used to place <q>shunts</q>: <kbd class="keycap">Command</kbd>+<kbd class="keycap">U</kbd> on macOS or <kbd class="keycap">Ctrl</kbd>+<kbd class="keycap">U</kbd> on Windows.
* You can use the Grid menu to replace any block with another of a different type.

[[image:gridmenu.png|250px|link=]] [[image:blockmenu.png|175px|link=]]

'''Delete'''
* Select a block and press the <kbd class="keycap">DELETE</kbd> on Windows or <kbd class="keycap">BACKSPACE</kbd> on macOS key on your keyboard. Or select <code>Delete</code> in the top-level <code>Block</code> menu or by selecting <code>Grid menu > Edit</code>.

'''Bypass / Engage'''
* Double-click or select the block and press the <kbd class="keycap">SPACEBAR</kbd> key. You can also click <code>Bypass</code>/<code>Engage</code> in the top-level <code>Block</code> menu or the <code>Grid</code> menu.
* You can bypass or engage a block across ALL scenes at once, using a shortcut key listed near the end of this document.

'''Swap'''
* Drag and drop one block onto another (or on a shunt) to swap their grid positions. All connections to and from each block will be preserved when you perform a swap.
* Hold <kbd class="keycap">Command</kbd> on macOS or <kbd class="keycap">Ctrl</kbd> on Windows while dragging or dropping to force a block to replace instead of swap.

'''Move'''
* Drag a block to an empty grid space to move it.

'''Cut / Copy / Paste'''
* Select a block and press a keyboard shortcut. This also appears on the top-level <code>Block</code> menu or by selecting <code>Grid menu > Edit</code>. Respectively, for <q>cut</q>, <q>copy</q> and <q>paste</q>:
** on macOS these are:
*** <kbd class="keycap">Command</kbd>+<kbd class="keycap">X</kbd>
*** <kbd class="keycap">Command</kbd>+<kbd class="keycap">C</kbd>
*** <kbd class="keycap">Command</kbd>+<kbd class="keycap">V</kbd>
** on Windows these are:
*** <kbd class="keycap">Ctrl</kbd>+<kbd class="keycap">X</kbd>
*** <kbd class="keycap">Ctrl</kbd>+<kbd class="keycap">C</kbd>
*** <kbd class="keycap">Ctrl</kbd>+<kbd class="keycap">V</kbd>
* You can copy/paste blocks across presets.
* Copy a block, then select another block of the same type before pasting and all settings of the first block will be transferred to the second. For example, DELAY 1 and DELAY 2.

'''Reset'''
* Right-click a block and choose <code>Edit > Reset Channel</code> from the menu. Or select the block and press <kbd class="keycap">Command</kbd>+<kbd class="keycap">I</kbd> on macOS or <kbd class="keycap">Ctrl</kbd>+<kbd class="keycap">I</kbd> on Windows or choose <code>Block menu > Reset Channel</code>. This sets the parameters in the current channel to their default values.
* Resetting applies to the current channel only. To reset an entire block (all channels) the reset has to be executed per channel.

'''Disconnect'''
* Select a block and press <kbd class="keycap">Command</kbd>+<kbd class="keycap">D</kbd> on macOS or <kbd class="keycap">Ctrl</kbd>+<kbd class="keycap">D</kbd> on Windows to remove all connector cables from its input and output. Or select the equivalent command in the <code>Block</code> menu or <code>Grid menu > Edit</code>.
* You can also drag a block to any empty grid slot in another column with the same effect.

'''Library''': discussed later.

'''Select a Channel'''
* Select a block’s channel by pressing <kbd class="keycap">A</kbd>, <kbd class="keycap">B</kbd>, <kbd class="keycap">C</kbd> or <kbd class="keycap">D</kbd> on the keyboard, or <kbd class="keycap">X</kbd> for the next channel, or the bottom-left <code>Channels</code> dropdown menu, or in the top-level <code>Block</code> menu or in the <code>Grid</code> menu. The <code>Channels</code> dropdown menu also lets you copy and paste channels.

[[image:left.png|110px|link=]]

'''Move row or column'''
* Use the sliders at the bottom and left borders of the grid to move an entire row or column. Or select <code>Block menu > Move</code>.

'''Grid Navigation Mode'''
* When working with blocks on the grid, the editor will load and display settings from the hardware device. If displaying the settings of the block's parameters isn’t necessary, you can speed grid operations by enabling Grid Navigation Mode by pressing <kbd class="keycap">Command</kbd>+<kbd class="keycap">Shift</kbd>+<kbd class="keycap">G</kbd> on macOS or <kbd class="keycap">Ctrl</kbd>+<kbd class="keycap">Shift</kbd>+<kbd class="keycap">G</kbd> on Windows. A border will appear around the grid. To quit Grid Navigation Mode, press <kbd class="keycap">Escape</kbd> on your keyboard.

'''Quick Build'''
* Pressing <code>Quick Build</code>, or press the <kbd class="keycap">Q</kbd> key, lets you insert a block from a graphical list of blocks. See the example below.

[[image:quickbuild.png|700px|link=]]

==Connect blocks==

The editor makes it easy to add and remove block connections.

* When you select a block, notice that it displays Input and Output <q>jacks</q> — small circular objects labeled <q>I</q> and <q>O</q>. These are used to create or remove connections to/ from the selected block.
* When you click a jack, it becomes selected and all valid destination jacks are highlighted in green.
* Click the desired jack, and the connection appears.
* You can make connections in either direction, even spanning multiple columns as desired in a single click. Just as on the device itself, if you make a connection to the jack of an empty grid location, a shunt will be inserted automatically.
* Destination jacks shown with a red X indicate that an existing connection can be removed.
* Click the red <q>X</q> and a connection will be removed.

Tips:
* You can double-click any existing connection to remove it instantly.
* To connect across an entire row, connect the output of the first block to the input of the last block.

[[image:cables.png|100px|link=]]

==Edit blocks==

When a grid block is selected, its parameters are shown below the grid in the editor. The editor section will have a different number of <q>pages</q>, in vertical order.

With Grid Navigation Mode enabled (see above), the parameters of blocks will not be fetched and displayed to speed things, but you can still change the positions of blocks on the grid. Press <kbd class="keycap">Command</kbd>+<kbd class="keycap">Shift</kbd>+<kbd class="keycap">G</kbd> on macOS or <kbd class="keycap">Ctrl</kbd>+<kbd class="keycap">Shift</kbd>+<kbd class="keycap">G</kbd> on Windows to enable Grid Navigation Mode and <kbd class="keycap">Escape</kbd> to quit.

==Parameter Batch Set==

The editors provide a <q>hidden</q> Parameter Batch Set function. Right-click on a parameter while holding down <kbd class="keycap">Shift</kbd> to display a context menu, then select <code>Set In Multiple Presets</code>. Selecting a sub-menu item will display the Preset Picker from which you can select one (like the current one) or multiple presets to batch set the parameter value.

Note that the Batch Setter only saves the current parameter value and dismisses other edits which haven't been saved yet.

==Channels==

Channels give most block types four fully independent sets of parameter values that can be used to toggle sound changes at will. Read this: [[Channels]]

Click the <code>A B C D</code> control in the editor to select the desired channel. Remember that the active channel can be set differently for each SCENE within a preset.

Click on the dropdown menu for copy and paste options. You can copy/paste states between blocks of the same type, even across presets. The channel can also be toggled in the Grid menu and the top-level Block menu, and by simply pressing the <kbd class="keycap">A</kbd>, <kbd class="keycap">B</kbd>, <kbd class="keycap">C</kbd>, or <kbd class="keycap">D</kbd> key on your keyboard, or <kbd class="keycap">X</kbd> for next channel. You also reset a channel and set a block to a specific channel across all scenes in the <code>Block</code> menu.

Some of these actions can also be accomplished in the dedicated Scene Manager tool.

[[image:left.png|100px|link=]]

[[image:scenemgr.png|700px|link=]]

=Library=

==About the library==

The Library is one of the most powerful features of the editor. It allows you to create a library on disk containing your favorite settings. A block or channel saved in the Library includes all parameter settings for all four channels of the block or just a single channel plus modifier assignments.

To use the Library, you might dial in a Delay block and then save it as <q>My No.1 Delay</q>. Then, when working later in another preset, you could recall the saved block and all its settings with just a few clicks.

It's important to note that modifiers assigned in the block are only saved when the entire block is saved, ''NOT'' for an individual channel.

[[Image:block_library_save_options.png|400px]]

Also, it's important to note that when you recall a block or channel from the Library, it does ''NOT'' have a connection (no dynamic link) to the master copy on your computer, only the settings of the channel(s) are passed to the block.

Block and channel files are interchangeable between the editors for the various current generation amp modeling guitar processors, but not between the VP4 and the amp modelers. Parameters which are not supported by a specific guitar processor are ignored.

Note: This used to be called <q>Block Library</q>. These days it's just <code>Library</code> because the library can also contain stored single channels.

==Working with the library==

There are multiple ways to save blocks and channels to the Library. The easiest is perhaps the Library control which appears in the lower left corner of the editor whenever a block is selected. Click on the arrow and choose <code>Save</code>. Name the block or channel, choose between saving just the channel or the entire block, press <code>Save</code> and you will have created a new entry!

[[image:library.png|link=|150px]]

You can also press the keyboard shortcuts, <kbd class="keycap">Command</kbd>+<kbd class="keycap">B</kbd> on macOS, <kbd class="keycap">Ctrl</kbd>+<kbd class="keycap">B</kbd> on Windows, or select <code>Library</code> from the Block menu or the Grid menu.

Once you’ve recalled a block (see below) you can make and save changes, or use <code>Save As...</code> to create a totally new entry from the current settings. You can rename or delete an entry, or force the editor to re-read all data from disk.

Selecting <code>Preset > Save as Blocks in Library</code> lets you export all blocks for the current preset to the Library folder with a single command. The blocks are saved in a timestamped directory with the format <q><samp>YYYYMMDD-HHMMSS</samp></q>, i.e. <q>20210709-093339</q> for example, under which will be folders for each preset. You need to provide a name, unique within the category, whenever you save a new library entry.

Tip: When naming, keep in mind that the library is organized by type. For example, if you were saving Multidelay block settings as <q>Shimmer</q>, you could simply call it <q>Shimmer</q> instead of <q>Multidelay Shimmer</q>.

Blocks are saved as individual <samp>.blk</samp> files to your computer in: <samp>~/Documents/Fractal Audio/(name editor)/Blocks </samp>. You can change the location of this directory in <code>Settings > Preferences > Workspace</code>. You can rename a <samp>.blk</samp> file on disk, but this won’t change its name in the Library.

To recall an entry from the Library use the Library control, the <code>Block</code> or the <code>Grid</code> menus. You can also drag and drop a <samp>.blk</samp> file from your computer into the editor’s grid.

Library blocks are completely interchangeable with any numbered instance of the block. For example: You can save <q>FILTER 1</q> and recall it into any of the Filter blocks 1-4.

You can use your operating systems’ file management to manage items in your Library or share them with other owners. Entries are automatically organized in subfolders by type, for instance <q>AMP</q>, <q>CAB</q>, <q>DELAY</q> etc., but this is for only for your convenience as the editor will recognize all valid files found anywhere inside the Library folder.

==Controllers and modifiers==

Entire blocks saved into the library can modifier/controller settings. When importing the block, it includes all channels of the block.

Single channels saved into the library do NOT included modifier/controller settings.

==Share the library between editors==

The FM3, FM9 and Axe-Fx III can share libraries, the VP4 doesn't. Where minor technical inconsistencies exist between blocks, the editors do a good job of interpreting the settings across the devices.

To best take advantage of this, you need to configure each of your editors to point to shared folders for holding blocks and other things. You do this in <code>Settings > Preferences > Workspace</code>.

'''Export a block for sharing'''

Here are instructions for exporting a single block file for sharing:

# Select the block you want to save settings for in the grid area of the editor. With the block selected, in the lower left corner of the editor you will see the block library management area for the block. It has the header <code>Library</code> -- it should be quite obvious.
# Press the down arrow next to the <code>Library</code> header to bring up the library management menu. Select the <code>Save</code> option from the menu. You'll be presented with a dialog box. Name the block settings something descriptive. Whatever you enter here for the name of the block is what you'll see in the library selection dialog in the editor. You can also chose to save just the settings for a single channel (which can then later be loaded back into any channel on a block) or all the channels for the block. Once you've named your block and picked your save option, press the <code>Save</code> button. The block is now saved to disk.
# To find the file that was created, press the down arrow next to the <code>Library</code> header once again and select <code>Show Folder</code> from the menu. A system folder dialog will open to the exact location where the block files are being saved for this effect block type.

You can use whatever mechanism you like to share <samp>.blk</samp> files. For example, the forum allows you to drag these files into posts where it attaches them to the post for others to download.

'''Import a shared <samp>.blk</samp> file'''

You can bring <samp>.blk</samp> files shared by others into your editor so you can create instances of that block with shared, saved settings in your own presets. You'll need to know the path where your editor is looking for block settings and can find this using the <code>Preferences... > Workspace</code> menu on the editor. Download the <samp>.blk</samp> file to your computer. Using your computer's file browser, locate the downloaded <samp>.blk</samp> file on disk. Copy that file from the download location to the location where your editor is looking for block files.

You don't need to put the file in a subfolder, but it is advantageous if you have a lot of block files saved to organize things into subfolders. By default the editor will create a subfolder for each effect block type when saving settings, i.e., Chorus blocks will have their settings saved into a <code>Chorus</code> subfolder.

When the editor scans for block settings it scans the entire folder tree starting from the <code>Library</code> setting you tell it to look in. This lets you organize block files in any way that makes sense to you, with as much subfolder hierarchy as you like.

For example, forumite iaresee likes to create a subfolder named after the forumite who shared the block settings and then, under there, a folder named after the block. This lets him remember who created the settings in addition to what block the settings apply to (and conveniently, the block file names already include the date and time stamp by default in their file name).

Example:

<nowiki>
Editor/
blocks/
austinbuddy/
Flanger/
Deluxe Electric Mistress_20190513_231434.blk
fremen/
Amp/
fremen ultra-clean_20210501_231434.blk
Chorus/
Standard Chorii_20210616_204455.blk
</nowiki>

Note, after you've saved a block file to your folder you need to refresh the block settings in the editor. You can do this by selecting any block in the grid, pressing the down arrow next to the <code>Library</code> header, and selecting <code>Refresh Library</code> from the menu. The editor will rescan all the block settings for all the blocks found under the library path.

=Global blocks=

Axe-Edit III includes full support for [[Global blocks]], a feature found exclusively on the Axe-Fx. All operations are all supported through the control in the bottom-left corner of the editor.

Press <code>Block Info</code>, or hold <kbd class="keycap">Alt</kbd> on Windows or <kbd class="keycap">Option</kbd> on macOS, to see which blocks on the grid are Global blocks.

Select <code>Preset > Unlink All Links</code> from Global to unlink all Global blocks in the current preset, which is handy when sharing a preset or when creating backups.

For more information about Global blocks, see the [https://www.fractalaudio.com/axe-fx-iii-downloads Owner’s Manual].

[[image:globalblocks.png|200px|link=]]

=Working with scenes=

Scenes provide every preset with sets of saved settings for a limited set of parameters. See [[Scenes]] for more information.

; Select : To select a scene in the editor, simply press one of the Scene buttons at the top. You can also hold <kbd class="keycap">Command</kbd> on macOS or <kbd class="keycap">Ctrl</kbd> on Windows and press any scene’s number on your keyboard for direct selection, or click on Scene 1-8 below the grid, shown after loading a preset or when selecting an empty block on the grid.

[[image:scene3.png|200px|link=]] [[image:scene2.png|150px|link=]]

; Scenes dropdown menu : The Scenes dropdown menu provides handy options, such as copy/paste, swapping, engaging or bypassing all blocks. Note: The clipboard for scenes is cleared when you change presets or “revert” the current preset.

[[image:scene1.png|150px|link=]]

; Rename : To rename a scene, click and edit the scene name at the top, or double-click the scene name below the grid (displayed after loading a preset or when selecting an empty block on the grid).
; Scene Manager : Many of these actions can be also accomplished in the dedicated Scene Manager tool.

[[image:scenemgr.png|700px|link=]]

The Scene Revert setting in SETUP is ignored when switching scenes in the editor. So, if you change the bypass states of blocks and use the editor to switch to other scenes and then return to the earlier scene, those blocks’ bypass states will still be the same (not reverted to their initial stored states).

=Working with presets=

==Preset menu==

Commands in the Preset menu:

; Revert Preset : Discards all changes and reverts to the last saved version of the preset.
; Clear Preset : Removes all blocks and clears the preset name. A warning will be displayed first.
; Unlink All Blocks from Global : See the section about Global Blocks. A warning will be displayed first.
; Save Preset : Saves the preset, the same action as pressing the Save button.
; Save to New Preset Number : Saves the current preset to any memory location in the guitar processor.
; Save Snapshot : See the section about Snapshots.
; Save All Blocks in Library : See the section about the Library.
; Import Preset : See the section about importing presets.
; Export Preset : See the section about exporting presets.
; Export Preset+Cab Bundle : See above.
; New from Template : See the section about preset templates.
; Save as Template : See the section about preset templates.
; Recent Presets : Quickly recall one of the last 10 presets you were working on. For a shortcut on Mac computers, hold <kbd class="keycap">Command</kbd> and click on Presets.

The Tools menu also provides handy stuff: 
* Get information about MIDI SysEx files through Get Sysex File Information.
* Select <code>Tools > Export As Text</code> to generate handy lists (see picture).

[[image:exportmenu.png|300px|link=]]

==Load==

In addition to loading presets from the guitar processor itself, you can also import (load) individual presets from disk. This allows you to load files you’ve backed up, downloaded, or saved as Snapshots.

Choose <code>Preset > Import</code> to display a file browser dialog. Or press <kbd class="keycap">Control</kbd>+<kbd class="keycap">Shift</kbd>+<kbd class="keycap">Command</kbd>+<kbd class="keycap">I</kbd> on macOS or <kbd class="keycap">Ctrl</kbd>+<kbd class="keycap">Shift</kbd>+<kbd class="keycap">Alt</kbd>+<kbd class="keycap">I</kbd> on Windows. Navigate to a folder, select any valid preset SysEx (<samp>.syx</samp>) file for your guitar processor and open the file. The preset is instantly imported to both the guitar processor itself buffer and the editor, so you can audition and edit as desired. You can also drag and drop a preset file from your computer onto the preset area of the editor.

''NOTE: Imported presets are NOT stored in the guitar processor until you '''manually save''' the preset!''

You can also open a saved Bank file (<samp>.bnk</samp>) and import a single preset from that bank, which contains up to 127 presets. The process is the same.

Select <code>Preset > Recent Presets</code> to quickly return load one of the last 10 presets you’ve saved or loaded. On macOS computers hold <kbd class="keycap">Command</kbd> and click on <code>Presets</code> as a shortcut.

Tip: <q>Pin</q> the picker window and you can audition presets before importing one.

==Save==

As on the hardware, you will be notified of any unsaved changes to the preset by the yellow <code>Edited</code> LED in the Save button.

Click <code>Preset > Save Preset</code>, or press <kbd class="keycap">Command</kbd>+<kbd class="keycap">S</kbd> on macOS or <kbd class="keycap">Ctrl</kbd>+<kbd class="keycap">S</kbd> on Windows, to save the current preset to the current preset slot in the guitar processor.

Click <code>Preset > Save a Copy</code>, or press <kbd class="keycap">Command</kbd>+<kbd class="keycap">Shift</kbd>+<kbd class="keycap">S</kbd> on macOS or <kbd class="keycap">Ctrl</kbd>+<kbd class="keycap">Shift</kbd>+<kbd class="keycap">S</kbd> on Windows, to save the current preset to another memory location in the guitar processor.

As a safeguard, the editor displays a warning when quitting or when changing or importing a preset without saving the changes first. You can disable this in <code>Settings > Preferences > Options</code>.

You can specify in <code>Setup > Config</code> whether switching scenes should be marked as <q>Edited</q> or not.

==Export==

Exporting presets allows you to save backup copies on disk, share them with others, post them on our preset sharing site Axe-Change, etc.

To export the current preset as a SysEx (<samp>.syx</samp>) file on your computer, choose <code>Preset > Export</code>. Or press <kbd class="keycap">Control</kbd>+<kbd class="keycap">Shift</kbd>+<kbd class="keycap">Command</kbd>+<kbd class="keycap">X</kbd> on macOS or <kbd class="keycap">Ctrl</kbd>+<kbd class="keycap">Shift</kbd>+<kbd class="keycap">Alt</kbd>+<kbd class="keycap">X</kbd> on Windows. When the file browser dialog is shown, navigate to the desired location and save the preset.

Presets may include Global Blocks. Exporting a preset does NOT include the linked global data. To share the linked global data, you need to back up your System data with Fractal-Bot and include that data with the preset. Or you can unlink the Global Blocks in the preset through <code>Preset > Unlink All Links from Global</code> before exporting.

Exporting presets can also be accomplished in Manage Presets. When exporting from Manage Presets, the preset number will be added to the start of the filenames on disk and the preset title.

==Preset+Cab bundle==

A Preset+Cab bundle contains one preset plus any User Cab Impulse Responses (IRs) used by that preset. Bundles make it easier to share sounds and are easy to export and import.

See [[Presets#Preset-Cab_bundle|Preset-Cab Bundle]] for more information.

==New from template==

Like many other types of programs such as office, graphics, etc., the editor allows you to create new presets from a template. Choose <code>Preset > New from Template</code>. The <q>working copy</q> is not the original template. When you save, you’ll be storing a preset in the guitar processor while the template file on your computer will remain unmodified.

Templates are stored in a dedicated directory which defaults to <q><samp>~/Documents/Fractal Audio/(name editor)/Presets/Templates</samp></q>. You can change the location of the Templates directory in <code>Settings > Preferences > Workspace</code>.

Create new templates using <code>Preset > Save as Template</code>, or by copying exported or downloaded preset files to your Templates directory. Use the operating system’s file management to delete or rename templates, but remember that the file name is independent of the name stored in the template.

==Snapshots==

Snapshots provide a one-click “export to disk” functionality. This is especially handy for fast backups when editing presets.

When you press the Snapshot button (displayed below), or press <kbd class="keycap">Control</kbd>+<kbd class="keycap">Shift</kbd>+<kbd class="keycap">Command</kbd>+<kbd class="keycap">S</kbd> on macOS or <kbd class="keycap">Ctrl</kbd>+<kbd class="keycap">Shift</kbd>+<kbd class="keycap">Alt</kbd>+<kbd class="keycap">S</kbd> on Windows, a copy of your current preset (including unsaved changes) is saved as a preset <code>.syx</code> file to the Snapshots folder on your computer in the <code>~/Documents/Fractal Audio/(name editor)/Presets/Snapshots</code> folder. You can change the location of the Snapshots directory in <code>Settings > Preferences > Workspace</code>. An on-screen indicator confirms that the snapshot has been saved.

Previous snapshots can be reloaded using <code>Preset > Import</code> or by selecting the dropdown menu below the Snapshot button. Reloading a saved snapshot will overwrite the current version of the preset but won't automatically write the preset back to the modeler's Flash memory, which is accomplished using the <kbd class="keycap">Save</kbd> button in Edit. We can quickly bounce between saved revisions of the preset to compare changes we've made.

In addition, the dropdown menu will let you display the folder on the disk containing the snapshots or clear the current snapshots.

Presets may include Global Blocks. Pressing Snapshot will create a backup of the preset but the linked global data will not be saved with the snapshot.

[[image:snapshots.png|link=|100px]]

==Import presets from other devices==

See <q>[[Presets#Import_a_preset_from_another_devicePresets#Import_from_other_devices|Import from other devices]]</q> for more information.

==Level presets==

This tool in the <code>Tools</code> menu lets you monitor the level of the current preset, and provides parameters to adjust the level which is handy when matching preset levels. The tool can also be activated by pressing <kbd class="keycap">Command</kbd>+<kbd class="keycap">L</kbd> on macOS or <kbd class="keycap">Ctrl</kbd>+<kbd class="keycap">L</kbd> on Windows. The meters displayed are the same as the VU meters on the zoomed-out Layout Grid on the hardware itself.

Read more about leveling in:
* [[Owners Manuals]]
* [[Presets#Preset_level|Preset Level]]

[[image:leveling.png|300px|link=]]

==Filter by color==

The Preset picker and Cab picker windows let you assign a color to entries thus creating categories and marking personal favorites, for instance:

[[image:filtercolor.png|150px|link=]]

=Tools=

==Fractal-Bot==

Read this: [[Fractal-Bot]]. It's available as a standalone program, or as a built-in tool in the editor.

==Manage Presets==

[[image:managetool.png|link=|300px]]

The editor’s Manage Presets and Manage Cabs tools allow you to rearrange, delete, move, swap, duplicate, rename and more. Select <code>Tools > Manage Presets</code> or <code>Tools > Manage Cabs</code>, or press <kbd class="keycap">Command</kbd>+<kbd class="keycap">M</kbd> on macOS or <kbd class="keycap">Ctrl</kbd>+<kbd class="keycap">M</kbd> on Windows for <code>Manage Presets</code>, or <kbd class="keycap">Command</kbd>+<kbd class="keycap">Shift</kbd>+<kbd class="keycap">M</kbd> on macOS or <kbd class="keycap">Ctrl</kbd>+<kbd class="keycap">Shift</kbd>+<kbd class="keycap">M</kbd> on Windows for <code>Manage Cabs</code>. SAVE any unsaved changes first!

The interface should feel familiar as it is based on the <q>picker</q> view used to select presets, amps, tempos, etc. The tools can also be launched from within the Preset Picker and Cab Picker.

Note that these tools have two panes. If the left pane, the Browser, doesn’t appear, ensure that it is enabled in the Browser menu or click the button next to the menu, or use the key sequence <kbd class="keycap">Ctrl</kbd>+<kbd class="keycap">B</kbd> on Windows or <kbd class="keycap">Command</kbd>+<kbd class="keycap">B</kbd> on macOS. If it is enabled but still not clearly visible, look for the vertical divider and drag it to the right.

By default, Manage Presets and Manage Cabs display a warning about making backups at startup. This can be disabled in <code>Settings > Preferences > Options</code>.

Note: The Manage Cabs tool shows the names of UltraRes impulse responses, i.e. cabs, in italics. Read more about <q>UltraRes</q> in the Owner’s Manual.

; Refresh names : The Refresh button forces Manage Presets or Manage Cabs to fetch the names of all presets or user cabs from the guitar processor. This ensures that the data is synced.
; Select :
* To select or undo a single entry: Click any preset or cab.
* To select or undo a range: Click any preset or cab, hold <kbd class="keycap">Shift</kbd> and then click another preset or cab.
* To select or undo multiple individual presets or cabs in any location : Hold <kbd class="keycap">Command</kbd> on macOS or <kbd class="keycap">Ctrl</kbd> on Windows key and click multiple presets or cabs.
* To select ALL presets or cabs: Press <kbd class="keycap">Command</kbd>+<kbd class="keycap">A</kbd> on macOS or <kbd class="keycap">Ctrl</kbd>+<kbd class="keycap">A</kbd> on Windows.

; Browser menu : The Browser menu lets you configure the use of Manage Presets and Manage Cabs.
; Context menu : Right-click or Control-click on a Preset or Cab to select actions for the selected entry.

; Reset AMP blocks : This is a special command in the context menu. As of firmware 26.06, this resets all amp parameters in the Amp block(s) in the preset or presets, except the controls that are present on the original amp. So gain, tone controls, master, depth, presence, speaker parameters, output EQ, etc. are left unchanged. This single command makes it much easier to make sure that an amp model uses the latest parameters values (visible and hidden), but doesn't touch the specific settings that the user has dialed in.

; Drag and drop : Manage Presets and Manage Cabs support drag-and-drop operations. When you drag and drop one or more selected items, they will be swapped with those in the target location. If you hold <kbd class="keycap">Command</kbd> on macOS or <kbd class="keycap">Ctrl</kbd> on Windows, they will be moved, leaving one or more empty locations. If you hold the <kbd class="keycap">Shift</kbd> key, the selected items will be copied.

: You can also drag and drop presets or cabs from your computer into Manage Presets or Manage Cabs.

; Save changes : Manage Presets and Manage Cabs wait to apply changes until you press the Save button. This is both a safety mechanism and an efficiency feature. As unsaved changes are made, the affected entries turn red and are marked with a red dot. Press the Save button to commit changes permanently. Press the Close button to quit without saving. Saved changes turn green and the dot is removed.

==Manage Cabs==

Same as Manage Presets, but with cabinets.

==Performance pages==

The editor lets you customize the <q>Global Performance</q> and <q>Per-Preset Performance</q> pages to your personal preferences.

Read this: [[Axe-Fx_III,_FM9,_FM3#Performance_Pages|Performance Pages]]

[[image:performp.png|700px|link=]]

==IR Capture==

The Axe-Fx III lets you capture impulse responses. This can be done through the user interface on the guitar processor itself or through <code>Tools > IR Capture</code> in the editor.

Read [[IR Capture]] for more information.

[[image:IRcap.png|400px]]

==Axe-Change==

[http://axechange.fractalaudio.com Axe-Change] is the official preset and cab sharing resource for Fractal Audio Systems’ guitar processors. It’s accessible under the <code>Tools</code> menu where you can load presets and cabs directly from Axe-Change into the editor.

[[image:axechangewindow.png|link=http://axechange.fractalaudio.com|400px]]

=FC Edit: foot switches=

The FM3, FM9, VP4, and the FC-6 and FC-12 foot controllers let you control many of the features of the modelers using your feet.

Press <code>FC Edit</code> and <code>FC Per-Preset</code> in the editor for configuration options.

For more information see:
* [[FC-6 and FC-12 foot controllers]]
* [[Owners_Manuals|Fractal Audio Footswitch Functions Guide]]

[[image:FC Edit.png|500px|link=]]

==Main window==

'''LAYOUTS'''

At the top of the FC-Edit window you can select the layout. A layout is a set of switch assignments for the FM3, FM9 and/or FC-controller. 
''Always make sure you know which layout you are currently editing by checking the layout number or name!''

Many users combine FC controllers, or an FM3/FM9 with a FC controller, so FC-Edit lets you select the device to work with.

The Edit menu lets you import and export layouts. Use this for backup purposes.

'''SWITCHES and VIEW'''

Under Layouts, there's the Switches section with the View buttons.

A layout has twelve switches, corresponding with the number of switches on an FC-12. But, you have no direct access to twelve switches on an FM3, FM9 or FC-6, so, to access them, you can make of use of Views. These shift the range of accessible switches within a single layout. For example, Views on an FM3 let you access four sets of switches without having to switch layouts.

'''FUNCTIONS'''

This lets you assign functions to the switches, as described in the [[Owners_Manuals|Fractal Audio Footswitch Functions Guide]].

'''Buttons'''

In the top right corner there are three buttons, described below:

[[image:FC Edit buttons.png|200px|link=]]

==Devices button==

This shows the current switch layout and view, which layout and view should be loaded at startup and if a device is mirrored as a 1:1 copy.

[[image:FC Edit Devices.png|400px|link=]]

==CS MIDI button==

This lets you make use of the MIDI capabilities of [[Control Switch]].

[[image:FC Edit CS MIDI.png|400px|link=]]

==FC CONFIG button==

This lets you adjust the general settings of the foot switches.

[[image:FC Edit Config.png|400px|link=]]

==Layout links==

This instructs the switch to change to another layout after having pressed it.

(Note: Giving away a magic trick… Layout Links are how the OMG9 layout on the FM3 works.)

[[image:FC Edit Links.png|200px|link=]]

==Per-preset override==

The switches in layouts operate across all presets.

Per-Preset Override allows assigning actions to a switch that only applies to the current preset.

[[image:FC Edit Links.png|200px|link=]]

==Songs and setlists==

Current firmware for the processors and FC controllers let you create and manage songs and setlists. This can be done on the hardware or in the editor.

See these for more information:
* [[FC-6 and FC-12 foot controllers#Songs_and_setlists|Songs and Setlists]]
* [[Owners_Manuals|Footswitch Functions Guide]]
* [[Owners_Manuals|Setlists Songs Mini Manual]]

==Tips, tricks and troubleshooting==

* Go to <code>Settings > Preferences > Options</code> to enable or disable a warning when editing the FC controller’s Master Layout Menu.
* Press the <code>10</code> button to mask characters in Preset and Scene names that do not fit on the scribble strips of the foot switches.
* To avoid the display of the assigned <q>hold</q> function message when tapping a switch, select <q>Custom</q> for the label and leave the field blank.

=FAQ=

; The editor won’t change presets, or changes presets erratically. : Verify that Preset Mapping isn’t enabled on the guitar processor’s Setup > MIDI/Remote menu.
; The tuner won’t work. : Ensure that the tuner on the guitar processor is set to page 1 (tuner display).
; How do I back up or restore Preset Banks? : Use Fractal-Bot. Fractal-Bot is available as a standalone application or in the editor’s Tools menu.
; How do I update the firmware of my guitar processor? : Use Fractal-Bot to update the firmware. Fractal-Bot is available as a standalone application or in the editor’s Tools menu. When launched, Fractal-Bot checks for official updates and when available provides the option to download and install an update.
; Typing values doesn’t work for MIN and MAX fields on the modifier screen. : This is a limitation of how the editor works with the hardware. It only affects MIN and MAX on the modifier screen.
; When I double-click a parameter, it is set to a generic default value which may not be the same value as resetting a channel or the entire block. Why? : It is a limitation of the architecture at this time.
; Can I use the editor to create and edit presets, without being connected to the guitar processor? : The editor works in tandem with the hardware unit in a client-server type relationship, with the modeler acting as the host, almost like a mainframe, and the editor acting as the terminal. The editor requires the modeler to be connected for any operations.

:Offline editing is not supported and will NOT be added to future versions. The client-server relationship brings a host of benefits to the editor, most importantly, it can never corrupt a preset as only the hardware itself ever owns the data. This means you can program presets with the confidence that what you see and hear is what you'll save.

; I can't resize the editor’s window. How do I solve this? : Close the editor, delete its settings file, and restart the editor.
:The settings file is found in Windows at <q><samp>C:\Users\<user name>\AppData\Roaming\Fractal Audio\(editor name)</samp></q> and in macOS at <q><samp><user name>/Library/Application Support/Fractal Audio/(editor name)</samp></q>.

:Note: The settings file's path is system specific and can not be changed.

; Are iOS and Android versions of the editors available? : So far, no such versions of the editor have been released.
; My computer doesn’t have a touchscreen. How can I still use the editor with a touchscreen? : Connect a tablet to your computer and use the operating system’s built-in support for displaying a second screen or a third-party solution.

=Tablets and smartphones=

Currently there are no official editors available for iOS or Android tablets and smartphones.

Alternative options:

* Extend the computer screen to a separate tablet, either wired or wireless, using tools built in the OS, or a software utility such as [http://itunes.apple.com/nl/app/duet-display/id935754064?mt=8 Duet Display (Mac/iOS)], or a combined hardware and software solution such as [https://lunadisplay.com/ Luna Display]. This lets you move the editor screen to the tablet and use its touchscreen for editing.

* Run [[Third-party_software|FracPad and FracTool|FracPad]], forum member AlGrenadine's mobile app for Fractal Audio processors. It runs on Android and iOS devices. It's not officially supported by Fractal Audio.

* Use a wireless MIDI connection with a Macs or Window PCs, with the computer acting as the interface between the app on the tablet or phone and the Fractal Audio device. See <q>[http://coffeeshopped.com/2015/05/using-wireless-midi-to-connect-your-ipad-or-iphone-to-your-computer-and-hardware-synths Using Wireless MIDI to Connect Your iPad or iPhone to Your Computer and Hardware Synths]</q> for more information.

[[image:ipad.jpg|link=|200px]] [[image:FracPad.jpg|link=https://wiki.fractalaudio.com/wiki/index.php?title=FracPad|200px]]

=FracTool=

Forum member AlGrenadine's [[Third-party_software#FracPad_III|Fracpad]] utility, for Windows and Mac, offers functionality not provided by the official editors.

=Videos=

[[video:Leon-Library]]
[[video:Matt-Library]]
[[video:FAS-SeriesParallel]]

[[category:Axe-Fx2]]
[[category:Axe-Fx3]]
[[category:FM3]]
[[category:FM9]]
[[category:VP4]]
[[category:AM4]]
[[category:AX8]]
[[category:FX8]]
[[category:All]]

Editors

2026-03-22T17:09:12Z

Yek: /* Keyboard shortcuts */

__TOC__
=Software editors=

; Axe-Edit III, FM3-Edit, FM9-Edit

: Axe-Edit III, FM3-Edit and FM9-Edit are the software editors for Fractal Audio's Axe-Fx III, FM3 and FM9 guitar processors. You can download the latest versions from [https://www.fractalaudio.com/support Fractal Audio Support].

; VP4-Edit, AM4-Edit

: VP4-Edit and AM4-Edit are the editors for the VP4 and AM4. While they share many features with the other editors, there are also differences. Parts of the information supplied below may not apply to VP4-Edit and AM4-Edit.

System requirements:
* Mac OS 10.7 or newer (Intel or M1 processors)
* Windows 7 or newer (32-bit or 64-bit)
* On Windows computers, Fractal Audio's USB driver has to be installed first. It can be downloaded from the support link above
* If you get an error message about a missing <q>MSVCP140.dll</q> file install the [https://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=52685 MS Visual C++ Redistributable Update]
* Older versions of the editors can be downloaded from the [http://archive.axefx.fr unofficial archive]
* The Fractal-Bot utility is built into the editors, and is found under the Tools menu

[[image:editor.png|350px]]

=Install and connect=

==Release notes==

Release Notes are included with each installer download. '''Read them!''' They include information about new features, changes, and what you should be aware of before updating and using the new version. Release notes are also displayed after installation and can be found under <code>Help > View Release Notes</code>.

Click on the top-left program logo, or select <code>Help > About</code> to see the installed version.

[[image:releasenotes.png|400px]]

==Install==

The installer is packaged in a zipped file on Windows computers or .DMG file on macOS. Double-click, or select and open the file, and follow the on-screen instructions.

==Connect==

The software editors depend on USB 2.0 or greater to connect to the hardware. Operation without an USB connection to the guitar processor is NOT supported. This means that <q>offline</q> editing is not possible.

The connection uses the USB-B port on the hardware (VP4: USB-C). On the FM3, the USB-A port isn't used.

On Windows computers, Fractal Audio's USB driver has to be installed first, and can be downloaded from [https://www.fractalaudio.com/support/ Fractal Audio Support].

The editor relies on intensive two-way communication. The <code>Settings > Pause Communications</code> menu, or press the <kbd class="keycap">F8</kbd> key on your keyboard, puts communications on hold between the editor and modeler so you can test performance without glitches.

The editor can control multiple guitar processors of the same model. Select <code>Tools > Show Available Devices</code> to see which connected devices are detected and available. The dialog box provides Scan and Test options.

Tip: When using a USB-C to female USB-A adapter on a newer Apple computer, plug the USB-C adapter into a USB port on the Mac first, allow it several seconds to <q>wake up</q> and then connect the USB cable to the unit into the adapter.

==Startup processes==

===Refresh After New Firmware (<q>RANF</q>)===
When you first launch the editor, or for the first time after having updated your guitar processor’s firmware, the editor will likely need to refresh the information it stored locally about the device, the so-called <q>definitions</q>. The editor detects such changes and will start the refresh process automatically. The process may run for a while.

You can manually force the editor to re-read block definitions by selecting <code>Settings > Refresh After New Firmware</code> or <code>Settings > Preferences > Refresh</code>. Among forum members this isoften abbreviated to <q>RANF</q>.

[[image:RANF.png|250px|link=]]

===Automatic updates===
At startup, the editor checks automatically if an official update for the editor is available and if so, offers the option to download and install the update. This process can be disabled in <code>Settings > Preferences > Options</code>. You can also click <code>Help > Check for Updates</code>. Or download the latest version of the editor manually from [http://www.fractalaudio.com/support Support].

===Preset and cab names===
Also, at each startup the editor will fetch all Presets names and Cab names from the guitar processor. This ensures that the editor and the guitar processor are in sync. You can disable this in <code>Settings > Preferences > Options</code>.

When disabled, you can still refresh Preset and Cab names manually by pressing the Refresh icon [[Image:refresh_button.png|24x24px]] in <q>picker</q> windows (explained later).

==Troubleshooting connectivity==

Running Fractal-Bot and the software editor at the same time can cause conflicts. Try to avoid this.

The editor should generally detect your guitar processor and connect automatically. If a problem occurs, you will see a <q>Disconnected</q> indicator (above the program logo) or a <q>Communication failure unable to complete the communication request due to time-out</q> warning.

Some steps to resolve possible connection issues are:

* Try manually setting or re-setting the two ports under <code>Settings > Preferences > Ports</code>.
* Try another USB cable that you know is good. Cables from [https://btpa.com/Fractal-Audio/ BTPA.com] are often recommended in the forum for their reliability and quality.
* Ensure that the device is connected through USB.
* If your guitar processor has multiple USB ports, ensure that you’re using the USB Type-B port on the guitar processor.
* If using Windows verify that you’ve installed the drivers for your model. Verify the installed drivers in Windows’ Control Panel. macOS uses universal drivers so doesn't have a separate driver for the computer.
* The editor requires compatible firmware running on the Fractal Audio Systems guitar processor. The version of the installed firmware of the connected guitar processor is displayed in the top-left area of the editor window.
* Reboot! Shut down the editor, shut down your device, and shut down your computer. Re-start your computer, wait for it to finish booting then power on your device and re-start the editor.
* Ensure that your guitar processor is connected directly to your computer or a ''powered'' USB hub. Do not use a cable extender. A REAR panel USB port on the computer is sometimes preferable as front panel ports may utilize a passive/non-powered integrated USB hub. Also, try a different USB port or different USB cable.
* If using Windows, try right-clicking the editor’s shortcut icon and choosing <code>Run as Administrator</code>.
* Try the following steps to reset your port selections:
*# Power on your guitar processor
*# Launch the editor and go to <code>Settings > Preferences</code>
*# Set both ports to <samp><<none>></samp>
*# Close the Preferences dialog and quit the editor
*# Re-launch the editor
*# Open <code>Settings > Preferences</code> and select the appropriate ports. You should see a green <q>check</q> next to each port selection
*# Close the dialog. The editor should now communicate with the hardware
* Apple's Energy Saver options in some Macs can cause issues like dropped USB connections when the Mac hardware sleeps; You can set them in the System Preferences.
:[[Image:Macos_energy_saver_prefs.png|350px|Suggested macOS Energy Saver settings]]
* Google Chrome can cause issues with older editors.

AM4: turning on a Windows computer with the AM4 connected and powered, may cause a USB connection failure. Prevent this by turning on the AM4 after starting your PC. This will be addressed in a future update, according to Fractal Audio. [https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/bug-usb-is-not-getting-recognized-at-start.218667/#post-2753121]

If you are experiencing issues running the Axe-Fx III, Axe-Edit III and Apple Logic or Pro Tools read <q>[http://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/fixed-axe-fx-iii-and-logic-pro-midi.145242 Axe-Fx III and Logic Pro MIDI]</q> and <q>[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/solved-axe-edit-partially-freezes-shortly-after-opening-pro-tools.199422 Axe Edit partially freezes shortly after opening Pro Tools]</q>.

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>

<blockquote>
[http://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/so-frustrated-i-want-to-throw-the-ax8-in-the-trash.120124/page-3#post-1429463]
There is a known issue with Chrome seizing MIDI ports (both physical and virtual MIDI-over-USB ports) as part of some misguided MIDI over the internet idea. Since the AX-8 is USB 1.1 it only allows one connection so if Chrome grabs it then AX-8 Edit won't be able to use it. Unfortunately Google seems uninterested in fixing it.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[http://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/cant-connect-to-ax8-edit.124825/#post-1484972]
Chrome definitely can hijack the MIDI over USB port on the AX8. When that happens, it's not enough to just close the browser, you have to ensure that it is not running in the background. Fractal Audio has tested and confirmed this.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/usb-firmware-v-1-14-beta-public-beta.185232/post-2286384]
Anything that "grabs" the MIDI ports on the Axe-Fx will prevent Axe-Edit form working. This is a known issue with Logic and Pro Tools as they grab any detected MIDI ports by default. You need to go into SETUP for these products and disable the Axe-Fx MIDI ports in order for Axe-Edit to be able to use them.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/solved-logic-pro-crashing-with-axe-edit-running.190518/post-2365400]
There's a general setting in Logic that allows you to disable MIDI Inputs for external USB/Audio products that have editor software. Make this change and see if it helps.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

If you're running FM3-Edit on a Snapdragon-based computer (Windows on ARM), you may expericence difficulties. Read [https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/fm3-edit-not-connecting-to-new-snapdragon-based-pc.209488/#post-2717540 this forum message] for a solution.

=Editor preferences=

[[image:prefs.png|500px|link=]]

You can set personal preferences for the editor in <code>Settings > Preferences</code>, or press <kbd class="keycap">Command</kbd>+<kbd class="keycap">P</kbd> on macOS or <kbd class="keycap">Ctrl</kbd>+<kbd class="keycap">P</kbd> on Windows.

'''General menu'''

:; Ports : Shows the input and output ports used by the editor. The program automatically selects the USB ports of a connected guitar processor, so you should not need to manually select ports. Note that port names refer to MIDI even when connected via USB.

'''Controls menu'''
:; Knob Mode : Determines how knobs respond to mouse motion. Linear (default): the values of knob parameters increase as click and drag the mouse away from the center of the knob. Move up or to the right to increase, down or to the left to decrease. The fastest response occurs when you move in a <q>northeast</q> or <q>southwest</q> direction. Circular: the knob pointer follows your mouse pointer as you click and drag in a circular motion.
:; Mouse Wheel : Typically, you won’t need to change this setting, but if the action of your touchpad or the wheel of a connected mouse/trackball seems backwards, change this value to Reverse, or you can disable the wheel altogether.
:; Refresh Rate : Controls the display refresh rate of block parameters, meters and graphs. The default is <q>Fast</q>.

'''Workspace menu'''

:; Snapshots : Sets the location where Snapshot files are saved on disk.

:; Library : Sets the root of the Library where blocks and channels are stored on disk. The editor monitors the root folder and all subfolders for valid entries (blocks and channels) to build the library.

:; Preset Templates : Sets the location for loading and saving preset templates.

:; Global Settings : The editor stores its settings in this folder. It’s specific to the computer’s operating system and can’t be changed.

'''Refresh menu'''

:; Preset Names : Updates the editor with the names of all presets stored in the guitar processor.

:; Cab Names : Updates the editor with the names of all User Cabs stored in the guitar processor and and Scratchpad names.

:; Block Definitions : Updates the editor with information about all blocks (block definitions) and all factory cab names. Block definitions are refreshed automatically when you install a new firmware version on the hardware. This option is for troubleshooting only.

'''Options menu'''

:; Automatically check for a new version at startup : At startup, the editor checks automatically if an official update for the editor is available and if so, offers the option to download and install the update. This setting lets you disable this process.

:; Show tooltips when the mouse hovers over buttons : This controls the display of tooltips when hovering over screen elements.

:; Search returns matches from number and name fields in picker windows : Picker windows include a Search field which helps you filter the list to find a desired entry. You can search on item names or numbers. This behavior can be changed here.

:; Warn about making backups before Manage Presets or Cabs : By default, Manage Presets and Manage Cabs display a warning about making backups at startup. This setting lets you disable this.

:; Prompt on edited presets when changing or importing a preset from the editor : This setting enables or disables a safeguard against quitting or switching / importing presets without saving changes first.

:; Default to <All Banks> when launching the Cabinet Picker : This setting lets you choose your favorite startup option when launching the Cabinet Picker: display cabs from all Cab banks, or a single one.

:; Warn when editing the FC Master Layout Menu : The Master Layout Menu (MLM) is an important element of operating the foot switches on an FM3, FM9 or FC controller. This setting enables or disables a warning message when editing the MLM.

:; Default the Amp block to <q>Ideal</q> upon initial view : The Amplifier block can be displayed in Ideal or Authentic mode. In AUTHENTIC mode only the controls which are present on the modeled amp are displayed on the main page. In IDEAL mode all controls are displayed.

:; Refresh the Scratchpad names each time the CAB block is selected : When selecting a Cabinet block on the grid, the editor fetches the names of the Scratchpads from the guitar processor to ensure that the editor and the guitar processor are in sync. This setting allows you to disable this to speed operations.

:; Read the Preset names at startup : At startup, the editor fetches the names of all presets from the guitar processor to ensure that the editor and the guitar processor are in sync. This setting allows you to disable this to speed the launch process. When disabled, you can still refresh preset names manually by pressing the Refresh icon in the Preset Picker or the Manage Presets tool.

:; Read the User Cab names at startup : At startup, the editor fetches the names of all User Cabs from the guitar processor to ensure that the editor and the guitar processor are in sync. This setting allows you to disable this to speed the launch process. When disabled, you can still refresh the cab names manually by pressing the Refresh icon in the Cabinet Picker or the Manage Cabs tool.

'''Cabinet Import'''

:; IR Processing : The built-in (factory) cabs in the guitar processor are processed with proprietary minimum phase transformation (MPT) which guards against phase problems when you mix multiple cabs. This setting allows you to disable or enable MPT when importing external cabs (impulse responses), or when you prefer to use Auto Trim instead which removes superfluous silence from the start of the cab (without applying MPT).

:; IR Output : This setting determines the format of the user cab (impulse response) that’s created when importing an .ir or .wav file.

:; WAV Import : Determines which channels are imported when stereo .WAV files are added to the Manage browser menu.

Other personal preferences which affect the editor can be set in SETUP. For example, select Setup > Config to be able to assign a custom name to your connected guitar processor.

=User interface=

The various knobs, sliders, dropdowns and switches are used to control sound parameters in the guitar processor. Changes are heard in real time while you work. Note that stuttering or light clicking can occasionally be heard while you adjust certain parameters.

'''Knobs''':
* Click a knob and drag up/right to increase, or down/left to decrease. Fastest response is obtained with 45° northeast/southwest motion. Hold <kbd class="keycap">Command</kbd> on macOS or <kbd class="keycap">Ctrl</kbd> on Windows for finer mouse resolution.
* The default knob mode is LINEAR. You can momentarily invoke CIRCULAR knob mode by holding the <kbd class="keycap">Alt</kbd> key. You can also change the default knob mode under Settings > Preferences > General.
* Double-click the knob or its label to set a generic default value. Important: Generic knob values will not necessarily be the same as those obtained when you reset an entire block, change its type, etc.
* Scroll (mouse wheel, trackpad, etc.) over a knob to edit parameter values. Hold <kbd class="keycap">Command</kbd> on macOS or <kbd class="keycap">Ctrl</kbd> on Windows for fine resolution, giving each wheel click has the same precise action as a single <q>tick</q> of the VALUE wheel on the guitar processor. The <kbd class="keycap">UP</kbd> and <kbd class="keycap">DOWN</kbd> arrow keys are equivalent to using the mouse scroll wheel.

'''Faders''':
* Click and drag the fader handle. Double-click, wheel and arrow keys work the same as when operating a knob.

'''Switches''':
* Click the switch. Double-click the label to set it to a default value (see above). Some switches may disengage automatically.

'''Dropdown menus''':
* Click the text area of the dropdown to display a list of all options. Double-click the label to set a generic default. Click the <kbd class="keycap">UP</kbd> or <kbd class="keycap">DOWN</kbd> arrows to select the previous or next value.

''Tip: Turn any dropdown menu into a picker window (see below) by holding <kbd class="keycap">Shift</kbd> and clicking the dropdown control.'' [https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/fm3-firmware-version-8-00-beta-1.203657/post-2549603]

'''Picker windows''':
* This is a special selection window presented when a dropdown would be too small for the available options. Picker windows normally close once you click a selection. Tip: Turn any dropdown menu into a picker window (see below) by holding Shift and clicking the dropdown control.
* Use the <q>Pushpin</q> button in the upper right corner (shown at left) to keep the window pinned open. This allows you to audition multiple options before manually closing the window.
* Picker windows include a Search field which helps you filter the list to find a desired entry. You can search on item names or numbers, and number matching can be disabled in <code>Settings > Preferences > Options</code> as desired. You can also use <kbd class="keycap">ARROW KEYS</kbd> to navigate and the <kbd class="keycap">Enter</kbd> key to make selections in a picker window.
* The Cab Picker shows the names of UltraRes cabs in italics. Read more about UltraRes in the [[Owners_Manuals|Blocks Guide]].

=Keyboard shortcuts=

'''Presets''' 
Preset Manager = <kbd class="keycap">Command</kbd>/<kbd class="keycap">Control</kbd>+<kbd class="keycap">M</kbd> 
Preset Picker = <kbd class="keycap">P</kbd> 
Preset up/down = <kbd class="keycap">Command</kbd>/<kbd class="keycap">Control</kbd>+<kbd class="keycap">PgUp</kbd>/<kbd class="keycap">PgDn</kbd>. On a MacBook hold <kbd class="keycap">Fn</kbd> too. 
Refresh preset = <kbd class="keycap">F5</kbd> 
Save preset = <kbd class="keycap">Command</kbd>/<kbd class="keycap">Control</kbd>+<kbd class="keycap">S</kbd> 
Enter preset number = <kbd class="keycap">Command</kbd>/<kbd class="keycap">Control</kbd>+<kbd class="keycap">G</kbd> 
Save preset to new preset number = <kbd class="keycap">Shift</kbd>+<kbd class="keycap">Command</kbd>/<kbd class="keycap">Control</kbd>+<kbd class="keycap">S</kbd> 
Revert preset = <kbd class="keycap">Shift</kbd>+<kbd class="keycap">Command</kbd>/<kbd class="keycap">Control</kbd>+<kbd class="keycap">F12</kbd> 
Clear preset = <kbd class="keycap">Shift</kbd>+<kbd class="keycap">Command</kbd>/<kbd class="keycap">Control</kbd>+<kbd class="keycap">Backspace</kbd> 
Save snapshot = <kbd class="keycap">Shift</kbd>+<kbd class="keycap">Control</kbd> (<kbd class="keycap">Alt</kbd>)+<kbd class="keycap">Command</kbd>/<kbd class="keycap">Control</kbd>+<kbd class="keycap">S</kbd> 
Import preset = <kbd class="keycap">Shift</kbd>+<kbd class="keycap">Control</kbd> (<kbd class="keycap">Alt</kbd>)+<kbd class="keycap">Command</kbd>/<kbd class="keycap">Control</kbd>+<kbd class="keycap">I</kbd> 
Export preset = <kbd class="keycap">Shift</kbd>+<kbd class="keycap">Control</kbd> (<kbd class="keycap">Alt</kbd>)+<kbd class="keycap">Command</kbd>/<kbd class="keycap">Control</kbd>+<kbd class="keycap">X</kbd> 
Recent presets = <kbd class="keycap">Command</kbd>+click on Presets button.

'''Scenes''' 
Select a scene = <kbd class="keycap">Command</kbd>/<kbd class="keycap">Control</kbd>+<kbd class="keycap">1</kbd>/<kbd class="keycap">2</kbd>/<kbd class="keycap">3</kbd>/<kbd class="keycap">4</kbd>/<kbd class="keycap">5</kbd>/<kbd class="keycap">6</kbd>/<kbd class="keycap">7</kbd>/<kbd class="keycap">8</kbd>

'''Blocks''' 
Show Block Info = <kbd class="keycap">Alt</kbd> or <kbd class="keycap">F1</kbd> 
Show Quick Build panel = <kbd class="keycap">Q</kbd> 
Insert a shunt = <kbd class="keycap">Command</kbd>/<kbd class="keycap">Control</kbd>+<kbd class="keycap">U</kbd> 
Bypass or engage the selected block, or toggle X/Y (old editors) = <kbd class="keycap">Spacebar</kbd> 
Set state of block across all scenes to engage = <kbd class="keycap">Shift</kbd>+<kbd class="keycap">Spacebar</kbd> 
Set state of block across all scenes to bypass = <kbd class="keycap">Shift</kbd>+<kbd class="keycap">Command</kbd>/<kbd class="keycap">Control</kbd>+<kbd class="keycap">Spacebar</kbd> 
Disconnect all cables from selected block = <kbd class="keycap">Command</kbd>/<kbd class="keycap">Control</kbd>+<kbd class="keycap">D</kbd> 
Delete block = <kbd class="keycap">Backspace</kbd> 
Open the Edit field of the selected control = <kbd class="keycap">Enter</kbd> 
Display the menu associated with the <q>+</q> button on the selected dropdown control = <kbd class="keycap">+</kbd> 
Toggle the “Global” button for the selected control = <kbd class="keycap">G</kbd> 
Value up/down = <kbd class="keycap">cursor up</kbd>/<kbd class="keycap">down</kbd> 
Save block to Block Library = <kbd class="keycap">Command</kbd>/<kbd class="keycap">Control</kbd>+<kbd class="keycap">B</kbd> 

Fine Tune Parameter Value 
<kbd class="keycap">Command</kbd>/<kbd class="keycap">Control</kbd>+Mouse, Scroll Wheel or Up/Down arrows 

'''Channels''' 
Select channel (<kbd class="keycap">E</kbd> and <kbd class="keycap">F</kbd> apply to the MUX block only) = <kbd class="keycap">A</kbd>/<kbd class="keycap">B</kbd>/<kbd class="keycap">C</kbd>/<kbd class="keycap">D</kbd>/<kbd class="keycap">E</kbd>/<kbd class="keycap">F</kbd> 
Next channel = <kbd class="keycap">X</kbd> 
Reset channel = <kbd class="keycap">Command</kbd>/<kbd class="keycap">Control</kbd>+<kbd class="keycap">I</kbd>

'''Tuner''' 
<kbd class="keycap">Command</kbd>/<kbd class="keycap">Control</kbd>+<kbd class="keycap">T</kbd>

'''Devices''' 
Show devices = <kbd class="keycap">Command</kbd>/<kbd class="keycap">Control</kbd>+<kbd class="keycap">K</kbd>

'''Communications''' 
<kbd class="keycap">F8</kbd> = pause communications

'''Preferences''' 
<kbd class="keycap">Command</kbd>/<kbd class="keycap">Control</kbd>+<kbd class="keycap">P</kbd>

'''Undo, Redo''' 
Undo = <kbd class="keycap">Command</kbd>/<kbd class="keycap">Control</kbd>+<kbd class="keycap">Z</kbd> 
Redo = <kbd class="keycap">Command</kbd>/<kbd class="keycap">Control</kbd>+<kbd class="keycap">Y</kbd> 
Cut, copy, paste = <kbd class="keycap">Command</kbd>/<kbd class="keycap">Control</kbd>+<kbd class="keycap">X</kbd>/<kbd class="keycap">C</kbd>/<kbd class="keycap">V</kbd>

'''Preset Manager, Cab Manager''' 
Manage Presets = <kbd class="keycap">Command</kbd>/<kbd class="keycap">Control</kbd>+<kbd class="keycap">M</kbd> 
Manage Cabs = Shift+<kbd class="keycap">Command</kbd>/<kbd class="keycap">Control</kbd>+<kbd class="keycap">M</kbd> 
Search bar = <kbd class="keycap">F3</kbd>

'''Grid Navigation Mode''' 
<kbd class="keycap">Shift</kbd>+<kbd class="keycap">Command</kbd>/<kbd class="keycap">Control</kbd>+<kbd class="keycap">G</kbd> 

'''Window size''' 
Full screen = <kbd class="keycap">Shift</kbd>+<kbd class="keycap">Command</kbd>/<kbd class="keycap">Control</kbd>+<kbd class="keycap">W</kbd> 
Normal size = <kbd class="keycap">Shift</kbd>+<kbd class="keycap">W</kbd>

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>
<blockquote>
Undo works on most block edit action — in other words, when you are editing a block and you change a parameter. A few parameters don't support undo. It does not work on grid or other operations — in other words, when you change the layout grid, change a system setting, edit a footswitch, etc.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

=Main editor window=

The editor’s window can be scaled by dragging a border. Select <code>Settings > View</code> to snap the editor to Normal Size or Full Screen. Note that the editor has a fixed width/height ratio, so the editor may not fill your computer’s entire display in Full Screen mode.

==Top==
[[image:top.png|700px|link=]]

Many of the controls and commands described below have keyboard shortcuts:

; <code>Pause Communications</code> : See above.
; <code>Program logo</code> : Displays the version of the installed editor.
; <code>Name</code> : If you have given the guitar processor a custom name in <code>Setup > Config</code>, that name will appear in the upper left corner.
; <code>Scenes</code> : Press one of the numbered buttons at the top to select a Scene. Or select a Scene from a dropdown menu, or scroll through Scenes using the <code>+</code>/<code>-</code> buttons. The name of the scene is displayed next to the dropdown menu, where it can be renamed too.
; <code>Presets</code> : Select a Preset from a dropdown menu next to the preset name. Or scroll through Presets using the <code>+</code>/<code>-</code> buttons. The number and name of the preset are displayed next to the dropdown menu, where it can be renamed too.
; <code>Preset name</code> : Once a preset is loaded in the editor, its name is displayed and its contents are displayed on the grid — the structure where blocks are placed and interconnected. The current scene name is displayed too.
; <code>Snapshot</code> : Create a Snapshot, or use its dropdown menu to show the Snapshot folder contents, clear the list or load a Snapshot.
; <code>Save</code> : Save the preset. The yellow LED lights when changes to the preset have not yet been saved.
; <code>Setup</code> : Enter the menu to set global parameters for the guitar processor, including audio I/O, Global EQ, USB levels and more. Read [[Setup menu]] for additional information.
; <code>Tuner</code> : Displays the Tuner.
; <code>Tap</code> : Tap to set the Tempo.
; <code>BPM</code> : Shows the Tempo of the current preset in BPM (<q>Beats Per Minute</q>).
; <code>CPU</code> : Shows the current CPU usage as a number and meter. When the CPU usage exceeds a threshold, a red <q>Warning</q> message is displayed here.
; <code>Controllers</code> : Configure Internal Controllers, Scene controllers and Tempo settings. Set the state of Control Switches per scene. See where Modifiers are being used. Read more about these functions in the guitar processor’s Owner’s Manuals. Read <q>[[Modifiers and controllers]]</q> for more information.
; <code>Quick Build</code> : This lets you insert a block from a graphical interface.
; <code>Block Info</code>button : Changes the way blocks are displayed on the grid. By default, the full name and the block instance are shown. Pressing <code>Block Info</code> (or holding <kbd class="keycap">Alt</kbd>) will abbreviate the block name, show the active channel and show Global Blocks.
; <code>Scene Mgr</code> : Scene Manager lets you view and set the state of blocks across scenes, (re)name scenes, copy and swap scenes, etc.
; <code>Perform</code> : Configure the Performance pages, globally as well as per preset.
; <code>(i)</code> : Shows the currently being used Amp Type(s) and Amplifier block channel(s).
; <code>10</code> : Configures Preset and Scene names to mask characters that do not fit on the scribble strips of the foot switches.
; <code>FC Edit</code> : Configure the onboard switches of the FM3 and FM9, and the FC foot controllers.
; <code>FC Per-Prst</code> : Same as above, but this applies to the current preset only.
; <code>Sets/Songs</code> : Create songs and sets for use with an FC controller. Axe-Fx III only.

==Middle==

The lay-out grid, in the middle section, shows the layout of the preset blocks. Click any block on the grid to display its settings in the editor area below the grid.

[[image:middle.png|700px|link=]]

==Bottom==

The editor area (bottom) displays either the names of the scenes, or block parameters and controls.

If there's no block selected, or an empty block is selected, this area shows the names of all eight scenes. Click on a number to switch scenes. Double-click the scene name to rename the scene.

Note: this list disappears when a block is selected on the grid. Click on an empty spot on the grid to show the list again.

[[image:scenenames.png|700px|link=]]

Click on a effect block to display parameters and controls.

[[image:left.png|110px|link=]] [[image:block.png|700px|link=]]

The icon at the left shows the name of the currently viewed or edited block.

; <code>Channel</code> : This lets you select a channel of the currently selected block and lets you manage channels through its dropdown menu.
; <code>Type</code> : When supported by a block, this lets you select a specific type of the effect. This acts as a kind of super parameter, and changing it can cause other parameters to appear, disappear or change their values.
; <code>Library</code> : This menu lets you save blocks and channels to your personal library on disk, recall them at will, and provides other functions.
; <code>Global Block</code> : Link, load and unlink blocks as Global Blocks. This is only available in Axe-Edit.

=Working with blocks=

==Manage blocks==

'''Insert'''
* Right-click, or <kbd class="keycap">Control</kbd>+click on macOS, any grid slot to bring up the <code>Grid</code> menu. Choose a block and it will be placed on the grid. Blocks already on the grid are shown as disabled in this menu. You can also select <code>Insert</code> on the top-level Block menu or press <code>Quick Build</code>.
* A keyboard shortcut can be used to place <q>shunts</q>: <kbd class="keycap">Command</kbd>+<kbd class="keycap">U</kbd> on macOS or <kbd class="keycap">Ctrl</kbd>+<kbd class="keycap">U</kbd> on Windows.
* You can use the Grid menu to replace any block with another of a different type.

[[image:gridmenu.png|250px|link=]] [[image:blockmenu.png|175px|link=]]

'''Delete'''
* Select a block and press the <kbd class="keycap">DELETE</kbd> on Windows or <kbd class="keycap">BACKSPACE</kbd> on macOS key on your keyboard. Or select <code>Delete</code> in the top-level <code>Block</code> menu or by selecting <code>Grid menu > Edit</code>.

'''Bypass / Engage'''
* Double-click or select the block and press the <kbd class="keycap">SPACEBAR</kbd> key. You can also click <code>Bypass</code>/<code>Engage</code> in the top-level <code>Block</code> menu or the <code>Grid</code> menu.
* You can bypass or engage a block across ALL scenes at once, using a shortcut key listed near the end of this document.

'''Swap'''
* Drag and drop one block onto another (or on a shunt) to swap their grid positions. All connections to and from each block will be preserved when you perform a swap.
* Hold <kbd class="keycap">Command</kbd> on macOS or <kbd class="keycap">Ctrl</kbd> on Windows while dragging or dropping to force a block to replace instead of swap.

'''Move'''
* Drag a block to an empty grid space to move it.

'''Cut / Copy / Paste'''
* Select a block and press a keyboard shortcut. This also appears on the top-level <code>Block</code> menu or by selecting <code>Grid menu > Edit</code>. Respectively, for <q>cut</q>, <q>copy</q> and <q>paste</q>:
** on macOS these are:
*** <kbd class="keycap">Command</kbd>+<kbd class="keycap">X</kbd>
*** <kbd class="keycap">Command</kbd>+<kbd class="keycap">C</kbd>
*** <kbd class="keycap">Command</kbd>+<kbd class="keycap">V</kbd>
** on Windows these are:
*** <kbd class="keycap">Ctrl</kbd>+<kbd class="keycap">X</kbd>
*** <kbd class="keycap">Ctrl</kbd>+<kbd class="keycap">C</kbd>
*** <kbd class="keycap">Ctrl</kbd>+<kbd class="keycap">V</kbd>
* You can copy/paste blocks across presets.
* Copy a block, then select another block of the same type before pasting and all settings of the first block will be transferred to the second. For example, DELAY 1 and DELAY 2.

'''Reset'''
* Right-click a block and choose <code>Edit > Reset Channel</code> from the menu. Or select the block and press <kbd class="keycap">Command</kbd>+<kbd class="keycap">I</kbd> on macOS or <kbd class="keycap">Ctrl</kbd>+<kbd class="keycap">I</kbd> on Windows or choose <code>Block menu > Reset Channel</code>. This sets the parameters in the current channel to their default values.
* Resetting applies to the current channel only. To reset an entire block (all channels) the reset has to be executed per channel.

'''Disconnect'''
* Select a block and press <kbd class="keycap">Command</kbd>+<kbd class="keycap">D</kbd> on macOS or <kbd class="keycap">Ctrl</kbd>+<kbd class="keycap">D</kbd> on Windows to remove all connector cables from its input and output. Or select the equivalent command in the <code>Block</code> menu or <code>Grid menu > Edit</code>.
* You can also drag a block to any empty grid slot in another column with the same effect.

'''Library''': discussed later.

'''Select a Channel'''
* Select a block’s channel by pressing <kbd class="keycap">A</kbd>, <kbd class="keycap">B</kbd>, <kbd class="keycap">C</kbd> or <kbd class="keycap">D</kbd> on the keyboard, or <kbd class="keycap">X</kbd> for the next channel, or the bottom-left <code>Channels</code> dropdown menu, or in the top-level <code>Block</code> menu or in the <code>Grid</code> menu. The <code>Channels</code> dropdown menu also lets you copy and paste channels.

[[image:left.png|110px|link=]]

'''Move row or column'''
* Use the sliders at the bottom and left borders of the grid to move an entire row or column. Or select <code>Block menu > Move</code>.

'''Grid Navigation Mode'''
* When working with blocks on the grid, the editor will load and display settings from the hardware device. If displaying the settings of the block's parameters isn’t necessary, you can speed grid operations by enabling Grid Navigation Mode by pressing <kbd class="keycap">Command</kbd>+<kbd class="keycap">Shift</kbd>+<kbd class="keycap">G</kbd> on macOS or <kbd class="keycap">Ctrl</kbd>+<kbd class="keycap">Shift</kbd>+<kbd class="keycap">G</kbd> on Windows. A border will appear around the grid. To quit Grid Navigation Mode, press <kbd class="keycap">Escape</kbd> on your keyboard.

'''Quick Build'''
* Pressing <code>Quick Build</code>, or press the <kbd class="keycap">Q</kbd> key, lets you insert a block from a graphical list of blocks. See the example below.

[[image:quickbuild.png|700px|link=]]

==Connect blocks==

The editor makes it easy to add and remove block connections.

* When you select a block, notice that it displays Input and Output <q>jacks</q> — small circular objects labeled <q>I</q> and <q>O</q>. These are used to create or remove connections to/ from the selected block.
* When you click a jack, it becomes selected and all valid destination jacks are highlighted in green.
* Click the desired jack, and the connection appears.
* You can make connections in either direction, even spanning multiple columns as desired in a single click. Just as on the device itself, if you make a connection to the jack of an empty grid location, a shunt will be inserted automatically.
* Destination jacks shown with a red X indicate that an existing connection can be removed.
* Click the red <q>X</q> and a connection will be removed.

Tips:
* You can double-click any existing connection to remove it instantly.
* To connect across an entire row, connect the output of the first block to the input of the last block.

[[image:cables.png|100px|link=]]

==Edit blocks==

When a grid block is selected, its parameters are shown below the grid in the editor. The editor section will have a different number of <q>pages</q>, in vertical order.

With Grid Navigation Mode enabled (see above), the parameters of blocks will not be fetched and displayed to speed things, but you can still change the positions of blocks on the grid. Press <kbd class="keycap">Command</kbd>+<kbd class="keycap">Shift</kbd>+<kbd class="keycap">G</kbd> on macOS or <kbd class="keycap">Ctrl</kbd>+<kbd class="keycap">Shift</kbd>+<kbd class="keycap">G</kbd> on Windows to enable Grid Navigation Mode and <kbd class="keycap">Escape</kbd> to quit.

==Parameter Batch Set==

The editors provide a <q>hidden</q> Parameter Batch Set function. Right-click on a parameter while holding down <kbd class="keycap">Shift</kbd> to display a context menu, then select <code>Set In Multiple Presets</code>. Selecting a sub-menu item will display the Preset Picker from which you can select one (like the current one) or multiple presets to batch set the parameter value.

Note that the Batch Setter only saves the current parameter value and dismisses other edits which haven't been saved yet.

==Channels==

Channels give most block types four fully independent sets of parameter values that can be used to toggle sound changes at will. Read this: [[Channels]]

Click the <code>A B C D</code> control in the editor to select the desired channel. Remember that the active channel can be set differently for each SCENE within a preset.

Click on the dropdown menu for copy and paste options. You can copy/paste states between blocks of the same type, even across presets. The channel can also be toggled in the Grid menu and the top-level Block menu, and by simply pressing the <kbd class="keycap">A</kbd>, <kbd class="keycap">B</kbd>, <kbd class="keycap">C</kbd>, or <kbd class="keycap">D</kbd> key on your keyboard, or <kbd class="keycap">X</kbd> for next channel. You also reset a channel and set a block to a specific channel across all scenes in the <code>Block</code> menu.

Some of these actions can also be accomplished in the dedicated Scene Manager tool.

[[image:left.png|100px|link=]]

[[image:scenemgr.png|700px|link=]]

=Library=

==About the library==

The Library is one of the most powerful features of the editor. It allows you to create a library on disk containing your favorite settings. A block or channel saved in the Library includes all parameter settings for all four channels of the block or just a single channel plus modifier assignments.

To use the Library, you might dial in a Delay block and then save it as <q>My No.1 Delay</q>. Then, when working later in another preset, you could recall the saved block and all its settings with just a few clicks.

It's important to note that modifiers assigned in the block are only saved when the entire block is saved, ''NOT'' for an individual channel.

[[Image:block_library_save_options.png|400px]]

Also, it's important to note that when you recall a block or channel from the Library, it does ''NOT'' have a connection (no dynamic link) to the master copy on your computer, only the settings of the channel(s) are passed to the block.

Block and channel files are interchangeable between the editors for the various current generation amp modeling guitar processors, but not between the VP4 and the amp modelers. Parameters which are not supported by a specific guitar processor are ignored.

Note: This used to be called <q>Block Library</q>. These days it's just <code>Library</code> because the library can also contain stored single channels.

==Working with the library==

There are multiple ways to save blocks and channels to the Library. The easiest is perhaps the Library control which appears in the lower left corner of the editor whenever a block is selected. Click on the arrow and choose <code>Save</code>. Name the block or channel, choose between saving just the channel or the entire block, press <code>Save</code> and you will have created a new entry!

[[image:library.png|link=|150px]]

You can also press the keyboard shortcuts, <kbd class="keycap">Command</kbd>+<kbd class="keycap">B</kbd> on macOS, <kbd class="keycap">Ctrl</kbd>+<kbd class="keycap">B</kbd> on Windows, or select <code>Library</code> from the Block menu or the Grid menu.

Once you’ve recalled a block (see below) you can make and save changes, or use <code>Save As...</code> to create a totally new entry from the current settings. You can rename or delete an entry, or force the editor to re-read all data from disk.

Selecting <code>Preset > Save as Blocks in Library</code> lets you export all blocks for the current preset to the Library folder with a single command. The blocks are saved in a timestamped directory with the format <q><samp>YYYYMMDD-HHMMSS</samp></q>, i.e. <q>20210709-093339</q> for example, under which will be folders for each preset. You need to provide a name, unique within the category, whenever you save a new library entry.

Tip: When naming, keep in mind that the library is organized by type. For example, if you were saving Multidelay block settings as <q>Shimmer</q>, you could simply call it <q>Shimmer</q> instead of <q>Multidelay Shimmer</q>.

Blocks are saved as individual <samp>.blk</samp> files to your computer in: <samp>~/Documents/Fractal Audio/(name editor)/Blocks </samp>. You can change the location of this directory in <code>Settings > Preferences > Workspace</code>. You can rename a <samp>.blk</samp> file on disk, but this won’t change its name in the Library.

To recall an entry from the Library use the Library control, the <code>Block</code> or the <code>Grid</code> menus. You can also drag and drop a <samp>.blk</samp> file from your computer into the editor’s grid.

Library blocks are completely interchangeable with any numbered instance of the block. For example: You can save <q>FILTER 1</q> and recall it into any of the Filter blocks 1-4.

You can use your operating systems’ file management to manage items in your Library or share them with other owners. Entries are automatically organized in subfolders by type, for instance <q>AMP</q>, <q>CAB</q>, <q>DELAY</q> etc., but this is for only for your convenience as the editor will recognize all valid files found anywhere inside the Library folder.

==Controllers and modifiers==

Entire blocks saved into the library can modifier/controller settings. When importing the block, it includes all channels of the block.

Single channels saved into the library do NOT included modifier/controller settings.

==Share the library between editors==

The FM3, FM9 and Axe-Fx III can share libraries, the VP4 doesn't. Where minor technical inconsistencies exist between blocks, the editors do a good job of interpreting the settings across the devices.

To best take advantage of this, you need to configure each of your editors to point to shared folders for holding blocks and other things. You do this in <code>Settings > Preferences > Workspace</code>.

'''Export a block for sharing'''

Here are instructions for exporting a single block file for sharing:

# Select the block you want to save settings for in the grid area of the editor. With the block selected, in the lower left corner of the editor you will see the block library management area for the block. It has the header <code>Library</code> -- it should be quite obvious.
# Press the down arrow next to the <code>Library</code> header to bring up the library management menu. Select the <code>Save</code> option from the menu. You'll be presented with a dialog box. Name the block settings something descriptive. Whatever you enter here for the name of the block is what you'll see in the library selection dialog in the editor. You can also chose to save just the settings for a single channel (which can then later be loaded back into any channel on a block) or all the channels for the block. Once you've named your block and picked your save option, press the <code>Save</code> button. The block is now saved to disk.
# To find the file that was created, press the down arrow next to the <code>Library</code> header once again and select <code>Show Folder</code> from the menu. A system folder dialog will open to the exact location where the block files are being saved for this effect block type.

You can use whatever mechanism you like to share <samp>.blk</samp> files. For example, the forum allows you to drag these files into posts where it attaches them to the post for others to download.

'''Import a shared <samp>.blk</samp> file'''

You can bring <samp>.blk</samp> files shared by others into your editor so you can create instances of that block with shared, saved settings in your own presets. You'll need to know the path where your editor is looking for block settings and can find this using the <code>Preferences... > Workspace</code> menu on the editor. Download the <samp>.blk</samp> file to your computer. Using your computer's file browser, locate the downloaded <samp>.blk</samp> file on disk. Copy that file from the download location to the location where your editor is looking for block files.

You don't need to put the file in a subfolder, but it is advantageous if you have a lot of block files saved to organize things into subfolders. By default the editor will create a subfolder for each effect block type when saving settings, i.e., Chorus blocks will have their settings saved into a <code>Chorus</code> subfolder.

When the editor scans for block settings it scans the entire folder tree starting from the <code>Library</code> setting you tell it to look in. This lets you organize block files in any way that makes sense to you, with as much subfolder hierarchy as you like.

For example, forumite iaresee likes to create a subfolder named after the forumite who shared the block settings and then, under there, a folder named after the block. This lets him remember who created the settings in addition to what block the settings apply to (and conveniently, the block file names already include the date and time stamp by default in their file name).

Example:

<nowiki>
Editor/
blocks/
austinbuddy/
Flanger/
Deluxe Electric Mistress_20190513_231434.blk
fremen/
Amp/
fremen ultra-clean_20210501_231434.blk
Chorus/
Standard Chorii_20210616_204455.blk
</nowiki>

Note, after you've saved a block file to your folder you need to refresh the block settings in the editor. You can do this by selecting any block in the grid, pressing the down arrow next to the <code>Library</code> header, and selecting <code>Refresh Library</code> from the menu. The editor will rescan all the block settings for all the blocks found under the library path.

=Global blocks=

Axe-Edit III includes full support for [[Global blocks]], a feature found exclusively on the Axe-Fx. All operations are all supported through the control in the bottom-left corner of the editor.

Press <code>Block Info</code>, or hold <kbd class="keycap">Alt</kbd> on Windows or <kbd class="keycap">Option</kbd> on macOS, to see which blocks on the grid are Global blocks.

Select <code>Preset > Unlink All Links</code> from Global to unlink all Global blocks in the current preset, which is handy when sharing a preset or when creating backups.

For more information about Global blocks, see the [https://www.fractalaudio.com/axe-fx-iii-downloads Owner’s Manual].

[[image:globalblocks.png|200px|link=]]

=Working with scenes=

Scenes provide every preset with sets of saved settings for a limited set of parameters. See [[Scenes]] for more information.

; Select : To select a scene in the editor, simply press one of the Scene buttons at the top. You can also hold <kbd class="keycap">Command</kbd> on macOS or <kbd class="keycap">Ctrl</kbd> on Windows and press any scene’s number on your keyboard for direct selection, or click on Scene 1-8 below the grid, shown after loading a preset or when selecting an empty block on the grid.

[[image:scene3.png|200px|link=]] [[image:scene2.png|150px|link=]]

; Scenes dropdown menu : The Scenes dropdown menu provides handy options, such as copy/paste, swapping, engaging or bypassing all blocks. Note: The clipboard for scenes is cleared when you change presets or “revert” the current preset.

[[image:scene1.png|150px|link=]]

; Rename : To rename a scene, click and edit the scene name at the top, or double-click the scene name below the grid (displayed after loading a preset or when selecting an empty block on the grid).
; Scene Manager : Many of these actions can be also accomplished in the dedicated Scene Manager tool.

[[image:scenemgr.png|700px|link=]]

The Scene Revert setting in SETUP is ignored when switching scenes in the editor. So, if you change the bypass states of blocks and use the editor to switch to other scenes and then return to the earlier scene, those blocks’ bypass states will still be the same (not reverted to their initial stored states).

=Working with presets=

==Preset menu==

Commands in the Preset menu:

; Revert Preset : Discards all changes and reverts to the last saved version of the preset.
; Clear Preset : Removes all blocks and clears the preset name. A warning will be displayed first.
; Unlink All Blocks from Global : See the section about Global Blocks. A warning will be displayed first.
; Save Preset : Saves the preset, the same action as pressing the Save button.
; Save to New Preset Number : Saves the current preset to any memory location in the guitar processor.
; Save Snapshot : See the section about Snapshots.
; Save All Blocks in Library : See the section about the Library.
; Import Preset : See the section about importing presets.
; Export Preset : See the section about exporting presets.
; Export Preset+Cab Bundle : See above.
; New from Template : See the section about preset templates.
; Save as Template : See the section about preset templates.
; Recent Presets : Quickly recall one of the last 10 presets you were working on. For a shortcut on Mac computers, hold <kbd class="keycap">Command</kbd> and click on Presets.

The Tools menu also provides handy stuff: 
* Get information about MIDI SysEx files through Get Sysex File Information.
* Select <code>Tools > Export As Text</code> to generate handy lists (see picture).

[[image:exportmenu.png|300px|link=]]

==Load==

In addition to loading presets from the guitar processor itself, you can also import (load) individual presets from disk. This allows you to load files you’ve backed up, downloaded, or saved as Snapshots.

Choose <code>Preset > Import</code> to display a file browser dialog. Or press <kbd class="keycap">Control</kbd>+<kbd class="keycap">Shift</kbd>+<kbd class="keycap">Command</kbd>+<kbd class="keycap">I</kbd> on macOS or <kbd class="keycap">Ctrl</kbd>+<kbd class="keycap">Shift</kbd>+<kbd class="keycap">Alt</kbd>+<kbd class="keycap">I</kbd> on Windows. Navigate to a folder, select any valid preset SysEx (<samp>.syx</samp>) file for your guitar processor and open the file. The preset is instantly imported to both the guitar processor itself buffer and the editor, so you can audition and edit as desired. You can also drag and drop a preset file from your computer onto the preset area of the editor.

''NOTE: Imported presets are NOT stored in the guitar processor until you '''manually save''' the preset!''

You can also open a saved Bank file (<samp>.bnk</samp>) and import a single preset from that bank, which contains up to 127 presets. The process is the same.

Select <code>Preset > Recent Presets</code> to quickly return load one of the last 10 presets you’ve saved or loaded. On macOS computers hold <kbd class="keycap">Command</kbd> and click on <code>Presets</code> as a shortcut.

Tip: <q>Pin</q> the picker window and you can audition presets before importing one.

==Save==

As on the hardware, you will be notified of any unsaved changes to the preset by the yellow <code>Edited</code> LED in the Save button.

Click <code>Preset > Save Preset</code>, or press <kbd class="keycap">Command</kbd>+<kbd class="keycap">S</kbd> on macOS or <kbd class="keycap">Ctrl</kbd>+<kbd class="keycap">S</kbd> on Windows, to save the current preset to the current preset slot in the guitar processor.

Click <code>Preset > Save a Copy</code>, or press <kbd class="keycap">Command</kbd>+<kbd class="keycap">Shift</kbd>+<kbd class="keycap">S</kbd> on macOS or <kbd class="keycap">Ctrl</kbd>+<kbd class="keycap">Shift</kbd>+<kbd class="keycap">S</kbd> on Windows, to save the current preset to another memory location in the guitar processor.

As a safeguard, the editor displays a warning when quitting or when changing or importing a preset without saving the changes first. You can disable this in <code>Settings > Preferences > Options</code>.

You can specify in <code>Setup > Config</code> whether switching scenes should be marked as <q>Edited</q> or not.

==Export==

Exporting presets allows you to save backup copies on disk, share them with others, post them on our preset sharing site Axe-Change, etc.

To export the current preset as a SysEx (<samp>.syx</samp>) file on your computer, choose <code>Preset > Export</code>. Or press <kbd class="keycap">Control</kbd>+<kbd class="keycap">Shift</kbd>+<kbd class="keycap">Command</kbd>+<kbd class="keycap">X</kbd> on macOS or <kbd class="keycap">Ctrl</kbd>+<kbd class="keycap">Shift</kbd>+<kbd class="keycap">Alt</kbd>+<kbd class="keycap">X</kbd> on Windows. When the file browser dialog is shown, navigate to the desired location and save the preset.

Presets may include Global Blocks. Exporting a preset does NOT include the linked global data. To share the linked global data, you need to back up your System data with Fractal-Bot and include that data with the preset. Or you can unlink the Global Blocks in the preset through <code>Preset > Unlink All Links from Global</code> before exporting.

Exporting presets can also be accomplished in Manage Presets. When exporting from Manage Presets, the preset number will be added to the start of the filenames on disk and the preset title.

==Preset+Cab bundle==

A Preset+Cab bundle contains one preset plus any User Cab Impulse Responses (IRs) used by that preset. Bundles make it easier to share sounds and are easy to export and import.

See [[Presets#Preset-Cab_bundle|Preset-Cab Bundle]] for more information.

==New from template==

Like many other types of programs such as office, graphics, etc., the editor allows you to create new presets from a template. Choose <code>Preset > New from Template</code>. The <q>working copy</q> is not the original template. When you save, you’ll be storing a preset in the guitar processor while the template file on your computer will remain unmodified.

Templates are stored in a dedicated directory which defaults to <q><samp>~/Documents/Fractal Audio/(name editor)/Presets/Templates</samp></q>. You can change the location of the Templates directory in <code>Settings > Preferences > Workspace</code>.

Create new templates using <code>Preset > Save as Template</code>, or by copying exported or downloaded preset files to your Templates directory. Use the operating system’s file management to delete or rename templates, but remember that the file name is independent of the name stored in the template.

==Snapshots==

Snapshots provide a one-click “export to disk” functionality. This is especially handy for fast backups when editing presets.

When you press the Snapshot button (displayed below), or press <kbd class="keycap">Control</kbd>+<kbd class="keycap">Shift</kbd>+<kbd class="keycap">Command</kbd>+<kbd class="keycap">S</kbd> on macOS or <kbd class="keycap">Ctrl</kbd>+<kbd class="keycap">Shift</kbd>+<kbd class="keycap">Alt</kbd>+<kbd class="keycap">S</kbd> on Windows, a copy of your current preset (including unsaved changes) is saved as a preset <code>.syx</code> file to the Snapshots folder on your computer in the <code>~/Documents/Fractal Audio/(name editor)/Presets/Snapshots</code> folder. You can change the location of the Snapshots directory in <code>Settings > Preferences > Workspace</code>. An on-screen indicator confirms that the snapshot has been saved.

Previous snapshots can be reloaded using <code>Preset > Import</code> or by selecting the dropdown menu below the Snapshot button. Reloading a saved snapshot will overwrite the current version of the preset but won't automatically write the preset back to the modeler's Flash memory, which is accomplished using the <kbd class="keycap">Save</kbd> button in Edit. We can quickly bounce between saved revisions of the preset to compare changes we've made.

In addition, the dropdown menu will let you display the folder on the disk containing the snapshots or clear the current snapshots.

Presets may include Global Blocks. Pressing Snapshot will create a backup of the preset but the linked global data will not be saved with the snapshot.

[[image:snapshots.png|link=|100px]]

==Import presets from other devices==

See <q>[[Presets#Import_a_preset_from_another_devicePresets#Import_from_other_devices|Import from other devices]]</q> for more information.

==Level presets==

This tool in the <code>Tools</code> menu lets you monitor the level of the current preset, and provides parameters to adjust the level which is handy when matching preset levels. The tool can also be activated by pressing <kbd class="keycap">Command</kbd>+<kbd class="keycap">L</kbd> on macOS or <kbd class="keycap">Ctrl</kbd>+<kbd class="keycap">L</kbd> on Windows. The meters displayed are the same as the VU meters on the zoomed-out Layout Grid on the hardware itself.

Read more about leveling in:
* [[Owners Manuals]]
* [[Presets#Preset_level|Preset Level]]

[[image:leveling.png|300px|link=]]

==Filter by color==

The Preset picker and Cab picker windows let you assign a color to entries thus creating categories and marking personal favorites, for instance:

[[image:filtercolor.png|150px|link=]]

=Tools=

==Fractal-Bot==

Read this: [[Fractal-Bot]]. It's available as a standalone program, or as a built-in tool in the editor.

==Manage Presets==

[[image:managetool.png|link=|300px]]

The editor’s Manage Presets and Manage Cabs tools allow you to rearrange, delete, move, swap, duplicate, rename and more. Select <code>Tools > Manage Presets</code> or <code>Tools > Manage Cabs</code>, or press <kbd class="keycap">Command</kbd>+<kbd class="keycap">M</kbd> on macOS or <kbd class="keycap">Ctrl</kbd>+<kbd class="keycap">M</kbd> on Windows for <code>Manage Presets</code>, or <kbd class="keycap">Command</kbd>+<kbd class="keycap">Shift</kbd>+<kbd class="keycap">M</kbd> on macOS or <kbd class="keycap">Ctrl</kbd>+<kbd class="keycap">Shift</kbd>+<kbd class="keycap">M</kbd> on Windows for <code>Manage Cabs</code>. SAVE any unsaved changes first!

The interface should feel familiar as it is based on the <q>picker</q> view used to select presets, amps, tempos, etc. The tools can also be launched from within the Preset Picker and Cab Picker.

Note that these tools have two panes. If the left pane, the Browser, doesn’t appear, ensure that it is enabled in the Browser menu or click the button next to the menu, or use the key sequence <kbd class="keycap">Ctrl</kbd>+<kbd class="keycap">B</kbd> on Windows or <kbd class="keycap">Command</kbd>+<kbd class="keycap">B</kbd> on macOS. If it is enabled but still not clearly visible, look for the vertical divider and drag it to the right.

By default, Manage Presets and Manage Cabs display a warning about making backups at startup. This can be disabled in <code>Settings > Preferences > Options</code>.

Note: The Manage Cabs tool shows the names of UltraRes impulse responses, i.e. cabs, in italics. Read more about <q>UltraRes</q> in the Owner’s Manual.

; Refresh names : The Refresh button forces Manage Presets or Manage Cabs to fetch the names of all presets or user cabs from the guitar processor. This ensures that the data is synced.
; Select :
* To select or undo a single entry: Click any preset or cab.
* To select or undo a range: Click any preset or cab, hold <kbd class="keycap">Shift</kbd> and then click another preset or cab.
* To select or undo multiple individual presets or cabs in any location : Hold <kbd class="keycap">Command</kbd> on macOS or <kbd class="keycap">Ctrl</kbd> on Windows key and click multiple presets or cabs.
* To select ALL presets or cabs: Press <kbd class="keycap">Command</kbd>+<kbd class="keycap">A</kbd> on macOS or <kbd class="keycap">Ctrl</kbd>+<kbd class="keycap">A</kbd> on Windows.

; Browser menu : The Browser menu lets you configure the use of Manage Presets and Manage Cabs.
; Context menu : Right-click or Control-click on a Preset or Cab to select actions for the selected entry.

; Reset AMP blocks : This is a special command in the context menu. As of firmware 26.06, this resets all amp parameters in the Amp block(s) in the preset or presets, except the controls that are present on the original amp. So gain, tone controls, master, depth, presence, speaker parameters, output EQ, etc. are left unchanged. This single command makes it much easier to make sure that an amp model uses the latest parameters values (visible and hidden), but doesn't touch the specific settings that the user has dialed in.

; Drag and drop : Manage Presets and Manage Cabs support drag-and-drop operations. When you drag and drop one or more selected items, they will be swapped with those in the target location. If you hold <kbd class="keycap">Command</kbd> on macOS or <kbd class="keycap">Ctrl</kbd> on Windows, they will be moved, leaving one or more empty locations. If you hold the <kbd class="keycap">Shift</kbd> key, the selected items will be copied.

: You can also drag and drop presets or cabs from your computer into Manage Presets or Manage Cabs.

; Save changes : Manage Presets and Manage Cabs wait to apply changes until you press the Save button. This is both a safety mechanism and an efficiency feature. As unsaved changes are made, the affected entries turn red and are marked with a red dot. Press the Save button to commit changes permanently. Press the Close button to quit without saving. Saved changes turn green and the dot is removed.

==Manage Cabs==

Same as Manage Presets, but with cabinets.

==Performance pages==

The editor lets you customize the <q>Global Performance</q> and <q>Per-Preset Performance</q> pages to your personal preferences.

Read this: [[Axe-Fx_III,_FM9,_FM3#Performance_Pages|Performance Pages]]

[[image:performp.png|700px|link=]]

==IR Capture==

The Axe-Fx III lets you capture impulse responses. This can be done through the user interface on the guitar processor itself or through <code>Tools > IR Capture</code> in the editor.

Read [[IR Capture]] for more information.

[[image:IRcap.png|400px]]

==Axe-Change==

[http://axechange.fractalaudio.com Axe-Change] is the official preset and cab sharing resource for Fractal Audio Systems’ guitar processors. It’s accessible under the <code>Tools</code> menu where you can load presets and cabs directly from Axe-Change into the editor.

[[image:axechangewindow.png|link=http://axechange.fractalaudio.com|400px]]

=FC Edit: foot switches=

The FM3, FM9, VP4, and the FC-6 and FC-12 foot controllers let you control many of the features of the modelers using your feet.

Press <code>FC Edit</code> and <code>FC Per-Preset</code> in the editor for configuration options.

For more information see:
* [[FC-6 and FC-12 foot controllers]]
* [[Owners_Manuals|Fractal Audio Footswitch Functions Guide]]

[[image:FC Edit.png|500px|link=]]

==Main window==

'''LAYOUTS'''

At the top of the FC-Edit window you can select the layout. A layout is a set of switch assignments for the FM3, FM9 and/or FC-controller. 
''Always make sure you know which layout you are currently editing by checking the layout number or name!''

Many users combine FC controllers, or an FM3/FM9 with a FC controller, so FC-Edit lets you select the device to work with.

The Edit menu lets you import and export layouts. Use this for backup purposes.

'''SWITCHES and VIEW'''

Under Layouts, there's the Switches section with the View buttons.

A layout has twelve switches, corresponding with the number of switches on an FC-12. But, you have no direct access to twelve switches on an FM3, FM9 or FC-6, so, to access them, you can make of use of Views. These shift the range of accessible switches within a single layout. For example, Views on an FM3 let you access four sets of switches without having to switch layouts.

'''FUNCTIONS'''

This lets you assign functions to the switches, as described in the [[Owners_Manuals|Fractal Audio Footswitch Functions Guide]].

'''Buttons'''

In the top right corner there are three buttons, described below:

[[image:FC Edit buttons.png|200px|link=]]

==Devices button==

This shows the current switch layout and view, which layout and view should be loaded at startup and if a device is mirrored as a 1:1 copy.

[[image:FC Edit Devices.png|400px|link=]]

==CS MIDI button==

This lets you make use of the MIDI capabilities of [[Control Switch]].

[[image:FC Edit CS MIDI.png|400px|link=]]

==FC CONFIG button==

This lets you adjust the general settings of the foot switches.

[[image:FC Edit Config.png|400px|link=]]

==Layout links==

This instructs the switch to change to another layout after having pressed it.

(Note: Giving away a magic trick… Layout Links are how the OMG9 layout on the FM3 works.)

[[image:FC Edit Links.png|200px|link=]]

==Per-preset override==

The switches in layouts operate across all presets.

Per-Preset Override allows assigning actions to a switch that only applies to the current preset.

[[image:FC Edit Links.png|200px|link=]]

==Songs and setlists==

Current firmware for the processors and FC controllers let you create and manage songs and setlists. This can be done on the hardware or in the editor.

See these for more information:
* [[FC-6 and FC-12 foot controllers#Songs_and_setlists|Songs and Setlists]]
* [[Owners_Manuals|Footswitch Functions Guide]]
* [[Owners_Manuals|Setlists Songs Mini Manual]]

==Tips, tricks and troubleshooting==

* Go to <code>Settings > Preferences > Options</code> to enable or disable a warning when editing the FC controller’s Master Layout Menu.
* Press the <code>10</code> button to mask characters in Preset and Scene names that do not fit on the scribble strips of the foot switches.
* To avoid the display of the assigned <q>hold</q> function message when tapping a switch, select <q>Custom</q> for the label and leave the field blank.

=FAQ=

; The editor won’t change presets, or changes presets erratically. : Verify that Preset Mapping isn’t enabled on the guitar processor’s Setup > MIDI/Remote menu.
; The tuner won’t work. : Ensure that the tuner on the guitar processor is set to page 1 (tuner display).
; How do I back up or restore Preset Banks? : Use Fractal-Bot. Fractal-Bot is available as a standalone application or in the editor’s Tools menu.
; How do I update the firmware of my guitar processor? : Use Fractal-Bot to update the firmware. Fractal-Bot is available as a standalone application or in the editor’s Tools menu. When launched, Fractal-Bot checks for official updates and when available provides the option to download and install an update.
; Typing values doesn’t work for MIN and MAX fields on the modifier screen. : This is a limitation of how the editor works with the hardware. It only affects MIN and MAX on the modifier screen.
; When I double-click a parameter, it is set to a generic default value which may not be the same value as resetting a channel or the entire block. Why? : It is a limitation of the architecture at this time.
; Can I use the editor to create and edit presets, without being connected to the guitar processor? : The editor works in tandem with the hardware unit in a client-server type relationship, with the modeler acting as the host, almost like a mainframe, and the editor acting as the terminal. The editor requires the modeler to be connected for any operations.

:Offline editing is not supported and will NOT be added to future versions. The client-server relationship brings a host of benefits to the editor, most importantly, it can never corrupt a preset as only the hardware itself ever owns the data. This means you can program presets with the confidence that what you see and hear is what you'll save.

; I can't resize the editor’s window. How do I solve this? : Close the editor, delete its settings file, and restart the editor.
:The settings file is found in Windows at <q><samp>C:\Users\<user name>\AppData\Roaming\Fractal Audio\(editor name)</samp></q> and in macOS at <q><samp><user name>/Library/Application Support/Fractal Audio/(editor name)</samp></q>.

:Note: The settings file's path is system specific and can not be changed.

; Are iOS and Android versions of the editors available? : So far, no such versions of the editor have been released.
; My computer doesn’t have a touchscreen. How can I still use the editor with a touchscreen? : Connect a tablet to your computer and use the operating system’s built-in support for displaying a second screen or a third-party solution.

=Tablets and smartphones=

Currently there are no official editors available for iOS or Android tablets and smartphones.

Alternative options:

* Extend the computer screen to a separate tablet, either wired or wireless, using tools built in the OS, or a software utility such as [http://itunes.apple.com/nl/app/duet-display/id935754064?mt=8 Duet Display (Mac/iOS)], or a combined hardware and software solution such as [https://lunadisplay.com/ Luna Display]. This lets you move the editor screen to the tablet and use its touchscreen for editing.

* Run [[Third-party_software|FracPad and FracTool|FracPad]], forum member AlGrenadine's mobile app for Fractal Audio processors. It runs on Android and iOS devices. It's not officially supported by Fractal Audio.

* Use a wireless MIDI connection with a Macs or Window PCs, with the computer acting as the interface between the app on the tablet or phone and the Fractal Audio device. See <q>[http://coffeeshopped.com/2015/05/using-wireless-midi-to-connect-your-ipad-or-iphone-to-your-computer-and-hardware-synths Using Wireless MIDI to Connect Your iPad or iPhone to Your Computer and Hardware Synths]</q> for more information.

[[image:ipad.jpg|link=|200px]] [[image:FracPad.jpg|link=https://wiki.fractalaudio.com/wiki/index.php?title=FracPad|200px]]

=FracTool=

Forum member AlGrenadine's [[Third-party_software#FracPad_III|Fracpad]] utility, for Windows and Mac, offers functionality not provided by the official editors.

=Videos=

[[video:Leon-Library]]
[[video:Matt-Library]]
[[video:FAS-SeriesParallel]]

[[category:Axe-Fx2]]
[[category:Axe-Fx3]]
[[category:FM3]]
[[category:FM9]]
[[category:VP4]]
[[category:AM4]]
[[category:AX8]]
[[category:FX8]]
[[category:All]]

Compressor block

2026-03-21T15:35:55Z

Yek: /* Compressor types */

__TOC__
=Compressor block=

'''Axe-Fx III''' — 4 blocks, 4 channels 
'''FM3''', '''FM9''' — 2 blocks, 4 channels 
'''VP4''' — 4 blocks, 4 channels 
'''AM4''' — 1 block, 4 channels 

'''ICONS''' — yes

'''Axe-Fx II''', '''FX8''' — 2 blocks, X/Y 
'''AX8''' — 1 block, X/Y

[[image:Compressor block.PNG|300px]]

=Compressor types=

The Compressor block was completely overhauled in firmware 28.01 for the Axe-Fx III, with changes to the types.

CPU usage varies a lot among the types.

Feedforward (FF) compressors compress “upwards” as opposed to a downwards compressor. They yield a different sound (smooth release and “fat” compression) than feedback compressors (FB). Feedback compressors can result in distortion at extreme control settings.

; Analog Compressor
: Natural soft-knee response, capturing the vibe of the classic compressors of the 70s and 80s.

; Analog Sustainer
: The same as the Analog Compressor type, but with upwards compression.

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>
<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/axe-fx-firmware-version-21-02-public-beta-beta-2.191173/post-2376038]
Upwards compressors INCREASE gain. Downwards compressors DECREASE gain.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/axe-fx-firmware-version-21-02-public-beta-beta-2.191173/post-2375817]
A sustainer is an upwards compressor. It increases gain when the signal is below the threshold. Therefore it will increase noise. You may want to use a gate to kill the noise.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

; Citrus Juicer
: Based on a Dan Armstrong Orange Squeezer. Unlike the Orange Squeezer, the model allows you to adjust the compression ratio and threshold independently and also features Emphasis, Drive and Tone controls. The ratio and threshold of the actual pedal vary with the particular JFET used and the internal bias trim. Set the Threshold to -26.0 dB and Compression to 8.0 as a starting point and adjust to taste.

; Classic VCA Compressor
: Previously: Studio FF Compressor. [https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/fm9-firmware-version-9-02.213429/page-7#post-2677814]

; Compander
: A compander is a compressor followed by an expander.
: The Transients control adjusts the transient modification. Values less than zero soften the attack, value greater than zero emphasize the attack.

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>
<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/axe-fx-iii-firmware-release-version-16-03.174033/post-2109538]
A Compander is a compressor followed by an expander. If the time constant of the compressor and expander are the same (and the "channel" is perfect, i.e. linear and lossless) then a Compander is transparent. If you change the time constant of one vs. the other the transients will become distorted. The "Transients" knob controls the time constant mismatch. Negative values smooth the transients, positive values enhance the transients. A Compander with transient enhancement can be used on kick drums, bass, etc. to add punch. Transient reduction can be used to reduce plosives. For guitar you can use the Compander to add or remove pick attack.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/delay-block-update.173708/post-2104201]
The first step in adding compansion to the delay block was creating a compander algorithm. So I created a Compander type first in the Compressor block. Once that was working I used that algorithm in the Delay block. The Compander allows you to set the Ratio, Time, Transients and Level. Turn Transients down and the attack is reduced, turn it up and the attack is enhanced. You can use it with kick drum to enhance the punch, put it on vocals to reduce plosives, etc.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

; Dynami-Comp Classic | Modern | Soft
: Based on [https://www.guitarworld.com/features/mxr-dyna-comp-compressor-pedal MXR’s M-102 Dyna Comp pedal].

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>
<blockquote>
Added in firmware 28.01:

* New Dynami-Comp algorithm:
** New algorithm accurately models various nonlinearities for faithful reproduction.
** Added Knee Type to allow varying the knee shape.
** Added Tone control (like in various clones).
** Added Drive control. The Drive control allows overdriving the OTA which can be used to add saturation. The control is preset when selecting one of the Dynami-Comp types but can be altered by the user.
** Added Input/Output graph.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/axe-fx-firmware-version-21-02-public-beta-beta-2.191173/post-2375490]
The Dynamicomp type is based on a Dynacomp.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/compressor-attack-release-default-settings.183692/post-2260540]
The attack time is dynamic. The greater the output of the compression circuit the faster the attack time.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/compressor-attack-release-default-settings.183692/post-2260136]
The attack time is actually dynamic and a function of the input level. Our algorithm models this. The higher the input level, the lower the attack time.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/axe-fx-firmware-version-21-02-public-beta-beta-2.191173/post-2375507]
Our model is based on the original ones that used the CA3080A. New ones use an LM13700.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/axe-fx-iii-firmware-28-00-public-beta-beta-4.211395/#post-2643757]
A Ross-type circuit.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

; Dynamics Processor
: The Dynamics Processor allows compression or expansion with a single control. When set to negative values, the block compresses the signal. When set to positive values, the block expands the signal. A Dynamics Processor is also available in the Amp block on some products.

; Econo-Dyno-Comp
: Low CPU version of Dynami-Comp algorithm. This replaces the former PEDAL 1 type.

; JFET Pedal Compressor
<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<hr>
<blockquote>
(Firmware 28.01) New JFET Pedal Algorithm:
* Based on pedals with a JFET as the shunt resistor in a non-inverting op-amp configuration.
* Replaces the JFET Sustainer type.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

; JFET Studio Compressor
: Based on classic JFET (Field Effect Transistor) rackmount compressors, like the Urei 1176.
<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<hr>
<blockquote>
(Firmware 28.01) New JFET Compressor algorithm:
* Based on classic JFET rackmount compressors.
** Dynamic time constants.
** The Attack and Release times are the “native” times of the detector. The actual Attack and Release times will be much shorter (about 5 times). The native range of Attack Time for an 1176 is 0.1 ms to 5.5 ms.
** The Release Time range is 59 ms to 1.1 s.
* Due to the design of these compressors the minimum compression ratio is 4:1. Any settings below 4.0 will be clamped at 4:1.
* Unlike the actual hardware the algorithm’s threshold is variable so instead of varying the input and output gains we give you a more convenient method (and Automatic Makeup Gain).
* Due to the very fast attack times these types of compressors will distort. This is often used for effect. Low frequencies are distorted more.
* The “Drive” control allows overdriving the output stage for added distortion.
* Perfect for fattening up your sound and adding grit. Works well as a “finishing” compressor at the end of a chain (usually before time-based effects). Also great for vocals, bass and drums.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

; Modern VCA Compressor
: It's not disclosed on what device this type is based.

; Optical Compressor
: Based on classic optical rackmount compressors, e.g. LA-2A, famous for their smooth sound.

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<hr>
<blockquote>
(Firmware 28.01) New Optical Compressor Algorithm:
* Based on classic optical rackmount compressors.
* Times are “doubly dynamic”. The times are dynamic due to the feedback topology of the compressor and the attack and release times of the photocell are also dynamic. The Attack and Release Time controls set the nominal times of the photocell. However, the times will vary with the program level.
* Due to the design of these compressors the minimum compression ratio is 4:1. Any settings below 4.0 will be clamped at 4:1.
* Whereas hardware optical compressors typically have a fixed compression ratio (usually about 4:1) and a limiting option this algorithm allows adjusting the ratio from 4:1 to (nearly) infinite.
* Rather than input/output gain controls the algorithm allows adjusting the threshold instead which requires less fiddling with the makeup gain.
* The Emphasis control replicates the internal “Limiter Response” adjustment. This control may be on the front panel of some clones and the operation may be reversed depending upon the manufacturer. The Emphasis Frequency control allows shifting the frequency range of the curve.
* The “Drive” control allows overdriving the output stage for added distortion.
* The smooth attack and release characteristics of this type make it ideal for vocals and acoustic instrument sources.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
The Optical Compressor model is based on a LA-2A. [https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/diamond-compressor-setting.216817/#post-2727279]
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

; Rockguy Compressor
: Based on the (Tom Scholz) Rockman Guitar Compressor. [https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/implemented-rockman-guitar-compressor.209143/page-7#post-2643914]

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<hr>
<blockquote>
(Firmware 28.01) * Added Rockguy Compressor Type: similar to the JFET Pedal algorithm mentioned above but with dynamic release time and several other enhancements.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

; Vari-Mu Tube Compressor
: Previously titled Tube Compressor.

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<hr>
<blockquote>
(Firmware 28.01) New Tube Compressor Algorithm (now called “Vari-Mu Tube Compressor”):
* Based on a tube compressor using “remote-cutoff” tubes for gain control.
* Dynamic attack times.
* The actual compression ratio is somewhat nebulous due to the nature of the circuit but, in general, the minimum ratio is about 2:1 and the maximum ratio is about 20:1. The Threshold and Compression controls interact. The graph assists with adjusting the controls.
* This compressor has big, swoopy compression curves and a warm tone making it useful for adding “glue” to a track or mix.
* The “Drive” control allows overdriving the output stage for added distortion.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/a-fairchild-compressor-for-ax3.219741/#post-2768326]
The Tube Compressor type is based on a Fairchild.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

; VCA Bus Compressor
<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<hr>
<blockquote>
(Firmware 28.01) New “VCA Bus Compressor” algorithm:

* Based on a VCA feedback design (e.g., SSL Bus Compressor).
* Dynamic time constants. Extremely fast attack times are achievable as the actual attack time is always less than the programmed time (decreases dynamically).
* This algorithm replaces the Studio FB Compressor.
* Auto Att/Rel has been removed as it is no longer applicable.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

; VCA FB Sustainer

; VCA FF Sustainer

[[image:comp1.jpeg|600px]]

[[image:comp2.jpg|700px]]

=Position on the grid=

In pedalboard-based guitar rigs, the compressor pedal goes between guitar and amp.

Putting the Compressor block ''after'' the Amp block makes it interfere less with the amp dynamics. When doing this, set its input to Line instead of Instrument.

=Parameters=

The parameters are explained in the [[Owners_Manuals|Owner's Manual]].

[[image:Comp=mother.jpeg|link=|300px]]

==Input Level==

; Instrument
: The detector is optimized for guitar-level signals, i.e., before an amp block.

; Line
: The detector is optimized for post-amp level signals.

<blockquote>'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''<HR>
<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/axe-fx-iii-firmware-28-00-public-beta-beta-4.211395/page-5#post-2644300]
It just makes the Auto-Makeup work better.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

==Threshold==

<blockquote>'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''<HR>
<blockquote>
The Threshold is the input level at which the output starts to compress as given by Ratio control.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[http://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/love-3-0-but.147215/page-3#post-1739747]
If defaults to all the way down on old patches so that it doesn't change the sound of them.

-60 dB is so low as to ensure that the signal will compress even on the most quiet playing -- assuming Compression is higher than 0 or Ratio is higher than 1:1.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

==Level==

<blockquote>'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''<HR>
<blockquote>
Levels can be and are frequently above 0. Any compressor that has a max level of zero is not calibrated in dBu.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/compressor-block-problem.153997/post-1830564]
The output level is irrelevant. It's just a number.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/compressor-block-problem.153997/post-1830557]
This is the right way to set the compressor output level:
# Bypass everything but the compressor block.
# Dial in the desired threshold and ratio.
# Alternate between bypassing and engaging the block while strumming hard. Adjust the output level until the volume is the same.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

==Attack/Release==

; Attack : The time it takes to go from silence to maximum level.
; Decay : The time it takes to drop from maximum level to the sustain level or silence.
; Sustain : The volume of a note while holding it.
; Release : The time it takes to drop from sustain level to silence after being released.

Auto Attack/Release varies with program material as a percentage of the set values. It adds CPU usage. It's not available for all types.

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>

<blockquote>
[https://thegearforum.com/threads/clipping-in-the-axe-iii.4213/page-2#post-164504]
Compressors distort. The shorter the attack and release times the more distortion. This is because a compressor works by doing y = x * g where g is the gain. As the attack and release times approach zero g approaches k * |x| so you end up with y = x * k * |x| which is obviously very nonlinear.

Compression is, by definition, nonlinear because it is not time invariant. The audibility of the distortion is a function of human auditory perception and the attack and release parameters. The shorter the attack and release the more we perceive the distortion.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/fixed-compressor-gate-zipper-noise.159941/page-2#post-1915112]
You shouldn't use a combination of low Attack Time and low Release Time. If one is low the other should be high. Otherwise the detector will not filter enough. This is the nature of compressors. We allow you to use low times but you should be aware that it can cause distortion. Very low attack times will result in detector chatter. This is the nature of detector circuits.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/fixed-compressor-gate-zipper-noise.159941/post-1916324]
I recommend turning Auto Att/Rel on. The Attack and Release controls still work but it uses some fancy math to vary the attack and release times as a function of data statistics. The only downside is that it adds a little CPU hit.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/axe-fx-firmware-release-version-18-00.179261/post-2186669]
The types with no Auto Makeup switch have inherent makeup gain in the algorithm. It's not something you can turn off now. If you've ever used a Dynacomp you'll notice the volume does not decrease when you increase the compression.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[http://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/not-a-bug-compressor-release-showing-wrong-time-value.48630/#post-632039]
Pedal compressors typically have very long release times so the time is scaled by 10 for pedal mode. The time in studio mode is accurate to within a microsecond.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[http://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/not-a-bug-compressor-release-showing-wrong-time-value.48630/#post-632069]
The times are the classic "time constants" for analog circuits, i.e. the time it takes for a signal to settle to 37% of it's final value (e^-1).
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

==Mix==

Compressors are used mostly as a 100% wet effect. But there are a few compressors with Blend or Mix controls. Use the Mix parameter in the model.

==Sidechain Select==

You can use the signal that enters the grid to feed the compressor, even if the compressor block is placed further upon the grid, through the Sidechain Select parameter.

==Sidechain High Cut==

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/compressor-trick.153988/post-1830355]
You can use the Compressor block as a "Clarity" control. Set the sidechain high-cut to around 200 Hz. Now low notes will get compressed more than high notes. This will make the lows clearer when digging in. This is like a variable high-pass filter that gets more intense the harder you play. When you play lightly the compressor will do nothing. As you play harder low frequencies will have less gain than high frequencies.

For a more intense effect use the filter section of the sidechain. Set the type to lowpass and adjust the frequency to taste.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

==Emphasis==

This boosts the high frequencies prior to compression and then lowers them after.

<blockquote>'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''<HR>
<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/uglier-compressor-algorithms.177609/post-2162918]
There is pre/de-emphasis on the compressor. That will change the compression character of the attack a bit. To simulate this use the Emphasis control or the filter parameters in the Sidechain page.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

==Lookahead==

The default Lookahead value is 0.

Note that setting Lookahead to a non-zero value, will add some latency to the processing.

<blockquote>'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''<HR>
<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/compressor-blocks.205395/#post-2562293]
You can get rid of the 'spank' thing by using lookahead.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

==Auto Makeup Gain==

Some compressor types can apply automatic makeup gain.

<blockquote>'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''<HR>
<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/compressor-block-problem.153997/post-1830554]
The only thing auto-gain does is attempt to keep the output level the same as the ratio and/or threshold is changed. It has to make assumptions about the incoming level which is just a guess since every guitar is different.

The threshold of the Axe-Fx III differs from the Axe-Fx II by about 20 dB so if you are copying presets from the II you need to change your threshold accordingly.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/axe-fx-firmware-release-version-18-00-public-beta.178845/post-2185214]
Auto Makeup assumes a certain input level, in this case a typical humbucker guitar.

The idea is that once you set it you don't have to adjust it as much as you would if you didn't have it. For example, the makeup gain can run anywhere from 0 to 30 dB depending on the settings. With Auto Makeup on you typically don't need to adjust more than +/- a few dB.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/selectable-auto-makeup-gain-in-compressor.179966/post-2198186]
It can't be turned off because it's inherent in the algorithm. Think about the classic Dynacomp. It doesn't calculate the makeup gain, it happens automatically due to the nature of the circuit. The algorithms replicate the behavior of the circuits.

[…] You turn up the compression as desired. Play a bit. Bypass the block. Now engage it. If you need a bit more output level turn the level up and vice-versa. For those types where it is possible to turn off makeup gain a switch IS provided.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

==RMS detector==

The “RMS” detector type in some types mimics the fast detectors in classic rack-mount compressors. It uses less CPU than the other detectors.

<q>RMS</q> is the same as <q>Fast RMS</q> in the AX8, FX8 and Axe-Fx II.

=Tips, tricks and troubleshooting=

==Factory presets==

The Compressor block is showcased in many factory presets. Search the [[Factory presets]] page for <q>compres*</q>.

==Compressor block versus Amp block==

The Amp block on some products has its own compression tools:

; Dynamics
: Preamp compression, the same as the Compressor block's Dynamics mode.

; Output Comp
: Output compression, great to beef up clean tones.

Both types increase CPU usage.

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>

<blockquote>
[http://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/comp-vs-multicomp.107343/#post-1284495]
The Dynamics knob in the Amp block does the same thing as the Dynamics mode of the compressors so you can save a block that way.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[http://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/tips-on-getting-rid-of-that-hifi-sound-1st-look-at-3.140533/#post-1665472]
The Output Compressor is a simplified version of the compressor block.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

==Bass==

Try Amp into Cab into JFET (studio) into Optical compressor.

<blockquote>'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''<HR>
<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/axe-fx-iii-firmware-28-00-public-beta-beta-4.211395/page-5#post-2644537]
It's a classic technique. The JFET is fast and handles the peaks and adds a little grit. The optical is slower and smooths it out and warms it up.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

==Pick attack==

Use a compressor to manipulate pick attack.

<blockquote>'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''<HR>
<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/pick-attack-reduction.161727/post-1937654]
Downward Expander. Set Release Time and Hold Time to minimum. Detector to Peak. Adjust Attack Time, Ratio, etc. to taste.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

==Latency compensation==

If you're using multiple audio routings and need to align them, preventing timing differences (latency), you can use the Compressor block. Use the Dynamics type, set to a low ratio, adjust the Lookahead parameter.

See <q>[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/latency-time-alignment-block.159302/ Wish Latency / Time Alignment block]</q> in the forum for more information.

In current firmware, use the Delay control in the Mixer block instead (if available on the device).

==Pre and post compression==

For maximum control over dynamics and loudness, use two Compressor blocks. One at the start and one at the end. Demonstrated in some [[Factory presets]].

==Limiter==

There's no dedicated brickwall limiter in the unit, but the compressor can be used as such: set the RATIO to “INFINITY”. This reduces any level above the threshold to the threshold, applying a sort of “ceiling” or “brick-wall limiting” above which nothing can rise.

<blockquote>'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''<HR>
<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/compressor-meter-doesnt-match-the-output-meter.168147/post-2019948]
The compressor block is expressly designed to also be used as a limiter. Set the ratio to maximum and detector type to peak.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/axe-fx-iii-firmware-28-00-public-beta-beta-4.211395/page-9#post-2645832]
Many of the compressors can be used as limiters by setting the Ratio control to maximum. The display will say "Infinite" indicating that the compressor is operating as a limiter.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

==80's clean compression==

For ultra-compressed '80s clean guitar tone, check this factory preset: <q>[[Factory presets|CLEAN POP RHYTHM]]</q>

==Clean boost==

A compressor can be used as a clean boost. Keep compression low and set its output level as desired.

==Pump compression==

From the [[Owners_Manuals|Owners Manual]]:

<blockquote><HR><blockquote>
Pumping is an effect that occurs when a sudden strong peak causes a compressor to reduce levels such that the entire signal audibly dips and then returns. The event that triggers pumping might be brief, and can be in any part of the frequency spectrum. To reduce pumping caused by low or high end spikes, you can use sidechain filtering to make the compressor less sensitive to such peaks. Very fast and very slow release times tend to make a compressor seem more resistant to pumping, but can bring issues of their own. Another possibility is to switch to a multiband compressor, which handles lows, mids and highs individually. Now, it cannot go without saying that pumping can also be used as an effect in itself, as when a kick drum is set up as a sidechain source to give electric guitars a bouncing sound common in dance and industrial music.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

==De-essing==

<blockquote>'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''<HR>
<blockquote>
[http://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/deesser.147303/#post-1743145]
De-essing can be done by adjusting the side-chain EQ in the compressor block.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

==Cascaded compressors==

An old studio trick is to cascade two compressors in series, especially for slide guitar, reportedly used by Lowell George, Bonnie Raitt, and others.

<blockquote>'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''<HR>
<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/tone-trick-or-treating.166886/post-2004999]
Cascading compressors has been used in studios for decades. An 1176 into an LA-2A is a popular combo. The FMR Audio put this into a single package with their RNC (Really Nice Compressor) compressor which has two compressors in series. The "SuperNice" switch engaged a third stage.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

<blockquote>'''OTHER QUOTES'''<HR>
Austin Buddy described [https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/lowell-george-little-feat-patch-for-slide-compression.27985/post-2223515 how to get Lowell George's sound]:

<blockquote>
To try this, use two Studio FB 1 compressor block in series. Set each one of them to a 4:1 ratio, you can set the first one in series higher if you want. Then set the knee to high or medium high and make sure the threshold is set on the first one in the series to SQUASH the signal by at least 6db+ of compression, if not more. Raise the level a few db to hit the second one, then set the level out of that one to hit the amp.

Use a very fast attack, try 0.283 ms attack (actual 1176 attack) and 75 ms release on each. Play with it until you get the sound you like. Lowell used a Tele bridge pickup put into his Strat, but you can use the squawk position or middle pick up on Strat if you like.

It will be noisy when you aren't playing. Make sure to adjust the noise gate in INPUT 1 to be low, else it will cut off your sustain.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

==Solo Dallas Schaffer Replica==

To emulate the compression from the Schaffer Replica, use two compressors, and/or compression in the Amp block, as explained in the threads below, or look at the <q>[[Factory presets|HELL GLOCKENSPIELS]]</q> factory preset.

For more information see:
* <q>[http://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/comp-vs-multicomp.107343 Comp vs multicomp? (Solo Dallas Schaffer Replica)]</q>
* <q>[http://solodallas.com/the-schaffer-replica The Schaffer Replica]</q>

==Keeley Compressor==

<blockquote>'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''<HR>
<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/keeley-style-comp.151152/#post-1797889]
I use "Analog Compressor" for Keeley sounds. It works great! Because I play vintage output guitars, I like to boost the level going in by adjusting the output of the input block before it. You can try "Auto Att/Rel", or use the published "classic" Keeley recipes*. Personally, however, I prefer a faster release, in the neighborhood of 75ms or less.
* Attack Time: typically 15ms for 10dB, 5ms for 20dB, 3ms for 30dB
* Release Time: 80ms for 10dB, 160ms for 20dB, 240ms for 30dB
</blockquote></blockquote>

==Xotic SP Compressor==

<blockquote>'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''<HR>
<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/xotic-sp-compressor.213402/#post-2674658]
The Xotic SP Compressor is a simplified Dyna-comp clone with an added "Blend" control which is just a mix knob.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

==Suhr Woodshed Comp==

For Andy Wood's signature compressor, use the Classic VCA Compressor. [https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/andy-wood-compressor.217397/#post-2737903]

==Ross Compressor==

<blockquote>'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''<HR>
<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/uglier-compressor-algorithms.177609/post-2162918]
I don't hear anything the Dynamicomp model isn't capable of (except for the noise). Turn off Auto Att/Rel. Set the Attack to min, Release somewhat high, Compression as desired and Bob's your uncle.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/uglier-compressor-algorithms.177609/post-2162918]
The key is to use a feedback compressor. So that would be any of the pedal compressors and the Dynamicomp or the Studio FB Compressors. Then either set the threshold all the way down or all the way up if it's an upward compressor (Studio FB Compressor 2 IIRC). Set Attack Time to min, Release Time fairly long. Make sure detector type is peak and Auto Att/Rel is off.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

==More information ==

For more information see:

* [http://www.ovnilab.com/faq.shtml Compressor FAQ]
* [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Dynamic_range_compression Wikipedia: dynamic range compression]
* [http://m.youtube.com/watch?feature=em-uploademail&v=0RAzXYBg6q0 Pete Thorn explains compression]
* [http://reverb.com/news/compressor-vs-limiter-whats-the-difference Compressor vs Limiter: what's the difference]
* [https://codepen.io/animalsnacks/full/VRweeb Audio compression visualizer]
* [https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/how-about-we-pool-knowledge-and-understand-the-compressor-block-options-better.150711 Forum thread with tips]
* [https://www.izotope.com/en/learn/4-types-of-analog-compression-and-why-they-matter-in-a-digital-world.html 4 Types of Analog Compression]
* [https://www.soundonsound.com/techniques/compression-what-do-all-those-knobs-do Sound On Sound: What Do All These Knobs Do?]
* [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=EtjNG--Bu6w 3 Compression Styles Explained For Guitar, by Leon Todd]
* [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=yi0J9JsRdI4&t=1s How To Use Compression - Detailed Tutorial - In The Mix]
* [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=SUd4U87EcDo Are You Using the Wrong Compressor? Compression Masterclass - In The Mix]

=Videos=

[[video:Rosh-Compressor]]
[[video:Leon-Compress]]
[[video:Leon-CompressorsNew]]
[[video:Leon-CitrusJuicer]]

[[category:Axe-Fx2]]
[[category:Axe-Fx3]]
[[category:FM3]]
[[category:FM9]]
[[category:VP4]]
[[category:AM4]]
[[category:AX8]]
[[category:FX8]]
[[category:Sounds]]
[[category:All]]

Compressor block

2026-03-21T15:34:55Z

Yek: /* Compressor types */

__TOC__
=Compressor block=

'''Axe-Fx III''' — 4 blocks, 4 channels 
'''FM3''', '''FM9''' — 2 blocks, 4 channels 
'''VP4''' — 4 blocks, 4 channels 
'''AM4''' — 1 block, 4 channels 

'''ICONS''' — yes

'''Axe-Fx II''', '''FX8''' — 2 blocks, X/Y 
'''AX8''' — 1 block, X/Y

[[image:Compressor block.PNG|300px]]

=Compressor types=

The Compressor block was completely overhauled in firmware 28.01 for the Axe-Fx III, with changes to the types.

CPU usage varies a lot among the types.

Feedforward (FF) compressors compress “upwards” as opposed to a downwards compressor. They yield a different sound (smooth release and “fat” compression) than feedback compressors (FB). Feedback compressors can result in distortion at extreme control settings.

; Analog Compressor
: Natural soft-knee response, capturing the vibe of the classic compressors of the 70s and 80s.

; Analog Sustainer
: The same as the Analog Compressor type, but with upwards compression.

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>
<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/axe-fx-firmware-version-21-02-public-beta-beta-2.191173/post-2376038]
Upwards compressors INCREASE gain. Downwards compressors DECREASE gain.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/axe-fx-firmware-version-21-02-public-beta-beta-2.191173/post-2375817]
A sustainer is an upwards compressor. It increases gain when the signal is below the threshold. Therefore it will increase noise. You may want to use a gate to kill the noise.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

; Citrus Juicer
: Based on a Dan Armstrong Orange Squeezer. Unlike the Orange Squeezer, the model allows you to adjust the compression ratio and threshold independently and also features Emphasis, Drive and Tone controls. The ratio and threshold of the actual pedal vary with the particular JFET used and the internal bias trim. Set the Threshold to -26.0 dB and Compression to 8.0 as a starting point and adjust to taste.

; Classic VCA Compressor
: Previously: Studio FF Compressor. [https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/fm9-firmware-version-9-02.213429/page-7#post-2677814]

; Compander
: A compander is a compressor followed by an expander.
: The Transients control adjusts the transient modification. Values less than zero soften the attack, value greater than zero emphasize the attack.

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>
<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/axe-fx-iii-firmware-release-version-16-03.174033/post-2109538]
A Compander is a compressor followed by an expander. If the time constant of the compressor and expander are the same (and the "channel" is perfect, i.e. linear and lossless) then a Compander is transparent. If you change the time constant of one vs. the other the transients will become distorted. The "Transients" knob controls the time constant mismatch. Negative values smooth the transients, positive values enhance the transients. A Compander with transient enhancement can be used on kick drums, bass, etc. to add punch. Transient reduction can be used to reduce plosives. For guitar you can use the Compander to add or remove pick attack.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/delay-block-update.173708/post-2104201]
The first step in adding compansion to the delay block was creating a compander algorithm. So I created a Compander type first in the Compressor block. Once that was working I used that algorithm in the Delay block. The Compander allows you to set the Ratio, Time, Transients and Level. Turn Transients down and the attack is reduced, turn it up and the attack is enhanced. You can use it with kick drum to enhance the punch, put it on vocals to reduce plosives, etc.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

; Dynami-Comp Classic | Modern | Soft
: Based on [https://www.guitarworld.com/features/mxr-dyna-comp-compressor-pedal MXR’s M-102 Dyna Comp pedal].

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>
<blockquote>
Added in firmware 28.01:

* New Dynami-Comp algorithm:
** New algorithm accurately models various nonlinearities for faithful reproduction.
** Added Knee Type to allow varying the knee shape.
** Added Tone control (like in various clones).
** Added Drive control. The Drive control allows overdriving the OTA which can be used to add saturation. The control is preset when selecting one of the Dynami-Comp types but can be altered by the user.
** Added Input/Output graph.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/axe-fx-firmware-version-21-02-public-beta-beta-2.191173/post-2375490]
The Dynamicomp type is based on a Dynacomp.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/compressor-attack-release-default-settings.183692/post-2260540]
The attack time is dynamic. The greater the output of the compression circuit the faster the attack time.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/compressor-attack-release-default-settings.183692/post-2260136]
The attack time is actually dynamic and a function of the input level. Our algorithm models this. The higher the input level, the lower the attack time.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/axe-fx-firmware-version-21-02-public-beta-beta-2.191173/post-2375507]
Our model is based on the original ones that used the CA3080A. New ones use an LM13700.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/axe-fx-iii-firmware-28-00-public-beta-beta-4.211395/#post-2643757]
A Ross-type circuit.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

; Dynamics Processor
: The Dynamics Processor allows compression or expansion with a single control. When set to negative values, the block compresses the signal. When set to positive values, the block expands the signal. A Dynamics Processor is also available in the Amp block on some products.

; Econo-Dyno-Comp
: Low CPU version of Dynami-Comp algorithm. This replaces the former PEDAL 1 type.

; JFET Pedal Compressor
<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<hr>
<blockquote>
(Firmware 28.01) New JFET Pedal Algorithm:
* Based on pedals with a JFET as the shunt resistor in a non-inverting op-amp configuration.
* Replaces the JFET Sustainer type.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

; JFET Studio Compressor
: Based on classic JFET (Field Effect Transistor) rackmount compressors, like the Urei 1176.
<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<hr>
<blockquote>
(Firmware 28.01) New JFET Compressor algorithm:
* Based on classic JFET rackmount compressors.
**Dynamic time constants.
**The Attack and Release times are the “native” times of the detector. The actual Attack and Release times will be much shorter (about 5 times). The native range of Attack Time for an 1176 is 0.1 ms to 5.5 ms. ** The Release Time range is 59 ms to 1.1 s.
* Due to the design of these compressors the minimum compression ratio is 4:1. Any settings below 4.0 will be clamped at 4:1.
* Unlike the actual hardware the algorithm’s threshold is variable so instead of varying the input and output gains we give you a more convenient method (and Automatic Makeup Gain).
* Due to the very fast attack times these types of compressors will distort. This is often used for effect. Low frequencies are distorted more.
* The “Drive” control allows overdriving the output stage for added distortion.
* Perfect for fattening up your sound and adding grit. Works well as a “finishing” compressor at the end of a chain (usually before time-based effects). Also great for vocals, bass and drums.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

; Modern VCA Compressor
: It's not disclosed on what device this type is based.

; Optical Compressor
: Based on classic optical rackmount compressors, e.g. LA-2A, famous for their smooth sound.

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<hr>
<blockquote>
(Firmware 28.01) New Optical Compressor Algorithm:
* Based on classic optical rackmount compressors.
* Times are “doubly dynamic”. The times are dynamic due to the feedback topology of the compressor and the attack and release times of the photocell are also dynamic. The Attack and Release Time controls set the nominal times of the photocell. However, the times will vary with the program level.
* Due to the design of these compressors the minimum compression ratio is 4:1. Any settings below 4.0 will be clamped at 4:1.
* Whereas hardware optical compressors typically have a fixed compression ratio (usually about 4:1) and a limiting option this algorithm allows adjusting the ratio from 4:1 to (nearly) infinite.
* Rather than input/output gain controls the algorithm allows adjusting the threshold instead which requires less fiddling with the makeup gain.
* The Emphasis control replicates the internal “Limiter Response” adjustment. This control may be on the front panel of some clones and the operation may be reversed depending upon the manufacturer. The Emphasis Frequency control allows shifting the frequency range of the curve.
* The “Drive” control allows overdriving the output stage for added distortion.
* The smooth attack and release characteristics of this type make it ideal for vocals and acoustic instrument sources.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
The Optical Compressor model is based on a LA-2A. [https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/diamond-compressor-setting.216817/#post-2727279]
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

; Rockguy Compressor
: Based on the (Tom Scholz) Rockman Guitar Compressor. [https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/implemented-rockman-guitar-compressor.209143/page-7#post-2643914]

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<hr>
<blockquote>
(Firmware 28.01) * Added Rockguy Compressor Type: similar to the JFET Pedal algorithm mentioned above but with dynamic release time and several other enhancements.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

; Vari-Mu Tube Compressor
: Previously titled Tube Compressor.

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<hr>
<blockquote>
(Firmware 28.01) New Tube Compressor Algorithm (now called “Vari-Mu Tube Compressor”):
* Based on a tube compressor using “remote-cutoff” tubes for gain control.
* Dynamic attack times.
* The actual compression ratio is somewhat nebulous due to the nature of the circuit but, in general, the minimum ratio is about 2:1 and the maximum ratio is about 20:1. The Threshold and Compression controls ** interact. The graph assists with adjusting the controls.
* This compressor has big, swoopy compression curves and a warm tone making it useful for adding “glue” to a track or mix.
* The “Drive” control allows overdriving the output stage for added distortion.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/a-fairchild-compressor-for-ax3.219741/#post-2768326]
The Tube Compressor type is based on a Fairchild.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

; VCA Bus Compressor
<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<hr>
<blockquote>
(Firmware 28.01) New “VCA Bus Compressor” algorithm:

* Based on a VCA feedback design (e.g., SSL Bus Compressor).
* Dynamic time constants. Extremely fast attack times are achievable as the actual attack time is always less than the programmed time (decreases dynamically).
* This algorithm replaces the Studio FB Compressor.
* Auto Att/Rel has been removed as it is no longer applicable.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

; VCA FB Sustainer

; VCA FF Sustainer

[[image:comp1.jpeg|600px]]

[[image:comp2.jpg|700px]]

=Position on the grid=

In pedalboard-based guitar rigs, the compressor pedal goes between guitar and amp.

Putting the Compressor block ''after'' the Amp block makes it interfere less with the amp dynamics. When doing this, set its input to Line instead of Instrument.

=Parameters=

The parameters are explained in the [[Owners_Manuals|Owner's Manual]].

[[image:Comp=mother.jpeg|link=|300px]]

==Input Level==

; Instrument
: The detector is optimized for guitar-level signals, i.e., before an amp block.

; Line
: The detector is optimized for post-amp level signals.

<blockquote>'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''<HR>
<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/axe-fx-iii-firmware-28-00-public-beta-beta-4.211395/page-5#post-2644300]
It just makes the Auto-Makeup work better.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

==Threshold==

<blockquote>'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''<HR>
<blockquote>
The Threshold is the input level at which the output starts to compress as given by Ratio control.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[http://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/love-3-0-but.147215/page-3#post-1739747]
If defaults to all the way down on old patches so that it doesn't change the sound of them.

-60 dB is so low as to ensure that the signal will compress even on the most quiet playing -- assuming Compression is higher than 0 or Ratio is higher than 1:1.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

==Level==

<blockquote>'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''<HR>
<blockquote>
Levels can be and are frequently above 0. Any compressor that has a max level of zero is not calibrated in dBu.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/compressor-block-problem.153997/post-1830564]
The output level is irrelevant. It's just a number.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/compressor-block-problem.153997/post-1830557]
This is the right way to set the compressor output level:
# Bypass everything but the compressor block.
# Dial in the desired threshold and ratio.
# Alternate between bypassing and engaging the block while strumming hard. Adjust the output level until the volume is the same.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

==Attack/Release==

; Attack : The time it takes to go from silence to maximum level.
; Decay : The time it takes to drop from maximum level to the sustain level or silence.
; Sustain : The volume of a note while holding it.
; Release : The time it takes to drop from sustain level to silence after being released.

Auto Attack/Release varies with program material as a percentage of the set values. It adds CPU usage. It's not available for all types.

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>

<blockquote>
[https://thegearforum.com/threads/clipping-in-the-axe-iii.4213/page-2#post-164504]
Compressors distort. The shorter the attack and release times the more distortion. This is because a compressor works by doing y = x * g where g is the gain. As the attack and release times approach zero g approaches k * |x| so you end up with y = x * k * |x| which is obviously very nonlinear.

Compression is, by definition, nonlinear because it is not time invariant. The audibility of the distortion is a function of human auditory perception and the attack and release parameters. The shorter the attack and release the more we perceive the distortion.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/fixed-compressor-gate-zipper-noise.159941/page-2#post-1915112]
You shouldn't use a combination of low Attack Time and low Release Time. If one is low the other should be high. Otherwise the detector will not filter enough. This is the nature of compressors. We allow you to use low times but you should be aware that it can cause distortion. Very low attack times will result in detector chatter. This is the nature of detector circuits.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/fixed-compressor-gate-zipper-noise.159941/post-1916324]
I recommend turning Auto Att/Rel on. The Attack and Release controls still work but it uses some fancy math to vary the attack and release times as a function of data statistics. The only downside is that it adds a little CPU hit.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/axe-fx-firmware-release-version-18-00.179261/post-2186669]
The types with no Auto Makeup switch have inherent makeup gain in the algorithm. It's not something you can turn off now. If you've ever used a Dynacomp you'll notice the volume does not decrease when you increase the compression.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[http://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/not-a-bug-compressor-release-showing-wrong-time-value.48630/#post-632039]
Pedal compressors typically have very long release times so the time is scaled by 10 for pedal mode. The time in studio mode is accurate to within a microsecond.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[http://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/not-a-bug-compressor-release-showing-wrong-time-value.48630/#post-632069]
The times are the classic "time constants" for analog circuits, i.e. the time it takes for a signal to settle to 37% of it's final value (e^-1).
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

==Mix==

Compressors are used mostly as a 100% wet effect. But there are a few compressors with Blend or Mix controls. Use the Mix parameter in the model.

==Sidechain Select==

You can use the signal that enters the grid to feed the compressor, even if the compressor block is placed further upon the grid, through the Sidechain Select parameter.

==Sidechain High Cut==

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/compressor-trick.153988/post-1830355]
You can use the Compressor block as a "Clarity" control. Set the sidechain high-cut to around 200 Hz. Now low notes will get compressed more than high notes. This will make the lows clearer when digging in. This is like a variable high-pass filter that gets more intense the harder you play. When you play lightly the compressor will do nothing. As you play harder low frequencies will have less gain than high frequencies.

For a more intense effect use the filter section of the sidechain. Set the type to lowpass and adjust the frequency to taste.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

==Emphasis==

This boosts the high frequencies prior to compression and then lowers them after.

<blockquote>'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''<HR>
<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/uglier-compressor-algorithms.177609/post-2162918]
There is pre/de-emphasis on the compressor. That will change the compression character of the attack a bit. To simulate this use the Emphasis control or the filter parameters in the Sidechain page.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

==Lookahead==

The default Lookahead value is 0.

Note that setting Lookahead to a non-zero value, will add some latency to the processing.

<blockquote>'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''<HR>
<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/compressor-blocks.205395/#post-2562293]
You can get rid of the 'spank' thing by using lookahead.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

==Auto Makeup Gain==

Some compressor types can apply automatic makeup gain.

<blockquote>'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''<HR>
<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/compressor-block-problem.153997/post-1830554]
The only thing auto-gain does is attempt to keep the output level the same as the ratio and/or threshold is changed. It has to make assumptions about the incoming level which is just a guess since every guitar is different.

The threshold of the Axe-Fx III differs from the Axe-Fx II by about 20 dB so if you are copying presets from the II you need to change your threshold accordingly.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/axe-fx-firmware-release-version-18-00-public-beta.178845/post-2185214]
Auto Makeup assumes a certain input level, in this case a typical humbucker guitar.

The idea is that once you set it you don't have to adjust it as much as you would if you didn't have it. For example, the makeup gain can run anywhere from 0 to 30 dB depending on the settings. With Auto Makeup on you typically don't need to adjust more than +/- a few dB.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/selectable-auto-makeup-gain-in-compressor.179966/post-2198186]
It can't be turned off because it's inherent in the algorithm. Think about the classic Dynacomp. It doesn't calculate the makeup gain, it happens automatically due to the nature of the circuit. The algorithms replicate the behavior of the circuits.

[…] You turn up the compression as desired. Play a bit. Bypass the block. Now engage it. If you need a bit more output level turn the level up and vice-versa. For those types where it is possible to turn off makeup gain a switch IS provided.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

==RMS detector==

The “RMS” detector type in some types mimics the fast detectors in classic rack-mount compressors. It uses less CPU than the other detectors.

<q>RMS</q> is the same as <q>Fast RMS</q> in the AX8, FX8 and Axe-Fx II.

=Tips, tricks and troubleshooting=

==Factory presets==

The Compressor block is showcased in many factory presets. Search the [[Factory presets]] page for <q>compres*</q>.

==Compressor block versus Amp block==

The Amp block on some products has its own compression tools:

; Dynamics
: Preamp compression, the same as the Compressor block's Dynamics mode.

; Output Comp
: Output compression, great to beef up clean tones.

Both types increase CPU usage.

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>

<blockquote>
[http://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/comp-vs-multicomp.107343/#post-1284495]
The Dynamics knob in the Amp block does the same thing as the Dynamics mode of the compressors so you can save a block that way.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[http://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/tips-on-getting-rid-of-that-hifi-sound-1st-look-at-3.140533/#post-1665472]
The Output Compressor is a simplified version of the compressor block.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

==Bass==

Try Amp into Cab into JFET (studio) into Optical compressor.

<blockquote>'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''<HR>
<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/axe-fx-iii-firmware-28-00-public-beta-beta-4.211395/page-5#post-2644537]
It's a classic technique. The JFET is fast and handles the peaks and adds a little grit. The optical is slower and smooths it out and warms it up.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

==Pick attack==

Use a compressor to manipulate pick attack.

<blockquote>'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''<HR>
<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/pick-attack-reduction.161727/post-1937654]
Downward Expander. Set Release Time and Hold Time to minimum. Detector to Peak. Adjust Attack Time, Ratio, etc. to taste.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

==Latency compensation==

If you're using multiple audio routings and need to align them, preventing timing differences (latency), you can use the Compressor block. Use the Dynamics type, set to a low ratio, adjust the Lookahead parameter.

See <q>[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/latency-time-alignment-block.159302/ Wish Latency / Time Alignment block]</q> in the forum for more information.

In current firmware, use the Delay control in the Mixer block instead (if available on the device).

==Pre and post compression==

For maximum control over dynamics and loudness, use two Compressor blocks. One at the start and one at the end. Demonstrated in some [[Factory presets]].

==Limiter==

There's no dedicated brickwall limiter in the unit, but the compressor can be used as such: set the RATIO to “INFINITY”. This reduces any level above the threshold to the threshold, applying a sort of “ceiling” or “brick-wall limiting” above which nothing can rise.

<blockquote>'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''<HR>
<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/compressor-meter-doesnt-match-the-output-meter.168147/post-2019948]
The compressor block is expressly designed to also be used as a limiter. Set the ratio to maximum and detector type to peak.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/axe-fx-iii-firmware-28-00-public-beta-beta-4.211395/page-9#post-2645832]
Many of the compressors can be used as limiters by setting the Ratio control to maximum. The display will say "Infinite" indicating that the compressor is operating as a limiter.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

==80's clean compression==

For ultra-compressed '80s clean guitar tone, check this factory preset: <q>[[Factory presets|CLEAN POP RHYTHM]]</q>

==Clean boost==

A compressor can be used as a clean boost. Keep compression low and set its output level as desired.

==Pump compression==

From the [[Owners_Manuals|Owners Manual]]:

<blockquote><HR><blockquote>
Pumping is an effect that occurs when a sudden strong peak causes a compressor to reduce levels such that the entire signal audibly dips and then returns. The event that triggers pumping might be brief, and can be in any part of the frequency spectrum. To reduce pumping caused by low or high end spikes, you can use sidechain filtering to make the compressor less sensitive to such peaks. Very fast and very slow release times tend to make a compressor seem more resistant to pumping, but can bring issues of their own. Another possibility is to switch to a multiband compressor, which handles lows, mids and highs individually. Now, it cannot go without saying that pumping can also be used as an effect in itself, as when a kick drum is set up as a sidechain source to give electric guitars a bouncing sound common in dance and industrial music.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

==De-essing==

<blockquote>'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''<HR>
<blockquote>
[http://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/deesser.147303/#post-1743145]
De-essing can be done by adjusting the side-chain EQ in the compressor block.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

==Cascaded compressors==

An old studio trick is to cascade two compressors in series, especially for slide guitar, reportedly used by Lowell George, Bonnie Raitt, and others.

<blockquote>'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''<HR>
<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/tone-trick-or-treating.166886/post-2004999]
Cascading compressors has been used in studios for decades. An 1176 into an LA-2A is a popular combo. The FMR Audio put this into a single package with their RNC (Really Nice Compressor) compressor which has two compressors in series. The "SuperNice" switch engaged a third stage.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

<blockquote>'''OTHER QUOTES'''<HR>
Austin Buddy described [https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/lowell-george-little-feat-patch-for-slide-compression.27985/post-2223515 how to get Lowell George's sound]:

<blockquote>
To try this, use two Studio FB 1 compressor block in series. Set each one of them to a 4:1 ratio, you can set the first one in series higher if you want. Then set the knee to high or medium high and make sure the threshold is set on the first one in the series to SQUASH the signal by at least 6db+ of compression, if not more. Raise the level a few db to hit the second one, then set the level out of that one to hit the amp.

Use a very fast attack, try 0.283 ms attack (actual 1176 attack) and 75 ms release on each. Play with it until you get the sound you like. Lowell used a Tele bridge pickup put into his Strat, but you can use the squawk position or middle pick up on Strat if you like.

It will be noisy when you aren't playing. Make sure to adjust the noise gate in INPUT 1 to be low, else it will cut off your sustain.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

==Solo Dallas Schaffer Replica==

To emulate the compression from the Schaffer Replica, use two compressors, and/or compression in the Amp block, as explained in the threads below, or look at the <q>[[Factory presets|HELL GLOCKENSPIELS]]</q> factory preset.

For more information see:
* <q>[http://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/comp-vs-multicomp.107343 Comp vs multicomp? (Solo Dallas Schaffer Replica)]</q>
* <q>[http://solodallas.com/the-schaffer-replica The Schaffer Replica]</q>

==Keeley Compressor==

<blockquote>'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''<HR>
<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/keeley-style-comp.151152/#post-1797889]
I use "Analog Compressor" for Keeley sounds. It works great! Because I play vintage output guitars, I like to boost the level going in by adjusting the output of the input block before it. You can try "Auto Att/Rel", or use the published "classic" Keeley recipes*. Personally, however, I prefer a faster release, in the neighborhood of 75ms or less.
* Attack Time: typically 15ms for 10dB, 5ms for 20dB, 3ms for 30dB
* Release Time: 80ms for 10dB, 160ms for 20dB, 240ms for 30dB
</blockquote></blockquote>

==Xotic SP Compressor==

<blockquote>'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''<HR>
<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/xotic-sp-compressor.213402/#post-2674658]
The Xotic SP Compressor is a simplified Dyna-comp clone with an added "Blend" control which is just a mix knob.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

==Suhr Woodshed Comp==

For Andy Wood's signature compressor, use the Classic VCA Compressor. [https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/andy-wood-compressor.217397/#post-2737903]

==Ross Compressor==

<blockquote>'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''<HR>
<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/uglier-compressor-algorithms.177609/post-2162918]
I don't hear anything the Dynamicomp model isn't capable of (except for the noise). Turn off Auto Att/Rel. Set the Attack to min, Release somewhat high, Compression as desired and Bob's your uncle.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/uglier-compressor-algorithms.177609/post-2162918]
The key is to use a feedback compressor. So that would be any of the pedal compressors and the Dynamicomp or the Studio FB Compressors. Then either set the threshold all the way down or all the way up if it's an upward compressor (Studio FB Compressor 2 IIRC). Set Attack Time to min, Release Time fairly long. Make sure detector type is peak and Auto Att/Rel is off.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

==More information ==

For more information see:

* [http://www.ovnilab.com/faq.shtml Compressor FAQ]
* [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Dynamic_range_compression Wikipedia: dynamic range compression]
* [http://m.youtube.com/watch?feature=em-uploademail&v=0RAzXYBg6q0 Pete Thorn explains compression]
* [http://reverb.com/news/compressor-vs-limiter-whats-the-difference Compressor vs Limiter: what's the difference]
* [https://codepen.io/animalsnacks/full/VRweeb Audio compression visualizer]
* [https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/how-about-we-pool-knowledge-and-understand-the-compressor-block-options-better.150711 Forum thread with tips]
* [https://www.izotope.com/en/learn/4-types-of-analog-compression-and-why-they-matter-in-a-digital-world.html 4 Types of Analog Compression]
* [https://www.soundonsound.com/techniques/compression-what-do-all-those-knobs-do Sound On Sound: What Do All These Knobs Do?]
* [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=EtjNG--Bu6w 3 Compression Styles Explained For Guitar, by Leon Todd]
* [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=yi0J9JsRdI4&t=1s How To Use Compression - Detailed Tutorial - In The Mix]
* [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=SUd4U87EcDo Are You Using the Wrong Compressor? Compression Masterclass - In The Mix]

=Videos=

[[video:Rosh-Compressor]]
[[video:Leon-Compress]]
[[video:Leon-CompressorsNew]]
[[video:Leon-CitrusJuicer]]

[[category:Axe-Fx2]]
[[category:Axe-Fx3]]
[[category:FM3]]
[[category:FM9]]
[[category:VP4]]
[[category:AM4]]
[[category:AX8]]
[[category:FX8]]
[[category:Sounds]]
[[category:All]]

Compressor block

2026-03-21T15:34:28Z

Yek: /* Compressor types */

__TOC__
=Compressor block=

'''Axe-Fx III''' — 4 blocks, 4 channels 
'''FM3''', '''FM9''' — 2 blocks, 4 channels 
'''VP4''' — 4 blocks, 4 channels 
'''AM4''' — 1 block, 4 channels 

'''ICONS''' — yes

'''Axe-Fx II''', '''FX8''' — 2 blocks, X/Y 
'''AX8''' — 1 block, X/Y

[[image:Compressor block.PNG|300px]]

=Compressor types=

The Compressor block was completely overhauled in firmware 28.01 for the Axe-Fx III, with changes to the types.

CPU usage varies a lot among the types.

Feedforward (FF) compressors compress “upwards” as opposed to a downwards compressor. They yield a different sound (smooth release and “fat” compression) than feedback compressors (FB). Feedback compressors can result in distortion at extreme control settings.

; Analog Compressor
: Natural soft-knee response, capturing the vibe of the classic compressors of the 70s and 80s.

; Analog Sustainer
: The same as the Analog Compressor type, but with upwards compression.

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>
<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/axe-fx-firmware-version-21-02-public-beta-beta-2.191173/post-2376038]
Upwards compressors INCREASE gain. Downwards compressors DECREASE gain.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/axe-fx-firmware-version-21-02-public-beta-beta-2.191173/post-2375817]
A sustainer is an upwards compressor. It increases gain when the signal is below the threshold. Therefore it will increase noise. You may want to use a gate to kill the noise.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

; Citrus Juicer
: Based on a Dan Armstrong Orange Squeezer. Unlike the Orange Squeezer, the model allows you to adjust the compression ratio and threshold independently and also features Emphasis, Drive and Tone controls. The ratio and threshold of the actual pedal vary with the particular JFET used and the internal bias trim. Set the Threshold to -26.0 dB and Compression to 8.0 as a starting point and adjust to taste.

; Classic VCA Compressor
: Previously: Studio FF Compressor. [https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/fm9-firmware-version-9-02.213429/page-7#post-2677814]

; Compander
: A compander is a compressor followed by an expander.
: The Transients control adjusts the transient modification. Values less than zero soften the attack, value greater than zero emphasize the attack.

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>
<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/axe-fx-iii-firmware-release-version-16-03.174033/post-2109538]
A Compander is a compressor followed by an expander. If the time constant of the compressor and expander are the same (and the "channel" is perfect, i.e. linear and lossless) then a Compander is transparent. If you change the time constant of one vs. the other the transients will become distorted. The "Transients" knob controls the time constant mismatch. Negative values smooth the transients, positive values enhance the transients. A Compander with transient enhancement can be used on kick drums, bass, etc. to add punch. Transient reduction can be used to reduce plosives. For guitar you can use the Compander to add or remove pick attack.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/delay-block-update.173708/post-2104201]
The first step in adding compansion to the delay block was creating a compander algorithm. So I created a Compander type first in the Compressor block. Once that was working I used that algorithm in the Delay block. The Compander allows you to set the Ratio, Time, Transients and Level. Turn Transients down and the attack is reduced, turn it up and the attack is enhanced. You can use it with kick drum to enhance the punch, put it on vocals to reduce plosives, etc.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

; Dynami-Comp Classic | Modern | Soft
: Based on [https://www.guitarworld.com/features/mxr-dyna-comp-compressor-pedal MXR’s M-102 Dyna Comp pedal].

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>
<blockquote>
Added in firmware 28.01:

* New Dynami-Comp algorithm:
** New algorithm accurately models various nonlinearities for faithful reproduction.
** Added Knee Type to allow varying the knee shape.
** Added Tone control (like in various clones).
** Added Drive control. The Drive control allows overdriving the OTA which can be used to add saturation. The control is preset when selecting one of the Dynami-Comp types but can be altered by the user.
** Added Input/Output graph.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/axe-fx-firmware-version-21-02-public-beta-beta-2.191173/post-2375490]
The Dynamicomp type is based on a Dynacomp.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/compressor-attack-release-default-settings.183692/post-2260540]
The attack time is dynamic. The greater the output of the compression circuit the faster the attack time.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/compressor-attack-release-default-settings.183692/post-2260136]
The attack time is actually dynamic and a function of the input level. Our algorithm models this. The higher the input level, the lower the attack time.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/axe-fx-firmware-version-21-02-public-beta-beta-2.191173/post-2375507]
Our model is based on the original ones that used the CA3080A. New ones use an LM13700.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/axe-fx-iii-firmware-28-00-public-beta-beta-4.211395/#post-2643757]
A Ross-type circuit.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

; Dynamics Processor
: The Dynamics Processor allows compression or expansion with a single control. When set to negative values, the block compresses the signal. When set to positive values, the block expands the signal. A Dynamics Processor is also available in the Amp block on some products.

; Econo-Dyno-Comp
: Low CPU version of Dynami-Comp algorithm. This replaces the former PEDAL 1 type.

; JFET Pedal Compressor
<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<hr>
<blockquote>
(Firmware 28.01) New JFET Pedal Algorithm:
* Based on pedals with a JFET as the shunt resistor in a non-inverting op-amp configuration.
* Replaces the JFET Sustainer type.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

; JFET Studio Compressor
: Based on classic JFET (Field Effect Transistor) rackmount compressors, like the Urei 1176.
<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<hr>
<blockquote>
(Firmware 28.01) New JFET Compressor algorithm:
* Based on classic JFET rackmount compressors.
**Dynamic time constants.
**The Attack and Release times are the “native” times of the detector. The actual Attack and Release times will be much shorter (about 5 times). The native range of Attack Time for an 1176 is 0.1 ms to 5.5 ms. ** The Release Time range is 59 ms to 1.1 s.
* Due to the design of these compressors the minimum compression ratio is 4:1. Any settings below 4.0 will be clamped at 4:1.
* Unlike the actual hardware the algorithm’s threshold is variable so instead of varying the input and output gains we give you a more convenient method (and Automatic Makeup Gain).
* Due to the very fast attack times these types of compressors will distort. This is often used for effect. Low frequencies are distorted more.
* The “Drive” control allows overdriving the output stage for added distortion.
* Perfect for fattening up your sound and adding grit. Works well as a “finishing” compressor at the end of a chain (usually before time-based effects). Also great for vocals, bass and drums.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

; Modern VCA Compressor
: It's not disclosed on what device this type is based.

; Optical Compressor
: Based on classic optical rackmount compressors, e.g. LA-2A, famous for their smooth sound.

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<hr>
<blockquote>
(Firmware 28.01) New Optical Compressor Algorithm:
* Based on classic optical rackmount compressors.
* Times are “doubly dynamic”. The times are dynamic due to the feedback topology of the compressor and the attack and release times of the photocell are also dynamic. The Attack and Release Time controls set the nominal times of the photocell. However, the times will vary with the program level.
* Due to the design of these compressors the minimum compression ratio is 4:1. Any settings below 4.0 will be clamped at 4:1.
* Whereas hardware optical compressors typically have a fixed compression ratio (usually about 4:1) and a limiting option this algorithm allows adjusting the ratio from 4:1 to (nearly) infinite.
* Rather than input/output gain controls the algorithm allows adjusting the threshold instead which requires less fiddling with the makeup gain.
* The Emphasis control replicates the internal “Limiter Response” adjustment. This control may be on the front panel of some clones and the operation may be reversed depending upon the manufacturer. The Emphasis Frequency control allows shifting the frequency range of the curve.
* The “Drive” control allows overdriving the output stage for added distortion.
* The smooth attack and release characteristics of this type make it ideal for vocals and acoustic instrument sources.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
The Optical Compressor model is based on a LA-2A. [https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/diamond-compressor-setting.216817/#post-2727279]
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

; Rockguy Compressor
: Based on the (Tom Scholz) Rockman Guitar Compressor. [https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/implemented-rockman-guitar-compressor.209143/page-7#post-2643914]

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<hr>
<blockquote>
(Firmware 28.01) * Added Rockguy Compressor Type: similar to the JFET Pedal algorithm mentioned above but with dynamic release time and several other enhancements.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

; Vari-Mu Tube Compressor
: Previously titled Tube Compressor.

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<hr>
<blockquote>
(Firmware 28.01) New Tube Compressor Algorithm (now called “Vari-Mu Tube Compressor”):
* Based on a tube compressor using “remote-cutoff” tubes for gain control.
* Dynamic attack times.
* The actual compression ratio is somewhat nebulous due to the nature of the circuit but, in general, the minimum ratio is about 2:1 and the maximum ratio is about 20:1. The Threshold and Compression controls ** interact. The graph assists with adjusting the controls.
* This compressor has big, swoopy compression curves and a warm tone making it useful for adding “glue” to a track or mix.
* The “Drive” control allows overdriving the output stage for added distortion.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/a-fairchild-compressor-for-ax3.219741/#post-2768326]
The Tube Compressor type is based on a Fairchild.
</blockquote>

; VCA Bus Compressor
<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<hr>
<blockquote>
(Firmware 28.01) New “VCA Bus Compressor” algorithm:

* Based on a VCA feedback design (e.g., SSL Bus Compressor).
* Dynamic time constants. Extremely fast attack times are achievable as the actual attack time is always less than the programmed time (decreases dynamically).
* This algorithm replaces the Studio FB Compressor.
* Auto Att/Rel has been removed as it is no longer applicable.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

; VCA FB Sustainer

; VCA FF Sustainer

[[image:comp1.jpeg|600px]]

[[image:comp2.jpg|700px]]

=Position on the grid=

In pedalboard-based guitar rigs, the compressor pedal goes between guitar and amp.

Putting the Compressor block ''after'' the Amp block makes it interfere less with the amp dynamics. When doing this, set its input to Line instead of Instrument.

=Parameters=

The parameters are explained in the [[Owners_Manuals|Owner's Manual]].

[[image:Comp=mother.jpeg|link=|300px]]

==Input Level==

; Instrument
: The detector is optimized for guitar-level signals, i.e., before an amp block.

; Line
: The detector is optimized for post-amp level signals.

<blockquote>'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''<HR>
<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/axe-fx-iii-firmware-28-00-public-beta-beta-4.211395/page-5#post-2644300]
It just makes the Auto-Makeup work better.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

==Threshold==

<blockquote>'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''<HR>
<blockquote>
The Threshold is the input level at which the output starts to compress as given by Ratio control.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[http://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/love-3-0-but.147215/page-3#post-1739747]
If defaults to all the way down on old patches so that it doesn't change the sound of them.

-60 dB is so low as to ensure that the signal will compress even on the most quiet playing -- assuming Compression is higher than 0 or Ratio is higher than 1:1.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

==Level==

<blockquote>'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''<HR>
<blockquote>
Levels can be and are frequently above 0. Any compressor that has a max level of zero is not calibrated in dBu.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/compressor-block-problem.153997/post-1830564]
The output level is irrelevant. It's just a number.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/compressor-block-problem.153997/post-1830557]
This is the right way to set the compressor output level:
# Bypass everything but the compressor block.
# Dial in the desired threshold and ratio.
# Alternate between bypassing and engaging the block while strumming hard. Adjust the output level until the volume is the same.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

==Attack/Release==

; Attack : The time it takes to go from silence to maximum level.
; Decay : The time it takes to drop from maximum level to the sustain level or silence.
; Sustain : The volume of a note while holding it.
; Release : The time it takes to drop from sustain level to silence after being released.

Auto Attack/Release varies with program material as a percentage of the set values. It adds CPU usage. It's not available for all types.

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>

<blockquote>
[https://thegearforum.com/threads/clipping-in-the-axe-iii.4213/page-2#post-164504]
Compressors distort. The shorter the attack and release times the more distortion. This is because a compressor works by doing y = x * g where g is the gain. As the attack and release times approach zero g approaches k * |x| so you end up with y = x * k * |x| which is obviously very nonlinear.

Compression is, by definition, nonlinear because it is not time invariant. The audibility of the distortion is a function of human auditory perception and the attack and release parameters. The shorter the attack and release the more we perceive the distortion.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/fixed-compressor-gate-zipper-noise.159941/page-2#post-1915112]
You shouldn't use a combination of low Attack Time and low Release Time. If one is low the other should be high. Otherwise the detector will not filter enough. This is the nature of compressors. We allow you to use low times but you should be aware that it can cause distortion. Very low attack times will result in detector chatter. This is the nature of detector circuits.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/fixed-compressor-gate-zipper-noise.159941/post-1916324]
I recommend turning Auto Att/Rel on. The Attack and Release controls still work but it uses some fancy math to vary the attack and release times as a function of data statistics. The only downside is that it adds a little CPU hit.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/axe-fx-firmware-release-version-18-00.179261/post-2186669]
The types with no Auto Makeup switch have inherent makeup gain in the algorithm. It's not something you can turn off now. If you've ever used a Dynacomp you'll notice the volume does not decrease when you increase the compression.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[http://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/not-a-bug-compressor-release-showing-wrong-time-value.48630/#post-632039]
Pedal compressors typically have very long release times so the time is scaled by 10 for pedal mode. The time in studio mode is accurate to within a microsecond.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[http://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/not-a-bug-compressor-release-showing-wrong-time-value.48630/#post-632069]
The times are the classic "time constants" for analog circuits, i.e. the time it takes for a signal to settle to 37% of it's final value (e^-1).
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

==Mix==

Compressors are used mostly as a 100% wet effect. But there are a few compressors with Blend or Mix controls. Use the Mix parameter in the model.

==Sidechain Select==

You can use the signal that enters the grid to feed the compressor, even if the compressor block is placed further upon the grid, through the Sidechain Select parameter.

==Sidechain High Cut==

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/compressor-trick.153988/post-1830355]
You can use the Compressor block as a "Clarity" control. Set the sidechain high-cut to around 200 Hz. Now low notes will get compressed more than high notes. This will make the lows clearer when digging in. This is like a variable high-pass filter that gets more intense the harder you play. When you play lightly the compressor will do nothing. As you play harder low frequencies will have less gain than high frequencies.

For a more intense effect use the filter section of the sidechain. Set the type to lowpass and adjust the frequency to taste.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

==Emphasis==

This boosts the high frequencies prior to compression and then lowers them after.

<blockquote>'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''<HR>
<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/uglier-compressor-algorithms.177609/post-2162918]
There is pre/de-emphasis on the compressor. That will change the compression character of the attack a bit. To simulate this use the Emphasis control or the filter parameters in the Sidechain page.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

==Lookahead==

The default Lookahead value is 0.

Note that setting Lookahead to a non-zero value, will add some latency to the processing.

<blockquote>'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''<HR>
<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/compressor-blocks.205395/#post-2562293]
You can get rid of the 'spank' thing by using lookahead.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

==Auto Makeup Gain==

Some compressor types can apply automatic makeup gain.

<blockquote>'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''<HR>
<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/compressor-block-problem.153997/post-1830554]
The only thing auto-gain does is attempt to keep the output level the same as the ratio and/or threshold is changed. It has to make assumptions about the incoming level which is just a guess since every guitar is different.

The threshold of the Axe-Fx III differs from the Axe-Fx II by about 20 dB so if you are copying presets from the II you need to change your threshold accordingly.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/axe-fx-firmware-release-version-18-00-public-beta.178845/post-2185214]
Auto Makeup assumes a certain input level, in this case a typical humbucker guitar.

The idea is that once you set it you don't have to adjust it as much as you would if you didn't have it. For example, the makeup gain can run anywhere from 0 to 30 dB depending on the settings. With Auto Makeup on you typically don't need to adjust more than +/- a few dB.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/selectable-auto-makeup-gain-in-compressor.179966/post-2198186]
It can't be turned off because it's inherent in the algorithm. Think about the classic Dynacomp. It doesn't calculate the makeup gain, it happens automatically due to the nature of the circuit. The algorithms replicate the behavior of the circuits.

[…] You turn up the compression as desired. Play a bit. Bypass the block. Now engage it. If you need a bit more output level turn the level up and vice-versa. For those types where it is possible to turn off makeup gain a switch IS provided.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

==RMS detector==

The “RMS” detector type in some types mimics the fast detectors in classic rack-mount compressors. It uses less CPU than the other detectors.

<q>RMS</q> is the same as <q>Fast RMS</q> in the AX8, FX8 and Axe-Fx II.

=Tips, tricks and troubleshooting=

==Factory presets==

The Compressor block is showcased in many factory presets. Search the [[Factory presets]] page for <q>compres*</q>.

==Compressor block versus Amp block==

The Amp block on some products has its own compression tools:

; Dynamics
: Preamp compression, the same as the Compressor block's Dynamics mode.

; Output Comp
: Output compression, great to beef up clean tones.

Both types increase CPU usage.

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>

<blockquote>
[http://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/comp-vs-multicomp.107343/#post-1284495]
The Dynamics knob in the Amp block does the same thing as the Dynamics mode of the compressors so you can save a block that way.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[http://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/tips-on-getting-rid-of-that-hifi-sound-1st-look-at-3.140533/#post-1665472]
The Output Compressor is a simplified version of the compressor block.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

==Bass==

Try Amp into Cab into JFET (studio) into Optical compressor.

<blockquote>'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''<HR>
<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/axe-fx-iii-firmware-28-00-public-beta-beta-4.211395/page-5#post-2644537]
It's a classic technique. The JFET is fast and handles the peaks and adds a little grit. The optical is slower and smooths it out and warms it up.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

==Pick attack==

Use a compressor to manipulate pick attack.

<blockquote>'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''<HR>
<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/pick-attack-reduction.161727/post-1937654]
Downward Expander. Set Release Time and Hold Time to minimum. Detector to Peak. Adjust Attack Time, Ratio, etc. to taste.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

==Latency compensation==

If you're using multiple audio routings and need to align them, preventing timing differences (latency), you can use the Compressor block. Use the Dynamics type, set to a low ratio, adjust the Lookahead parameter.

See <q>[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/latency-time-alignment-block.159302/ Wish Latency / Time Alignment block]</q> in the forum for more information.

In current firmware, use the Delay control in the Mixer block instead (if available on the device).

==Pre and post compression==

For maximum control over dynamics and loudness, use two Compressor blocks. One at the start and one at the end. Demonstrated in some [[Factory presets]].

==Limiter==

There's no dedicated brickwall limiter in the unit, but the compressor can be used as such: set the RATIO to “INFINITY”. This reduces any level above the threshold to the threshold, applying a sort of “ceiling” or “brick-wall limiting” above which nothing can rise.

<blockquote>'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''<HR>
<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/compressor-meter-doesnt-match-the-output-meter.168147/post-2019948]
The compressor block is expressly designed to also be used as a limiter. Set the ratio to maximum and detector type to peak.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/axe-fx-iii-firmware-28-00-public-beta-beta-4.211395/page-9#post-2645832]
Many of the compressors can be used as limiters by setting the Ratio control to maximum. The display will say "Infinite" indicating that the compressor is operating as a limiter.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

==80's clean compression==

For ultra-compressed '80s clean guitar tone, check this factory preset: <q>[[Factory presets|CLEAN POP RHYTHM]]</q>

==Clean boost==

A compressor can be used as a clean boost. Keep compression low and set its output level as desired.

==Pump compression==

From the [[Owners_Manuals|Owners Manual]]:

<blockquote><HR><blockquote>
Pumping is an effect that occurs when a sudden strong peak causes a compressor to reduce levels such that the entire signal audibly dips and then returns. The event that triggers pumping might be brief, and can be in any part of the frequency spectrum. To reduce pumping caused by low or high end spikes, you can use sidechain filtering to make the compressor less sensitive to such peaks. Very fast and very slow release times tend to make a compressor seem more resistant to pumping, but can bring issues of their own. Another possibility is to switch to a multiband compressor, which handles lows, mids and highs individually. Now, it cannot go without saying that pumping can also be used as an effect in itself, as when a kick drum is set up as a sidechain source to give electric guitars a bouncing sound common in dance and industrial music.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

==De-essing==

<blockquote>'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''<HR>
<blockquote>
[http://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/deesser.147303/#post-1743145]
De-essing can be done by adjusting the side-chain EQ in the compressor block.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

==Cascaded compressors==

An old studio trick is to cascade two compressors in series, especially for slide guitar, reportedly used by Lowell George, Bonnie Raitt, and others.

<blockquote>'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''<HR>
<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/tone-trick-or-treating.166886/post-2004999]
Cascading compressors has been used in studios for decades. An 1176 into an LA-2A is a popular combo. The FMR Audio put this into a single package with their RNC (Really Nice Compressor) compressor which has two compressors in series. The "SuperNice" switch engaged a third stage.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

<blockquote>'''OTHER QUOTES'''<HR>
Austin Buddy described [https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/lowell-george-little-feat-patch-for-slide-compression.27985/post-2223515 how to get Lowell George's sound]:

<blockquote>
To try this, use two Studio FB 1 compressor block in series. Set each one of them to a 4:1 ratio, you can set the first one in series higher if you want. Then set the knee to high or medium high and make sure the threshold is set on the first one in the series to SQUASH the signal by at least 6db+ of compression, if not more. Raise the level a few db to hit the second one, then set the level out of that one to hit the amp.

Use a very fast attack, try 0.283 ms attack (actual 1176 attack) and 75 ms release on each. Play with it until you get the sound you like. Lowell used a Tele bridge pickup put into his Strat, but you can use the squawk position or middle pick up on Strat if you like.

It will be noisy when you aren't playing. Make sure to adjust the noise gate in INPUT 1 to be low, else it will cut off your sustain.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

==Solo Dallas Schaffer Replica==

To emulate the compression from the Schaffer Replica, use two compressors, and/or compression in the Amp block, as explained in the threads below, or look at the <q>[[Factory presets|HELL GLOCKENSPIELS]]</q> factory preset.

For more information see:
* <q>[http://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/comp-vs-multicomp.107343 Comp vs multicomp? (Solo Dallas Schaffer Replica)]</q>
* <q>[http://solodallas.com/the-schaffer-replica The Schaffer Replica]</q>

==Keeley Compressor==

<blockquote>'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''<HR>
<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/keeley-style-comp.151152/#post-1797889]
I use "Analog Compressor" for Keeley sounds. It works great! Because I play vintage output guitars, I like to boost the level going in by adjusting the output of the input block before it. You can try "Auto Att/Rel", or use the published "classic" Keeley recipes*. Personally, however, I prefer a faster release, in the neighborhood of 75ms or less.
* Attack Time: typically 15ms for 10dB, 5ms for 20dB, 3ms for 30dB
* Release Time: 80ms for 10dB, 160ms for 20dB, 240ms for 30dB
</blockquote></blockquote>

==Xotic SP Compressor==

<blockquote>'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''<HR>
<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/xotic-sp-compressor.213402/#post-2674658]
The Xotic SP Compressor is a simplified Dyna-comp clone with an added "Blend" control which is just a mix knob.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

==Suhr Woodshed Comp==

For Andy Wood's signature compressor, use the Classic VCA Compressor. [https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/andy-wood-compressor.217397/#post-2737903]

==Ross Compressor==

<blockquote>'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''<HR>
<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/uglier-compressor-algorithms.177609/post-2162918]
I don't hear anything the Dynamicomp model isn't capable of (except for the noise). Turn off Auto Att/Rel. Set the Attack to min, Release somewhat high, Compression as desired and Bob's your uncle.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/uglier-compressor-algorithms.177609/post-2162918]
The key is to use a feedback compressor. So that would be any of the pedal compressors and the Dynamicomp or the Studio FB Compressors. Then either set the threshold all the way down or all the way up if it's an upward compressor (Studio FB Compressor 2 IIRC). Set Attack Time to min, Release Time fairly long. Make sure detector type is peak and Auto Att/Rel is off.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

==More information ==

For more information see:

* [http://www.ovnilab.com/faq.shtml Compressor FAQ]
* [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Dynamic_range_compression Wikipedia: dynamic range compression]
* [http://m.youtube.com/watch?feature=em-uploademail&v=0RAzXYBg6q0 Pete Thorn explains compression]
* [http://reverb.com/news/compressor-vs-limiter-whats-the-difference Compressor vs Limiter: what's the difference]
* [https://codepen.io/animalsnacks/full/VRweeb Audio compression visualizer]
* [https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/how-about-we-pool-knowledge-and-understand-the-compressor-block-options-better.150711 Forum thread with tips]
* [https://www.izotope.com/en/learn/4-types-of-analog-compression-and-why-they-matter-in-a-digital-world.html 4 Types of Analog Compression]
* [https://www.soundonsound.com/techniques/compression-what-do-all-those-knobs-do Sound On Sound: What Do All These Knobs Do?]
* [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=EtjNG--Bu6w 3 Compression Styles Explained For Guitar, by Leon Todd]
* [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=yi0J9JsRdI4&t=1s How To Use Compression - Detailed Tutorial - In The Mix]
* [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=SUd4U87EcDo Are You Using the Wrong Compressor? Compression Masterclass - In The Mix]

=Videos=

[[video:Rosh-Compressor]]
[[video:Leon-Compress]]
[[video:Leon-CompressorsNew]]
[[video:Leon-CitrusJuicer]]

[[category:Axe-Fx2]]
[[category:Axe-Fx3]]
[[category:FM3]]
[[category:FM9]]
[[category:VP4]]
[[category:AM4]]
[[category:AX8]]
[[category:FX8]]
[[category:Sounds]]
[[category:All]]

AM4 amp modeler

2026-03-20T19:41:39Z

Yek: /* SPDIF */

__TOC__

[[image:AM4.png|400px]]

[[image:AM4-rear.png|400px]]

=References=

Read the excellent owners manual first!

* [https://www.fractalaudio.com/am4 Product page]
* [https://www.fractalaudio.com/am4-downloads/ Downloads]
* [https://forum.fractalaudio.com/forums/am4-discussion.164/ User forum]
* [https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/🔥introducing-the-new-am4-amp-modeler.216932/ Introduction forum thread]
* [http://wiki.fractalaudio.com/wiki/index.php?title=Category:AM4 Wiki pages]

Documentation:
* [https://www.fractalaudio.com/downloads/manuals/AM4/AM4-Owners-Manual.pdf Owners Manual]
* [https://www.fractalaudio.com/downloads/manuals/AM4/AM4-Quick-Start.pdf Quick Start Guide]

=Pictures=

Go to the “[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/forums/am4-discussion.164/ AM4 forum section]” to see AM4 rig pictures.

=Comparing AM4, VP4 and FM3=

Fractal Audio: [https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/differences-between-am4-and-vp4.216961/#post-2729434]

<blockquote>AM4 vs VP4:

AM4 and VP4 both deliver Fractal Audio’s industry-leading sound quality, world-class effects, and rock-solid reliability. They're the same size and form factor and use streamlined UI designs that are intended to be as easy to use as real pedals. The two products share the same core technologies used across the Fractal Audio product family. They both also offer "gig mode" footswitch operation, gapless switching, USB audio, MIDI, professional connectivity including Auto-Z analog in and SPDIF I/O, plus optional "expert" editing—on the device or with companion software. The difference is largely down to features around intended use:

The AM4 delivers top-tier amp tone and effects. We say it is "perfect for a pedalboard" but it is also an ideal standalone for a desktop or "fly rig". It includes the full AM4 Amp block with integrated DynaCab™ speaker simulation, UltraRes™ user cabs, plus a selection of stompbox and studio effects. It has balanced line level outputs, a top panel level knob, a headphones output, and a stereo analog insert for using 3rd part "post" FX without the need for a separate DI box.

The VP4 delivers Fractal Audio effects for use with any amp or modeler. It does NOT perform amp modeling but it does have multiple instances of almost every effect block from the Axe-Fx III including the new IR Player. It has unbalanced outs and is unity-gain by design so no top panel level knob or headphones jack. It has a mono 4CM mode for running pre and post effects at the same time. The VP4 works extremely well as a sidekick to AM4 (AM4+VP4 = "MVP-8").

AM4 vs FM3:

FM3 and AM4 both deliver Fractal Audio’s industry-leading amp modeling, world-class effects, and pro-grade sound quality.
They’re both based on the Axe-Fx III, with rock-solid reliability on stage or in the studio. Both include gapless switching, precision tuning, USB audio, MIDI, flexible I/O, and deep editing options—whether on the device or with companion software. No matter which you choose, you’re getting Fractal Audio quality tone and performance.

The main differences are simplicity, size, and price. The AM4 is designed to be lean and mean: easy to use, small, and our best priced modeler ever. The FM3 is more of a “little brother” in the Axe-Fx family in terms of flexibility and features. It's bigger than the AM4.

The AM4 delivers top-tier amp tone and effects in a small, light, streamlined package. It has fixed four-block architecture, a shorter list of block types, simplified routing and footswitch options, and an interface designed to feel very much like amps and stompboxes. It’s ideal for pedalboards or anyone who wants great tone with minimal setup. The AM4 also includes S/PDIF in and out, a dedicated USB-MIDI port that appears in a DAW, and an analog insert for post effects—allowing you to use the onboard balanced outputs without needing a DI box. It has 104 preset slots with four scenes each.

The FM3 is slightly larger and heavier but also more full-featured. It offers a flexible grid-based preset system with more block types including a looper, plus deeper routing options, and highly customizable footswitches including FC controller support—essentially a downsized “mini Axe-Fx” on the floor. It includes S/PDIF out and an extra pair of stereo ins and outs that can be used creatively for send/return, split routing, or auxiliary processing. It's your big rig in a small box, with 512 presets and eight scenes per preset. The FM3 can share presets with Axe-Fx, FM9, and FM3 within its own limits.
</blockquote>

=Specifications=

==Design and development==

The AM4 has the same <q>audiophile specs</q> as the Axe-Fx III. [https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/am4-questions-from-happy-axe-fx-iii-owner.216991/#post-2730145]

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>
<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/am4-switches-and-push-buttons.217466/#post-2737212]
The AM4 is a product that prioritizes sound quality over bells and whistles. It is stripped-down and simple to use.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/shouldnt-there-be-a-pitch-block.217555/page-2#post-2739484]
In a perfect world the DSP in the AM4 would run at 1 THz and consume 1 mW of power. Unfortunately the world is far from perfect and compromises must be made. I still think it's amazing we packed all that we did into it with a 13W power envelope. The power design for the product was one of the biggest challenges.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/what-are-the-converters-in-the-am-4.218272/page-2#post-2748161]
The converters aren't the identical converters used in the Axe-Fx III but they're from the same family. The Axe-Fx III uses 8-channel converters while the AM4 is only two channels. The specs are pretty much the same.
The analog components in the AM4 are also very high quality. It uses premium Burr-Brown and Analog Devices op-amps. No crappy CMOS stuff, it's all either Bi-FET or Bipolar. Film caps in critical locations.

</blockquote>
</blockquote>

==Processing and memory==

A meter in the upper right shows the current CPU usage. To ensure smooth performance, a limit of about 85% is enforced, leaving required processing power in reserve. If this limit is exceeded, a warning will be shown: “CPU LIMIT: Bypassed" and the AM4 will bypass all processing.

The CPU metering is dynamic: the amp modeling running on the core is actively metered during play. The manual recommends aiming for max 80% when not playing and then playing the preset to ensure stable performance.

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>
<blockquote>
[https://thegearforum.com/threads/fractal-audio-systems-am4-amp-modeler.10317/page-11#post-433876]
The processor in the AM4 is faster than the VP4.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/am4-questions-from-happy-axe-fx-iii-owner.216991/#post-2730145]
AM4 uses the same family of CPU as in the Axe-Fx III. It is a 1 GHz processor with an ARM A15 CPU and a C66x DSP. Therefore it has half the power of a standard Axe-Fx III.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://thegearforum.com/threads/fractal-audio-systems-am4-amp-modeler.10317/page-82#post-442250]
SHARCs are cheaper. We haven't had any issues with sourcing Keystones. The TI DSPs require a little more ancillary hardware (PMICs, reset logic, etc.).

However, the Keystones outperform the SHARCs in several key areas: memory bandwidth, on-board LCD interface with video frame buffer, more robust USB implementation, superior per-clock DSP performance.

The SHARCs, however, benefit from on-board FIR and IIR accelerators. The FIR accelerator is particularly beneficial because you can process IRs with it and offload the DSP.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

More information is available, including [https://thegearforum.com/threads/fractal-audio-systems-am4-amp-modeler.10317/page-69#post-439319 pictures of the inside of the AM4 and specifications of processors and memory].

==Latency==

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<hr>
<blockquote>
[https://thegearforum.com/threads/fractal-audio-systems-am4-amp-modeler.10317/page-82#post-442247]
The actual latency of the AM4 is:

No blocks: 1.33 ms

Amp only: 2 ms

Amp + Cab: 2 ms

Drive + Amp + Cab: 2.67 ms

The cab processing adds no latency. Any extra measured latency is due to the IRs themselves. IR's are inherently band-limited and therefore have "latency" between the IR beginning and the peak in the response. A real speaker cab has "latency" if your method of measurement is looking for the peak in the response (which is technically an incorrect method).

We could reduce the latency by using minimum-phase resampling (the Axe-Fx offers this as an option). Many products are minimum-phase resampling by default. However, minimum-phase resampling causes phase distortion which I personally find more objectionable than an extra ms or so of latency.

Regardless, an average latency of 2 ms is extremely low.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://thegearforum.com/threads/fractal-audio-systems-am4-amp-modeler.10317/page-82#post-442274]
Latency is a trade-off. We could reduce the latency on an AM4 to under 1.5 ms by using minimum-phase resampling but that adds phase distortion.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

==Screen==

The display is a 480 x 272 high-contrast color LCD.

The AM4 does not have a touchscreen.

==Dimensions and weight==

; Weight : 3 lbs 9 oz (1.63 kg)
; Dimensions : 10.00" x 6.31" (254mm x 160.3mm)

[[image:AM4-dimensions.png|500px]]

==Mounting==

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<hr>
<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/vp4-faq.208790/#post-2612905]
If you remove the feet, keep the screws out.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

==Power and heat==

The power connector is a 2.1mm barrel connector, with a negative center. The power-supply (9V DC, 1.5A) is included.

Do NOT use an AC supply. It WILL damage the unit.

The AM4 has a power button.

The unit boots in a few seconds and the unit can be used immediately. In the background all DynaCabs be pre-loaded. According to the manual, this may cause brief slowdowns during that process. This is normal and ends once all cabs have finished loading after 2 minutes or so, depending on the CPU load of the current preset.

Turning on a Windows computer with the AM4 connected and powered, may cause a USB connection failure. Prevent this by turning on the AM4 after starting your PC. This will be addressed in a future update, according to Fractal Audio.

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<hr>
<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/🔥introducing-the-new-am4-amp-modeler.216932/post-2729691]
The AM4 is spec'd at 1.5A. It uses slightly more power than a VP4 due to the higher clock speed. Most units will consume less than 1.3A but due to unit-to-unit variation we cannot guarantee that.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/point-of-am4.216949/page-5#post-2729942]
Like our other products, the AM4 has a high-voltage analog path. The analog path runs off 24V (linearly regulated from 30V). This is done to ensure ample headroom, low noise and plenty of output signal. It costs a bit more and uses a bit more power but our mantra is always quality first.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/loading-cabs-message-for-2m25s-following-bootup-is-this-normal.217161/post-2732917]
The time it takes to load the Dyna-Cabs is directly related to the amount of CPU the current preset is utilizing. However, loading the current preset at boot time takes only a few seconds.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/am4-gets-pretty-toasty-after-running-for-awhile-is-this-expected.217944/#post-2743886]
The AM4 chassis is aluminum. It conducts heat very well. It is DESIGNED to transfer heat from the internal electronics and will therefore get warm during operation.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/bug-usb-is-not-getting-recognized-at-start.218667/#post-2753121]
This is a known issue. Turn the AM4 on after starting your PC. This will be addressed in a future update.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

=Analog I/O=

[[image:AM4-signal.png|700px]]

==Input==

Mono instrument input, single 1/4" TS jack, max +20dBu (instrument level).

Input impedance is variable and is adjustable per preset.

The Input pad in SETUP is adjustable, with auto correction. The manual states that the AM4 is pre-configured for a typical guitar with hot pickups. If input clipping occurs, an ”IN CLIP“ warning is displayed and the Input Pad setting is temporarily increased.

<blockquote>
'''OWNERS MANUAL'''
<HR>
<blockquote>
If the input of the AM4 clips persistently, the unit will automatically increase the Input Pad setting. When this occurs, the word “Auto” will appear next to the Input Pad value, for example: “12 dB (Auto)”, indicating that the pad was automatically increased to 12 dB. When you reboot the AM4, the automatic setting is cleared, and the last manually selected value is restored. If you want to make the automatic pad setting permanent, just turn the Input Pad knob one “click” to clear “Auto”.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

Like the VP4, the input range of the AM4 is the same as an 18V pedal. [https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/input-clipping-at-18db-concern.215368/#post-2706349]

==Output==

1/4" TS, L/R (mono/stereo), max +16dBu, 1 KOhm. Outputs: balanced, +4 line level, no Humbuster.

The output can be switched between mono and stereo in SETUP.

The AM4 has a SPLIT output option, which sends the signal with cab modeling to Left (for FOH), and a "no cabinet" signal to Right. Each output operates in summed mono.

The outputs are protected against phantom power from the mixer. [https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/protection-from-phantom-power.216968/#post-2729588]

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>
<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/output-question.216993/post-2730137]
The 1/4" jacks are balanced TRS. If you need XLR you can use an adapter.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/🔥introducing-the-new-am4-amp-modeler.216932/page-37#post-2731524]
+4
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

==No 4CM==

In current firmware, the Four Cable Method (4CM) with AM4 and VP4 is supported, through a combination of SPDIF and analog connections. It's mono only.

[[image:4CM_VP4+AM4.png|900px]]

==Analog insert==

The AM4 does not provide an effects loop. But it has a fixed insert point between the internal effects and the balanced outputs. Use these to connect outboard gear while preserving the clean, low-noise performance of the balanced outputs for FOH without needing a direct box. The insert is fixed in hardware and cannot be repositioned or switched on/off.

It applies only to the main outs and is not heard on USB or SPDIF.

For mono, use a standard patch cable. For stereo, use a TRS-to-dual-mono insert cable (tip = left, ring = right).

* Insert Send: 1/4" jack TRS (tip=Left, ring=Right), 1 KOhm, 16dBu
* Insert Return: 1/4" jack TRS (tip=Left, ring=Right), 1 MOhm

When recording with the VP4 (or another device) in the inserts of the AM4, choose the VP4 in the DAW as the input device to capture the audio from both devices.

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>
<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/🔥introducing-the-new-am4-amp-modeler.216932/page-10#post-2728918]
The idea is you put your pre effects before the unit and your post effects (should you need any) in the insert. The outputs of the AM4 are balanced and designed to be sent directly to FOH and/or monitors. If you just put your post effects after the unit you would then need a DI to go to FOH.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://thegearforum.com/threads/fractal-audio-systems-am4-amp-modeler.10317/page-19#post-434112]
A freely positionable loop would require another stereo A/D and D/A would would increase power consumption, latency when the loop is active, noise, etc. Its purpose is simply to get your post effects before the DI. A typical pedal board might be something like: Wah -> Fabled Unicorn Devices (FUD) Dry Hump III Overdrive -> AM4 -> Lunar Electronics Space Echo Plus. The Space Echo Plus is your typical pedal with unbalanced I/O. You put in the insert loop on the AM-4 and the outputs of the AM-4 are balanced for FOH/Monitors.

</blockquote>
</blockquote>

==No analog bypass==

The AM4 currently does not provide an analog bypass mode, like the VP4 has.

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>
<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/bypass-and-signal-specs-for-am4.216969/#post-2729675]
The AM4 has an analog bypass but it's currently not implemented. I can't guarantee that it's something we will implement but the capability is there.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

==Headphones==

The AM4 has a 3.5mm stereo headphones port.

Impedance is 35Ω. Recommended headphone impedance is less than 600Ω.

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>
<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/headphone-volume-drops-when-connecting-output-cables.217947/#post-2743884]
The headphone amp taps off the output driver (so that the phones are after the insert). There are protection resistors on the output driver which means the output driver doesn't have zero impedance. If you plug into something with a low input impedance (less than 100K) then you will get a slight drop at the headphones. Turn up the volume knob to compensate.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

=Digital I/O=

[[image:AM4-signal.png|700px]]

==Converters==

24-bit, 48kHz (fixed).

Dynamic range is 114 dB, 20-20k frequency response.

==USB==

USB-C port for data and audio.

MIDI-over-USB is supported.

USB Audio 2.0 provides 4 channels (4x4) at 48kHz.

* OUT channels 1+2: processed output
* OUT channels 3+4 : unprocessed (copy of inputs)
* IN channels 1+2: send incoming USB Audio directly to outputs
* IN channels 3+4 : process incoming USB Audio and send to outputs

[[image:AM4-USB.png|500px]]

[[image:AM4-signal.png|700px]]

Windows computers require a software driver which is available on the [https://www.fractalaudio.com/am4-downloads/ AM4 Downloads] page.

For USB Audio latency measurements, see under Latency above.

See [[USB]] for more information.

Note that an USB connection can create a a ground loop, resulting in noise or hum. To prevent this:
* Switch a laptop between AC power and battery power.
* Use balanced cables.
* Insert a USB ground loop eliminator (Type-C > Type-C) between AM4 and computer.
* Try an audio isolation transformer between AM4 and device.

==SPDIF==

SPDIF can be used to digitally connect the AM4 to an VP4, FM3, FM9 or Axe-Fx, through RCA connectors, at 48kHz fixed sample rate.

A digital connection avoids the necessary A/D and D/A conversion and inherent latency that comes with analog-to-digital connections.

IMPORTANT: When using the VP4 and AM4 together through SPDIF, in whatever order, make sure to crank the SPDIF In Level on the receiving device, to prevent loss of signal level and possibly gain. Also select SPDIF as input source on the 2nd device. And if the AM4 goes first, crank its hardware LEVEL knob.

Read <q>[[Digital I/O and recording]]</q> for more information.

n current firmware, 4CM (mono) with VP4 and AM4 is supported. See 4CM on this page.

=Firmware=

The firmware is upgradeable, allowing adding new features and bug fixes.

You can download the latest official release from the [https://www.fractalaudio.com/am4-downloads/ AM4 downloads] page.

Public beta releases are often released on the user forum.

=Control=

==User interface==

Compared to Fractal's modelers, the AM4 UI is simplified and streamlined, like the VP4.

Press HOME+SAVE together to enter the “Mode Select” menu which allows you to select between Preset, Scene, Effects, Amp and Tuner/Tempo. The mode determines what's displayed on the LCD, how the Select knob operates and what the switches do.

The factory default's “Gig Mode” configuration makes it easy to select presets, scenes, effects, channels, tuner and tap tempo. The startup mode can be set in Setup.

Press ENTER+EXIT together to enter Setup.

To edit parameters on the hardware, turn SELECT in Effect mode to highlight a block, press ENTER to edit the block, turn the corresponding A-D knob to adjust the value, PAGE LEFT or PAGE RIGHT to get to other pages.

When editing parameters on the hardware, press PAGE LEFT+PAGE RIGHT together to enter “Expert Edit” mode. Expert Edit includes advanced parameters. Press EXIT to quit Expert Edit.

On the home page in FX Mode, select the desired block, hold the ENTER button, and turn SELECT to move.

Similar to the VP4:

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>
<blockquote>
[https://thegearforum.com/threads/fractal-audio-systems-mystery-product-speculation.6102/page-251#post-270365]
Behind the scenes it's the architecture from the Axe-Fx III. There's still a grid and scenes and channels, etc. It's just that it's mostly hidden from the user and simplified.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

Tip: If you don't need scene names, use the available space to indicate the specific effect types instead. Insert spaces to visually align them.

[[image:VP4Names.png|link=|300px]]

==Levels==

The AM4 has two stages that affect the overall volume.

; Internal levels

: These operate within presets and include: Input Level, Amp Level, Scene Levels, Preset Level.

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>
<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/understanding-level-knob-amp-master-volume-cab-master-volume-frfr-speaker-volume.219103/#post-2759653]
INTERNAL LEVELS are determined by the combined amp settings, effect settings, and level settings within your presets. For most people, the AMP LEVEL control is typically used to adjust this. The Internal Levels Meter—found on the Main Levels of the home menu page and repeated on the 2nd to last page of the Amp Edit menu—shows a white line at 0 dB, the “sweet spot” where levels are strong but still have plenty of headroom. It’s fine to push slightly past 0 dB, but avoid hitting the ceiling. Higher internal levels can also make it easier to clip the analog outputs. Every block (including CAB, which you mention) has its own level control but you generally only need to adjust the amp unless you have a compressor after it.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

; Analog output level

: This is controlled by the top-panel knob. Set it to the preferred but avoid overdriving the output stage or connected device(s). The Analog Levels meter shows how close you are to clipping, and an OUT CLIP warning will appear in the title bar across all pages if clipping occurs. The outputs operate at adjustable line level, not at fixed unity gain.

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>
<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/understanding-level-knob-amp-master-volume-cab-master-volume-frfr-speaker-volume.219103/#post-2759653]
ANALOG LEVELS are controlled by the top-panel OUT LEVEL knob, which sets the volume of the analog outputs and headphones. Use it to set your preferred listening level, but avoid overdriving the output stage or your connected device(s). The Analog Levels meter on the Main Levels page shows how close you are to clipping, and an OUT CLIP warning will also appear in the title bar across all pages if clipping occurs. If this happens, lower the knob or reduce levels inside your presets. Of course, your speakers, mixers, or recording interface have their own volume or gain controls as well. These operate after the AM4 outputs, so you can keep the AM4 hot and adjust downstream, or vice versa. Start with your speaker volume at noon and the AM4 all the way down to get a feel for how loud things will be as you turn up the AM4.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

[[image:AM4-levels.png|600px]]

==AM4-Edit software editor==

AM4-Edit is the editor for the AM4, with Fractal-Bot built-in.

You can download AM4-Edit, along with the Windows driver, firmware and factory presets updates, from the [https://www.fractalaudio.com/am4-edit AM4 downloads page].

[[image:AM4-Edit.png|500px|link=]]

==Onboard switches==

The four foot switches have colored indicators, but no scribble strips.

The press and hold functions of the four switches work globally across all presets and modes.

Factory default is the so-called <q>Gig Mode</q>, explained in the manual, that also provides two-switch combos.

In Custom Mode, the press & hold functions can be set per switch. This also works globally (across all presets). The two-switch combos are not carried over to Custom Mode, at this time.

Options are:
* Disabled
* Mode Select
* Preset Mode, Scene Mode, FX Mode, Tuner Model, Amp Mode
* Bank +1, Bank -1: when you change banks, the same preset number from the new bank is automatically loaded (e.g., if C3 is selected and you switch to Bank D, D3 will load)
* Preset +1, Preset -1
* Scene +1, Scene -1
* Channel Picker: this shows the 4-button “Channel Picker” for the corresponding effect slot

==MIDI==

The unit has 3.5 mm (1/8”) MIDI IN and OUT ports. Adapters are available from [https://shop.fractalaudio.com Fractal Audio].

The Boss BMIDI-5-35 cable has been tested and works with the AM4 to connect to 5-pin MIDI gear.

The AM4 supports:
* Sending and receiving Program Changes (PC)
* Sending and receiving Control Changes (CC)
* MIDI-over-USB
* MIDI clock (receive only, currently)
* Software MIDI Thru
* Syncing scenes with the VP4

A table in the manual translates MIDI Program Changes to AM4 presets.

The AM4 tempo does respond to MIDI Beat Clock. It does not send MIDI Clock.

See [[MIDI]] for more information.

==Expression pedals and external switches==

The unit supports two expression pedals and expression pedal connections (TRS, 10–100 kΩ max), or two single TS external switches (momentary or latching).

The unit does not provide [[FASLINK]] connections and can't connect to FC-6 and FC-12 foot controllers foot controllers.

Like the other modelers, you can make an expression pedal perform as a volume pedal as follows:

* Assign it to a level parameter in a block, particularly the Volume block, or
* Assign it to global Input or Output Volume, across all presets.

The AM4 also has a unique feature: Amp Block Out Volume. This lets you adjust the output volume of the amp with a pedal, without the need to put a Volume block between the amp and any time-based effects. It does not affect amp gain or tone.

==External amp switching==

The AM4 itself does not provide relays to switch amp channels, but it can connect through MIDI to a relay switcher to perform that duty.

Possible solutions include:
* [https://midisolutions.com/prodrel.htm MIDI Solutions Relay]
* [https://www.suhr.com/product/micro-midi-control/ Suhr MicroMIDI Control]
* [https://voodoolab.com/product/control-switcher/ Voodoo Lab Control Switcher]
* [https://piratemidi.com/products/click-midi-interface-relay-switcher Pirate MIDI CLiCK]
* RJM Mini Amp Gizmo (no longer available from RJM but might be available used. The [https://www.rjmmusic.com/download-content/Amp%20Gizmo%20Manual%20-%20online.pdf manual] is currently available online.)
* [https://emcustom.eu/amp-midi-switcher-interface.html EM]

=Sounds=

==Presets, scenes and channels==

The unit has 104 presets, supports four scenes per preset and four channels per effect block.

The presets are organized into 26 banks, each identified by a letter from A to Z. Within each bank, there are four presets, numbered 1 through 4.

Each block has 4 channels. The AM doesn't support [[Global blocks]]. [https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/wish-single-global-block-for-amp.218781/#post-2754880]

Switching between presets, scenes and channels is gapless.

AM4 presets and blocks are not compatible with Fractal Audio's other amp modelers, nor vice versa. [https://wiki.fractalaudio.com/wiki/index.php?title=VP4_virtual_pedalboard#Presets.2C_scenes_and_channels Explanation]

The latest factory presets are available on the [https://www.fractalaudio.com/am4-downloads/ AM4 downloads page]. Here's the list from the manual:

[[image:AM4-factoryptresets1.png|900px]]

[[image:AM4-factoryptresets2.png|900px]]

[[image:AM4-factoryptresets3.png|900px]]

==Amp and cab modeling==

The amp modeling is identical to the Axe-Fx III. [https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/am4-questions-from-happy-axe-fx-iii-owner.216991/#post-2730145]

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>
<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/are-the-blocks-available-of-the-exact-same-quality-as-in-the-axe-fx-iii.217031/#post-2730843]
The blocks are identical. The AM4 runs off the same code base as the Axe-Fx III.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

The AM4 provides a single Amp block, with an integrated Cab section (instead of a separate Cab block).

Only when selecting the SPLIT output mode, the Cab section is repositioned at the end of the chain.

Some amp models have been consolidated.

Amp Mode lets you quickly access amp parameters and switch amp/cab channels, and provides an output boost.

A few amp models have been deprecated:

* Brit Pre
* old Vibrato Verb
* Legend 1
* Chieftain 2
* Dizzy V4 Blue
* Thordendal

Loading an amp model automatically selects an appropriate cab: <q>Amp>DynaCab linking</q>. This can be disabled in SETUP. The Amp+DynaCab combos are described on the [[Amp_models_list|Amp models page]].

To selectively keep Cab settings when changing the amp type, hold ENTER while turning SELECT, then release ENTER to apply the change. AM4-Edit, you can hold SHIFT while selecting a new amp from the list to achieve the same result.

[[DynaCabs]] are included. Legacy factory cabs are not included. IRs can also be imported (256 slots), supporting UltraRes. The Cab Blend parameter replaces individual Cab Level controls.

Similar to the FM3, the Amp block does not support Input Dynamics and Bias Tremolo.

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>
<blockquote>
[https://thegearforum.com/threads/fractal-audio-systems-am4-amp-modeler.10317/page-5#post-433719]
The list is trimmed down a bit but the essential stuff is in there.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

==Other effects==

Available effects on the AM4, other than Amp/Cab:

* [[Chorus block]]
* [[Compressor block]]
* [[Delay block]]
* [[Drive block]]
* [[Enhancer block]]
* [[Filter block]]
* [[Flanger block]]
* [[Gate/Expander block]]
* [[EQ|GEQ block]]
* [[EQ|PEQ block]]
* [[Phaser block]]
* [[Reverb block]]
* [[Rotary block]]
* [[Tremolo/Panner block]]
* [[Volume/Panner block]]
* [[Wah block]]

[[image:AM4-fx.png|600px]]

The AM4 does NOT have these blocks: Formant, IR Capture, IR Player, Megatap Delay, Multitap Delay, Pitch, Plex Delay, Resonator, Ring Modulator, Synth, Tone Match, Vocoder.

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>
<blockquote>
[https://thegearforum.com/threads/fractal-audio-systems-am4-amp-modeler.10317/page-18#post-434085]
The choice of effects was so that you couldn't overload the processor. Running a Reverb and a Plex plus the Amp block would exceed the processor's bandwidth. Engineering is all about tradeoffs. It's a constant juggle between price, size, features, power consumption and performance. As such, no product will be perfect for everybody. In an ideal world DSPs would use no power and have infinite clock speeds. Until then products will have to make compromises. At some point we can revisit the effects inventory.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

At the input of each preset there is a [[Noise gate]], and a [[EQ|10-band EQ]] at the output. Both are always <q>on</q>.

Several effects are part of other effects: [https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/4-blocks-are-not-enough-see-this.216967/]
* Amp block: input boost (several types), output boost, input PEQ, output or pre-power GEQ, compression
* Cab block: part of the amp block, mic preamp, room reverb
* Delay block: can do chorus and delay at the same time
* Reverb: includes simple delay in some types, pitch shifting for shimmer

Like the VP4, there are some differences with the larger modelers:

* Additional tweaked types, such as Vibrato and single voice Pitch types
* Tweaked MIX Law for time-based effects
* Mode switch in some Drive types instead of multiple types (e.g. Timothy)
* Some renamed types

3 of the 4 blocks can be routed in parallel instead of series.

The blocks support Fractal Audio's system of modifiers and controllers.

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>
<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/are-the-mix-levels-lower-than-the-equivalent-mix-levels-in-the-fm-and-iii.208988/#post-2611013]
The mix law in many blocks is different to suit the "all effects before the amp" crowd better.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/are-the-mix-levels-lower-than-the-equivalent-mix-levels-in-the-fm-and-iii.208988/#post-2611186]
The sweetened mix law places a wider range of knob motion in the portion of the curve where the delay is quieter.

This replicates the way pedals that are designed for use in front of an amp work because the amp's compression reduces the difference between the quiet echoes and the louder dry signal.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/am4-feature-requests.216959/page-11#post-2736358]
For time-based effects, the AM4—being based on the VP4—uses the a mix law based on that of the Delay block in the Axe-Fx. The dry signal remains constant for mix values from 0–50%, with only the wet signal increasing over that range. So you don't even need to worry about dry levels changing when you tweak the mix on time based effects.
</blockquote>

</blockquote>

==Tips and tricks==

So the AM4 has four block slots; Perhaps it's better to think of those as a maximum of four switches, because there's so much functionality available beyond the four slots.

This section provides tips and tricks to make the most of the features and functionality of the AM4, within and outside the four slots.

Don't confuse this with saving CPU. See [[CPU usage]] for more information.

Tips and tricks:

* Get 16 sounds from the four blocks in a preset using Channels.

* Add compression within the Amp block.

* Add drive pedals (input boosts) within the Amp block.

* Every preset AND Amp block provide EQ-ing tools.

* There's a noise gate included in every preset.

* There's a solo boost option within the Amp block, per scene or available as a switch.

* Add room ambience within the Cab block.

* Simulate channels strips and mic preamps within the Amp block.

* Turn the Chorus block into a Flanger or a micro pitch.

* Turn the Flanger block into a Chorus.

* Turn the Delay block into a Flanger or Chorus, or into Reverb.

* Use the Dual Delay type for delay AND chorus. Watch the video below.

* Turn the Reverb block into a Delay.

* Turn the Volume/Panner block into a Tremolo.

* Get Shimmer from the Reverb block.

* Use Modifiers and controllers for even more control over parameters and functions.

* Assign an expression pedal to Amp Block Out Volume, to let you adjust the, duh, output volume of the amp with the pedal, without affecting delay/reverb trails, amp gain or tone.

Watch the videos below for examples.

==AM4 with VP4==

There are various ways to combine the AM4 and VP4 into a powerful floor-based amp modeling and multi-effects setup.

===Digital===

; VP4 > AM4

: Connect SPDIF Out on the VP4 to SPDIF In on the AM4.

; AM4 > VP4

: Connect SPDIF Out on the AM4 to SPDIF In on the VP4.

===Analog===

; VP4 Out > AM4 In

: Connect the output jack on the VP4 to the instrument input on the AM4. Mono.

; AM4 Out > VP4 In

: Connect the output jack(s) on the AM4 to the analog input(s) on the VP4.

; AM4 >< insert VP4

: Put the VP4 in the insert loop of the AM4, using an insert cable.

; VP4 >< 4CM AM4

: Set to the VP4 to 4CM, and put the AM4 in loop of the VP4. Mono.

; VP4 >< 4CM AM4 through inserts

: This particular setup makes 4CM possible with the AM4, AND enables allows hearing the sound from both devices through the headphones port on the AM4. Guitar goes into VP4 Input Left Pre. VP4 Out Left Pre goes into the instrument input on the AM4. VP4 Out Right Post goes into the insert return on the AM4. AM4 Insert Send goes to Input Right Post on the VP4. Resulting signal will be mono.
Use a special cable if you need signal at both outputs of the AM4, see this picture:

[[image:AM4+VP4+headphones.png|500px]]

Notes:
* Use MIDI Program Changes or "Scene Sync" to synchronize switching on both devices.
* You probably don't need to use the noise gate on the 2nd device. Instead of turning that off per preset, you can do it globally in Setup > Global Settings.

=Videos=

[https://www.youtube.com/@RoshRoslin/videos Rosh Roslin's AM4 tutorials]

More videos:

[[video:Cooper-AM4]]
[[video:Cooper-AM4-EJ]]
[[video:Cooper-ChorusDelay]]
[[video:Cooper-AM4-Petrucci]]

[[video:Brett-AM4]]

[[video:Leon-AM4]]
[[video:Leon-AM2]]
[[video:Leon-AM43]]
[[video:Leon-AM4-5]]
[[video:Leon-AM4-GigMode]]
[[video:Leon-AM46]]
[[video:Leon-AM4-DeepDive]]
[[video:Leon-AM4-Pedals]]
[[video:Leon-AM4-Fxcombinations]]

[[video:Cordy-AM4]]
[[video:Cordy-AM42]]
[[video:Cordy-AM43]]

[[video:FSM-AM4]]

[[video:Larry-AM4-1]]

[[video:AndyWood-AM4]]

[[video:AM4-Mag7]]

[[video:Ola-AM4]]

[[video:PassionForTone-AM4]]
[[video:PassionForTone-AM4-2]]

[[video:Jayguitar-AM4]]

[[video:TSR-AM4]]

[[VIDEO:ToneWars-AM4]]
[[video:ToneWars-AM42]]

[[video:AlessandroZilio-AM4]]

[[video:SonicDrive-AM4]]

[[category:AM4]]
[[category:Sounds]]
[[category:All]]

AM4 amp modeler

2026-03-20T19:41:03Z

Yek: /* No 4CM */

__TOC__

[[image:AM4.png|400px]]

[[image:AM4-rear.png|400px]]

=References=

Read the excellent owners manual first!

* [https://www.fractalaudio.com/am4 Product page]
* [https://www.fractalaudio.com/am4-downloads/ Downloads]
* [https://forum.fractalaudio.com/forums/am4-discussion.164/ User forum]
* [https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/🔥introducing-the-new-am4-amp-modeler.216932/ Introduction forum thread]
* [http://wiki.fractalaudio.com/wiki/index.php?title=Category:AM4 Wiki pages]

Documentation:
* [https://www.fractalaudio.com/downloads/manuals/AM4/AM4-Owners-Manual.pdf Owners Manual]
* [https://www.fractalaudio.com/downloads/manuals/AM4/AM4-Quick-Start.pdf Quick Start Guide]

=Pictures=

Go to the “[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/forums/am4-discussion.164/ AM4 forum section]” to see AM4 rig pictures.

=Comparing AM4, VP4 and FM3=

Fractal Audio: [https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/differences-between-am4-and-vp4.216961/#post-2729434]

<blockquote>AM4 vs VP4:

AM4 and VP4 both deliver Fractal Audio’s industry-leading sound quality, world-class effects, and rock-solid reliability. They're the same size and form factor and use streamlined UI designs that are intended to be as easy to use as real pedals. The two products share the same core technologies used across the Fractal Audio product family. They both also offer "gig mode" footswitch operation, gapless switching, USB audio, MIDI, professional connectivity including Auto-Z analog in and SPDIF I/O, plus optional "expert" editing—on the device or with companion software. The difference is largely down to features around intended use:

The AM4 delivers top-tier amp tone and effects. We say it is "perfect for a pedalboard" but it is also an ideal standalone for a desktop or "fly rig". It includes the full AM4 Amp block with integrated DynaCab™ speaker simulation, UltraRes™ user cabs, plus a selection of stompbox and studio effects. It has balanced line level outputs, a top panel level knob, a headphones output, and a stereo analog insert for using 3rd part "post" FX without the need for a separate DI box.

The VP4 delivers Fractal Audio effects for use with any amp or modeler. It does NOT perform amp modeling but it does have multiple instances of almost every effect block from the Axe-Fx III including the new IR Player. It has unbalanced outs and is unity-gain by design so no top panel level knob or headphones jack. It has a mono 4CM mode for running pre and post effects at the same time. The VP4 works extremely well as a sidekick to AM4 (AM4+VP4 = "MVP-8").

AM4 vs FM3:

FM3 and AM4 both deliver Fractal Audio’s industry-leading amp modeling, world-class effects, and pro-grade sound quality.
They’re both based on the Axe-Fx III, with rock-solid reliability on stage or in the studio. Both include gapless switching, precision tuning, USB audio, MIDI, flexible I/O, and deep editing options—whether on the device or with companion software. No matter which you choose, you’re getting Fractal Audio quality tone and performance.

The main differences are simplicity, size, and price. The AM4 is designed to be lean and mean: easy to use, small, and our best priced modeler ever. The FM3 is more of a “little brother” in the Axe-Fx family in terms of flexibility and features. It's bigger than the AM4.

The AM4 delivers top-tier amp tone and effects in a small, light, streamlined package. It has fixed four-block architecture, a shorter list of block types, simplified routing and footswitch options, and an interface designed to feel very much like amps and stompboxes. It’s ideal for pedalboards or anyone who wants great tone with minimal setup. The AM4 also includes S/PDIF in and out, a dedicated USB-MIDI port that appears in a DAW, and an analog insert for post effects—allowing you to use the onboard balanced outputs without needing a DI box. It has 104 preset slots with four scenes each.

The FM3 is slightly larger and heavier but also more full-featured. It offers a flexible grid-based preset system with more block types including a looper, plus deeper routing options, and highly customizable footswitches including FC controller support—essentially a downsized “mini Axe-Fx” on the floor. It includes S/PDIF out and an extra pair of stereo ins and outs that can be used creatively for send/return, split routing, or auxiliary processing. It's your big rig in a small box, with 512 presets and eight scenes per preset. The FM3 can share presets with Axe-Fx, FM9, and FM3 within its own limits.
</blockquote>

=Specifications=

==Design and development==

The AM4 has the same <q>audiophile specs</q> as the Axe-Fx III. [https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/am4-questions-from-happy-axe-fx-iii-owner.216991/#post-2730145]

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>
<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/am4-switches-and-push-buttons.217466/#post-2737212]
The AM4 is a product that prioritizes sound quality over bells and whistles. It is stripped-down and simple to use.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/shouldnt-there-be-a-pitch-block.217555/page-2#post-2739484]
In a perfect world the DSP in the AM4 would run at 1 THz and consume 1 mW of power. Unfortunately the world is far from perfect and compromises must be made. I still think it's amazing we packed all that we did into it with a 13W power envelope. The power design for the product was one of the biggest challenges.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/what-are-the-converters-in-the-am-4.218272/page-2#post-2748161]
The converters aren't the identical converters used in the Axe-Fx III but they're from the same family. The Axe-Fx III uses 8-channel converters while the AM4 is only two channels. The specs are pretty much the same.
The analog components in the AM4 are also very high quality. It uses premium Burr-Brown and Analog Devices op-amps. No crappy CMOS stuff, it's all either Bi-FET or Bipolar. Film caps in critical locations.

</blockquote>
</blockquote>

==Processing and memory==

A meter in the upper right shows the current CPU usage. To ensure smooth performance, a limit of about 85% is enforced, leaving required processing power in reserve. If this limit is exceeded, a warning will be shown: “CPU LIMIT: Bypassed" and the AM4 will bypass all processing.

The CPU metering is dynamic: the amp modeling running on the core is actively metered during play. The manual recommends aiming for max 80% when not playing and then playing the preset to ensure stable performance.

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>
<blockquote>
[https://thegearforum.com/threads/fractal-audio-systems-am4-amp-modeler.10317/page-11#post-433876]
The processor in the AM4 is faster than the VP4.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/am4-questions-from-happy-axe-fx-iii-owner.216991/#post-2730145]
AM4 uses the same family of CPU as in the Axe-Fx III. It is a 1 GHz processor with an ARM A15 CPU and a C66x DSP. Therefore it has half the power of a standard Axe-Fx III.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://thegearforum.com/threads/fractal-audio-systems-am4-amp-modeler.10317/page-82#post-442250]
SHARCs are cheaper. We haven't had any issues with sourcing Keystones. The TI DSPs require a little more ancillary hardware (PMICs, reset logic, etc.).

However, the Keystones outperform the SHARCs in several key areas: memory bandwidth, on-board LCD interface with video frame buffer, more robust USB implementation, superior per-clock DSP performance.

The SHARCs, however, benefit from on-board FIR and IIR accelerators. The FIR accelerator is particularly beneficial because you can process IRs with it and offload the DSP.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

More information is available, including [https://thegearforum.com/threads/fractal-audio-systems-am4-amp-modeler.10317/page-69#post-439319 pictures of the inside of the AM4 and specifications of processors and memory].

==Latency==

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<hr>
<blockquote>
[https://thegearforum.com/threads/fractal-audio-systems-am4-amp-modeler.10317/page-82#post-442247]
The actual latency of the AM4 is:

No blocks: 1.33 ms

Amp only: 2 ms

Amp + Cab: 2 ms

Drive + Amp + Cab: 2.67 ms

The cab processing adds no latency. Any extra measured latency is due to the IRs themselves. IR's are inherently band-limited and therefore have "latency" between the IR beginning and the peak in the response. A real speaker cab has "latency" if your method of measurement is looking for the peak in the response (which is technically an incorrect method).

We could reduce the latency by using minimum-phase resampling (the Axe-Fx offers this as an option). Many products are minimum-phase resampling by default. However, minimum-phase resampling causes phase distortion which I personally find more objectionable than an extra ms or so of latency.

Regardless, an average latency of 2 ms is extremely low.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://thegearforum.com/threads/fractal-audio-systems-am4-amp-modeler.10317/page-82#post-442274]
Latency is a trade-off. We could reduce the latency on an AM4 to under 1.5 ms by using minimum-phase resampling but that adds phase distortion.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

==Screen==

The display is a 480 x 272 high-contrast color LCD.

The AM4 does not have a touchscreen.

==Dimensions and weight==

; Weight : 3 lbs 9 oz (1.63 kg)
; Dimensions : 10.00" x 6.31" (254mm x 160.3mm)

[[image:AM4-dimensions.png|500px]]

==Mounting==

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<hr>
<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/vp4-faq.208790/#post-2612905]
If you remove the feet, keep the screws out.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

==Power and heat==

The power connector is a 2.1mm barrel connector, with a negative center. The power-supply (9V DC, 1.5A) is included.

Do NOT use an AC supply. It WILL damage the unit.

The AM4 has a power button.

The unit boots in a few seconds and the unit can be used immediately. In the background all DynaCabs be pre-loaded. According to the manual, this may cause brief slowdowns during that process. This is normal and ends once all cabs have finished loading after 2 minutes or so, depending on the CPU load of the current preset.

Turning on a Windows computer with the AM4 connected and powered, may cause a USB connection failure. Prevent this by turning on the AM4 after starting your PC. This will be addressed in a future update, according to Fractal Audio.

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<hr>
<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/🔥introducing-the-new-am4-amp-modeler.216932/post-2729691]
The AM4 is spec'd at 1.5A. It uses slightly more power than a VP4 due to the higher clock speed. Most units will consume less than 1.3A but due to unit-to-unit variation we cannot guarantee that.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/point-of-am4.216949/page-5#post-2729942]
Like our other products, the AM4 has a high-voltage analog path. The analog path runs off 24V (linearly regulated from 30V). This is done to ensure ample headroom, low noise and plenty of output signal. It costs a bit more and uses a bit more power but our mantra is always quality first.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/loading-cabs-message-for-2m25s-following-bootup-is-this-normal.217161/post-2732917]
The time it takes to load the Dyna-Cabs is directly related to the amount of CPU the current preset is utilizing. However, loading the current preset at boot time takes only a few seconds.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/am4-gets-pretty-toasty-after-running-for-awhile-is-this-expected.217944/#post-2743886]
The AM4 chassis is aluminum. It conducts heat very well. It is DESIGNED to transfer heat from the internal electronics and will therefore get warm during operation.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/bug-usb-is-not-getting-recognized-at-start.218667/#post-2753121]
This is a known issue. Turn the AM4 on after starting your PC. This will be addressed in a future update.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

=Analog I/O=

[[image:AM4-signal.png|700px]]

==Input==

Mono instrument input, single 1/4" TS jack, max +20dBu (instrument level).

Input impedance is variable and is adjustable per preset.

The Input pad in SETUP is adjustable, with auto correction. The manual states that the AM4 is pre-configured for a typical guitar with hot pickups. If input clipping occurs, an ”IN CLIP“ warning is displayed and the Input Pad setting is temporarily increased.

<blockquote>
'''OWNERS MANUAL'''
<HR>
<blockquote>
If the input of the AM4 clips persistently, the unit will automatically increase the Input Pad setting. When this occurs, the word “Auto” will appear next to the Input Pad value, for example: “12 dB (Auto)”, indicating that the pad was automatically increased to 12 dB. When you reboot the AM4, the automatic setting is cleared, and the last manually selected value is restored. If you want to make the automatic pad setting permanent, just turn the Input Pad knob one “click” to clear “Auto”.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

Like the VP4, the input range of the AM4 is the same as an 18V pedal. [https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/input-clipping-at-18db-concern.215368/#post-2706349]

==Output==

1/4" TS, L/R (mono/stereo), max +16dBu, 1 KOhm. Outputs: balanced, +4 line level, no Humbuster.

The output can be switched between mono and stereo in SETUP.

The AM4 has a SPLIT output option, which sends the signal with cab modeling to Left (for FOH), and a "no cabinet" signal to Right. Each output operates in summed mono.

The outputs are protected against phantom power from the mixer. [https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/protection-from-phantom-power.216968/#post-2729588]

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>
<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/output-question.216993/post-2730137]
The 1/4" jacks are balanced TRS. If you need XLR you can use an adapter.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/🔥introducing-the-new-am4-amp-modeler.216932/page-37#post-2731524]
+4
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

==No 4CM==

In current firmware, the Four Cable Method (4CM) with AM4 and VP4 is supported, through a combination of SPDIF and analog connections. It's mono only.

[[image:4CM_VP4+AM4.png|900px]]

==Analog insert==

The AM4 does not provide an effects loop. But it has a fixed insert point between the internal effects and the balanced outputs. Use these to connect outboard gear while preserving the clean, low-noise performance of the balanced outputs for FOH without needing a direct box. The insert is fixed in hardware and cannot be repositioned or switched on/off.

It applies only to the main outs and is not heard on USB or SPDIF.

For mono, use a standard patch cable. For stereo, use a TRS-to-dual-mono insert cable (tip = left, ring = right).

* Insert Send: 1/4" jack TRS (tip=Left, ring=Right), 1 KOhm, 16dBu
* Insert Return: 1/4" jack TRS (tip=Left, ring=Right), 1 MOhm

When recording with the VP4 (or another device) in the inserts of the AM4, choose the VP4 in the DAW as the input device to capture the audio from both devices.

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>
<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/🔥introducing-the-new-am4-amp-modeler.216932/page-10#post-2728918]
The idea is you put your pre effects before the unit and your post effects (should you need any) in the insert. The outputs of the AM4 are balanced and designed to be sent directly to FOH and/or monitors. If you just put your post effects after the unit you would then need a DI to go to FOH.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://thegearforum.com/threads/fractal-audio-systems-am4-amp-modeler.10317/page-19#post-434112]
A freely positionable loop would require another stereo A/D and D/A would would increase power consumption, latency when the loop is active, noise, etc. Its purpose is simply to get your post effects before the DI. A typical pedal board might be something like: Wah -> Fabled Unicorn Devices (FUD) Dry Hump III Overdrive -> AM4 -> Lunar Electronics Space Echo Plus. The Space Echo Plus is your typical pedal with unbalanced I/O. You put in the insert loop on the AM-4 and the outputs of the AM-4 are balanced for FOH/Monitors.

</blockquote>
</blockquote>

==No analog bypass==

The AM4 currently does not provide an analog bypass mode, like the VP4 has.

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>
<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/bypass-and-signal-specs-for-am4.216969/#post-2729675]
The AM4 has an analog bypass but it's currently not implemented. I can't guarantee that it's something we will implement but the capability is there.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

==Headphones==

The AM4 has a 3.5mm stereo headphones port.

Impedance is 35Ω. Recommended headphone impedance is less than 600Ω.

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>
<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/headphone-volume-drops-when-connecting-output-cables.217947/#post-2743884]
The headphone amp taps off the output driver (so that the phones are after the insert). There are protection resistors on the output driver which means the output driver doesn't have zero impedance. If you plug into something with a low input impedance (less than 100K) then you will get a slight drop at the headphones. Turn up the volume knob to compensate.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

=Digital I/O=

[[image:AM4-signal.png|700px]]

==Converters==

24-bit, 48kHz (fixed).

Dynamic range is 114 dB, 20-20k frequency response.

==USB==

USB-C port for data and audio.

MIDI-over-USB is supported.

USB Audio 2.0 provides 4 channels (4x4) at 48kHz.

* OUT channels 1+2: processed output
* OUT channels 3+4 : unprocessed (copy of inputs)
* IN channels 1+2: send incoming USB Audio directly to outputs
* IN channels 3+4 : process incoming USB Audio and send to outputs

[[image:AM4-USB.png|500px]]

[[image:AM4-signal.png|700px]]

Windows computers require a software driver which is available on the [https://www.fractalaudio.com/am4-downloads/ AM4 Downloads] page.

For USB Audio latency measurements, see under Latency above.

See [[USB]] for more information.

Note that an USB connection can create a a ground loop, resulting in noise or hum. To prevent this:
* Switch a laptop between AC power and battery power.
* Use balanced cables.
* Insert a USB ground loop eliminator (Type-C > Type-C) between AM4 and computer.
* Try an audio isolation transformer between AM4 and device.

==SPDIF==

SPDIF can be used to digitally connect the AM4 to an VP4, FM3, FM9 or Axe-Fx, through RCA connectors, at 48kHz fixed sample rate.

A digital connection avoids the necessary A/D and D/A conversion and inherent latency that comes with analog-to-digital connections.

IMPORTANT: When using the VP4 and AM4 together through SPDIF, in whatever order, make sure to crank the SPDIF In Level on the receiving device, to prevent loss of signal level and possibly gain. Also select SPDIF as input source on the 2nd device. And if the AM4 goes first, crank its hardware LEVEL knob.

Read <q>[[Digital I/O and recording]]</q> for more information.

=Firmware=

The firmware is upgradeable, allowing adding new features and bug fixes.

You can download the latest official release from the [https://www.fractalaudio.com/am4-downloads/ AM4 downloads] page.

Public beta releases are often released on the user forum.

=Control=

==User interface==

Compared to Fractal's modelers, the AM4 UI is simplified and streamlined, like the VP4.

Press HOME+SAVE together to enter the “Mode Select” menu which allows you to select between Preset, Scene, Effects, Amp and Tuner/Tempo. The mode determines what's displayed on the LCD, how the Select knob operates and what the switches do.

The factory default's “Gig Mode” configuration makes it easy to select presets, scenes, effects, channels, tuner and tap tempo. The startup mode can be set in Setup.

Press ENTER+EXIT together to enter Setup.

To edit parameters on the hardware, turn SELECT in Effect mode to highlight a block, press ENTER to edit the block, turn the corresponding A-D knob to adjust the value, PAGE LEFT or PAGE RIGHT to get to other pages.

When editing parameters on the hardware, press PAGE LEFT+PAGE RIGHT together to enter “Expert Edit” mode. Expert Edit includes advanced parameters. Press EXIT to quit Expert Edit.

On the home page in FX Mode, select the desired block, hold the ENTER button, and turn SELECT to move.

Similar to the VP4:

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>
<blockquote>
[https://thegearforum.com/threads/fractal-audio-systems-mystery-product-speculation.6102/page-251#post-270365]
Behind the scenes it's the architecture from the Axe-Fx III. There's still a grid and scenes and channels, etc. It's just that it's mostly hidden from the user and simplified.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

Tip: If you don't need scene names, use the available space to indicate the specific effect types instead. Insert spaces to visually align them.

[[image:VP4Names.png|link=|300px]]

==Levels==

The AM4 has two stages that affect the overall volume.

; Internal levels

: These operate within presets and include: Input Level, Amp Level, Scene Levels, Preset Level.

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>
<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/understanding-level-knob-amp-master-volume-cab-master-volume-frfr-speaker-volume.219103/#post-2759653]
INTERNAL LEVELS are determined by the combined amp settings, effect settings, and level settings within your presets. For most people, the AMP LEVEL control is typically used to adjust this. The Internal Levels Meter—found on the Main Levels of the home menu page and repeated on the 2nd to last page of the Amp Edit menu—shows a white line at 0 dB, the “sweet spot” where levels are strong but still have plenty of headroom. It’s fine to push slightly past 0 dB, but avoid hitting the ceiling. Higher internal levels can also make it easier to clip the analog outputs. Every block (including CAB, which you mention) has its own level control but you generally only need to adjust the amp unless you have a compressor after it.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

; Analog output level

: This is controlled by the top-panel knob. Set it to the preferred but avoid overdriving the output stage or connected device(s). The Analog Levels meter shows how close you are to clipping, and an OUT CLIP warning will appear in the title bar across all pages if clipping occurs. The outputs operate at adjustable line level, not at fixed unity gain.

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>
<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/understanding-level-knob-amp-master-volume-cab-master-volume-frfr-speaker-volume.219103/#post-2759653]
ANALOG LEVELS are controlled by the top-panel OUT LEVEL knob, which sets the volume of the analog outputs and headphones. Use it to set your preferred listening level, but avoid overdriving the output stage or your connected device(s). The Analog Levels meter on the Main Levels page shows how close you are to clipping, and an OUT CLIP warning will also appear in the title bar across all pages if clipping occurs. If this happens, lower the knob or reduce levels inside your presets. Of course, your speakers, mixers, or recording interface have their own volume or gain controls as well. These operate after the AM4 outputs, so you can keep the AM4 hot and adjust downstream, or vice versa. Start with your speaker volume at noon and the AM4 all the way down to get a feel for how loud things will be as you turn up the AM4.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

[[image:AM4-levels.png|600px]]

==AM4-Edit software editor==

AM4-Edit is the editor for the AM4, with Fractal-Bot built-in.

You can download AM4-Edit, along with the Windows driver, firmware and factory presets updates, from the [https://www.fractalaudio.com/am4-edit AM4 downloads page].

[[image:AM4-Edit.png|500px|link=]]

==Onboard switches==

The four foot switches have colored indicators, but no scribble strips.

The press and hold functions of the four switches work globally across all presets and modes.

Factory default is the so-called <q>Gig Mode</q>, explained in the manual, that also provides two-switch combos.

In Custom Mode, the press & hold functions can be set per switch. This also works globally (across all presets). The two-switch combos are not carried over to Custom Mode, at this time.

Options are:
* Disabled
* Mode Select
* Preset Mode, Scene Mode, FX Mode, Tuner Model, Amp Mode
* Bank +1, Bank -1: when you change banks, the same preset number from the new bank is automatically loaded (e.g., if C3 is selected and you switch to Bank D, D3 will load)
* Preset +1, Preset -1
* Scene +1, Scene -1
* Channel Picker: this shows the 4-button “Channel Picker” for the corresponding effect slot

==MIDI==

The unit has 3.5 mm (1/8”) MIDI IN and OUT ports. Adapters are available from [https://shop.fractalaudio.com Fractal Audio].

The Boss BMIDI-5-35 cable has been tested and works with the AM4 to connect to 5-pin MIDI gear.

The AM4 supports:
* Sending and receiving Program Changes (PC)
* Sending and receiving Control Changes (CC)
* MIDI-over-USB
* MIDI clock (receive only, currently)
* Software MIDI Thru
* Syncing scenes with the VP4

A table in the manual translates MIDI Program Changes to AM4 presets.

The AM4 tempo does respond to MIDI Beat Clock. It does not send MIDI Clock.

See [[MIDI]] for more information.

==Expression pedals and external switches==

The unit supports two expression pedals and expression pedal connections (TRS, 10–100 kΩ max), or two single TS external switches (momentary or latching).

The unit does not provide [[FASLINK]] connections and can't connect to FC-6 and FC-12 foot controllers foot controllers.

Like the other modelers, you can make an expression pedal perform as a volume pedal as follows:

* Assign it to a level parameter in a block, particularly the Volume block, or
* Assign it to global Input or Output Volume, across all presets.

The AM4 also has a unique feature: Amp Block Out Volume. This lets you adjust the output volume of the amp with a pedal, without the need to put a Volume block between the amp and any time-based effects. It does not affect amp gain or tone.

==External amp switching==

The AM4 itself does not provide relays to switch amp channels, but it can connect through MIDI to a relay switcher to perform that duty.

Possible solutions include:
* [https://midisolutions.com/prodrel.htm MIDI Solutions Relay]
* [https://www.suhr.com/product/micro-midi-control/ Suhr MicroMIDI Control]
* [https://voodoolab.com/product/control-switcher/ Voodoo Lab Control Switcher]
* [https://piratemidi.com/products/click-midi-interface-relay-switcher Pirate MIDI CLiCK]
* RJM Mini Amp Gizmo (no longer available from RJM but might be available used. The [https://www.rjmmusic.com/download-content/Amp%20Gizmo%20Manual%20-%20online.pdf manual] is currently available online.)
* [https://emcustom.eu/amp-midi-switcher-interface.html EM]

=Sounds=

==Presets, scenes and channels==

The unit has 104 presets, supports four scenes per preset and four channels per effect block.

The presets are organized into 26 banks, each identified by a letter from A to Z. Within each bank, there are four presets, numbered 1 through 4.

Each block has 4 channels. The AM doesn't support [[Global blocks]]. [https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/wish-single-global-block-for-amp.218781/#post-2754880]

Switching between presets, scenes and channels is gapless.

AM4 presets and blocks are not compatible with Fractal Audio's other amp modelers, nor vice versa. [https://wiki.fractalaudio.com/wiki/index.php?title=VP4_virtual_pedalboard#Presets.2C_scenes_and_channels Explanation]

The latest factory presets are available on the [https://www.fractalaudio.com/am4-downloads/ AM4 downloads page]. Here's the list from the manual:

[[image:AM4-factoryptresets1.png|900px]]

[[image:AM4-factoryptresets2.png|900px]]

[[image:AM4-factoryptresets3.png|900px]]

==Amp and cab modeling==

The amp modeling is identical to the Axe-Fx III. [https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/am4-questions-from-happy-axe-fx-iii-owner.216991/#post-2730145]

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>
<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/are-the-blocks-available-of-the-exact-same-quality-as-in-the-axe-fx-iii.217031/#post-2730843]
The blocks are identical. The AM4 runs off the same code base as the Axe-Fx III.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

The AM4 provides a single Amp block, with an integrated Cab section (instead of a separate Cab block).

Only when selecting the SPLIT output mode, the Cab section is repositioned at the end of the chain.

Some amp models have been consolidated.

Amp Mode lets you quickly access amp parameters and switch amp/cab channels, and provides an output boost.

A few amp models have been deprecated:

* Brit Pre
* old Vibrato Verb
* Legend 1
* Chieftain 2
* Dizzy V4 Blue
* Thordendal

Loading an amp model automatically selects an appropriate cab: <q>Amp>DynaCab linking</q>. This can be disabled in SETUP. The Amp+DynaCab combos are described on the [[Amp_models_list|Amp models page]].

To selectively keep Cab settings when changing the amp type, hold ENTER while turning SELECT, then release ENTER to apply the change. AM4-Edit, you can hold SHIFT while selecting a new amp from the list to achieve the same result.

[[DynaCabs]] are included. Legacy factory cabs are not included. IRs can also be imported (256 slots), supporting UltraRes. The Cab Blend parameter replaces individual Cab Level controls.

Similar to the FM3, the Amp block does not support Input Dynamics and Bias Tremolo.

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>
<blockquote>
[https://thegearforum.com/threads/fractal-audio-systems-am4-amp-modeler.10317/page-5#post-433719]
The list is trimmed down a bit but the essential stuff is in there.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

==Other effects==

Available effects on the AM4, other than Amp/Cab:

* [[Chorus block]]
* [[Compressor block]]
* [[Delay block]]
* [[Drive block]]
* [[Enhancer block]]
* [[Filter block]]
* [[Flanger block]]
* [[Gate/Expander block]]
* [[EQ|GEQ block]]
* [[EQ|PEQ block]]
* [[Phaser block]]
* [[Reverb block]]
* [[Rotary block]]
* [[Tremolo/Panner block]]
* [[Volume/Panner block]]
* [[Wah block]]

[[image:AM4-fx.png|600px]]

The AM4 does NOT have these blocks: Formant, IR Capture, IR Player, Megatap Delay, Multitap Delay, Pitch, Plex Delay, Resonator, Ring Modulator, Synth, Tone Match, Vocoder.

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>
<blockquote>
[https://thegearforum.com/threads/fractal-audio-systems-am4-amp-modeler.10317/page-18#post-434085]
The choice of effects was so that you couldn't overload the processor. Running a Reverb and a Plex plus the Amp block would exceed the processor's bandwidth. Engineering is all about tradeoffs. It's a constant juggle between price, size, features, power consumption and performance. As such, no product will be perfect for everybody. In an ideal world DSPs would use no power and have infinite clock speeds. Until then products will have to make compromises. At some point we can revisit the effects inventory.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

At the input of each preset there is a [[Noise gate]], and a [[EQ|10-band EQ]] at the output. Both are always <q>on</q>.

Several effects are part of other effects: [https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/4-blocks-are-not-enough-see-this.216967/]
* Amp block: input boost (several types), output boost, input PEQ, output or pre-power GEQ, compression
* Cab block: part of the amp block, mic preamp, room reverb
* Delay block: can do chorus and delay at the same time
* Reverb: includes simple delay in some types, pitch shifting for shimmer

Like the VP4, there are some differences with the larger modelers:

* Additional tweaked types, such as Vibrato and single voice Pitch types
* Tweaked MIX Law for time-based effects
* Mode switch in some Drive types instead of multiple types (e.g. Timothy)
* Some renamed types

3 of the 4 blocks can be routed in parallel instead of series.

The blocks support Fractal Audio's system of modifiers and controllers.

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>
<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/are-the-mix-levels-lower-than-the-equivalent-mix-levels-in-the-fm-and-iii.208988/#post-2611013]
The mix law in many blocks is different to suit the "all effects before the amp" crowd better.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/are-the-mix-levels-lower-than-the-equivalent-mix-levels-in-the-fm-and-iii.208988/#post-2611186]
The sweetened mix law places a wider range of knob motion in the portion of the curve where the delay is quieter.

This replicates the way pedals that are designed for use in front of an amp work because the amp's compression reduces the difference between the quiet echoes and the louder dry signal.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/am4-feature-requests.216959/page-11#post-2736358]
For time-based effects, the AM4—being based on the VP4—uses the a mix law based on that of the Delay block in the Axe-Fx. The dry signal remains constant for mix values from 0–50%, with only the wet signal increasing over that range. So you don't even need to worry about dry levels changing when you tweak the mix on time based effects.
</blockquote>

</blockquote>

==Tips and tricks==

So the AM4 has four block slots; Perhaps it's better to think of those as a maximum of four switches, because there's so much functionality available beyond the four slots.

This section provides tips and tricks to make the most of the features and functionality of the AM4, within and outside the four slots.

Don't confuse this with saving CPU. See [[CPU usage]] for more information.

Tips and tricks:

* Get 16 sounds from the four blocks in a preset using Channels.

* Add compression within the Amp block.

* Add drive pedals (input boosts) within the Amp block.

* Every preset AND Amp block provide EQ-ing tools.

* There's a noise gate included in every preset.

* There's a solo boost option within the Amp block, per scene or available as a switch.

* Add room ambience within the Cab block.

* Simulate channels strips and mic preamps within the Amp block.

* Turn the Chorus block into a Flanger or a micro pitch.

* Turn the Flanger block into a Chorus.

* Turn the Delay block into a Flanger or Chorus, or into Reverb.

* Use the Dual Delay type for delay AND chorus. Watch the video below.

* Turn the Reverb block into a Delay.

* Turn the Volume/Panner block into a Tremolo.

* Get Shimmer from the Reverb block.

* Use Modifiers and controllers for even more control over parameters and functions.

* Assign an expression pedal to Amp Block Out Volume, to let you adjust the, duh, output volume of the amp with the pedal, without affecting delay/reverb trails, amp gain or tone.

Watch the videos below for examples.

==AM4 with VP4==

There are various ways to combine the AM4 and VP4 into a powerful floor-based amp modeling and multi-effects setup.

===Digital===

; VP4 > AM4

: Connect SPDIF Out on the VP4 to SPDIF In on the AM4.

; AM4 > VP4

: Connect SPDIF Out on the AM4 to SPDIF In on the VP4.

===Analog===

; VP4 Out > AM4 In

: Connect the output jack on the VP4 to the instrument input on the AM4. Mono.

; AM4 Out > VP4 In

: Connect the output jack(s) on the AM4 to the analog input(s) on the VP4.

; AM4 >< insert VP4

: Put the VP4 in the insert loop of the AM4, using an insert cable.

; VP4 >< 4CM AM4

: Set to the VP4 to 4CM, and put the AM4 in loop of the VP4. Mono.

; VP4 >< 4CM AM4 through inserts

: This particular setup makes 4CM possible with the AM4, AND enables allows hearing the sound from both devices through the headphones port on the AM4. Guitar goes into VP4 Input Left Pre. VP4 Out Left Pre goes into the instrument input on the AM4. VP4 Out Right Post goes into the insert return on the AM4. AM4 Insert Send goes to Input Right Post on the VP4. Resulting signal will be mono.
Use a special cable if you need signal at both outputs of the AM4, see this picture:

[[image:AM4+VP4+headphones.png|500px]]

Notes:
* Use MIDI Program Changes or "Scene Sync" to synchronize switching on both devices.
* You probably don't need to use the noise gate on the 2nd device. Instead of turning that off per preset, you can do it globally in Setup > Global Settings.

=Videos=

[https://www.youtube.com/@RoshRoslin/videos Rosh Roslin's AM4 tutorials]

More videos:

[[video:Cooper-AM4]]
[[video:Cooper-AM4-EJ]]
[[video:Cooper-ChorusDelay]]
[[video:Cooper-AM4-Petrucci]]

[[video:Brett-AM4]]

[[video:Leon-AM4]]
[[video:Leon-AM2]]
[[video:Leon-AM43]]
[[video:Leon-AM4-5]]
[[video:Leon-AM4-GigMode]]
[[video:Leon-AM46]]
[[video:Leon-AM4-DeepDive]]
[[video:Leon-AM4-Pedals]]
[[video:Leon-AM4-Fxcombinations]]

[[video:Cordy-AM4]]
[[video:Cordy-AM42]]
[[video:Cordy-AM43]]

[[video:FSM-AM4]]

[[video:Larry-AM4-1]]

[[video:AndyWood-AM4]]

[[video:AM4-Mag7]]

[[video:Ola-AM4]]

[[video:PassionForTone-AM4]]
[[video:PassionForTone-AM4-2]]

[[video:Jayguitar-AM4]]

[[video:TSR-AM4]]

[[VIDEO:ToneWars-AM4]]
[[video:ToneWars-AM42]]

[[video:AlessandroZilio-AM4]]

[[video:SonicDrive-AM4]]

[[category:AM4]]
[[category:Sounds]]
[[category:All]]

VP4 virtual pedalboard

2026-03-20T19:39:57Z

Yek: /* SPDIF */

__TOC__

[[image:VP4-front.jpg|400px]]

[[image:VP4-rear.jpeg|400px]]

=References=

Read the excellent owners manual first!

* [https://www.fractalaudio.com/vp4 Product page]
* [https://www.fractalaudio.com/vp4-downloads/ Downloads]
* [https://forum.fractalaudio.com/#vp4.154 User forum]
* [http://wiki.fractalaudio.com/wiki/index.php?title=Category:VP4 Wiki pages]
* [https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/vp4-faq.208790/ FAQ]

Documentation:
* [https://www.fractalaudio.com/downloads/manuals/VP4/VP4-Owners-Manual.pdf Owners Manual]
* [https://www.fractalaudio.com/downloads/manuals/VP4/VP4-Quick-Start.pdf Quick Start Guide]
* [https://www.fractalaudio.com/downloads/manuals/VP4/VP4-4CM.pdf 4CM]

=Pictures=

See “[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/show-us-your-vp4-pedalboard-rig.212640/ Show us your VP4 pedalboard / rig!]” for a discussion how forum members are using their VP4 units.

=Comparing VP4 and AM4=

Fractal Audio: [https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/differences-between-am4-and-vp4.216961/#post-2729434]

AM4 and VP4 both deliver Fractal Audio’s industry-leading sound quality, world-class effects, and rock-solid reliability. They're the same size and form factor and use streamlined UI designs that are intended to be as easy to use as real pedals. The two products share the same core technologies used across the Fractal Audio product family. They both also offer "gig mode" footswitch operation, gapless switching, USB audio, MIDI, professional connectivity including Auto-Z analog in and SPDIF I/O, plus optional "expert" editing—on the device or with companion software. The difference is largely down to features around intended use:

The AM4 delivers top-tier amp tone and effects. We say it is "perfect for a pedalboard" but it is also an ideal standalone for a desktop or "fly rig". It includes the full AM4 Amp block with integrated DynaCab™ speaker simulation, UltraRes™ user cabs, plus a selection of stompbox and studio effects. It has balanced line level outputs, a top panel level knob, a headphones output, and a stereo analog insert for using 3rd part "post" FX without the need for a separate DI box.

The VP4 delivers Fractal Audio effects for use with any amp or modeler. It does NOT perform amp modeling but it does have multiple instances of almost every effect block from the Axe-Fx III including the new IR Player. It has unbalanced outs and is unity-gain by design so no top panel level knob or headphones jack. It has a mono 4CM mode for running pre and post effects at the same time. The VP4 works extremely well as a sidekick to AM4 (AM4+VP4 = "MVP-8").

=Specifications=

==Design and development==

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>
<blockquote>
[https://thegearforum.com/threads/fractal-audio-systems-mystery-product-speculation.6102/#post-239385]
It's not a replacement for any of our current products.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://thegearforum.com/threads/fractal-audio-systems-mystery-product-speculation.6102/page-251#post-270357]
That's the target market. We have more products in the pipe for that market.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://thegearforum.com/threads/fractal-audio-systems-mystery-product-speculation.6102/page-217#post-268907]
Its primary application is live performance and the UI was designed with that in mind.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://thegearforum.com/threads/fractal-audio-systems-mystery-product-speculation.6102/page-243#post-269736]
It uses premium analog components and converters. The input stage is FET and the op-amps are all "iPolar". None of this cheap CMOS stuff that other products are using.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://thegearforum.com/threads/fractal-audio-systems-mystery-product-speculation.6102/page-243#post-269736]
Adding MIDI clock should be easy. The VP-4 code was frozen before it was implemented in the Axe-Fx III and the FM-3/9. The only development allowed after code is frozen is bug fixing.

The product focus was on three things: quality, simplicity and flexibility.
Re. quality. It uses premium analog components and converters. The input stage is FET and the op-amps are all "iPolar". None of this cheap CMOS stuff that other products are using.

No product will ever satisfy everyone. If low price is your primary concern then the product is not for you. If having lots of simultaneous effects is your primary concern the product is not for you. If having up to four, high-quality effects from the Axe-Fx III in a small, pedal board-friendly format is what you want then this product is a compelling choice.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/vp4-vs-fm3.208723/page-3#post-2612127]
The Axe-Fx III and FM9 have essentially the same analog path as the FX8. The VP4 is similar and offers the same fidelity.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://thegearforum.com/threads/fractal-audio-systems-vp4-virtual-pedalboard.6698/page-54#post-299821]
[…]
The VP4 uses the latest "flagship" products from Cirrus as do the Axe-Fx III and FM3/9.

[…]

Equally important, if not more so, is the analog path driving the A/D converter and buffering the D/A converter. We use premium components and a full-differential topology. Many companies use a single-ended topology as it is less expensive. Many companies also use low-cost op-amps (i.e. CMOS vs. the iPolar and BiFet parts we use).

</blockquote>
</blockquote>

==Processing and memory==

A meter in the upper right shows the current CPU usage. To ensure smooth performance, a limit of about 80% is enforced, leaving required processing power in reserve. If this limit is exceeded, the VP4 will switch to bypass mode and a warning will be shown: “CPU LIMIT: Bypassed.”

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>
<blockquote>
[https://thegearforum.com/threads/fractal-audio-systems-mystery-product-speculation.6102/page-242#post-269736]
The VP-4 uses the Axe-Fx III DSP's little brother. It's a single core version with the same instruction set so porting stuff from the Axe-Fx III is almost trivial.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://thegearforum.com/threads/fractal-audio-systems-mystery-product-speculation.6102/page-252#post-270388]
The VP4 uses a SoC. It has an ARM Cortex A15 core and a C66x core along with a bunch of peripherals. The DSP in the Axe-Fx III would be too power-hungry for this application.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://thegearforum.com/threads/fractal-audio-systems-mystery-product-speculation.6102/page-250#post-270349]
It's quite possible we could add more blocks in future firmware. I can envision, say, four switchable blocks and two fixed blocks per preset. The fixed blocks are always on. The switchable blocks can be bypassed/engaged. Or four fixed blocks and four switchable blocks.

It's just software. It's a fairly powerful processor, more powerful than the FX8 had, but our algorithms have continued to increase in complexity and require more processing power than things did back in the FX8 days.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/please-add-a-looper-to-the-vp4.211081/page-2#post-2712981]
It has the same amount of RAM as the FM-9.
</blockquote>

</blockquote>

==Latency==

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<hr>
In response to the question “Is there any information on latency in normal use and in 4cm?”
<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/latency.208751/#post-2608085]
The latency of the unit is 1.2 ms.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

See [[Latency]] for more information.

==Screen==

The display is a 480 x 272 high-contrast color LCD.

The VP4 does not have a touchscreen.

==Dimensions and weight==

; Weight : 3 lbs 7 oz (1.56 kg)
; Dimensions : 10.00" x 6.31" (254mm x 160.3mm)

[[image:VP4-dimensions.jpg|500px]]

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>
<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/vp4-dimensions.208906/#post-2609873] I measured the protrusion of the jack with the greatest depth (SPDIF) and it's about 9mm.
Cables would be extra.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/vp4-faq.208790/post-2611397]
Using anything other than the factory-provided feet and screws will void your warranty.
The approved screws are M3.5x8mm, with approximately 5mm protruding into the VP4 chassis. Internal components are aligned with the screw holes, so if third-party screws extend too far, they may cause damage to these components. Such damage will be identifiable and not covered by the warranty.
For safe mounting, Velcro is the recommended solution.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

==Power==

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<hr>
<blockquote>

[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/important-use-the-provided-9v-1-3a-1300ma-adapter-provided-with-your-vp4.209672/]
IMPORTANT! Use the 9V 1.3A adapter provided with your VP4. Starting around December 2025, a 9V 1.5A adapter will be provided, to match the one supplied with the AM4.

If you are not using the provided adapter or an equivalent 9V adapter, you may experience unit lockup, crashing, noise, loss of audio, or loss of data.

If you are experiencing any of these symptoms (or other unusual behaviors), please power your VP4 with the provided power supply before reaching out to support.

</blockquote>
</blockquote>

The power connector is a 2.1mm barrel connector, with a negative center. The 9V power-supply is included.

The unit has a power button. It powers up in a few seconds.

See “[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/can-i-power-a-vp4-with-a-strymon-zuma.208929 Can I power a VP4 with a Strymon Zuma?]” for a discussion about VP4 power supplies.

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>
<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/announcing-the-new-vp4-virtual-pedalboard-compact-multi-fx-processor.208713/post-2607596]
The maximum current draw is 1.3A. Typical draw is less than 1A but we cannot guarantee proper operation if using a supply below the rated specification. It can run on 12V and the current draw will be lower in this case.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/vp4-no-wakey.211431/#post-2644538]
Do NOT use an AC supply. You WILL damage the unit.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/fractal-audio-vp4-lithium-backup-battery-replacement.213011/page-2#post-2668178]
No internal battery. It uses EEPROM to store system parameters. Presets are stored in FLASH.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/🔥introducing-the-new-am4-amp-modeler.216932/page-26#post-2729714]
(November 2025) We'll start shipping VP4s with the 1.5A adapter even though that unit requires only 1.3A.

</blockquote>
</blockquote>

=Analog I/O=

==Input==

Mono/stereo input, two 1/4" TS jacks, max +20dBu (instrument level/line level).

The VP4 defaults to mono input, but can be switched to stereo in SETUP.

[[Input impedance]] is variable and is adjustable per preset.

The [[Audio_in_and_out#Instrument_input|Input pad]] in SETUP is adjustable, with auto correction. The manual states that the VP4 is pre-configured for a typical guitar with hot pickups. If input clipping occurs, an ”IN CLIP“ warning is displayed and the Input Pad setting is temporarily increased.

<blockquote>
'''OWNERS MANUAL'''
<HR>
<blockquote>
If the input of the VP4 clips persistently, the unit will automatically increase the Input Pad
setting. When this occurs, the word “Auto” will appear next to the Input Pad value, for example: “12 dB (Auto)” indicating that
the pad was automatically increased to 12 dB. When you reboot the VP4, the automatic setting is cleared, and the last manually
selected value is restored. If you want to make the automatic pad setting permanent, just turn the Input Pad knob one “click” to
clear “Auto” and set the desired value. While "4CM Routing" is enabled, a common input pad setting is shared by both PRE and
POST inputs. Excessive levels at either of these will cause the automatic pad setting to be applied to both.

''If the input still clips with the pad setting at 18dB, decrease the output level of the device(s) connected to the VP4 input(s).''
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<hr>
<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/stereo-in-sound-better-than-mono-with-a-mono-guitar.210706/#post-2634134]
If you configure the Input for STEREO, you MUST connect 2 cables (both left and right), otherwise you will no longer get unity gain. If your signal is "weak" in MONO mode, then you have a configuration issue somewhere in your rig.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/input-clipping-at-18db-concern.215368/#post-2706349]
The input range of the VP-4 is the same as an 18V pedal.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

==Output==

1/4" TS, L/R (mono/stereo), max +16dBu, 600 Ohm. Unbalanced. No Humbuster.

The unit defaults to stereo output. Switchable in SETUP. See <q>[[Audio_in_and_out#Mono_vs_stereo|Mono vs stereo]]</q>.

The Output level is unity gain unless configured otherwise.

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>
<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/announcing-the-new-vp4-virtual-pedalboard-compact-multi-fx-processor.208713/page-3#post-2607580]
All of the outputs on the VP4 are unbalanced.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/thoughts-on-2-x-vp4%E2%80%99s-1-for-in-front-1-for-fx-loop-of-an-amp.208727/post-2608734]
Humbuster is not necessary because it's DC powered and the chassis is floating. Hum occurs due to ground loops. If equipment is AC powered the chassis must be grounded by law. This introduces ground loops when using unbalanced connections. The correct solution is for everything to be balanced but the industry seems reluctant to embrace that.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

==4CM==

[[Audio_in_and_out#Four_Cable_Method_.284CM.29|4CM (Four Cable Method)]] is supported. Mono only!

To enable this, turn on 4CM Routing in SETUP. Only presets configured specifically for 4CM will work with this setup. Using a preset that IS NOT configured for 4CM will switch the VP4 to bypassed mode and defeat all processing.

Global settings for Input Mode and Output Mode (except MUTE) are IGNORED when 4CM Routing is enabled, and only the left channel of the last PRE or POST effect is passed to the respective output. Mono effect types and settings are therefore recommended for a 4CM rig.

Remember that many stereo effects have controls like STEREO SPREAD or MASTER PAN, which can be used to eliminate differences between right and left channels.

The input gate is applied at the PRE input, which also feeds the tuner.

The master PRESET EQ, MAIN levels, and SCENE levels are applied at the POST output.

The Input Pad setting affects both the PRE and POST inputs. If your Amp's send level is particularly hot, this might require a higher pad setting than your guitar.

A set of factory presets is configured specifically for 4CM. See a list of VP4 factory presets at the end of its Owners manual.

In current firmware, 4CM (mono is supported through a combination of SPDIF and analog connections:

[[image:4CM_VP4+AM4.png|900px]]

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>
<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/new-fractal-product-coming.207160/page-78#post-2602690]
In L = Guitar 
Out L = Preamp In 
In R = Preamp Out 
Out R = Power amp In
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://thegearforum.com/threads/fractal-audio-systems-mystery-product-speculation.6102/page-217#post-268907]
It has the analog path from the Axe-Fx III (which evolved from the FX-8). Beta testers report that it "plays nicely" with difficult fx loops.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/vp4-vs-fm3.208723/page-3#post-2612127]
The Axe-Fx III and FM9 have essentially the same analog path as the FX8. The VP4 is similar and offers the same fidelity.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/questions-about-spdif-output-on-vp4.210081/#post-2625753]
The VP4 is MONO ONLY in 4CM mode.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/how-does-buffered-bypass-work-on-4cm.210816/#post-2635822]
When the unit is analog bypassed, both pre and post paths are analog bypassed.
</blockquote></blockquote>

==Analog insert==

To use the VP4 as an analog insert with other equipment, for example with the FM3 or AM4, check the Owners Manual.

==Analog bypass==

The VP4 allows a buffered analog bypass mode. This passes the signal directly from input to output without digital conversion, latency, or processing.

This can be enabled through a switch or automatically. To have analog bypass activate ''automatically'' when all four effects are bypassed, engage the option Automatic VP4 Bypass in SETUP.

Note: with Analog Bypass engaged, USB Audio is interrupted.

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>
<blockquote>
[https://thegearforum.com/threads/fractal-audio-systems-vp4-virtual-pedalboard.6698/page-4#post-271823]
We considered analog dry-through early in the design phase but it just causes more problems than it's worth. If it were a dedicated delay or reverb device then it would make sense but once you add drives and wahs and EQs it makes things too confusing for the average user.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/how-does-buffered-bypass-work-on-4cm.210816/#post-2635822]
4CM Mode: 
When the unit is analog bypassed, both pre and post paths are analog bypassed.

</blockquote>
</blockquote>

==Headphones==

In some scenarios the VP4 is the last device in the chain. It's an effects-only unit and therefore doesn't have a headphones port.

If you want to listen to its output directly, without an amp or audio system, you need a headphone amp. A small device will do, such as a [https://rolls.com/product/PM50se Rolls PM50se].

Or connect the VP4 to the AM4 and use the headphone port on the AM4.

=Digital I/O=

==Converters==

24-bit, 48kHz (fixed).

Dynamic range is 114 dB, 20-20k frequency response.

==USB==

USB-C port for data and audio.

MIDI-over-USB is supported.

USB Audio 2.0 provides 4 channels (4x4) at 48kHz.

* OUT channels 1+2: processed output
* OUT channels 3+4 : unprocessed (copy of inputs)
* IN channels 1+2: send incoming USB Audio directly to outputs
* IN channels 3+4 : process incoming USB Audio and send to outputs

Windows computers require a software driver which is available on the [https://www.fractalaudio.com/vp4-downloads VP4 Downloads] page.

See [[USB]] for more information.

==SPDIF==

SPDIF can be used to digitally connect the VP4 to an AM4, FM3, FM9 or Axe-Fx, through RCA connectors, at [[Digital_I/O_and_recording#Sample_rate_is_fixed_at_48kHz|48kHz fixed sample rate]].

A digital connection avoids the necessary A/D and D/A conversion and inherent latency that comes with analog-to-digital connections.

The SPDIF output of the VP4 always mirrors the signal at the analog outputs.

IMPORTANT: When using the VP4 and AM4 together through SPDIF, in whatever order, make sure to crank the SPDIF In Level on the receiving device, to prevent loss of signal level and possibly gain. Also select SPDIF as input source on the 2nd device. And if the AM4 goes first, crank its hardware LEVEL knob.

In current firmware, 4CM (mono) with VP4 and AM4 is supported. See 4CM on this page.

Read [[Digital I/O and recording]] for more information.

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>
<blockquote>
[https://thegearforum.com/threads/fractal-audio-systems-mystery-product-speculation.6102/page-255#post-270805]
[...]
The analog input has to be buffered as well. In most (all?) processors you buffer data up in frames. A typical frame size is, say, 32 samples. You can't start processing that frame until it is full. When it is full you ping-pong and start filling the opposite buffer.

The physical latency of SPDIF is usually no more than a sample or two. A typical A/D converter has a latency of 10-20 samples.

The same thing happens at the output. You read from an output buffer and when it's empty you ping-pong to the opposite buffer.

A typical D/A has a latency of, again, 10-20 samples. A SPDIF output has only a sample or two.

So, in the case where you use a frame size of 32 you get a total buffer latency of 64 samples. If we assume the A/D and D/A are 16 samples each the total latency is 96 samples. If you use SPDIF you'd have about 30 samples less latency.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/vp4-with-fm9.208741/post-2609064]
SPDIF is not supported with 4CM. As you observed, the SPDIF is always stereo.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/questions-about-spdif-output-on-vp4.210081/#post-2625753]
The SPDIF is not supported in 4CM.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

=PRE and POST routing=

The VP4 can be used before an amp (PRE) or in its effects loop (POST).

Sets of factory presets are configured specifically for PRE and for POST (series or parallel) operation.
A list is included at the end of the owners manual.

=Firmware=

The [[Firmware|firmware]] is upgradeable, allowing adding new features and bug fixes.

You can download the latest official release from the [https://www.fractalaudio.com/vp4-downloads/ VP4 downloads] page.

Public beta releases are often released on the user forum.

=Control=

==User interface==

Compared to Fractal's modelers, the VP4 UI is simplified and streamlined.

Press HOME+SAVE together to enter the “Mode Select” menu which allows you to select between Preset, Scene, Effects, and Tuner/Tempo. The mode determines what's displayed on the LCD, how the Select knob operates and what the switches do.

The factory default's “Gig Mode” configuration makes it easy to select presets, scenes, effects, channels, tuner and tap tempo. The startup mode can be set in Setup.

Press ENTER+EXIT together to enter Setup.

To edit parameters on the hardware, turn SELECT in Effect mode to highlight a block, press ENTER to edit the block, turn the corresponding A-D knob to adjust the value, PAGE LEFT or PAGE RIGHT to get to other pages.

When editing parameters on the hardware, press PAGE LEFT+PAGE RIGHT together to enter “Expert Edit” mode. Expert Edit includes advanced parameters. Press EXIT to quit Expert Edit.

On the home page in FX Mode, select the desired block, hold the ENTER button, and turn SELECT to move.

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>
<blockquote>
[https://thegearforum.com/threads/fractal-audio-systems-mystery-product-speculation.6102/page-251#post-270365]
Behind the scenes it's the architecture from the Axe-Fx III. There's still a grid and scenes and channels, etc. It's just that it's mostly hidden from the user and simplified.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

Tip: If you don't need scene names, use the available space to indicate the specific effect types instead. Insert spaces to visually align them.

[[image:VP4Names.png|link=|300px]]

==VP4-Edit software editor==

VP4-Edit is the editor for the VP4, with [[Fractal-Bot]] built-in.

You can download VP4-Edit, along with the Windows driver, firmware and factory presets updates, from the [https://www.fractalaudio.com/vp4-edit/ VP4 downloads] page.

[[image:VP4-Edit.png|500px|link=]]

==Onboard switches==

The four foot switches have colored indicators, but no scribble strips.

They support Tap and Hold functions (e.g., to switch channels). Factory default is the so-called <q>Gig Mode</q>. You can customize the functions.

Watch the video at the bottom to see how to select channels.

==MIDI==

The unit has 3.5 mm (1/8”) MIDI IN and OUT ports. Adapters are available from [https://shop.fractalaudio.com Fractal Audio].

The Boss BMIDI-5-35 cable has been tested and works with the VP4 to connect to 5-pin MIDI gear.

The VP4 supports:
* Sending and receiving Program Changes (PC)
* Sending and receiving Control Changes (CC)
* MIDI-over-USB
* MIDI clock (receive only, currently)
* Software MIDI Thru
* Syncing scenes with the AM4

A table in the manual translates MIDI Program Changes to VP4 presets.

The VP4 tempo does respond to MIDI Beat Clock. It does not send MIDI Clock.

See [[MIDI]] for more information.

See [[MIDI controllers]] for information about controlling the VP4 with an outboard MIDI controller.

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>
<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/announcing-the-new-vp4-virtual-pedalboard-compact-multi-fx-processor.208713/post-2607516]
The VP4 supports MIDI over USB so it appears as MIDI ports in a DAW.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/vp4-fm3-pc-editor-connectivity-question.208827/post-2609096]
Messages sent to the VP4 via MIDI-over-USB are not echoed to its MIDI OUT port, and messages received at its MIDI IN port are not passed to the computer via USB.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/announcing-the-new-vp4-virtual-pedalboard-compact-multi-fx-processor.208713/page-16#post-2609869]
The VP4 has fewer than 128 presets. MIDI Bank Select messages are not necessary to access all of its presets
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

==Expression pedals and external switches==

The unit supports two |expression pedal connections (TRS, 10–100 kΩ max), or two single TS external switches (momentary or latching).

The unit does not provide [[FASLINK]] connections and can't connect to [[FC-6 and FC-12 foot controllers]].

==External amp switching==

The VP4 itself does not provide relays to switch amp channels, but it can connect through MIDI to a relay switcher to perform that duty.

Possible solutions include:
* [https://midisolutions.com/prodrel.htm MIDI Solutions Relay]
* [https://www.suhr.com/product/micro-midi-control/ Suhr MicroMIDI Control]
* [https://voodoolab.com/product/control-switcher/ Voodoo Lab Control Switcher]
* [https://piratemidi.com/products/click-midi-interface-relay-switcher Pirate MIDI CLiCK]
* RJM Mini Amp Gizmo (no longer available from RJM but might be available used. The [https://www.rjmmusic.com/download-content/Amp%20Gizmo%20Manual%20-%20online.pdf manual] is currently available online.)
* [https://emcustom.eu/amp-midi-switcher-interface.html EM]

=Sounds=

==Presets, scenes and channels==

The unit has 104 presets, supports four scenes per preset and four channels per effect block.

The presets are organized into 26 banks, each identified by a letter from A to Z. Within each bank, there are four presets, numbered 1 through 4. Presets can be configured for PRE, POST or 4CM. A list of factory presets is included at the the end of the Owners manual.

Each block has 4 channels.

Switching between presets, scenes and channels is gapless.

VP4 presets and blocks are not compatible with Fractal Audio's other processors, nor vice versa.

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>
<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/announcing-the-new-vp4-virtual-pedalboard-compact-multi-fx-processor.208713/page-4#post-2607598]
There are enough dissimilarities between the VP4 and the other products, that preset compatibility is not practical.
</blockquote>

In response to the question: <q>Are saved blocks (no entire presets) transferable between VP4 and other Fractal products?</q>:
<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/announcing-the-new-vp4-virtual-pedalboard-compact-multi-fx-processor.208713/page-8#post-2607767]
No, many of the effects have changes that facilitate the simplified BASIC mode interface.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/effects-library.208901/#post-2609875]
[...]
Block library entries are not cross compatible between VP4 and other products. Keeping the translator in sync across products/firmware versions is a can of worms, and b) the VP4 also has a few small differences in terms of how things are handled internally.

You can copy settings by hand and things will sound the same, but see the note in the purple box on p. 26 of the manual.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

The latest factory presets are available on the VP4 [https://www.fractalaudio.com/vp4-downloads/ downloads page] and shown below.

[[image:VP4-facprestst-1.png|900px]]

[[image:VP4-facprestst-2.png|900px]]

[[image:VP4-facprestst-3.png|900px]]

==Effects==

Available effects:

* [[Chorus block]]
* [[Compressor block]]
* [[Delay block]]
* [[Drive block]]
* [[Enhancer block]]
* [[Filter block]]
* [[Flanger block]]
* [[Formant block]]
* [[Gate/Expander block]]
* [[EQ|GEQ block]]
* [[IR Player block]]
* [[Megatap Delay block]]
* [[Multitap Delay block]]
* [[EQ|PEQ block]]
* [[Phaser block]]
* [[Pitch block]]
* [[Plex Delay block]]
* [[Resonator block]]
* [[Reverb block]]
* [[Ring Modulator block]]
* [[Rotary block]]
* [[Synth block]]
* [[Tremolo/Panner block]]
* [[Volume/Panner block]]
* [[Wah block]]

[[image:VP4-Blocks.png|600px]]

Note: there's also an IR player block.

There is a [[Noise gate]] at the input, before the four effects, and a [[EQ|10-band EQ]] at the output of each preset, which are always <q>on</q>.

The VP4 does not provide amp and cab modeling, but an IR Player has been added that has access to up to 256 onboard IRs. Also, compared to the FM3, there's no Multiband Compressor, Ten-Tap Delay, Mixer, Looper, Send/Return and Multiplexer.

Compared to the Axe-Fx, FM3 and FM9, the unit features:

* Additional tweaked types, such as Vibrato and single voice Pitch types
* Tweaked MIX Law for time-based effects
* Mode switch in some Drive types instead of multiple types (e.g. Timothy)
* Some renamed types

Effect blocks 2+3+4 can be routed in parallel with the previous effect.

The blocks support Fractal Audio's system of [[Modifiers and controllers]].

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>
<blockquote>
[https://thegearforum.com/threads/fractal-audio-systems-mystery-product-speculation.6102/page-169#post-264650] <q>Can it run a Dual Detune, Reverb, Delay and a Plex Delay simultaneously, in a non-economy algo mode? 
Yes
</blockquote>
<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/announcing-the-new-vp4-virtual-pedalboard-compact-multi-fx-processor.208713/post-2608372] <q>Does the VP-4 support the improved FM9/Axe-FX III spring reverb algorithms?</q> 
Yes, it is totally up to date with Axe-Fx III in all effects.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/announcing-the-new-vp4-virtual-pedalboard-compact-multi-fx-processor.208713/post-2607516]
The VP4 uses the newest pitch detector from the Axe-Fx III.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/are-the-mix-levels-lower-than-the-equivalent-mix-levels-in-the-fm-and-iii.208988/#post-2611013]
The mix law in many blocks is different to suit the "all effects before the amp" crowd better.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/are-the-mix-levels-lower-than-the-equivalent-mix-levels-in-the-fm-and-iii.208988/#post-2611186]
The sweetened mix law places a wider range of knob motion in the portion of the curve where the delay is quieter.

This replicates the way pedals that are designed for use in front of an amp work because the amp's compression reduces the difference between the quiet echoes and the louder dry signal.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/am4-feature-requests.216959/page-11#post-2736358]
For time-based effects, the AM4—being based on the VP4—uses the a mix law based on that of the Delay block in the Axe-Fx. The dry signal remains constant for mix values from 0–50%, with only the wet signal increasing over that range. So you don't even need to worry about dry levels changing when you tweak the mix on time based effects.
</blockquote>

</blockquote>

==Tips and tricks==

The wiki page [[AM4 amp modeler]] provides lots of tips and tricks that you can apply to the AM4 as well.

==VP4 with AM4==

The ways to combine the AM4 and VP4 into a powerful floor-based amp modeling and multi-effects setup are described here: [[AM4_amp_modeler#AM4_with_VP4|AM4 with VP4]]

=Videos=

[[video:Aaron-VP4-Preset]]

[[video:AndyWood-VP4]]

[[video:AB-VP4]]

[[video:Coop-VP4]]
[[video:Cooper-VP4-Modes]]
[[video:Coop-VP4-Presets]]
[[video:Coop-VP4-ScenesChannels]]

[[video:FSM-VP4]]

[[video:GearHippie-VP4-ChangingChannels]]

[[video:JC-LetsTalkAboutIt]]
[[video:JC-VP4-Gigged]]
[[video:Cordy-VP4]]

[[video:Leon-VP4]]
[[video:Leon-VP4-Presetfromscratch]]
[[video:Leon-VP4-Library]]
[[video:Leon-VP4-Essentials]]
[[video:Leon-VP4-SPDIF]]
[[video:Leon-VP4-Marshall]]
[[video:LT-FactoryPresets]]
[[video:LeonVP4X88]]

[[video:LM-VP4]]

[[category:VP4]]
[[category:Sounds]]
[[category:All]]

VP4 virtual pedalboard

2026-03-20T19:39:23Z

Yek: /* SPDIF */

__TOC__

[[image:VP4-front.jpg|400px]]

[[image:VP4-rear.jpeg|400px]]

=References=

Read the excellent owners manual first!

* [https://www.fractalaudio.com/vp4 Product page]
* [https://www.fractalaudio.com/vp4-downloads/ Downloads]
* [https://forum.fractalaudio.com/#vp4.154 User forum]
* [http://wiki.fractalaudio.com/wiki/index.php?title=Category:VP4 Wiki pages]
* [https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/vp4-faq.208790/ FAQ]

Documentation:
* [https://www.fractalaudio.com/downloads/manuals/VP4/VP4-Owners-Manual.pdf Owners Manual]
* [https://www.fractalaudio.com/downloads/manuals/VP4/VP4-Quick-Start.pdf Quick Start Guide]
* [https://www.fractalaudio.com/downloads/manuals/VP4/VP4-4CM.pdf 4CM]

=Pictures=

See “[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/show-us-your-vp4-pedalboard-rig.212640/ Show us your VP4 pedalboard / rig!]” for a discussion how forum members are using their VP4 units.

=Comparing VP4 and AM4=

Fractal Audio: [https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/differences-between-am4-and-vp4.216961/#post-2729434]

AM4 and VP4 both deliver Fractal Audio’s industry-leading sound quality, world-class effects, and rock-solid reliability. They're the same size and form factor and use streamlined UI designs that are intended to be as easy to use as real pedals. The two products share the same core technologies used across the Fractal Audio product family. They both also offer "gig mode" footswitch operation, gapless switching, USB audio, MIDI, professional connectivity including Auto-Z analog in and SPDIF I/O, plus optional "expert" editing—on the device or with companion software. The difference is largely down to features around intended use:

The AM4 delivers top-tier amp tone and effects. We say it is "perfect for a pedalboard" but it is also an ideal standalone for a desktop or "fly rig". It includes the full AM4 Amp block with integrated DynaCab™ speaker simulation, UltraRes™ user cabs, plus a selection of stompbox and studio effects. It has balanced line level outputs, a top panel level knob, a headphones output, and a stereo analog insert for using 3rd part "post" FX without the need for a separate DI box.

The VP4 delivers Fractal Audio effects for use with any amp or modeler. It does NOT perform amp modeling but it does have multiple instances of almost every effect block from the Axe-Fx III including the new IR Player. It has unbalanced outs and is unity-gain by design so no top panel level knob or headphones jack. It has a mono 4CM mode for running pre and post effects at the same time. The VP4 works extremely well as a sidekick to AM4 (AM4+VP4 = "MVP-8").

=Specifications=

==Design and development==

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>
<blockquote>
[https://thegearforum.com/threads/fractal-audio-systems-mystery-product-speculation.6102/#post-239385]
It's not a replacement for any of our current products.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://thegearforum.com/threads/fractal-audio-systems-mystery-product-speculation.6102/page-251#post-270357]
That's the target market. We have more products in the pipe for that market.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://thegearforum.com/threads/fractal-audio-systems-mystery-product-speculation.6102/page-217#post-268907]
Its primary application is live performance and the UI was designed with that in mind.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://thegearforum.com/threads/fractal-audio-systems-mystery-product-speculation.6102/page-243#post-269736]
It uses premium analog components and converters. The input stage is FET and the op-amps are all "iPolar". None of this cheap CMOS stuff that other products are using.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://thegearforum.com/threads/fractal-audio-systems-mystery-product-speculation.6102/page-243#post-269736]
Adding MIDI clock should be easy. The VP-4 code was frozen before it was implemented in the Axe-Fx III and the FM-3/9. The only development allowed after code is frozen is bug fixing.

The product focus was on three things: quality, simplicity and flexibility.
Re. quality. It uses premium analog components and converters. The input stage is FET and the op-amps are all "iPolar". None of this cheap CMOS stuff that other products are using.

No product will ever satisfy everyone. If low price is your primary concern then the product is not for you. If having lots of simultaneous effects is your primary concern the product is not for you. If having up to four, high-quality effects from the Axe-Fx III in a small, pedal board-friendly format is what you want then this product is a compelling choice.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/vp4-vs-fm3.208723/page-3#post-2612127]
The Axe-Fx III and FM9 have essentially the same analog path as the FX8. The VP4 is similar and offers the same fidelity.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://thegearforum.com/threads/fractal-audio-systems-vp4-virtual-pedalboard.6698/page-54#post-299821]
[…]
The VP4 uses the latest "flagship" products from Cirrus as do the Axe-Fx III and FM3/9.

[…]

Equally important, if not more so, is the analog path driving the A/D converter and buffering the D/A converter. We use premium components and a full-differential topology. Many companies use a single-ended topology as it is less expensive. Many companies also use low-cost op-amps (i.e. CMOS vs. the iPolar and BiFet parts we use).

</blockquote>
</blockquote>

==Processing and memory==

A meter in the upper right shows the current CPU usage. To ensure smooth performance, a limit of about 80% is enforced, leaving required processing power in reserve. If this limit is exceeded, the VP4 will switch to bypass mode and a warning will be shown: “CPU LIMIT: Bypassed.”

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>
<blockquote>
[https://thegearforum.com/threads/fractal-audio-systems-mystery-product-speculation.6102/page-242#post-269736]
The VP-4 uses the Axe-Fx III DSP's little brother. It's a single core version with the same instruction set so porting stuff from the Axe-Fx III is almost trivial.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://thegearforum.com/threads/fractal-audio-systems-mystery-product-speculation.6102/page-252#post-270388]
The VP4 uses a SoC. It has an ARM Cortex A15 core and a C66x core along with a bunch of peripherals. The DSP in the Axe-Fx III would be too power-hungry for this application.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://thegearforum.com/threads/fractal-audio-systems-mystery-product-speculation.6102/page-250#post-270349]
It's quite possible we could add more blocks in future firmware. I can envision, say, four switchable blocks and two fixed blocks per preset. The fixed blocks are always on. The switchable blocks can be bypassed/engaged. Or four fixed blocks and four switchable blocks.

It's just software. It's a fairly powerful processor, more powerful than the FX8 had, but our algorithms have continued to increase in complexity and require more processing power than things did back in the FX8 days.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/please-add-a-looper-to-the-vp4.211081/page-2#post-2712981]
It has the same amount of RAM as the FM-9.
</blockquote>

</blockquote>

==Latency==

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<hr>
In response to the question “Is there any information on latency in normal use and in 4cm?”
<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/latency.208751/#post-2608085]
The latency of the unit is 1.2 ms.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

See [[Latency]] for more information.

==Screen==

The display is a 480 x 272 high-contrast color LCD.

The VP4 does not have a touchscreen.

==Dimensions and weight==

; Weight : 3 lbs 7 oz (1.56 kg)
; Dimensions : 10.00" x 6.31" (254mm x 160.3mm)

[[image:VP4-dimensions.jpg|500px]]

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>
<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/vp4-dimensions.208906/#post-2609873] I measured the protrusion of the jack with the greatest depth (SPDIF) and it's about 9mm.
Cables would be extra.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/vp4-faq.208790/post-2611397]
Using anything other than the factory-provided feet and screws will void your warranty.
The approved screws are M3.5x8mm, with approximately 5mm protruding into the VP4 chassis. Internal components are aligned with the screw holes, so if third-party screws extend too far, they may cause damage to these components. Such damage will be identifiable and not covered by the warranty.
For safe mounting, Velcro is the recommended solution.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

==Power==

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<hr>
<blockquote>

[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/important-use-the-provided-9v-1-3a-1300ma-adapter-provided-with-your-vp4.209672/]
IMPORTANT! Use the 9V 1.3A adapter provided with your VP4. Starting around December 2025, a 9V 1.5A adapter will be provided, to match the one supplied with the AM4.

If you are not using the provided adapter or an equivalent 9V adapter, you may experience unit lockup, crashing, noise, loss of audio, or loss of data.

If you are experiencing any of these symptoms (or other unusual behaviors), please power your VP4 with the provided power supply before reaching out to support.

</blockquote>
</blockquote>

The power connector is a 2.1mm barrel connector, with a negative center. The 9V power-supply is included.

The unit has a power button. It powers up in a few seconds.

See “[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/can-i-power-a-vp4-with-a-strymon-zuma.208929 Can I power a VP4 with a Strymon Zuma?]” for a discussion about VP4 power supplies.

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>
<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/announcing-the-new-vp4-virtual-pedalboard-compact-multi-fx-processor.208713/post-2607596]
The maximum current draw is 1.3A. Typical draw is less than 1A but we cannot guarantee proper operation if using a supply below the rated specification. It can run on 12V and the current draw will be lower in this case.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/vp4-no-wakey.211431/#post-2644538]
Do NOT use an AC supply. You WILL damage the unit.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/fractal-audio-vp4-lithium-backup-battery-replacement.213011/page-2#post-2668178]
No internal battery. It uses EEPROM to store system parameters. Presets are stored in FLASH.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/🔥introducing-the-new-am4-amp-modeler.216932/page-26#post-2729714]
(November 2025) We'll start shipping VP4s with the 1.5A adapter even though that unit requires only 1.3A.

</blockquote>
</blockquote>

=Analog I/O=

==Input==

Mono/stereo input, two 1/4" TS jacks, max +20dBu (instrument level/line level).

The VP4 defaults to mono input, but can be switched to stereo in SETUP.

[[Input impedance]] is variable and is adjustable per preset.

The [[Audio_in_and_out#Instrument_input|Input pad]] in SETUP is adjustable, with auto correction. The manual states that the VP4 is pre-configured for a typical guitar with hot pickups. If input clipping occurs, an ”IN CLIP“ warning is displayed and the Input Pad setting is temporarily increased.

<blockquote>
'''OWNERS MANUAL'''
<HR>
<blockquote>
If the input of the VP4 clips persistently, the unit will automatically increase the Input Pad
setting. When this occurs, the word “Auto” will appear next to the Input Pad value, for example: “12 dB (Auto)” indicating that
the pad was automatically increased to 12 dB. When you reboot the VP4, the automatic setting is cleared, and the last manually
selected value is restored. If you want to make the automatic pad setting permanent, just turn the Input Pad knob one “click” to
clear “Auto” and set the desired value. While "4CM Routing" is enabled, a common input pad setting is shared by both PRE and
POST inputs. Excessive levels at either of these will cause the automatic pad setting to be applied to both.

''If the input still clips with the pad setting at 18dB, decrease the output level of the device(s) connected to the VP4 input(s).''
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<hr>
<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/stereo-in-sound-better-than-mono-with-a-mono-guitar.210706/#post-2634134]
If you configure the Input for STEREO, you MUST connect 2 cables (both left and right), otherwise you will no longer get unity gain. If your signal is "weak" in MONO mode, then you have a configuration issue somewhere in your rig.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/input-clipping-at-18db-concern.215368/#post-2706349]
The input range of the VP-4 is the same as an 18V pedal.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

==Output==

1/4" TS, L/R (mono/stereo), max +16dBu, 600 Ohm. Unbalanced. No Humbuster.

The unit defaults to stereo output. Switchable in SETUP. See <q>[[Audio_in_and_out#Mono_vs_stereo|Mono vs stereo]]</q>.

The Output level is unity gain unless configured otherwise.

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>
<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/announcing-the-new-vp4-virtual-pedalboard-compact-multi-fx-processor.208713/page-3#post-2607580]
All of the outputs on the VP4 are unbalanced.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/thoughts-on-2-x-vp4%E2%80%99s-1-for-in-front-1-for-fx-loop-of-an-amp.208727/post-2608734]
Humbuster is not necessary because it's DC powered and the chassis is floating. Hum occurs due to ground loops. If equipment is AC powered the chassis must be grounded by law. This introduces ground loops when using unbalanced connections. The correct solution is for everything to be balanced but the industry seems reluctant to embrace that.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

==4CM==

[[Audio_in_and_out#Four_Cable_Method_.284CM.29|4CM (Four Cable Method)]] is supported. Mono only!

To enable this, turn on 4CM Routing in SETUP. Only presets configured specifically for 4CM will work with this setup. Using a preset that IS NOT configured for 4CM will switch the VP4 to bypassed mode and defeat all processing.

Global settings for Input Mode and Output Mode (except MUTE) are IGNORED when 4CM Routing is enabled, and only the left channel of the last PRE or POST effect is passed to the respective output. Mono effect types and settings are therefore recommended for a 4CM rig.

Remember that many stereo effects have controls like STEREO SPREAD or MASTER PAN, which can be used to eliminate differences between right and left channels.

The input gate is applied at the PRE input, which also feeds the tuner.

The master PRESET EQ, MAIN levels, and SCENE levels are applied at the POST output.

The Input Pad setting affects both the PRE and POST inputs. If your Amp's send level is particularly hot, this might require a higher pad setting than your guitar.

A set of factory presets is configured specifically for 4CM. See a list of VP4 factory presets at the end of its Owners manual.

In current firmware, 4CM (mono is supported through a combination of SPDIF and analog connections:

[[image:4CM_VP4+AM4.png|900px]]

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>
<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/new-fractal-product-coming.207160/page-78#post-2602690]
In L = Guitar 
Out L = Preamp In 
In R = Preamp Out 
Out R = Power amp In
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://thegearforum.com/threads/fractal-audio-systems-mystery-product-speculation.6102/page-217#post-268907]
It has the analog path from the Axe-Fx III (which evolved from the FX-8). Beta testers report that it "plays nicely" with difficult fx loops.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/vp4-vs-fm3.208723/page-3#post-2612127]
The Axe-Fx III and FM9 have essentially the same analog path as the FX8. The VP4 is similar and offers the same fidelity.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/questions-about-spdif-output-on-vp4.210081/#post-2625753]
The VP4 is MONO ONLY in 4CM mode.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/how-does-buffered-bypass-work-on-4cm.210816/#post-2635822]
When the unit is analog bypassed, both pre and post paths are analog bypassed.
</blockquote></blockquote>

==Analog insert==

To use the VP4 as an analog insert with other equipment, for example with the FM3 or AM4, check the Owners Manual.

==Analog bypass==

The VP4 allows a buffered analog bypass mode. This passes the signal directly from input to output without digital conversion, latency, or processing.

This can be enabled through a switch or automatically. To have analog bypass activate ''automatically'' when all four effects are bypassed, engage the option Automatic VP4 Bypass in SETUP.

Note: with Analog Bypass engaged, USB Audio is interrupted.

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>
<blockquote>
[https://thegearforum.com/threads/fractal-audio-systems-vp4-virtual-pedalboard.6698/page-4#post-271823]
We considered analog dry-through early in the design phase but it just causes more problems than it's worth. If it were a dedicated delay or reverb device then it would make sense but once you add drives and wahs and EQs it makes things too confusing for the average user.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/how-does-buffered-bypass-work-on-4cm.210816/#post-2635822]
4CM Mode: 
When the unit is analog bypassed, both pre and post paths are analog bypassed.

</blockquote>
</blockquote>

==Headphones==

In some scenarios the VP4 is the last device in the chain. It's an effects-only unit and therefore doesn't have a headphones port.

If you want to listen to its output directly, without an amp or audio system, you need a headphone amp. A small device will do, such as a [https://rolls.com/product/PM50se Rolls PM50se].

Or connect the VP4 to the AM4 and use the headphone port on the AM4.

=Digital I/O=

==Converters==

24-bit, 48kHz (fixed).

Dynamic range is 114 dB, 20-20k frequency response.

==USB==

USB-C port for data and audio.

MIDI-over-USB is supported.

USB Audio 2.0 provides 4 channels (4x4) at 48kHz.

* OUT channels 1+2: processed output
* OUT channels 3+4 : unprocessed (copy of inputs)
* IN channels 1+2: send incoming USB Audio directly to outputs
* IN channels 3+4 : process incoming USB Audio and send to outputs

Windows computers require a software driver which is available on the [https://www.fractalaudio.com/vp4-downloads VP4 Downloads] page.

See [[USB]] for more information.

==SPDIF==

SPDIF can be used to digitally connect the VP4 to an AM4, FM3, FM9 or Axe-Fx, through RCA connectors, at [[Digital_I/O_and_recording#Sample_rate_is_fixed_at_48kHz|48kHz fixed sample rate]].

A digital connection avoids the necessary A/D and D/A conversion and inherent latency that comes with analog-to-digital connections.

The SPDIF output of the VP4 always mirrors the signal at the analog outputs.

IMPORTANT: When using the VP4 and AM4 together through SPDIF, in whatever order, make sure to crank the SPDIF In Level on the receiving device, to prevent loss of signal level and possibly gain. Also select SPDIF as input source on the 2nd device. And if the AM4 goes first, crank its hardware LEVEL knob.

In current firmware, 4CM (mono) is supported through a combination of SPDIF and analog connections:

[[image:4CM_VP4+AM4.png|900px]]

Read [[Digital I/O and recording]] for more information.

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>
<blockquote>
[https://thegearforum.com/threads/fractal-audio-systems-mystery-product-speculation.6102/page-255#post-270805]
[...]
The analog input has to be buffered as well. In most (all?) processors you buffer data up in frames. A typical frame size is, say, 32 samples. You can't start processing that frame until it is full. When it is full you ping-pong and start filling the opposite buffer.

The physical latency of SPDIF is usually no more than a sample or two. A typical A/D converter has a latency of 10-20 samples.

The same thing happens at the output. You read from an output buffer and when it's empty you ping-pong to the opposite buffer.

A typical D/A has a latency of, again, 10-20 samples. A SPDIF output has only a sample or two.

So, in the case where you use a frame size of 32 you get a total buffer latency of 64 samples. If we assume the A/D and D/A are 16 samples each the total latency is 96 samples. If you use SPDIF you'd have about 30 samples less latency.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/vp4-with-fm9.208741/post-2609064]
SPDIF is not supported with 4CM. As you observed, the SPDIF is always stereo.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/questions-about-spdif-output-on-vp4.210081/#post-2625753]
The SPDIF is not supported in 4CM.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

=PRE and POST routing=

The VP4 can be used before an amp (PRE) or in its effects loop (POST).

Sets of factory presets are configured specifically for PRE and for POST (series or parallel) operation.
A list is included at the end of the owners manual.

=Firmware=

The [[Firmware|firmware]] is upgradeable, allowing adding new features and bug fixes.

You can download the latest official release from the [https://www.fractalaudio.com/vp4-downloads/ VP4 downloads] page.

Public beta releases are often released on the user forum.

=Control=

==User interface==

Compared to Fractal's modelers, the VP4 UI is simplified and streamlined.

Press HOME+SAVE together to enter the “Mode Select” menu which allows you to select between Preset, Scene, Effects, and Tuner/Tempo. The mode determines what's displayed on the LCD, how the Select knob operates and what the switches do.

The factory default's “Gig Mode” configuration makes it easy to select presets, scenes, effects, channels, tuner and tap tempo. The startup mode can be set in Setup.

Press ENTER+EXIT together to enter Setup.

To edit parameters on the hardware, turn SELECT in Effect mode to highlight a block, press ENTER to edit the block, turn the corresponding A-D knob to adjust the value, PAGE LEFT or PAGE RIGHT to get to other pages.

When editing parameters on the hardware, press PAGE LEFT+PAGE RIGHT together to enter “Expert Edit” mode. Expert Edit includes advanced parameters. Press EXIT to quit Expert Edit.

On the home page in FX Mode, select the desired block, hold the ENTER button, and turn SELECT to move.

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>
<blockquote>
[https://thegearforum.com/threads/fractal-audio-systems-mystery-product-speculation.6102/page-251#post-270365]
Behind the scenes it's the architecture from the Axe-Fx III. There's still a grid and scenes and channels, etc. It's just that it's mostly hidden from the user and simplified.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

Tip: If you don't need scene names, use the available space to indicate the specific effect types instead. Insert spaces to visually align them.

[[image:VP4Names.png|link=|300px]]

==VP4-Edit software editor==

VP4-Edit is the editor for the VP4, with [[Fractal-Bot]] built-in.

You can download VP4-Edit, along with the Windows driver, firmware and factory presets updates, from the [https://www.fractalaudio.com/vp4-edit/ VP4 downloads] page.

[[image:VP4-Edit.png|500px|link=]]

==Onboard switches==

The four foot switches have colored indicators, but no scribble strips.

They support Tap and Hold functions (e.g., to switch channels). Factory default is the so-called <q>Gig Mode</q>. You can customize the functions.

Watch the video at the bottom to see how to select channels.

==MIDI==

The unit has 3.5 mm (1/8”) MIDI IN and OUT ports. Adapters are available from [https://shop.fractalaudio.com Fractal Audio].

The Boss BMIDI-5-35 cable has been tested and works with the VP4 to connect to 5-pin MIDI gear.

The VP4 supports:
* Sending and receiving Program Changes (PC)
* Sending and receiving Control Changes (CC)
* MIDI-over-USB
* MIDI clock (receive only, currently)
* Software MIDI Thru
* Syncing scenes with the AM4

A table in the manual translates MIDI Program Changes to VP4 presets.

The VP4 tempo does respond to MIDI Beat Clock. It does not send MIDI Clock.

See [[MIDI]] for more information.

See [[MIDI controllers]] for information about controlling the VP4 with an outboard MIDI controller.

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>
<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/announcing-the-new-vp4-virtual-pedalboard-compact-multi-fx-processor.208713/post-2607516]
The VP4 supports MIDI over USB so it appears as MIDI ports in a DAW.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/vp4-fm3-pc-editor-connectivity-question.208827/post-2609096]
Messages sent to the VP4 via MIDI-over-USB are not echoed to its MIDI OUT port, and messages received at its MIDI IN port are not passed to the computer via USB.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/announcing-the-new-vp4-virtual-pedalboard-compact-multi-fx-processor.208713/page-16#post-2609869]
The VP4 has fewer than 128 presets. MIDI Bank Select messages are not necessary to access all of its presets
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

==Expression pedals and external switches==

The unit supports two |expression pedal connections (TRS, 10–100 kΩ max), or two single TS external switches (momentary or latching).

The unit does not provide [[FASLINK]] connections and can't connect to [[FC-6 and FC-12 foot controllers]].

==External amp switching==

The VP4 itself does not provide relays to switch amp channels, but it can connect through MIDI to a relay switcher to perform that duty.

Possible solutions include:
* [https://midisolutions.com/prodrel.htm MIDI Solutions Relay]
* [https://www.suhr.com/product/micro-midi-control/ Suhr MicroMIDI Control]
* [https://voodoolab.com/product/control-switcher/ Voodoo Lab Control Switcher]
* [https://piratemidi.com/products/click-midi-interface-relay-switcher Pirate MIDI CLiCK]
* RJM Mini Amp Gizmo (no longer available from RJM but might be available used. The [https://www.rjmmusic.com/download-content/Amp%20Gizmo%20Manual%20-%20online.pdf manual] is currently available online.)
* [https://emcustom.eu/amp-midi-switcher-interface.html EM]

=Sounds=

==Presets, scenes and channels==

The unit has 104 presets, supports four scenes per preset and four channels per effect block.

The presets are organized into 26 banks, each identified by a letter from A to Z. Within each bank, there are four presets, numbered 1 through 4. Presets can be configured for PRE, POST or 4CM. A list of factory presets is included at the the end of the Owners manual.

Each block has 4 channels.

Switching between presets, scenes and channels is gapless.

VP4 presets and blocks are not compatible with Fractal Audio's other processors, nor vice versa.

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>
<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/announcing-the-new-vp4-virtual-pedalboard-compact-multi-fx-processor.208713/page-4#post-2607598]
There are enough dissimilarities between the VP4 and the other products, that preset compatibility is not practical.
</blockquote>

In response to the question: <q>Are saved blocks (no entire presets) transferable between VP4 and other Fractal products?</q>:
<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/announcing-the-new-vp4-virtual-pedalboard-compact-multi-fx-processor.208713/page-8#post-2607767]
No, many of the effects have changes that facilitate the simplified BASIC mode interface.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/effects-library.208901/#post-2609875]
[...]
Block library entries are not cross compatible between VP4 and other products. Keeping the translator in sync across products/firmware versions is a can of worms, and b) the VP4 also has a few small differences in terms of how things are handled internally.

You can copy settings by hand and things will sound the same, but see the note in the purple box on p. 26 of the manual.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

The latest factory presets are available on the VP4 [https://www.fractalaudio.com/vp4-downloads/ downloads page] and shown below.

[[image:VP4-facprestst-1.png|900px]]

[[image:VP4-facprestst-2.png|900px]]

[[image:VP4-facprestst-3.png|900px]]

==Effects==

Available effects:

* [[Chorus block]]
* [[Compressor block]]
* [[Delay block]]
* [[Drive block]]
* [[Enhancer block]]
* [[Filter block]]
* [[Flanger block]]
* [[Formant block]]
* [[Gate/Expander block]]
* [[EQ|GEQ block]]
* [[IR Player block]]
* [[Megatap Delay block]]
* [[Multitap Delay block]]
* [[EQ|PEQ block]]
* [[Phaser block]]
* [[Pitch block]]
* [[Plex Delay block]]
* [[Resonator block]]
* [[Reverb block]]
* [[Ring Modulator block]]
* [[Rotary block]]
* [[Synth block]]
* [[Tremolo/Panner block]]
* [[Volume/Panner block]]
* [[Wah block]]

[[image:VP4-Blocks.png|600px]]

Note: there's also an IR player block.

There is a [[Noise gate]] at the input, before the four effects, and a [[EQ|10-band EQ]] at the output of each preset, which are always <q>on</q>.

The VP4 does not provide amp and cab modeling, but an IR Player has been added that has access to up to 256 onboard IRs. Also, compared to the FM3, there's no Multiband Compressor, Ten-Tap Delay, Mixer, Looper, Send/Return and Multiplexer.

Compared to the Axe-Fx, FM3 and FM9, the unit features:

* Additional tweaked types, such as Vibrato and single voice Pitch types
* Tweaked MIX Law for time-based effects
* Mode switch in some Drive types instead of multiple types (e.g. Timothy)
* Some renamed types

Effect blocks 2+3+4 can be routed in parallel with the previous effect.

The blocks support Fractal Audio's system of [[Modifiers and controllers]].

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>
<blockquote>
[https://thegearforum.com/threads/fractal-audio-systems-mystery-product-speculation.6102/page-169#post-264650] <q>Can it run a Dual Detune, Reverb, Delay and a Plex Delay simultaneously, in a non-economy algo mode? 
Yes
</blockquote>
<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/announcing-the-new-vp4-virtual-pedalboard-compact-multi-fx-processor.208713/post-2608372] <q>Does the VP-4 support the improved FM9/Axe-FX III spring reverb algorithms?</q> 
Yes, it is totally up to date with Axe-Fx III in all effects.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/announcing-the-new-vp4-virtual-pedalboard-compact-multi-fx-processor.208713/post-2607516]
The VP4 uses the newest pitch detector from the Axe-Fx III.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/are-the-mix-levels-lower-than-the-equivalent-mix-levels-in-the-fm-and-iii.208988/#post-2611013]
The mix law in many blocks is different to suit the "all effects before the amp" crowd better.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/are-the-mix-levels-lower-than-the-equivalent-mix-levels-in-the-fm-and-iii.208988/#post-2611186]
The sweetened mix law places a wider range of knob motion in the portion of the curve where the delay is quieter.

This replicates the way pedals that are designed for use in front of an amp work because the amp's compression reduces the difference between the quiet echoes and the louder dry signal.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/am4-feature-requests.216959/page-11#post-2736358]
For time-based effects, the AM4—being based on the VP4—uses the a mix law based on that of the Delay block in the Axe-Fx. The dry signal remains constant for mix values from 0–50%, with only the wet signal increasing over that range. So you don't even need to worry about dry levels changing when you tweak the mix on time based effects.
</blockquote>

</blockquote>

==Tips and tricks==

The wiki page [[AM4 amp modeler]] provides lots of tips and tricks that you can apply to the AM4 as well.

==VP4 with AM4==

The ways to combine the AM4 and VP4 into a powerful floor-based amp modeling and multi-effects setup are described here: [[AM4_amp_modeler#AM4_with_VP4|AM4 with VP4]]

=Videos=

[[video:Aaron-VP4-Preset]]

[[video:AndyWood-VP4]]

[[video:AB-VP4]]

[[video:Coop-VP4]]
[[video:Cooper-VP4-Modes]]
[[video:Coop-VP4-Presets]]
[[video:Coop-VP4-ScenesChannels]]

[[video:FSM-VP4]]

[[video:GearHippie-VP4-ChangingChannels]]

[[video:JC-LetsTalkAboutIt]]
[[video:JC-VP4-Gigged]]
[[video:Cordy-VP4]]

[[video:Leon-VP4]]
[[video:Leon-VP4-Presetfromscratch]]
[[video:Leon-VP4-Library]]
[[video:Leon-VP4-Essentials]]
[[video:Leon-VP4-SPDIF]]
[[video:Leon-VP4-Marshall]]
[[video:LT-FactoryPresets]]
[[video:LeonVP4X88]]

[[video:LM-VP4]]

[[category:VP4]]
[[category:Sounds]]
[[category:All]]

VP4 virtual pedalboard

2026-03-20T19:38:30Z

Yek: /* 4CM */

__TOC__

[[image:VP4-front.jpg|400px]]

[[image:VP4-rear.jpeg|400px]]

=References=

Read the excellent owners manual first!

* [https://www.fractalaudio.com/vp4 Product page]
* [https://www.fractalaudio.com/vp4-downloads/ Downloads]
* [https://forum.fractalaudio.com/#vp4.154 User forum]
* [http://wiki.fractalaudio.com/wiki/index.php?title=Category:VP4 Wiki pages]
* [https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/vp4-faq.208790/ FAQ]

Documentation:
* [https://www.fractalaudio.com/downloads/manuals/VP4/VP4-Owners-Manual.pdf Owners Manual]
* [https://www.fractalaudio.com/downloads/manuals/VP4/VP4-Quick-Start.pdf Quick Start Guide]
* [https://www.fractalaudio.com/downloads/manuals/VP4/VP4-4CM.pdf 4CM]

=Pictures=

See “[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/show-us-your-vp4-pedalboard-rig.212640/ Show us your VP4 pedalboard / rig!]” for a discussion how forum members are using their VP4 units.

=Comparing VP4 and AM4=

Fractal Audio: [https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/differences-between-am4-and-vp4.216961/#post-2729434]

AM4 and VP4 both deliver Fractal Audio’s industry-leading sound quality, world-class effects, and rock-solid reliability. They're the same size and form factor and use streamlined UI designs that are intended to be as easy to use as real pedals. The two products share the same core technologies used across the Fractal Audio product family. They both also offer "gig mode" footswitch operation, gapless switching, USB audio, MIDI, professional connectivity including Auto-Z analog in and SPDIF I/O, plus optional "expert" editing—on the device or with companion software. The difference is largely down to features around intended use:

The AM4 delivers top-tier amp tone and effects. We say it is "perfect for a pedalboard" but it is also an ideal standalone for a desktop or "fly rig". It includes the full AM4 Amp block with integrated DynaCab™ speaker simulation, UltraRes™ user cabs, plus a selection of stompbox and studio effects. It has balanced line level outputs, a top panel level knob, a headphones output, and a stereo analog insert for using 3rd part "post" FX without the need for a separate DI box.

The VP4 delivers Fractal Audio effects for use with any amp or modeler. It does NOT perform amp modeling but it does have multiple instances of almost every effect block from the Axe-Fx III including the new IR Player. It has unbalanced outs and is unity-gain by design so no top panel level knob or headphones jack. It has a mono 4CM mode for running pre and post effects at the same time. The VP4 works extremely well as a sidekick to AM4 (AM4+VP4 = "MVP-8").

=Specifications=

==Design and development==

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>
<blockquote>
[https://thegearforum.com/threads/fractal-audio-systems-mystery-product-speculation.6102/#post-239385]
It's not a replacement for any of our current products.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://thegearforum.com/threads/fractal-audio-systems-mystery-product-speculation.6102/page-251#post-270357]
That's the target market. We have more products in the pipe for that market.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://thegearforum.com/threads/fractal-audio-systems-mystery-product-speculation.6102/page-217#post-268907]
Its primary application is live performance and the UI was designed with that in mind.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://thegearforum.com/threads/fractal-audio-systems-mystery-product-speculation.6102/page-243#post-269736]
It uses premium analog components and converters. The input stage is FET and the op-amps are all "iPolar". None of this cheap CMOS stuff that other products are using.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://thegearforum.com/threads/fractal-audio-systems-mystery-product-speculation.6102/page-243#post-269736]
Adding MIDI clock should be easy. The VP-4 code was frozen before it was implemented in the Axe-Fx III and the FM-3/9. The only development allowed after code is frozen is bug fixing.

The product focus was on three things: quality, simplicity and flexibility.
Re. quality. It uses premium analog components and converters. The input stage is FET and the op-amps are all "iPolar". None of this cheap CMOS stuff that other products are using.

No product will ever satisfy everyone. If low price is your primary concern then the product is not for you. If having lots of simultaneous effects is your primary concern the product is not for you. If having up to four, high-quality effects from the Axe-Fx III in a small, pedal board-friendly format is what you want then this product is a compelling choice.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/vp4-vs-fm3.208723/page-3#post-2612127]
The Axe-Fx III and FM9 have essentially the same analog path as the FX8. The VP4 is similar and offers the same fidelity.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://thegearforum.com/threads/fractal-audio-systems-vp4-virtual-pedalboard.6698/page-54#post-299821]
[…]
The VP4 uses the latest "flagship" products from Cirrus as do the Axe-Fx III and FM3/9.

[…]

Equally important, if not more so, is the analog path driving the A/D converter and buffering the D/A converter. We use premium components and a full-differential topology. Many companies use a single-ended topology as it is less expensive. Many companies also use low-cost op-amps (i.e. CMOS vs. the iPolar and BiFet parts we use).

</blockquote>
</blockquote>

==Processing and memory==

A meter in the upper right shows the current CPU usage. To ensure smooth performance, a limit of about 80% is enforced, leaving required processing power in reserve. If this limit is exceeded, the VP4 will switch to bypass mode and a warning will be shown: “CPU LIMIT: Bypassed.”

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>
<blockquote>
[https://thegearforum.com/threads/fractal-audio-systems-mystery-product-speculation.6102/page-242#post-269736]
The VP-4 uses the Axe-Fx III DSP's little brother. It's a single core version with the same instruction set so porting stuff from the Axe-Fx III is almost trivial.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://thegearforum.com/threads/fractal-audio-systems-mystery-product-speculation.6102/page-252#post-270388]
The VP4 uses a SoC. It has an ARM Cortex A15 core and a C66x core along with a bunch of peripherals. The DSP in the Axe-Fx III would be too power-hungry for this application.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://thegearforum.com/threads/fractal-audio-systems-mystery-product-speculation.6102/page-250#post-270349]
It's quite possible we could add more blocks in future firmware. I can envision, say, four switchable blocks and two fixed blocks per preset. The fixed blocks are always on. The switchable blocks can be bypassed/engaged. Or four fixed blocks and four switchable blocks.

It's just software. It's a fairly powerful processor, more powerful than the FX8 had, but our algorithms have continued to increase in complexity and require more processing power than things did back in the FX8 days.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/please-add-a-looper-to-the-vp4.211081/page-2#post-2712981]
It has the same amount of RAM as the FM-9.
</blockquote>

</blockquote>

==Latency==

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<hr>
In response to the question “Is there any information on latency in normal use and in 4cm?”
<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/latency.208751/#post-2608085]
The latency of the unit is 1.2 ms.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

See [[Latency]] for more information.

==Screen==

The display is a 480 x 272 high-contrast color LCD.

The VP4 does not have a touchscreen.

==Dimensions and weight==

; Weight : 3 lbs 7 oz (1.56 kg)
; Dimensions : 10.00" x 6.31" (254mm x 160.3mm)

[[image:VP4-dimensions.jpg|500px]]

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>
<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/vp4-dimensions.208906/#post-2609873] I measured the protrusion of the jack with the greatest depth (SPDIF) and it's about 9mm.
Cables would be extra.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/vp4-faq.208790/post-2611397]
Using anything other than the factory-provided feet and screws will void your warranty.
The approved screws are M3.5x8mm, with approximately 5mm protruding into the VP4 chassis. Internal components are aligned with the screw holes, so if third-party screws extend too far, they may cause damage to these components. Such damage will be identifiable and not covered by the warranty.
For safe mounting, Velcro is the recommended solution.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

==Power==

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<hr>
<blockquote>

[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/important-use-the-provided-9v-1-3a-1300ma-adapter-provided-with-your-vp4.209672/]
IMPORTANT! Use the 9V 1.3A adapter provided with your VP4. Starting around December 2025, a 9V 1.5A adapter will be provided, to match the one supplied with the AM4.

If you are not using the provided adapter or an equivalent 9V adapter, you may experience unit lockup, crashing, noise, loss of audio, or loss of data.

If you are experiencing any of these symptoms (or other unusual behaviors), please power your VP4 with the provided power supply before reaching out to support.

</blockquote>
</blockquote>

The power connector is a 2.1mm barrel connector, with a negative center. The 9V power-supply is included.

The unit has a power button. It powers up in a few seconds.

See “[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/can-i-power-a-vp4-with-a-strymon-zuma.208929 Can I power a VP4 with a Strymon Zuma?]” for a discussion about VP4 power supplies.

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>
<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/announcing-the-new-vp4-virtual-pedalboard-compact-multi-fx-processor.208713/post-2607596]
The maximum current draw is 1.3A. Typical draw is less than 1A but we cannot guarantee proper operation if using a supply below the rated specification. It can run on 12V and the current draw will be lower in this case.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/vp4-no-wakey.211431/#post-2644538]
Do NOT use an AC supply. You WILL damage the unit.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/fractal-audio-vp4-lithium-backup-battery-replacement.213011/page-2#post-2668178]
No internal battery. It uses EEPROM to store system parameters. Presets are stored in FLASH.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/🔥introducing-the-new-am4-amp-modeler.216932/page-26#post-2729714]
(November 2025) We'll start shipping VP4s with the 1.5A adapter even though that unit requires only 1.3A.

</blockquote>
</blockquote>

=Analog I/O=

==Input==

Mono/stereo input, two 1/4" TS jacks, max +20dBu (instrument level/line level).

The VP4 defaults to mono input, but can be switched to stereo in SETUP.

[[Input impedance]] is variable and is adjustable per preset.

The [[Audio_in_and_out#Instrument_input|Input pad]] in SETUP is adjustable, with auto correction. The manual states that the VP4 is pre-configured for a typical guitar with hot pickups. If input clipping occurs, an ”IN CLIP“ warning is displayed and the Input Pad setting is temporarily increased.

<blockquote>
'''OWNERS MANUAL'''
<HR>
<blockquote>
If the input of the VP4 clips persistently, the unit will automatically increase the Input Pad
setting. When this occurs, the word “Auto” will appear next to the Input Pad value, for example: “12 dB (Auto)” indicating that
the pad was automatically increased to 12 dB. When you reboot the VP4, the automatic setting is cleared, and the last manually
selected value is restored. If you want to make the automatic pad setting permanent, just turn the Input Pad knob one “click” to
clear “Auto” and set the desired value. While "4CM Routing" is enabled, a common input pad setting is shared by both PRE and
POST inputs. Excessive levels at either of these will cause the automatic pad setting to be applied to both.

''If the input still clips with the pad setting at 18dB, decrease the output level of the device(s) connected to the VP4 input(s).''
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<hr>
<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/stereo-in-sound-better-than-mono-with-a-mono-guitar.210706/#post-2634134]
If you configure the Input for STEREO, you MUST connect 2 cables (both left and right), otherwise you will no longer get unity gain. If your signal is "weak" in MONO mode, then you have a configuration issue somewhere in your rig.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/input-clipping-at-18db-concern.215368/#post-2706349]
The input range of the VP-4 is the same as an 18V pedal.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

==Output==

1/4" TS, L/R (mono/stereo), max +16dBu, 600 Ohm. Unbalanced. No Humbuster.

The unit defaults to stereo output. Switchable in SETUP. See <q>[[Audio_in_and_out#Mono_vs_stereo|Mono vs stereo]]</q>.

The Output level is unity gain unless configured otherwise.

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>
<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/announcing-the-new-vp4-virtual-pedalboard-compact-multi-fx-processor.208713/page-3#post-2607580]
All of the outputs on the VP4 are unbalanced.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/thoughts-on-2-x-vp4%E2%80%99s-1-for-in-front-1-for-fx-loop-of-an-amp.208727/post-2608734]
Humbuster is not necessary because it's DC powered and the chassis is floating. Hum occurs due to ground loops. If equipment is AC powered the chassis must be grounded by law. This introduces ground loops when using unbalanced connections. The correct solution is for everything to be balanced but the industry seems reluctant to embrace that.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

==4CM==

[[Audio_in_and_out#Four_Cable_Method_.284CM.29|4CM (Four Cable Method)]] is supported. Mono only!

To enable this, turn on 4CM Routing in SETUP. Only presets configured specifically for 4CM will work with this setup. Using a preset that IS NOT configured for 4CM will switch the VP4 to bypassed mode and defeat all processing.

Global settings for Input Mode and Output Mode (except MUTE) are IGNORED when 4CM Routing is enabled, and only the left channel of the last PRE or POST effect is passed to the respective output. Mono effect types and settings are therefore recommended for a 4CM rig.

Remember that many stereo effects have controls like STEREO SPREAD or MASTER PAN, which can be used to eliminate differences between right and left channels.

The input gate is applied at the PRE input, which also feeds the tuner.

The master PRESET EQ, MAIN levels, and SCENE levels are applied at the POST output.

The Input Pad setting affects both the PRE and POST inputs. If your Amp's send level is particularly hot, this might require a higher pad setting than your guitar.

A set of factory presets is configured specifically for 4CM. See a list of VP4 factory presets at the end of its Owners manual.

In current firmware, 4CM (mono is supported through a combination of SPDIF and analog connections:

[[image:4CM_VP4+AM4.png|900px]]

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>
<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/new-fractal-product-coming.207160/page-78#post-2602690]
In L = Guitar 
Out L = Preamp In 
In R = Preamp Out 
Out R = Power amp In
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://thegearforum.com/threads/fractal-audio-systems-mystery-product-speculation.6102/page-217#post-268907]
It has the analog path from the Axe-Fx III (which evolved from the FX-8). Beta testers report that it "plays nicely" with difficult fx loops.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/vp4-vs-fm3.208723/page-3#post-2612127]
The Axe-Fx III and FM9 have essentially the same analog path as the FX8. The VP4 is similar and offers the same fidelity.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/questions-about-spdif-output-on-vp4.210081/#post-2625753]
The VP4 is MONO ONLY in 4CM mode.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/how-does-buffered-bypass-work-on-4cm.210816/#post-2635822]
When the unit is analog bypassed, both pre and post paths are analog bypassed.
</blockquote></blockquote>

==Analog insert==

To use the VP4 as an analog insert with other equipment, for example with the FM3 or AM4, check the Owners Manual.

==Analog bypass==

The VP4 allows a buffered analog bypass mode. This passes the signal directly from input to output without digital conversion, latency, or processing.

This can be enabled through a switch or automatically. To have analog bypass activate ''automatically'' when all four effects are bypassed, engage the option Automatic VP4 Bypass in SETUP.

Note: with Analog Bypass engaged, USB Audio is interrupted.

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>
<blockquote>
[https://thegearforum.com/threads/fractal-audio-systems-vp4-virtual-pedalboard.6698/page-4#post-271823]
We considered analog dry-through early in the design phase but it just causes more problems than it's worth. If it were a dedicated delay or reverb device then it would make sense but once you add drives and wahs and EQs it makes things too confusing for the average user.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/how-does-buffered-bypass-work-on-4cm.210816/#post-2635822]
4CM Mode: 
When the unit is analog bypassed, both pre and post paths are analog bypassed.

</blockquote>
</blockquote>

==Headphones==

In some scenarios the VP4 is the last device in the chain. It's an effects-only unit and therefore doesn't have a headphones port.

If you want to listen to its output directly, without an amp or audio system, you need a headphone amp. A small device will do, such as a [https://rolls.com/product/PM50se Rolls PM50se].

Or connect the VP4 to the AM4 and use the headphone port on the AM4.

=Digital I/O=

==Converters==

24-bit, 48kHz (fixed).

Dynamic range is 114 dB, 20-20k frequency response.

==USB==

USB-C port for data and audio.

MIDI-over-USB is supported.

USB Audio 2.0 provides 4 channels (4x4) at 48kHz.

* OUT channels 1+2: processed output
* OUT channels 3+4 : unprocessed (copy of inputs)
* IN channels 1+2: send incoming USB Audio directly to outputs
* IN channels 3+4 : process incoming USB Audio and send to outputs

Windows computers require a software driver which is available on the [https://www.fractalaudio.com/vp4-downloads VP4 Downloads] page.

See [[USB]] for more information.

==SPDIF==

SPDIF can be used to digitally connect the VP4 to an AM4, FM3, FM9 or Axe-Fx, through RCA connectors, at [[Digital_I/O_and_recording#Sample_rate_is_fixed_at_48kHz|48kHz fixed sample rate]].

A digital connection avoids the necessary A/D and D/A conversion and inherent latency that comes with analog-to-digital connections.

The SPDIF output of the VP4 always mirrors the signal at the analog outputs.

IMPORTANT: When using the VP4 and AM4 together through SPDIF, in whatever order, make sure to crank the SPDIF In Level on the receiving device, to prevent loss of signal level and possibly gain. Also select SPDIF as input source on the 2nd device. And if the AM4 goes first, crank its hardware LEVEL knob.

Read [[Digital I/O and recording]] for more information.

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>
<blockquote>
[https://thegearforum.com/threads/fractal-audio-systems-mystery-product-speculation.6102/page-255#post-270805]
[...]
The analog input has to be buffered as well. In most (all?) processors you buffer data up in frames. A typical frame size is, say, 32 samples. You can't start processing that frame until it is full. When it is full you ping-pong and start filling the opposite buffer.

The physical latency of SPDIF is usually no more than a sample or two. A typical A/D converter has a latency of 10-20 samples.

The same thing happens at the output. You read from an output buffer and when it's empty you ping-pong to the opposite buffer.

A typical D/A has a latency of, again, 10-20 samples. A SPDIF output has only a sample or two.

So, in the case where you use a frame size of 32 you get a total buffer latency of 64 samples. If we assume the A/D and D/A are 16 samples each the total latency is 96 samples. If you use SPDIF you'd have about 30 samples less latency.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/vp4-with-fm9.208741/post-2609064]
SPDIF is not supported with 4CM. As you observed, the SPDIF is always stereo.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/questions-about-spdif-output-on-vp4.210081/#post-2625753]
The SPDIF is not supported in 4CM.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

=PRE and POST routing=

The VP4 can be used before an amp (PRE) or in its effects loop (POST).

Sets of factory presets are configured specifically for PRE and for POST (series or parallel) operation.
A list is included at the end of the owners manual.

=Firmware=

The [[Firmware|firmware]] is upgradeable, allowing adding new features and bug fixes.

You can download the latest official release from the [https://www.fractalaudio.com/vp4-downloads/ VP4 downloads] page.

Public beta releases are often released on the user forum.

=Control=

==User interface==

Compared to Fractal's modelers, the VP4 UI is simplified and streamlined.

Press HOME+SAVE together to enter the “Mode Select” menu which allows you to select between Preset, Scene, Effects, and Tuner/Tempo. The mode determines what's displayed on the LCD, how the Select knob operates and what the switches do.

The factory default's “Gig Mode” configuration makes it easy to select presets, scenes, effects, channels, tuner and tap tempo. The startup mode can be set in Setup.

Press ENTER+EXIT together to enter Setup.

To edit parameters on the hardware, turn SELECT in Effect mode to highlight a block, press ENTER to edit the block, turn the corresponding A-D knob to adjust the value, PAGE LEFT or PAGE RIGHT to get to other pages.

When editing parameters on the hardware, press PAGE LEFT+PAGE RIGHT together to enter “Expert Edit” mode. Expert Edit includes advanced parameters. Press EXIT to quit Expert Edit.

On the home page in FX Mode, select the desired block, hold the ENTER button, and turn SELECT to move.

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>
<blockquote>
[https://thegearforum.com/threads/fractal-audio-systems-mystery-product-speculation.6102/page-251#post-270365]
Behind the scenes it's the architecture from the Axe-Fx III. There's still a grid and scenes and channels, etc. It's just that it's mostly hidden from the user and simplified.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

Tip: If you don't need scene names, use the available space to indicate the specific effect types instead. Insert spaces to visually align them.

[[image:VP4Names.png|link=|300px]]

==VP4-Edit software editor==

VP4-Edit is the editor for the VP4, with [[Fractal-Bot]] built-in.

You can download VP4-Edit, along with the Windows driver, firmware and factory presets updates, from the [https://www.fractalaudio.com/vp4-edit/ VP4 downloads] page.

[[image:VP4-Edit.png|500px|link=]]

==Onboard switches==

The four foot switches have colored indicators, but no scribble strips.

They support Tap and Hold functions (e.g., to switch channels). Factory default is the so-called <q>Gig Mode</q>. You can customize the functions.

Watch the video at the bottom to see how to select channels.

==MIDI==

The unit has 3.5 mm (1/8”) MIDI IN and OUT ports. Adapters are available from [https://shop.fractalaudio.com Fractal Audio].

The Boss BMIDI-5-35 cable has been tested and works with the VP4 to connect to 5-pin MIDI gear.

The VP4 supports:
* Sending and receiving Program Changes (PC)
* Sending and receiving Control Changes (CC)
* MIDI-over-USB
* MIDI clock (receive only, currently)
* Software MIDI Thru
* Syncing scenes with the AM4

A table in the manual translates MIDI Program Changes to VP4 presets.

The VP4 tempo does respond to MIDI Beat Clock. It does not send MIDI Clock.

See [[MIDI]] for more information.

See [[MIDI controllers]] for information about controlling the VP4 with an outboard MIDI controller.

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>
<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/announcing-the-new-vp4-virtual-pedalboard-compact-multi-fx-processor.208713/post-2607516]
The VP4 supports MIDI over USB so it appears as MIDI ports in a DAW.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/vp4-fm3-pc-editor-connectivity-question.208827/post-2609096]
Messages sent to the VP4 via MIDI-over-USB are not echoed to its MIDI OUT port, and messages received at its MIDI IN port are not passed to the computer via USB.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/announcing-the-new-vp4-virtual-pedalboard-compact-multi-fx-processor.208713/page-16#post-2609869]
The VP4 has fewer than 128 presets. MIDI Bank Select messages are not necessary to access all of its presets
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

==Expression pedals and external switches==

The unit supports two |expression pedal connections (TRS, 10–100 kΩ max), or two single TS external switches (momentary or latching).

The unit does not provide [[FASLINK]] connections and can't connect to [[FC-6 and FC-12 foot controllers]].

==External amp switching==

The VP4 itself does not provide relays to switch amp channels, but it can connect through MIDI to a relay switcher to perform that duty.

Possible solutions include:
* [https://midisolutions.com/prodrel.htm MIDI Solutions Relay]
* [https://www.suhr.com/product/micro-midi-control/ Suhr MicroMIDI Control]
* [https://voodoolab.com/product/control-switcher/ Voodoo Lab Control Switcher]
* [https://piratemidi.com/products/click-midi-interface-relay-switcher Pirate MIDI CLiCK]
* RJM Mini Amp Gizmo (no longer available from RJM but might be available used. The [https://www.rjmmusic.com/download-content/Amp%20Gizmo%20Manual%20-%20online.pdf manual] is currently available online.)
* [https://emcustom.eu/amp-midi-switcher-interface.html EM]

=Sounds=

==Presets, scenes and channels==

The unit has 104 presets, supports four scenes per preset and four channels per effect block.

The presets are organized into 26 banks, each identified by a letter from A to Z. Within each bank, there are four presets, numbered 1 through 4. Presets can be configured for PRE, POST or 4CM. A list of factory presets is included at the the end of the Owners manual.

Each block has 4 channels.

Switching between presets, scenes and channels is gapless.

VP4 presets and blocks are not compatible with Fractal Audio's other processors, nor vice versa.

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>
<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/announcing-the-new-vp4-virtual-pedalboard-compact-multi-fx-processor.208713/page-4#post-2607598]
There are enough dissimilarities between the VP4 and the other products, that preset compatibility is not practical.
</blockquote>

In response to the question: <q>Are saved blocks (no entire presets) transferable between VP4 and other Fractal products?</q>:
<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/announcing-the-new-vp4-virtual-pedalboard-compact-multi-fx-processor.208713/page-8#post-2607767]
No, many of the effects have changes that facilitate the simplified BASIC mode interface.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/effects-library.208901/#post-2609875]
[...]
Block library entries are not cross compatible between VP4 and other products. Keeping the translator in sync across products/firmware versions is a can of worms, and b) the VP4 also has a few small differences in terms of how things are handled internally.

You can copy settings by hand and things will sound the same, but see the note in the purple box on p. 26 of the manual.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

The latest factory presets are available on the VP4 [https://www.fractalaudio.com/vp4-downloads/ downloads page] and shown below.

[[image:VP4-facprestst-1.png|900px]]

[[image:VP4-facprestst-2.png|900px]]

[[image:VP4-facprestst-3.png|900px]]

==Effects==

Available effects:

* [[Chorus block]]
* [[Compressor block]]
* [[Delay block]]
* [[Drive block]]
* [[Enhancer block]]
* [[Filter block]]
* [[Flanger block]]
* [[Formant block]]
* [[Gate/Expander block]]
* [[EQ|GEQ block]]
* [[IR Player block]]
* [[Megatap Delay block]]
* [[Multitap Delay block]]
* [[EQ|PEQ block]]
* [[Phaser block]]
* [[Pitch block]]
* [[Plex Delay block]]
* [[Resonator block]]
* [[Reverb block]]
* [[Ring Modulator block]]
* [[Rotary block]]
* [[Synth block]]
* [[Tremolo/Panner block]]
* [[Volume/Panner block]]
* [[Wah block]]

[[image:VP4-Blocks.png|600px]]

Note: there's also an IR player block.

There is a [[Noise gate]] at the input, before the four effects, and a [[EQ|10-band EQ]] at the output of each preset, which are always <q>on</q>.

The VP4 does not provide amp and cab modeling, but an IR Player has been added that has access to up to 256 onboard IRs. Also, compared to the FM3, there's no Multiband Compressor, Ten-Tap Delay, Mixer, Looper, Send/Return and Multiplexer.

Compared to the Axe-Fx, FM3 and FM9, the unit features:

* Additional tweaked types, such as Vibrato and single voice Pitch types
* Tweaked MIX Law for time-based effects
* Mode switch in some Drive types instead of multiple types (e.g. Timothy)
* Some renamed types

Effect blocks 2+3+4 can be routed in parallel with the previous effect.

The blocks support Fractal Audio's system of [[Modifiers and controllers]].

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>
<blockquote>
[https://thegearforum.com/threads/fractal-audio-systems-mystery-product-speculation.6102/page-169#post-264650] <q>Can it run a Dual Detune, Reverb, Delay and a Plex Delay simultaneously, in a non-economy algo mode? 
Yes
</blockquote>
<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/announcing-the-new-vp4-virtual-pedalboard-compact-multi-fx-processor.208713/post-2608372] <q>Does the VP-4 support the improved FM9/Axe-FX III spring reverb algorithms?</q> 
Yes, it is totally up to date with Axe-Fx III in all effects.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/announcing-the-new-vp4-virtual-pedalboard-compact-multi-fx-processor.208713/post-2607516]
The VP4 uses the newest pitch detector from the Axe-Fx III.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/are-the-mix-levels-lower-than-the-equivalent-mix-levels-in-the-fm-and-iii.208988/#post-2611013]
The mix law in many blocks is different to suit the "all effects before the amp" crowd better.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/are-the-mix-levels-lower-than-the-equivalent-mix-levels-in-the-fm-and-iii.208988/#post-2611186]
The sweetened mix law places a wider range of knob motion in the portion of the curve where the delay is quieter.

This replicates the way pedals that are designed for use in front of an amp work because the amp's compression reduces the difference between the quiet echoes and the louder dry signal.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/am4-feature-requests.216959/page-11#post-2736358]
For time-based effects, the AM4—being based on the VP4—uses the a mix law based on that of the Delay block in the Axe-Fx. The dry signal remains constant for mix values from 0–50%, with only the wet signal increasing over that range. So you don't even need to worry about dry levels changing when you tweak the mix on time based effects.
</blockquote>

</blockquote>

==Tips and tricks==

The wiki page [[AM4 amp modeler]] provides lots of tips and tricks that you can apply to the AM4 as well.

==VP4 with AM4==

The ways to combine the AM4 and VP4 into a powerful floor-based amp modeling and multi-effects setup are described here: [[AM4_amp_modeler#AM4_with_VP4|AM4 with VP4]]

=Videos=

[[video:Aaron-VP4-Preset]]

[[video:AndyWood-VP4]]

[[video:AB-VP4]]

[[video:Coop-VP4]]
[[video:Cooper-VP4-Modes]]
[[video:Coop-VP4-Presets]]
[[video:Coop-VP4-ScenesChannels]]

[[video:FSM-VP4]]

[[video:GearHippie-VP4-ChangingChannels]]

[[video:JC-LetsTalkAboutIt]]
[[video:JC-VP4-Gigged]]
[[video:Cordy-VP4]]

[[video:Leon-VP4]]
[[video:Leon-VP4-Presetfromscratch]]
[[video:Leon-VP4-Library]]
[[video:Leon-VP4-Essentials]]
[[video:Leon-VP4-SPDIF]]
[[video:Leon-VP4-Marshall]]
[[video:LT-FactoryPresets]]
[[video:LeonVP4X88]]

[[video:LM-VP4]]

[[category:VP4]]
[[category:Sounds]]
[[category:All]]

VP4 virtual pedalboard

2026-03-20T19:38:18Z

Yek: /* 4CM */

__TOC__

[[image:VP4-front.jpg|400px]]

[[image:VP4-rear.jpeg|400px]]

=References=

Read the excellent owners manual first!

* [https://www.fractalaudio.com/vp4 Product page]
* [https://www.fractalaudio.com/vp4-downloads/ Downloads]
* [https://forum.fractalaudio.com/#vp4.154 User forum]
* [http://wiki.fractalaudio.com/wiki/index.php?title=Category:VP4 Wiki pages]
* [https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/vp4-faq.208790/ FAQ]

Documentation:
* [https://www.fractalaudio.com/downloads/manuals/VP4/VP4-Owners-Manual.pdf Owners Manual]
* [https://www.fractalaudio.com/downloads/manuals/VP4/VP4-Quick-Start.pdf Quick Start Guide]
* [https://www.fractalaudio.com/downloads/manuals/VP4/VP4-4CM.pdf 4CM]

=Pictures=

See “[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/show-us-your-vp4-pedalboard-rig.212640/ Show us your VP4 pedalboard / rig!]” for a discussion how forum members are using their VP4 units.

=Comparing VP4 and AM4=

Fractal Audio: [https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/differences-between-am4-and-vp4.216961/#post-2729434]

AM4 and VP4 both deliver Fractal Audio’s industry-leading sound quality, world-class effects, and rock-solid reliability. They're the same size and form factor and use streamlined UI designs that are intended to be as easy to use as real pedals. The two products share the same core technologies used across the Fractal Audio product family. They both also offer "gig mode" footswitch operation, gapless switching, USB audio, MIDI, professional connectivity including Auto-Z analog in and SPDIF I/O, plus optional "expert" editing—on the device or with companion software. The difference is largely down to features around intended use:

The AM4 delivers top-tier amp tone and effects. We say it is "perfect for a pedalboard" but it is also an ideal standalone for a desktop or "fly rig". It includes the full AM4 Amp block with integrated DynaCab™ speaker simulation, UltraRes™ user cabs, plus a selection of stompbox and studio effects. It has balanced line level outputs, a top panel level knob, a headphones output, and a stereo analog insert for using 3rd part "post" FX without the need for a separate DI box.

The VP4 delivers Fractal Audio effects for use with any amp or modeler. It does NOT perform amp modeling but it does have multiple instances of almost every effect block from the Axe-Fx III including the new IR Player. It has unbalanced outs and is unity-gain by design so no top panel level knob or headphones jack. It has a mono 4CM mode for running pre and post effects at the same time. The VP4 works extremely well as a sidekick to AM4 (AM4+VP4 = "MVP-8").

=Specifications=

==Design and development==

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>
<blockquote>
[https://thegearforum.com/threads/fractal-audio-systems-mystery-product-speculation.6102/#post-239385]
It's not a replacement for any of our current products.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://thegearforum.com/threads/fractal-audio-systems-mystery-product-speculation.6102/page-251#post-270357]
That's the target market. We have more products in the pipe for that market.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://thegearforum.com/threads/fractal-audio-systems-mystery-product-speculation.6102/page-217#post-268907]
Its primary application is live performance and the UI was designed with that in mind.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://thegearforum.com/threads/fractal-audio-systems-mystery-product-speculation.6102/page-243#post-269736]
It uses premium analog components and converters. The input stage is FET and the op-amps are all "iPolar". None of this cheap CMOS stuff that other products are using.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://thegearforum.com/threads/fractal-audio-systems-mystery-product-speculation.6102/page-243#post-269736]
Adding MIDI clock should be easy. The VP-4 code was frozen before it was implemented in the Axe-Fx III and the FM-3/9. The only development allowed after code is frozen is bug fixing.

The product focus was on three things: quality, simplicity and flexibility.
Re. quality. It uses premium analog components and converters. The input stage is FET and the op-amps are all "iPolar". None of this cheap CMOS stuff that other products are using.

No product will ever satisfy everyone. If low price is your primary concern then the product is not for you. If having lots of simultaneous effects is your primary concern the product is not for you. If having up to four, high-quality effects from the Axe-Fx III in a small, pedal board-friendly format is what you want then this product is a compelling choice.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/vp4-vs-fm3.208723/page-3#post-2612127]
The Axe-Fx III and FM9 have essentially the same analog path as the FX8. The VP4 is similar and offers the same fidelity.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://thegearforum.com/threads/fractal-audio-systems-vp4-virtual-pedalboard.6698/page-54#post-299821]
[…]
The VP4 uses the latest "flagship" products from Cirrus as do the Axe-Fx III and FM3/9.

[…]

Equally important, if not more so, is the analog path driving the A/D converter and buffering the D/A converter. We use premium components and a full-differential topology. Many companies use a single-ended topology as it is less expensive. Many companies also use low-cost op-amps (i.e. CMOS vs. the iPolar and BiFet parts we use).

</blockquote>
</blockquote>

==Processing and memory==

A meter in the upper right shows the current CPU usage. To ensure smooth performance, a limit of about 80% is enforced, leaving required processing power in reserve. If this limit is exceeded, the VP4 will switch to bypass mode and a warning will be shown: “CPU LIMIT: Bypassed.”

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>
<blockquote>
[https://thegearforum.com/threads/fractal-audio-systems-mystery-product-speculation.6102/page-242#post-269736]
The VP-4 uses the Axe-Fx III DSP's little brother. It's a single core version with the same instruction set so porting stuff from the Axe-Fx III is almost trivial.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://thegearforum.com/threads/fractal-audio-systems-mystery-product-speculation.6102/page-252#post-270388]
The VP4 uses a SoC. It has an ARM Cortex A15 core and a C66x core along with a bunch of peripherals. The DSP in the Axe-Fx III would be too power-hungry for this application.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://thegearforum.com/threads/fractal-audio-systems-mystery-product-speculation.6102/page-250#post-270349]
It's quite possible we could add more blocks in future firmware. I can envision, say, four switchable blocks and two fixed blocks per preset. The fixed blocks are always on. The switchable blocks can be bypassed/engaged. Or four fixed blocks and four switchable blocks.

It's just software. It's a fairly powerful processor, more powerful than the FX8 had, but our algorithms have continued to increase in complexity and require more processing power than things did back in the FX8 days.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/please-add-a-looper-to-the-vp4.211081/page-2#post-2712981]
It has the same amount of RAM as the FM-9.
</blockquote>

</blockquote>

==Latency==

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<hr>
In response to the question “Is there any information on latency in normal use and in 4cm?”
<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/latency.208751/#post-2608085]
The latency of the unit is 1.2 ms.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

See [[Latency]] for more information.

==Screen==

The display is a 480 x 272 high-contrast color LCD.

The VP4 does not have a touchscreen.

==Dimensions and weight==

; Weight : 3 lbs 7 oz (1.56 kg)
; Dimensions : 10.00" x 6.31" (254mm x 160.3mm)

[[image:VP4-dimensions.jpg|500px]]

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>
<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/vp4-dimensions.208906/#post-2609873] I measured the protrusion of the jack with the greatest depth (SPDIF) and it's about 9mm.
Cables would be extra.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/vp4-faq.208790/post-2611397]
Using anything other than the factory-provided feet and screws will void your warranty.
The approved screws are M3.5x8mm, with approximately 5mm protruding into the VP4 chassis. Internal components are aligned with the screw holes, so if third-party screws extend too far, they may cause damage to these components. Such damage will be identifiable and not covered by the warranty.
For safe mounting, Velcro is the recommended solution.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

==Power==

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<hr>
<blockquote>

[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/important-use-the-provided-9v-1-3a-1300ma-adapter-provided-with-your-vp4.209672/]
IMPORTANT! Use the 9V 1.3A adapter provided with your VP4. Starting around December 2025, a 9V 1.5A adapter will be provided, to match the one supplied with the AM4.

If you are not using the provided adapter or an equivalent 9V adapter, you may experience unit lockup, crashing, noise, loss of audio, or loss of data.

If you are experiencing any of these symptoms (or other unusual behaviors), please power your VP4 with the provided power supply before reaching out to support.

</blockquote>
</blockquote>

The power connector is a 2.1mm barrel connector, with a negative center. The 9V power-supply is included.

The unit has a power button. It powers up in a few seconds.

See “[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/can-i-power-a-vp4-with-a-strymon-zuma.208929 Can I power a VP4 with a Strymon Zuma?]” for a discussion about VP4 power supplies.

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>
<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/announcing-the-new-vp4-virtual-pedalboard-compact-multi-fx-processor.208713/post-2607596]
The maximum current draw is 1.3A. Typical draw is less than 1A but we cannot guarantee proper operation if using a supply below the rated specification. It can run on 12V and the current draw will be lower in this case.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/vp4-no-wakey.211431/#post-2644538]
Do NOT use an AC supply. You WILL damage the unit.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/fractal-audio-vp4-lithium-backup-battery-replacement.213011/page-2#post-2668178]
No internal battery. It uses EEPROM to store system parameters. Presets are stored in FLASH.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/🔥introducing-the-new-am4-amp-modeler.216932/page-26#post-2729714]
(November 2025) We'll start shipping VP4s with the 1.5A adapter even though that unit requires only 1.3A.

</blockquote>
</blockquote>

=Analog I/O=

==Input==

Mono/stereo input, two 1/4" TS jacks, max +20dBu (instrument level/line level).

The VP4 defaults to mono input, but can be switched to stereo in SETUP.

[[Input impedance]] is variable and is adjustable per preset.

The [[Audio_in_and_out#Instrument_input|Input pad]] in SETUP is adjustable, with auto correction. The manual states that the VP4 is pre-configured for a typical guitar with hot pickups. If input clipping occurs, an ”IN CLIP“ warning is displayed and the Input Pad setting is temporarily increased.

<blockquote>
'''OWNERS MANUAL'''
<HR>
<blockquote>
If the input of the VP4 clips persistently, the unit will automatically increase the Input Pad
setting. When this occurs, the word “Auto” will appear next to the Input Pad value, for example: “12 dB (Auto)” indicating that
the pad was automatically increased to 12 dB. When you reboot the VP4, the automatic setting is cleared, and the last manually
selected value is restored. If you want to make the automatic pad setting permanent, just turn the Input Pad knob one “click” to
clear “Auto” and set the desired value. While "4CM Routing" is enabled, a common input pad setting is shared by both PRE and
POST inputs. Excessive levels at either of these will cause the automatic pad setting to be applied to both.

''If the input still clips with the pad setting at 18dB, decrease the output level of the device(s) connected to the VP4 input(s).''
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<hr>
<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/stereo-in-sound-better-than-mono-with-a-mono-guitar.210706/#post-2634134]
If you configure the Input for STEREO, you MUST connect 2 cables (both left and right), otherwise you will no longer get unity gain. If your signal is "weak" in MONO mode, then you have a configuration issue somewhere in your rig.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/input-clipping-at-18db-concern.215368/#post-2706349]
The input range of the VP-4 is the same as an 18V pedal.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

==Output==

1/4" TS, L/R (mono/stereo), max +16dBu, 600 Ohm. Unbalanced. No Humbuster.

The unit defaults to stereo output. Switchable in SETUP. See <q>[[Audio_in_and_out#Mono_vs_stereo|Mono vs stereo]]</q>.

The Output level is unity gain unless configured otherwise.

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>
<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/announcing-the-new-vp4-virtual-pedalboard-compact-multi-fx-processor.208713/page-3#post-2607580]
All of the outputs on the VP4 are unbalanced.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/thoughts-on-2-x-vp4%E2%80%99s-1-for-in-front-1-for-fx-loop-of-an-amp.208727/post-2608734]
Humbuster is not necessary because it's DC powered and the chassis is floating. Hum occurs due to ground loops. If equipment is AC powered the chassis must be grounded by law. This introduces ground loops when using unbalanced connections. The correct solution is for everything to be balanced but the industry seems reluctant to embrace that.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

==4CM==

[[Audio_in_and_out#Four_Cable_Method_.284CM.29|4CM (Four Cable Method)]] is supported. Mono only!

To enable this, turn on 4CM Routing in SETUP. Only presets configured specifically for 4CM will work with this setup. Using a preset that IS NOT configured for 4CM will switch the VP4 to bypassed mode and defeat all processing.

Global settings for Input Mode and Output Mode (except MUTE) are IGNORED when 4CM Routing is enabled, and only the left channel of the last PRE or POST effect is passed to the respective output. Mono effect types and settings are therefore recommended for a 4CM rig.

Remember that many stereo effects have controls like STEREO SPREAD or MASTER PAN, which can be used to eliminate differences between right and left channels.

The input gate is applied at the PRE input, which also feeds the tuner.

The master PRESET EQ, MAIN levels, and SCENE levels are applied at the POST output.

The Input Pad setting affects both the PRE and POST inputs. If your Amp's send level is particularly hot, this might require a higher pad setting than your guitar.

A set of factory presets is configured specifically for 4CM. See a list of VP4 factory presets at the end of its Owners manual.

In current firmware, 4CM (mono is supported through a combination of SPDIF and analog connections:

[[image:4CM_VP4+AM4.png|750px]]

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>
<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/new-fractal-product-coming.207160/page-78#post-2602690]
In L = Guitar 
Out L = Preamp In 
In R = Preamp Out 
Out R = Power amp In
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://thegearforum.com/threads/fractal-audio-systems-mystery-product-speculation.6102/page-217#post-268907]
It has the analog path from the Axe-Fx III (which evolved from the FX-8). Beta testers report that it "plays nicely" with difficult fx loops.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/vp4-vs-fm3.208723/page-3#post-2612127]
The Axe-Fx III and FM9 have essentially the same analog path as the FX8. The VP4 is similar and offers the same fidelity.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/questions-about-spdif-output-on-vp4.210081/#post-2625753]
The VP4 is MONO ONLY in 4CM mode.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/how-does-buffered-bypass-work-on-4cm.210816/#post-2635822]
When the unit is analog bypassed, both pre and post paths are analog bypassed.
</blockquote></blockquote>

==Analog insert==

To use the VP4 as an analog insert with other equipment, for example with the FM3 or AM4, check the Owners Manual.

==Analog bypass==

The VP4 allows a buffered analog bypass mode. This passes the signal directly from input to output without digital conversion, latency, or processing.

This can be enabled through a switch or automatically. To have analog bypass activate ''automatically'' when all four effects are bypassed, engage the option Automatic VP4 Bypass in SETUP.

Note: with Analog Bypass engaged, USB Audio is interrupted.

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>
<blockquote>
[https://thegearforum.com/threads/fractal-audio-systems-vp4-virtual-pedalboard.6698/page-4#post-271823]
We considered analog dry-through early in the design phase but it just causes more problems than it's worth. If it were a dedicated delay or reverb device then it would make sense but once you add drives and wahs and EQs it makes things too confusing for the average user.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/how-does-buffered-bypass-work-on-4cm.210816/#post-2635822]
4CM Mode: 
When the unit is analog bypassed, both pre and post paths are analog bypassed.

</blockquote>
</blockquote>

==Headphones==

In some scenarios the VP4 is the last device in the chain. It's an effects-only unit and therefore doesn't have a headphones port.

If you want to listen to its output directly, without an amp or audio system, you need a headphone amp. A small device will do, such as a [https://rolls.com/product/PM50se Rolls PM50se].

Or connect the VP4 to the AM4 and use the headphone port on the AM4.

=Digital I/O=

==Converters==

24-bit, 48kHz (fixed).

Dynamic range is 114 dB, 20-20k frequency response.

==USB==

USB-C port for data and audio.

MIDI-over-USB is supported.

USB Audio 2.0 provides 4 channels (4x4) at 48kHz.

* OUT channels 1+2: processed output
* OUT channels 3+4 : unprocessed (copy of inputs)
* IN channels 1+2: send incoming USB Audio directly to outputs
* IN channels 3+4 : process incoming USB Audio and send to outputs

Windows computers require a software driver which is available on the [https://www.fractalaudio.com/vp4-downloads VP4 Downloads] page.

See [[USB]] for more information.

==SPDIF==

SPDIF can be used to digitally connect the VP4 to an AM4, FM3, FM9 or Axe-Fx, through RCA connectors, at [[Digital_I/O_and_recording#Sample_rate_is_fixed_at_48kHz|48kHz fixed sample rate]].

A digital connection avoids the necessary A/D and D/A conversion and inherent latency that comes with analog-to-digital connections.

The SPDIF output of the VP4 always mirrors the signal at the analog outputs.

IMPORTANT: When using the VP4 and AM4 together through SPDIF, in whatever order, make sure to crank the SPDIF In Level on the receiving device, to prevent loss of signal level and possibly gain. Also select SPDIF as input source on the 2nd device. And if the AM4 goes first, crank its hardware LEVEL knob.

Read [[Digital I/O and recording]] for more information.

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>
<blockquote>
[https://thegearforum.com/threads/fractal-audio-systems-mystery-product-speculation.6102/page-255#post-270805]
[...]
The analog input has to be buffered as well. In most (all?) processors you buffer data up in frames. A typical frame size is, say, 32 samples. You can't start processing that frame until it is full. When it is full you ping-pong and start filling the opposite buffer.

The physical latency of SPDIF is usually no more than a sample or two. A typical A/D converter has a latency of 10-20 samples.

The same thing happens at the output. You read from an output buffer and when it's empty you ping-pong to the opposite buffer.

A typical D/A has a latency of, again, 10-20 samples. A SPDIF output has only a sample or two.

So, in the case where you use a frame size of 32 you get a total buffer latency of 64 samples. If we assume the A/D and D/A are 16 samples each the total latency is 96 samples. If you use SPDIF you'd have about 30 samples less latency.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/vp4-with-fm9.208741/post-2609064]
SPDIF is not supported with 4CM. As you observed, the SPDIF is always stereo.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/questions-about-spdif-output-on-vp4.210081/#post-2625753]
The SPDIF is not supported in 4CM.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

=PRE and POST routing=

The VP4 can be used before an amp (PRE) or in its effects loop (POST).

Sets of factory presets are configured specifically for PRE and for POST (series or parallel) operation.
A list is included at the end of the owners manual.

=Firmware=

The [[Firmware|firmware]] is upgradeable, allowing adding new features and bug fixes.

You can download the latest official release from the [https://www.fractalaudio.com/vp4-downloads/ VP4 downloads] page.

Public beta releases are often released on the user forum.

=Control=

==User interface==

Compared to Fractal's modelers, the VP4 UI is simplified and streamlined.

Press HOME+SAVE together to enter the “Mode Select” menu which allows you to select between Preset, Scene, Effects, and Tuner/Tempo. The mode determines what's displayed on the LCD, how the Select knob operates and what the switches do.

The factory default's “Gig Mode” configuration makes it easy to select presets, scenes, effects, channels, tuner and tap tempo. The startup mode can be set in Setup.

Press ENTER+EXIT together to enter Setup.

To edit parameters on the hardware, turn SELECT in Effect mode to highlight a block, press ENTER to edit the block, turn the corresponding A-D knob to adjust the value, PAGE LEFT or PAGE RIGHT to get to other pages.

When editing parameters on the hardware, press PAGE LEFT+PAGE RIGHT together to enter “Expert Edit” mode. Expert Edit includes advanced parameters. Press EXIT to quit Expert Edit.

On the home page in FX Mode, select the desired block, hold the ENTER button, and turn SELECT to move.

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>
<blockquote>
[https://thegearforum.com/threads/fractal-audio-systems-mystery-product-speculation.6102/page-251#post-270365]
Behind the scenes it's the architecture from the Axe-Fx III. There's still a grid and scenes and channels, etc. It's just that it's mostly hidden from the user and simplified.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

Tip: If you don't need scene names, use the available space to indicate the specific effect types instead. Insert spaces to visually align them.

[[image:VP4Names.png|link=|300px]]

==VP4-Edit software editor==

VP4-Edit is the editor for the VP4, with [[Fractal-Bot]] built-in.

You can download VP4-Edit, along with the Windows driver, firmware and factory presets updates, from the [https://www.fractalaudio.com/vp4-edit/ VP4 downloads] page.

[[image:VP4-Edit.png|500px|link=]]

==Onboard switches==

The four foot switches have colored indicators, but no scribble strips.

They support Tap and Hold functions (e.g., to switch channels). Factory default is the so-called <q>Gig Mode</q>. You can customize the functions.

Watch the video at the bottom to see how to select channels.

==MIDI==

The unit has 3.5 mm (1/8”) MIDI IN and OUT ports. Adapters are available from [https://shop.fractalaudio.com Fractal Audio].

The Boss BMIDI-5-35 cable has been tested and works with the VP4 to connect to 5-pin MIDI gear.

The VP4 supports:
* Sending and receiving Program Changes (PC)
* Sending and receiving Control Changes (CC)
* MIDI-over-USB
* MIDI clock (receive only, currently)
* Software MIDI Thru
* Syncing scenes with the AM4

A table in the manual translates MIDI Program Changes to VP4 presets.

The VP4 tempo does respond to MIDI Beat Clock. It does not send MIDI Clock.

See [[MIDI]] for more information.

See [[MIDI controllers]] for information about controlling the VP4 with an outboard MIDI controller.

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>
<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/announcing-the-new-vp4-virtual-pedalboard-compact-multi-fx-processor.208713/post-2607516]
The VP4 supports MIDI over USB so it appears as MIDI ports in a DAW.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/vp4-fm3-pc-editor-connectivity-question.208827/post-2609096]
Messages sent to the VP4 via MIDI-over-USB are not echoed to its MIDI OUT port, and messages received at its MIDI IN port are not passed to the computer via USB.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/announcing-the-new-vp4-virtual-pedalboard-compact-multi-fx-processor.208713/page-16#post-2609869]
The VP4 has fewer than 128 presets. MIDI Bank Select messages are not necessary to access all of its presets
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

==Expression pedals and external switches==

The unit supports two |expression pedal connections (TRS, 10–100 kΩ max), or two single TS external switches (momentary or latching).

The unit does not provide [[FASLINK]] connections and can't connect to [[FC-6 and FC-12 foot controllers]].

==External amp switching==

The VP4 itself does not provide relays to switch amp channels, but it can connect through MIDI to a relay switcher to perform that duty.

Possible solutions include:
* [https://midisolutions.com/prodrel.htm MIDI Solutions Relay]
* [https://www.suhr.com/product/micro-midi-control/ Suhr MicroMIDI Control]
* [https://voodoolab.com/product/control-switcher/ Voodoo Lab Control Switcher]
* [https://piratemidi.com/products/click-midi-interface-relay-switcher Pirate MIDI CLiCK]
* RJM Mini Amp Gizmo (no longer available from RJM but might be available used. The [https://www.rjmmusic.com/download-content/Amp%20Gizmo%20Manual%20-%20online.pdf manual] is currently available online.)
* [https://emcustom.eu/amp-midi-switcher-interface.html EM]

=Sounds=

==Presets, scenes and channels==

The unit has 104 presets, supports four scenes per preset and four channels per effect block.

The presets are organized into 26 banks, each identified by a letter from A to Z. Within each bank, there are four presets, numbered 1 through 4. Presets can be configured for PRE, POST or 4CM. A list of factory presets is included at the the end of the Owners manual.

Each block has 4 channels.

Switching between presets, scenes and channels is gapless.

VP4 presets and blocks are not compatible with Fractal Audio's other processors, nor vice versa.

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>
<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/announcing-the-new-vp4-virtual-pedalboard-compact-multi-fx-processor.208713/page-4#post-2607598]
There are enough dissimilarities between the VP4 and the other products, that preset compatibility is not practical.
</blockquote>

In response to the question: <q>Are saved blocks (no entire presets) transferable between VP4 and other Fractal products?</q>:
<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/announcing-the-new-vp4-virtual-pedalboard-compact-multi-fx-processor.208713/page-8#post-2607767]
No, many of the effects have changes that facilitate the simplified BASIC mode interface.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/effects-library.208901/#post-2609875]
[...]
Block library entries are not cross compatible between VP4 and other products. Keeping the translator in sync across products/firmware versions is a can of worms, and b) the VP4 also has a few small differences in terms of how things are handled internally.

You can copy settings by hand and things will sound the same, but see the note in the purple box on p. 26 of the manual.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

The latest factory presets are available on the VP4 [https://www.fractalaudio.com/vp4-downloads/ downloads page] and shown below.

[[image:VP4-facprestst-1.png|900px]]

[[image:VP4-facprestst-2.png|900px]]

[[image:VP4-facprestst-3.png|900px]]

==Effects==

Available effects:

* [[Chorus block]]
* [[Compressor block]]
* [[Delay block]]
* [[Drive block]]
* [[Enhancer block]]
* [[Filter block]]
* [[Flanger block]]
* [[Formant block]]
* [[Gate/Expander block]]
* [[EQ|GEQ block]]
* [[IR Player block]]
* [[Megatap Delay block]]
* [[Multitap Delay block]]
* [[EQ|PEQ block]]
* [[Phaser block]]
* [[Pitch block]]
* [[Plex Delay block]]
* [[Resonator block]]
* [[Reverb block]]
* [[Ring Modulator block]]
* [[Rotary block]]
* [[Synth block]]
* [[Tremolo/Panner block]]
* [[Volume/Panner block]]
* [[Wah block]]

[[image:VP4-Blocks.png|600px]]

Note: there's also an IR player block.

There is a [[Noise gate]] at the input, before the four effects, and a [[EQ|10-band EQ]] at the output of each preset, which are always <q>on</q>.

The VP4 does not provide amp and cab modeling, but an IR Player has been added that has access to up to 256 onboard IRs. Also, compared to the FM3, there's no Multiband Compressor, Ten-Tap Delay, Mixer, Looper, Send/Return and Multiplexer.

Compared to the Axe-Fx, FM3 and FM9, the unit features:

* Additional tweaked types, such as Vibrato and single voice Pitch types
* Tweaked MIX Law for time-based effects
* Mode switch in some Drive types instead of multiple types (e.g. Timothy)
* Some renamed types

Effect blocks 2+3+4 can be routed in parallel with the previous effect.

The blocks support Fractal Audio's system of [[Modifiers and controllers]].

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>
<blockquote>
[https://thegearforum.com/threads/fractal-audio-systems-mystery-product-speculation.6102/page-169#post-264650] <q>Can it run a Dual Detune, Reverb, Delay and a Plex Delay simultaneously, in a non-economy algo mode? 
Yes
</blockquote>
<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/announcing-the-new-vp4-virtual-pedalboard-compact-multi-fx-processor.208713/post-2608372] <q>Does the VP-4 support the improved FM9/Axe-FX III spring reverb algorithms?</q> 
Yes, it is totally up to date with Axe-Fx III in all effects.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/announcing-the-new-vp4-virtual-pedalboard-compact-multi-fx-processor.208713/post-2607516]
The VP4 uses the newest pitch detector from the Axe-Fx III.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/are-the-mix-levels-lower-than-the-equivalent-mix-levels-in-the-fm-and-iii.208988/#post-2611013]
The mix law in many blocks is different to suit the "all effects before the amp" crowd better.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/are-the-mix-levels-lower-than-the-equivalent-mix-levels-in-the-fm-and-iii.208988/#post-2611186]
The sweetened mix law places a wider range of knob motion in the portion of the curve where the delay is quieter.

This replicates the way pedals that are designed for use in front of an amp work because the amp's compression reduces the difference between the quiet echoes and the louder dry signal.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/am4-feature-requests.216959/page-11#post-2736358]
For time-based effects, the AM4—being based on the VP4—uses the a mix law based on that of the Delay block in the Axe-Fx. The dry signal remains constant for mix values from 0–50%, with only the wet signal increasing over that range. So you don't even need to worry about dry levels changing when you tweak the mix on time based effects.
</blockquote>

</blockquote>

==Tips and tricks==

The wiki page [[AM4 amp modeler]] provides lots of tips and tricks that you can apply to the AM4 as well.

==VP4 with AM4==

The ways to combine the AM4 and VP4 into a powerful floor-based amp modeling and multi-effects setup are described here: [[AM4_amp_modeler#AM4_with_VP4|AM4 with VP4]]

=Videos=

[[video:Aaron-VP4-Preset]]

[[video:AndyWood-VP4]]

[[video:AB-VP4]]

[[video:Coop-VP4]]
[[video:Cooper-VP4-Modes]]
[[video:Coop-VP4-Presets]]
[[video:Coop-VP4-ScenesChannels]]

[[video:FSM-VP4]]

[[video:GearHippie-VP4-ChangingChannels]]

[[video:JC-LetsTalkAboutIt]]
[[video:JC-VP4-Gigged]]
[[video:Cordy-VP4]]

[[video:Leon-VP4]]
[[video:Leon-VP4-Presetfromscratch]]
[[video:Leon-VP4-Library]]
[[video:Leon-VP4-Essentials]]
[[video:Leon-VP4-SPDIF]]
[[video:Leon-VP4-Marshall]]
[[video:LT-FactoryPresets]]
[[video:LeonVP4X88]]

[[video:LM-VP4]]

[[category:VP4]]
[[category:Sounds]]
[[category:All]]

VP4 virtual pedalboard

2026-03-20T19:38:02Z

Yek: /* 4CM */

__TOC__

[[image:VP4-front.jpg|400px]]

[[image:VP4-rear.jpeg|400px]]

=References=

Read the excellent owners manual first!

* [https://www.fractalaudio.com/vp4 Product page]
* [https://www.fractalaudio.com/vp4-downloads/ Downloads]
* [https://forum.fractalaudio.com/#vp4.154 User forum]
* [http://wiki.fractalaudio.com/wiki/index.php?title=Category:VP4 Wiki pages]
* [https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/vp4-faq.208790/ FAQ]

Documentation:
* [https://www.fractalaudio.com/downloads/manuals/VP4/VP4-Owners-Manual.pdf Owners Manual]
* [https://www.fractalaudio.com/downloads/manuals/VP4/VP4-Quick-Start.pdf Quick Start Guide]
* [https://www.fractalaudio.com/downloads/manuals/VP4/VP4-4CM.pdf 4CM]

=Pictures=

See “[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/show-us-your-vp4-pedalboard-rig.212640/ Show us your VP4 pedalboard / rig!]” for a discussion how forum members are using their VP4 units.

=Comparing VP4 and AM4=

Fractal Audio: [https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/differences-between-am4-and-vp4.216961/#post-2729434]

AM4 and VP4 both deliver Fractal Audio’s industry-leading sound quality, world-class effects, and rock-solid reliability. They're the same size and form factor and use streamlined UI designs that are intended to be as easy to use as real pedals. The two products share the same core technologies used across the Fractal Audio product family. They both also offer "gig mode" footswitch operation, gapless switching, USB audio, MIDI, professional connectivity including Auto-Z analog in and SPDIF I/O, plus optional "expert" editing—on the device or with companion software. The difference is largely down to features around intended use:

The AM4 delivers top-tier amp tone and effects. We say it is "perfect for a pedalboard" but it is also an ideal standalone for a desktop or "fly rig". It includes the full AM4 Amp block with integrated DynaCab™ speaker simulation, UltraRes™ user cabs, plus a selection of stompbox and studio effects. It has balanced line level outputs, a top panel level knob, a headphones output, and a stereo analog insert for using 3rd part "post" FX without the need for a separate DI box.

The VP4 delivers Fractal Audio effects for use with any amp or modeler. It does NOT perform amp modeling but it does have multiple instances of almost every effect block from the Axe-Fx III including the new IR Player. It has unbalanced outs and is unity-gain by design so no top panel level knob or headphones jack. It has a mono 4CM mode for running pre and post effects at the same time. The VP4 works extremely well as a sidekick to AM4 (AM4+VP4 = "MVP-8").

=Specifications=

==Design and development==

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>
<blockquote>
[https://thegearforum.com/threads/fractal-audio-systems-mystery-product-speculation.6102/#post-239385]
It's not a replacement for any of our current products.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://thegearforum.com/threads/fractal-audio-systems-mystery-product-speculation.6102/page-251#post-270357]
That's the target market. We have more products in the pipe for that market.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://thegearforum.com/threads/fractal-audio-systems-mystery-product-speculation.6102/page-217#post-268907]
Its primary application is live performance and the UI was designed with that in mind.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://thegearforum.com/threads/fractal-audio-systems-mystery-product-speculation.6102/page-243#post-269736]
It uses premium analog components and converters. The input stage is FET and the op-amps are all "iPolar". None of this cheap CMOS stuff that other products are using.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://thegearforum.com/threads/fractal-audio-systems-mystery-product-speculation.6102/page-243#post-269736]
Adding MIDI clock should be easy. The VP-4 code was frozen before it was implemented in the Axe-Fx III and the FM-3/9. The only development allowed after code is frozen is bug fixing.

The product focus was on three things: quality, simplicity and flexibility.
Re. quality. It uses premium analog components and converters. The input stage is FET and the op-amps are all "iPolar". None of this cheap CMOS stuff that other products are using.

No product will ever satisfy everyone. If low price is your primary concern then the product is not for you. If having lots of simultaneous effects is your primary concern the product is not for you. If having up to four, high-quality effects from the Axe-Fx III in a small, pedal board-friendly format is what you want then this product is a compelling choice.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/vp4-vs-fm3.208723/page-3#post-2612127]
The Axe-Fx III and FM9 have essentially the same analog path as the FX8. The VP4 is similar and offers the same fidelity.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://thegearforum.com/threads/fractal-audio-systems-vp4-virtual-pedalboard.6698/page-54#post-299821]
[…]
The VP4 uses the latest "flagship" products from Cirrus as do the Axe-Fx III and FM3/9.

[…]

Equally important, if not more so, is the analog path driving the A/D converter and buffering the D/A converter. We use premium components and a full-differential topology. Many companies use a single-ended topology as it is less expensive. Many companies also use low-cost op-amps (i.e. CMOS vs. the iPolar and BiFet parts we use).

</blockquote>
</blockquote>

==Processing and memory==

A meter in the upper right shows the current CPU usage. To ensure smooth performance, a limit of about 80% is enforced, leaving required processing power in reserve. If this limit is exceeded, the VP4 will switch to bypass mode and a warning will be shown: “CPU LIMIT: Bypassed.”

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>
<blockquote>
[https://thegearforum.com/threads/fractal-audio-systems-mystery-product-speculation.6102/page-242#post-269736]
The VP-4 uses the Axe-Fx III DSP's little brother. It's a single core version with the same instruction set so porting stuff from the Axe-Fx III is almost trivial.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://thegearforum.com/threads/fractal-audio-systems-mystery-product-speculation.6102/page-252#post-270388]
The VP4 uses a SoC. It has an ARM Cortex A15 core and a C66x core along with a bunch of peripherals. The DSP in the Axe-Fx III would be too power-hungry for this application.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://thegearforum.com/threads/fractal-audio-systems-mystery-product-speculation.6102/page-250#post-270349]
It's quite possible we could add more blocks in future firmware. I can envision, say, four switchable blocks and two fixed blocks per preset. The fixed blocks are always on. The switchable blocks can be bypassed/engaged. Or four fixed blocks and four switchable blocks.

It's just software. It's a fairly powerful processor, more powerful than the FX8 had, but our algorithms have continued to increase in complexity and require more processing power than things did back in the FX8 days.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/please-add-a-looper-to-the-vp4.211081/page-2#post-2712981]
It has the same amount of RAM as the FM-9.
</blockquote>

</blockquote>

==Latency==

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<hr>
In response to the question “Is there any information on latency in normal use and in 4cm?”
<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/latency.208751/#post-2608085]
The latency of the unit is 1.2 ms.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

See [[Latency]] for more information.

==Screen==

The display is a 480 x 272 high-contrast color LCD.

The VP4 does not have a touchscreen.

==Dimensions and weight==

; Weight : 3 lbs 7 oz (1.56 kg)
; Dimensions : 10.00" x 6.31" (254mm x 160.3mm)

[[image:VP4-dimensions.jpg|500px]]

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>
<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/vp4-dimensions.208906/#post-2609873] I measured the protrusion of the jack with the greatest depth (SPDIF) and it's about 9mm.
Cables would be extra.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/vp4-faq.208790/post-2611397]
Using anything other than the factory-provided feet and screws will void your warranty.
The approved screws are M3.5x8mm, with approximately 5mm protruding into the VP4 chassis. Internal components are aligned with the screw holes, so if third-party screws extend too far, they may cause damage to these components. Such damage will be identifiable and not covered by the warranty.
For safe mounting, Velcro is the recommended solution.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

==Power==

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<hr>
<blockquote>

[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/important-use-the-provided-9v-1-3a-1300ma-adapter-provided-with-your-vp4.209672/]
IMPORTANT! Use the 9V 1.3A adapter provided with your VP4. Starting around December 2025, a 9V 1.5A adapter will be provided, to match the one supplied with the AM4.

If you are not using the provided adapter or an equivalent 9V adapter, you may experience unit lockup, crashing, noise, loss of audio, or loss of data.

If you are experiencing any of these symptoms (or other unusual behaviors), please power your VP4 with the provided power supply before reaching out to support.

</blockquote>
</blockquote>

The power connector is a 2.1mm barrel connector, with a negative center. The 9V power-supply is included.

The unit has a power button. It powers up in a few seconds.

See “[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/can-i-power-a-vp4-with-a-strymon-zuma.208929 Can I power a VP4 with a Strymon Zuma?]” for a discussion about VP4 power supplies.

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>
<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/announcing-the-new-vp4-virtual-pedalboard-compact-multi-fx-processor.208713/post-2607596]
The maximum current draw is 1.3A. Typical draw is less than 1A but we cannot guarantee proper operation if using a supply below the rated specification. It can run on 12V and the current draw will be lower in this case.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/vp4-no-wakey.211431/#post-2644538]
Do NOT use an AC supply. You WILL damage the unit.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/fractal-audio-vp4-lithium-backup-battery-replacement.213011/page-2#post-2668178]
No internal battery. It uses EEPROM to store system parameters. Presets are stored in FLASH.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/🔥introducing-the-new-am4-amp-modeler.216932/page-26#post-2729714]
(November 2025) We'll start shipping VP4s with the 1.5A adapter even though that unit requires only 1.3A.

</blockquote>
</blockquote>

=Analog I/O=

==Input==

Mono/stereo input, two 1/4" TS jacks, max +20dBu (instrument level/line level).

The VP4 defaults to mono input, but can be switched to stereo in SETUP.

[[Input impedance]] is variable and is adjustable per preset.

The [[Audio_in_and_out#Instrument_input|Input pad]] in SETUP is adjustable, with auto correction. The manual states that the VP4 is pre-configured for a typical guitar with hot pickups. If input clipping occurs, an ”IN CLIP“ warning is displayed and the Input Pad setting is temporarily increased.

<blockquote>
'''OWNERS MANUAL'''
<HR>
<blockquote>
If the input of the VP4 clips persistently, the unit will automatically increase the Input Pad
setting. When this occurs, the word “Auto” will appear next to the Input Pad value, for example: “12 dB (Auto)” indicating that
the pad was automatically increased to 12 dB. When you reboot the VP4, the automatic setting is cleared, and the last manually
selected value is restored. If you want to make the automatic pad setting permanent, just turn the Input Pad knob one “click” to
clear “Auto” and set the desired value. While "4CM Routing" is enabled, a common input pad setting is shared by both PRE and
POST inputs. Excessive levels at either of these will cause the automatic pad setting to be applied to both.

''If the input still clips with the pad setting at 18dB, decrease the output level of the device(s) connected to the VP4 input(s).''
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<hr>
<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/stereo-in-sound-better-than-mono-with-a-mono-guitar.210706/#post-2634134]
If you configure the Input for STEREO, you MUST connect 2 cables (both left and right), otherwise you will no longer get unity gain. If your signal is "weak" in MONO mode, then you have a configuration issue somewhere in your rig.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/input-clipping-at-18db-concern.215368/#post-2706349]
The input range of the VP-4 is the same as an 18V pedal.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

==Output==

1/4" TS, L/R (mono/stereo), max +16dBu, 600 Ohm. Unbalanced. No Humbuster.

The unit defaults to stereo output. Switchable in SETUP. See <q>[[Audio_in_and_out#Mono_vs_stereo|Mono vs stereo]]</q>.

The Output level is unity gain unless configured otherwise.

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>
<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/announcing-the-new-vp4-virtual-pedalboard-compact-multi-fx-processor.208713/page-3#post-2607580]
All of the outputs on the VP4 are unbalanced.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/thoughts-on-2-x-vp4%E2%80%99s-1-for-in-front-1-for-fx-loop-of-an-amp.208727/post-2608734]
Humbuster is not necessary because it's DC powered and the chassis is floating. Hum occurs due to ground loops. If equipment is AC powered the chassis must be grounded by law. This introduces ground loops when using unbalanced connections. The correct solution is for everything to be balanced but the industry seems reluctant to embrace that.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

==4CM==

[[Audio_in_and_out#Four_Cable_Method_.284CM.29|4CM (Four Cable Method)]] is supported. Mono only!

To enable this, turn on 4CM Routing in SETUP. Only presets configured specifically for 4CM will work with this setup. Using a preset that IS NOT configured for 4CM will switch the VP4 to bypassed mode and defeat all processing.

Global settings for Input Mode and Output Mode (except MUTE) are IGNORED when 4CM Routing is enabled, and only the left channel of the last PRE or POST effect is passed to the respective output. Mono effect types and settings are therefore recommended for a 4CM rig.

Remember that many stereo effects have controls like STEREO SPREAD or MASTER PAN, which can be used to eliminate differences between right and left channels.

The input gate is applied at the PRE input, which also feeds the tuner.

The master PRESET EQ, MAIN levels, and SCENE levels are applied at the POST output.

The Input Pad setting affects both the PRE and POST inputs. If your Amp's send level is particularly hot, this might require a higher pad setting than your guitar.

A set of factory presets is configured specifically for 4CM. See a list of VP4 factory presets at the end of its Owners manual.

In current firmware, 4CM (mono is supported through a combination of SPDIF and analog connections:

[[image:4CM_VP4+AM4.png|500px]]

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>
<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/new-fractal-product-coming.207160/page-78#post-2602690]
In L = Guitar 
Out L = Preamp In 
In R = Preamp Out 
Out R = Power amp In
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://thegearforum.com/threads/fractal-audio-systems-mystery-product-speculation.6102/page-217#post-268907]
It has the analog path from the Axe-Fx III (which evolved from the FX-8). Beta testers report that it "plays nicely" with difficult fx loops.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/vp4-vs-fm3.208723/page-3#post-2612127]
The Axe-Fx III and FM9 have essentially the same analog path as the FX8. The VP4 is similar and offers the same fidelity.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/questions-about-spdif-output-on-vp4.210081/#post-2625753]
The VP4 is MONO ONLY in 4CM mode.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/how-does-buffered-bypass-work-on-4cm.210816/#post-2635822]
When the unit is analog bypassed, both pre and post paths are analog bypassed.
</blockquote></blockquote>

==Analog insert==

To use the VP4 as an analog insert with other equipment, for example with the FM3 or AM4, check the Owners Manual.

==Analog bypass==

The VP4 allows a buffered analog bypass mode. This passes the signal directly from input to output without digital conversion, latency, or processing.

This can be enabled through a switch or automatically. To have analog bypass activate ''automatically'' when all four effects are bypassed, engage the option Automatic VP4 Bypass in SETUP.

Note: with Analog Bypass engaged, USB Audio is interrupted.

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>
<blockquote>
[https://thegearforum.com/threads/fractal-audio-systems-vp4-virtual-pedalboard.6698/page-4#post-271823]
We considered analog dry-through early in the design phase but it just causes more problems than it's worth. If it were a dedicated delay or reverb device then it would make sense but once you add drives and wahs and EQs it makes things too confusing for the average user.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/how-does-buffered-bypass-work-on-4cm.210816/#post-2635822]
4CM Mode: 
When the unit is analog bypassed, both pre and post paths are analog bypassed.

</blockquote>
</blockquote>

==Headphones==

In some scenarios the VP4 is the last device in the chain. It's an effects-only unit and therefore doesn't have a headphones port.

If you want to listen to its output directly, without an amp or audio system, you need a headphone amp. A small device will do, such as a [https://rolls.com/product/PM50se Rolls PM50se].

Or connect the VP4 to the AM4 and use the headphone port on the AM4.

=Digital I/O=

==Converters==

24-bit, 48kHz (fixed).

Dynamic range is 114 dB, 20-20k frequency response.

==USB==

USB-C port for data and audio.

MIDI-over-USB is supported.

USB Audio 2.0 provides 4 channels (4x4) at 48kHz.

* OUT channels 1+2: processed output
* OUT channels 3+4 : unprocessed (copy of inputs)
* IN channels 1+2: send incoming USB Audio directly to outputs
* IN channels 3+4 : process incoming USB Audio and send to outputs

Windows computers require a software driver which is available on the [https://www.fractalaudio.com/vp4-downloads VP4 Downloads] page.

See [[USB]] for more information.

==SPDIF==

SPDIF can be used to digitally connect the VP4 to an AM4, FM3, FM9 or Axe-Fx, through RCA connectors, at [[Digital_I/O_and_recording#Sample_rate_is_fixed_at_48kHz|48kHz fixed sample rate]].

A digital connection avoids the necessary A/D and D/A conversion and inherent latency that comes with analog-to-digital connections.

The SPDIF output of the VP4 always mirrors the signal at the analog outputs.

IMPORTANT: When using the VP4 and AM4 together through SPDIF, in whatever order, make sure to crank the SPDIF In Level on the receiving device, to prevent loss of signal level and possibly gain. Also select SPDIF as input source on the 2nd device. And if the AM4 goes first, crank its hardware LEVEL knob.

Read [[Digital I/O and recording]] for more information.

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>
<blockquote>
[https://thegearforum.com/threads/fractal-audio-systems-mystery-product-speculation.6102/page-255#post-270805]
[...]
The analog input has to be buffered as well. In most (all?) processors you buffer data up in frames. A typical frame size is, say, 32 samples. You can't start processing that frame until it is full. When it is full you ping-pong and start filling the opposite buffer.

The physical latency of SPDIF is usually no more than a sample or two. A typical A/D converter has a latency of 10-20 samples.

The same thing happens at the output. You read from an output buffer and when it's empty you ping-pong to the opposite buffer.

A typical D/A has a latency of, again, 10-20 samples. A SPDIF output has only a sample or two.

So, in the case where you use a frame size of 32 you get a total buffer latency of 64 samples. If we assume the A/D and D/A are 16 samples each the total latency is 96 samples. If you use SPDIF you'd have about 30 samples less latency.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/vp4-with-fm9.208741/post-2609064]
SPDIF is not supported with 4CM. As you observed, the SPDIF is always stereo.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/questions-about-spdif-output-on-vp4.210081/#post-2625753]
The SPDIF is not supported in 4CM.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

=PRE and POST routing=

The VP4 can be used before an amp (PRE) or in its effects loop (POST).

Sets of factory presets are configured specifically for PRE and for POST (series or parallel) operation.
A list is included at the end of the owners manual.

=Firmware=

The [[Firmware|firmware]] is upgradeable, allowing adding new features and bug fixes.

You can download the latest official release from the [https://www.fractalaudio.com/vp4-downloads/ VP4 downloads] page.

Public beta releases are often released on the user forum.

=Control=

==User interface==

Compared to Fractal's modelers, the VP4 UI is simplified and streamlined.

Press HOME+SAVE together to enter the “Mode Select” menu which allows you to select between Preset, Scene, Effects, and Tuner/Tempo. The mode determines what's displayed on the LCD, how the Select knob operates and what the switches do.

The factory default's “Gig Mode” configuration makes it easy to select presets, scenes, effects, channels, tuner and tap tempo. The startup mode can be set in Setup.

Press ENTER+EXIT together to enter Setup.

To edit parameters on the hardware, turn SELECT in Effect mode to highlight a block, press ENTER to edit the block, turn the corresponding A-D knob to adjust the value, PAGE LEFT or PAGE RIGHT to get to other pages.

When editing parameters on the hardware, press PAGE LEFT+PAGE RIGHT together to enter “Expert Edit” mode. Expert Edit includes advanced parameters. Press EXIT to quit Expert Edit.

On the home page in FX Mode, select the desired block, hold the ENTER button, and turn SELECT to move.

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>
<blockquote>
[https://thegearforum.com/threads/fractal-audio-systems-mystery-product-speculation.6102/page-251#post-270365]
Behind the scenes it's the architecture from the Axe-Fx III. There's still a grid and scenes and channels, etc. It's just that it's mostly hidden from the user and simplified.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

Tip: If you don't need scene names, use the available space to indicate the specific effect types instead. Insert spaces to visually align them.

[[image:VP4Names.png|link=|300px]]

==VP4-Edit software editor==

VP4-Edit is the editor for the VP4, with [[Fractal-Bot]] built-in.

You can download VP4-Edit, along with the Windows driver, firmware and factory presets updates, from the [https://www.fractalaudio.com/vp4-edit/ VP4 downloads] page.

[[image:VP4-Edit.png|500px|link=]]

==Onboard switches==

The four foot switches have colored indicators, but no scribble strips.

They support Tap and Hold functions (e.g., to switch channels). Factory default is the so-called <q>Gig Mode</q>. You can customize the functions.

Watch the video at the bottom to see how to select channels.

==MIDI==

The unit has 3.5 mm (1/8”) MIDI IN and OUT ports. Adapters are available from [https://shop.fractalaudio.com Fractal Audio].

The Boss BMIDI-5-35 cable has been tested and works with the VP4 to connect to 5-pin MIDI gear.

The VP4 supports:
* Sending and receiving Program Changes (PC)
* Sending and receiving Control Changes (CC)
* MIDI-over-USB
* MIDI clock (receive only, currently)
* Software MIDI Thru
* Syncing scenes with the AM4

A table in the manual translates MIDI Program Changes to VP4 presets.

The VP4 tempo does respond to MIDI Beat Clock. It does not send MIDI Clock.

See [[MIDI]] for more information.

See [[MIDI controllers]] for information about controlling the VP4 with an outboard MIDI controller.

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>
<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/announcing-the-new-vp4-virtual-pedalboard-compact-multi-fx-processor.208713/post-2607516]
The VP4 supports MIDI over USB so it appears as MIDI ports in a DAW.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/vp4-fm3-pc-editor-connectivity-question.208827/post-2609096]
Messages sent to the VP4 via MIDI-over-USB are not echoed to its MIDI OUT port, and messages received at its MIDI IN port are not passed to the computer via USB.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/announcing-the-new-vp4-virtual-pedalboard-compact-multi-fx-processor.208713/page-16#post-2609869]
The VP4 has fewer than 128 presets. MIDI Bank Select messages are not necessary to access all of its presets
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

==Expression pedals and external switches==

The unit supports two |expression pedal connections (TRS, 10–100 kΩ max), or two single TS external switches (momentary or latching).

The unit does not provide [[FASLINK]] connections and can't connect to [[FC-6 and FC-12 foot controllers]].

==External amp switching==

The VP4 itself does not provide relays to switch amp channels, but it can connect through MIDI to a relay switcher to perform that duty.

Possible solutions include:
* [https://midisolutions.com/prodrel.htm MIDI Solutions Relay]
* [https://www.suhr.com/product/micro-midi-control/ Suhr MicroMIDI Control]
* [https://voodoolab.com/product/control-switcher/ Voodoo Lab Control Switcher]
* [https://piratemidi.com/products/click-midi-interface-relay-switcher Pirate MIDI CLiCK]
* RJM Mini Amp Gizmo (no longer available from RJM but might be available used. The [https://www.rjmmusic.com/download-content/Amp%20Gizmo%20Manual%20-%20online.pdf manual] is currently available online.)
* [https://emcustom.eu/amp-midi-switcher-interface.html EM]

=Sounds=

==Presets, scenes and channels==

The unit has 104 presets, supports four scenes per preset and four channels per effect block.

The presets are organized into 26 banks, each identified by a letter from A to Z. Within each bank, there are four presets, numbered 1 through 4. Presets can be configured for PRE, POST or 4CM. A list of factory presets is included at the the end of the Owners manual.

Each block has 4 channels.

Switching between presets, scenes and channels is gapless.

VP4 presets and blocks are not compatible with Fractal Audio's other processors, nor vice versa.

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>
<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/announcing-the-new-vp4-virtual-pedalboard-compact-multi-fx-processor.208713/page-4#post-2607598]
There are enough dissimilarities between the VP4 and the other products, that preset compatibility is not practical.
</blockquote>

In response to the question: <q>Are saved blocks (no entire presets) transferable between VP4 and other Fractal products?</q>:
<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/announcing-the-new-vp4-virtual-pedalboard-compact-multi-fx-processor.208713/page-8#post-2607767]
No, many of the effects have changes that facilitate the simplified BASIC mode interface.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/effects-library.208901/#post-2609875]
[...]
Block library entries are not cross compatible between VP4 and other products. Keeping the translator in sync across products/firmware versions is a can of worms, and b) the VP4 also has a few small differences in terms of how things are handled internally.

You can copy settings by hand and things will sound the same, but see the note in the purple box on p. 26 of the manual.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

The latest factory presets are available on the VP4 [https://www.fractalaudio.com/vp4-downloads/ downloads page] and shown below.

[[image:VP4-facprestst-1.png|900px]]

[[image:VP4-facprestst-2.png|900px]]

[[image:VP4-facprestst-3.png|900px]]

==Effects==

Available effects:

* [[Chorus block]]
* [[Compressor block]]
* [[Delay block]]
* [[Drive block]]
* [[Enhancer block]]
* [[Filter block]]
* [[Flanger block]]
* [[Formant block]]
* [[Gate/Expander block]]
* [[EQ|GEQ block]]
* [[IR Player block]]
* [[Megatap Delay block]]
* [[Multitap Delay block]]
* [[EQ|PEQ block]]
* [[Phaser block]]
* [[Pitch block]]
* [[Plex Delay block]]
* [[Resonator block]]
* [[Reverb block]]
* [[Ring Modulator block]]
* [[Rotary block]]
* [[Synth block]]
* [[Tremolo/Panner block]]
* [[Volume/Panner block]]
* [[Wah block]]

[[image:VP4-Blocks.png|600px]]

Note: there's also an IR player block.

There is a [[Noise gate]] at the input, before the four effects, and a [[EQ|10-band EQ]] at the output of each preset, which are always <q>on</q>.

The VP4 does not provide amp and cab modeling, but an IR Player has been added that has access to up to 256 onboard IRs. Also, compared to the FM3, there's no Multiband Compressor, Ten-Tap Delay, Mixer, Looper, Send/Return and Multiplexer.

Compared to the Axe-Fx, FM3 and FM9, the unit features:

* Additional tweaked types, such as Vibrato and single voice Pitch types
* Tweaked MIX Law for time-based effects
* Mode switch in some Drive types instead of multiple types (e.g. Timothy)
* Some renamed types

Effect blocks 2+3+4 can be routed in parallel with the previous effect.

The blocks support Fractal Audio's system of [[Modifiers and controllers]].

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>
<blockquote>
[https://thegearforum.com/threads/fractal-audio-systems-mystery-product-speculation.6102/page-169#post-264650] <q>Can it run a Dual Detune, Reverb, Delay and a Plex Delay simultaneously, in a non-economy algo mode? 
Yes
</blockquote>
<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/announcing-the-new-vp4-virtual-pedalboard-compact-multi-fx-processor.208713/post-2608372] <q>Does the VP-4 support the improved FM9/Axe-FX III spring reverb algorithms?</q> 
Yes, it is totally up to date with Axe-Fx III in all effects.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/announcing-the-new-vp4-virtual-pedalboard-compact-multi-fx-processor.208713/post-2607516]
The VP4 uses the newest pitch detector from the Axe-Fx III.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/are-the-mix-levels-lower-than-the-equivalent-mix-levels-in-the-fm-and-iii.208988/#post-2611013]
The mix law in many blocks is different to suit the "all effects before the amp" crowd better.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/are-the-mix-levels-lower-than-the-equivalent-mix-levels-in-the-fm-and-iii.208988/#post-2611186]
The sweetened mix law places a wider range of knob motion in the portion of the curve where the delay is quieter.

This replicates the way pedals that are designed for use in front of an amp work because the amp's compression reduces the difference between the quiet echoes and the louder dry signal.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/am4-feature-requests.216959/page-11#post-2736358]
For time-based effects, the AM4—being based on the VP4—uses the a mix law based on that of the Delay block in the Axe-Fx. The dry signal remains constant for mix values from 0–50%, with only the wet signal increasing over that range. So you don't even need to worry about dry levels changing when you tweak the mix on time based effects.
</blockquote>

</blockquote>

==Tips and tricks==

The wiki page [[AM4 amp modeler]] provides lots of tips and tricks that you can apply to the AM4 as well.

==VP4 with AM4==

The ways to combine the AM4 and VP4 into a powerful floor-based amp modeling and multi-effects setup are described here: [[AM4_amp_modeler#AM4_with_VP4|AM4 with VP4]]

=Videos=

[[video:Aaron-VP4-Preset]]

[[video:AndyWood-VP4]]

[[video:AB-VP4]]

[[video:Coop-VP4]]
[[video:Cooper-VP4-Modes]]
[[video:Coop-VP4-Presets]]
[[video:Coop-VP4-ScenesChannels]]

[[video:FSM-VP4]]

[[video:GearHippie-VP4-ChangingChannels]]

[[video:JC-LetsTalkAboutIt]]
[[video:JC-VP4-Gigged]]
[[video:Cordy-VP4]]

[[video:Leon-VP4]]
[[video:Leon-VP4-Presetfromscratch]]
[[video:Leon-VP4-Library]]
[[video:Leon-VP4-Essentials]]
[[video:Leon-VP4-SPDIF]]
[[video:Leon-VP4-Marshall]]
[[video:LT-FactoryPresets]]
[[video:LeonVP4X88]]

[[video:LM-VP4]]

[[category:VP4]]
[[category:Sounds]]
[[category:All]]

VP4 virtual pedalboard

2026-03-20T19:37:45Z

Yek: /* 4CM */

__TOC__

[[image:VP4-front.jpg|400px]]

[[image:VP4-rear.jpeg|400px]]

=References=

Read the excellent owners manual first!

* [https://www.fractalaudio.com/vp4 Product page]
* [https://www.fractalaudio.com/vp4-downloads/ Downloads]
* [https://forum.fractalaudio.com/#vp4.154 User forum]
* [http://wiki.fractalaudio.com/wiki/index.php?title=Category:VP4 Wiki pages]
* [https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/vp4-faq.208790/ FAQ]

Documentation:
* [https://www.fractalaudio.com/downloads/manuals/VP4/VP4-Owners-Manual.pdf Owners Manual]
* [https://www.fractalaudio.com/downloads/manuals/VP4/VP4-Quick-Start.pdf Quick Start Guide]
* [https://www.fractalaudio.com/downloads/manuals/VP4/VP4-4CM.pdf 4CM]

=Pictures=

See “[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/show-us-your-vp4-pedalboard-rig.212640/ Show us your VP4 pedalboard / rig!]” for a discussion how forum members are using their VP4 units.

=Comparing VP4 and AM4=

Fractal Audio: [https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/differences-between-am4-and-vp4.216961/#post-2729434]

AM4 and VP4 both deliver Fractal Audio’s industry-leading sound quality, world-class effects, and rock-solid reliability. They're the same size and form factor and use streamlined UI designs that are intended to be as easy to use as real pedals. The two products share the same core technologies used across the Fractal Audio product family. They both also offer "gig mode" footswitch operation, gapless switching, USB audio, MIDI, professional connectivity including Auto-Z analog in and SPDIF I/O, plus optional "expert" editing—on the device or with companion software. The difference is largely down to features around intended use:

The AM4 delivers top-tier amp tone and effects. We say it is "perfect for a pedalboard" but it is also an ideal standalone for a desktop or "fly rig". It includes the full AM4 Amp block with integrated DynaCab™ speaker simulation, UltraRes™ user cabs, plus a selection of stompbox and studio effects. It has balanced line level outputs, a top panel level knob, a headphones output, and a stereo analog insert for using 3rd part "post" FX without the need for a separate DI box.

The VP4 delivers Fractal Audio effects for use with any amp or modeler. It does NOT perform amp modeling but it does have multiple instances of almost every effect block from the Axe-Fx III including the new IR Player. It has unbalanced outs and is unity-gain by design so no top panel level knob or headphones jack. It has a mono 4CM mode for running pre and post effects at the same time. The VP4 works extremely well as a sidekick to AM4 (AM4+VP4 = "MVP-8").

=Specifications=

==Design and development==

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>
<blockquote>
[https://thegearforum.com/threads/fractal-audio-systems-mystery-product-speculation.6102/#post-239385]
It's not a replacement for any of our current products.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://thegearforum.com/threads/fractal-audio-systems-mystery-product-speculation.6102/page-251#post-270357]
That's the target market. We have more products in the pipe for that market.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://thegearforum.com/threads/fractal-audio-systems-mystery-product-speculation.6102/page-217#post-268907]
Its primary application is live performance and the UI was designed with that in mind.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://thegearforum.com/threads/fractal-audio-systems-mystery-product-speculation.6102/page-243#post-269736]
It uses premium analog components and converters. The input stage is FET and the op-amps are all "iPolar". None of this cheap CMOS stuff that other products are using.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://thegearforum.com/threads/fractal-audio-systems-mystery-product-speculation.6102/page-243#post-269736]
Adding MIDI clock should be easy. The VP-4 code was frozen before it was implemented in the Axe-Fx III and the FM-3/9. The only development allowed after code is frozen is bug fixing.

The product focus was on three things: quality, simplicity and flexibility.
Re. quality. It uses premium analog components and converters. The input stage is FET and the op-amps are all "iPolar". None of this cheap CMOS stuff that other products are using.

No product will ever satisfy everyone. If low price is your primary concern then the product is not for you. If having lots of simultaneous effects is your primary concern the product is not for you. If having up to four, high-quality effects from the Axe-Fx III in a small, pedal board-friendly format is what you want then this product is a compelling choice.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/vp4-vs-fm3.208723/page-3#post-2612127]
The Axe-Fx III and FM9 have essentially the same analog path as the FX8. The VP4 is similar and offers the same fidelity.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://thegearforum.com/threads/fractal-audio-systems-vp4-virtual-pedalboard.6698/page-54#post-299821]
[…]
The VP4 uses the latest "flagship" products from Cirrus as do the Axe-Fx III and FM3/9.

[…]

Equally important, if not more so, is the analog path driving the A/D converter and buffering the D/A converter. We use premium components and a full-differential topology. Many companies use a single-ended topology as it is less expensive. Many companies also use low-cost op-amps (i.e. CMOS vs. the iPolar and BiFet parts we use).

</blockquote>
</blockquote>

==Processing and memory==

A meter in the upper right shows the current CPU usage. To ensure smooth performance, a limit of about 80% is enforced, leaving required processing power in reserve. If this limit is exceeded, the VP4 will switch to bypass mode and a warning will be shown: “CPU LIMIT: Bypassed.”

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>
<blockquote>
[https://thegearforum.com/threads/fractal-audio-systems-mystery-product-speculation.6102/page-242#post-269736]
The VP-4 uses the Axe-Fx III DSP's little brother. It's a single core version with the same instruction set so porting stuff from the Axe-Fx III is almost trivial.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://thegearforum.com/threads/fractal-audio-systems-mystery-product-speculation.6102/page-252#post-270388]
The VP4 uses a SoC. It has an ARM Cortex A15 core and a C66x core along with a bunch of peripherals. The DSP in the Axe-Fx III would be too power-hungry for this application.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://thegearforum.com/threads/fractal-audio-systems-mystery-product-speculation.6102/page-250#post-270349]
It's quite possible we could add more blocks in future firmware. I can envision, say, four switchable blocks and two fixed blocks per preset. The fixed blocks are always on. The switchable blocks can be bypassed/engaged. Or four fixed blocks and four switchable blocks.

It's just software. It's a fairly powerful processor, more powerful than the FX8 had, but our algorithms have continued to increase in complexity and require more processing power than things did back in the FX8 days.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/please-add-a-looper-to-the-vp4.211081/page-2#post-2712981]
It has the same amount of RAM as the FM-9.
</blockquote>

</blockquote>

==Latency==

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<hr>
In response to the question “Is there any information on latency in normal use and in 4cm?”
<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/latency.208751/#post-2608085]
The latency of the unit is 1.2 ms.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

See [[Latency]] for more information.

==Screen==

The display is a 480 x 272 high-contrast color LCD.

The VP4 does not have a touchscreen.

==Dimensions and weight==

; Weight : 3 lbs 7 oz (1.56 kg)
; Dimensions : 10.00" x 6.31" (254mm x 160.3mm)

[[image:VP4-dimensions.jpg|500px]]

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>
<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/vp4-dimensions.208906/#post-2609873] I measured the protrusion of the jack with the greatest depth (SPDIF) and it's about 9mm.
Cables would be extra.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/vp4-faq.208790/post-2611397]
Using anything other than the factory-provided feet and screws will void your warranty.
The approved screws are M3.5x8mm, with approximately 5mm protruding into the VP4 chassis. Internal components are aligned with the screw holes, so if third-party screws extend too far, they may cause damage to these components. Such damage will be identifiable and not covered by the warranty.
For safe mounting, Velcro is the recommended solution.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

==Power==

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<hr>
<blockquote>

[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/important-use-the-provided-9v-1-3a-1300ma-adapter-provided-with-your-vp4.209672/]
IMPORTANT! Use the 9V 1.3A adapter provided with your VP4. Starting around December 2025, a 9V 1.5A adapter will be provided, to match the one supplied with the AM4.

If you are not using the provided adapter or an equivalent 9V adapter, you may experience unit lockup, crashing, noise, loss of audio, or loss of data.

If you are experiencing any of these symptoms (or other unusual behaviors), please power your VP4 with the provided power supply before reaching out to support.

</blockquote>
</blockquote>

The power connector is a 2.1mm barrel connector, with a negative center. The 9V power-supply is included.

The unit has a power button. It powers up in a few seconds.

See “[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/can-i-power-a-vp4-with-a-strymon-zuma.208929 Can I power a VP4 with a Strymon Zuma?]” for a discussion about VP4 power supplies.

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>
<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/announcing-the-new-vp4-virtual-pedalboard-compact-multi-fx-processor.208713/post-2607596]
The maximum current draw is 1.3A. Typical draw is less than 1A but we cannot guarantee proper operation if using a supply below the rated specification. It can run on 12V and the current draw will be lower in this case.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/vp4-no-wakey.211431/#post-2644538]
Do NOT use an AC supply. You WILL damage the unit.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/fractal-audio-vp4-lithium-backup-battery-replacement.213011/page-2#post-2668178]
No internal battery. It uses EEPROM to store system parameters. Presets are stored in FLASH.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/🔥introducing-the-new-am4-amp-modeler.216932/page-26#post-2729714]
(November 2025) We'll start shipping VP4s with the 1.5A adapter even though that unit requires only 1.3A.

</blockquote>
</blockquote>

=Analog I/O=

==Input==

Mono/stereo input, two 1/4" TS jacks, max +20dBu (instrument level/line level).

The VP4 defaults to mono input, but can be switched to stereo in SETUP.

[[Input impedance]] is variable and is adjustable per preset.

The [[Audio_in_and_out#Instrument_input|Input pad]] in SETUP is adjustable, with auto correction. The manual states that the VP4 is pre-configured for a typical guitar with hot pickups. If input clipping occurs, an ”IN CLIP“ warning is displayed and the Input Pad setting is temporarily increased.

<blockquote>
'''OWNERS MANUAL'''
<HR>
<blockquote>
If the input of the VP4 clips persistently, the unit will automatically increase the Input Pad
setting. When this occurs, the word “Auto” will appear next to the Input Pad value, for example: “12 dB (Auto)” indicating that
the pad was automatically increased to 12 dB. When you reboot the VP4, the automatic setting is cleared, and the last manually
selected value is restored. If you want to make the automatic pad setting permanent, just turn the Input Pad knob one “click” to
clear “Auto” and set the desired value. While "4CM Routing" is enabled, a common input pad setting is shared by both PRE and
POST inputs. Excessive levels at either of these will cause the automatic pad setting to be applied to both.

''If the input still clips with the pad setting at 18dB, decrease the output level of the device(s) connected to the VP4 input(s).''
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<hr>
<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/stereo-in-sound-better-than-mono-with-a-mono-guitar.210706/#post-2634134]
If you configure the Input for STEREO, you MUST connect 2 cables (both left and right), otherwise you will no longer get unity gain. If your signal is "weak" in MONO mode, then you have a configuration issue somewhere in your rig.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/input-clipping-at-18db-concern.215368/#post-2706349]
The input range of the VP-4 is the same as an 18V pedal.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

==Output==

1/4" TS, L/R (mono/stereo), max +16dBu, 600 Ohm. Unbalanced. No Humbuster.

The unit defaults to stereo output. Switchable in SETUP. See <q>[[Audio_in_and_out#Mono_vs_stereo|Mono vs stereo]]</q>.

The Output level is unity gain unless configured otherwise.

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>
<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/announcing-the-new-vp4-virtual-pedalboard-compact-multi-fx-processor.208713/page-3#post-2607580]
All of the outputs on the VP4 are unbalanced.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/thoughts-on-2-x-vp4%E2%80%99s-1-for-in-front-1-for-fx-loop-of-an-amp.208727/post-2608734]
Humbuster is not necessary because it's DC powered and the chassis is floating. Hum occurs due to ground loops. If equipment is AC powered the chassis must be grounded by law. This introduces ground loops when using unbalanced connections. The correct solution is for everything to be balanced but the industry seems reluctant to embrace that.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

==4CM==

[[Audio_in_and_out#Four_Cable_Method_.284CM.29|4CM (Four Cable Method)]] is supported. Mono only!

To enable this, turn on 4CM Routing in SETUP. Only presets configured specifically for 4CM will work with this setup. Using a preset that IS NOT configured for 4CM will switch the VP4 to bypassed mode and defeat all processing.

Global settings for Input Mode and Output Mode (except MUTE) are IGNORED when 4CM Routing is enabled, and only the left channel of the last PRE or POST effect is passed to the respective output. Mono effect types and settings are therefore recommended for a 4CM rig.

Remember that many stereo effects have controls like STEREO SPREAD or MASTER PAN, which can be used to eliminate differences between right and left channels.

The input gate is applied at the PRE input, which also feeds the tuner.

The master PRESET EQ, MAIN levels, and SCENE levels are applied at the POST output.

The Input Pad setting affects both the PRE and POST inputs. If your Amp's send level is particularly hot, this might require a higher pad setting than your guitar.

A set of factory presets is configured specifically for 4CM. See a list of VP4 factory presets at the end of its Owners manual.

In current firmware, 4CM (mono is supported through a combination of SPDIF and analog connections:

[[image:4CM_VP4+AM4.png]]

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>
<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/new-fractal-product-coming.207160/page-78#post-2602690]
In L = Guitar 
Out L = Preamp In 
In R = Preamp Out 
Out R = Power amp In
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://thegearforum.com/threads/fractal-audio-systems-mystery-product-speculation.6102/page-217#post-268907]
It has the analog path from the Axe-Fx III (which evolved from the FX-8). Beta testers report that it "plays nicely" with difficult fx loops.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/vp4-vs-fm3.208723/page-3#post-2612127]
The Axe-Fx III and FM9 have essentially the same analog path as the FX8. The VP4 is similar and offers the same fidelity.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/questions-about-spdif-output-on-vp4.210081/#post-2625753]
The VP4 is MONO ONLY in 4CM mode.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/how-does-buffered-bypass-work-on-4cm.210816/#post-2635822]
When the unit is analog bypassed, both pre and post paths are analog bypassed.
</blockquote></blockquote>

==Analog insert==

To use the VP4 as an analog insert with other equipment, for example with the FM3 or AM4, check the Owners Manual.

==Analog bypass==

The VP4 allows a buffered analog bypass mode. This passes the signal directly from input to output without digital conversion, latency, or processing.

This can be enabled through a switch or automatically. To have analog bypass activate ''automatically'' when all four effects are bypassed, engage the option Automatic VP4 Bypass in SETUP.

Note: with Analog Bypass engaged, USB Audio is interrupted.

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>
<blockquote>
[https://thegearforum.com/threads/fractal-audio-systems-vp4-virtual-pedalboard.6698/page-4#post-271823]
We considered analog dry-through early in the design phase but it just causes more problems than it's worth. If it were a dedicated delay or reverb device then it would make sense but once you add drives and wahs and EQs it makes things too confusing for the average user.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/how-does-buffered-bypass-work-on-4cm.210816/#post-2635822]
4CM Mode: 
When the unit is analog bypassed, both pre and post paths are analog bypassed.

</blockquote>
</blockquote>

==Headphones==

In some scenarios the VP4 is the last device in the chain. It's an effects-only unit and therefore doesn't have a headphones port.

If you want to listen to its output directly, without an amp or audio system, you need a headphone amp. A small device will do, such as a [https://rolls.com/product/PM50se Rolls PM50se].

Or connect the VP4 to the AM4 and use the headphone port on the AM4.

=Digital I/O=

==Converters==

24-bit, 48kHz (fixed).

Dynamic range is 114 dB, 20-20k frequency response.

==USB==

USB-C port for data and audio.

MIDI-over-USB is supported.

USB Audio 2.0 provides 4 channels (4x4) at 48kHz.

* OUT channels 1+2: processed output
* OUT channels 3+4 : unprocessed (copy of inputs)
* IN channels 1+2: send incoming USB Audio directly to outputs
* IN channels 3+4 : process incoming USB Audio and send to outputs

Windows computers require a software driver which is available on the [https://www.fractalaudio.com/vp4-downloads VP4 Downloads] page.

See [[USB]] for more information.

==SPDIF==

SPDIF can be used to digitally connect the VP4 to an AM4, FM3, FM9 or Axe-Fx, through RCA connectors, at [[Digital_I/O_and_recording#Sample_rate_is_fixed_at_48kHz|48kHz fixed sample rate]].

A digital connection avoids the necessary A/D and D/A conversion and inherent latency that comes with analog-to-digital connections.

The SPDIF output of the VP4 always mirrors the signal at the analog outputs.

IMPORTANT: When using the VP4 and AM4 together through SPDIF, in whatever order, make sure to crank the SPDIF In Level on the receiving device, to prevent loss of signal level and possibly gain. Also select SPDIF as input source on the 2nd device. And if the AM4 goes first, crank its hardware LEVEL knob.

Read [[Digital I/O and recording]] for more information.

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>
<blockquote>
[https://thegearforum.com/threads/fractal-audio-systems-mystery-product-speculation.6102/page-255#post-270805]
[...]
The analog input has to be buffered as well. In most (all?) processors you buffer data up in frames. A typical frame size is, say, 32 samples. You can't start processing that frame until it is full. When it is full you ping-pong and start filling the opposite buffer.

The physical latency of SPDIF is usually no more than a sample or two. A typical A/D converter has a latency of 10-20 samples.

The same thing happens at the output. You read from an output buffer and when it's empty you ping-pong to the opposite buffer.

A typical D/A has a latency of, again, 10-20 samples. A SPDIF output has only a sample or two.

So, in the case where you use a frame size of 32 you get a total buffer latency of 64 samples. If we assume the A/D and D/A are 16 samples each the total latency is 96 samples. If you use SPDIF you'd have about 30 samples less latency.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/vp4-with-fm9.208741/post-2609064]
SPDIF is not supported with 4CM. As you observed, the SPDIF is always stereo.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/questions-about-spdif-output-on-vp4.210081/#post-2625753]
The SPDIF is not supported in 4CM.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

=PRE and POST routing=

The VP4 can be used before an amp (PRE) or in its effects loop (POST).

Sets of factory presets are configured specifically for PRE and for POST (series or parallel) operation.
A list is included at the end of the owners manual.

=Firmware=

The [[Firmware|firmware]] is upgradeable, allowing adding new features and bug fixes.

You can download the latest official release from the [https://www.fractalaudio.com/vp4-downloads/ VP4 downloads] page.

Public beta releases are often released on the user forum.

=Control=

==User interface==

Compared to Fractal's modelers, the VP4 UI is simplified and streamlined.

Press HOME+SAVE together to enter the “Mode Select” menu which allows you to select between Preset, Scene, Effects, and Tuner/Tempo. The mode determines what's displayed on the LCD, how the Select knob operates and what the switches do.

The factory default's “Gig Mode” configuration makes it easy to select presets, scenes, effects, channels, tuner and tap tempo. The startup mode can be set in Setup.

Press ENTER+EXIT together to enter Setup.

To edit parameters on the hardware, turn SELECT in Effect mode to highlight a block, press ENTER to edit the block, turn the corresponding A-D knob to adjust the value, PAGE LEFT or PAGE RIGHT to get to other pages.

When editing parameters on the hardware, press PAGE LEFT+PAGE RIGHT together to enter “Expert Edit” mode. Expert Edit includes advanced parameters. Press EXIT to quit Expert Edit.

On the home page in FX Mode, select the desired block, hold the ENTER button, and turn SELECT to move.

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>
<blockquote>
[https://thegearforum.com/threads/fractal-audio-systems-mystery-product-speculation.6102/page-251#post-270365]
Behind the scenes it's the architecture from the Axe-Fx III. There's still a grid and scenes and channels, etc. It's just that it's mostly hidden from the user and simplified.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

Tip: If you don't need scene names, use the available space to indicate the specific effect types instead. Insert spaces to visually align them.

[[image:VP4Names.png|link=|300px]]

==VP4-Edit software editor==

VP4-Edit is the editor for the VP4, with [[Fractal-Bot]] built-in.

You can download VP4-Edit, along with the Windows driver, firmware and factory presets updates, from the [https://www.fractalaudio.com/vp4-edit/ VP4 downloads] page.

[[image:VP4-Edit.png|500px|link=]]

==Onboard switches==

The four foot switches have colored indicators, but no scribble strips.

They support Tap and Hold functions (e.g., to switch channels). Factory default is the so-called <q>Gig Mode</q>. You can customize the functions.

Watch the video at the bottom to see how to select channels.

==MIDI==

The unit has 3.5 mm (1/8”) MIDI IN and OUT ports. Adapters are available from [https://shop.fractalaudio.com Fractal Audio].

The Boss BMIDI-5-35 cable has been tested and works with the VP4 to connect to 5-pin MIDI gear.

The VP4 supports:
* Sending and receiving Program Changes (PC)
* Sending and receiving Control Changes (CC)
* MIDI-over-USB
* MIDI clock (receive only, currently)
* Software MIDI Thru
* Syncing scenes with the AM4

A table in the manual translates MIDI Program Changes to VP4 presets.

The VP4 tempo does respond to MIDI Beat Clock. It does not send MIDI Clock.

See [[MIDI]] for more information.

See [[MIDI controllers]] for information about controlling the VP4 with an outboard MIDI controller.

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>
<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/announcing-the-new-vp4-virtual-pedalboard-compact-multi-fx-processor.208713/post-2607516]
The VP4 supports MIDI over USB so it appears as MIDI ports in a DAW.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/vp4-fm3-pc-editor-connectivity-question.208827/post-2609096]
Messages sent to the VP4 via MIDI-over-USB are not echoed to its MIDI OUT port, and messages received at its MIDI IN port are not passed to the computer via USB.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/announcing-the-new-vp4-virtual-pedalboard-compact-multi-fx-processor.208713/page-16#post-2609869]
The VP4 has fewer than 128 presets. MIDI Bank Select messages are not necessary to access all of its presets
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

==Expression pedals and external switches==

The unit supports two |expression pedal connections (TRS, 10–100 kΩ max), or two single TS external switches (momentary or latching).

The unit does not provide [[FASLINK]] connections and can't connect to [[FC-6 and FC-12 foot controllers]].

==External amp switching==

The VP4 itself does not provide relays to switch amp channels, but it can connect through MIDI to a relay switcher to perform that duty.

Possible solutions include:
* [https://midisolutions.com/prodrel.htm MIDI Solutions Relay]
* [https://www.suhr.com/product/micro-midi-control/ Suhr MicroMIDI Control]
* [https://voodoolab.com/product/control-switcher/ Voodoo Lab Control Switcher]
* [https://piratemidi.com/products/click-midi-interface-relay-switcher Pirate MIDI CLiCK]
* RJM Mini Amp Gizmo (no longer available from RJM but might be available used. The [https://www.rjmmusic.com/download-content/Amp%20Gizmo%20Manual%20-%20online.pdf manual] is currently available online.)
* [https://emcustom.eu/amp-midi-switcher-interface.html EM]

=Sounds=

==Presets, scenes and channels==

The unit has 104 presets, supports four scenes per preset and four channels per effect block.

The presets are organized into 26 banks, each identified by a letter from A to Z. Within each bank, there are four presets, numbered 1 through 4. Presets can be configured for PRE, POST or 4CM. A list of factory presets is included at the the end of the Owners manual.

Each block has 4 channels.

Switching between presets, scenes and channels is gapless.

VP4 presets and blocks are not compatible with Fractal Audio's other processors, nor vice versa.

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>
<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/announcing-the-new-vp4-virtual-pedalboard-compact-multi-fx-processor.208713/page-4#post-2607598]
There are enough dissimilarities between the VP4 and the other products, that preset compatibility is not practical.
</blockquote>

In response to the question: <q>Are saved blocks (no entire presets) transferable between VP4 and other Fractal products?</q>:
<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/announcing-the-new-vp4-virtual-pedalboard-compact-multi-fx-processor.208713/page-8#post-2607767]
No, many of the effects have changes that facilitate the simplified BASIC mode interface.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/effects-library.208901/#post-2609875]
[...]
Block library entries are not cross compatible between VP4 and other products. Keeping the translator in sync across products/firmware versions is a can of worms, and b) the VP4 also has a few small differences in terms of how things are handled internally.

You can copy settings by hand and things will sound the same, but see the note in the purple box on p. 26 of the manual.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

The latest factory presets are available on the VP4 [https://www.fractalaudio.com/vp4-downloads/ downloads page] and shown below.

[[image:VP4-facprestst-1.png|900px]]

[[image:VP4-facprestst-2.png|900px]]

[[image:VP4-facprestst-3.png|900px]]

==Effects==

Available effects:

* [[Chorus block]]
* [[Compressor block]]
* [[Delay block]]
* [[Drive block]]
* [[Enhancer block]]
* [[Filter block]]
* [[Flanger block]]
* [[Formant block]]
* [[Gate/Expander block]]
* [[EQ|GEQ block]]
* [[IR Player block]]
* [[Megatap Delay block]]
* [[Multitap Delay block]]
* [[EQ|PEQ block]]
* [[Phaser block]]
* [[Pitch block]]
* [[Plex Delay block]]
* [[Resonator block]]
* [[Reverb block]]
* [[Ring Modulator block]]
* [[Rotary block]]
* [[Synth block]]
* [[Tremolo/Panner block]]
* [[Volume/Panner block]]
* [[Wah block]]

[[image:VP4-Blocks.png|600px]]

Note: there's also an IR player block.

There is a [[Noise gate]] at the input, before the four effects, and a [[EQ|10-band EQ]] at the output of each preset, which are always <q>on</q>.

The VP4 does not provide amp and cab modeling, but an IR Player has been added that has access to up to 256 onboard IRs. Also, compared to the FM3, there's no Multiband Compressor, Ten-Tap Delay, Mixer, Looper, Send/Return and Multiplexer.

Compared to the Axe-Fx, FM3 and FM9, the unit features:

* Additional tweaked types, such as Vibrato and single voice Pitch types
* Tweaked MIX Law for time-based effects
* Mode switch in some Drive types instead of multiple types (e.g. Timothy)
* Some renamed types

Effect blocks 2+3+4 can be routed in parallel with the previous effect.

The blocks support Fractal Audio's system of [[Modifiers and controllers]].

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>
<blockquote>
[https://thegearforum.com/threads/fractal-audio-systems-mystery-product-speculation.6102/page-169#post-264650] <q>Can it run a Dual Detune, Reverb, Delay and a Plex Delay simultaneously, in a non-economy algo mode? 
Yes
</blockquote>
<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/announcing-the-new-vp4-virtual-pedalboard-compact-multi-fx-processor.208713/post-2608372] <q>Does the VP-4 support the improved FM9/Axe-FX III spring reverb algorithms?</q> 
Yes, it is totally up to date with Axe-Fx III in all effects.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/announcing-the-new-vp4-virtual-pedalboard-compact-multi-fx-processor.208713/post-2607516]
The VP4 uses the newest pitch detector from the Axe-Fx III.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/are-the-mix-levels-lower-than-the-equivalent-mix-levels-in-the-fm-and-iii.208988/#post-2611013]
The mix law in many blocks is different to suit the "all effects before the amp" crowd better.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/are-the-mix-levels-lower-than-the-equivalent-mix-levels-in-the-fm-and-iii.208988/#post-2611186]
The sweetened mix law places a wider range of knob motion in the portion of the curve where the delay is quieter.

This replicates the way pedals that are designed for use in front of an amp work because the amp's compression reduces the difference between the quiet echoes and the louder dry signal.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/am4-feature-requests.216959/page-11#post-2736358]
For time-based effects, the AM4—being based on the VP4—uses the a mix law based on that of the Delay block in the Axe-Fx. The dry signal remains constant for mix values from 0–50%, with only the wet signal increasing over that range. So you don't even need to worry about dry levels changing when you tweak the mix on time based effects.
</blockquote>

</blockquote>

==Tips and tricks==

The wiki page [[AM4 amp modeler]] provides lots of tips and tricks that you can apply to the AM4 as well.

==VP4 with AM4==

The ways to combine the AM4 and VP4 into a powerful floor-based amp modeling and multi-effects setup are described here: [[AM4_amp_modeler#AM4_with_VP4|AM4 with VP4]]

=Videos=

[[video:Aaron-VP4-Preset]]

[[video:AndyWood-VP4]]

[[video:AB-VP4]]

[[video:Coop-VP4]]
[[video:Cooper-VP4-Modes]]
[[video:Coop-VP4-Presets]]
[[video:Coop-VP4-ScenesChannels]]

[[video:FSM-VP4]]

[[video:GearHippie-VP4-ChangingChannels]]

[[video:JC-LetsTalkAboutIt]]
[[video:JC-VP4-Gigged]]
[[video:Cordy-VP4]]

[[video:Leon-VP4]]
[[video:Leon-VP4-Presetfromscratch]]
[[video:Leon-VP4-Library]]
[[video:Leon-VP4-Essentials]]
[[video:Leon-VP4-SPDIF]]
[[video:Leon-VP4-Marshall]]
[[video:LT-FactoryPresets]]
[[video:LeonVP4X88]]

[[video:LM-VP4]]

[[category:VP4]]
[[category:Sounds]]
[[category:All]]

File:4CM VP4+AM4.png

2026-03-20T19:37:29Z

Yek:

AM4 firmware release notes

2026-03-20T19:29:14Z

Yek: /* 1.02 - released: 2026, Jan 15 */

__TOC__

=2.00 - released: 2026, March 20=

New Features & Improvements

The AM4 is now up to date with Axe-Fx III firmware 32.02, featuring improved modeling, enhanced accuracy, improved aliasing performance, and more. (See details at the end of these notes.)

This version also includes small fixes planned for the upcoming Axe-Fx 32.03 release. Note that some presets may show a slight increase in CPU usage.

NEW! Swedish Metal Drive pedal model based on a Boss™ HM-2 Heavy Metal.
The expert Diode Type now also includes the 1S2473 from this model.

The Input Gate and Gate block now allow faster Attack times down to 0.1.
Note: Setting Attack and Release times too fast in any gate can cause distortion.

Changed default values of Dual Head Tape type in Delay block to be a bit more musical.

NEW SPDIF Input Mode option. This setting, available only when INPUT SOURCE is set to SPDIF, determines how incoming SPDIF signals are handled by the AM4 (Left Only, Right Only, L+R Sum, Stereo). The option “LEFT ONLY” will be of special interest to those using the AM4 in a 4CM configuration with the VP4, as it can be used to reduce overall latency.

FIXES

Fixed an issue where amp level was sometimes not set correctly after a channel change.

Fixed an issue where Speaker Impedance values were incorrect when using AM4-Edit copy/paste

Improved the performance of tempo from external MIDI clock, which can push-pull during preset changes.

Fixed an issue with Preset Changes while Loading Cabs with Ignore Redundant PC set to ON.

NOTES FROM AXE-FX UPDATES

* Double Verb, Vibrato Verb and Super Verb models: the gain Taper was previously 20A, and is now “2-35”. Audition presets and adjust as necessary by slightly lowering the gain.
* Improved power tube grid modeling in Amp block.
* Improved frequency response accuracy for amp models.
* Added “Transistor” Power Tube Type. This is now the default type for the Jazz 120 amp model and models a transistor output stage. Existing presets using this model are automatically updated.
* Fixed an issue with PVH 6160, PVH 6160+ Lead and 5153 Red amp models. These models have been remastered accordingly. It is recommended to do a soft reset to load the new default values.
* Fixed wrong resistor value in 5153 100W Green amp model. Audition presets and adjust as necessary.
* Fixed wrong resistor value in 5153 100W Stealth Blue model. Audition presets and adjust as necessary.
* Fixed wrong B+ voltage in Friedman BE/HBE models (due to wrong dropping resistor value). These models have been remastered accordingly. The default Negative Feedback has been changed to being commensurate with being taken from the 4-ohm tap. Note that the first-generation BE-100 had the feedback off the speaker jack. This was then changed to the 4-ohm tap. The latest version has a three-way switch to select between 4/8/16-ohm taps. Audition presets and adjust as necessary.
* Fixed wrong Master Volume taper in Solo 100 amp models. Remastered the models. Audition presets and adjust as necessary.
* Fixed wrong bass taper in Band-Commander amp model. Audition presets and adjust as necessary.
* Fixed wrong master volume taper in Mr Z MZ-38 amp model. Audition presets and adjust as necessary.
* Fixed preset updater not correctly setting Preamp Hardness if Amp block using EF86 tube type.
* Improved Amp block preamp modeling.
* Fixed wrong Overdrive Volume taper in Fox ODS models. Audition presets and adjust as necessary.
* Fixed an issue with the Euro Uber model where certain combinations of Presence and Depth can cause
* Various other fixes and improvements.

=1.02 - released: 2026, Jan 15=

New Features & Improvements

The AM4 is now up to date with Axe-Fx III firmware release 31.03.

New Deluxe 6G3 amp model based on the bright channel of a 6G3 “Brownface” Deluxe.

New Citrus Juicer compressor model, based on the Dan Armstrong Orange Squeezer™. The original pedal has a single knob, but the model adds additional parameters for extended flexibility.
On the original, the ratio and threshold vary with the specific components used and the internal bias trim. As a starting point, set Threshold to –26.0 dB and Compression to 8.0, then adjust to taste.

The new Half-Wave detector type used by this model is also available for other compressor types, offering different attack and release behavior and a slightly grittier character.

Improved Amp block preamp modeling for more accurate response when the amp is driven harder—for example, when using a boost or overdrive.

Improved Amp block phase inverter modeling - Went through every model with a fine-toothed comb and adjusted power amp and phase inverter parameters as needed to reflect new modeling.

Analog Bypass is now available on the AM4. When engaged, the signal passes directly from input to output with no digital conversion, processing, or latency. Analog Bypass can be controlled via a footswitch, MIDI, or an external pedal/switch, and it can also be set to engage automatically when all four blocks are bypassed by using SETUP > Global Settings > Automatic AM4 Bypass.

Improved “Dwell” in spring reverb types.

The default startup mode is now Preset Mode instead of FX Mode.

New warning when an external S/PDIF clock is detected at a frequency other than 48 kHz.

New “USB 3/4 Record Source” option – Allows USB channels 3/4 to be set to NONE so the input DI signal is not sent to the computer. This option is provided specifically for use with software such as OBS and other streaming or recording applications that cannot select individual USB inputs and instead listen to all available USB channels, which could otherwise result in the DI signal being unintentionally blended with the processed AM4 output.

AM4 is now supported in Cab-Lab version 1.01.01 or newer.

Fixes

Corrected the order of Treble Gain / Normal Gain in some amps.

Fixed the expert Cab Preamp VU meter.

Fixed an issue that would cause Preamp Tube Type to not update when selecting certain models/modes.

Fixed incorrect default DynaCabs for Class-A 30W and Band Commander.

The hardware now follows along perfectly when the amp type is changed in AM4-Edit.

Changing the Amp Type from AM4-Edit does not trigger a refresh of the control UI.

Very long preset names no longer cause a problem for the preset picker page.

Removed non-working stereo spread control from mono spring reverbs.

Reset System parameters now correctly sets SPDIF In Level to 0.00.

Fixed interaction of metronome and FX bypass remote switching.

Fixed an issue caused by certain diode settings in the Drive block.

Small fixes to the Deluxe Tweed, Band Commander, and Herbie amp models, and Pi Fuzz drive types.

Corrected the level for USB 3/4 for recording a DI.

Corrected an issue that could occur when changing amp type while DynaCabs were loading.

Fixed Amp GEQ display when it is toggled on/off by a modifier.

Speaker Impedance Curves are now auto-set correctly when changing channels in all cases.

Various other fixes and improvements.

=1.01 - released: 2025 Nov 24=

Initial firmware release on the first shipped units.

[[category:AM4]]
[[category:All]]

VP4 firmware release notes

2026-03-20T19:26:32Z

Yek: /* 4.01 - released: 2016 Jan 15 */

__TOC__

=4.02 - released: 2026 March 20=

UPDATES, IMPROVEMENTS, FIXES

NEW! Swedish Metal Drive pedal model based on a Boss™ HM-2 Heavy Metal. The expert Diode Type now also includes the 1S2473 from this model.

Pitch tracking improvements:
* Increased high range to ~2500 Hz to allow better tracking of pinch harmonics etc.
* Improved low frequency shifting for , e.g. bass guitars.

The Input Gate and Gate block now allow faster Attack times down to 0.1 ms.
Note: Setting Attack and Release times too fast in any gate can cause distortion.

Changed default values of Dual Head Tape type in Delay block to be a bit more musical.

NEW SPDIF Input Mode option. This setting, available only when INPUT SOURCE is set to SPDIF, determines how incoming SPDIF signals are handled by the VP4 (Left Only, Right Only, L+R Sum, Stereo).

FIXES

Improved the performance of tempo from external MIDI clock, which can push-pull during preset changes.

=4.01 - released: 2026 Jan 15=

UPDATES, IMPROVEMENTS, FIXES

The VP4 is now in sync with Axe-Fx firmware 31.03.

Improved pitch shifting in Pitch block. The Pitch Tracking parameter is now limited to NOTES and CHORDS (OFF is no longer supported). The Tracking Adjust parameter has been removed as it is no longer relevant.

Increased range of High Cut control in Pitch block. The High Cut can now be reduced to as low as 200 Hz. Note that saved VP4-Edit block library files will need to be manually updated and re-saved.

Added Triggering to Pitch Block > Arpeggiator (Expert Edit). When Trigger Thresh is set to any setting except “OFF”, the arpeggiator triggers when the input level exceeds this level. To use this as a triggered phrase sequencer, set Repeats to 1 and Mix to 100%. Also changed behavior of Arpeggiator so that when the sequence is finished it resets to the first step (rather than stopping at the last step).

Improved Envelope Follower in Megatap, Multitap and Plex blocks.

Improved Dwell in spring reverb types.

Improved Auto-Swell type in Volume block. It now adapts to your playing level for smoother, more consistent swells. The expert Hysteresis control determines how much the short-term level must drop below the average level to reset the gate. Threshold determines the level below which the gate is closed.

New “USB 3/4 Record Source” option – Allows USB channels 3/4 to be set to NONE so the input DI signal is not sent to the computer. This option is provided specifically for use with software such as OBS and other streaming or recording applications that cannot select individual USB inputs and instead listen to all available USB channels, which could otherwise result in the DI signal being unintentionally blended with the processed VP4 output.

Fixed an issue caused by certain diode settings in the Drive block.

Very long preset names no longer cause a problem for the preset picker page.

VP4 is now supported in Cab-Lab version 1.01.01 or newer.

Various other fixes and improvements

=4.00 - released: 2025 Dec 9=

'''NEW EFFECT TYPES'''

* NEW “Surround Delay” type in the Delay block. This stereo, psychoacoustic delay produces “rotating” echoes that seem to move around the listener. The Rotation parameter determines how rapidly the echoes rotates. With Rotation at 100% the echoes will rotate 180 degrees each time (front, back, front, etc). At 50% the echoes will rotate 90 degrees (front, right, back, left, front, etc.). Negative values will cause the echoes to rotate in the opposite direction.
* NEW Citrus Juicer compressor based on the Armstrong Orange Squeezer
* NEW Drive Pedal types!
** PI Fuzz Bass — based on a Deluxe Bass Big Muff Pi.
** NoAmp Bass DI — based on a SansAmp BassDriver DI.
** NoAmp Bass Pre — SansAmp BassDriver DI with speaker emulation bypassed
** Royal Bass DI — based on a Noble Bass Preamp DI (with more gain and adjustable Low Cut
* NEW Graphic EQ types
** 7 Band Pedal — based on a Boss GE-7
** 7 Band Bass Pedal — based on a Boss GE-7B

'''PITCH DETECTOR UPDATES'''

* Added Tracking Mode parameter to Synth and Ring Mod blocks. When set to “BASS” the pitch tracking range is shifted down one octave with the lowest detectable note being approximately F♯0.
* Enhanced pitch detection to track higher notes (approximately F♯6).

'''ADDITIONAL UPDATES'''

* Lowered CPU usage for all presets!
* New Metronome On/Off switch with MIDI remote option.
* Tuned the filtering of expression pedals to allow faster response.
* Remastered the Blackglass 7k drive pedal model.
* A warning now appears when an incoming SPDIF signal is not running at 48k.
* Using a modifier on Tape Delay Motor Speed now works correctly.
* Fixed MIDI Learn Mode not working in some cases.
* Moving an empty block no longer resets the neighboring block.
* Improvements to Expert Edit for various blocks.
* Bank changes between AM4-Edit and footswitches now stay in sync.

'''FIXES'''

* USB Audio fix for macOS. The VP4 should now perform reliably in all cases.
* Modifier “dot” now updates correctly in all cases.
* Fixed Learn mode not working for External 2, 3, 4.
* Corrected the Input Gate to show “Release” instead of “Ratio”. (Ratio is available in Expert Edit.)
* Fixed a bug that could cause problems while saving if you changed presets WHILE the Overwrite? Prompt was displayed on screen.
* Fixed a rare case where the “Modern Gate” gate type could get stuck.
* Additional small fixes.

=3.00 - released: 2025 Sep 9=

This firmware is a major release, and as such we strongly urge you to back up your system settings as well as your presets before installing this firmware.

UPDATES & NEW FEATURES

Improved shifting in the Pitch block. The VP4 now features the latest pitch shifting from the Axe-Fx III.
To make the most of this new improvement, please review the following notes:

* Types including Custom Shifter, Fixed Shift types, Octave Polygen types, Virtual Capo, and Whammy offer a Pitch Tracking setting which selects between Notes, Chords, and Off modes.
* Chords – greater stability for intricate chords, at the cost of increased latency.
* Notes – Fastest tracking for individual notes at the cost of stability on complex chords.
* OFF can be used to emulate vintage shifters without tracking intelligence.
* Tracking Adjust (in Expert Edit) lets you fine-tune the trade-off between stability and latency.
* For other Pitch types, tracking is set internally to required values and cannot be adjusted.

NEW! Send Scene MIDI Sync

* Send Scene Sync Channel – choose OFF, a specific channel (1–16), or OMNI.
* Send Scene Sync CC – choose which CC# (1–127) will be sent. Note: For synchronous scene changes on another Fractal Audio product, change SETUP > MIDI > Scene Select to the same CC#.

Each time you change scenes, the VP4 sends the chosen CC number on the chosen channel. The value of the CC equals the scene number minus one (Scene 1 = 0, Scene 2 = 1, etc.). This works with scene changes from footswitches, Scene Mode, incoming MIDI, or the editor. The VP4 does not send a Scene CC message when you change presets. (By default, presets load whichever scene was selected when you last saved them.)

NEW! IR PLAYER BLOCK – Fractal Audio Systems pioneered the use of installable Impulse Responses (IRs) in guitar gear with the original User Cab feature in the Axe-Fx — later refining the format with UltraRes™ for improved realism and performance. An IR is an audio snapshot that captures how a speaker, mic setup, or acoustic space shapes sound. It’s most often used to recreate the tone of a guitar speaker cabinet, but also works for acoustic body modeling and other creative applications. Highlights:

* Load and mix up to two IRs per IR Player block.
* One IR Player block per preset.
* Store up to 256 IRs onboard.
* Manage IRs via “Manage Cabs” or Fractal-Bot in VP4-Edit.
* Adjustable level, pan, and length.
* Mute an un-used IR to silence it and save CPU.
* With Parallel/Stereo setting, IRs are processed as left and right.
* In Series mode, IRs are processed sequentially in mono.

DRIVE BLOCK UPDATES

* NEW “Angry Chuck” drive pedal model based on a JHS™ Angry Charlie™.
* NEW “Guardian Photon Speed” drive pedal model based on a Greer™ Lightspeed.
* Improved Drive block by modeling output buffer distortion where applicable.
* Fixed: Sunrise Splendour High Cut switch now works correctly (On = Cut)
* Fixed: Compulsion Distortion Mode switch now works correctly (LP = Low Pass, HP = High Pass)

ADDITIONAL UPDATES & FIXES

* Eliminated a click that could occur in some cases when bypassing/engaging the wah.
* “PEDAL 2” value now appears and functions correctly in SETUP menu scenarios.
* On the Controllers > Tempo page, the ENTER button now consistently maps to TAP TEMPO, regardless of which parameter has focus.
* Reset Channel no longer displays odd values upon initial load.
* The Exit button on the Tools Confirmation Dialog now works reliably in all scenarios.
* Improved MIDI compatibility with controllers from Morningstar and Roland.
* The type picker for effects is now smoother and more reliable. You can switch directly from the current type to any other type without cycling through each option in between. To set a type, turn A/B or SELECT to your desired type and press ENTER. Page right to edit parameters as usual.
* New SPDIF In Level setting under SETUP > Audio allows you to trim the level of incoming SPDIF signals.
* In the Drive block, the Level setting is no longer reset when changing Mode.
* Fixed an issue that could cause a crash when using IR Player > Expert Edit.
* The IR Player block should now consistently show channel names.
* Fixed an issue loading preset “Z4” after using press-and-hold to wrap from preset “A1”.
* Added support for compatibility with a future version of Cab-Lab.
* Various additional small fixes.

=2.02 - released: 2025 May 28=

Fixed Global Tap Tempo always changing to 120 BPM when changing presets.

Note: Global Tempo is a system-wide setting that updates whenever you tap or adjust the tempo manually. It remains set in the background and is used by any preset with “Tempo To Use” set to “GLOBAL”. Presets can alternately use their own saved tempo by changing Controllers > Tempo > Tempo To Use to “PRESET”.

=2.01 - released: 2025 May 20=

* NEW: “77 Custom OD” Drive pedal type based on MXR M77 Custom Badass Overdrive.
* NEW: “Reset All Channels” feature in the Home > Tools menu. Use this to set all channels in the designated block back to their default settings.
* Added “Density” to the Reverb block Basic Edit menu. Previously available only in Expert Edit, this setting can be lowered to reduce CPU load. TIP: For Plate types, reducing “Diffusion” further improves CPU performance. For Spring types, use the “Drip” control instead as “Density” is not available.
* Added modifier capability to the “Sensitivity” parameter for Touch Wah and Envelope Wah.
* Fixed: The “Output L” meter now correctly reflects the output of the “Pre-“ Out in 4CM setups.
* Fixed: Using VP4-Edit > Manage Presets now works correctly while "Ignore Redundant PC" is enabled.
* Setup > Audio > Output Mode > MUTE now silences processed audio while allowing USB audio to be heard. This enables the VP4 to function as an audio interface e.g. for plugins, with a guitar connected to its unput and speakers connected to its output(s).
* “Auto-Z” input impedance is only intended to work on the L/MONO input, and is therefore disabled (fixed at 1M) when Input Mode is set to “STEREO”
* Moving an empty effect to an occupied block location now works correctly.
* Plus additional small updates and fixes.

=2.00 - released: 2025 April 8=

NEW BLOCK MOVE FEATURE
* On the home page in FX Mode, select the desired block, hold the ENTER button, and turn SELECT to move.

NEW DRIVE BLOCK MODELS & IMPROVEMENTS
* NEW “PI Fuzz” model with classic, “Triangle”, “Ram’s Head”, and “Russian” versions.
* “Tone” switch which allows completely bypassing the tone circuitry.
* “Wicker” switch which removes the feedback caps.
* NEW “Colortone Booster” based on a Colorsound Power Booster (with added Master control).
* NEW “Colortone OD” based on a Colorsound Overdriver (with added Master control).
* NEW “MOSFET Distortion” based on an Ibanez MT10 Mostortion.
* NEW “Super Fuzz” based on a Univox Superfuzz. The model features a Tone control. 
Tip: Use the expert “Bias” setting to simulate the “Octave” control found on some clones.
* NEW “Tube Drive 5-Knob” model based on Butler Tube Driver.
* Improved “Tube Drive 4-Knob” model. If you are using this effect, change the drive “Type” from Tube Drive 4-knob to any other type and then back to “soft reset” the block.
* Improved Blackglass 7K model.
* Updated “DS1 Distortion” model to Second Edition specs.
* Added 1N5819 Schottky and Yellow LED to drive Expert for types that support diode selection.
* General drive block improvements.

REVERB BLOCK UPDATES
* Reverbs based on real spaces have more natural sounding reflections and are more immersive.
* Improved all Spring Reverbs. A soft reset is recommended for these types to load new default values. You can perform this reset simply by changing the Type do a different reverb and then back. Note, the spring Drive control has been renamed “Dwell” as this is typically used on spring units.
* New type, Spring: Vibrato-King Custom type.
* For Expert Edit across all Reverb types, the “Q” is now adjustable for High and Low cuts when their slope is set to 12 dB.

NEW COMPRESSOR BLOCK MODELS & IMPROVEMENTS
* NEW Dynami-Comp algorithms: There are four “flavors”: Classic, Modern, Soft, and “Econo” which uses less CPU. Don’t miss the “Tone” control which is great if you want the sound to be more or less bright while the compressor is engaged.
* NEW “VCA” Compressor types. These replace previous “Studio” types and include a new VCA Bus Compressor based on a classic feedback design (e.g., SSL Bus Compressor).
* NEW Optical Compressor based on classic optical rackmount compressors. The smooth attack and release make it ideal for acoustic instruments. Attack and release times are “doubly” dynamic due to design of the compressor and the response of the virtual photocell. The minimum ratio is 4:1, but while hardware optical compressors typically have a fixed ratio and a separate limiter option, our version allows adjusting the ratio. The Emphasis control replicates an internal “Limiter Response” control of some models. The Drive control allows overdriving the output for added distortion.
* NEW JFET Studio Compressor type based on a classic rackmount compressor e.g. 1176. Perfect for fattening up your sound and adding grit. The Attack and Release times are the “native” times of the detector, and the actual Attack and Release times will be much shorter (about 5x). Due to the very fast attack times these types of compressors can distort but this is part of their sound — and often used for effect. (Low frequencies are distorted more.) The Drive control allows overdriving the output stage for added distortion. As with the new Optical compressor (see above) the minimum ratio is 4:1, but unlike an actual JFET hardware model, ours has a convenient variable threshold (and Automatic Makeup Gain).
* NEW JFET Pedal Compressor type (Replaces “JFET Sustainer”) based on a circuit design that is used in many compressor pedals.
* NEW Rockguy Compressor based on a Rockman; similar to the JFET Pedal but with dynamic release time and several other enhancements.
* NEW Vari-Mu Tube Compressor (replaces “Tube Compressor”). This type has big, swoopy curves and a warm tone making it useful for adding “glue” to sound. The compression ratio is somewhat nebulous but ranges from about 2:1 to about 20:1.
* Expert Edit includes a graph to assist adjusting interactive Threshold and Compression.
* The “Drive” control allows overdriving the output stage for added distortion.

PHASER BLOCK UPDATES
* NEW Modern Vibe based on a classic UniVibe but with modern tone and modulation.
* Updated “Vibe” algorithms. All types based on Univibe models have been improved. Existing presets are updated automatically. You may still wish to audition your presets.
* New Phaser Expert Edit parameters:
* LFO Mode; when set to UNIVIBE depth is roughly proportional to rate. When set to NORMAL the amplitude is constant, allowing deep phasing at slow rates.
* Low Cut and High Cut for the wet path.
* VCR Shape (not Sharp vs. Hitachi, this is the old “Exponent” control renamed ;-).

OTHER UPDATES & IMPROVEMENTS
* NEW Tremolo block “Ducking” control reduces the intensity of the effect when you play louder. This can occur naturally on an amp as the tremolo circuit is influenced by playing dynamics.
* NEW Plex Delay block Expert Edit “Filter” page.
* Improved Sweep Delay type in the Delay block, now with a selectable “Sweep Filter” type.
* Improved Diffusor types in the Multitap Delay block, now with stereo output, adjustable stereo spread, and LFO controlled filters.
* Improved Plex and Multitap Delay blocks when changing channels or presets. Now, the delay is cleared when a Type change would cause “Glitchy” noises.
* The tuner now shows a message when custom tuning offsets are active.
* Tuner Mute now works while VP4 Analog bypass is engaged.
* Fixed: Delay Master Time no longer attempts to set times longer than the maximum 8 seconds.
* Fixed: Delay Lines are now cleared correctly when changing presets with spillover is turned off, or when changing to a preset with different time-based effects.
* Fixed: Default Scene setting should now work consistently.
* Fixed: Pitch Block octave divider pan and Dual Detune expert delay times not working correctly.
* Fixed: Changing between presets with certain effect combinations no longer caused “clicking”.
* Fixed: Input pad 18 dB setting no longer causing small gain drop.
* Fixed: The first preset now loads correctly upon power up regardless of Ignore Redundant PC.
* SPDIF clock sync improvements.
* Various other fixes and improvements.

=1.02 - released: 2024 Nov 27=

NEW! VP4 Custom Scene MIDI - Each scene within every preset can be configured to send up to four MIDI messages — either Program Change (PC) or Control Change (CC)—to external MIDI devices. This feature enables seamless integration with other MIDI-compatible equipment, allowing for automated changes when switching scenes.

To set up Scene MIDI messages:
* Open the Scene MIDI page - From Home, press PAGE RIGHT 6x.
* The Scene MIDI page shows four scenes, each with four slots for MIDI messages.
* Turn SELECT to the desired Scene and message slot.
* Use Knob B to select the message type (PC for Program Change or CC#0-127 for Control Change).
* Use Knob C to choose the MIDI channel (1–16) on which the message will be sent.
* Use Knob D to set the specific value for the PC or CC message.
* Press ENTER on the selected row to test a single MIDI message.
* Switch to Scene Mode and use the footswitches to test all four messages for any scene.
* After configuring Scene MIDI, save the preset to retain your settings.
* When a new preset loads, the MIDI payload for the default scene is sent automatically.

Note: Scene MIDI is sent only to the physical MIDI Out port. It is not echoed to USB MIDI.

NEW! Integral Pre drive block type based on the TC Electronics Integrated Preamp.

NEW! Multitap Delay models: Matterhorn, Centaurus X-3, Kilmanjaro, Strange Things, Camera Obscura.

Improved the following effects based on the latest Axe-Fx III enhancements:
* Delay: Sweep Delay is improved and offers new options.
* Multitap Delay: “Diffusor” types now include Stereo Spread and Mod Filter options
* Filter: Fine-tuned dynamic response for Envelope Filter and Touch Wah types.
* Adjusted the mix curve for some time-based effects so the dry level decreases more gradually as mix is adjusted above 50%.

Fixed minor GUI issues in the Pitch Intelligent Harmony types.

Fixed footswitch mapping not updating correctly after the preset is changed remotely.

Plus additional updates and fixes.

=1.01=

Initial firmware release on the first shipped units.

[[category:VP4]]
[[category:All]]

Chorus block

2026-03-20T19:13:09Z

Yek: /* Vibrato */

__TOC__
=Chorus block=

'''Axe-Fx III''', '''FM9''', '''FM3''' — 2 blocks, 4 channels 
'''AM4''' — 1 block, 4 channels 
'''VP4''' — 4 blocks, 4 channels

'''ICONS''' — yes

'''Axe-Fx II''', '''FX8''' — 2 blocks, X/Y 
'''AX8''' — 1 block, X/Y

=About the Chorus block=

Chorus is created by duplicating the signal and then modulating the pitch of that signal slightly. Slightly delaying the wet signal emphasizes the effect.

[[image:Chorus block.PNG|link=|400px]]

=Chorus types=

# '''Digital Mono'''
# '''Digital Stereo'''
# '''Analog Mono'''
# '''Analog Stereo'''
# '''Japan CE-2'''
# '''Warm Stereo'''
# '''80's Style'''
# '''Triangle Chorus'''
# '''8-Voice Stereo'''
# '''Tape Chorus'''
# '''Dimension 1'''
# '''Dimension 2'''
# '''Dimension 3'''
# '''4-Voice Analog'''
# '''8-Voice Analog'''
# '''Stereo Tri-Chorus'''
# '''Dual Chorus'''
# '''Tape Flanger'''

Additionally, on the VP4 and AM4:

# '''Vibrato 1'''
# '''Vibrato 2'''

=About chorus effects=

==Boss CE-1==

The Boss CE-1 is the pedal version of the chorus in the Roland JC-120 amplifier.

See these for more information: 
* [http://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/presenting-the-boss-ce-1-moaee-mother-of-all-effect-emulations.59591 Recreate the Boss CE-1 sound using a LFO-driven Flanger block]
* [http://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/ax8-ce-1-blind-test.141424/ Leon Todd dials in the CE-1 sound, based on the 'Japan CE-2' type in the Chorus block], and [http://www.youtube.com/watch?time_continue=4&v=M37ojINmE8w YouTube demo]
* [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=cbjWvN9nGAk That Pedal Show: Dan's Broken Ensemble]
* [https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/boss-ce1.160631/post-1925191 Admin M@'s CE-1]
* The [[Factory presets|factory preset CE-1 CHORUS/VIBE]] also recreates the chorus and vibrato sounds of the CE-1.

==Boss CE-2==

This is the successor of the large grey CE-1. It was released in 1979. It's a mono chorus.

==Vintage tape==

This Chorus type uses the tape delay algorithm from the Delay block. It sums the left and right block inputs into mono, so use caution as phase cancellation may occur.

==Triangle Chorus==

Two voices with a triangle-shaped LFO.

==Dimension D==

Based on Roland's SDD-320 Dimension D.

The Chorus block provides three Dimension types: Dimension 1, 2 and 3. These correspond to the modes on the original device.

The Dimension C pedal was created by Boss to produce the Dimension D effect through a pedal. In 2018 Boss released its DC-2W Dimension C pedal, part of the Waza Craft Series. [https://m.youtube.com/watch?v=Tt9nrVOnV70 Video]

According to Guitar World, SRV used the Dimension D to add thicken his solos and still keep the tone natural.

[[Owners_Manuals|Fractal Audio's Blocks Guide]] says this about the Dimension Mode parameter:
; OFF : Dimension mode is not active
; LOW : Neutral with no tonal coloration
; MED : Classic Dimension processing buttons 1-3. Set Rate to 0.25 - 0.50 Hz and Depth to taste
; HIGH : Classic Dimension processing button 4. Rate and Depth as above

For preset examples, search the [[Factory presets]] page for <q>dimension</q>.

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>

<blockquote>
[http://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/dimension-type-mode-unclarity.79153/#post-962721]
The Dimension Mode parameter turns on "Dimension Processing". This can be turned on in any type. However I highly recommend using the Dimension Type as it sets the correct base algorithm, LFO type, delay time, phase, etc., etc. as well as turning on the Dimension Processing.

The Dimension D is really just a typical chorus. At the output, however, some special processing occurs that gives that unique sound. Turning Dimension Mode to one of the three settings engages the various aspects of that processing.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/12-03b4-dimesion-d-preview.79253/page-2#post-964250]
A Dimension D is a fairly typical chorus with some added analog processing on the outputs. The analog processing has a "normal" mode and a "boost" mode. The unit itself has four switches. These switches set the rate and the depth as well as turn on the boost mode. The switches do the following:
# Slow rate (0.25 Hz) and low depth.
# Slow rate and normal depth.
# Fast rate (0.5 Hz) and normal depth.
# Fast rate and normal depth and "boost" on.

The depth is actually reduced in modes 3 and 4 to compensate for the higher rate. In the Axe-Fx this is done automatically when Auto Depth is on. Therefore I've indicated the depth as "normal" in modes 3 and 4 as the amount of pitch shift is roughly the same as mode 2.

There is also an EQ that is present in all the modes on the dry signal.

The LFO is a triangle wave and is 180 degrees out of phase between channels.

The Dimension Mode parameter has three settings: Low, Medium and High. 
Low: Dry EQ off, boost off. 
Med: Dry EQ on, boost off. 
High: Dry EQ on, boost on. 

The Low setting has no equivalent on an actual Dimension D since the dry EQ is always active.

The Dimension '''Type''' sets the LFO type, phase, Auto Depth, Hi Cut, etc., etc. and sets the Dimension Mode to Medium. With the appropriate settings of Rate and Depth you can duplicate modes 1, 2 & 3 on the actual Dimension D. To duplicate mode 4 you simply set the Dimension Mode to High.

The Rates are given above. I've found a Depth of around 25% to be a good starting point. Increase or decrease to taste. The Type does NOT preset the Rate or Depth.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

==BBD algorithm==

Based on the BBD algorithm from the Flanger block. All the “Analog” chorus types use this algorithm, as well as the "Dimension 2" type: Analog Mono, Analog Stereo, Dimension 2, Dimension (and probably Japan CE-2).

<blockquote>'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''<HR>
<blockquote>
[http://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/not-a-bug-triangle-lfo-in-certain-chorus-types.140241/#post-1662572]
Those types use “analog” delay lines. The delay lines are virtual bucket brigade devices with the delay time controlled by a virtual oscillator. That behavior is consistent with how they would work in the real world.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

==Vibrato==

In current firmware, there's a Vibrato type in the Chorus block.

You can also create this effect by using a 100% wet Chorus (no dry signal). Select the Digital Mono chorus type. Keep everything at default, except: (source: Admin M@)

* Rate: as desired
* Depth: 50%
* Delay Time: 0.10
* Auto Depth: High
* Mix: 100
* Level: -6
* Stereo Spread: 0

Roland uses a Sine wave for its Vibrato effect. [https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/once-upon-a-time-there-were-service-manuals.166247/post-1996445]

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/anyone-have-a-good-memory-man-patch.23836/#post-379483]
Vibrato is chorus with the mix at 100%. If you want vibrato on the delay trails only simply use the built-in LFO's in the delay block itself.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

Mix at 100% is not an absolute requirement. As documented in <q>[http://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/presenting-the-boss-ce-1-moaee-mother-of-all-effect-emulations.59591 Presenting the Boss CE-1]</q>, the Vibrato mode of the venerable Boss CE-1 depends on a variable Mix setting.

See Wikipedia's <q>[http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Vibrato_unit Vibrato unit]</q> page for more information.

==Tri-Chorus==

The Tri-Chorus is a very lush chorus that was very popular among studio players in the 80s and 90s. The original devices have been discontinued, but there are a few replicas. It uses three different LFOs with phase relationships 120 degrees apart (less warble, more smooth and shimmery).

; Axe-Fx III, FM3, FM9. VP4, AM4 : The Chorus block has an authentic Tri-Chorus algorithm, based on a Dytronics Songbird TSC-1380.

:See the forum's <q>[http://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/which-tri-chorus-was-used-for-modeling-as-its-not-clear.136778/#post-1620722 Which tri chorus was used for modeling?]</q> for more information.

; AX8, FX8 and Axe-Fx II : Use the Chorus and/or Quad Chorus for the Axe-Fx II only effects, combined with Pitch Detune.

:See <q>[http://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/another-tri-chorus-thread.99868 Another Tri-Chorus thread]</q> in the forum for more information.

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>

<blockquote>
[http://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/the-tri-chorus-sound.148267/#post-1753931]
It's just chorus. You can't do it with the II. It's a unique algorithm and there's no way to adjust the chorus block to get the same results. The III has a separate tri-chorus algorithm.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

Videos:
* [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=L3I6euvvLFc Dytronics Tri Stereo Chorus]
* [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=0b-jcn9t-MM Pete Thorn demos the Fulltone TERC]
* [http://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/michael-landau-style-tri-stereo-chorus.139154 Demonstration by Camilo Velandia]

==Dual Chorus==

This type has independent LFOs for the left and right delay lines. The delay lines are BBD emulations.

Not available on the Axe-Fx II, AX8 and FX8.

==Using other blocks to create a chorus==

* The [[Multitap Delay block]] can create lush multi-voice chorus effects. Firmware 17.01 for the Axe-Fx III (and corresponding FM3 and FM9 firmware) added several types, based on the TC 1210 Stereo Chorus/Flanger, Yamaha UD-Stump etc.

* The [[Pitch block]] and [[Plex Delay block]] can create a multi-voice detuning effect.

* Leon Todd replicated the [https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/intellifex-style-8-voice-chorus.153396/ Intellifex Style 8 Voice Chorus] using the Multitap Delay.

* Current firmware adds a Tape Flanger type to the Chorus block.

<blockquote>'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''<HR>
<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/axe-fx-iii-firmware-version-12-00-public-beta-2-beta-3.157788/post-1881824]
Just use the flanger with zero feedback and modulate MANUAL. In some cases, the Flanger is now a better chorus than the chorus!
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/replicating-this-mxr-flanger-doubler-effect.200247/#post-2497435]
Use the Chorus, which is the same thing as a flanger whose feedback is set to 0.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

==Arion chorus==

You can recreate the [https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/tc-1210-tc-scf.172165/post-2080948 Arion SCH-1 chorus] sound with the Flanger.

See Marco Fanton's "[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=r7o8MqIc8-8 How to create the famous ARION STEREO CHORUS]" video for information too.

=Position of the Chorus block on the grid=

You can put the Chorus block either ''before'' (PRE) or ''after'' (POST) the Amp block.

;PRE : The block operates as a pedal on a traditional pedalboard

;POST : The block takes the role of a studio/rack effect

=Mono or stereo chorus=

A stereo Chorus block ''before'' the Amp block will be summed to mono, so make sure it is set to mono (LFO Phase: 0) to prevent phase cancellation issues.

Some chorus types (such as 80s and Triangle) "invert" the wet sound on one side. If you're collapsing the signal to mono ''after'' the Chorus block, the wet side will completely cancel and you'll hear no chorus at all.

=Parameters=

==Voices==

Whenever the number of voices is set to more than two, the LFO type will change automatically to “SINE.” If the number of voices is greater than two and the LFO type is changed to something other than “SINE,” the number of voices will be reset to two.

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<hr>

<blockquote>
[http://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/quad-chorus.138718/#post-1645790]
The Chorus block has up to 8 voices.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

A single chorus voice, i.e. for a Vibrato effect, can be obtained by setting LFO Phase to 0.

==LFO Type==

Whenever the number of voices is set to more than two, the LFO type will change automatically to “SINE.” If the number of voices is greater than two and the LFO type is changed to something other than “SINE,” the number of voices will be reset to two.

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<hr>
<blockquote>
Roland uses a Triangle wave LFO for its Chorus effect, and a Sine wave LFO for its Vibrato effect. [https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/once-upon-a-time-there-were-service-manuals.166247/post-1996445]
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

==Stereo Spread==

Values beyond +/-100% increase the apparent image beyond the stereo field.

==Chorus vs Detune==

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/chorus-vs-pitch-block-detuned.68871/#post-846398]
Chorus is a varying pitch shift. The pitch slowly changes between flat and sharp. Detune is a constant pitch shift.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

The Chorus block can be used for pitch detuning. [https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/chorus-the-hunt-for-a-great-chorus.215003/#post-2700288 Here's how]

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>
<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/replace-pitch-block-dual-detune-when-i-need-to-use-the-virtual-capo.218206/#post-2746963]
In many cases, it's virtually impossible to tell the difference between a clean triangle chorus and a dual detune. Start with Digital Stereo. Set LFO Phase to 180. LFO Type to Triangle.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

=Tips, tricks and troubleshooting=

==Factory presets==

The Chorus block is showcased in many factory presets. Search the [[Factory presets]] page for "chorus".

==Use a Flanger for chorus ==

<blockquote>'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''<HR>
<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/replicating-this-mxr-flanger-doubler-effect.200247/#post-2497435]
Use the Chorus, which is the same thing as a flanger whose feedback is set to 0.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

==Double chorus==

A studio trick from the '80s is to use two choruses in series. The video below demonstrates this.

==More information about chorus==

The Chorus block is explained in the [[Owners_Manuals|Owner's Manual]].

Also see:
* [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Chorus_effect Wikipedia: Chorus]
* [http://www.premierguitar.com/articles/25035-behind-the-bucket-brigade?utm_source=Sailthru&utm_medium=email&utm_campaign=Gruhn%20ENL%20-%20032217&utm_term=PG%20Weekly Premier Guitar: Behind the Bucket Brigade]
* [https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/boss-ce1.160631/post-1926114 About waveforms in Chorus]

=Videos=

[[Video:Leon-ChorusMasterClass]]
[[video:Leon-ChorusDetune]]
[[video:Cordy-DoubleChorus]]

[[category:Axe-Fx2]]
[[category:Axe-Fx3]]
[[category:FM3]]
[[category:FM9]]
[[category:VP4]]
[[category:AM4]]
[[category:AX8]]
[[category:FX8]]
[[category:Sounds]]
[[category:All]]

Chorus block

2026-03-20T19:04:54Z

Yek: /* Vibrato */

__TOC__
=Chorus block=

'''Axe-Fx III''', '''FM9''', '''FM3''' — 2 blocks, 4 channels 
'''AM4''' — 1 block, 4 channels 
'''VP4''' — 4 blocks, 4 channels

'''ICONS''' — yes

'''Axe-Fx II''', '''FX8''' — 2 blocks, X/Y 
'''AX8''' — 1 block, X/Y

=About the Chorus block=

Chorus is created by duplicating the signal and then modulating the pitch of that signal slightly. Slightly delaying the wet signal emphasizes the effect.

[[image:Chorus block.PNG|link=|400px]]

=Chorus types=

# '''Digital Mono'''
# '''Digital Stereo'''
# '''Analog Mono'''
# '''Analog Stereo'''
# '''Japan CE-2'''
# '''Warm Stereo'''
# '''80's Style'''
# '''Triangle Chorus'''
# '''8-Voice Stereo'''
# '''Tape Chorus'''
# '''Dimension 1'''
# '''Dimension 2'''
# '''Dimension 3'''
# '''4-Voice Analog'''
# '''8-Voice Analog'''
# '''Stereo Tri-Chorus'''
# '''Dual Chorus'''
# '''Tape Flanger'''

Additionally, on the VP4 and AM4:

# '''Vibrato 1'''
# '''Vibrato 2'''

=About chorus effects=

==Boss CE-1==

The Boss CE-1 is the pedal version of the chorus in the Roland JC-120 amplifier.

See these for more information: 
* [http://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/presenting-the-boss-ce-1-moaee-mother-of-all-effect-emulations.59591 Recreate the Boss CE-1 sound using a LFO-driven Flanger block]
* [http://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/ax8-ce-1-blind-test.141424/ Leon Todd dials in the CE-1 sound, based on the 'Japan CE-2' type in the Chorus block], and [http://www.youtube.com/watch?time_continue=4&v=M37ojINmE8w YouTube demo]
* [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=cbjWvN9nGAk That Pedal Show: Dan's Broken Ensemble]
* [https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/boss-ce1.160631/post-1925191 Admin M@'s CE-1]
* The [[Factory presets|factory preset CE-1 CHORUS/VIBE]] also recreates the chorus and vibrato sounds of the CE-1.

==Boss CE-2==

This is the successor of the large grey CE-1. It was released in 1979. It's a mono chorus.

==Vintage tape==

This Chorus type uses the tape delay algorithm from the Delay block. It sums the left and right block inputs into mono, so use caution as phase cancellation may occur.

==Triangle Chorus==

Two voices with a triangle-shaped LFO.

==Dimension D==

Based on Roland's SDD-320 Dimension D.

The Chorus block provides three Dimension types: Dimension 1, 2 and 3. These correspond to the modes on the original device.

The Dimension C pedal was created by Boss to produce the Dimension D effect through a pedal. In 2018 Boss released its DC-2W Dimension C pedal, part of the Waza Craft Series. [https://m.youtube.com/watch?v=Tt9nrVOnV70 Video]

According to Guitar World, SRV used the Dimension D to add thicken his solos and still keep the tone natural.

[[Owners_Manuals|Fractal Audio's Blocks Guide]] says this about the Dimension Mode parameter:
; OFF : Dimension mode is not active
; LOW : Neutral with no tonal coloration
; MED : Classic Dimension processing buttons 1-3. Set Rate to 0.25 - 0.50 Hz and Depth to taste
; HIGH : Classic Dimension processing button 4. Rate and Depth as above

For preset examples, search the [[Factory presets]] page for <q>dimension</q>.

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>

<blockquote>
[http://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/dimension-type-mode-unclarity.79153/#post-962721]
The Dimension Mode parameter turns on "Dimension Processing". This can be turned on in any type. However I highly recommend using the Dimension Type as it sets the correct base algorithm, LFO type, delay time, phase, etc., etc. as well as turning on the Dimension Processing.

The Dimension D is really just a typical chorus. At the output, however, some special processing occurs that gives that unique sound. Turning Dimension Mode to one of the three settings engages the various aspects of that processing.
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/12-03b4-dimesion-d-preview.79253/page-2#post-964250]
A Dimension D is a fairly typical chorus with some added analog processing on the outputs. The analog processing has a "normal" mode and a "boost" mode. The unit itself has four switches. These switches set the rate and the depth as well as turn on the boost mode. The switches do the following:
# Slow rate (0.25 Hz) and low depth.
# Slow rate and normal depth.
# Fast rate (0.5 Hz) and normal depth.
# Fast rate and normal depth and "boost" on.

The depth is actually reduced in modes 3 and 4 to compensate for the higher rate. In the Axe-Fx this is done automatically when Auto Depth is on. Therefore I've indicated the depth as "normal" in modes 3 and 4 as the amount of pitch shift is roughly the same as mode 2.

There is also an EQ that is present in all the modes on the dry signal.

The LFO is a triangle wave and is 180 degrees out of phase between channels.

The Dimension Mode parameter has three settings: Low, Medium and High. 
Low: Dry EQ off, boost off. 
Med: Dry EQ on, boost off. 
High: Dry EQ on, boost on. 

The Low setting has no equivalent on an actual Dimension D since the dry EQ is always active.

The Dimension '''Type''' sets the LFO type, phase, Auto Depth, Hi Cut, etc., etc. and sets the Dimension Mode to Medium. With the appropriate settings of Rate and Depth you can duplicate modes 1, 2 & 3 on the actual Dimension D. To duplicate mode 4 you simply set the Dimension Mode to High.

The Rates are given above. I've found a Depth of around 25% to be a good starting point. Increase or decrease to taste. The Type does NOT preset the Rate or Depth.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

==BBD algorithm==

Based on the BBD algorithm from the Flanger block. All the “Analog” chorus types use this algorithm, as well as the "Dimension 2" type: Analog Mono, Analog Stereo, Dimension 2, Dimension (and probably Japan CE-2).

<blockquote>'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''<HR>
<blockquote>
[http://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/not-a-bug-triangle-lfo-in-certain-chorus-types.140241/#post-1662572]
Those types use “analog” delay lines. The delay lines are virtual bucket brigade devices with the delay time controlled by a virtual oscillator. That behavior is consistent with how they would work in the real world.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

==Vibrato==

You can create this effect by using a 100% wet Chorus (no dry signal). Select the Digital Mono chorus type. Keep everything at default, except: (source: Admin M@)

* Rate: as desired
* Depth: 50%
* Delay Time: 0.10
* Auto Depth: High
* Mix: 100
* Level: -6
* Stereo Spread: 0

Roland uses a Sine wave for its Vibrato effect. [https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/once-upon-a-time-there-were-service-manuals.166247/post-1996445]

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/anyone-have-a-good-memory-man-patch.23836/#post-379483]
Vibrato is chorus with the mix at 100%. If you want vibrato on the delay trails only simply use the built-in LFO's in the delay block itself.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

Mix at 100% is not an absolute requirement. As documented in <q>[http://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/presenting-the-boss-ce-1-moaee-mother-of-all-effect-emulations.59591 Presenting the Boss CE-1]</q>, the Vibrato mode of the venerable Boss CE-1 depends on a variable Mix setting.

See Wikipedia's <q>[http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Vibrato_unit Vibrato unit]</q> page for more information.

==Tri-Chorus==

The Tri-Chorus is a very lush chorus that was very popular among studio players in the 80s and 90s. The original devices have been discontinued, but there are a few replicas. It uses three different LFOs with phase relationships 120 degrees apart (less warble, more smooth and shimmery).

; Axe-Fx III, FM3, FM9. VP4, AM4 : The Chorus block has an authentic Tri-Chorus algorithm, based on a Dytronics Songbird TSC-1380.

:See the forum's <q>[http://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/which-tri-chorus-was-used-for-modeling-as-its-not-clear.136778/#post-1620722 Which tri chorus was used for modeling?]</q> for more information.

; AX8, FX8 and Axe-Fx II : Use the Chorus and/or Quad Chorus for the Axe-Fx II only effects, combined with Pitch Detune.

:See <q>[http://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/another-tri-chorus-thread.99868 Another Tri-Chorus thread]</q> in the forum for more information.

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>

<blockquote>
[http://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/the-tri-chorus-sound.148267/#post-1753931]
It's just chorus. You can't do it with the II. It's a unique algorithm and there's no way to adjust the chorus block to get the same results. The III has a separate tri-chorus algorithm.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

Videos:
* [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=L3I6euvvLFc Dytronics Tri Stereo Chorus]
* [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=0b-jcn9t-MM Pete Thorn demos the Fulltone TERC]
* [http://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/michael-landau-style-tri-stereo-chorus.139154 Demonstration by Camilo Velandia]

==Dual Chorus==

This type has independent LFOs for the left and right delay lines. The delay lines are BBD emulations.

Not available on the Axe-Fx II, AX8 and FX8.

==Using other blocks to create a chorus==

* The [[Multitap Delay block]] can create lush multi-voice chorus effects. Firmware 17.01 for the Axe-Fx III (and corresponding FM3 and FM9 firmware) added several types, based on the TC 1210 Stereo Chorus/Flanger, Yamaha UD-Stump etc.

* The [[Pitch block]] and [[Plex Delay block]] can create a multi-voice detuning effect.

* Leon Todd replicated the [https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/intellifex-style-8-voice-chorus.153396/ Intellifex Style 8 Voice Chorus] using the Multitap Delay.

* Current firmware adds a Tape Flanger type to the Chorus block.

<blockquote>'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''<HR>
<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/axe-fx-iii-firmware-version-12-00-public-beta-2-beta-3.157788/post-1881824]
Just use the flanger with zero feedback and modulate MANUAL. In some cases, the Flanger is now a better chorus than the chorus!
</blockquote>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/replicating-this-mxr-flanger-doubler-effect.200247/#post-2497435]
Use the Chorus, which is the same thing as a flanger whose feedback is set to 0.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

==Arion chorus==

You can recreate the [https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/tc-1210-tc-scf.172165/post-2080948 Arion SCH-1 chorus] sound with the Flanger.

See Marco Fanton's "[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=r7o8MqIc8-8 How to create the famous ARION STEREO CHORUS]" video for information too.

=Position of the Chorus block on the grid=

You can put the Chorus block either ''before'' (PRE) or ''after'' (POST) the Amp block.

;PRE : The block operates as a pedal on a traditional pedalboard

;POST : The block takes the role of a studio/rack effect

=Mono or stereo chorus=

A stereo Chorus block ''before'' the Amp block will be summed to mono, so make sure it is set to mono (LFO Phase: 0) to prevent phase cancellation issues.

Some chorus types (such as 80s and Triangle) "invert" the wet sound on one side. If you're collapsing the signal to mono ''after'' the Chorus block, the wet side will completely cancel and you'll hear no chorus at all.

=Parameters=

==Voices==

Whenever the number of voices is set to more than two, the LFO type will change automatically to “SINE.” If the number of voices is greater than two and the LFO type is changed to something other than “SINE,” the number of voices will be reset to two.

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<hr>

<blockquote>
[http://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/quad-chorus.138718/#post-1645790]
The Chorus block has up to 8 voices.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

A single chorus voice, i.e. for a Vibrato effect, can be obtained by setting LFO Phase to 0.

==LFO Type==

Whenever the number of voices is set to more than two, the LFO type will change automatically to “SINE.” If the number of voices is greater than two and the LFO type is changed to something other than “SINE,” the number of voices will be reset to two.

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<hr>
<blockquote>
Roland uses a Triangle wave LFO for its Chorus effect, and a Sine wave LFO for its Vibrato effect. [https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/once-upon-a-time-there-were-service-manuals.166247/post-1996445]
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

==Stereo Spread==

Values beyond +/-100% increase the apparent image beyond the stereo field.

==Chorus vs Detune==

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>

<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/chorus-vs-pitch-block-detuned.68871/#post-846398]
Chorus is a varying pitch shift. The pitch slowly changes between flat and sharp. Detune is a constant pitch shift.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

The Chorus block can be used for pitch detuning. [https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/chorus-the-hunt-for-a-great-chorus.215003/#post-2700288 Here's how]

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>
<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/replace-pitch-block-dual-detune-when-i-need-to-use-the-virtual-capo.218206/#post-2746963]
In many cases, it's virtually impossible to tell the difference between a clean triangle chorus and a dual detune. Start with Digital Stereo. Set LFO Phase to 180. LFO Type to Triangle.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

=Tips, tricks and troubleshooting=

==Factory presets==

The Chorus block is showcased in many factory presets. Search the [[Factory presets]] page for "chorus".

==Use a Flanger for chorus ==

<blockquote>'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''<HR>
<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/replicating-this-mxr-flanger-doubler-effect.200247/#post-2497435]
Use the Chorus, which is the same thing as a flanger whose feedback is set to 0.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

==Double chorus==

A studio trick from the '80s is to use two choruses in series. The video below demonstrates this.

==More information about chorus==

The Chorus block is explained in the [[Owners_Manuals|Owner's Manual]].

Also see:
* [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Chorus_effect Wikipedia: Chorus]
* [http://www.premierguitar.com/articles/25035-behind-the-bucket-brigade?utm_source=Sailthru&utm_medium=email&utm_campaign=Gruhn%20ENL%20-%20032217&utm_term=PG%20Weekly Premier Guitar: Behind the Bucket Brigade]
* [https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/boss-ce1.160631/post-1926114 About waveforms in Chorus]

=Videos=

[[Video:Leon-ChorusMasterClass]]
[[video:Leon-ChorusDetune]]
[[video:Cordy-DoubleChorus]]

[[category:Axe-Fx2]]
[[category:Axe-Fx3]]
[[category:FM3]]
[[category:FM9]]
[[category:VP4]]
[[category:AM4]]
[[category:AX8]]
[[category:FX8]]
[[category:Sounds]]
[[category:All]]

Axe-Fx III firmware release notes

2026-03-20T19:03:01Z

Yek: /* 32.03 BETA - released 2025 March 20 */

__TOC__

=32.03 BETA - released 2025 March 20=

Improved Chorus block. Remastered the Japan CE-2 model. Added EQ controls to some models. Added the following models:

Japan CE-1 Chorus. Based on a Boss CE-1 in chorus mode.

Japan CE-1 Vibrato. Based on a Boss CE-1 in vibrato mode.

Japan CH-1. Based on a Boss CH-1.

MX234. Based on an MXR M234 Analog Chorus.

Small Copy. Based on an EXH Small Clone.

Japan CE-2 Bass. Based on a Boss CE-2B.

Vibrato. A generic vibrato effect.

Fixed Input EQ in Amp block not working if Definition is 0.0.

Fixed excessive blocking distortion in Supertweed model.

=32.02 - released 2025 March 06=

Improved Amp block preamp modeling.

Added “Oversampling” parameter to Drive block. When set to HIGH the oversampling rate is doubled which results in less aliasing. NOTE: This will increase CPU usage considerably.

Reduced CPU usage in some blocks.

Fixed an issue where overdriving the input of the Amp block, whether with an external Drive block or using the internal Input Boost (or both), causes excessive aliasing for some amp models.

Fixed wrong Overdrive Volume taper in Fox ODS models. Audition presets and adjust as necessary.

Fixed an issue with the Euro Uber model where certain combinations of Presence and Depth can cause a crash.

=32.01 - released 2025 Feb 24=

Added Dry Diffusion control to Delay block. This allows adjusting the dry diffusion separate from the wet diffusion.

Added Delay controls to Mixer block. This allows adding up to 64 samples of delay to each signal. This can be used to compensate for latency when routing things in parallel.

Fixed turning Gain up to 10 in some amp models can cause Amp block to crash.

Fixed an issue with the Euro Uber model where certain values of Depth combined with certain speaker impedance curves can cause a crash.

Added checking for invalid/duplicate modifiers (which can be caused by 3rd-party apps) during preset recall and removes them.

=32.00 - released 2025 Feb 20=

Improved power tube grid modeling in Amp block.

Improved frequency response accuracy for amp models.

Improved diffusion in Delay block. The dry signal is now diffused along with the delayed signal. This makes the effect more musical.

Increased pitch tracking range in Pitch block to ~2500 Hz. This allows tracking pinch harmonics better.

Improved pitch shifting for low frequencies, e.g. bass guitars.

Grouped types in Reverb block to aid in selection.

Increased range of Attack Time in Input block. Attack Time can now be set to a minimum of 0.1 ms. Existing presets are automatically updated.

Increased range of Attack Time in Gate block. Attack Time can now be set to a minimum of 0.1 ms. Existing presets are automatically updated.

Added Swedish Metal model to Drive block based on a Boss HM-2.

Added 1S2473 diode type to Drive block (to support Swedish Metal model).

Added “Transistor” Power Tube Type. This is now the default type for the Jazz 120 amp model and models a transistor output stage. Existing presets using this model are automatically updated.

Fixed wrong gain pot taper on all Double Verb, Vibrato Verb and Super Verb models. Taper was previously 20A, now “2-35”. Remastered models. Audition presets and adjust as necessary.

Fixed an issue with PVH 6160, PVH 6160+ Lead and 5153 Red amp models. These models have been remastered accordingly. It is recommended to do a soft reset to load the new default values.

Fixed wrong resistor value in 5153 100W Green amp model. Audition presets and adjust as necessary.

Fixed wrong resistor value in 5153 100W Stealth Blue model. Audition presets and adjust as necessary.

Fixed wrong B+ voltage in Friedman BE/HBE models (due to wrong dropping resistor value). These models have been remastered accordingly. The default Negative Feedback has been changed to being commensurate with being taken from the 4-ohm tap. Note that the first-generation BE-100 had the feedback off the speaker jack. This was then changed to the 4-ohm tap. The latest version has a three-way switch to select between 4/8/16-ohm taps. Audition presets and adjust as necessary.

Fixed wrong Master Volume taper in Solo 100 amp models. Remastered the models. Audition presets and adjust as necessary.

Fixed wrong bass taper in Band-Commander amp model. Audition presets and adjust as necessary.

Fixed wrong master volume taper in Mr Z MZ-38 amp model. Audition presets and adjust as necessary.

Changed default values of Dual Tape type in Delay block to be a bit more musical.

Fixed preset updater not correctly setting Preamp Hardness if Amp block using EF86 tube type.

Various other fixes and improvements.

=31.03 - released 2025 Dec 30=

Improved Auto-Swell type in Volume block. The new algorithm features a dynamic threshold which tracks the average level of the input signal. The Hysteresis control determines how much the short-term level must drop below the average level to reset the gate. The Threshold control determines the absolute threshold at which the gate will close.

Improved Envelope Follower in Megatap, Multitap and Plex blocks.

Increased range of High Cut control in Pitch block. The High Cut can now be reduced to as low as 200 Hz.

Added Triggering to Arpeggiator type in Pitch block. When Threshold is set other than “OFF” the arpeggiator will trigger when the input signal exceeds the threshold.

Changed behavior of Arpeggiator so that when the sequence is finished the sequence resets to the first step (rather than stopping at the last step).

Improved pitch shifting in Pitch block. Pitch Tracking is now limited to NOTES and CHORDS (OFF is no longer supported). The Tracking Adjust parameter has been removed as it is no longer relevant.

Fixed Amp block first stage bias point can get corrupted and produce unwanted distortion.

Various other fixes and improvements.

=31.02 - released: 2025 Dec 19=

Fixed wrong Preamp Hardness being loaded for amp models with pentode preamps (i.e., AC-20 EF86).

Fixed crash in Div/13 CJ11 models.

Fixed inadvertent error introduced into AC-20 models.

=31.01 - released: 2025 Dec 15=

Added “Deluxe 6G3” amp model based on the bright channel of a 6G3 “Brownface” Deluxe.

Added “Citrus Juicer” Compressor model based on a Dan Armstrong Orange Squeezer. Unlike the Orange Squeezer the model allows you to adjust the compression ratio and threshold independently and also features Emphasis, Drive and Tone controls. The ratio and threshold of the actual pedal vary with the particular JFET used and the internal bias trim. Set the Threshold to -26.0 dB and Compression to 8.0 as a starting point and adjust to taste.

Added “Half-Wave” Detector Type to Compressor block. This is similar to the Peak type except the rectifier is half-wave as opposed to full-wave. This alters the attack and release ballistics and can add a bit more grit to the sound.

Added warning if system clock frequency is incorrect (e.g. when using AES/SPDIF as the clock source and the clock is at 44.1 kHz instead of 48 kHz).

Improved Amp block preamp modeling (again). This yields more accurate behavior when the amp input is pushed (e.g., when using an internal or external overdrive/boost).

Improved Amp block phase inverter modeling.

Went through every model with a fine-toothed comb and adjusted power amp and phase inverter parameters as needed to reflect new modeling.

Improved dwell algorithm for spring types in Reverb block.

Fixed wrong output transformer impedance ratio in Deluxe Tweed models (only slightly off).

Fixed wrong bias point in Band-Commander model.

Fixed instability in Pi Fuzz model for certain values of Sustain.

Fixed wrong time constant in Herbie models (probably not audible).

Various other fixes and improvements.

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>
<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/axe-fx-iii-firmware-31-01-beta-2.217357/page-2#post-2735933]
The ONLY thing that matters to me is how the models compare to the real amps. All the amps benefit from the new algorithms. And the models compare better than ever to the real amps. The new algorithms add considerable "punch". I won't go into details about what I discovered but was doing some tests and noticed something that the amp was doing that the model wasn't. After some investigation I discovered the reason and reworked the algorithms to model it. The so-called "Class-A" amps (AC-30, Tiny Terror, etc.) also greatly benefit from the new algorithm. Amps with cathodyne PIs (Deluxe, Princeton, etc.). are also much improved.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

=31.00 - released: 2025 Nov 12=

Improved preamp modeling in Amp block. This yields more accurate harmonic response and better feel. NOTE: The Preamp Tube Hardness parameter functions differently now. Existing presets are automatically updated to the default value for the amp model.

Improved power amp modeling in Amp. This yields a more controlled low end, especially for non-MV amps.

Added “Surround Delay” type to Delay block. This type produces “rotating” echoes that appear to move around the listener. The Rotation parameter determines how rapidly the echoes rotates. With Rotation at 100% the echoes will rotate 180 degrees each time (front, back, front, etc). At 50% the echoes will rotate 90 degrees (front, right, back, left, front, etc.). Negative values will cause the echoes to rotate in the opposite direction.

Added “Auto Align” switch to Cabinet block. When OFF the IR is delayed by the appropriate amount based on the Distance parameter (automatic time alignment is turned on). The user can add additional delay using the Align tab. Note that the actual delay can be less than the displayed delay as all IR delays are normalized to the shortest delay (so as to minimize overall latency). The Align tab has been changed to display the delay in ms rather than distance to reduce confusion with the Distance parameter. NOTE: Existing presets will have Auto Align set to ON as this was the prior behavior.

Added On/Off switch for Metronome. This can be controlled remotely as well by setting the desired control source in the MIDI/Remote -> Other menu.

Added Suhr Reactive Load Speaker Impedance Curve.

Various other fixes and improvements.

=30.01 - released: 2025 Oct 25=

Fixed loss of gain in Wah block if Drive is nonzero.

=30.00 - released: 2025 Oct 24=

This firmware requires installation of Dyna-Cabs version 1.09.

Added Tracking Mode parameter to Synth and Ring Mod blocks. When set to “BASS” the pitch tracking range is shifted down one octave with the lowest detectable note being approximately F#0.

Increased upper range of pitch detectors to approximately F#6. This prevents loss of tracking if playing at the 24th fret on the high E string and bending up a whole step.

Added “PI Fuzz – Bass” model based on a Deluxe Bass Big Muff Pi.

Added “NoAmp Bass DI” based on a SansAmp BassDriver DI.

Added “NoAmp Bass Pre” based on a SansAmp BassDriver DI with the speaker emulation bypassed. This can be used into a Cabinet block or as a boost into an Amp block.

Added “Royal Bass DI” based on a Noble Bass Preamp DI. The model has been modified with more gain so that it can be overdriven. With the Drive knob at 5.00 the gain is the same as the actual preamp. Also, instead of a Low Cut switch, the model uses an adjustable Low Cut control.

Added “7 Band Pedal” Graphic EQ type based on a Boss GE-7.

Added “7 Band Bass Pedal” Graphic EQ type based on a Boss GE-7B.

Added “1x8 Princetone” Dyna-Cabs captured from a 5F2 Tweed Princeton w/ a very nice sounding 8” Jupiter speaker. Added corresponding Speaker Impedance Curve.

Added “1x12 Black Magick” Dyna-Cabs captured from a Supro Black Magick with a Jensen P12Q speaker. Added corresponding Speaker Impedance Curve.

Added “8x10 SV Bass” Dyna-Cabs captured from an Ampeg SVT. Added corresponding Speaker Impedance Curve. Thanks to Mike "Dr. Bonkers" Santasiero for the files from his Dyna-Cab Pack, "Dr. Bonkers 8x10 SBB Bass". If you like this selection of mics, you can purchase the entire pack for Cab Lab at https://shop.fractalaudio.com

Improved accuracy of Sustain control vs. position in PI Fuzz models.

Fixed wrong resistor value in Blackglass 7K model. Remastered model as a result.

Fixed incorrect gain in Colortone Booster and Colortone OD models.

Fixed wrong capacitor value in all Blackface Vibrato models (Deluxe Verb, Double Verb, Super Verb, Vibroverb). Change probably isn’t very noticeable.

Fixed wrong resistor value in Deluxe Verb Normal model. Remastered model as a result.

Fixed Modern Gate type can get stuck closed if input above threshold during boot.

Changed name of “1x12 Brit G12M” speaker impedance curve (obtained from a 1x12 Divided-by-13 CJ11) to “1x12 Div13 CJ11” prevent confusion.

Various other fixes and improvements.

=29.01 - released: 2025 Aug 28=

Improved intelligent pitch shifting in Pitch block.

Notes:
* The Pitch Tracking parameter selects between Off, Chords and Notes. In Chords mode the tracking is optimized for playing multiple notes simultaneously and trades latency for stability. In Notes mode latency is reduced at the expense of stability. In Notes mode simple chords can be tracked but complex chords may present difficulty for the pitch tracker. The Tracking Adjust parameter allows for fine adjustment of the stability vs. latency trade-off.
* The Pitch Tracking parameter is only available for chromatic shifting types (this includes whammy types). Diatonic shifting necessarily requires playing single notes and the algorithm is automatically set to Notes mode for these types.

Improved CPU usage for some types in Compressor block.

Reduced filtering of rear panel pedal inputs. This allows faster response to rapid pedal movements.

Fixed pop/thump when switching to/from certain Drive types.

Various other fixes and improvements.

=29.00 - released: 2025 July 25=

Improved Amp block preamp modeling. Most amp models have been updated as a result. Audition presets and adjust as necessary.

Changed name of Supro 1695T to Supro Black Magick at Supro’s request.

Fixed switching from Supro Black Magick model to certain models using the editor can cause a crash.

Fixed wrong plate resistor value in PVH 6160 Block Lead and PVH 6160+ Lead models.

Fixed Gain knob not working in USA MK V Green model.

Fixed compander in Delay block not working correctly due to stack/hold changes.

Various other fixes and improvements.

=28.08 - released: 2025 July 11=

Added Supro 1695T amp model based on a Supro Black Magick.

Fixed Presence knob taper in PVH 6160 models.

Fixed wrong UI for USA MK V Green amp model.

Fixed Amp block Soft-Reset function does not set Edited LED.

Added global parameter to notify editor when a refresh is necessary.

Various other fixes and improvements.

=28.07 - released: 2025 June 20=

Improved Drive block by modeling output buffer distortion (where applicable).

Added “Angry Chuck” Drive pedal model based on a JHS Angry Charlie.

Added “Guardian Photon Speed” Drive pedal model based on a Greer Lightspeed.

Recaptured the 1x15 Vibratoverb Dyna-Cab using a new speaker as the old one sounded tired. The corresponding speaker impedance curve has also been updated.

Corrected a minor mistake in the effects loop recovery for the PVH amp models.

Renamed all “Prince Tone” models to “Princetone” because some customers thought this meant the amp was used by His Royal Purpleness.

Various other fixes, tweaks and improvements.

=28.06 - released: 2025 May 30=

Added “Soft-Reset” function to Amp block. This can be accessed from the Type page. Executing a soft-reset retains the values for the gain, tone controls, EQ, MV, etc. but resets advanced parameters to their default values.

Remastered all Solo 100 amp models. If using these models, it is recommended to do a soft-reset.

Remastered all Solo 99 Lead amp models. If using these models, it is recommended to do a soft-reset.

Fixed wrong resistor value in Cameron CCV and Atomica models (effect is likely negligible).

Corrected a minor parameter error in the Deluxe Verb Vibrato, Double Verb Vibrato, Double Verb Silverface, Super Verb Vibrato, Vibrato Verb and Div/13 FT37 models.

=28.05 - released: 2025 May 22=

Improved Amp block output transformer modeling.

Tweaked parameters for amps with cold clipping stages slightly to better reflect new insights and measurements.

Remastered all Brit JVM and JS410 amp models. If using these models, it is recommended to do a soft-reset of the model by deselecting and reselecting the type.

Remastered Solo 88 Rhythm and Lead models. If using these models, it is recommended to do a soft-reset of the model by deselecting and reselecting the type.

Remastered all Recto2 amp models. If using these models, it is recommended to do a soft-reset of the model by deselecting and reselecting the type.

Remastered all USA MK IV Lead amp models. If using these models, it is recommended to do a soft-reset of the model by deselecting and reselecting the type. NOTE: The taper of the Overdrive control has changed. Audition and adjust presets as necessary.

Remastered all USA MK IIC+ amp models. If using these models, it is recommended to do a soft-reset of the model by deselecting and reselecting the type. NOTE: The taper of the Overdrive control has changed. Audition and adjust presets as necessary.

Remastered all USA Pre LD2 amp models. If using these models, it is recommended to do a soft-reset of the model by deselecting and reselecting the type. NOTE: The taper of the Gain control has changed. Audition and adjust presets as necessary.

Corrected an error in calculating the bias point of an early gain stage in amp models with five or more gain stages (likely not audible).

=28.04 - released: 2025 April 19=

Fixed display bug for Send MIDI Clock.

=28.03 - released: 2025 April 8=

Added “1x12 Scholz” Dyna-Cab. This is a subset of the 1x12 West Coast Classic Dyna-Cab available in our store and is based on a MojoTone™ West Coast cabinet with a 12” Scholz SugarCone™ Classic speaker.

Added “77 Custom OD” based on an MXR M77 Custom Badass Modified OD.

Added modifier capability to Sensitivity parameter in Filter block (for Envelope Filter and Touch-Wah types).

Remastered all “PVH” amp models. A soft reset is recommended to load the new default values.

Fixed wrong capacitor value in OD 250 and OD 250 Gray models.

Fixed rare crash in Compressor block that can occur when switching presets/scenes/channels.

Fixed Tremolo block graph not working if Rate is set to LFO1 SYNC.

Fixed Send MIDI Clock allowed for incompatible USB firmware versions. MIDI Clock send is only supported for USB firmware versions greater than 1.14. To send MIDI Clock over USB requires USB firmware version 1.17 or greater.

=28.02 - released: 2025 Feb 28=

Added adjustable Q to Low Cut and High Cut in Reverb block. Note: The Q only affects the response if the Slope is set to 12 dB/oct.

Updated spring models in Reverb block. A soft reset is recommended if you use these types to load the new default values.

Added Vibrato-King Custom Spring type.

Changed name of “Spring Drive” to “Dwell” as this is what is commonly used on spring reverb units. Note that the Dwell control is automatically compensated. Therefore, changing the Dwell will not affect the mix unlike a hardware spring reverb, it will just make the sound more “splashy”.

Rearranged Spring Reverb menu so that most commonly used controls are on the same line.

Added Negative Feedback control to UI for Friedman BE/HBE models since this is now a control on the actual amp.

Improved Amp block phase inverter grid clipping model accuracy.

=28.01 - released: 2025 Feb 21=

Improved Spring Reverb algorithms.

Added “Plexi Brown” tone stack. This is the tone stack from EVH’s amp with a 50K mid pot.

Fixed rare crash when switching Compressor type from Axe-Edit.

Fixed global settings not recalled after using a song in a setlist and then rebooting.

Tweaked some power tube parameters slightly.

=28.00 - released: 2025 Feb 16=

New Vibe algorithm in Phaser block. The default values have changed for the Vibe models and existing presets are automatically updated to the new defaults. If you have edited the default values you may wish to audition your presets accordingly.

Added “LFO Mode” to the Phaser block. When set to UNIVIBE the amplitude of the LFO is roughly proportional to the LFO Rate. When set to NORMAL the amplitude is constant. NORMAL allows deeper phasing at slow rates than would be possible with an actual Univibe.

Added Low Cut and High Cut controls to Phaser block for the wet path.

Added “Modern Vibe” model to Phaser block. This is based on a classic UniVibe but with modern input buffer and LFO.

Changed “Exponent” to “VCR Shape” in Phaser block as this more accurately describes the control function.

Complete overhaul of the Compressor block:

* New Dynami-Comp algorithm:
** New algorithm accurately models various nonlinearities for faithful reproduction.
** Added Knee Type to allow varying the knee shape.
** Added Tone control (like in various clones).
** Added Drive control. The Drive control allows overdriving the OTA which can be used to add saturation. The control is preset when selecting one of the Dynami-Comp types but can be altered by the user.
** Added Input/Output graph.
** A low-CPU version of this algorithm is available with the Econo-Dyno-Comp.

* New “VCA Bus Compressor” algorithm:
** Based on a VCA feedback design (e.g., SSL Bus Compressor).
** Dynamic time constants. Extremely fast attack times are achievable as the actual attack time is always less than the programmed time (decreases dynamically).
** This algorithm replaces the Studio FB Compressor.
** Auto Att/Rel has been removed as it is no longer applicable.

* New JFET Compressor algorithm:
** Based on classic JFET rackmount compressors.
** Dynamic time constants.
** The Attack and Release times are the “native” times of the detector. The actual Attack and Release times will be much shorter (about 5 times). The native range of Attack Time for an 1176 is 0.1 ms to 5.5 ms. The Release Time range is 59 ms to 1.1 s.
** Due to the design of these compressors the minimum compression ratio is 4:1. Any settings below 4.0 will be clamped at 4:1.
** Unlike the actual hardware the algorithm’s threshold is variable so instead of varying the input and output gains we give you a more convenient method (and Automatic Makeup Gain).
** Due to the very fast attack times these types of compressors will distort. This is often used for effect. Low frequencies are distorted more.
** The “Drive” control allows overdriving the output stage for added distortion.
** Perfect for fattening up your sound and adding grit. Works well as a “finishing” compressor at the end of a chain (usually before time-based effects). Also great for vocals, bass and drums.

* New Optical Compressor Algorithm:
** Based on classic optical rackmount compressors.
** Times are “doubly dynamic”. The times are dynamic due to the feedback topology of the compressor and the attack and release times of the photocell are also dynamic. The Attack and Release Time controls set the nominal times of the photocell. However, the times will vary with the program level.
** Due to the design of these compressors the minimum compression ratio is 4:1. Any settings below 4.0 will be clamped at 4:1.
** Whereas hardware optical compressors typically have a fixed compression ratio (usually about 4:1) and a limiting option this algorithm allows adjusting the ratio from 4:1 to (nearly) infinite.
** Rather than input/output gain controls the algorithm allows adjusting the threshold instead which requires less fiddling with the makeup gain.
** The Emphasis control replicates the internal “Limiter Response” adjustment. This control may be on the front panel of some clones and the operation may be reversed depending upon the manufacturer. The Emphasis Frequency control allows shifting the frequency range of the curve.
** The “Drive” control allows overdriving the output stage for added distortion.
** The smooth attack and release characteristics of this type make it ideal for vocals and acoustic instrument sources.

* New JFET Pedal Algorithm:
** Based on pedals with a JFET as the shunt resistor in a non-inverting op-amp configuration.
** Replaces the JFET Sustainer type.

* Added Rockguy Compressor Type:
* Similar to the JFET Pedal algorithm mentioned above but with dynamic release time and several other enhancements.

* New Tube Compressor Algorithm (now called “Vari-Mu Tube Compressor”):
** Based on a tube compressor using “remote-cutoff” tubes for gain control.
** Dynamic attack times.
** The actual compression ratio is somewhat nebulous due to the nature of the circuit but, in general, the minimum ratio is about 2:1 and the maximum ratio is about 20:1. The Threshold and Compression controls interact. The graph assists with adjusting the controls.
** This compressor has big, swoopy compression curves and a warm tone making it useful for adding “glue” to a track or mix.
** The “Drive” control allows overdriving the output stage for added distortion.

Improved Reverb block. Reverbs based on real spaces have more natural sounding reflections and are more immersive.

Improved behavior of Plex and Multitap Delay blocks when changing channels or presets. If the type has changed the delay lines are cleared. If the type has not changed the delay lines are not cleared allowing for spillover between channels. If Spillover is on, the delay lines are not cleared between preset changes if the type has not changed.

Improved Room modeling in Cabinet block. Mic Spacing is also changed to distance in cm. Default is ORTF standard of 17 cm. This may change the sound of your presets if you use this. Audition your presets accordingly.

Added Filter page and graph to Plexi GUI to assist with editing filter parameters.

Added “Ducking” control to Tremolo block. This reduces the intensity of the effect as you play louder.

Added Tube Drive 5-Knob model.

Added “Brit 800 Studio 20” amp model based on a Marshall SC20H.

Renamed Brit Studio 20 to “Plexi Studio 20”.

Updated default Negative Feedback value for Friedman BE/HBE models. On the actual amp the negative feedback comes off the speaker jack (for some weird reason). Previously the amp models assumed an 8-ohm cabinet which would make the feedback effectively off the 8-ohm tap. However, the matching cabinet is 16 ohms and using a 16-ohm cabinet results in more negative feedback and a “tighter” tone so we’re now using that as a default value as people seem to prefer that. The models were also “remastered” as a result.

Improved triode modeling algorithms.

Various other fixes and improvements.

=27.03 - released: 2024 Dec 23=

Improved Drive block.

Improved PI Fuzz model. The new model also allows changing the type and quantity of diodes used in the transistor feedback paths, adds a “Wicker” switch which removes the feedback capacitors and adds a “Tone” switch which allows bypassing the tone circuitry.

Added “PI Fuzz – Triangle” model. This is based on a 1971 “Triangle” Big Muff PI. Thie model also includes the Tone Wicker mods.

Added “PI Fuzz – Ram’s Head” model. This is based on mid-70’s “Ram’s Head” Big Muff PI. The model also includes the Tone Wicker mods.

Added “PI Fuzz – Russian” model. This is based on a Sovtek produced “Civil War” Big Muff PI. The model also includes the Tone Wicker mods.

Added “Colortone Booster” model based on a Colorsound Power Booster (with added Master control).

Added “Colortone OD” model based on a Colorsound Overdriver (with added Master control).

Added “MOSFET Distortion” model based on an Ibanez MT10 Mostortion.

Added “Super Fuzz” model based on a Univox Superfuzz. The model also features a tone control which allows varying the frequency of the notch. Use the Bias control to simulate the “Octave” control found on some clones.

Updated DS1 Distortion model to Second Edition specs.

Improved Tube Drive 4-Knob model. If you are using this model in a preset a soft reset of the block is recommended to load the new default values.

Reworked Blackglass 7K model.

Added 1N5819 Schottky and Yellow LED diode models.

Fixed resistor mistakenly attached across drive pot on Plexi 2204 model.

Fixed Phaser block LFO Reset not working properly for some types.

Fixed wrong Miller capacitance value in Brit 800 models (probably not audible).

Various other fixes and improvements.

=27.02 - released: 2024 Nov 1=

Added Integral Pre type to Drive block. This is based on a TC Electronics Integrated Preamp.

Improved Filter block Touch-Wah detector behavior.

Improved Sweep Delay algorithm in Delay block. Added selectable filter type.

Improved Quad Diffusor algorithm in Multitap Delay block. New algorithm now has stereo output with adjustable spread and LFO controlled filters.

Exposed “Algorithm” type in Multitap Delay block. This allows changing the underlying algorithm without changing the various parameters. This can be used to experiment with different algorithms without losing parameter settings as occurs when changing the Type.

Fixed MIDI Clock not changing when switching to a new preset and Tempo To Use is set to “Preset”.

Fixed Controllers may stop working if unit is left on for more than a few days.

=27.01 - released: 2024 Sep 26=

Added “Touch Wah” type to Filter block. This is similar to the Envelope Filter but uses a different type of detector and voltage-to-frequency converter. This type can be used to create interesting touch-sensitive filter sounds. It can also be used to replicate the Korg A3 Touch Wah sound as follows:

* Set Mode to MIX
* Set Start Freq to maximum. Set Stop Frequency to minimum.
* Start with a fairly high Attack Time, around 500ms.
* Set Release Time to around 200ms.
* Adjust Sensitivity to taste.

Improved Auto-Swell type in Volume block. Added Release time and Hysteresis controls to allow fine-tuning to playing style. Hysteresis controls how much extra the signal must fall below the threshold before the detector releases.

Changed the Envelope Follower in the Megatap, Multitap and Plex blocks to use the same algorithm as the improved Auto-Swell algorithm in the Volume block as the purpose of the Envelope Follower is to generate volume swells.

Added MIDI Clock transmit. This can be configured to send MIDI clock messages to MIDI, USB or both (or off). Default is MIDI only. NOTE: USB Firmware 1.17 or greater is required to send MIDI Clock over USB. If you require MIDI Clock to a USB host then you need to install USB Firmware version 1.17 or greater.

Added selectable MIDI Clock receive source. This can be configured to receive MIDI clock messages from MIDI or USB (or off). Default is MIDI.

Added activity sensing to internal pedals, FC pedals and external controllers. This stops Auto-Engage from engaging an effect if the pedal/controller is not connected. This prevents, for example, a Wah being engaged if Auto-Engage is on but no pedal is connected (i.e., you left your expression pedal at home).

Added selectable Tuner color theme.

Fixed LFO Phase not working for Vibe modes in Phaser block.

Reduced boot time.

Various other fixes and improvements.

=27.00 - released: 2024 Sep 11=

Improved Amp block preamp algorithms, especially for amps with multiple gain stages. Tones are “gutsier” and have a more dynamic response with more “pop”. Also improves accuracy when input of Amp block is driven by a Drive pedal (whether real or virtual).

Improved cathode follower algorithm improves accuracy near onset of clipping. This results in warmer tones at edge-of-breakup and better cleanup when rolling off the volume knob (for amps that use a cathode follower). Due to the new algorithm the Grid Clipping parameter has been removed.

New power amp algorithm. New algorithm more accurately models bias excursion and duty cycle modulation. The results in more complex tone with better, punchier feel.

Added “Envelope Filter” to Filter block. This is based on the classic Mutron effect with some modern touches:

* The start and stop frequencies are freely assignable. Start can be lower or higher than stop. Simply set Start Freq higher than Stop Freq to sweep down.
* The Sweep Shape knob controls the mapping of the detector to the filter frequency. A value of 0.0 is a linear mapping. Higher values become progressively more nonlinear and make the response more “quacky”. The default value is commensurate with a typical consumer Vactrol.
* The detector attack and release times are programmable. Default values match the original pedal.
* The Emphasis control allows emphasizing the higher frequencies into the detector to even out the response when playing higher notes.
* The detector source is selectable between the block input or any of the hardware inputs. This allows placing the filter after an Amp or Drive block but using the instrument input as the source.
* A detector meter facilitates easy adjustment of the detector sensitivity to match your guitar and playing dynamics.

Added “Auto-Wah” to Filter block. This is based on the same “circuit” as the Envelope Filter but replaces the detector with an LFO.

Added LFO Tempo control to Filter block.

Improved tuner. New algorithm is faster and more accurate.

Added Crossfade Time control to Crystal Echoes type in Pitch Block.

Improved pitch shifting.

Reduced CPU usage of Wah block slightly.

Remastered Vibrato Lux model.

Added date and time to version information returned to Axe-Edit. This obviates the need to “Refresh After New Firmware” if updating from beta releases (requires updated Axe-Edit).

Fixed wrong capacitor value in Band-Commander model.

Fixed missing PI grid stopper resistor in Comet 60 and Comet Concourse models.

Various other fixes and improvements.

=26.01 - released: 2024 July 26=

Improved Drive block. Remastered most models as a result.

Updated Timothy models to V4 spec.

Updated Fat Rat model.

Added Kill Dry to Megatap block.

Fixed Rat model can generate NaNs under very rare circumstances.

Fixed pops/clicks can occur when changing Preamp Type or Saturation control in Cab block and Preamp Mode is set to “High Quality”.

=26.00 - released: 2024 June 228=

Improved phase inverter modeling in Amp block. This yields more “weight” and a more open tone when driving the virtual power amp hard (i.e. non-MV amps or MV turned up high).

Updated phase inverter parameters for most models based on new analysis tools.

Added “2x12 5153 Stealth” and “4x12 5153 Stealth” DynaCabs.

Fixed stand-in switch Tap functions not working in some cases.

Fixed pops/clicks can occur when changing Preamp Type in Cabinet block.

=25.04 - released: 2024 May 30=

Improved cathode follower algorithm. This results in a more open and dynamic response for models that use a cathode follower.

Updated Plexi 100W and 1959SLP models. A soft reset of the Amp block is required to load the new default values.

Updated phase inverter parameters for many amp models.

Fixed Per-preset switches with "Preset" functions now correctly trigger Layout Links in all cases: tap/hold, normal/stand-in.

=25.03 - released: 2024 May 24=

Fixed per-preset footswitch preset operations not triggering their layout link function.

Fixed inability to reorder songs from the front panel in set 2, 3, or 4.

Fixed pops/clicks when using Stack/Hold in Plex Delay.

=25.02 - released: 2024 May 2=

Added “1x12 Friedman” speaker impedance curve.

Fixed clicks and pops can occur when adjusting drive level of Rat Distortion.

Fixed wrong value in phase inverter in Deluxe Verb Vibrato model.

=25.01 - released: 2024 April 19=

Improved optical types in Tremolo block. Additionally, the LFO Type, Duty Cycle and Shape are now set to the most appropriate values when selecting the Tremolo Type but may be overridden by the user.

Fixed modifier accidentally removed from Chorus block Bypass control.

Fixed low frequency thump when switching Amp channels.

=25.00 - released: 2024 April 9=

New “Cygnus X-3” amp modeling:

* Improved preamp algorithms.
* Improved power amp algorithms.
* Improved output transformer loss modeling.
* Improved preamp supply voltage modeling.

As a consequence of the new modeling many default parameter values have been changed. Existing presets are automatically updated to the new parameter values upon recall. The updated parameters are:

* Preamp Low Cut Freq
* Preamp Hi Cut Freq
* Triode1/2 Plate Frequency
* All Cathode Follower parameters
* Preamp Bias
* Preamp Bias Excursion
* PI Bias Excursion
* Power Tube Bias Excursion
* Transformer LF/HF
* Transformer Drive
* Power Tube Grid Bias
* Cathode Resistance
* Cathode Time Constant
* Negative Feedback
* Supply Sag

Added “Sunrise Splendor” Drive model. Existing model renamed “Sunrise Splendor Hi-Cut” to denote that the Hi-Cut switch is engaged.

Added “Class-A 30W Brilliant” Amp model.

Added “Kill Dry” control to Delay, Multitap Delay, Pitch, Plex and Reverb blocks. When set to ON the dry signal is muted. This simplifies routing these blocks in parallel. When using these blocks in parallel the user can turn Kill Dry on and set the wet level using the Mix control, leaving the Level control at 0dB. This also has the advantage that the wet level is controlled by the global Reverb/Effects Mix, if desired.

Improved Input block Noise Gate.

Improved Classic Expander and Modern Expander types in Gate block.

Fixed wrong Miller capacitance value in Deluxe Verb Vibrato, Double Verb Vibrato, Super Verb Vibrato and all Vibrato Verb models.

Fixed wrong FX loop recovery gain in Suhr Badger models.

Fixed global settings not recalled if MIDI data is present on the MIDI In jack during bootup.

Fixed wrong Overdrive Volume taper in ODS-100 HRM, ODS-100 Ford and Bludojai Lead amp models. Existing presets should be auditioned and adjusted as necessary.

Various other fixes and improvements.

=24.05 - released: 2024 Feb 02=

Removed Presence control from Two Stone J35 models Authentic menu because real amp doesn’t have one.

Fixed excessive delay from Pitch block at first use if the Shift and Detune amounts are both 0.0.

=24.04 - released: 2024 Jan 16=

Changed Tuner mute logic so that only selected source is muted when Mute is set to INPUT.

Updated Fryette D60 models.

Updated Citrus RV50 model.

Updated CA3+ Rhythm and Lead models.

Updated Friedman BE/HBE models.

Updated Recto1 and Recto2 models.

Fixed Bit Reduction not working in Delay block.

Various other fixes and improvements.

=24.03 - released: 2023 Dec 29=

Fixed Mr Z MZ models crashing.

Fixed spurious tone in input when Noise Gate is disabled.

=24.02 - released: 2023 Dec 29=

Improved Stack/Hold behavior in Delay block for Tape types. While the echoes will still degrade over time if Stack/Hold is on the degradation is improved and only due to the losses of the virtual tape.

Improved Intelligent and Noise Reducer gate types in Input block. This eliminates the slight squeaking sound as the gate releases when using aggressive settings.

Improved Brit Silver model.

Fixed Ping-Pong types in Delay block not working properly.

Fixed popping when switching scenes.

Various other fixes and improvements.

=24.01 - released: 2023 Dec 21=

Fixed right channel volume reduced in Cabinet block when Preamp is active.

Fixed Delay block distorting when presented with very high-level signals.

=24.00 - released: 2023 Dec=

Improved speaker compression and amp interaction modeling.

Changed Master Volume taper for Recto1 models to agree with actual amp. This will slightly reduce the volume into the virtual power amp. Audition presets accordingly.

Added Global MV control to JS410 amp models. Master Volume has been renamed Channel MV. These two master volume controls can be used to balance the tone into the power amp (as in the real amp). The Channel MV decreases the high frequencies as it is turned down whereas the Global MV is transparent.

Added USA MK V Red amp models.

Improved accuracy of USA JP IIC+ models.

Improved accuracy of TX Star models. Global MV controls have been added as the Channel MV in these amps affect the tone (and interacts with the Presence control).

Improved Stack/Hold behavior in Delay block. Note that if the Compander is enabled Stack/Hold is not available and will be disabled.

* In Hold mode repeats are now infinite (or nearly, may degrade over many minutes/hours)
* Added Stack Feedback and Hold Feedback parameters. This allows adjusting the decay time independently for the stack and hold modes.
* Improved transition between Stack/Hold states.

Note that if the Compander is enabled and/or Bit Reduction is greater than zero that the echoes will degrade over time. If you want infinite repeats then Compander must be OFF and Bit Reduction set to zero. Infinite repeats are also not available in the Tape types as the tape algorithm is inherently lossy (like a real tape).

Improved handling of external word clock. If no clock is present unit will fall back to internal clock until a clock is detected.

Extended range of Preset Increment/Decrement sources to include rear pedal jacks.

Fixed attack behavior of Dynamicomp model to strong input signals. Default attack time also adjusted to match reference pedal.

Fixed wrong PI bias point in Class-A 30W models.

Fixed several mistakes in Div/13 CJ amp models.

Fixed several mistakes in Two Stone J35 models.

Fixed wrong phase inverter bias excursion parameters in Car Ambler model.

Fixed VU meter in Cabinet block Preamp section only showing left channel. Meter now shows the sum of left and right.

Various other fixes and improvements.

=23.05 - released: 2023 Dec 6=

Changed Presence control taper on all 6160 and 5153 amp models to replicate the actual amp. It is advised to audition any presets that use these models and adjust accordingly.

Due to the improved triode algorithm introduced in 23.00 many amps have had their preamp bias points updated. Existing presets are automatically updated upon recall.

Improved Gapless Switching performance.

Fixed Output 1 Configuration being overwritten by Output 2-4 configuration.

Fixed several mistakes in 5153 Stealth models. If using these models it is recommended to do a soft-reset of the model by deselecting and reselecting the type.

Fixed Sene MIDI GUI not updating correctly when changing scenes via front panel.

Various other fixes and improvements.

=23.04 - released: 2023 Dec 01=

Fixed wrong Negative Feedback value for Brit 800 2203 models.

Fixed Bright switch off by default on 5153 100W Stealth Blue model.

=23.03 - released: 2023 Nov/Dec=

Improved CPU usage.

Added "Nobelium OVD-1” Drive model based on a Nobels ODR-1. The BC (Bass Cut) switch is modeled via the Bass Response control. Set the Bass Response to 1.0 to duplicate the response of the pedal with the Bass Cut switch engaged. Set Bass Response to 5.0 to duplicate response with BC switch disengaged.

Added Sunrise Splendor model based on a JHS Morning Glory.

Added Gauss Drive model based on a Mesa Flux Drive.

Added Brit 800 2203 models.

Renamed Brit 800 to Brit 800 2204 High.

Added Brit 800 2204 Low model.

Added 5153 100W Stealth amp models.

Added USA MKV Green amp model.

Changed default values of Speaker Drive and Speaker Thump to better align with measurements of typical speakers.

Added NFB Compensation switch in Amp block. This defaults to On. Turning it off disables the negative feedback volume compensation at the output of the Amp block.

Fixed LFO2 not working in Chorus block.

Fixed wrong Distortion pot taper in DS1 Distortion models.

Fixed wrong Gain pot taper in Angle Severe models.

Fixed wrong output pad in USA JP IIC+ Green model.

Fixed wrong default tonestack in 1959SLP and Plexi 100W 1970 models.

Fixed EQ graphs in some blocks not updating when resetting the channel.

Fixed Output Configuration being overridden by Copy parameter. I.e., if Output 2 Configuration is set to Copy L->R but Copy Output 1 is ON then the output would have the same configuration as Output 1 (e.g., Stereo).

Various other fixes and improvements.

=23.02 - released: 2023 Nov 15=

Fixed Rotary block LFO stuck.

=23.01 - released: 2023 Nov 14=

Improved CPU usage.

Fixed audio artifacts can occur when switching Reverb block channels if there are different types between channels, i.e., switching between a plate reverb and a room reverb.

Fixed LFO quantization generating wrong number of steps.

=23.00 - released: 2023 Nov 13=

Improved Amp block triode algorithm.

Improved Spring Reverb algorithm:
* New algorithm is based on a digital waveguide with scattering nodes. This algorithm achieves accurate spring reproduction recreating the iconic “drip” and flutter of classic spring tanks.
* There are two internal Spring Reverb types. The type can be selected using the Tank Type parameter. This parameter defaults to the appropriate type based on the model.
* The first type has all the springs in parallel. This is used by the British Spring and Studio Spring models. This is equivalent to an Accutronics Type 8 reverb tank.
* The second type has a pair of springs in series in parallel with one or more pairs of springs in series. This is equivalent to an Accutronics Type 4 (four springs) or Type 9 (six springs).
* For the second Spring Reverb type the reflection off the junction between the coupled springs is controlled by the Scattering parameter. Vintage Accutronics reverb tanks exhibit more reflection off the junction than modern, Asian-made reverb tanks.
* The “Drip” parameter controls the dispersion of the springs.
* The various models have different tone controls.
* Several new models have been added. The Tube Spring model is based on a 6G15 Tube Reverb and has an authentic tone control. Studio Spring is a hypothetical spring reverb with six long springs in parallel.
* Note that the Modulation parameters have been removed as they are not compatible with the new algorithm.
* Existing presets using Spring Reverb types are reset to default values. Audition as necessary.

Improved Reverb block early reflections. As a result, the default values of Early Level and Late Level for the models have been updated. Existing presets are automatically updated to the new values. Audition as necessary. The Early and Late Level parameters have also been removed from the Basic page of the Reverb block.

Added “Pre-Delay Tap” parameter to Reverb block. This selects the input to the reverb engine. When set to OUTPUT the behavior is as before. When set to INPUT the initial delay is absent. This allows more natural “Echo-Verb” sounds. This is now the default for these types of models and existing presets are automatically updated.

New Plate Reverb algorithm. This new algorithm captures the dispersion (Star Wars™ Laser “pew, pew” sound) and unique stereo imaging of classic plate reverbs. Dispersion is adjustable via the Dispersion parameter. Typical plates are around 25-50%. Set to higher values to exaggerate the effect. Stereo imaging is adjustable via the Pickup Spacing parameter.

Updated many of the Reverb models. Existing presets are not affected. Reselecting the model will load the new default values.

Improved Tremolo block:
* The optical tremolo algorithm has been completely rewritten.
* There are now three types of optical tremolo: Optical Trem 1: This type is based on optical pedal tremolos where depth controls the intensity of the LED. Optical Trem 2: This type is based on optical pedal tremolos where depth controls a “mixer” pot. This type has more “throb” than Optical Trem 1. Neon Trem: This type is based on the optical tremolo in classic “Blackface” amps which used a neon bulb to illuminate the LDR.
* The Tremolo type has been renamed “VCA Trem” and is based on a voltage-controlled amplifier topology.
* An LFO waveform monitor has been added for appropriate types.

Improved Tape Delay algorithm. The LFO1 Target and LFO2 Target parameters have also been removed from the Modulation tab as they are not applicable.

Improved Tape Chorus algorithm. The Number Voices parameter has also been removed from the GUI as it is not applicable to this type.

Updated Controller LFOs. The “Astable Beta” parameter for the LFOs has been renamed “Shape” and now controls the shape of the LFO for all types except Square and Random.

Updated all JS410 Lead models based on a current production JVM410HJS. The Crunch models were tested and did not require updating.

Added JS410 Lead Green amp model.

Added "2x12 USA C90 Open Back" speaker impedance curve.

Added Pitch High Cut parameter to Reverb block. This can be used to darken/brighten the pitch-shifted component of the reverb.

Added Modifier capability to High Cut parameter in Delay block.

Added Smoothing parameter to Cabinet block in Dyna-Cab mode.

Improved channel switching speed. Amp and Cabinet block channel switching times, in particular, are much improved. This, in turn, improves preset and scene switching times.

Preset, scene and channel changes are now gapless, if desired. A global parameter (Setup->Global Settings->Gapless Changes) allow turning this feature on or off.

Fixed NaN could occur in Euro Uber model at certain combinations of Presence and Speaker Impedance.

Various other fixes and improvements.

=22.01 - Released: 2023/06/29=

Added Revv Gen Green amp models.

=22.00 - Released: 2023/06/09=

Version 22 Introduces Dyna-Cab™ cabinet modeling.

The Cabinet block now has two modes of operation: Legacy and Dyna-Cab. Legacy is the previous style of operation.

Dyna-Cab cabinet modeling allows freely positioning the microphone. We took an approach of quality-over-quantity:

* Dyna-Cab IRs are a full 2048 samples.
* Mic positions are sampled at a fine spatial resolution.
* Four mic choices are available: Condenser, Ribbon and two Dynamic types.
* All IRs are time-aligned with each other. They have been processed using a new algorithm that ensures alignment without destroying phase information. You can mix-and-match IRs from different cabs/mics and they'll always be perfectly aligned.

The Amp block now features “Auto Dyna-Cab Impedance”. When set to ON the speaker impedance curve of the Amp block will follow the Cabinet Type in the first mixer slot of the associated Cabinet block. I.e., if the Cab Type in the first mixer slot of Cabinet 1 is, say, 4x12 5153 and the Mode is Dyna-Cab then Amp 1’s speaker impedance will automatically be set to 4x12 5153. If both Amp and Cab blocks are in the grid then Amp 1 will follow Cab 1 and Amp 2 will follow Cab 2. If only Cab 1 is in the grid both Amp blocks will follow Cab 1.

Added “Treble Shift” control to Tone page of USA IIC+ models. This is an alias of the “Fat” control found on the Preamp page and performs the same function.

Added clip warning if Input 1 clips. This is indicated on the Mini-Tuner.

Added meters to Input page of I/O menu. Input 1 meter will turn red if clipping occurs.

Added Speaker Impedance Curves for “2x12 Class-A 30W Silver”, “2x10 Heart Key” and “4x12 1960BV”.

Added “4 Band JMPRE-1” type to Graphic EQ block. Note that the upper two bands of this type have more boost/cut range than the version in the Amp block.

Added “Revv Gen” amp models based on a Revv Generator 120. There are three models for each of the Purple and Red channels corresponding to the three levels of the “Aggression” switch.

Improved Amp block channel switching speed.

Fixed side-chain filters not working in Gate block.

Fixed a filter in the Wah block not being initialized.

Various other fixes and improvements.

=21.04 - Released: 2023/02/17=

Fixed Tuner not working if Offsets are on.

=21.03 - Released: 2023/02/17=

Improved dynamic speaker modeling in Amp block.

Reverted bypass speed of Drive block to fast.

Fixed channel changes on blocks with “Slow Bypass” are not smooth.

Fixed IR(s) not loading in Cabinet block when switching channels if previous channel had a slot Soloed.

Fixed presets with lots of modifiers (>20) and moderately high CPU usage can cause starvation of graphics thread.

Improved Tuner.

=21.02 - Released: 2023/02/10=

Added "59 Bassguy RI Jumped" amp model based on a ’59 Bassman LTD Reissue.

Added “JP IIC+ Shred” Input Boost type to Amp block. This replicates the “Shred” switch on the Mesa/Boogie JP2C.

Added “Bosom Boost” Drive model based on a Friedman Buxom Boost.

Added “OD-One Overdrive” Drive model based on a Boss OD-1.

Improved Compressor block:
* Improved Studio FF Compressor 1 type. New algorithm yields smoother release and “fatter” compression. This type is suitable for a wide range of uses now including bus and mastering. Type has been renamed Studio FF Compressor.
* Improved Optical Compressor types. New algorithm features improved ballistics and inherent soft knee for vintage optical compression sounds.
* Improved Dynamics Processor type. New algorithm also supports various detector types.
* Improved JFET Compressor type.
* Added Optical Sustainer type based on optocoupler-based pedal compressors.
* Added Analog Sustainer type. This is an upwards compressor using the same “analog” gain computer as the Analog Compressor type yielding a natural soft-knee response.
* Added JFET Sustainer type. This is based on a rare JFET-based pedal compressor where the JFET is in the op-amp’s feedback network.
* The range of the Release Time has been increased to 2ms to 2s.
* Added graph for Analog Compressor and Sustainer types.
* New Auto-Makeup Gain algorithms for most types provides better output level tracking vs. Threshold and Ratio. Note: As a result, the output level of the compressor block may be slightly different compared to previous firmware. Auditioning presets that use the Compressor block is recommended.
* Selectable Auto-Makeup Gain has been added to Optical, Tube and Analog Compressor types.
* Studio FF Compressor 2 has been renamed Studio FF Sustainer.
* Studio FB Compressor 1 has been renamed Studio FB Compressor and Studio FB Compressor 2 has been renamed Studio FB Sustainer.
* Types have been alphabetized.

Improved Gate block:
* Improved Downward Expander type. The “Hold Time” parameter has been removed as it is not compatible and no longer needed with the new algorithm. This type has been renamed “Classic Expander” as it based off classic analog downward expanders.
* Added “Modern Expander” type. This type uses a novel approach to the envelope detector resulting in improved ballistics compared to traditional analog expanders. A “Knee Type” parameter has been added which allows selecting between hard-knee expansion and varying degrees of soft-knee expansion.

Improved Noise Gate in Input block:
* Improved performance based on new algorithm developed for Gate block.
* A Mode selection has been added allowing the user to select between “Easy” and “Advanced”. In Easy mode the number of parameters is reduced simplifying the adjustment procedure for those who are unfamiliar with the finer details of gates/expanders for guitar noise reduction applications.

Changed bypass/engage speed for the following blocks: Drive, Filter, Graphic EQ, Parametric EQ, Tremolo and Wah. These blocks now bypass/engage with a gentle fade as rapid bypass/engage with these types of blocks can sound abrupt.

Updated PVH 6160 Block and PVH 6160+ models. New models have more accurate Gain knob response.

Reduced default Power Tube Grid Bias for PVH 6160 and Recto models as previous default was hotter than these amps are typically run due to the non-adjustable bias.

Improved Speaker Thump algorithm in Amp block.

Added “Oxbow Loadbox” and “Double Notes Loadbox” speaker impedance curves based on a Universal Audio Ox and Two Notes Torpedo, respectively.

Fixed Transformer and Vintage preamp types in Cabinet block not ported correctly during a previous firmware update. This manifested as the distortion not being frequency dependent.

Various other fixes and improvements.

=21.01 - Released: 2022/12/03=

Added “Paragon” type to Wah block based on a Tycobrahe Parapedal.

Fixed Hi Treble not working in Amp block.

=21.00 - Released: 2022/11/17=

New “Cygnus X-2” amp modeling:

Improved Amp block output transformer algorithm. New algorithm more accurately models B-H curve resulting in a clearer low end. New algorithm now also accounts for effect of speaker impedance on transformer response.

Improved power tube modeling. This yields better dynamics, improved low frequency accuracy and more accurate interaction with output transformer.

Improved cathode follower algorithm. Provides more accurate “cleanup” when volume is rolled off.

Improved triode algorithm more accurately models plate bypass capacitors.

Improved dynamic frequency response accuracy. This yields more “crunch” and less “fizz” with high gain tones, especially for detuned styles.

Various other improvements.

All amp models have been updated as a result of the aforementioned improvements.

The default values of various parameters have been updated. Existing presets are automatically updated to the new values upon load.

Improved Drive block modeling to more accurately model effects of op-amp finite open-loop gain and GBW product.

Added “Griddle Cake” Drive model based on a Crowther Hot Cake. The “XLF” switch on the pedal can be replicated by turning the Bass Response knob fully CW.

Added “Overdrive Volume” parameter to Dumble-type amp models (ODS-100, Two Stone, etc.). This is sometimes labeled “Ratio” or “Lead Master”. As the Master Volume on these amps often has a bright capacitor the Overdrive Volume control allows setting the Master Volume higher to counteract the bright cap and then lowering the power amp drive with the Volume.

Added “Plate Suppressor Diodes” parameter. This value is set automatically when the amp model is chosen but the user can override the default setting. Most amps do not have suppressor diodes but some do (e.g., Trainwreck Express). These diodes (also called “snubber” or “flyback” diodes) prevent undershoot on the power tube plates due to inductive kick and reduce upper harmonics thereby reducing “fizz”.

The Ideal amp controls have been updated.

Added Brit Studio 20 Amp model based on a Marshall SV20H.

Added Plexi 50W 6CA7 Jumped Amp model. This is simply the jumped version of the Plexi 50W 6CA7.

Added features to the IR Capture Utility. The manual will be updated with the relevant information.

Renamed USA Clean to USA Rhythm 1 to be more in line with actual amp.

Reduced CPU usage in some cases.

Changed tone stack tapers for Class-A 30W TB to vintage specs.

Fixed wrong capacitor value in USA JP IIC+ models when Presence Shift is off.

Fixed wrong coupling capacitor value in 1959SLP Treble, 1959SLP Jumped and 1987x Treble amp models.

Fixed wrong resistor value in tone stack of Solo 88 Rhythm and Lead models. Probably not audible though.

Fixed low frequency behavior of Recto2 models due to loss of precision.

Fixed wrong treble pot taper in CA3+ models.

Fixed wrong capacitor value in Friedman HBE V1 Fat model.

Fixed wrong resistor value in AC-20 12AX7 models.

Fixed wrong Depth knob taper in Archean models.

Fixed wrong capacitor value and wrong feedback network connection in Energyball model.

Fixed missing resistor in Euro Uber tone stack.

Fixed High Mid control in Drive block set to minimum when importing presets created prior to 19.01.

Various other fixes and improvements.

=20.04 - Released: 2022/08/17=

More Drive block improvements. Drive block now incorporates the “Chase Transform Technique” for converting analog networks to equivalent digital filters. This improves accuracy in the high frequency region.

Added Esoteric Bass RCB and BB Pre AT Drive models.

Update BB Pre Drive model to match latest circuit (version 1.5).

Increased the range of the Level parameters in Multitap Delay to -100% to +100%.

Added cross feedback parameters to Quad Parallel type in Multitap Delay block. Added “Aurora Delay” preset to demonstrate capability.

Added PVH 6160 Crunch model.

Fixed Klone Chiron optional EQ not working.

FC: Fix Layout: Inc/Dec mini-display labels to show the correct destination layout when in Destination # or Destination Name.

Various other fixes and improvements.

=20.03 - Released: 2022/07/21=

Improved Drive block.

Fixed Amp block Transformer HF being incorrectly set when using two Amp blocks.

Fixed Amp block Bypass state not being set correctly when using Scene Manager in Axe-Edit.

Removed USB Buffer Level meters as they are no longer` applicable.

Various other fixes and improvements.

=20.02 - Released: 2022/07/14=

Improved speaker impedance curve fitting algorithm. This results in more accurate and more “colorful” modeling as the previous algorithm tended to damp box resonances somewhat. All the speaker impedance curves have been updated using the new routine. Existing presets are automatically updated to use the updated curves if “Update Pre-20.02 Presets Spkr Imp Upon Load” is set to YES.

Added 4x12 Lerxst Omega speaker impedance curve.

Added 1x12 Deluxe Oxford speaker impedance curve.

Added 4x12 Hipower Pete T speaker impedance curve.

Added 4x12 Hipower Lindsey B speaker impedance curve.

Added 4x12 USA Semi-Open speaker impedance curve.

Added 2x12 Dizzy RV speaker impedance curve.

Added 4x12 London Town Tall speaker impedance curve.

Fixed Tap Times lost during patch/channel changes in Rhythm Tap Delay mode of Ten-Tap Delay block.

The A-Z knob will work correctly in both directions when editing the name of a Setlist.

Changes will now be immediately reflected for all slots when editing a Setlist songs.

Various other fixes and improvements.

=20.01 - Released: 2022/06/29=

Added Speaker Thump control to Amp block. Speaker Thump models the dynamic, nonlinear behavior of a guitar speaker. A value of 5.0 roughly corresponds to an amplifier running into a speaker rated at the same power as the amplifier, i.e., a 100W amplifier running into a 100W speaker. The reset value is a conservative 2.5 which represents, i.e., a 50W amp running into a 100W speaker. Note that the majority of the response is in the subsonic region and the effect is primarily tactile. Existing presets are not affected and the value will be zero.

Improved Amp block output transformer modeling. This requires updated Transformer LF/HF values for the amp models. Existing presets are automatically updated to the new values upon recall.

Decreased minimum diffuser time in Delay block to 1%.

Added G12T-75 speaker impedance curve.

Added 2x12 Class-A Greenback speaker impedance curve.

Added 2x12 Two Stone 1265 speaker impedance curve.

Added Depth control to Authentic page for Brit Super, Brit 800 Mod and JMP-1 amp models.

Added Diamante Fire amp model based on a Diamond Del Fuego.

Changed “Drive” to “Gain” for Amp block preamp gain control as this is more consistent with naming in real amps.

Fixed switching channels on Drive block can cause pop.

Fixed switching channels on bypassed blocks can cause an audio gap.

Fixed wrong drive taper in Mr. Z Highway 66 model.

Fixed wrong capacitor value in Friedman Smallbox model.

FC: Fixed Factory Default layouts so FX Bypass and Channel switches use the correct blocks.

FC: Fixed an issue that prevented the Hold function from working correctly for some Stand-in Switches.

FC: Fixed UI to refresh when performing "Reset" on a Setlist or a Song from the front panel.

FC: Fixed Setlist functions to not load a song when "Song Load" is set to "None"

FC: Layout Link will no longer unduly trigger when exiting the Tuner.

FC: Preset: Select in Bank switches now stop flashing when the preset is changed by any means other than an FC footswitch (editor, front panel, etc.)

FC: Preset: Select in Bank switches now flash consistently when used with Bank: Select switches.

FC: Preset: Toggle in Bank now consistently and correctly loads the "Primary" preset after changing the bank.

FC: Removed "PREVIOUS" from Bank: Select function as it was replaced by "2nd Press = Previous Bank"

Various other fixes and improvements.

=20.00 - Released: 2022/06/03=

New “Block Mixer” algorithm results in faster/quieter scene and channel changes. This new algorithm allows placing Amp blocks in series without the concomitant sound bursts that would normally occur when switching scenes.

New Speaker Drive algorithm in Amp block. This new algorithm more accurately models the frequency dependent distortion of guitar loudspeakers. The default value (upon resetting the block) is 2.0 which gives roughly 1 dB of compression. Setting the value to 0.0 defeats the speaker drive modeling. Higher values give a smoother and more focused sound, rounding off the “sharp edges” and yielding greater compression.

Added new “Dynamic Distortion” block. This effect distorts the input signal dynamically, applying more distortion to different frequency ranges depending upon the shape of the filter. When the signal level is low the output will be the same as the input. As the signal level increases more distortion will occur in those bands boosted by the filter shape. This is a powerful tool for final shaping/mastering of your tone. The block contains a handful of presets which demonstrate the basic technique.

Added ability to use Pre-Delay in Reverb block as a simple echo. Pre-Delay now features Tempo, Feedback and Mix parameters. The pre-delay time has also been increased to 1s. Several types have been added demonstrating the capabilities.

Fixed Amp block Scene Ignore not being recalled correctly in some cases.

Fixed USB buffer level setting not sticking between power cycles.

Layout Link configured on a tap function for a footswitch will no longer incorrectly execute when activating the switch exits the Tuner.

Various other fixes and improvements.

NOTE: THIS FIRMWARE IS NOT COMPATIBLE WITH PREVIOUS VERSIONS OF AXE-EDIT. A NEW VERSION OF AXE-EDIT IS REQUIRED FOR USE WITH THIS VERSION.

NOTE: If you installed firmware 20.00 beta 4, you may find that some FC effect switches are now mapped to the wrong effects. For example, a switch that was set to bypass REVERB 1 may now bypass AMP 1 instead. This release prevents this problem from occurring you are upgrading from 19.x or older.

If you installed 20.00 beta 4, however, this will have already modified your layouts, so you will need to either restore them from a backup, or adjust the individual switches manually. Layouts can be restored using a "System" backup from Fractal-Bot, or a "Layouts" file from Axe-Edit. If you'd rather reset to the factory default FC layouts, find this under SETUP> FC Controllers> Reset.

=19.08 - Released: 2022/05/12=

Fixed error in Amp block low frequency resonance behavior.

=19.07 - Released: 2022/05/06=

Fixed bypass state can load wrong when switching from a preset with Scene Ignore on.

Changed Compressor block so that times display actual value for the various pedal types.

Various other fixes and improvements.

=19.06 - Released: 2022/04/14=

Added new Setlists/Songs feature, which can be used with an FC Controller to access presets and scenes in custom order during live performance. A new Setup menu area provides full access from the front panel, with a corresponding new area of Axe-Edit which offering import/export and more. For additional details, please see the Setlists & Songs Mini-Manual, located at: https://www.fractalaudio.com/sss-manual

Added Scene Ignore to Multiplexer block.

Improved Amp block transformer/speaker interaction modeling. The “Voice Coil Resistance” parameter has been repurposed/renamed “Speaker Impedance”. The various parameters work as follows:

* Transformer Matching: Sets the impedance ratio (square of the turns ratio) of the output transformer.
* Speaker Impedance: Sets the relative nominal impedance of the speaker. To simulate connecting, e.g., a 4-ohm speaker to an 8-ohm output you would set Speaker Impedance to 0.5. Conversely to simulate connecting a 16-ohm speaker you would set it to 2.0.

Update PI Bias Excursion parameters for many Amp models based on new measurement technique.

Fixed Parametric EQ and Megatap blocks can cause GUI hang if modifier attached to parameter and update rate is set to FAST.

Fixed crash in Plex block for certain types if Master Time is set to zero.

Fixed Amp block output transformer turns ratio being incorrectly calculated.

Fixed IR Player block displayed IR number off by one after preset recall.

Fixed Stand-in switches will now work correctly when assigned to a footswitch configured as a Per-Preset: Placeholder.

Fixed Ultra-Res IRs being truncated to 1K samples by IR Capture utility and Tone Match block.

Various other fixes and improvements.

=19.05 - Released: 2022/03/11=

Added “Scene Ignore” to most blocks. When set to ON, Scene Ignore instructs the block to ignore scene changes. Scene Ignore is a per-channel parameter. This allows turning Scene Ignore to OFF on one or more channels which will then allow a scene change to set the block to a desired state if the block is on that channel.

Improved CNFB algorithms in Amp block resulting in smoother distortion and improved clarity.

Improved preset/scene switching when input impedance changes between presets/scenes.

FC: Switch Ring Color settings of "Off" will now work correctly.

FC: Effect: Chan Select LED ring will properly be dim when an effect is bypassed.

Various other fixes and improvements.

=19.04 - Released: 2022/03/04=

Fixed some Amp models can NaN due to index out-of-bounds.

=19.03 - Released: 2022/03/04=

Added Dual Detune Delay type to Pitch block. This type is comprised of two detuners with delay up to 2.0 seconds. Each detuner can feed back to itself and/or the other detuner.

Renamed Oversampling Mode “BEST PERFORMANCE” to “BEST QUALITY” for clarity.

Fixed Amp block instability when Output Mode is set to FRFR and Voice Coil Resistance is set very high.

Fixed Bludojai Lead model missing resistor between last preamp stage and power amp.

FC: Fixed Stand-In Switches not displaying correctly for certain switches.

FC: When the Effects: Chan Select function is used with SMART BYPASS selected as 2nd Press, the main LCD will now display ENABLED/BYPASSED along with the configured channel.

FC: Corrected a bug which caused some per-preset switches to not show the desired mini-display text or LED ring color.

Various other fixes and improvements.

=19.02 - Released: 2022/02/25=

Updated 59 Bassguy and 5F8 Tweed models to include both Drive controls.

Added 59 Bassguy Normal, 5F8 Tweed Normal and 5F8 Tweed Jumped amp models.

Added JMPRE-1 Output EQ type to Amp block. This type replicates the active EQ used in the JMP-1 preamp (see below).

Added JMPre-1 Clean1/2 models. Note: The real amp has a fixed, passive tone stack with an active 4-band EQ. Therefore, the Bass/Mid/Treble controls when using Authentic Tone Controls are mapped to the Graphic EQ. The passive tone stack itself, however, is adjustable. With all controls at noon the tone stack is equivalent to the real amp’s fixed tone stack. You can access these controls using the Ideal Tone Controls or via Axe-Edit.

Updated JMPre-1 OD1/2 models. As with the Clean1/2 models the Bass/Mid/Treble controls now are mapped to the Graphic EQ when using Authentic Tone Controls.

Updated default cathode follower values for Matchbox D-30 model.

Added Spread control to Dual Delay and Tape types in Delay block. Spread acts as master pan in this case and is modifiable.

Added assignable third LFO to Delay block. This LFO can be assigned to Level, Pan or Spread and multiplies the corresponding value by the LFO value.

Added “Oversampling Mode” to Global menu. This parameter allows selecting between BEST PERFORMANCE and MIN. LATENCY.

Improved Input block gate performance.

Fixed Drive block can crash under rare circumstances when switching between certain models (from Blackglass 7K to diode-based model).

Fixed Amp block Transformer Match control not working properly.

Renamed Speaker Impedance to Voice Coil Resistance to more accurately describe the function of the control. Note that this includes all other “parasitic” resistances, i.e., speaker cable resistance, output transformer winding resistance, etc.

Rearranged order of pages in Amp block so that Input EQ and Output EQ are after Tone page.

Fixed Flanger block can cause loud transient at startup in rare circumstances.

The following FC enhancements/fixes are implemented:

* Added “Scene Level + Save” to the “Utility” functions.
* Added "Invert Mini-Displays" under the APPEARANCE section of the FC Controllers’ Config page.
* Added a “STARTUP VIEW” to the FC Controllers: Device page.
* Added an option for “2nd Press = Previous Bank” to Bank: Select function.
* Added an option for “2nd Press = Previous Preset” to Preset: Select and Preset: Select in Bank functions.
* Added the option “2nd Press" to Effect: Select Channel function. The two choices are "Smart Bypass" which is a pre-existing feature, and "Previous Channel" which toggles to the previously selected channel instead.
* Added a “Current Channel” Mini-Display Label option to Effect: Chan Inc/Dec.
* Added a 1.5 second delay to functions that trigger a save of the preset to allow multiple actions before a single save.
* Fixed Bank limit calculations in some circumstances.
* Updated the switch ring LED to be dim instead of off for Function Effect: Select Channel when Smart Bypass is ON and the effect is in the preset but the effect is bypassed.
* Fixed stand-in switches not executing the tap function correctly when a hold function is assigned.
* Added "Current" option to the display functions for Bank: Inc/Dec function.
* Added "Current Name" and "Current #" options to the display functions or Preset: Inc/Dec and Scene: Inc/Dec functions.
* Fixed an issue when changing function to "Bypass" when the currently selected effect does not have a Bypass function (e.g., Mixer, Multiplex).
* Fixed an issue when changing FC effect type from "MultiPlex" to an effect containing fewer channels.

Various other fixes and improvements.

=19.01 - Released: 2022/02/02=

Added Damping control to Modifiers. The default, EXPONENTIAL, is the classic damping style where the modifier value has an exponential attack/decay. LINEAR selects a linear attack/decay.

Added Type control to ADSRs. The default, EXPONENTIAL, is an analog style where the ADSR has an exponential attack/decay. LINEAR selects a linear attack/decay.

Improved Phase Inverter Bias Excursion accuracy for some amp models (mostly non-MV types). Note: The improved PI Bias Excursion accuracy results in an increase in bias excursion in most cases. Bias excursion primarily manifests as intermodulation distortion, particularly subharmonic distortion. This produces a chunkier tone with more growl and also yields a thicker tone when rolling off the volume or playing lightly. The amount of bias excursion can be adjusted using the PI Bias Excursion control in the Advanced menu.

Renamed Timothy and Suhr Riot Drive models to clarify switch position.

Added Hi Mid control to Drive block.

Fixed Blackglass 7K model as reference pedal was defective. Added “Grunt” and “Attack” knobs to GUI (Grunt switch on pedal is a selectable low cut so knob duplicates Low Cut control).

Changed response of Horizon Precision Drive “Attack” control to match pedal (was reversed previously). Any presets using this model should be adjusted accordingly.

Improved accuracy of “G-taper” used for tone control in some Drive models, i.e., T808, VS9, Super OD, etc. Impact on existing presets is likely negligible but any presets using Tube Screamer models and their variants should be auditioned.

Fixed selecting Gibtone Scout tone stack causes NaN in certain amp models.

Fixed Amp block headroom meter monitoring wrong circuit node.

Fixed GUI not being redrawn when switching between a knob menu and a list menu.

Various other fixes and improvements.

=19.00 - Released: 2022/01/19=

Version 19.00 firmware represents the first use of the Chase Nonlinear Feedback (CNFB) technique for the solution of nonlinear ODEs. The power amp algorithm has been completely rewritten using the CNFB method. This provides improved accuracy, especially in the clipping and power supply sag behavior vs. frequency.

Added y-axis labels to RTA.

Added Time Shape parameter to Megatap Delay. The EXP/LOG setting is the default and behaves as before allowing time shapes between exponential and logarithmic (including linear). The SIGMOID setting is a four-quadrant shape that allows time shapes between sigmoid and inverse sigmoid. The COSINE and SINE settings select sine wave shapes with the Time Alpha parameter controlling the number of periods from 1 to 8.

Added 11 power tube types from various manufacturers.

Improved Amp block bypass/engage behavior to prevent level surges.

FC: Amp Level Save now has an option for 0 dB to allow saving a preset via a footswitch.

Fixed signal level into power amp a bit too high in 6160 models.

Fixed High Cut control not working in Mr. Z MZ-38 model.

Fixed Compressor block Auto Makeup Gain not being updated when changing types.

Fixed wrong op-amp clip threshold for DS1 models in Drive block.

Various other fixes and improvements.

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>
<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/firmware-19-x-is-there-a-quick-fix-to-make-fas-amps-sound-like-18-x.181292/post-2222077]
I would say that the biggest change in 19.x vs. 18.x is the clipping behavior of the power amp. The preamp is not changed at all so anything you are hearing is due to the new CNFB power amp stuff. The power amp clips softer now. This is more accurate, however. If you want a harder power amp clipping, which people that are into aggressive styles may desire, increase the Power Tube Hardness parameter. Or turn the MV down a little. 19.x also introduces an improved feedback algorithm in the power amp. It uses what I call "hybrid feedback" and is a way of replicating analog feedback in a nonlinear discrete-time system. This yields better frequency response accuracy above 10kHz compared to 18.x. 18.x tended to be a little brighter as a result. To get this brighter sound in 19.x increase the Transformer HF value.
</blockquote></blockquote>

=18.03 - Released: 2021/12/09=

Fixed Angle Severe and Energyball amp models hanging on certain combinations of Presence and Depth.

Fixed USB Output summed to mono if Global Output Mode set to MUTE.

Various other fixes and improvements.

=18.02 - Released: 2021/12/06=

Fixed cathode follower algorithm not working correctly for some models.

=18.01 - Released: 2021/12/06=

Fixed error in Amp block low frequency dynamic speaker impedance calculation.

=18.00 - Released: 2021/12/05=

Overhauled the Compressor block:

Improved Auto-Makeup gain behavior.
Added Input Level switch. When set to INSTRUMENT the detector is optimized for guitar-level signals, i.e., before an amp block. When set to LINE the detector is optimized for post-amp level signals.
The Pedal, Optical, Tube, Analog, JFET and Dynamicomp types have been completely redone resulting in improved performance. These types now inherently perform automatic makeup gain.
Auto Attack/Release has been removed from the Pedal and Dynamicomp types as it is no longer applicable.
NOTE: Due to all these changes the behavior and output volume of the Compressor block may be different. It is recommended to audition any presets using the Compressor block and adjust as required.
Improved Stack/Hold implementation in Delay block so that “texture” is applied to audio when Stack/Hold is on.

Improved Amp block cathode follower algorithm. Algorithm now uses higher order solution of nonlinear ODE for more accurate low frequency response.

Improved Amp block power amp algorithm. New algorithm more accurately models dynamic changes in speaker impedance resulting in more “complexity”.

Improved Tape preamp types in Cabinet block.

Added check to prevent excessive message queuing, i.e., when selecting amp model using Value knob.

Added MUTE option to Output 1/2 Configuration. This allows muting the analog outputs while still passing data via USB. This can be used when using the Axe-Fx III in conjunction with computer plug-ins.

Added global Speaker Impedance Curve. When set to DEFAULT the speaker impedance curve used when selecting an amp model is the default curve for that amp model, otherwise it is the selected curve. NOTE: this does not affect existing presets. The selected curve is used only when selecting a new amp model.

Added Input Level switch to Compressor block. This allows tailoring the compressor’s response for instrument level or line level signals.

Added several new Impedance Curves to Amp block. Thank you to Dr. Bonkers Soundlab for these.

Added Modifier capability to LFO Enable and Mod Frequency in Filter block.

Added RCB Boost to Amp block Boost types.

Reduced CPU usage for background GUI tasks.

Fixed DS-1 Drive types have no gain when Drive is at 0.0.

Fixed Reverb pitch buffers not being cleared if Pitch Mix is zero.

Fixed Turbo version aborting processing at CPU usage lower than limit.

Fixed Angle Severe models becoming unstable with certain speaker impedance curves. Note: the presence network for these models has been updated. Presets using these amp models should be auditioned as the tone may have changed.

Various other fixes and improvements.

=17.02 - Released: 2021/11/02=

Added “ALL” as an option to Spillover in Global Settings. When Spillover is set to ALL the Delay, Reverb, Plex, Multi-Delay, Megatap and Ten-Tap blocks will not clear their buffers when switching presets.

Fixed Amp block Master Volume not working properly for JS410 and Texas Star models (introduced in 17.01).

Improved IR Player block so that volume is consistent if Mode is set to Parallel and only one IR is being used.

Fixed Plex and Multi-Delay Blocks displaying wrong type when recalling preset.

=17.01 - Released: 2021/10/27=

Added 10 FullRes IRs to the Legacy bank provided by Valhallir and York Audio. These are at the end of the bank. These can be loaded into the IR Player blocks or into Slots 3 and 4 of the Cabinet blocks. Note that Slots 1 and 2 of the Cabinet blocks do not support FullRes.

Adjusted Looper behavior so that when reaching the maximum recording time the behavior switches to that defined by Record 2nd Press ONLY on the first pass of a new recording.

Added dedicated Pitch Shifting to the Reverb block. This can be used to create “Shimmer Reverbs” easier than using separate Pitch and Reverb blocks (and with less CPU usage). Several new types are included to demonstrate the capability.

The Pitch Direction parameter controls the direction of the pitch shifters. FORWARD runs both shifters forward. REVERSE runs both in reverse. FOR/REV runs Voice 1 forward and Voice 2 in reverse. REV/FOR runs Voice 1 in reverse and Voice 2 forward.

The Pitch Position parameter controls the location of the pitch shifters. INPUT locates the shifters at the input of the block. MATRIX locates the shifters inside the reverb matrix. FEEDBACK locates the shifters in the matrix feedback loop. MATRIX and FEEDBACK can yield more intense effects and also helps the reverb “stick” to the notes better. FEEDBACK builds slightly slower than MATRIX. CAUTION: The MATRIX and FEEDBACK positions can cause instability at high values of Pitch Mix and Pitch Feedback. In general Pitch Feedback should be low or zero when using MATRIX or FEEDBACK.

Overhauled the Megatap block. See the updated Blocks Guide for details.

Added modulation to Diffusers in the Delay, Multitap and Megatap blocks.

Improved Auto-Swell type in Volume block. Added S-Taper to taper selections.

Added Modern Gate type to Gate block. This type is similar to the Classic Gate except the gate opens in a constant linear-in-dB manner. This naturally makes the attack slower as the gate first opens and can be used for both traditional gating and for special effects like audio swells.

Increased maximum sustain for the applicable types in the Compressor block. Existing presets are automatically updated.

Added new types to the Multitap Delay block.

Added new types to the Plex Delay block.

Added LFO for filter in Plex Delay block.

Added new types to Flanger block.

Improved accuracy of Master Volume in Amp block for low settings.

Improved accuracy of Drive block Drive control for low settings.

Fixed wrong resistor value in Solo 88 Lead input circuit. Impact is probably negligible.

Fixed wrong resistor value in USA Pre LD2 overdrive circuit. This increases gain slightly. You may need to audition any presets using these models and adjust gain accordingly.

Fixed Multitap block bandpass filters not being disabled if Master Q set to minimum.

Fixed block input not muting in bypass if Bypass Mode is Thru.

Fixed Chorus block left delay line getting unsynchronized when switching between types.

Fixed pressing Tuner button in Axe-Edit brings up Reverb UI.

Fixed Amp block power tube “kvb” not being set correctly in rare circumstances. This caused the output level of the amp block to change depending upon the previous preset used.

Fixed wrong B+ voltage for Temolo Lux amp model.

Fixed IR Capture not saving correctly if IR Type set to UltraRes.

Improved CPU usage.

Various other fixes and improvements.

=17.00 - Released: 2021/09/28=

Version 17 introduces FullResTM Impulse Response processing. FullRes processes IRs up to 64K points with zero latency using a novel technique. This provides up to 1.37 seconds of response time. Seasoned producers and engineers often mix in “Room Mics” during recording to increase the depth and liveliness of recordings. However, the typical live room has a reverb time of 500-700 milliseconds, well beyond the 20-40 ms afforded by typical IR processing. FullRes allows capturing the full response of a typical live room and even the response of small-to-medium halls and clubs. FullRes can also be used for convolution reverb applications for reverb times less than 1.37 seconds.

The IR Player block and the Cabinet block both support FullRes IRs. The last two slots of the Cabinet block support FullRes. This is sufficient to provide two room mics, a left and a right, along with two direct mics within a single Cabinet block.

The new FullRes User IR bank supports up to 64 FullRes IRs. When capturing an IR selecting the USER FR bank will automatically set the IR Type to FullRes. Likewise, when setting the IR Type to FullRes the bank will automatically be set to USER FR. FullRes IRs can be processed with minimum-phase or auto- trim, if desired. However, minimum-phase is not recommended as this will tend to destroy the reflection information.

The Scratchpad bank has been updated to support FullRes IRs.

NOTE: The FullRes User IR bank is only available on the Axe-Fx III Mark II. The original Axe-Fx III has less non-volatile memory and therefore does not have the necessary resources to store the IRs. The Scratchpad bank supports FullRes IRs but the data will be lost when the unit is powered off.

IR management has been completely rewritten providing smoother performance and better integration with Axe-Edit.

The IR Player block now supports two IRs with individual level and pan controls for each IR. Setting the IR Length to OFF defeats the IR. A Mix control is also provided so the block can be used as a convolution reverb. A Mode control allows the two IRs to be in parallel or series. When in series the individual level and pan controls are defeated and removed from the UI.

Increased Mic Distance range in Cabinet block to 3.4m (~11 feet). This allows delaying room mic IRs that have been trimmed to remove the leading silence. The alignment graph now features a Zoom control that changes the abscissa between 3ms and 12ms.

Improved Pitch Detection performance.

The UI has been improved to support double-tap of certain keys as follows:
* Double-tapping EDIT edits the previous block.
* Double-tapping HOME enters the layout grid.
* Double-tapping STORE prompts immediately.
* When on the Home or Layout pages double-tapping the Quick Entry knobs does the following:
** A: Enters the Amp 1 menu.
** B: Enters the Drive 1 menu.
** C: Enters the Cab 1 menu.
** D: Enters the Delay 1 menu.
** E: Enters the Reverb 1 menu.

The buttons in the effects GUI have been simplified to a single page.

Fixed names of Dizzy V4 2 and Dizzy V4 3 swapped.

Added FAS Buttery amp model.

Added 1S1588T diode SPICE model to Drive block. This is the Toshiba version of the 1S1588 and is reportedly the diode used in the “best sounding” TS-808s. The T808 OD models have been updated to use this diode. Existing presets are unchanged.

Added “Valve Screamer VS9” and "Maxoff 808" Drive models.

Improved scene switching to prevent signal “leaking” into bypassed blocks.

Added Max Loop Time parameter to Looper. This sets the maximum recording time. This allows a loop to be automatically created once the loop time exceeds this value.

Changed Looper behavior so that if recording and time reaches the maximum recording time the mode changes to that specified by Record 2nd Press.

Added support for Axe-Fx III Mark II “Turbo”.

Various fixes and improvements.

=16.05 - Released: 2021/07/03=

Improved behavior of Synth block Shift control when attached to a modifier.

Fixed Compressor block GUI not displaying properly in some cases.

Fixed FAS Brootalz model inadvertently changed since it was referencing the Angle Severe presence network which was changed.

Fixed Master Time not working in Plex block for Plex Detune and Plex Shift types.

Fixed Tone Match block IR Slot number in Export page not displaying correctly in some circumstances.

=16.04 - Released: 2021/06/18=

Added “Indicate Edited on Scene Change” to Global Settings.

Improved Sequencer functionality. The Run control has now been expanded to STOP | PAUSE | RUN. When set to PAUSE the sequencer will halt but not reset the sequence count. The Step control allows manually stepping the sequencer when the sequencer is paused or running.

Improved Rotary block drive algorithm.

Fixed using two Amp blocks in certain combinations of models causing high frequency whine.

=16.03 - Released: 2021/06/16=

Updated Amp block default Excursion Time and Release Time values as some were entered incorrectly. Existing presets are automatically updated to the new default values upon recall.

Improved Delay block algorithms and models. Improved menus by adding a basic Config page with the essential controls and an Advanced page with all the controls for that model. Added a Master Time control.

Added Compander type to Compressor block. The Transients control adjusts the transient modification. Values less than zero soften the attack, value greater than zero emphasize the attack.

Improved Amp block power amp transient response accuracy.

Fixed wrong attenuation between preamp and power amp in Class-A 30W Bright model.

Fixed Headroom meter stuck in certain circumstances when using two Amp blocks.

Fixed Amp block displaying wrong channel number when setting channel via Scene Manager in Axe-Edit.

Fixed pop when switching channels on Input block when using different gate types.

=16.02 - Released: 2021/05/25=

Improved Amp block power tube grid bias excursion algorithm. The default Excursion Time and Release Time values have been updated as a result. Existing presets are automatically updated to the new default values upon recall.

Improved Delay block so repeats do not degrade when Hold is activated.

Added Rows 1-6 as Reference Sources for Tone Match block.

Added Power Amp Modeling ON|OFF control to Amp block and removed that functionality from the Supply Sag control. Existing presets are automatically updated upon recall.

Fixed Master Comb Time not working in Multitap Delay block when using Quad Series type.

Fixed Reverb High Cut Slope not working.

=16.01 - Released: 2021/05/11=

Improved output transformer / speaker impedance interaction modeling. This yields more accurate low frequency response. Note that the Transformer LF parameter effectively adjusts the transformer’s inductance. Increase this value to simulate a smaller transformer, decrease to simulate a larger transformer.

Improved power amp cathode current calculation accuracy for cathode biased models.

Updated default Power Tube Grid Bias and Negative Feedback on many models based on new measurement technique. NOTE: As a result of this existing presets will update the aforementioned parameters to the new default values upon recall.

Added frequency cursor to Parametric EQ graph.

Updated Blackglass 7K Drive block model. Previous model was incorrect due to defective reference unit.

Increased gain range of Filter and Parametric EQ blocks to +/-20 dB. Also increased gain range of input EQ in Amp block. Existing presets are automatically updated.

Improved Reverb algorithms. Added a couple new types.

Fixed incorrect channel indication in Amp block when changing scenes if Scene Revert is true.

Fixed incorrect Drive control taper in Jr. Blues amp models.

Fixed missing UI for several Friedman amp models.

Fixed missing pad between preamp and power amp in USA Pre Lead models.

Fixed pop when changing Amp block channels between models with disparate gains.

Fixed switching to a preset with a Reverse Delay from certain other presets causes noise burst at switchover.

=16.00 - Released: 2021/04/21=

New “Cygnus” amp modeling algorithms.

Added “Sonic Dist” Drive type.

Fixed popping when switching channels in Drive block in rare cases.

Fixed Studio FF Compressor 2 type not working properly if Knee is set to “Hard”.

Fixed Delay block maximum time limited to 8s regardless of entered time.

Fixed Amp block not updating properly when changing scenes if Scene Revert is on.

Various other fixes and enhancements.

=15.01 - Released: 2020/12/18=

Improved output transformer modeling in Amp block. For typical values of Transformer Drive the difference is subtle but mathematically more accurate adding a pleasing low-end growl and improving “tightness” in high-gain sounds. For high values of Transformer Drive the difference is more pronounced. If you have increased Transformer Drive on your presets above the default value then you should audition your presets.

Fixed Depth control not working on some amp models.

And: MCMLXXXI Drive MODEL, based on 1981 Inventions DRV.

=15.00 - Released: 2020/12/15=

Improved Amp block power amp modeling. Improved algorithm yields accurate dynamic frequency response which results in clearer bass and extended highs. More “chug”, “thump” and “chime”. NOTE: Existing presets should be auditioned. While the overall tone isn’t significantly changed, the transient frequency response is enhanced which may alter the tonal perception.

Added ability to route AES/SPDIF or USB 5/6 to any input. This has been achieved by changing “SPDIF/AES Select” to “Digital Input Source” which allows choosing between AES, SPDIF or USB 5/6. Each input now has an “Input Source” selectable between Analog or Digital.

Increased maximum delay time for Delay blocks to 16 seconds.

Added “DS1 Distortion” Drive type.

Added “DS1 Distortion Mod” Drive type based on a DS1 w/ popular mods.

Added “59 Bassguy Jump” amp model.

Many of the Fender® amps have been “modified” with authentic presence and depth networks even if the real amp doesn’t have them (this was required for the new power amp algorithm). When the Tone Control Display is set to IDEAL the Presence and Depth controls can be used to shape the power amp response just as if the real amp had been modified. Setting the Presence and Depth controls to zero effectively removes the modifications. WARNING!!! If your presets use non-zero values of Presence and/or Depth for amp models whose real counterparts do not have presence and/or depth circuits your presets may sound different and should be adjusted accordingly. I.e., if you have turned Presence up for the Deluxe Verb model your preset’s tone will have changed as a real Deluxe Reverb does not have a presence network (and Presence defaults to zero for that model).

Fixed GUI bug for TS9DX Hot model.

Fixed Scales menu in Global Settings.

Fixed clicking in Amp block if large number of modifiers are connected to controls.

Fixed modifiers connected to Amp block can cause unwanted change if modifier is only active for one channel.

Fixed erroneous values can be displayed when changing channels on a block and the GUI configuration between channels is different, i.e. different number of EQ sliders or different authentic amp parameters.

Fixed second pot of ganged dual pot in Citrus Terrier amp model applied at wrong point in circuit.

Fixed Ratio at maximum in Compressor block should display “INFINITE” but doesn’t when first entering page.

=14.06 - Released: 2020/12/04=

Fixed bypass state not changing in Layout menu when zoomed out.

Fixed Metronome Level controls in Tempo menu not updating.

Fixed LFO Phase parameter doesn't work when LFO Type is set to ASTABLE.

Fixed 0.2 dB loss in some blocks (i.e. the Return block).

Reduced audio gap when switching channels in Amp block.

Added “TS9DX Hot” Drive model.

=14.05 - Released: 2020/11/18=

Improved client-server protocol to reduce message traffic. This results in snappier GUI performance especially for presets with high CPU usage. The new protocol is backwards compatible with Axe-Edit, however the latest version of Axe-Edit is required to take full advantage of the improvements.

Improved Amp block power tube grid clipping algorithm.

Fixed error in Studio FB compressor type that could result in distortion under certain circumstances.

Fixed wrong gain constant in Tube Drive 4-Knob model.

Fixed feedback network not fully initialized in Recto and Triple Crest models. In most cases this is inaudible but in rare cases when switching between Amp block channels the tone and gain of the power amp could be incorrect.

Fixed LFO Phase not working when LFO type is set to Astable.

Fixed incorrect extra feedback path in Pitch block for Quad Chromatic Delay and Quad Diatonic Delay types.

=14.04 - Released: 2020/10/16=

Fixed NaN when setting a tone control to zero in certain amp models (introduced in 14.02).

=14.03 - Released: 2020/10/13=

Fixed Cabinet block LF/HF damping applied to only left/right respectively.

Fixed setting a tone control to maximum in Amp block can cause NaN in certain models (introduced in 14.02).

=14.02 - Released: 2020/10/09=

Fixed Euro Uber model gain dropping if Input Drive set to maximum.

Fixed Fat Switch changing wrong capacitor value on Archean model.

=14.01 - Released: 2020/09/22=

Added semi-parametric EQ to Multitap Delay block. The EQ is similar to the Filter block with the addition of selectable low cut and high cut filter slopes. Note that the overall gain of the EQ automatically adjusts to unity when using any filter types that boost frequencies so as to prevent instability.

Added second source to Modifiers. A Modifier can now have two sources: Source 1 and Source 2. Each modifier has an individual Scale parameter from 0 to 100%. The operation between the two sources is selected via the Operation parameter and allows addition, subtraction or multiplication of the two sources.

Changed behavior of Random LFO so that value changes when switching from Stop to Run.

Improved boot time.

Updated Euro Uber amp model. It is recommended to do a soft reset of the model by deselecting and then reselecting the Amp type.

Added several new amp models.

Fixed wrong capacitor value in Brit JVM OD1 Orange and Red models.

=14.00 - Released: 2020/09/04=

Improved Amp block cathode follower accuracy. The Hardness parameter has been removed and the default values have been changed. Existing presets are automatically updated. If you have edited the cathode follower parameters you should audition your presets as these parameters will automatically be reset to default values when the preset is loaded.

Because of the cathode follower change the following amp models have been updated:
* Friedman Small Box
* Dizzy V4 Blue (all models)
* Herbie (all models)
* Recto 1/2 (all models)

Due to the discovery of a measurement error the JMPre-1 models have been completely reworked. If you are using any of these models it is recommended to reset the block and audition your preset(s).

The Tube Pre model has been changed so that the power amp is off by default.

Added a couple new amp models.

Fixed turning Diffusion Time all the way up in Delay block causes noise.

Fixed ADSR graph goes funky if Attack time is set very low and other times are relatively large.

Fixed knob labels for sliders not centered under sliders if number of sliders is less than 5.

=13.03 - Released: 2020/08/25=

Added modifier capability to Multitap Delay block Level parameters.

Added modifier capability to Synth block Attack parameters.

Fixed Amp block generating NaN at startup in rare cases due to uninitialized data. Fixed output level knob value not applied to Output 1/2 if Global EQ type set to NONE. Fixed first preset may be temporarily erased if corrupted data in User Cab Bank.

FC: Tuner will now automatically display whenever tuner is displayed on Axe-Fx III.

=13.02 - Released: 2020/08/21=

Added “Compulsion Distortion HP” Drive type. Existing type name changed to “Compulsion Distortion LP”.

Added “Tuner on Heel Down” to MIDI/Remote. The corresponding controller will automatically display the tuner when the value is less than 5%. Typically the user would set this to the same CC# (or internal/external pedal) that they use for their primary volume control, whether that is assigned to a global volume control or to a modifier in a Volume block. For example, if you use CC #23 as External Control 1 and connect that to the Volume 1 block in all your presets then set this to 23. Likewise if you use FC 1 Pedal 1 as a global Input 1 Volume control then set this to FC 1 Pedal 1. Now when you set your expression pedal to the heel down position the tuner will automatically display.

Added marker to ADSR graphs. Also changed ADSR graphs to show curves in linear units (rather than log).

Added Master Chorus Rate and Master Chorus Depth parameters to Multitap Delay block. The Master Rate and Master Depth have been renamed Master LFO Rate and Master LFO Depth. Master LFO Depth no longer controls the chorus depth.

Improved layout of Multitap Delay GUI.

Improved Drive block CPU usage for diode-based models.

Improved CPU usage for Reverb block in high-quality modes.

Fixed filter modulation not working in Multitap Delay block.

Fixed Graphic EQ not working for Output 1 and 2.

Fixed USB/Digital Metronome Level controlling wrong output.

=13.01 - Released: 2020/08/13=

Fixed global Input Gain loading wrong value.

Changed global Input Gain and Amp block Input Trim to read in linear units due to confusion over the meaning of dB.

=13.00 - Released: 2020/08/13=

Improved Drive block modeling. New algorithm uses a novel solution to solve the nonlinear ODE of a diode clipper with memory (i.e. a capacitor). The accuracy of the diode I-V curve is also greatly improved. This new algorithm has the accuracy of implicit iterative solutions with speed rivaling explicit solutions. CPU usage is only slightly increased vs. the previous algorithm. Note that many of the Drive models will now behave differently and presets should be auditioned. The behavior of the tone controls in some models has also changed. Of note are the Timmy models where the tone controls are now faithful to the actual pedal and decrease bass/treble when turned clockwise.

The Drive block now features a “Bass Response” control for types based on the Rat, Tube Screamer and various derivates. In some models this is duplicated on the Basic page as it is the Bass/Voice/etc. control (and renamed accordingly). This function was previously provided by the Low Cut control. The Low Cut control is now a separate control that allows adjusting the input highpass frequency. Existing presets will automatically be updated with the new default value for the Low Cut control.

Added Bias control to GUI of all Drive block models.

Added “Headroom” monitoring meter to Amp block. The most common reason for “muddy” tones with high-gain amps is incorrect setting of the Master Volume control. The Headroom meter displays the voltage at the virtual power tubes in dB. If the Master Volume is too high the meter will be near 0 dB most of the time. Note that this only applies to amps where the power amp is intended to run “clean” like the 6160, Recto, etc. Non-Master Volume amps get their distortion from the power amp distorting so this recommendation does not apply.

Added Global EQ to all outputs. Note that the EQ for Outputs 3 and 4 is not active if that output has Copy Input 1 set and the corresponding Output block is not in the patch.

Added selectable Graphic/Parametric EQ for Global Output EQs.

=12.14 - Released: 2020/07/17=

Improved Amp block Speaker Compression modeling. New algorithm is more accurate and sounds smoother with more “growl”.

Fixed incorrect default Negative Feedback for Deluxe Verb models (correct value is 2.00 if you want to update existing presets).

Fixed NaN when changing Drive block type if modifier is attached to Drive or Tone.

=12.13 - Released: 2020/07/13=

Changed Amp block Input Trim to read in dB.

Fixed Setup -> MIDI/Remote menu corrupted.

=12.12 - Released: 2020/07/10=

Added Modifier capability to:
* Controller block LFO Output B Phase
* Input block Output Level
* Amp block Variac
* Amp block Input EQ Frequency
* Amp block Graphic EQ
* Parametric EQ block Freq, Q and Gain
* Graphic EQ block sliders

Added Input 1 Gain parameter to Setup->I/O->Input menu. This allows trimming the Input 1 gain to adjust for variations in guitar output level without having to adjust each preset.

Changed Home menu behavior so that selected page doesn’t change after recalling a preset from the Preset page.

FC: FC #4 will now reflect the appropriate layout

FC: Disable FC-6/FC-12 compatibility mode when loading FC-6 factory defaults

NOTE: This firmware is NOT compatible with Axe-Edit versions prior to 1.06.00. You MUST install 1.06.00 or later BEFORE using Axe-Edit with this firmware.

=12.11 - Released: 2020/06/26=

Added LFO High Cut to Controllers.

Fixed Flanger block Rate not updating correctly.

Fixed missing PHV 6160+ CLEAN tone stack string.

NOTE: This firmware is NOT compatible with Axe-Edit versions prior to 1.06.00. You MUST install 1.06.00 or later BEFORE using Axe-Edit with this firmware.

=12.10 - Released: 2020/06/24=

Changed External Controller Initial Values to be continuously adjustable from 0 to 100%.

Fixed Amp block crackling in rare cases.

Fixed Amp block Variac has no effect when Supply Type is set to DC.

Fixed NaN if Reverb block Crossover Freq is set very high and Low Freq Time is set very low.

NOTE: This firmware is NOT compatible with Axe-Edit versions prior to 1.06.00. You MUST install 1.06.00 or later BEFORE using Axe-Edit with this firmware.

=12.09 - Released: 2020/06/09=

Improved power tube modeling yields smoother overdrive especially for semi-clean and edge-of-distortion tones.

Increased Amp block B+ monitor range as Variac settings can cause B+ voltage to fluctuate beyond visible limits.

Added 6CA7 power tube type. While the 6CA7 is generally regarded as a substitute for the EL34 it is actually a different tube with the 6CA7 being a beam tetrode. This particular tube type is modeled after the original Sylvania “Fat Bottle” 6CA7.

Increased tuner sensitivity.

Fixed clicking when changing MUTE/SOLO switches in Cabinet block while playing.

Fixed click/pop in Pitch block when going from negative (or no) shift to positive shift.

Fixed Pitch block Custom Scale number not displaying correctly.

=12.08 - Released: 2020/06/01=

Improved Reverb algorithms.

Added ECONOMY mode to Reverb block. This can be used to reduce CPU usage when building elaborate presets.

Decreased minimum Attack Time of Compressor block to 0.1 ms. Existing presets are automatically updated.

Added JFET Compressor type.

Added three new Studio Compressor types. Studio FF Compressor 2 is similar to Studio FF Compressor 1 (formerly called Studio Compressor) except that it is an “upwards compressor” as opposed to a downwards compressor. Studio FB Compressor 1 and 2 are feedback compressors with downwards and upwards compression respectively. As these are feedback compressors, they yield a different sound than a feedforward compressor commonly referred to as “fat” with smoother dynamics. Note that nature of feedback compressors can result in distortion at extreme control settings (fast attack/release, high ratio, etc.). It is therefore recommended to set Auto Att/Rel to ON in these instances.

Improved Intelligent Pitch Shifter algorithm. This applies to all Pitch types except Dual and Quad Detune or when the Tracking Mode is set to OFF. The pitch detection algorithms have also been improved. The Tracking Mode parameter has been renamed “Pitch Tracking” and is selectable between OFF, FAST and SMOOTH.

Improved pitch detection for Synthesizer and Ring Modulator blocks.

Improved Crystal Echoes algorithm. The Crossfade Time and Crossfade Type parameters have been removed as they are no longer applicable.

Added Diffusion to Crystals type in Pitch block. This can be used to “smear” transients for a softer sound.

Improved Plex Shift and Plex Shimmer types in the Plex block. The Cross-fade parameter has been removed. For the Plex Detune type the Cross-fade parameter has been renamed Granule Length as that is a more accurate description.

Improved Envelope Followers in Megatap, Multitap and Plex Delay blocks.

Added PVH 6160+ Clean Bright and PVH 6160+ Crunch Bright amp models based on a Peavey 6505+ Rhythm channel with the Bright switch engaged. Note that the bright switch on this channel does not engage a capacitor on the drive potentiometer as is typical but instead disengages a treble cut circuit.

Renamed PVH 6160+ Rhythm and PVH Rhythm B models PHV 6160+ Clean and PVH 6160+ Crunch respectively for clarity.

Improved Downward Expander in Gate block when Detector Type is PEAK.

Removed the Frequency Range parameters from the Multiband Compression block and extended the range of the Crossover Frequency parameters to cover the entire range previously available. Existing presets are automatically updated. Note that when adjusting a Crossover Frequency that the unit will automatically adjust the complementary frequency to ensure the mid band is at least one octave wide.

Fixed Tremolo block trigger turning off even when threshold is set to OFF.

Fixed wrong resistor value in Brit JVM models causing excessive blocking distortion.

Fixed using Astable LFO type in some effects causes noise.

Fixed switching between types in Chorus block can causes clicks.

Fixed wrong default Depth value for 5153 Red model (real amp has fixed depth resistor). Removed Depth controls from all 5153 Authentic GUI pages (except 5153 50W Blue for which the real amp does have a Depth control).

Fixed Drive block clicking when changing channels when bypassed.

FC: Views for Layout Link will now be restored properly after reboot.

FC: When entering the Master Layout menu via the switch-combo, the FC-6 will now always go to View 1.

FC: Per-Preset labels will no longer be displayed for unassigned switches.

=12.07 - Released: 2020/04/03=

Improved Compressor block. The RMS detector type has been improved resulting in smoother decay. The Auto Attack/Release algorithm has been improved resulting in less “chatter” when using low attack and/or release times. The Tube Compressor and Analog Compressor types now support RMS+Peak detector mode. A new knee shape algorithm in the Studio Compressor has been implemented resulting in a more musical tangential response like that of classic analog compressors.

Improved Downward Expander in Gate block. The RMS detector type has been improved resulting in smoother decay. Added Detector Type parameter which allows selecting between RMS (default) and Peak types.

Improved Multiband Compressor based on improvements to Compressor block. Added Auto Attack/Release mode.

Improved Astable LFO type so that adjustments to Beta, which can occur when changing channels, do not cause “baseline wander”.

FC: When navigating the editor or front panel, certain screens will no longer reset the value used by external modifiers for FC Pedals.

=12.06 - Released: 2020/03/27=

Improved performance of noise gate in Input block. Both the Classic and Intelligent types have been improved. The new Noise Reducer type reduces noise while preserving the attack of the note. It does this by using intelligent filtering to remove line noise and high frequency hiss will leaving the rest of the spectrum intact. Be sure to set the global Line Frequency to a value commensurate with the AC frequency in your country. Note that the Classic and Intelligent types can achieve complete silence while the Noise Reducer type can let some sound through as it is designed to be as transparent and unobtrusive as possible.

Improved Downward Expander type in the Gate block.

Fixed zipper noise when using an FC pedal to control input volume.

Fixed Delay Time not sticking for Ten Tap Delay.

Removed Bass, Mid and Treble controls from Capt Hook 1B amp model as this mode models the channel with the EQ Bypass engaged.

Fixed incorrect Dry Level in following Drive block models (was 100%, should be 0%): Shred Distortion M-Zone Distortion Ruckus (all versions)

Fixed High Slope controls in Cabinet block non-functional.

Added graphs to Setup -> I/O -> Pedal menu for pre/post-calibration visualization.

FC: Fix Tap Tempo function setting incorrect tempo when assigned to a stand-in switch.

FC: Fix Tuner not exiting when tapping a Stand-In Switch whose Hold function is Tuner.

FC: Fix UI of Stand-In Switches page not showing text representations of settings.

FC: Fix View Inc/Dec when accessing MLM on an FC-6 via Master Layout "Switch-Combo".

FC: Fix View Inc/Dec mini-LCD display when set to "Destination #".

FC: The main LCD will now display the correct first preset in the bank if the Global Setting for "Display Offset" is set to '1.'

FC: Stand-in switches will now perform their hold function based on the Hold Function Mode specified on the Config page of FC Controllers.

=12.05 - Released: 2020/03/06

12.04 - Released: 2020/03/05=

Updated the default value of P.A. Cathode Bias Resistor for some models. Existing presets are NOT changed. The new default values are listed here if you want to apply them to your presets:

* AC-20 DLX: 61%
* Boutique 1,2: 48%
* Blankenship Leeds: 58%
* Car Roamer: 56%
* Class-A 15W TB: 56%
* Class-A 30W: 46%
* Citrus A30: 56%
* Citrus Terrier: 60%
* Deluxe Tweed: 49%
* Div/13 CJ: 56%
* Div/13 FT37: 56%
* FAS Class-A: 56%
* Gibtone Scout: 76%
* Hot Kitty: 50%
* Matchbox D30: 59%
* Nuclear Tone: 78%
* Wrecker Liverpool: 59%

Improved pedal calibration.

Changed parameter value display to update if control is attached to modifier.

Added Triple Crest amp models based on a Mesa Triple Crown TC-100. Note that the actual amp’s “Tight” switch engages a built-in Tube Screamer circuit which can be replicated using a Drive block or the Amp block’s internal Boost feature.

Fixed a couple mistakes in Citrus Terrier amp model.

Fixed clicking when engaging/bypassing effects which change input impedance.

Fixed some parameters that should be modifiable (i.e. Chorus Rate, Rotary Rate, etc.) are not displayed as such.

Added modifier capability to ADSR Sustain Level.

=12.03 - Released: 2020/02/07=

Improved Amp modeling.

Added Low Cut to Dual Chorus type.

Improved Delay block Stack/Hold operation when using short delay times.

Added DynamiComp type to Compressor block. This is a pedal-style compressor with a faster attack behavior.

Fixed Input block UI.

Fixed Modifier graph when changing scenes remotely.

Fixed audio glitch when switching between two presets using Spring reverb.

Fixed fuzzy tone from some amp models if Sat Switch is engaged.

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>
<Blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/axe-fx-iii-firmware-release-version-12-04.159140/post-1901681]
The sidechain filter changed in 12.03. Instead of a single bandpass it is now a highpass and a lowpass. With the single bandpass the lowcut and highcut frequencies were constrained from being greater/less than each other. gate to behave differently than it does now.
</Blockquote>
</Blockquote>

=12.02 - Released: 2020/01/31=

Fixed UI unresponsive if modifier attached to Filter block Frequency control.

Fixed Filter block graph does not update if type changed from Axe-Edit.

=12.01 - Released: 2020/01/30=

Added Stack/Hold to Reverse, Dual and Sweep Delay types. All delay types now support Stack/Hold.

Added ALLPASS type to Filter block. This is a multi-stage “Phase Rotator” with feedback. With feedback set to zero it can be used to change the shape of transients. Using feedback causes constructive and destructive interference and can be used to create interesting tonalities. The Order can be set from 1 to 12 with progressively more phase rotation occurring. Attaching a modifier to the Frequency parameter can result in interesting chorus or wah effects. The red trace in the GUI is the phase response.

Improved preset/scene switching.

Fixed artifacts in Wah block when Control knob is attached to a high-speed source, i.e. LFO with high rate.

Fixed some values not displaying correctly (i.e. High Crossover Freq. in Multiband Compressor).

Fixed some parameters being unintentionally reset when editing a block.

=12.00 - Released: 2020/01/27=

Added “2x12 Godzilla” Speaker Impedance Curve based on a Zilla Fatboy.

Complete overhaul of the Flanger block. See Flanger page.

Complete overhaul of the Phaser block. See Phaser page.

Added separate Filter Slope controls for the Cabinet block. The range of the slopes has been extended to include 18 and 24 dB/octave. Existing presets will be automatically updated to the correct values based on the previous Filter Slope value.

Added separate Low Cut Slope control for Delay block. Updated models accordingly.

Added “FAS Express” amp model based on hypothetical modifications to a Trainwreck Express.

Improved messaging system so that changing presets while Axe-Edit is running does not cause audio dropout (requires Axe-Edit version 1.4.00 or later).

Improved Scene switching speed.

Added LFO Quantize to Filter, Flanger and Phaser blocks.

Added Triggering to Tremolo block. When the Tremolo is triggered the Tremolo will engage and the LFO phase will start at the Start Phase value. This allows easily synchronizing the Tremolo to your playing. Set to “OFF” to defeat the trigger.

Added Optical Tremolo type to Tremolo block.

Addded “Astable” type to LFOs. This simulates an astable Op-amp Multivibrator as is commonly found in effect pedals. “Beta” controls the shape of the LFO. High values approach a square wave while low values approach a triangle wave.

Added Stack/Hold parameter to Plex Delay and Plex Verb types in the Plex block. When set to STACK incoming audio is stacked on existing audio and held. When set to HOLD existing audio is held.

Changed Hold parameter in Delay block to Stack/Hold (see above).

Changed Hold parameter in Reverb block to Stack/Hold (see above).

Added “OD 250” Drive model based on a DOD Overdrive 250 (gray version).

Added adjustable slope to Parametric EQ block for outer bands when type is set to BLOCKING.

Added LFO monitors to Control block.

Drive block EQ now supports placement pre- or post-distortion.

Added “Stereo Mind Guy” delay type.

Added ULTRA-HIGH quality mode to Reverb block. This mode increases the modulation at the expense of a slight increase in CPU usage.

Fixed loss of precision in certain amp models (i.e. Plexi 50W Normal) when Input Drive is set very low.

Fixed Align tab in Cabinet block not displaying traces properly after changing channels/scenes from Axe- Edit.

=11.01 - Released: 2019/11/28=

Updated Speaker Impedance Curves for 2x12 Jazz 120, 4x10 Brit JM45 and 4x12 Hipower. Also added the following new curves: 2x12 Bassbuster (based on a Fender Bass Breaker), 1x12 Tweed Alnico Blue (based on a Fender Deluxe with Celestion Blue), 4x12 PVH 6160 (based on a Peavey 5150 w/ Sheffields), 4x12 Euro (based on a Bogner standard), 2x12 Recto (based on a Mesa Rectifier)

Added “Matchbox D-30 EF86” amp model. While the real amp has a six-position Tone switch, the model has a continuously variable tone control. Note that the Tone control is mapped to the Bass control in Ideal mode as the Tone switch is essentially a bass cut control.

=11.00 - Released: 2019/11/18=

Amp block now uses new high-order speaker impedance modeling. 52 speaker impedance models (and two LB-2 models) are included and can be selected using the Speaker Impedance Curve parameter (on the Advanced page). Selecting an amp model will load an appropriate default Speaker Impedance Curve for that amp model. The Cabinet Resonance parameter can be used to adjust the amount of cabinet resonance in the impedance curve. NOTE: The 2x12 Bassguy, 2x12 Jazz 120, 4x10 Brit JM45 and 4x12 Hipower data is incomplete and will be updated in a future release.

Setting Global “Update Pre-11.x Presets Spkr Imp Upon Load" parameter to YES will automatically update the Speaker Impedance Curve for the Amp blocks upon preset recall to use an appropriate Speaker Impedance Curve for that amp model. Setting the parameter to NO will leave existing presets unaffected. NOTE: Setting this to YES will also cause the EDITED LED to light indicating the preset has been modified.

Fixed Recto1/2 models default Negative Feedback and Power Tube Bias values slightly too low.

Fixed loss of precision in Drive block Tone control for some models (Rat, Timothy, et. al.) causing low frequency build-up over time.

=10.02 - Released: 2019/10/23=

Fixed popping noise can occur when switching between certain amp models. This also results in faster, smoother preset, scene and channel changes.

Fixed wrong Basic tab of Drive block when Ruckus LED/Si type selected.

Added Wrecker Liverpool Bright amp model. This models the amp with the three-position Bright switch in the brightest position.

=10.01 - Released: 2019/10/20=

Fixed divide-by-zero can happen in Drive block when using certain combinations of different diode types and a very strong input signal or when switching between different types.

Fixed can’t access Drive block Advanced GUI page for Ruckus LED/Si type.

Changed Drive block Slew Limit to Slew Rate and updated default value of the models. Existing presets will be updated to the new default value upon recall. Note that the parameter now controls the slew rate and lower values equal less high frequency response at high amplitudes and vice-versa (the action is reversed from the previous firmware versions).

Added Wrecker Express Bright amp model. This models the amp with the three-position Bright switch in the down position.

=10.0 - Released: 2019/10/18=

Added Downtune control to Tuner. The Downtune control allows for simplified tuning when tuning down one to four semitones. The Tuner display will read the “natural” name of the note, i.e. if tuning down one semitone an Eb will read E. In addition any blocks that utilize pitch information will also be transposed accordingly.

Added Display Mode control to Tuner. This control allows selecting between all flats, all sharps or a mixture of sharps/flats for the displayed note name.

New power amp modeling algorithm. This algorithm improves the plate impedance accuracy substantially. This yields tighter bass, crunchier midrange and “chimier” highs.

Due to the changes in the power amp modeling algorithm the Power Tube Hardness parameter now behaves differently. Selecting a Power Tube Type loads the “knee voltage” for the power tubes and this voltage can be adjusted up or down using Power Tube Hardness. Higher values yield a lower knee voltage and more abrupt clipping and vice-versa. Existing presets will have Power Tube Hardness reset to 5.0 upon recall.

The range of the Transformer Match control has been reduced to 0.5 to 2.0. Existing presets will have this value reset to 1.0.

The Ideal Tetrode and Ideal Pentode power tube models are no longer applicable and have been replaced with 5881 and 6L6GB models, respectively.

The PI Bias Excursion values have been updated for some amp models. Existing presets will automatically be updated to the new default values. If you typically alter this parameter you should audition your presets.

The Amp block Dynamic Impedance parameter is no longer applicable and has been removed.

Added KT77 power tube type.

Improved Drive block. New diode modeling algorithm improves clipping accuracy especially for diodes with higher saturation currents, i.e. 1N270 and other germanium types.

Added D9E and D18 diode models to Drive block. These are Soviet germanium diodes valued for their smooth distortion characteristics.

Added “Ruckus LED/Si” type to Drive block. This model is based on a Suhr Riot with the toggle switch set to select the hybrid LED/Silicon Diode position.

Added “5 Band Mark” type to Graphic EQ block.

Fixed exported Tone Matches may, in rare cases, not sound the same as the Tone Match.

Fixed long delay times (over 1.5 seconds) in Plex Shift can cause artifacts.

=9.01 - Released: 2019/10/07=

Fixed Amp block input drive network instability in rare cases when switching between certain presets.

Fixed some amp models can become unstable for certain combinations of Negative Feedback and high values of Speaker Impedance and/or Transformer Match.

Added “Gain Enhancer” mode to Amp block Output Compressor. This mode can be used to simulate the acoustic reinforcement of a loud amp coupling into the guitar and enhancing the output signal.

=9.0 - Released: 2019/10/01=

New power amp modeling algorithm. This new algorithm now also separates the transformer matching from the speaker impedance. A new parameter, Speaker Impedance, allows adjusting the relative impedance of the virtual speaker. For example, to simulate connecting a 16-ohm speaker to an 8-ohm output set Speaker Impedance to 2.0. Transformer Matching, on the other hand, changes the impedance ratio of the virtual output transformer.

To support the new power amp algorithm the internal transformer matching values and negative feedback values have been updated. The new negative feedback values will load when selecting an existing preset. If you typically adjust Negative Feedback when creating a preset be sure to audition your presets as the parameter value will be reset to the default value upon preset load.

Fixed Amp block Output EQ wrong frequencies if EQ Location set to “Input”.

Fixed Amp block “Hi-Cut” calculation for amps without negative feedback. This affects the following models:

* All AC-20 models
* All Class-A 15W and 30W models
* Citrus Terrier
* Boutique 1 and 2
* FAS Class A
* Hot Kitty
* Matchbox D-30
* Mr. Z MZ-8 and MZ-38
* Ruby Rocket and Ruby Rocket Bright
* Supremo Trem
* Wrecker Rocket

Fixed incorrect default P.A. Cathode Resistance value for Citrus Terrier model (correct value is 96%) and Class-A 15W model (correct value is 83%).

=8.0 - Released: 2019/9/11=

Improved amp modeling.

Added Swap Scene function to Layout->Tools.

Fixed Plex block Shimmer Verb causing NaN if Reverb Size set to 0%.

Fixed Tone Match block erroneous results on preset recall due to uninitialized data.

Fixed sluggish Axe-Edit behavior after boot on high CPU presets.

Fixed Rotary block Input Select not working correctly.

Fixed Compressor block sidechain filter not working if gain set to 0.0 dB.

=7.01 - Released: 2019/08/30=

Firmware image now uses compressed initialization. This results in a smaller file size and faster firmware updates.

Added Input Select to Megatap Delay, Multitap Delay, Plex Delay, Reverb and Rotary blocks.

Fixed Input Impedance not set correctly if an active effect is in a different row and prior column than the effect that should be controlling the impedance.

FC: Fixed stand-in switches not activating the down half of their assigned function.

=7.0 - Released: 2019/08/14=

Improved power amp modeling. New algorithm accounts for variation in load voltage as a function of transformer turns ratio. I.e. reducing the Transformer Matching will reduce the output level and vice- versa.

Fixed low output level for Shred Distortion Drive model.

FC: Fixed tap function executing on hold when "Hold Execute" is set to "Switch Up". FC: Fixed switch executing from wrong layout after a stand-in switch is used.

FC: Fixed MLM functionality when cloning mixed units (FC-12's and FC-6's).

FC: Added FC-6/FC-12 compatibility mode. When enabled, FC-6(s) will use buttons 1, 2, 3 for the bottom row and buttons 7, 8, 9 for the top row. Accessible from HOME->SETUP->FC Controllers->Config Page, FC-6/FC-12 Compatibility Mode. It is disabled by default.

FC: When "Reveal Holds" is active the hold function states will be displayed (with default ring colors only) and button presses will execute the hold functions.

FC: Fixed hold functions firing on the MLM hold switch (switch 3 on FC-6 and switch 6 on FC-12) preventing MLM mode from executing.

=6.04 - Released: 2019/07/16=

Reduced background task priority on high CPU presets to improve client (i.e. Axe-Edit) performance.

Added “CC Boost” type to Amp block.

Improved CPU usage.

Optimized LCD graphics for better response.

Changed FC tuner note names to match main tuner (i.e. Eb instead of D#).

Added Solo feature to Parametric EQ block. When a band is soloed the frequency range for that band is isolated allowing the user to fine-tune the band.

Fixed output level of PI Fuzz model too low.

Fixed Modifier auto-engage not working when Auto-Engage is set to SLOW POSITION and the Update Rate is set to FAST.

Fixed Supremo Trem model missing Tone control in Authentic mode. Note: the Tone control is mapped to High Cut in Ideal mode.

Fixed FC and Axe-Edit not displaying tempo correctly if preset using global tempo. FC: Fixed Layout Link not executing if no function is assigned to the switch.

FC: Added Mode parameter to Utility/Reveal Hold for Momentary/Toggle.

FC: Added Hold Function Execute Mode: TIMEOUT or SWITCH UP. "TIMEOUT" is same as the previous behavior. When set to "SWITCH UP", the hold function executes when you release the held footswitch, allowing precise musical timing.

FC: Fixed Per-Preset/Placeholder #24 not working.

=6.03 - Released: 2019/07/01=

Fixed long preset load time if preset using Filter block with Frequency parameter connected to modifier.

=6.02 - Released: 2019/06/28=

Added LFO to Filter block. When enabled, the LFO will modulate the frequency of the filter between the Frequency and the Mod. Frequency. The local LFO simplifies modulated filtering and frees up the global LFOs for other tasks.

Added adjustable filter to Plex block wet signal. Filter can be any of the standard types (all types except comb filter types). Frequency, Q and Gain are modifiable.

Added Shimmer Verb type to Plex block.

The Mode parameter in the IR Player block has been replaced by a Length parameter.

Changed Home page behavior so that menu stays on selected tab when returning. Pressing HOME while on the Home page resets to first tab.

FC: Improved communication reliability when using very long cables (requires FC firmware version 1.08).

FC: Fix preset tempo being used when global is selected .

FC: Add Layout Inc/Dec function.

=6.01 - Released: 2019/06/19=

Fixed memory allocation error causing boot irregularities.

=6.00 - Released: 2019/06/19=

Firmware 6.00 introduces the PERFORM tabs found on the HOME screen of the Axe-Fx III. There are two PERFORM tabs: Per-Preset and Global. The PERFORM tabs can be configured with up to 10 user-selected controls from any of the blocks found in the current preset (including CONTROLLERS and GLOBAL). Configuration of the PERFORM tabs is done via Axe-Edit III. Allowable controls include rotary knobs, push-buttons, drop-downs, and toggle controls (e.g., on/off controls).

''The "Perform-PP" controls are stored per-preset. Adding or removing a control from "Perform- PP" will change the EDIT state of the preset.''

''The "Perform-Gbl" controls are stored in the Global Settings. Adding or removing a control from "Perform-Gbl" is automatically saved to the Global Settings.''

''Performance controls are added via the editor from a block's parameter view. The editor's selected parameter control is assigned to the desired Performance tab through a popup menu.

''The editor's Perform view is accessed via the "Perform" button or the Tools / Performance menu. From this view, Per-Preset Performance controls can be imported and/or exported using the "Block Library" control. Additionally, the view's "Per-Preset" and "Global" tabs allow label editing for controls already assigned to the "Perfrom-PP" and "Perform-Gbl" tabs.''

Changed Cabinet, IR Player and Tone Match block IR windowing so that window length is proportional to IR length (rather than a constant window length).

Doubled length of IR Capture Utility sweep. This improves SNR in challenging environments, i.e. a large, noisy room when capturing “far-field” IRs. The time between sweeps has also been increased to allow the room reverberation to decay sufficiently before starting the next sweep.

Improved Amp block power amp modeling.

Added five “Manual” controllers to Controllers menu. These can be used as modifiers for real-time manipulation of parameters from the front panel.

Combined LFO 1 and LFO 2 menus into a single menu.

Fixed Ring Mod block left/right slightly unbalanced.

Fixed Looper allows playback even if no loop exists causing noise.

FC: Further fixes for startup timing issues.

FC: Fixed Inc/Dec functions' upper limits defaulting to zero.

FC: Fixed learning of FC external pedals and switches in MIDI/Remote.

FC: Fixed external switch polarity not showing correctly on the FC Controllers Remote page.

=5.08 - Released: 2019/05/20=

Added Low Cut and High Cut to individual IRs in Cabinet block. Filter slopes are also selectable from 6 to 24 dB/oct.

Added IR Length parameter to individual IRs in Cabinet block. Shorter lengths can be used to remove room reflections and/or decrease CPU usage.

Changed Pitch block so that pitch detection is performed even when block is bypassed. This allows using the Learn function while the block is in bypass.

Fixed sometimes unit will hang at boot if an FC-12 running firmware version 1.06 or later is connected.

Fixed pop when switching from Hipower amp models to certain other amp models.

FC: Fix Layout Link not working when in MLM mode.

FC: Fix EZ Page changing values of Switch 1 even if no switch has been selected .

FC: Fix inc/dec wrap operation.

=5.07 - Released: 2019/05/06=

Improved Preset/Scene/Channel switching time.

Fixed wrong default Cathode Follower Compression values for Brit JVM and JS410 amp models.

Fixed AES/SPDIF input shifted by one bit causing clipping at -6 dBFS.

FC: Added support for stand-in switches (assign external switches to perform a function assigned to an FC switch).

FC: Support for FC firmware 1.06 (switch behavior and polarity)

FC: Added shortcut keys to/from Per-Preset and Global

FC: Added warning on switch page if the switch is overridden in the current preset

FC: Fix per-preset overrides not working on MLM page 2 for the FC-6

FC: Fix layout link and MLM interaction (switch 3 for the FC-6 and switch 6 for the FC-12)

FC: Fix layout link for per preset switches

=5.06 - Released: 2019/4/18=

Added USA JP IIC+ Green amp model (channel 1).

Fixed wrong internal transformer matching value for Friedman Small Box model.

Fixed popping when switching between channels/scenes/patches with very different block levels.

Fixed incorrect error message when updating USB firmware via Fractal-Bot.

Fixed Upper Limit on functions in the Bank category reverting to '51' on restart (regardless of bank size).

Fixed FC layout names getting clobbered if knob A is used to Nav while editing.

Fixed loading defaults squashing the version (and other dummy params) on the devices page.

Display Effect name for Effect functions on the Overrides page of Per-Preset FC Settings.

Configurable timeout for the notifications on the FC main LCD.

Updated FC function Effect->Channel Select to turn off the LED ring if the effect is bypased and Smart Bypass is enabled.

Added TEST ON and TEST OFF to CS MIDI for the FC.

=5.05 - Released: 2019/04/07=

Fixed missing menu for USA JP IIC+ Yellow amp model when using authentic controls.

=5.04 - Released: 2019/04/??=

Added USA JP IIC+ Yellow amp model (channel 2).

NOTE: To emulate the “Shred” mode turn the High Treble control to approximately 3-4 dB (or adjust to taste, you are not limited by a single switch).

Fixed corruption in FC Remote menu.

=5.03 - Released: 2019/04/05=

Added USA JP IIC+ Red amp model (channel 3). NOTE: To emulate the “Shred” mode turn the High Treble control to approximately 3-4 dB (or adjust to taste, you are not limited by a single switch).

Fixed hold functions on page two of the Master Layout Menu for the FC-6.

Fixed FC Bank -> Inc/Dec function's upper limit from resetting to the maximum bank number on reboot or bank size change.

Fixed copy/paste of FC Layouts not setting Layout Link.

Fixed FC Layout Link for hold functions not surviving a reboot.

Fixed wet data muting during channel change in Multitap block.

=5.02 - Released: 2019/03/24=

Fixed presets created with firmware prior to 3.00 defaulting Amp block EQ Off/On parameter to Off instead of On.

=5.01 - Released: 2019/05/??=

Fixed presets created with firmware prior to 3.00 not loading various parameters correctly. These parameters are primarily the Spread parameters in the Chorus, Flanger, Rotary and Reverb blocks, among others.

=5.00 - Released: 2019/03/??=

Completely new Amp block cathode follower algorithm yielding more accurate results. The “Ideal” cathode follower type is no longer supported as it is incompatible and has been removed from the GUI. The Cathode Follower Time and Ratio parameters have also been removed as they are no longer applicable. A “Grid Clipping” parameter has been added which allows the user to adjust the grid clipping in the cathode follower. Lower values reflect the softer response of classic British and American tubes like Mullard, Sylvania and RCA. Higher values simulate the response of modern Chinese and Russian tubes with more abrupt clipping.

Updated various Amp block parameters related to new cathode follower algorithm. Existing presets are automatically updated to the new values.

Added AES/SPDIF Input Level control. This is located in the I/O->USB/AES menu. NOTE: this parameter will default to -40 dB after installation of the firmware. Be sure to adjust to the desired level if using the AES or SPDIF inputs.

Added Treble Booster and Mid Booster boost types to Amp block.

Improved Scene/Channel change logic. Only the wet data is muted when changing scenes and channels now leaving the dry data intact which results in smoother transitions.

Changed Control block Envelope Follower behavior so that when the signal exceeds the threshold the control value starts at zero rather than jumping to the threshold value.

Fixed wrong bass pot taper in Friedman Small Box model.

Fix FC per-preset corruption with some presets.

NOTE: Due to the new algorithms several amp block parameters are reset to default values when loading old presets. Included in these parameters is Preamp Bias Excursion. If you had altered this parameter in a preset note that it will be reset and you may want to readjust it.

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>
<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/axe-fx-iii-firmware-version-5-00-beta.148607/page-3#post-1759653]
All models have been improved as there was a change to the triode algorithms as well.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

=4.03 - Released: 2019/03/07=

Fixed Div/13 CJ 11 amp model muted when two Amp blocks used.

=4.02 - Released: 2019/03/07=

Fixed issue with certain amp models, i.e. Legato 100, exhibiting excessive blocking distortion.

Fixed loss of communications with FC-X foot controllers after being left on for very long periods of time, i.e. overnight.

Various fixes and improvement for FC-X controllers.

=4.01 - Released: 2019/03/06=

Fixed triode modeling algorithm for amp models with “cold clipping” stages, i.e. Recto, SLO, etc.

=4.00 - Released: 2019/03/06=

Improved Amp block preamp tube modeling.

Improved Amp block cathode follower grid modeling.

Improved power amp modeling for “Class-A” type amp models.

Added modifier capability to Decay Time, Level 1-8 and Pan 1-8 controls in Plex Delay block.

Added Presence Shift control to Amp block Tone page for the appropriate models when using Authentic controls.

Added SV Bass 1 amp model. This is the original SV Bass model prior to the change in 2.05. The new SV Bass model added at 2.05 has been renamed SV Bass 2.

Added FAS Skull Crusher amp model. The nastiest, most brutal amp model to ever escape from the seventh circle.

Reworked PI Fuzz model based on older “Triangle” version reference. A soft-reset of the model is required to load the new parameter values. Note that duplicating the behavior of a fuzz pedal requires that the pedal be the first non-bypassed block following the Input 1 block and the input block impedance must be set to Auto since fuzz pedals load down the guitar’s pickups.

Added “Unlink All Blocks From Global” function to Layout->Tools menu. This unlinks all blocks from any global blocks to which they may be linked.

Expanded the names of the “USA” models to more accurately indicate the switch settings.

Fixed Tone page for Plexi 100W 1970 not showing Normal Drive control.

Fixed incorrect capacitor value and wrong default Low Cut value in BB Pre Drive model.

Fixed wrong default Low Cut value in Eternal Love and Esoteric ACB Drive models.

Fixed Output EQ in Amp block not being redrawn when changing channels and number of bands is different.

Fixed wrong triode plate frequency in Herbie CH3 model.

Fixed wrong mid and treble tapers in all Herbie models. Existing presets should be auditioned.

=3.02 - Released: 2019/02/26=

Improved Drive block. WARNING!!! The sound of some of the drive models may have changed significantly.

* Drive models based on op-amp and diode clipping topologies have been completely overhauled.
* For many types there is now a “Dry Gain” control. This parameter controls the amount of “dry” signal mixed with the “wet” (distorted) signal. For a Tube Screamer-based model this will default to 100% due to the topology. For other types this will default to 0. Values up to 200% are allowed. Note that the dry data is added before any tone controls and therefore is not exactly equivalent to a mix but rather replicates the behavior of analog circuits.
* Drive types based on op-amp and diode clipping circuits now allow control over the type and quantity of diodes in the positive and negative polarity. For example, the user can select (2) 1N34A diodes for positive signal polarity and (1) red LED for negative. Experiment with the various diode types and quantities to obtain new and unique sounds.
* The Basic GUI page now reflects only the controls found on the actual pedal. In cases where the actual pedal does not have any tone controls a simple Tone control is included for convenience.
* Added several new types.

Added “All” to Tuner Input Source selection. This sums all inputs.

Added Global "Tone Control Display" parameter. When set to Authentic (default) only those controls present on the actual amp are displayed. When set to Ideal all tone controls are displayed. Also, when set to Authentic the Bass, Mid and Treble controls are reset to default values when changing models to ensure accuracy for models that may not have these controls.

Fixed Tone Match block not updating correctly between preset changes if different Mode used.

Fixed loss of low frequency resolution for Tone Match block when set to Off-Line mode.

=3.01 - Released: 2019/01/30=

Fixed Graphic EQ pages not responding to navigation buttons.

Fixed FC load defaults correctly sets bank size before configuring switches.

Fixed FC use "Scene X" on main LCD if scene name is blank.

Fixed load FC-12 defaults won't switch first FC to layout 7.

Fixed FC scene name not updating if character(s) removed from end.

=3.00 - Released: 2019/01/28=

Improved amp modeling.

Improved speaker compliance algorithm.

Improved algorithms for modulation effects.

Improved Tone Match block graphs.

Improved Reverb block.

Added “EQ Off / On” control to Amp block. This modifiable parameter turns the graphic EQ on and off.

Added Plex Verb type to Plex block. While the Reverb block is designed for authentic, natural-sounding reverbs, the Plex Verb type is designed for large, ethereal reverb sounds. This type is also simple to use with no time, tempo, level or pan parameters required. For best results turn the Diffusion Mix up when using this type.

Added Spread and Pre-Delay controls to Plex block.

Increased the range of the Low Freq Time and High Freq Time in the Reverb block. This allows for creative reverb sounds. Several new reverb types have been added to illustrate these effects.

The Chorus, Flanger, Plex, Reverb and Rotary blocks now supports Spread values from -200% to 200%. Values beyond +/-100% increase the apparent image beyond the stereo field. The action of the spread control has also been improved so that the apparent volume remains constant vs. spread value.

Fixed IR Capture utility sometimes not working in Cab+DI mode.

Fixed slow response in IR Capture configuration menu when changing bank/slot.

Fixed Cabinet block graphs not showing traces for non-UltraRes IRs.

Fixed Input Source for Pitch Follower not exposed.

Fixed FC-X custom Mini-Display Label for Effect, Chan Select.

=2.05 - Released: 2019/01/14=

NOTE: The firmware now displays diagnostics during the first phase of the boot routine. [http://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/axe-fx-iii-firmware-version-2-05.146395]

Added Threshold parameter for all types in Compressor block.

Change Drive block behavior so that when changing the Drive Type the graphic EQ is reset.

Reworked SV Bass amp model. Model is now based on a 1970 Ampeg SVT with 6550 power tubes and the midrange switch in position 3.

Cabinet block now automatically corrects the polarity of IRs that are inverted, i.e. captured from the back of a cabinet.

Added floor reflection modeling to Cabinet block. The intensity of the floor reflections can be adjusted with the new “Floor Reflections” parameter. Floor reflections play a large role in “amp in the room” sound. If the amp is on a carpet the floor reflections are minimal. If the amp is on a wood or other hard surface the floor reflections are significant. Existing presets will initialize this value to 0% so as to not change the sound. The default value is 50%. Note that negative values, while not realistic, are supported which inverts the reflection.

Added Diffusion to the Cabinet block room modeling.

Improved IR Capture Utility. User can now select between conventional deconvolution and reverse filter processing. In a high-noise environment the reverse filter technique can provide better results. In low-noise environments the conventional technique can provide slightly better bandwidth and magnitude accuracy. Note that the prior firmware used the reverse filter technique.

Added Processing parameter to IR Capture Utility. This selects between “Minimum-Phase” which transforms the IR into a minimum-phase version, “Auto-Trim” which removes the leading silence, and “None” which applies no processing at all. Note: prior firmware always used minimum-phase processing.

Added Delay Compensation to IR Capture Utility. This allows compensating for time-of-flight delay when capturing IRs. For example when capturing far-field IRs there may be significant time delay due to the distance of the mic from the speaker. This can reduce the precision of the measurement if the delay is excessive. To use the compensation configure the graph to the Time display. Do a test sweep and note the waveform delay. Dial in the desired amount of compensation delay and repeat as necessary. Note that the speed of sound is roughly 1 ft/ms so a mic that is 10 ft from the speaker would incur roughly 10 ms of delay. Note that IR Capture Utility will automatically compensate for delays up to approximately 20 ms (1K samples). Correction is only required for delays greater than 20 ms.

Added alignment graph to Cabinet block showing a zoomed time series of the IRs allowing visual adjustment of the mic distance. When using IRs that have not been minimum-phase processed this facilitates aligning the IRs.

Added Volume Increment/Decrement CCs for Output 2.

Added “Analog Compressor” to Compressor block. This compressor has a natural soft-knee response and captures the vibe of the classic compressors of the 70’s and 80’s.

Added Mix control to Multiband Compressor block.

Added Knee Type control to Multiband Compressor block.

Corrected the VU meters in the Output block to compensate for the “unity gain” nature of Outputs 3 and 4. Note that the Output block meters are BEFORE the Level controls (pre-fader) on the front panel and are therefore unaffected by the Level controls. The meters indicate the internal signal level relative to full-scale (dBFS).

Renamed Dumble-style amp models with PAB on accordingly.

Changed Volume Inc/Dec behavior so that muting is not performed.

Various changes and fixes for FC-6/12 foot controllers. Note: this firmware, or a later version, should be installed for proper operation of the foot controllers.

Fixed clicking noise in Pitch block at certain values of shift and tracking.

Fixed Cabinet block LF Damping and HF Damping parameters sometimes not working.

Fixed output gain of Compressor block when using either of the Pedal types dependent upon the Ratio control of the Studio type.

Fixed crash when adjusting Amp block Screen Q rapidly.

=2.04 - Released: 2018/12/15=

Added “Tube Compressor” type to Compressor block. This type is based on classic tube compressors like the Altec Lansing 436C. Since this type uses “variable mu” processing it may add subtle, and possibly desirable, distortion to the audio.

Added “FF Comb” and “FB Comb” types to Filter block. FF Comb is a feed-forward comb filter and FB Comb is a feedback comb filter. Delay Time controls the order of the comb filters, higher values result in more closely spaced notches and vice-versa. Depth controls the intensity of the filter, higher values result in deeper notches/peaks and vice-versa.

Added Comb Filter Type parameter to Multidelay block. The names of the parameters in the block have been changed from “Resonator” to “Comb Filter”.

Added clock sync checking in I/O menu. If the user selects one of the digital input sources (SPDIF or AES) as the clock source and there is no valid input the menu will indicate no clock source.

Changed Cabinet block Room Size display to meters for clarity.

Fixed Cabinet block does not update if a newly captured IR is saved to an IR location in use.

Fixed Cabinet block “AIR” mixing is done before level normalization.

Fixed USB 5/6 Input Level affects SPDIF/AES input level.

Fixed setting size very low on room types in Reverb block can cause crash.

=2.03 - Released: 2018/12/03=

Changed Looper behavior so that Play indicator only lights during recording when overdubbing.

Added Looper Crossfade parameter. When set to ON the loop fades out/in at the end/start of the loop.

Improved Cabinet block room emulation. New algorithm provides denser and more immersive reflections.

Added Room Shape parameter to Cabinet block which selects between and hall and room shape.

Added “Bias Trem” type to Tremolo block. This uses a tube emulation algorithm to replicate the bias tremolo used in vintage tube amps.

Added “Harmonic Trem” type to Tremolo block. This recreates the famous sound of the tremolo circuit in the old “Brownface” amplifiers. This effect splits the spectrum and applies modulation to the two frequency bands. The Crossover Slope parameter selects the filter order for the crossover. The original circuit used a 6 dB/octave crossover. Higher slopes can give a more intense effect. The crossover frequency can be changed with the Crossover Frequency parameter. Note: unlike most implementations the Axe-Fx III version is full stereo and can be used before or after the Amp block without losing stereo separation. Additionally the effect supports LFO phase for the left/right which can be used to achieve unique sounds. Furthermore the effect supports LFO types other than Sine for even more unique sounds.

Note: both the Bias Trem and Harmonic Trem use nonlinear processing techniques and, as such, may add distortion to the audio signal just as their tube-based counterparts would.

Added “Grinder” boost type based on a Fortin Grind to the Amp block.

Added USB Input Level controls. These are located in Setup->I/O->USB. Note that these values will default to -40 dB after the firmware upgrade.

Changed background tasks to run dynamically based on available processing time. This prevents sluggish behavior of Axe-Edit and MIDI controllers immediately after startup.

Fixed IR capture export not working consistently causing issues with Cab-Lab 3.

Fixed incompatibility with Live mode in Cab-Lab 3 when using Axe-Fx III as the audio interface.

Fixed Reverb block NaN if setting size extremely low and turning modulation depth way up.

=2.02 - Released: 2018/11/26=

Fixed issue in phase inverter modeling causing excessive bias excursion in some amp models.

Fixed Reverb block causing crash if setting size to less than 6.0 for certain types.

Fixed FC GUI corruption when changing presets via foot controller.

Various other fixes and enhancements for FC-X controllers.

=2.01 - Released: 2018/11/25=

Added “Filter Type” to Compressor Side-chain.

Added “Auto-Swell” type to Volume block. This simulates “pinky swells” using the guitar volume knob. Threshold sets the input power to start the volume swell. When the input power drops below the threshold the swell circuit is reset and the volume drops to zero. Attack sets the rate at which the volume increases.

Increased size of VU meters and added gain readout in Layout GUI.

Added ability to select the source of USB Outputs 7,8 (to computer). Inputs 2-4 can be assigned to USB 7,8.

Improved Amp block phase inverter modeling.

Fixed minor error in Amp block voltage to speaker displacement transfer function causing more parameter shift than expected for a given Speaker Compliance setting.

=2.0 - Released: 2018/11/21=

Improved Amp block speaker dynamic parameter modeling. The new Speaker Compliance parameter controls the nonlinear behavior of the virtual speaker. Existing presets will load with this parameter at 0.0 and will be unchanged tonally from the previous firmware (IOW your presets will not be altered). Selecting a new amp model or resetting the block will set the value to 50% which is a typical value for guitar speakers.

Improved Amp block cathode follower modeling.

Improved Looper cross-fade at start/end of loop.

Improved stability and latency of Pitch block.

Improved anti-aliasing performance of Pitch block.

Added Temperament parameter to Pitch block. When set to “Just”, pitch shifting uses just temperament with ratios defined by the harmonic overtone series. When set to the default value of “Equal”, equal temperament tuning is used. Just temperament can be used to give a “sweeter” harmony, especially when followed by distortion.

Added “Virtual Capo” type to Pitch block. This is a simple one-voice pitch shift that is intended for drop-tuning and virtual capo use and is easy to configure and use.

Changed Pitch block behavior so that when selecting Whammy or Virtual Capo types the Mix is automatically set to 100%, otherwise 50%.

Improved algorithms in Multitap block.

Added two options to the Filter Order in the Cabinet block. “L: 6, H: 12” sets the filter slope to 6 dB/octave for the low cut and 12 dB/octave for the high cut. “L: 12, H: 6” sets the filter slope to 12 dB/octave for the low cut and 6 dB/octave for the high cut.

Changed Looper meter, CPU meter and Layout VU meter colors to cyan so that thresholds are visible to those with red-green colorblindness.

Fixed Looper not playing when pressing Once if Trim Start is nonzero.

Fixed MIDI running status ignored if active sense messages received between status messages.

Fixed Master Resonator Time not working in Multitap Delay.

Fixed diffusion not working on delay lines 2-4 in certain types in Multitap Delay.

Various changes and fixes for FC-X controllers.

Minor tweaks and improvements to the GUI.

=1.18 - Released: 2018/10/15=

Fixed meters on Home->Meters sometimes getting stuck.

Fixed MIDI-Over-USB hanging when receiving certain SysEx messages intended for other products. This occurs with some DAW software (i.e. Logic) at startup causing subsequent SysEx commands to be ignored rendering Axe-Edit non-responsive.

Fixed certain 3rd-party MIDI SysEx messages not processed properly when SysEx messages are also being received via USB (i.e. changing a block bypass state or channel via a MIDI foot controller while also using Axe-Edit).

Fixed adjustments to global Noisegate Offset do not take effect until editing Input block.

Fixed booting to preset with two amp blocks does not correctly initialize.

Fixed block channel change so that muting does not occur if block is bypassed.

Fixed IR Player block allows linking to Global Blocks.

Changed range of Attack and Release parameters in Input block gate to more suitable values.

=1.17 - Released: 2018/10/07=

Fixed NaN when selecting “USA” amp types.

=1.16 - Released: 2018/10/05=

Improved Multiband Compressor block so that mid-band gain is automatically compensated for crossover response.

Added Frequency Range parameters to Multiband Compressor block. This selects between Low and High frequency ranges yielding more flexible crossover frequencies.

Added Crossover Slope parameter to Multiband Compressor block. Choices are 12 and 24 dB/octave.

Added FAS Boost to Amp block input boost types.

Added Output Mode to Amp block. The default value, FRFR, is the classic mode and designed for use with monitors or recording. The SS PA + Cab mode is intended for use with a solid-state power amp and conventional guitar cab. In this mode speaker compression modeling behaves differently relying on the speaker for compression while still simulating the interaction with the power amp. NOTE: this mode is not intended for use with current drive power amps, i.e. tube power amps, Class-D current feedback amps (Quilter Tone Block), etc. NOTE: this mode CAN be used with FRFR monitors in high volume applications where the monitor’s speakers are compressing thereby achieving a more dynamic response.

Added 10-band, 2/3 octave types to Graphic EQ block. These types center the filter frequencies on a narrower range best suited to finely sculpting guitar tones.

Added 10-band, 2/3 octave graphic equalizer to Drive block. The EQ can be enabled/disabled via the Graphic EQ parameter which is also modifiable.

Added 8-band, 2/3 octave graphic equalizer to Wah block. The EQ can be enabled/disabled via the EQ parameter which is also modifiable.

Fixed moving cabs with Axe-Edit causes corrupted empty slots.

Fixed Looper status not reported correctly via MIDI.

Fixed Looper doesn’t always start if threshold is off.

Fixed metronome turning on when executing Reset System Parameters.

Various fixes and changes for FC series foot controllers.

=1.15 - Released: 2018/09/97=

Added (2) IR Player blocks. These are simple versions of the Cabinet block that can be used to process IRs for various purposes such as applying Tone Matches separate from the Tone Match block. For example, an IR Player block can be used to apply a Tone Match of a guitar at the beginning of a chain leaving the Tone Match block available for amp matching.

Added Output 1 Volume Increment and Output 1 Volume Decrement CC assignments. When the CC assigned to Volume Increment/Decrement is received the scene volume for Output 1 is incremented or decremented by 1 dB and the preset automatically saved.

Added Metronome function. To enable the metronome press the Tempo button and adjust the level for the desired output(s). Note: the metronome levels persist across presets and are reset to OFF at power on.

Improved Looper block:
# Added Record Threshold parameter. When set to a value greater than -80 dB recording will not start until the input signal exceeds the set value. The Record icon will blink when the Looper is armed for recording and will turn solid when recording starts. The meter at the bottom of the page can be used to help set the Threshold. Use the soft knob or main Value knob to adjust the threshold value (or use the Record Threshold parameter on the Config page).
# Added Trim Start and Trim End parameters to the Looper block. These parameters can be used to adjust the start and end points of the loop. The graph on the Control page provides visualization of the loop and the start/end points.
# Added Quantize parameter. When set to ON the loop length is quantized to the nearest beat.
# Added Record 2nd Press parameter. Choices are Overdub – existing behavior, second press of Record ends loop and enters overdub; Play – second press of Record ends loop and enters play; Stop – second press of Record ends loop.
# Added Speed parameter. When Speed is set to HALF the virtual tape runs at half the normal speed. The speed can be also be toggled via a MIDI CC message.
# Improved cross-fading at the start and end of the loop.

Added Mode parameter to Tone Match block. When set to OFF-LINE the processing is adjusted to better suit matching recorded sources such as guitar stems. When set to LIVE the processing is as before and better suited to matching a real-time source such as the output of a guitar amp.

Added Damping Time to Sequencer. This controls the time it takes to slew from the one value to the next.

Improved CPU usage for Synthesizer block when oscillator type is white or pink noise.

Improved Tuner.

Various GUI tweaks and improvements.

Changes/improvements to 3rd-Party MIDI device support (see AXE-FX III MIDI FOR THIRD-PARTY DEVICES document for details).

Fixed ADSR graphs not initializing properly on preset recall.

Fixed some parameter displays dependent on Tempo, i.e. Delay Time, not updating when new Tempo is entered.

Fixed Mixer and Multiplexer blocks shouldn’t be bypassable.

Fixed Tremolo block bug when LFO Type set to SAW DOWN.

=1.14 - Released: 2018/08/03=

Added MIDI CC for Looper Stop. This allows stopping recording or playback of the Looper via MIDI automation.

Added Friedman HBE 2018 C45 amp model.

Added gain monitoring for Input Dynamics control in Amp block.

Fixed MIDI status dump not working correctly.

Fixed divide-by-zero fault if turning Master Volume to zero on JS410 amp models.

=1.13 - Released: 2018/07/23=

Added “Dual Chorus” type to Chorus block. This type has independent LFOs for the left and right delay lines. Delay lines are BBD emulations.

Added “SSB Upper” and “SSB Lower” types to Ring Modulator block. These select the upper and lower sidebands of the modulation, respectively.

Added single-sideband ring modulators to Multidelay block. These can be used to create strange and interesting echo sounds. To defeat the modulators turn Master Ring Mod Mix to 0.

Added chorusing to individual delay lines in Multidelay block. There are four LFOs, one for each delay line. The rate and depth of each LFO is individually adjustable. These add to the main LFOs which modulate each delay line at the same frequency but different phases. By using short delay times the Multidelay block can now act as four parallel choruses, each with independent rate and depth.

Added Quad-Tap Band Delay type to Multidelay block. This type has the same configuration as the Quad-Tap delay except the filters are outside the feedback paths.

Added band highlighting to RTA block. Turn Value knob to select desired band. The frequency of the selected band is displayed in the upper left corner.

Increased number of channels in Multiplexer block to six, one for each row.

Changed preset recall behavior if Ignore Redundant PC is on. If Ignore Redundant PC is on and the desired scene (set via PC mapping) is different than the current scene the preset is not loaded but the scene IS changed.

Added MIDI support for 3rd-party devices to set/get scene, channel, bypass, scene names and preset names, control the Looper, tap tempo, etc. via System Exclusive messages. See the Axe-Fx III MIDI for Third-Party Devices document for implementation details.

Added Preset Increment/Decrement controllers. These can be used to increment/decrement the current preset. The Preset Start and Preset End parameters control the range of presets selected and selection wraps at the limits. Preset mapping and offsets are ignored.

Improved Tempo accuracy for MIDI clock.

Fixed Barberpole type in Phaser block broken.

Fixed no preset loading on startup if Ignore Redundant PC is on.

Fixed Scratchpad Cab #1 not loading automatically when doing an IR capture.

Various changes and fixes for FC controllers.

=1.12 - Released: 2018/06/29=

Added Global Block support for Input 1 block.

Added Scene Volumes to Output block.

Improved Multidelay block. The Band Delay type has been replaced by a more flexible Quad Parallel Delay. The Quad Parallel Delay and the Quad Series Delay now feature four delay lines in a parallel or series configuration, respectively, as before, with the output of each delay line feeding a series combination of a bandpass filter and a resonator. Added drive, low-cut and hi-cut filters allow further tone sculpting. To defeat the bandpass filters set Master Q to minimum. To defeat the resonators set Master Resonator Feedback to 0.

Improved Spring Reverb algorithm. New algorithm features improved dispersion modeling and adjustable low and high frequency decay time ratios.

Improved knob response for fine adjustments.

Fixed Reverb GUI so that only valid parameters show on All page for selected type.

Fixed system backup hanging if on preset containing certain types of foot controller data.

Fixed engaging Tuner causes reset of External Controller values.

Fixed Ignore Redundant PC not working.

Fixed Tremolo block not updating rate when entering tempo.

=1.11 - Released: 2018/06/17=

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>
<blockquote>
[http://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/firmware-1-11.140004/page-2#post-1660386]
1.11 fixed a minor mistake in the Output and MBC blocks GUI's. Not worth a public release.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

Fixed Multiband Compressor and Output GUI.

Fixed Looper block Dry Level not working.

=1.10 - Released: 2018/06/16=

Improved Scene/Channel switching.

Added “Stereoizer” type to Enhancer block. While the Classic and Modern types rely on micro-delays and inversions to create artificial stereo, the new Stereoizer uses multiple high-order filters to create a realistic stereo image.

Fixed Phaser block level dropping 3 dB when effect is engaged.

=1.09 - Released: 2018/06/11=

Added “Effect Bypass Mode” to MIDI menu. When set to “Value” the bypass state of an effect assigned to a CC is controlled by the CC value. When set to “Toggle” the bypass state toggles whenever the CC message is received, regardless of the value.

Added “Default Scene” parameter to Global menu. When set to “As Saved” the scene selected when recalling a preset is the scene that was active when the preset was saved. When set to a particular scene value that scene will always be selected when a preset is recalled.

Added Channel parameter to modifiers. This allows applying the modifier to all channels or only a selected channel of an effect block.

Added Tilt EQ to Amp block Input EQ types.

Added Boost Type and Boost Level to Amp block. There are seven boost types: Neutral, T808, T808 Mod, Super OD, Full OD, AC Boost and Shimmer. All boosts act as “clean boosts” replicating the oft-used “Drive on 0, adjust Level as desired” boost technique. The boost allows boosting the amp block without requiring a separate Drive block. The Boost Level parameter controls the amount of boost.

Added Modifier ability to Formant block Resonance parameter.

Added “Prompt on Edited Preset Change” parameter to Global Settings. When set to ON the unit will prompt before changing presets if the current preset has been edited (and prevent you from losing your edits). NOTE: Be sure to change this value to OFF before performing!

Added Global Blocks. There are 8 Global Blocks per effect instance. Not all effects support Global Blocks (i.e. Mixer, RTA, etc.). There are four operations associated with a Global Block:
# Link To Global Block: This operation links the selected effect with a Global Block. The Global Block data is NOT loaded. Upon saving the preset the Global Block is saved. Any other presets linked to this Global Block will load the Global Block data upon recall.
# Load From Global Block: This operation loads data from a selected Global Block but does NOT link the block.
# Link To and Load From Global Block: This operation links an effect to a Global Block AND loads data from the Global Block. Upon saving the preset the Global Block is saved. Any other presets linked to this Global Block will load the Global Block data upon recall.
# Unlink From Global Block. This operation disassociates the effect from any Global Blocks.
Global Block operations are accessible from the Tools page in the Layout menu.

Improved scene switching algorithm resulting in much faster, smoother scene changes.

Improved Reverb algorithms.

Changed Looper behavior:
# Pressing Undo while recording undoes the last recorded layer, as before. Pressing Undo when the loop is stopped now erases the loop data. Pressing Undo during playback undoes the last recorded layer. Pressing Undo again (during playback) restores the undone layer. Subsequent presses toggle the layer on and off.
# Pressing Record now always starts a new layer (previously pressing Record during the first layer stopped recording and entered playback).
# Pressing Once while recording stops the loop.

Added Dry Level parameter to Looper Block.

Improved Input block noise gate. When the Type is set to Intelligent (default) the noise gate now provides smart EMI filtering which reduces hum and buzz. NOTE: For best results the AC Line Frequency parameter in the Global Settings menu should be set to match the power line frequency of your country (i.e. 60 Hz for North America, 50 Hz for EU, etc.).

Improved Amp block output transformer modeling.

Various changes to support Axe-Edit.

Various changes to support FC-6/12 controllers.

Changed default value for Setup -> MIDI -> Program Change to ON.

Fixed Scene MIDI block not sending correct data on preset change.

Fixed cabinet names not showing up in cab picker until background tasks are finished.

Fixed wrong Preamp Bias value in Plexi 2204 model.

Fixed Pitch block LFO Tempo not being updated on tempo changes.

Fixed RTA block not updating on preset change.

Fixed noise in Looper block when pressing Undo.

Fixed Modifier Auto-Engage working erratically if Update Rate set to Slow or Medium.

Fixed MIDI PC Offset not being applied.

Fixed crash if flooding unit with MIDI data during boot.

Fixed hang if MIDI Send PC is set to OMNI.

=1.08 - Released: 2018/04/30=

Various changes to support Axe-Edit.

Fixed Channels not copying correctly when using Scene copy utility function.

Fixed Global data not being saved after import (restore).

Fixed Reverb hold not working for Spring types.

=1.07 - Released: 2018/04/19=

Fixed Pitch block not setting number of voices correctly, i.e. Whammy modes should have one voice but two voices were audible.

Fixed Input 1 Level Meters not scaled properly when input source is USB.

Fixed minor bug in Rotary GUI.

Fixed wrong default Output Level value in Return block.

Fixed garbage data in SPDIF output buffer if no Output 1 block in layout.

Added “Update Rate” parameter to Modifiers. Values are Slow | Medium | Fast. The Update Rate selects the rate at which the modifier updates the target parameter. For most applications a slow rate is sufficient. Under some circumstances a slow rate may cause “zipper noise”. Increasing the rate will reduce the noise at the expense of increased CPU usage.

=1.06 - Released: 2018/04/16=

Added “Solo” ability to Cab block.

Added “Plexi 2204” Amp model based on a 1981 JMP 50W Master Volume head.

Added modifier capability to Resonator block Chord and Frequency parameters.

Fixed Output block buffer stuck when bypassed causing high pitched tone.

Fixed Pitch block not initializing correctly on patch change.

Fixed Pitch block sometimes getting “stuck” on negative harmony shifts.

Fixed distortion on Crystal Echoes pitch type if Direction is set to Reverse and Shift is set to +4.

Fixed MIDI message(s) immediately following a PC message being ignored, i.e. Scene Select CC.

Fixed some minor GUI bugs.

=1.05 - Released: 2018/04/04=

Added ability to route block when Layout is zoomed out.

Added Input Source select to ADSR and Envelope in Control block. Fixed MIDI bank select.

Fixed Scene Copy function not copying Amp block bypass states.

Fixed can’t select Amp type when creating a new preset if the previous preset had the Amp block channel as anything other than ‘A’.

Fixed External Controller initial values not being applied and garbage values in any of these controllers that are not assigned.

=1.04 - Released: 2018/03/25=

Fixed low-cut and high-cut filters not working in Multitap Delay block.

Fixed Amp blocks bypass states not being preserved across preset changes.

Fixed Tone Match block Smoothing parameter not working.

Fixed Quad Tape Delay missing modifier for Motor Speed (formerly labeled Tape Speed).

Fixed MIDI CC Channel changes not responding above values of 3.

Various GUI enhancements and improvements.

=1.03 - Released: 2018/03/13=

First public firmware release.

=1.01/1.02=

Initial firmware release on the first shipped units.

No release notes.

[[category:Axe-Fx3]]
[[category:All]]

Axe-Fx III firmware release notes

2026-03-20T19:02:34Z

Yek: /* 32.02 - released 2025 March 06 */

__TOC__

=32.03 BETA - released 2025 March 20=

Improved Chorus block.

Remastered the Japan CE-2 model.

Added EQ controls to some models.

Added the following models:

Japan CE-1 Chorus. Based on a Boss CE-1 in chorus mode.

Japan CE-1 Vibrato. Based on a Boss CE-1 in vibrato mode.

Japan CH-1. Based on a Boss CH-1.

MX234. Based on an MXR M234 Analog Chorus.

Small Copy. Based on an EXH Small Clone.

Japan CE-2 Bass. Based on a Boss CE-2B.

Vibrato. A generic vibrato effect.

Fixed Input EQ in Amp block not working if Definition is 0.0.

Fixed excessive blocking distortion in Supertweed model.

=32.02 - released 2025 March 06=

Improved Amp block preamp modeling.

Added “Oversampling” parameter to Drive block. When set to HIGH the oversampling rate is doubled which results in less aliasing. NOTE: This will increase CPU usage considerably.

Reduced CPU usage in some blocks.

Fixed an issue where overdriving the input of the Amp block, whether with an external Drive block or using the internal Input Boost (or both), causes excessive aliasing for some amp models.

Fixed wrong Overdrive Volume taper in Fox ODS models. Audition presets and adjust as necessary.

Fixed an issue with the Euro Uber model where certain combinations of Presence and Depth can cause a crash.

=32.01 - released 2025 Feb 24=

Added Dry Diffusion control to Delay block. This allows adjusting the dry diffusion separate from the wet diffusion.

Added Delay controls to Mixer block. This allows adding up to 64 samples of delay to each signal. This can be used to compensate for latency when routing things in parallel.

Fixed turning Gain up to 10 in some amp models can cause Amp block to crash.

Fixed an issue with the Euro Uber model where certain values of Depth combined with certain speaker impedance curves can cause a crash.

Added checking for invalid/duplicate modifiers (which can be caused by 3rd-party apps) during preset recall and removes them.

=32.00 - released 2025 Feb 20=

Improved power tube grid modeling in Amp block.

Improved frequency response accuracy for amp models.

Improved diffusion in Delay block. The dry signal is now diffused along with the delayed signal. This makes the effect more musical.

Increased pitch tracking range in Pitch block to ~2500 Hz. This allows tracking pinch harmonics better.

Improved pitch shifting for low frequencies, e.g. bass guitars.

Grouped types in Reverb block to aid in selection.

Increased range of Attack Time in Input block. Attack Time can now be set to a minimum of 0.1 ms. Existing presets are automatically updated.

Increased range of Attack Time in Gate block. Attack Time can now be set to a minimum of 0.1 ms. Existing presets are automatically updated.

Added Swedish Metal model to Drive block based on a Boss HM-2.

Added 1S2473 diode type to Drive block (to support Swedish Metal model).

Added “Transistor” Power Tube Type. This is now the default type for the Jazz 120 amp model and models a transistor output stage. Existing presets using this model are automatically updated.

Fixed wrong gain pot taper on all Double Verb, Vibrato Verb and Super Verb models. Taper was previously 20A, now “2-35”. Remastered models. Audition presets and adjust as necessary.

Fixed an issue with PVH 6160, PVH 6160+ Lead and 5153 Red amp models. These models have been remastered accordingly. It is recommended to do a soft reset to load the new default values.

Fixed wrong resistor value in 5153 100W Green amp model. Audition presets and adjust as necessary.

Fixed wrong resistor value in 5153 100W Stealth Blue model. Audition presets and adjust as necessary.

Fixed wrong B+ voltage in Friedman BE/HBE models (due to wrong dropping resistor value). These models have been remastered accordingly. The default Negative Feedback has been changed to being commensurate with being taken from the 4-ohm tap. Note that the first-generation BE-100 had the feedback off the speaker jack. This was then changed to the 4-ohm tap. The latest version has a three-way switch to select between 4/8/16-ohm taps. Audition presets and adjust as necessary.

Fixed wrong Master Volume taper in Solo 100 amp models. Remastered the models. Audition presets and adjust as necessary.

Fixed wrong bass taper in Band-Commander amp model. Audition presets and adjust as necessary.

Fixed wrong master volume taper in Mr Z MZ-38 amp model. Audition presets and adjust as necessary.

Changed default values of Dual Tape type in Delay block to be a bit more musical.

Fixed preset updater not correctly setting Preamp Hardness if Amp block using EF86 tube type.

Various other fixes and improvements.

=31.03 - released 2025 Dec 30=

Improved Auto-Swell type in Volume block. The new algorithm features a dynamic threshold which tracks the average level of the input signal. The Hysteresis control determines how much the short-term level must drop below the average level to reset the gate. The Threshold control determines the absolute threshold at which the gate will close.

Improved Envelope Follower in Megatap, Multitap and Plex blocks.

Increased range of High Cut control in Pitch block. The High Cut can now be reduced to as low as 200 Hz.

Added Triggering to Arpeggiator type in Pitch block. When Threshold is set other than “OFF” the arpeggiator will trigger when the input signal exceeds the threshold.

Changed behavior of Arpeggiator so that when the sequence is finished the sequence resets to the first step (rather than stopping at the last step).

Improved pitch shifting in Pitch block. Pitch Tracking is now limited to NOTES and CHORDS (OFF is no longer supported). The Tracking Adjust parameter has been removed as it is no longer relevant.

Fixed Amp block first stage bias point can get corrupted and produce unwanted distortion.

Various other fixes and improvements.

=31.02 - released: 2025 Dec 19=

Fixed wrong Preamp Hardness being loaded for amp models with pentode preamps (i.e., AC-20 EF86).

Fixed crash in Div/13 CJ11 models.

Fixed inadvertent error introduced into AC-20 models.

=31.01 - released: 2025 Dec 15=

Added “Deluxe 6G3” amp model based on the bright channel of a 6G3 “Brownface” Deluxe.

Added “Citrus Juicer” Compressor model based on a Dan Armstrong Orange Squeezer. Unlike the Orange Squeezer the model allows you to adjust the compression ratio and threshold independently and also features Emphasis, Drive and Tone controls. The ratio and threshold of the actual pedal vary with the particular JFET used and the internal bias trim. Set the Threshold to -26.0 dB and Compression to 8.0 as a starting point and adjust to taste.

Added “Half-Wave” Detector Type to Compressor block. This is similar to the Peak type except the rectifier is half-wave as opposed to full-wave. This alters the attack and release ballistics and can add a bit more grit to the sound.

Added warning if system clock frequency is incorrect (e.g. when using AES/SPDIF as the clock source and the clock is at 44.1 kHz instead of 48 kHz).

Improved Amp block preamp modeling (again). This yields more accurate behavior when the amp input is pushed (e.g., when using an internal or external overdrive/boost).

Improved Amp block phase inverter modeling.

Went through every model with a fine-toothed comb and adjusted power amp and phase inverter parameters as needed to reflect new modeling.

Improved dwell algorithm for spring types in Reverb block.

Fixed wrong output transformer impedance ratio in Deluxe Tweed models (only slightly off).

Fixed wrong bias point in Band-Commander model.

Fixed instability in Pi Fuzz model for certain values of Sustain.

Fixed wrong time constant in Herbie models (probably not audible).

Various other fixes and improvements.

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>
<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/axe-fx-iii-firmware-31-01-beta-2.217357/page-2#post-2735933]
The ONLY thing that matters to me is how the models compare to the real amps. All the amps benefit from the new algorithms. And the models compare better than ever to the real amps. The new algorithms add considerable "punch". I won't go into details about what I discovered but was doing some tests and noticed something that the amp was doing that the model wasn't. After some investigation I discovered the reason and reworked the algorithms to model it. The so-called "Class-A" amps (AC-30, Tiny Terror, etc.) also greatly benefit from the new algorithm. Amps with cathodyne PIs (Deluxe, Princeton, etc.). are also much improved.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

=31.00 - released: 2025 Nov 12=

Improved preamp modeling in Amp block. This yields more accurate harmonic response and better feel. NOTE: The Preamp Tube Hardness parameter functions differently now. Existing presets are automatically updated to the default value for the amp model.

Improved power amp modeling in Amp. This yields a more controlled low end, especially for non-MV amps.

Added “Surround Delay” type to Delay block. This type produces “rotating” echoes that appear to move around the listener. The Rotation parameter determines how rapidly the echoes rotates. With Rotation at 100% the echoes will rotate 180 degrees each time (front, back, front, etc). At 50% the echoes will rotate 90 degrees (front, right, back, left, front, etc.). Negative values will cause the echoes to rotate in the opposite direction.

Added “Auto Align” switch to Cabinet block. When OFF the IR is delayed by the appropriate amount based on the Distance parameter (automatic time alignment is turned on). The user can add additional delay using the Align tab. Note that the actual delay can be less than the displayed delay as all IR delays are normalized to the shortest delay (so as to minimize overall latency). The Align tab has been changed to display the delay in ms rather than distance to reduce confusion with the Distance parameter. NOTE: Existing presets will have Auto Align set to ON as this was the prior behavior.

Added On/Off switch for Metronome. This can be controlled remotely as well by setting the desired control source in the MIDI/Remote -> Other menu.

Added Suhr Reactive Load Speaker Impedance Curve.

Various other fixes and improvements.

=30.01 - released: 2025 Oct 25=

Fixed loss of gain in Wah block if Drive is nonzero.

=30.00 - released: 2025 Oct 24=

This firmware requires installation of Dyna-Cabs version 1.09.

Added Tracking Mode parameter to Synth and Ring Mod blocks. When set to “BASS” the pitch tracking range is shifted down one octave with the lowest detectable note being approximately F#0.

Increased upper range of pitch detectors to approximately F#6. This prevents loss of tracking if playing at the 24th fret on the high E string and bending up a whole step.

Added “PI Fuzz – Bass” model based on a Deluxe Bass Big Muff Pi.

Added “NoAmp Bass DI” based on a SansAmp BassDriver DI.

Added “NoAmp Bass Pre” based on a SansAmp BassDriver DI with the speaker emulation bypassed. This can be used into a Cabinet block or as a boost into an Amp block.

Added “Royal Bass DI” based on a Noble Bass Preamp DI. The model has been modified with more gain so that it can be overdriven. With the Drive knob at 5.00 the gain is the same as the actual preamp. Also, instead of a Low Cut switch, the model uses an adjustable Low Cut control.

Added “7 Band Pedal” Graphic EQ type based on a Boss GE-7.

Added “7 Band Bass Pedal” Graphic EQ type based on a Boss GE-7B.

Added “1x8 Princetone” Dyna-Cabs captured from a 5F2 Tweed Princeton w/ a very nice sounding 8” Jupiter speaker. Added corresponding Speaker Impedance Curve.

Added “1x12 Black Magick” Dyna-Cabs captured from a Supro Black Magick with a Jensen P12Q speaker. Added corresponding Speaker Impedance Curve.

Added “8x10 SV Bass” Dyna-Cabs captured from an Ampeg SVT. Added corresponding Speaker Impedance Curve. Thanks to Mike "Dr. Bonkers" Santasiero for the files from his Dyna-Cab Pack, "Dr. Bonkers 8x10 SBB Bass". If you like this selection of mics, you can purchase the entire pack for Cab Lab at https://shop.fractalaudio.com

Improved accuracy of Sustain control vs. position in PI Fuzz models.

Fixed wrong resistor value in Blackglass 7K model. Remastered model as a result.

Fixed incorrect gain in Colortone Booster and Colortone OD models.

Fixed wrong capacitor value in all Blackface Vibrato models (Deluxe Verb, Double Verb, Super Verb, Vibroverb). Change probably isn’t very noticeable.

Fixed wrong resistor value in Deluxe Verb Normal model. Remastered model as a result.

Fixed Modern Gate type can get stuck closed if input above threshold during boot.

Changed name of “1x12 Brit G12M” speaker impedance curve (obtained from a 1x12 Divided-by-13 CJ11) to “1x12 Div13 CJ11” prevent confusion.

Various other fixes and improvements.

=29.01 - released: 2025 Aug 28=

Improved intelligent pitch shifting in Pitch block.

Notes:
* The Pitch Tracking parameter selects between Off, Chords and Notes. In Chords mode the tracking is optimized for playing multiple notes simultaneously and trades latency for stability. In Notes mode latency is reduced at the expense of stability. In Notes mode simple chords can be tracked but complex chords may present difficulty for the pitch tracker. The Tracking Adjust parameter allows for fine adjustment of the stability vs. latency trade-off.
* The Pitch Tracking parameter is only available for chromatic shifting types (this includes whammy types). Diatonic shifting necessarily requires playing single notes and the algorithm is automatically set to Notes mode for these types.

Improved CPU usage for some types in Compressor block.

Reduced filtering of rear panel pedal inputs. This allows faster response to rapid pedal movements.

Fixed pop/thump when switching to/from certain Drive types.

Various other fixes and improvements.

=29.00 - released: 2025 July 25=

Improved Amp block preamp modeling. Most amp models have been updated as a result. Audition presets and adjust as necessary.

Changed name of Supro 1695T to Supro Black Magick at Supro’s request.

Fixed switching from Supro Black Magick model to certain models using the editor can cause a crash.

Fixed wrong plate resistor value in PVH 6160 Block Lead and PVH 6160+ Lead models.

Fixed Gain knob not working in USA MK V Green model.

Fixed compander in Delay block not working correctly due to stack/hold changes.

Various other fixes and improvements.

=28.08 - released: 2025 July 11=

Added Supro 1695T amp model based on a Supro Black Magick.

Fixed Presence knob taper in PVH 6160 models.

Fixed wrong UI for USA MK V Green amp model.

Fixed Amp block Soft-Reset function does not set Edited LED.

Added global parameter to notify editor when a refresh is necessary.

Various other fixes and improvements.

=28.07 - released: 2025 June 20=

Improved Drive block by modeling output buffer distortion (where applicable).

Added “Angry Chuck” Drive pedal model based on a JHS Angry Charlie.

Added “Guardian Photon Speed” Drive pedal model based on a Greer Lightspeed.

Recaptured the 1x15 Vibratoverb Dyna-Cab using a new speaker as the old one sounded tired. The corresponding speaker impedance curve has also been updated.

Corrected a minor mistake in the effects loop recovery for the PVH amp models.

Renamed all “Prince Tone” models to “Princetone” because some customers thought this meant the amp was used by His Royal Purpleness.

Various other fixes, tweaks and improvements.

=28.06 - released: 2025 May 30=

Added “Soft-Reset” function to Amp block. This can be accessed from the Type page. Executing a soft-reset retains the values for the gain, tone controls, EQ, MV, etc. but resets advanced parameters to their default values.

Remastered all Solo 100 amp models. If using these models, it is recommended to do a soft-reset.

Remastered all Solo 99 Lead amp models. If using these models, it is recommended to do a soft-reset.

Fixed wrong resistor value in Cameron CCV and Atomica models (effect is likely negligible).

Corrected a minor parameter error in the Deluxe Verb Vibrato, Double Verb Vibrato, Double Verb Silverface, Super Verb Vibrato, Vibrato Verb and Div/13 FT37 models.

=28.05 - released: 2025 May 22=

Improved Amp block output transformer modeling.

Tweaked parameters for amps with cold clipping stages slightly to better reflect new insights and measurements.

Remastered all Brit JVM and JS410 amp models. If using these models, it is recommended to do a soft-reset of the model by deselecting and reselecting the type.

Remastered Solo 88 Rhythm and Lead models. If using these models, it is recommended to do a soft-reset of the model by deselecting and reselecting the type.

Remastered all Recto2 amp models. If using these models, it is recommended to do a soft-reset of the model by deselecting and reselecting the type.

Remastered all USA MK IV Lead amp models. If using these models, it is recommended to do a soft-reset of the model by deselecting and reselecting the type. NOTE: The taper of the Overdrive control has changed. Audition and adjust presets as necessary.

Remastered all USA MK IIC+ amp models. If using these models, it is recommended to do a soft-reset of the model by deselecting and reselecting the type. NOTE: The taper of the Overdrive control has changed. Audition and adjust presets as necessary.

Remastered all USA Pre LD2 amp models. If using these models, it is recommended to do a soft-reset of the model by deselecting and reselecting the type. NOTE: The taper of the Gain control has changed. Audition and adjust presets as necessary.

Corrected an error in calculating the bias point of an early gain stage in amp models with five or more gain stages (likely not audible).

=28.04 - released: 2025 April 19=

Fixed display bug for Send MIDI Clock.

=28.03 - released: 2025 April 8=

Added “1x12 Scholz” Dyna-Cab. This is a subset of the 1x12 West Coast Classic Dyna-Cab available in our store and is based on a MojoTone™ West Coast cabinet with a 12” Scholz SugarCone™ Classic speaker.

Added “77 Custom OD” based on an MXR M77 Custom Badass Modified OD.

Added modifier capability to Sensitivity parameter in Filter block (for Envelope Filter and Touch-Wah types).

Remastered all “PVH” amp models. A soft reset is recommended to load the new default values.

Fixed wrong capacitor value in OD 250 and OD 250 Gray models.

Fixed rare crash in Compressor block that can occur when switching presets/scenes/channels.

Fixed Tremolo block graph not working if Rate is set to LFO1 SYNC.

Fixed Send MIDI Clock allowed for incompatible USB firmware versions. MIDI Clock send is only supported for USB firmware versions greater than 1.14. To send MIDI Clock over USB requires USB firmware version 1.17 or greater.

=28.02 - released: 2025 Feb 28=

Added adjustable Q to Low Cut and High Cut in Reverb block. Note: The Q only affects the response if the Slope is set to 12 dB/oct.

Updated spring models in Reverb block. A soft reset is recommended if you use these types to load the new default values.

Added Vibrato-King Custom Spring type.

Changed name of “Spring Drive” to “Dwell” as this is what is commonly used on spring reverb units. Note that the Dwell control is automatically compensated. Therefore, changing the Dwell will not affect the mix unlike a hardware spring reverb, it will just make the sound more “splashy”.

Rearranged Spring Reverb menu so that most commonly used controls are on the same line.

Added Negative Feedback control to UI for Friedman BE/HBE models since this is now a control on the actual amp.

Improved Amp block phase inverter grid clipping model accuracy.

=28.01 - released: 2025 Feb 21=

Improved Spring Reverb algorithms.

Added “Plexi Brown” tone stack. This is the tone stack from EVH’s amp with a 50K mid pot.

Fixed rare crash when switching Compressor type from Axe-Edit.

Fixed global settings not recalled after using a song in a setlist and then rebooting.

Tweaked some power tube parameters slightly.

=28.00 - released: 2025 Feb 16=

New Vibe algorithm in Phaser block. The default values have changed for the Vibe models and existing presets are automatically updated to the new defaults. If you have edited the default values you may wish to audition your presets accordingly.

Added “LFO Mode” to the Phaser block. When set to UNIVIBE the amplitude of the LFO is roughly proportional to the LFO Rate. When set to NORMAL the amplitude is constant. NORMAL allows deeper phasing at slow rates than would be possible with an actual Univibe.

Added Low Cut and High Cut controls to Phaser block for the wet path.

Added “Modern Vibe” model to Phaser block. This is based on a classic UniVibe but with modern input buffer and LFO.

Changed “Exponent” to “VCR Shape” in Phaser block as this more accurately describes the control function.

Complete overhaul of the Compressor block:

* New Dynami-Comp algorithm:
** New algorithm accurately models various nonlinearities for faithful reproduction.
** Added Knee Type to allow varying the knee shape.
** Added Tone control (like in various clones).
** Added Drive control. The Drive control allows overdriving the OTA which can be used to add saturation. The control is preset when selecting one of the Dynami-Comp types but can be altered by the user.
** Added Input/Output graph.
** A low-CPU version of this algorithm is available with the Econo-Dyno-Comp.

* New “VCA Bus Compressor” algorithm:
** Based on a VCA feedback design (e.g., SSL Bus Compressor).
** Dynamic time constants. Extremely fast attack times are achievable as the actual attack time is always less than the programmed time (decreases dynamically).
** This algorithm replaces the Studio FB Compressor.
** Auto Att/Rel has been removed as it is no longer applicable.

* New JFET Compressor algorithm:
** Based on classic JFET rackmount compressors.
** Dynamic time constants.
** The Attack and Release times are the “native” times of the detector. The actual Attack and Release times will be much shorter (about 5 times). The native range of Attack Time for an 1176 is 0.1 ms to 5.5 ms. The Release Time range is 59 ms to 1.1 s.
** Due to the design of these compressors the minimum compression ratio is 4:1. Any settings below 4.0 will be clamped at 4:1.
** Unlike the actual hardware the algorithm’s threshold is variable so instead of varying the input and output gains we give you a more convenient method (and Automatic Makeup Gain).
** Due to the very fast attack times these types of compressors will distort. This is often used for effect. Low frequencies are distorted more.
** The “Drive” control allows overdriving the output stage for added distortion.
** Perfect for fattening up your sound and adding grit. Works well as a “finishing” compressor at the end of a chain (usually before time-based effects). Also great for vocals, bass and drums.

* New Optical Compressor Algorithm:
** Based on classic optical rackmount compressors.
** Times are “doubly dynamic”. The times are dynamic due to the feedback topology of the compressor and the attack and release times of the photocell are also dynamic. The Attack and Release Time controls set the nominal times of the photocell. However, the times will vary with the program level.
** Due to the design of these compressors the minimum compression ratio is 4:1. Any settings below 4.0 will be clamped at 4:1.
** Whereas hardware optical compressors typically have a fixed compression ratio (usually about 4:1) and a limiting option this algorithm allows adjusting the ratio from 4:1 to (nearly) infinite.
** Rather than input/output gain controls the algorithm allows adjusting the threshold instead which requires less fiddling with the makeup gain.
** The Emphasis control replicates the internal “Limiter Response” adjustment. This control may be on the front panel of some clones and the operation may be reversed depending upon the manufacturer. The Emphasis Frequency control allows shifting the frequency range of the curve.
** The “Drive” control allows overdriving the output stage for added distortion.
** The smooth attack and release characteristics of this type make it ideal for vocals and acoustic instrument sources.

* New JFET Pedal Algorithm:
** Based on pedals with a JFET as the shunt resistor in a non-inverting op-amp configuration.
** Replaces the JFET Sustainer type.

* Added Rockguy Compressor Type:
* Similar to the JFET Pedal algorithm mentioned above but with dynamic release time and several other enhancements.

* New Tube Compressor Algorithm (now called “Vari-Mu Tube Compressor”):
** Based on a tube compressor using “remote-cutoff” tubes for gain control.
** Dynamic attack times.
** The actual compression ratio is somewhat nebulous due to the nature of the circuit but, in general, the minimum ratio is about 2:1 and the maximum ratio is about 20:1. The Threshold and Compression controls interact. The graph assists with adjusting the controls.
** This compressor has big, swoopy compression curves and a warm tone making it useful for adding “glue” to a track or mix.
** The “Drive” control allows overdriving the output stage for added distortion.

Improved Reverb block. Reverbs based on real spaces have more natural sounding reflections and are more immersive.

Improved behavior of Plex and Multitap Delay blocks when changing channels or presets. If the type has changed the delay lines are cleared. If the type has not changed the delay lines are not cleared allowing for spillover between channels. If Spillover is on, the delay lines are not cleared between preset changes if the type has not changed.

Improved Room modeling in Cabinet block. Mic Spacing is also changed to distance in cm. Default is ORTF standard of 17 cm. This may change the sound of your presets if you use this. Audition your presets accordingly.

Added Filter page and graph to Plexi GUI to assist with editing filter parameters.

Added “Ducking” control to Tremolo block. This reduces the intensity of the effect as you play louder.

Added Tube Drive 5-Knob model.

Added “Brit 800 Studio 20” amp model based on a Marshall SC20H.

Renamed Brit Studio 20 to “Plexi Studio 20”.

Updated default Negative Feedback value for Friedman BE/HBE models. On the actual amp the negative feedback comes off the speaker jack (for some weird reason). Previously the amp models assumed an 8-ohm cabinet which would make the feedback effectively off the 8-ohm tap. However, the matching cabinet is 16 ohms and using a 16-ohm cabinet results in more negative feedback and a “tighter” tone so we’re now using that as a default value as people seem to prefer that. The models were also “remastered” as a result.

Improved triode modeling algorithms.

Various other fixes and improvements.

=27.03 - released: 2024 Dec 23=

Improved Drive block.

Improved PI Fuzz model. The new model also allows changing the type and quantity of diodes used in the transistor feedback paths, adds a “Wicker” switch which removes the feedback capacitors and adds a “Tone” switch which allows bypassing the tone circuitry.

Added “PI Fuzz – Triangle” model. This is based on a 1971 “Triangle” Big Muff PI. Thie model also includes the Tone Wicker mods.

Added “PI Fuzz – Ram’s Head” model. This is based on mid-70’s “Ram’s Head” Big Muff PI. The model also includes the Tone Wicker mods.

Added “PI Fuzz – Russian” model. This is based on a Sovtek produced “Civil War” Big Muff PI. The model also includes the Tone Wicker mods.

Added “Colortone Booster” model based on a Colorsound Power Booster (with added Master control).

Added “Colortone OD” model based on a Colorsound Overdriver (with added Master control).

Added “MOSFET Distortion” model based on an Ibanez MT10 Mostortion.

Added “Super Fuzz” model based on a Univox Superfuzz. The model also features a tone control which allows varying the frequency of the notch. Use the Bias control to simulate the “Octave” control found on some clones.

Updated DS1 Distortion model to Second Edition specs.

Improved Tube Drive 4-Knob model. If you are using this model in a preset a soft reset of the block is recommended to load the new default values.

Reworked Blackglass 7K model.

Added 1N5819 Schottky and Yellow LED diode models.

Fixed resistor mistakenly attached across drive pot on Plexi 2204 model.

Fixed Phaser block LFO Reset not working properly for some types.

Fixed wrong Miller capacitance value in Brit 800 models (probably not audible).

Various other fixes and improvements.

=27.02 - released: 2024 Nov 1=

Added Integral Pre type to Drive block. This is based on a TC Electronics Integrated Preamp.

Improved Filter block Touch-Wah detector behavior.

Improved Sweep Delay algorithm in Delay block. Added selectable filter type.

Improved Quad Diffusor algorithm in Multitap Delay block. New algorithm now has stereo output with adjustable spread and LFO controlled filters.

Exposed “Algorithm” type in Multitap Delay block. This allows changing the underlying algorithm without changing the various parameters. This can be used to experiment with different algorithms without losing parameter settings as occurs when changing the Type.

Fixed MIDI Clock not changing when switching to a new preset and Tempo To Use is set to “Preset”.

Fixed Controllers may stop working if unit is left on for more than a few days.

=27.01 - released: 2024 Sep 26=

Added “Touch Wah” type to Filter block. This is similar to the Envelope Filter but uses a different type of detector and voltage-to-frequency converter. This type can be used to create interesting touch-sensitive filter sounds. It can also be used to replicate the Korg A3 Touch Wah sound as follows:

* Set Mode to MIX
* Set Start Freq to maximum. Set Stop Frequency to minimum.
* Start with a fairly high Attack Time, around 500ms.
* Set Release Time to around 200ms.
* Adjust Sensitivity to taste.

Improved Auto-Swell type in Volume block. Added Release time and Hysteresis controls to allow fine-tuning to playing style. Hysteresis controls how much extra the signal must fall below the threshold before the detector releases.

Changed the Envelope Follower in the Megatap, Multitap and Plex blocks to use the same algorithm as the improved Auto-Swell algorithm in the Volume block as the purpose of the Envelope Follower is to generate volume swells.

Added MIDI Clock transmit. This can be configured to send MIDI clock messages to MIDI, USB or both (or off). Default is MIDI only. NOTE: USB Firmware 1.17 or greater is required to send MIDI Clock over USB. If you require MIDI Clock to a USB host then you need to install USB Firmware version 1.17 or greater.

Added selectable MIDI Clock receive source. This can be configured to receive MIDI clock messages from MIDI or USB (or off). Default is MIDI.

Added activity sensing to internal pedals, FC pedals and external controllers. This stops Auto-Engage from engaging an effect if the pedal/controller is not connected. This prevents, for example, a Wah being engaged if Auto-Engage is on but no pedal is connected (i.e., you left your expression pedal at home).

Added selectable Tuner color theme.

Fixed LFO Phase not working for Vibe modes in Phaser block.

Reduced boot time.

Various other fixes and improvements.

=27.00 - released: 2024 Sep 11=

Improved Amp block preamp algorithms, especially for amps with multiple gain stages. Tones are “gutsier” and have a more dynamic response with more “pop”. Also improves accuracy when input of Amp block is driven by a Drive pedal (whether real or virtual).

Improved cathode follower algorithm improves accuracy near onset of clipping. This results in warmer tones at edge-of-breakup and better cleanup when rolling off the volume knob (for amps that use a cathode follower). Due to the new algorithm the Grid Clipping parameter has been removed.

New power amp algorithm. New algorithm more accurately models bias excursion and duty cycle modulation. The results in more complex tone with better, punchier feel.

Added “Envelope Filter” to Filter block. This is based on the classic Mutron effect with some modern touches:

* The start and stop frequencies are freely assignable. Start can be lower or higher than stop. Simply set Start Freq higher than Stop Freq to sweep down.
* The Sweep Shape knob controls the mapping of the detector to the filter frequency. A value of 0.0 is a linear mapping. Higher values become progressively more nonlinear and make the response more “quacky”. The default value is commensurate with a typical consumer Vactrol.
* The detector attack and release times are programmable. Default values match the original pedal.
* The Emphasis control allows emphasizing the higher frequencies into the detector to even out the response when playing higher notes.
* The detector source is selectable between the block input or any of the hardware inputs. This allows placing the filter after an Amp or Drive block but using the instrument input as the source.
* A detector meter facilitates easy adjustment of the detector sensitivity to match your guitar and playing dynamics.

Added “Auto-Wah” to Filter block. This is based on the same “circuit” as the Envelope Filter but replaces the detector with an LFO.

Added LFO Tempo control to Filter block.

Improved tuner. New algorithm is faster and more accurate.

Added Crossfade Time control to Crystal Echoes type in Pitch Block.

Improved pitch shifting.

Reduced CPU usage of Wah block slightly.

Remastered Vibrato Lux model.

Added date and time to version information returned to Axe-Edit. This obviates the need to “Refresh After New Firmware” if updating from beta releases (requires updated Axe-Edit).

Fixed wrong capacitor value in Band-Commander model.

Fixed missing PI grid stopper resistor in Comet 60 and Comet Concourse models.

Various other fixes and improvements.

=26.01 - released: 2024 July 26=

Improved Drive block. Remastered most models as a result.

Updated Timothy models to V4 spec.

Updated Fat Rat model.

Added Kill Dry to Megatap block.

Fixed Rat model can generate NaNs under very rare circumstances.

Fixed pops/clicks can occur when changing Preamp Type or Saturation control in Cab block and Preamp Mode is set to “High Quality”.

=26.00 - released: 2024 June 228=

Improved phase inverter modeling in Amp block. This yields more “weight” and a more open tone when driving the virtual power amp hard (i.e. non-MV amps or MV turned up high).

Updated phase inverter parameters for most models based on new analysis tools.

Added “2x12 5153 Stealth” and “4x12 5153 Stealth” DynaCabs.

Fixed stand-in switch Tap functions not working in some cases.

Fixed pops/clicks can occur when changing Preamp Type in Cabinet block.

=25.04 - released: 2024 May 30=

Improved cathode follower algorithm. This results in a more open and dynamic response for models that use a cathode follower.

Updated Plexi 100W and 1959SLP models. A soft reset of the Amp block is required to load the new default values.

Updated phase inverter parameters for many amp models.

Fixed Per-preset switches with "Preset" functions now correctly trigger Layout Links in all cases: tap/hold, normal/stand-in.

=25.03 - released: 2024 May 24=

Fixed per-preset footswitch preset operations not triggering their layout link function.

Fixed inability to reorder songs from the front panel in set 2, 3, or 4.

Fixed pops/clicks when using Stack/Hold in Plex Delay.

=25.02 - released: 2024 May 2=

Added “1x12 Friedman” speaker impedance curve.

Fixed clicks and pops can occur when adjusting drive level of Rat Distortion.

Fixed wrong value in phase inverter in Deluxe Verb Vibrato model.

=25.01 - released: 2024 April 19=

Improved optical types in Tremolo block. Additionally, the LFO Type, Duty Cycle and Shape are now set to the most appropriate values when selecting the Tremolo Type but may be overridden by the user.

Fixed modifier accidentally removed from Chorus block Bypass control.

Fixed low frequency thump when switching Amp channels.

=25.00 - released: 2024 April 9=

New “Cygnus X-3” amp modeling:

* Improved preamp algorithms.
* Improved power amp algorithms.
* Improved output transformer loss modeling.
* Improved preamp supply voltage modeling.

As a consequence of the new modeling many default parameter values have been changed. Existing presets are automatically updated to the new parameter values upon recall. The updated parameters are:

* Preamp Low Cut Freq
* Preamp Hi Cut Freq
* Triode1/2 Plate Frequency
* All Cathode Follower parameters
* Preamp Bias
* Preamp Bias Excursion
* PI Bias Excursion
* Power Tube Bias Excursion
* Transformer LF/HF
* Transformer Drive
* Power Tube Grid Bias
* Cathode Resistance
* Cathode Time Constant
* Negative Feedback
* Supply Sag

Added “Sunrise Splendor” Drive model. Existing model renamed “Sunrise Splendor Hi-Cut” to denote that the Hi-Cut switch is engaged.

Added “Class-A 30W Brilliant” Amp model.

Added “Kill Dry” control to Delay, Multitap Delay, Pitch, Plex and Reverb blocks. When set to ON the dry signal is muted. This simplifies routing these blocks in parallel. When using these blocks in parallel the user can turn Kill Dry on and set the wet level using the Mix control, leaving the Level control at 0dB. This also has the advantage that the wet level is controlled by the global Reverb/Effects Mix, if desired.

Improved Input block Noise Gate.

Improved Classic Expander and Modern Expander types in Gate block.

Fixed wrong Miller capacitance value in Deluxe Verb Vibrato, Double Verb Vibrato, Super Verb Vibrato and all Vibrato Verb models.

Fixed wrong FX loop recovery gain in Suhr Badger models.

Fixed global settings not recalled if MIDI data is present on the MIDI In jack during bootup.

Fixed wrong Overdrive Volume taper in ODS-100 HRM, ODS-100 Ford and Bludojai Lead amp models. Existing presets should be auditioned and adjusted as necessary.

Various other fixes and improvements.

=24.05 - released: 2024 Feb 02=

Removed Presence control from Two Stone J35 models Authentic menu because real amp doesn’t have one.

Fixed excessive delay from Pitch block at first use if the Shift and Detune amounts are both 0.0.

=24.04 - released: 2024 Jan 16=

Changed Tuner mute logic so that only selected source is muted when Mute is set to INPUT.

Updated Fryette D60 models.

Updated Citrus RV50 model.

Updated CA3+ Rhythm and Lead models.

Updated Friedman BE/HBE models.

Updated Recto1 and Recto2 models.

Fixed Bit Reduction not working in Delay block.

Various other fixes and improvements.

=24.03 - released: 2023 Dec 29=

Fixed Mr Z MZ models crashing.

Fixed spurious tone in input when Noise Gate is disabled.

=24.02 - released: 2023 Dec 29=

Improved Stack/Hold behavior in Delay block for Tape types. While the echoes will still degrade over time if Stack/Hold is on the degradation is improved and only due to the losses of the virtual tape.

Improved Intelligent and Noise Reducer gate types in Input block. This eliminates the slight squeaking sound as the gate releases when using aggressive settings.

Improved Brit Silver model.

Fixed Ping-Pong types in Delay block not working properly.

Fixed popping when switching scenes.

Various other fixes and improvements.

=24.01 - released: 2023 Dec 21=

Fixed right channel volume reduced in Cabinet block when Preamp is active.

Fixed Delay block distorting when presented with very high-level signals.

=24.00 - released: 2023 Dec=

Improved speaker compression and amp interaction modeling.

Changed Master Volume taper for Recto1 models to agree with actual amp. This will slightly reduce the volume into the virtual power amp. Audition presets accordingly.

Added Global MV control to JS410 amp models. Master Volume has been renamed Channel MV. These two master volume controls can be used to balance the tone into the power amp (as in the real amp). The Channel MV decreases the high frequencies as it is turned down whereas the Global MV is transparent.

Added USA MK V Red amp models.

Improved accuracy of USA JP IIC+ models.

Improved accuracy of TX Star models. Global MV controls have been added as the Channel MV in these amps affect the tone (and interacts with the Presence control).

Improved Stack/Hold behavior in Delay block. Note that if the Compander is enabled Stack/Hold is not available and will be disabled.

* In Hold mode repeats are now infinite (or nearly, may degrade over many minutes/hours)
* Added Stack Feedback and Hold Feedback parameters. This allows adjusting the decay time independently for the stack and hold modes.
* Improved transition between Stack/Hold states.

Note that if the Compander is enabled and/or Bit Reduction is greater than zero that the echoes will degrade over time. If you want infinite repeats then Compander must be OFF and Bit Reduction set to zero. Infinite repeats are also not available in the Tape types as the tape algorithm is inherently lossy (like a real tape).

Improved handling of external word clock. If no clock is present unit will fall back to internal clock until a clock is detected.

Extended range of Preset Increment/Decrement sources to include rear pedal jacks.

Fixed attack behavior of Dynamicomp model to strong input signals. Default attack time also adjusted to match reference pedal.

Fixed wrong PI bias point in Class-A 30W models.

Fixed several mistakes in Div/13 CJ amp models.

Fixed several mistakes in Two Stone J35 models.

Fixed wrong phase inverter bias excursion parameters in Car Ambler model.

Fixed VU meter in Cabinet block Preamp section only showing left channel. Meter now shows the sum of left and right.

Various other fixes and improvements.

=23.05 - released: 2023 Dec 6=

Changed Presence control taper on all 6160 and 5153 amp models to replicate the actual amp. It is advised to audition any presets that use these models and adjust accordingly.

Due to the improved triode algorithm introduced in 23.00 many amps have had their preamp bias points updated. Existing presets are automatically updated upon recall.

Improved Gapless Switching performance.

Fixed Output 1 Configuration being overwritten by Output 2-4 configuration.

Fixed several mistakes in 5153 Stealth models. If using these models it is recommended to do a soft-reset of the model by deselecting and reselecting the type.

Fixed Sene MIDI GUI not updating correctly when changing scenes via front panel.

Various other fixes and improvements.

=23.04 - released: 2023 Dec 01=

Fixed wrong Negative Feedback value for Brit 800 2203 models.

Fixed Bright switch off by default on 5153 100W Stealth Blue model.

=23.03 - released: 2023 Nov/Dec=

Improved CPU usage.

Added "Nobelium OVD-1” Drive model based on a Nobels ODR-1. The BC (Bass Cut) switch is modeled via the Bass Response control. Set the Bass Response to 1.0 to duplicate the response of the pedal with the Bass Cut switch engaged. Set Bass Response to 5.0 to duplicate response with BC switch disengaged.

Added Sunrise Splendor model based on a JHS Morning Glory.

Added Gauss Drive model based on a Mesa Flux Drive.

Added Brit 800 2203 models.

Renamed Brit 800 to Brit 800 2204 High.

Added Brit 800 2204 Low model.

Added 5153 100W Stealth amp models.

Added USA MKV Green amp model.

Changed default values of Speaker Drive and Speaker Thump to better align with measurements of typical speakers.

Added NFB Compensation switch in Amp block. This defaults to On. Turning it off disables the negative feedback volume compensation at the output of the Amp block.

Fixed LFO2 not working in Chorus block.

Fixed wrong Distortion pot taper in DS1 Distortion models.

Fixed wrong Gain pot taper in Angle Severe models.

Fixed wrong output pad in USA JP IIC+ Green model.

Fixed wrong default tonestack in 1959SLP and Plexi 100W 1970 models.

Fixed EQ graphs in some blocks not updating when resetting the channel.

Fixed Output Configuration being overridden by Copy parameter. I.e., if Output 2 Configuration is set to Copy L->R but Copy Output 1 is ON then the output would have the same configuration as Output 1 (e.g., Stereo).

Various other fixes and improvements.

=23.02 - released: 2023 Nov 15=

Fixed Rotary block LFO stuck.

=23.01 - released: 2023 Nov 14=

Improved CPU usage.

Fixed audio artifacts can occur when switching Reverb block channels if there are different types between channels, i.e., switching between a plate reverb and a room reverb.

Fixed LFO quantization generating wrong number of steps.

=23.00 - released: 2023 Nov 13=

Improved Amp block triode algorithm.

Improved Spring Reverb algorithm:
* New algorithm is based on a digital waveguide with scattering nodes. This algorithm achieves accurate spring reproduction recreating the iconic “drip” and flutter of classic spring tanks.
* There are two internal Spring Reverb types. The type can be selected using the Tank Type parameter. This parameter defaults to the appropriate type based on the model.
* The first type has all the springs in parallel. This is used by the British Spring and Studio Spring models. This is equivalent to an Accutronics Type 8 reverb tank.
* The second type has a pair of springs in series in parallel with one or more pairs of springs in series. This is equivalent to an Accutronics Type 4 (four springs) or Type 9 (six springs).
* For the second Spring Reverb type the reflection off the junction between the coupled springs is controlled by the Scattering parameter. Vintage Accutronics reverb tanks exhibit more reflection off the junction than modern, Asian-made reverb tanks.
* The “Drip” parameter controls the dispersion of the springs.
* The various models have different tone controls.
* Several new models have been added. The Tube Spring model is based on a 6G15 Tube Reverb and has an authentic tone control. Studio Spring is a hypothetical spring reverb with six long springs in parallel.
* Note that the Modulation parameters have been removed as they are not compatible with the new algorithm.
* Existing presets using Spring Reverb types are reset to default values. Audition as necessary.

Improved Reverb block early reflections. As a result, the default values of Early Level and Late Level for the models have been updated. Existing presets are automatically updated to the new values. Audition as necessary. The Early and Late Level parameters have also been removed from the Basic page of the Reverb block.

Added “Pre-Delay Tap” parameter to Reverb block. This selects the input to the reverb engine. When set to OUTPUT the behavior is as before. When set to INPUT the initial delay is absent. This allows more natural “Echo-Verb” sounds. This is now the default for these types of models and existing presets are automatically updated.

New Plate Reverb algorithm. This new algorithm captures the dispersion (Star Wars™ Laser “pew, pew” sound) and unique stereo imaging of classic plate reverbs. Dispersion is adjustable via the Dispersion parameter. Typical plates are around 25-50%. Set to higher values to exaggerate the effect. Stereo imaging is adjustable via the Pickup Spacing parameter.

Updated many of the Reverb models. Existing presets are not affected. Reselecting the model will load the new default values.

Improved Tremolo block:
* The optical tremolo algorithm has been completely rewritten.
* There are now three types of optical tremolo: Optical Trem 1: This type is based on optical pedal tremolos where depth controls the intensity of the LED. Optical Trem 2: This type is based on optical pedal tremolos where depth controls a “mixer” pot. This type has more “throb” than Optical Trem 1. Neon Trem: This type is based on the optical tremolo in classic “Blackface” amps which used a neon bulb to illuminate the LDR.
* The Tremolo type has been renamed “VCA Trem” and is based on a voltage-controlled amplifier topology.
* An LFO waveform monitor has been added for appropriate types.

Improved Tape Delay algorithm. The LFO1 Target and LFO2 Target parameters have also been removed from the Modulation tab as they are not applicable.

Improved Tape Chorus algorithm. The Number Voices parameter has also been removed from the GUI as it is not applicable to this type.

Updated Controller LFOs. The “Astable Beta” parameter for the LFOs has been renamed “Shape” and now controls the shape of the LFO for all types except Square and Random.

Updated all JS410 Lead models based on a current production JVM410HJS. The Crunch models were tested and did not require updating.

Added JS410 Lead Green amp model.

Added "2x12 USA C90 Open Back" speaker impedance curve.

Added Pitch High Cut parameter to Reverb block. This can be used to darken/brighten the pitch-shifted component of the reverb.

Added Modifier capability to High Cut parameter in Delay block.

Added Smoothing parameter to Cabinet block in Dyna-Cab mode.

Improved channel switching speed. Amp and Cabinet block channel switching times, in particular, are much improved. This, in turn, improves preset and scene switching times.

Preset, scene and channel changes are now gapless, if desired. A global parameter (Setup->Global Settings->Gapless Changes) allow turning this feature on or off.

Fixed NaN could occur in Euro Uber model at certain combinations of Presence and Speaker Impedance.

Various other fixes and improvements.

=22.01 - Released: 2023/06/29=

Added Revv Gen Green amp models.

=22.00 - Released: 2023/06/09=

Version 22 Introduces Dyna-Cab™ cabinet modeling.

The Cabinet block now has two modes of operation: Legacy and Dyna-Cab. Legacy is the previous style of operation.

Dyna-Cab cabinet modeling allows freely positioning the microphone. We took an approach of quality-over-quantity:

* Dyna-Cab IRs are a full 2048 samples.
* Mic positions are sampled at a fine spatial resolution.
* Four mic choices are available: Condenser, Ribbon and two Dynamic types.
* All IRs are time-aligned with each other. They have been processed using a new algorithm that ensures alignment without destroying phase information. You can mix-and-match IRs from different cabs/mics and they'll always be perfectly aligned.

The Amp block now features “Auto Dyna-Cab Impedance”. When set to ON the speaker impedance curve of the Amp block will follow the Cabinet Type in the first mixer slot of the associated Cabinet block. I.e., if the Cab Type in the first mixer slot of Cabinet 1 is, say, 4x12 5153 and the Mode is Dyna-Cab then Amp 1’s speaker impedance will automatically be set to 4x12 5153. If both Amp and Cab blocks are in the grid then Amp 1 will follow Cab 1 and Amp 2 will follow Cab 2. If only Cab 1 is in the grid both Amp blocks will follow Cab 1.

Added “Treble Shift” control to Tone page of USA IIC+ models. This is an alias of the “Fat” control found on the Preamp page and performs the same function.

Added clip warning if Input 1 clips. This is indicated on the Mini-Tuner.

Added meters to Input page of I/O menu. Input 1 meter will turn red if clipping occurs.

Added Speaker Impedance Curves for “2x12 Class-A 30W Silver”, “2x10 Heart Key” and “4x12 1960BV”.

Added “4 Band JMPRE-1” type to Graphic EQ block. Note that the upper two bands of this type have more boost/cut range than the version in the Amp block.

Added “Revv Gen” amp models based on a Revv Generator 120. There are three models for each of the Purple and Red channels corresponding to the three levels of the “Aggression” switch.

Improved Amp block channel switching speed.

Fixed side-chain filters not working in Gate block.

Fixed a filter in the Wah block not being initialized.

Various other fixes and improvements.

=21.04 - Released: 2023/02/17=

Fixed Tuner not working if Offsets are on.

=21.03 - Released: 2023/02/17=

Improved dynamic speaker modeling in Amp block.

Reverted bypass speed of Drive block to fast.

Fixed channel changes on blocks with “Slow Bypass” are not smooth.

Fixed IR(s) not loading in Cabinet block when switching channels if previous channel had a slot Soloed.

Fixed presets with lots of modifiers (>20) and moderately high CPU usage can cause starvation of graphics thread.

Improved Tuner.

=21.02 - Released: 2023/02/10=

Added "59 Bassguy RI Jumped" amp model based on a ’59 Bassman LTD Reissue.

Added “JP IIC+ Shred” Input Boost type to Amp block. This replicates the “Shred” switch on the Mesa/Boogie JP2C.

Added “Bosom Boost” Drive model based on a Friedman Buxom Boost.

Added “OD-One Overdrive” Drive model based on a Boss OD-1.

Improved Compressor block:
* Improved Studio FF Compressor 1 type. New algorithm yields smoother release and “fatter” compression. This type is suitable for a wide range of uses now including bus and mastering. Type has been renamed Studio FF Compressor.
* Improved Optical Compressor types. New algorithm features improved ballistics and inherent soft knee for vintage optical compression sounds.
* Improved Dynamics Processor type. New algorithm also supports various detector types.
* Improved JFET Compressor type.
* Added Optical Sustainer type based on optocoupler-based pedal compressors.
* Added Analog Sustainer type. This is an upwards compressor using the same “analog” gain computer as the Analog Compressor type yielding a natural soft-knee response.
* Added JFET Sustainer type. This is based on a rare JFET-based pedal compressor where the JFET is in the op-amp’s feedback network.
* The range of the Release Time has been increased to 2ms to 2s.
* Added graph for Analog Compressor and Sustainer types.
* New Auto-Makeup Gain algorithms for most types provides better output level tracking vs. Threshold and Ratio. Note: As a result, the output level of the compressor block may be slightly different compared to previous firmware. Auditioning presets that use the Compressor block is recommended.
* Selectable Auto-Makeup Gain has been added to Optical, Tube and Analog Compressor types.
* Studio FF Compressor 2 has been renamed Studio FF Sustainer.
* Studio FB Compressor 1 has been renamed Studio FB Compressor and Studio FB Compressor 2 has been renamed Studio FB Sustainer.
* Types have been alphabetized.

Improved Gate block:
* Improved Downward Expander type. The “Hold Time” parameter has been removed as it is not compatible and no longer needed with the new algorithm. This type has been renamed “Classic Expander” as it based off classic analog downward expanders.
* Added “Modern Expander” type. This type uses a novel approach to the envelope detector resulting in improved ballistics compared to traditional analog expanders. A “Knee Type” parameter has been added which allows selecting between hard-knee expansion and varying degrees of soft-knee expansion.

Improved Noise Gate in Input block:
* Improved performance based on new algorithm developed for Gate block.
* A Mode selection has been added allowing the user to select between “Easy” and “Advanced”. In Easy mode the number of parameters is reduced simplifying the adjustment procedure for those who are unfamiliar with the finer details of gates/expanders for guitar noise reduction applications.

Changed bypass/engage speed for the following blocks: Drive, Filter, Graphic EQ, Parametric EQ, Tremolo and Wah. These blocks now bypass/engage with a gentle fade as rapid bypass/engage with these types of blocks can sound abrupt.

Updated PVH 6160 Block and PVH 6160+ models. New models have more accurate Gain knob response.

Reduced default Power Tube Grid Bias for PVH 6160 and Recto models as previous default was hotter than these amps are typically run due to the non-adjustable bias.

Improved Speaker Thump algorithm in Amp block.

Added “Oxbow Loadbox” and “Double Notes Loadbox” speaker impedance curves based on a Universal Audio Ox and Two Notes Torpedo, respectively.

Fixed Transformer and Vintage preamp types in Cabinet block not ported correctly during a previous firmware update. This manifested as the distortion not being frequency dependent.

Various other fixes and improvements.

=21.01 - Released: 2022/12/03=

Added “Paragon” type to Wah block based on a Tycobrahe Parapedal.

Fixed Hi Treble not working in Amp block.

=21.00 - Released: 2022/11/17=

New “Cygnus X-2” amp modeling:

Improved Amp block output transformer algorithm. New algorithm more accurately models B-H curve resulting in a clearer low end. New algorithm now also accounts for effect of speaker impedance on transformer response.

Improved power tube modeling. This yields better dynamics, improved low frequency accuracy and more accurate interaction with output transformer.

Improved cathode follower algorithm. Provides more accurate “cleanup” when volume is rolled off.

Improved triode algorithm more accurately models plate bypass capacitors.

Improved dynamic frequency response accuracy. This yields more “crunch” and less “fizz” with high gain tones, especially for detuned styles.

Various other improvements.

All amp models have been updated as a result of the aforementioned improvements.

The default values of various parameters have been updated. Existing presets are automatically updated to the new values upon load.

Improved Drive block modeling to more accurately model effects of op-amp finite open-loop gain and GBW product.

Added “Griddle Cake” Drive model based on a Crowther Hot Cake. The “XLF” switch on the pedal can be replicated by turning the Bass Response knob fully CW.

Added “Overdrive Volume” parameter to Dumble-type amp models (ODS-100, Two Stone, etc.). This is sometimes labeled “Ratio” or “Lead Master”. As the Master Volume on these amps often has a bright capacitor the Overdrive Volume control allows setting the Master Volume higher to counteract the bright cap and then lowering the power amp drive with the Volume.

Added “Plate Suppressor Diodes” parameter. This value is set automatically when the amp model is chosen but the user can override the default setting. Most amps do not have suppressor diodes but some do (e.g., Trainwreck Express). These diodes (also called “snubber” or “flyback” diodes) prevent undershoot on the power tube plates due to inductive kick and reduce upper harmonics thereby reducing “fizz”.

The Ideal amp controls have been updated.

Added Brit Studio 20 Amp model based on a Marshall SV20H.

Added Plexi 50W 6CA7 Jumped Amp model. This is simply the jumped version of the Plexi 50W 6CA7.

Added features to the IR Capture Utility. The manual will be updated with the relevant information.

Renamed USA Clean to USA Rhythm 1 to be more in line with actual amp.

Reduced CPU usage in some cases.

Changed tone stack tapers for Class-A 30W TB to vintage specs.

Fixed wrong capacitor value in USA JP IIC+ models when Presence Shift is off.

Fixed wrong coupling capacitor value in 1959SLP Treble, 1959SLP Jumped and 1987x Treble amp models.

Fixed wrong resistor value in tone stack of Solo 88 Rhythm and Lead models. Probably not audible though.

Fixed low frequency behavior of Recto2 models due to loss of precision.

Fixed wrong treble pot taper in CA3+ models.

Fixed wrong capacitor value in Friedman HBE V1 Fat model.

Fixed wrong resistor value in AC-20 12AX7 models.

Fixed wrong Depth knob taper in Archean models.

Fixed wrong capacitor value and wrong feedback network connection in Energyball model.

Fixed missing resistor in Euro Uber tone stack.

Fixed High Mid control in Drive block set to minimum when importing presets created prior to 19.01.

Various other fixes and improvements.

=20.04 - Released: 2022/08/17=

More Drive block improvements. Drive block now incorporates the “Chase Transform Technique” for converting analog networks to equivalent digital filters. This improves accuracy in the high frequency region.

Added Esoteric Bass RCB and BB Pre AT Drive models.

Update BB Pre Drive model to match latest circuit (version 1.5).

Increased the range of the Level parameters in Multitap Delay to -100% to +100%.

Added cross feedback parameters to Quad Parallel type in Multitap Delay block. Added “Aurora Delay” preset to demonstrate capability.

Added PVH 6160 Crunch model.

Fixed Klone Chiron optional EQ not working.

FC: Fix Layout: Inc/Dec mini-display labels to show the correct destination layout when in Destination # or Destination Name.

Various other fixes and improvements.

=20.03 - Released: 2022/07/21=

Improved Drive block.

Fixed Amp block Transformer HF being incorrectly set when using two Amp blocks.

Fixed Amp block Bypass state not being set correctly when using Scene Manager in Axe-Edit.

Removed USB Buffer Level meters as they are no longer` applicable.

Various other fixes and improvements.

=20.02 - Released: 2022/07/14=

Improved speaker impedance curve fitting algorithm. This results in more accurate and more “colorful” modeling as the previous algorithm tended to damp box resonances somewhat. All the speaker impedance curves have been updated using the new routine. Existing presets are automatically updated to use the updated curves if “Update Pre-20.02 Presets Spkr Imp Upon Load” is set to YES.

Added 4x12 Lerxst Omega speaker impedance curve.

Added 1x12 Deluxe Oxford speaker impedance curve.

Added 4x12 Hipower Pete T speaker impedance curve.

Added 4x12 Hipower Lindsey B speaker impedance curve.

Added 4x12 USA Semi-Open speaker impedance curve.

Added 2x12 Dizzy RV speaker impedance curve.

Added 4x12 London Town Tall speaker impedance curve.

Fixed Tap Times lost during patch/channel changes in Rhythm Tap Delay mode of Ten-Tap Delay block.

The A-Z knob will work correctly in both directions when editing the name of a Setlist.

Changes will now be immediately reflected for all slots when editing a Setlist songs.

Various other fixes and improvements.

=20.01 - Released: 2022/06/29=

Added Speaker Thump control to Amp block. Speaker Thump models the dynamic, nonlinear behavior of a guitar speaker. A value of 5.0 roughly corresponds to an amplifier running into a speaker rated at the same power as the amplifier, i.e., a 100W amplifier running into a 100W speaker. The reset value is a conservative 2.5 which represents, i.e., a 50W amp running into a 100W speaker. Note that the majority of the response is in the subsonic region and the effect is primarily tactile. Existing presets are not affected and the value will be zero.

Improved Amp block output transformer modeling. This requires updated Transformer LF/HF values for the amp models. Existing presets are automatically updated to the new values upon recall.

Decreased minimum diffuser time in Delay block to 1%.

Added G12T-75 speaker impedance curve.

Added 2x12 Class-A Greenback speaker impedance curve.

Added 2x12 Two Stone 1265 speaker impedance curve.

Added Depth control to Authentic page for Brit Super, Brit 800 Mod and JMP-1 amp models.

Added Diamante Fire amp model based on a Diamond Del Fuego.

Changed “Drive” to “Gain” for Amp block preamp gain control as this is more consistent with naming in real amps.

Fixed switching channels on Drive block can cause pop.

Fixed switching channels on bypassed blocks can cause an audio gap.

Fixed wrong drive taper in Mr. Z Highway 66 model.

Fixed wrong capacitor value in Friedman Smallbox model.

FC: Fixed Factory Default layouts so FX Bypass and Channel switches use the correct blocks.

FC: Fixed an issue that prevented the Hold function from working correctly for some Stand-in Switches.

FC: Fixed UI to refresh when performing "Reset" on a Setlist or a Song from the front panel.

FC: Fixed Setlist functions to not load a song when "Song Load" is set to "None"

FC: Layout Link will no longer unduly trigger when exiting the Tuner.

FC: Preset: Select in Bank switches now stop flashing when the preset is changed by any means other than an FC footswitch (editor, front panel, etc.)

FC: Preset: Select in Bank switches now flash consistently when used with Bank: Select switches.

FC: Preset: Toggle in Bank now consistently and correctly loads the "Primary" preset after changing the bank.

FC: Removed "PREVIOUS" from Bank: Select function as it was replaced by "2nd Press = Previous Bank"

Various other fixes and improvements.

=20.00 - Released: 2022/06/03=

New “Block Mixer” algorithm results in faster/quieter scene and channel changes. This new algorithm allows placing Amp blocks in series without the concomitant sound bursts that would normally occur when switching scenes.

New Speaker Drive algorithm in Amp block. This new algorithm more accurately models the frequency dependent distortion of guitar loudspeakers. The default value (upon resetting the block) is 2.0 which gives roughly 1 dB of compression. Setting the value to 0.0 defeats the speaker drive modeling. Higher values give a smoother and more focused sound, rounding off the “sharp edges” and yielding greater compression.

Added new “Dynamic Distortion” block. This effect distorts the input signal dynamically, applying more distortion to different frequency ranges depending upon the shape of the filter. When the signal level is low the output will be the same as the input. As the signal level increases more distortion will occur in those bands boosted by the filter shape. This is a powerful tool for final shaping/mastering of your tone. The block contains a handful of presets which demonstrate the basic technique.

Added ability to use Pre-Delay in Reverb block as a simple echo. Pre-Delay now features Tempo, Feedback and Mix parameters. The pre-delay time has also been increased to 1s. Several types have been added demonstrating the capabilities.

Fixed Amp block Scene Ignore not being recalled correctly in some cases.

Fixed USB buffer level setting not sticking between power cycles.

Layout Link configured on a tap function for a footswitch will no longer incorrectly execute when activating the switch exits the Tuner.

Various other fixes and improvements.

NOTE: THIS FIRMWARE IS NOT COMPATIBLE WITH PREVIOUS VERSIONS OF AXE-EDIT. A NEW VERSION OF AXE-EDIT IS REQUIRED FOR USE WITH THIS VERSION.

NOTE: If you installed firmware 20.00 beta 4, you may find that some FC effect switches are now mapped to the wrong effects. For example, a switch that was set to bypass REVERB 1 may now bypass AMP 1 instead. This release prevents this problem from occurring you are upgrading from 19.x or older.

If you installed 20.00 beta 4, however, this will have already modified your layouts, so you will need to either restore them from a backup, or adjust the individual switches manually. Layouts can be restored using a "System" backup from Fractal-Bot, or a "Layouts" file from Axe-Edit. If you'd rather reset to the factory default FC layouts, find this under SETUP> FC Controllers> Reset.

=19.08 - Released: 2022/05/12=

Fixed error in Amp block low frequency resonance behavior.

=19.07 - Released: 2022/05/06=

Fixed bypass state can load wrong when switching from a preset with Scene Ignore on.

Changed Compressor block so that times display actual value for the various pedal types.

Various other fixes and improvements.

=19.06 - Released: 2022/04/14=

Added new Setlists/Songs feature, which can be used with an FC Controller to access presets and scenes in custom order during live performance. A new Setup menu area provides full access from the front panel, with a corresponding new area of Axe-Edit which offering import/export and more. For additional details, please see the Setlists & Songs Mini-Manual, located at: https://www.fractalaudio.com/sss-manual

Added Scene Ignore to Multiplexer block.

Improved Amp block transformer/speaker interaction modeling. The “Voice Coil Resistance” parameter has been repurposed/renamed “Speaker Impedance”. The various parameters work as follows:

* Transformer Matching: Sets the impedance ratio (square of the turns ratio) of the output transformer.
* Speaker Impedance: Sets the relative nominal impedance of the speaker. To simulate connecting, e.g., a 4-ohm speaker to an 8-ohm output you would set Speaker Impedance to 0.5. Conversely to simulate connecting a 16-ohm speaker you would set it to 2.0.

Update PI Bias Excursion parameters for many Amp models based on new measurement technique.

Fixed Parametric EQ and Megatap blocks can cause GUI hang if modifier attached to parameter and update rate is set to FAST.

Fixed crash in Plex block for certain types if Master Time is set to zero.

Fixed Amp block output transformer turns ratio being incorrectly calculated.

Fixed IR Player block displayed IR number off by one after preset recall.

Fixed Stand-in switches will now work correctly when assigned to a footswitch configured as a Per-Preset: Placeholder.

Fixed Ultra-Res IRs being truncated to 1K samples by IR Capture utility and Tone Match block.

Various other fixes and improvements.

=19.05 - Released: 2022/03/11=

Added “Scene Ignore” to most blocks. When set to ON, Scene Ignore instructs the block to ignore scene changes. Scene Ignore is a per-channel parameter. This allows turning Scene Ignore to OFF on one or more channels which will then allow a scene change to set the block to a desired state if the block is on that channel.

Improved CNFB algorithms in Amp block resulting in smoother distortion and improved clarity.

Improved preset/scene switching when input impedance changes between presets/scenes.

FC: Switch Ring Color settings of "Off" will now work correctly.

FC: Effect: Chan Select LED ring will properly be dim when an effect is bypassed.

Various other fixes and improvements.

=19.04 - Released: 2022/03/04=

Fixed some Amp models can NaN due to index out-of-bounds.

=19.03 - Released: 2022/03/04=

Added Dual Detune Delay type to Pitch block. This type is comprised of two detuners with delay up to 2.0 seconds. Each detuner can feed back to itself and/or the other detuner.

Renamed Oversampling Mode “BEST PERFORMANCE” to “BEST QUALITY” for clarity.

Fixed Amp block instability when Output Mode is set to FRFR and Voice Coil Resistance is set very high.

Fixed Bludojai Lead model missing resistor between last preamp stage and power amp.

FC: Fixed Stand-In Switches not displaying correctly for certain switches.

FC: When the Effects: Chan Select function is used with SMART BYPASS selected as 2nd Press, the main LCD will now display ENABLED/BYPASSED along with the configured channel.

FC: Corrected a bug which caused some per-preset switches to not show the desired mini-display text or LED ring color.

Various other fixes and improvements.

=19.02 - Released: 2022/02/25=

Updated 59 Bassguy and 5F8 Tweed models to include both Drive controls.

Added 59 Bassguy Normal, 5F8 Tweed Normal and 5F8 Tweed Jumped amp models.

Added JMPRE-1 Output EQ type to Amp block. This type replicates the active EQ used in the JMP-1 preamp (see below).

Added JMPre-1 Clean1/2 models. Note: The real amp has a fixed, passive tone stack with an active 4-band EQ. Therefore, the Bass/Mid/Treble controls when using Authentic Tone Controls are mapped to the Graphic EQ. The passive tone stack itself, however, is adjustable. With all controls at noon the tone stack is equivalent to the real amp’s fixed tone stack. You can access these controls using the Ideal Tone Controls or via Axe-Edit.

Updated JMPre-1 OD1/2 models. As with the Clean1/2 models the Bass/Mid/Treble controls now are mapped to the Graphic EQ when using Authentic Tone Controls.

Updated default cathode follower values for Matchbox D-30 model.

Added Spread control to Dual Delay and Tape types in Delay block. Spread acts as master pan in this case and is modifiable.

Added assignable third LFO to Delay block. This LFO can be assigned to Level, Pan or Spread and multiplies the corresponding value by the LFO value.

Added “Oversampling Mode” to Global menu. This parameter allows selecting between BEST PERFORMANCE and MIN. LATENCY.

Improved Input block gate performance.

Fixed Drive block can crash under rare circumstances when switching between certain models (from Blackglass 7K to diode-based model).

Fixed Amp block Transformer Match control not working properly.

Renamed Speaker Impedance to Voice Coil Resistance to more accurately describe the function of the control. Note that this includes all other “parasitic” resistances, i.e., speaker cable resistance, output transformer winding resistance, etc.

Rearranged order of pages in Amp block so that Input EQ and Output EQ are after Tone page.

Fixed Flanger block can cause loud transient at startup in rare circumstances.

The following FC enhancements/fixes are implemented:

* Added “Scene Level + Save” to the “Utility” functions.
* Added "Invert Mini-Displays" under the APPEARANCE section of the FC Controllers’ Config page.
* Added a “STARTUP VIEW” to the FC Controllers: Device page.
* Added an option for “2nd Press = Previous Bank” to Bank: Select function.
* Added an option for “2nd Press = Previous Preset” to Preset: Select and Preset: Select in Bank functions.
* Added the option “2nd Press" to Effect: Select Channel function. The two choices are "Smart Bypass" which is a pre-existing feature, and "Previous Channel" which toggles to the previously selected channel instead.
* Added a “Current Channel” Mini-Display Label option to Effect: Chan Inc/Dec.
* Added a 1.5 second delay to functions that trigger a save of the preset to allow multiple actions before a single save.
* Fixed Bank limit calculations in some circumstances.
* Updated the switch ring LED to be dim instead of off for Function Effect: Select Channel when Smart Bypass is ON and the effect is in the preset but the effect is bypassed.
* Fixed stand-in switches not executing the tap function correctly when a hold function is assigned.
* Added "Current" option to the display functions for Bank: Inc/Dec function.
* Added "Current Name" and "Current #" options to the display functions or Preset: Inc/Dec and Scene: Inc/Dec functions.
* Fixed an issue when changing function to "Bypass" when the currently selected effect does not have a Bypass function (e.g., Mixer, Multiplex).
* Fixed an issue when changing FC effect type from "MultiPlex" to an effect containing fewer channels.

Various other fixes and improvements.

=19.01 - Released: 2022/02/02=

Added Damping control to Modifiers. The default, EXPONENTIAL, is the classic damping style where the modifier value has an exponential attack/decay. LINEAR selects a linear attack/decay.

Added Type control to ADSRs. The default, EXPONENTIAL, is an analog style where the ADSR has an exponential attack/decay. LINEAR selects a linear attack/decay.

Improved Phase Inverter Bias Excursion accuracy for some amp models (mostly non-MV types). Note: The improved PI Bias Excursion accuracy results in an increase in bias excursion in most cases. Bias excursion primarily manifests as intermodulation distortion, particularly subharmonic distortion. This produces a chunkier tone with more growl and also yields a thicker tone when rolling off the volume or playing lightly. The amount of bias excursion can be adjusted using the PI Bias Excursion control in the Advanced menu.

Renamed Timothy and Suhr Riot Drive models to clarify switch position.

Added Hi Mid control to Drive block.

Fixed Blackglass 7K model as reference pedal was defective. Added “Grunt” and “Attack” knobs to GUI (Grunt switch on pedal is a selectable low cut so knob duplicates Low Cut control).

Changed response of Horizon Precision Drive “Attack” control to match pedal (was reversed previously). Any presets using this model should be adjusted accordingly.

Improved accuracy of “G-taper” used for tone control in some Drive models, i.e., T808, VS9, Super OD, etc. Impact on existing presets is likely negligible but any presets using Tube Screamer models and their variants should be auditioned.

Fixed selecting Gibtone Scout tone stack causes NaN in certain amp models.

Fixed Amp block headroom meter monitoring wrong circuit node.

Fixed GUI not being redrawn when switching between a knob menu and a list menu.

Various other fixes and improvements.

=19.00 - Released: 2022/01/19=

Version 19.00 firmware represents the first use of the Chase Nonlinear Feedback (CNFB) technique for the solution of nonlinear ODEs. The power amp algorithm has been completely rewritten using the CNFB method. This provides improved accuracy, especially in the clipping and power supply sag behavior vs. frequency.

Added y-axis labels to RTA.

Added Time Shape parameter to Megatap Delay. The EXP/LOG setting is the default and behaves as before allowing time shapes between exponential and logarithmic (including linear). The SIGMOID setting is a four-quadrant shape that allows time shapes between sigmoid and inverse sigmoid. The COSINE and SINE settings select sine wave shapes with the Time Alpha parameter controlling the number of periods from 1 to 8.

Added 11 power tube types from various manufacturers.

Improved Amp block bypass/engage behavior to prevent level surges.

FC: Amp Level Save now has an option for 0 dB to allow saving a preset via a footswitch.

Fixed signal level into power amp a bit too high in 6160 models.

Fixed High Cut control not working in Mr. Z MZ-38 model.

Fixed Compressor block Auto Makeup Gain not being updated when changing types.

Fixed wrong op-amp clip threshold for DS1 models in Drive block.

Various other fixes and improvements.

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>
<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/firmware-19-x-is-there-a-quick-fix-to-make-fas-amps-sound-like-18-x.181292/post-2222077]
I would say that the biggest change in 19.x vs. 18.x is the clipping behavior of the power amp. The preamp is not changed at all so anything you are hearing is due to the new CNFB power amp stuff. The power amp clips softer now. This is more accurate, however. If you want a harder power amp clipping, which people that are into aggressive styles may desire, increase the Power Tube Hardness parameter. Or turn the MV down a little. 19.x also introduces an improved feedback algorithm in the power amp. It uses what I call "hybrid feedback" and is a way of replicating analog feedback in a nonlinear discrete-time system. This yields better frequency response accuracy above 10kHz compared to 18.x. 18.x tended to be a little brighter as a result. To get this brighter sound in 19.x increase the Transformer HF value.
</blockquote></blockquote>

=18.03 - Released: 2021/12/09=

Fixed Angle Severe and Energyball amp models hanging on certain combinations of Presence and Depth.

Fixed USB Output summed to mono if Global Output Mode set to MUTE.

Various other fixes and improvements.

=18.02 - Released: 2021/12/06=

Fixed cathode follower algorithm not working correctly for some models.

=18.01 - Released: 2021/12/06=

Fixed error in Amp block low frequency dynamic speaker impedance calculation.

=18.00 - Released: 2021/12/05=

Overhauled the Compressor block:

Improved Auto-Makeup gain behavior.
Added Input Level switch. When set to INSTRUMENT the detector is optimized for guitar-level signals, i.e., before an amp block. When set to LINE the detector is optimized for post-amp level signals.
The Pedal, Optical, Tube, Analog, JFET and Dynamicomp types have been completely redone resulting in improved performance. These types now inherently perform automatic makeup gain.
Auto Attack/Release has been removed from the Pedal and Dynamicomp types as it is no longer applicable.
NOTE: Due to all these changes the behavior and output volume of the Compressor block may be different. It is recommended to audition any presets using the Compressor block and adjust as required.
Improved Stack/Hold implementation in Delay block so that “texture” is applied to audio when Stack/Hold is on.

Improved Amp block cathode follower algorithm. Algorithm now uses higher order solution of nonlinear ODE for more accurate low frequency response.

Improved Amp block power amp algorithm. New algorithm more accurately models dynamic changes in speaker impedance resulting in more “complexity”.

Improved Tape preamp types in Cabinet block.

Added check to prevent excessive message queuing, i.e., when selecting amp model using Value knob.

Added MUTE option to Output 1/2 Configuration. This allows muting the analog outputs while still passing data via USB. This can be used when using the Axe-Fx III in conjunction with computer plug-ins.

Added global Speaker Impedance Curve. When set to DEFAULT the speaker impedance curve used when selecting an amp model is the default curve for that amp model, otherwise it is the selected curve. NOTE: this does not affect existing presets. The selected curve is used only when selecting a new amp model.

Added Input Level switch to Compressor block. This allows tailoring the compressor’s response for instrument level or line level signals.

Added several new Impedance Curves to Amp block. Thank you to Dr. Bonkers Soundlab for these.

Added Modifier capability to LFO Enable and Mod Frequency in Filter block.

Added RCB Boost to Amp block Boost types.

Reduced CPU usage for background GUI tasks.

Fixed DS-1 Drive types have no gain when Drive is at 0.0.

Fixed Reverb pitch buffers not being cleared if Pitch Mix is zero.

Fixed Turbo version aborting processing at CPU usage lower than limit.

Fixed Angle Severe models becoming unstable with certain speaker impedance curves. Note: the presence network for these models has been updated. Presets using these amp models should be auditioned as the tone may have changed.

Various other fixes and improvements.

=17.02 - Released: 2021/11/02=

Added “ALL” as an option to Spillover in Global Settings. When Spillover is set to ALL the Delay, Reverb, Plex, Multi-Delay, Megatap and Ten-Tap blocks will not clear their buffers when switching presets.

Fixed Amp block Master Volume not working properly for JS410 and Texas Star models (introduced in 17.01).

Improved IR Player block so that volume is consistent if Mode is set to Parallel and only one IR is being used.

Fixed Plex and Multi-Delay Blocks displaying wrong type when recalling preset.

=17.01 - Released: 2021/10/27=

Added 10 FullRes IRs to the Legacy bank provided by Valhallir and York Audio. These are at the end of the bank. These can be loaded into the IR Player blocks or into Slots 3 and 4 of the Cabinet blocks. Note that Slots 1 and 2 of the Cabinet blocks do not support FullRes.

Adjusted Looper behavior so that when reaching the maximum recording time the behavior switches to that defined by Record 2nd Press ONLY on the first pass of a new recording.

Added dedicated Pitch Shifting to the Reverb block. This can be used to create “Shimmer Reverbs” easier than using separate Pitch and Reverb blocks (and with less CPU usage). Several new types are included to demonstrate the capability.

The Pitch Direction parameter controls the direction of the pitch shifters. FORWARD runs both shifters forward. REVERSE runs both in reverse. FOR/REV runs Voice 1 forward and Voice 2 in reverse. REV/FOR runs Voice 1 in reverse and Voice 2 forward.

The Pitch Position parameter controls the location of the pitch shifters. INPUT locates the shifters at the input of the block. MATRIX locates the shifters inside the reverb matrix. FEEDBACK locates the shifters in the matrix feedback loop. MATRIX and FEEDBACK can yield more intense effects and also helps the reverb “stick” to the notes better. FEEDBACK builds slightly slower than MATRIX. CAUTION: The MATRIX and FEEDBACK positions can cause instability at high values of Pitch Mix and Pitch Feedback. In general Pitch Feedback should be low or zero when using MATRIX or FEEDBACK.

Overhauled the Megatap block. See the updated Blocks Guide for details.

Added modulation to Diffusers in the Delay, Multitap and Megatap blocks.

Improved Auto-Swell type in Volume block. Added S-Taper to taper selections.

Added Modern Gate type to Gate block. This type is similar to the Classic Gate except the gate opens in a constant linear-in-dB manner. This naturally makes the attack slower as the gate first opens and can be used for both traditional gating and for special effects like audio swells.

Increased maximum sustain for the applicable types in the Compressor block. Existing presets are automatically updated.

Added new types to the Multitap Delay block.

Added new types to the Plex Delay block.

Added LFO for filter in Plex Delay block.

Added new types to Flanger block.

Improved accuracy of Master Volume in Amp block for low settings.

Improved accuracy of Drive block Drive control for low settings.

Fixed wrong resistor value in Solo 88 Lead input circuit. Impact is probably negligible.

Fixed wrong resistor value in USA Pre LD2 overdrive circuit. This increases gain slightly. You may need to audition any presets using these models and adjust gain accordingly.

Fixed Multitap block bandpass filters not being disabled if Master Q set to minimum.

Fixed block input not muting in bypass if Bypass Mode is Thru.

Fixed Chorus block left delay line getting unsynchronized when switching between types.

Fixed pressing Tuner button in Axe-Edit brings up Reverb UI.

Fixed Amp block power tube “kvb” not being set correctly in rare circumstances. This caused the output level of the amp block to change depending upon the previous preset used.

Fixed wrong B+ voltage for Temolo Lux amp model.

Fixed IR Capture not saving correctly if IR Type set to UltraRes.

Improved CPU usage.

Various other fixes and improvements.

=17.00 - Released: 2021/09/28=

Version 17 introduces FullResTM Impulse Response processing. FullRes processes IRs up to 64K points with zero latency using a novel technique. This provides up to 1.37 seconds of response time. Seasoned producers and engineers often mix in “Room Mics” during recording to increase the depth and liveliness of recordings. However, the typical live room has a reverb time of 500-700 milliseconds, well beyond the 20-40 ms afforded by typical IR processing. FullRes allows capturing the full response of a typical live room and even the response of small-to-medium halls and clubs. FullRes can also be used for convolution reverb applications for reverb times less than 1.37 seconds.

The IR Player block and the Cabinet block both support FullRes IRs. The last two slots of the Cabinet block support FullRes. This is sufficient to provide two room mics, a left and a right, along with two direct mics within a single Cabinet block.

The new FullRes User IR bank supports up to 64 FullRes IRs. When capturing an IR selecting the USER FR bank will automatically set the IR Type to FullRes. Likewise, when setting the IR Type to FullRes the bank will automatically be set to USER FR. FullRes IRs can be processed with minimum-phase or auto- trim, if desired. However, minimum-phase is not recommended as this will tend to destroy the reflection information.

The Scratchpad bank has been updated to support FullRes IRs.

NOTE: The FullRes User IR bank is only available on the Axe-Fx III Mark II. The original Axe-Fx III has less non-volatile memory and therefore does not have the necessary resources to store the IRs. The Scratchpad bank supports FullRes IRs but the data will be lost when the unit is powered off.

IR management has been completely rewritten providing smoother performance and better integration with Axe-Edit.

The IR Player block now supports two IRs with individual level and pan controls for each IR. Setting the IR Length to OFF defeats the IR. A Mix control is also provided so the block can be used as a convolution reverb. A Mode control allows the two IRs to be in parallel or series. When in series the individual level and pan controls are defeated and removed from the UI.

Increased Mic Distance range in Cabinet block to 3.4m (~11 feet). This allows delaying room mic IRs that have been trimmed to remove the leading silence. The alignment graph now features a Zoom control that changes the abscissa between 3ms and 12ms.

Improved Pitch Detection performance.

The UI has been improved to support double-tap of certain keys as follows:
* Double-tapping EDIT edits the previous block.
* Double-tapping HOME enters the layout grid.
* Double-tapping STORE prompts immediately.
* When on the Home or Layout pages double-tapping the Quick Entry knobs does the following:
** A: Enters the Amp 1 menu.
** B: Enters the Drive 1 menu.
** C: Enters the Cab 1 menu.
** D: Enters the Delay 1 menu.
** E: Enters the Reverb 1 menu.

The buttons in the effects GUI have been simplified to a single page.

Fixed names of Dizzy V4 2 and Dizzy V4 3 swapped.

Added FAS Buttery amp model.

Added 1S1588T diode SPICE model to Drive block. This is the Toshiba version of the 1S1588 and is reportedly the diode used in the “best sounding” TS-808s. The T808 OD models have been updated to use this diode. Existing presets are unchanged.

Added “Valve Screamer VS9” and "Maxoff 808" Drive models.

Improved scene switching to prevent signal “leaking” into bypassed blocks.

Added Max Loop Time parameter to Looper. This sets the maximum recording time. This allows a loop to be automatically created once the loop time exceeds this value.

Changed Looper behavior so that if recording and time reaches the maximum recording time the mode changes to that specified by Record 2nd Press.

Added support for Axe-Fx III Mark II “Turbo”.

Various fixes and improvements.

=16.05 - Released: 2021/07/03=

Improved behavior of Synth block Shift control when attached to a modifier.

Fixed Compressor block GUI not displaying properly in some cases.

Fixed FAS Brootalz model inadvertently changed since it was referencing the Angle Severe presence network which was changed.

Fixed Master Time not working in Plex block for Plex Detune and Plex Shift types.

Fixed Tone Match block IR Slot number in Export page not displaying correctly in some circumstances.

=16.04 - Released: 2021/06/18=

Added “Indicate Edited on Scene Change” to Global Settings.

Improved Sequencer functionality. The Run control has now been expanded to STOP | PAUSE | RUN. When set to PAUSE the sequencer will halt but not reset the sequence count. The Step control allows manually stepping the sequencer when the sequencer is paused or running.

Improved Rotary block drive algorithm.

Fixed using two Amp blocks in certain combinations of models causing high frequency whine.

=16.03 - Released: 2021/06/16=

Updated Amp block default Excursion Time and Release Time values as some were entered incorrectly. Existing presets are automatically updated to the new default values upon recall.

Improved Delay block algorithms and models. Improved menus by adding a basic Config page with the essential controls and an Advanced page with all the controls for that model. Added a Master Time control.

Added Compander type to Compressor block. The Transients control adjusts the transient modification. Values less than zero soften the attack, value greater than zero emphasize the attack.

Improved Amp block power amp transient response accuracy.

Fixed wrong attenuation between preamp and power amp in Class-A 30W Bright model.

Fixed Headroom meter stuck in certain circumstances when using two Amp blocks.

Fixed Amp block displaying wrong channel number when setting channel via Scene Manager in Axe-Edit.

Fixed pop when switching channels on Input block when using different gate types.

=16.02 - Released: 2021/05/25=

Improved Amp block power tube grid bias excursion algorithm. The default Excursion Time and Release Time values have been updated as a result. Existing presets are automatically updated to the new default values upon recall.

Improved Delay block so repeats do not degrade when Hold is activated.

Added Rows 1-6 as Reference Sources for Tone Match block.

Added Power Amp Modeling ON|OFF control to Amp block and removed that functionality from the Supply Sag control. Existing presets are automatically updated upon recall.

Fixed Master Comb Time not working in Multitap Delay block when using Quad Series type.

Fixed Reverb High Cut Slope not working.

=16.01 - Released: 2021/05/11=

Improved output transformer / speaker impedance interaction modeling. This yields more accurate low frequency response. Note that the Transformer LF parameter effectively adjusts the transformer’s inductance. Increase this value to simulate a smaller transformer, decrease to simulate a larger transformer.

Improved power amp cathode current calculation accuracy for cathode biased models.

Updated default Power Tube Grid Bias and Negative Feedback on many models based on new measurement technique. NOTE: As a result of this existing presets will update the aforementioned parameters to the new default values upon recall.

Added frequency cursor to Parametric EQ graph.

Updated Blackglass 7K Drive block model. Previous model was incorrect due to defective reference unit.

Increased gain range of Filter and Parametric EQ blocks to +/-20 dB. Also increased gain range of input EQ in Amp block. Existing presets are automatically updated.

Improved Reverb algorithms. Added a couple new types.

Fixed incorrect channel indication in Amp block when changing scenes if Scene Revert is true.

Fixed incorrect Drive control taper in Jr. Blues amp models.

Fixed missing UI for several Friedman amp models.

Fixed missing pad between preamp and power amp in USA Pre Lead models.

Fixed pop when changing Amp block channels between models with disparate gains.

Fixed switching to a preset with a Reverse Delay from certain other presets causes noise burst at switchover.

=16.00 - Released: 2021/04/21=

New “Cygnus” amp modeling algorithms.

Added “Sonic Dist” Drive type.

Fixed popping when switching channels in Drive block in rare cases.

Fixed Studio FF Compressor 2 type not working properly if Knee is set to “Hard”.

Fixed Delay block maximum time limited to 8s regardless of entered time.

Fixed Amp block not updating properly when changing scenes if Scene Revert is on.

Various other fixes and enhancements.

=15.01 - Released: 2020/12/18=

Improved output transformer modeling in Amp block. For typical values of Transformer Drive the difference is subtle but mathematically more accurate adding a pleasing low-end growl and improving “tightness” in high-gain sounds. For high values of Transformer Drive the difference is more pronounced. If you have increased Transformer Drive on your presets above the default value then you should audition your presets.

Fixed Depth control not working on some amp models.

And: MCMLXXXI Drive MODEL, based on 1981 Inventions DRV.

=15.00 - Released: 2020/12/15=

Improved Amp block power amp modeling. Improved algorithm yields accurate dynamic frequency response which results in clearer bass and extended highs. More “chug”, “thump” and “chime”. NOTE: Existing presets should be auditioned. While the overall tone isn’t significantly changed, the transient frequency response is enhanced which may alter the tonal perception.

Added ability to route AES/SPDIF or USB 5/6 to any input. This has been achieved by changing “SPDIF/AES Select” to “Digital Input Source” which allows choosing between AES, SPDIF or USB 5/6. Each input now has an “Input Source” selectable between Analog or Digital.

Increased maximum delay time for Delay blocks to 16 seconds.

Added “DS1 Distortion” Drive type.

Added “DS1 Distortion Mod” Drive type based on a DS1 w/ popular mods.

Added “59 Bassguy Jump” amp model.

Many of the Fender® amps have been “modified” with authentic presence and depth networks even if the real amp doesn’t have them (this was required for the new power amp algorithm). When the Tone Control Display is set to IDEAL the Presence and Depth controls can be used to shape the power amp response just as if the real amp had been modified. Setting the Presence and Depth controls to zero effectively removes the modifications. WARNING!!! If your presets use non-zero values of Presence and/or Depth for amp models whose real counterparts do not have presence and/or depth circuits your presets may sound different and should be adjusted accordingly. I.e., if you have turned Presence up for the Deluxe Verb model your preset’s tone will have changed as a real Deluxe Reverb does not have a presence network (and Presence defaults to zero for that model).

Fixed GUI bug for TS9DX Hot model.

Fixed Scales menu in Global Settings.

Fixed clicking in Amp block if large number of modifiers are connected to controls.

Fixed modifiers connected to Amp block can cause unwanted change if modifier is only active for one channel.

Fixed erroneous values can be displayed when changing channels on a block and the GUI configuration between channels is different, i.e. different number of EQ sliders or different authentic amp parameters.

Fixed second pot of ganged dual pot in Citrus Terrier amp model applied at wrong point in circuit.

Fixed Ratio at maximum in Compressor block should display “INFINITE” but doesn’t when first entering page.

=14.06 - Released: 2020/12/04=

Fixed bypass state not changing in Layout menu when zoomed out.

Fixed Metronome Level controls in Tempo menu not updating.

Fixed LFO Phase parameter doesn't work when LFO Type is set to ASTABLE.

Fixed 0.2 dB loss in some blocks (i.e. the Return block).

Reduced audio gap when switching channels in Amp block.

Added “TS9DX Hot” Drive model.

=14.05 - Released: 2020/11/18=

Improved client-server protocol to reduce message traffic. This results in snappier GUI performance especially for presets with high CPU usage. The new protocol is backwards compatible with Axe-Edit, however the latest version of Axe-Edit is required to take full advantage of the improvements.

Improved Amp block power tube grid clipping algorithm.

Fixed error in Studio FB compressor type that could result in distortion under certain circumstances.

Fixed wrong gain constant in Tube Drive 4-Knob model.

Fixed feedback network not fully initialized in Recto and Triple Crest models. In most cases this is inaudible but in rare cases when switching between Amp block channels the tone and gain of the power amp could be incorrect.

Fixed LFO Phase not working when LFO type is set to Astable.

Fixed incorrect extra feedback path in Pitch block for Quad Chromatic Delay and Quad Diatonic Delay types.

=14.04 - Released: 2020/10/16=

Fixed NaN when setting a tone control to zero in certain amp models (introduced in 14.02).

=14.03 - Released: 2020/10/13=

Fixed Cabinet block LF/HF damping applied to only left/right respectively.

Fixed setting a tone control to maximum in Amp block can cause NaN in certain models (introduced in 14.02).

=14.02 - Released: 2020/10/09=

Fixed Euro Uber model gain dropping if Input Drive set to maximum.

Fixed Fat Switch changing wrong capacitor value on Archean model.

=14.01 - Released: 2020/09/22=

Added semi-parametric EQ to Multitap Delay block. The EQ is similar to the Filter block with the addition of selectable low cut and high cut filter slopes. Note that the overall gain of the EQ automatically adjusts to unity when using any filter types that boost frequencies so as to prevent instability.

Added second source to Modifiers. A Modifier can now have two sources: Source 1 and Source 2. Each modifier has an individual Scale parameter from 0 to 100%. The operation between the two sources is selected via the Operation parameter and allows addition, subtraction or multiplication of the two sources.

Changed behavior of Random LFO so that value changes when switching from Stop to Run.

Improved boot time.

Updated Euro Uber amp model. It is recommended to do a soft reset of the model by deselecting and then reselecting the Amp type.

Added several new amp models.

Fixed wrong capacitor value in Brit JVM OD1 Orange and Red models.

=14.00 - Released: 2020/09/04=

Improved Amp block cathode follower accuracy. The Hardness parameter has been removed and the default values have been changed. Existing presets are automatically updated. If you have edited the cathode follower parameters you should audition your presets as these parameters will automatically be reset to default values when the preset is loaded.

Because of the cathode follower change the following amp models have been updated:
* Friedman Small Box
* Dizzy V4 Blue (all models)
* Herbie (all models)
* Recto 1/2 (all models)

Due to the discovery of a measurement error the JMPre-1 models have been completely reworked. If you are using any of these models it is recommended to reset the block and audition your preset(s).

The Tube Pre model has been changed so that the power amp is off by default.

Added a couple new amp models.

Fixed turning Diffusion Time all the way up in Delay block causes noise.

Fixed ADSR graph goes funky if Attack time is set very low and other times are relatively large.

Fixed knob labels for sliders not centered under sliders if number of sliders is less than 5.

=13.03 - Released: 2020/08/25=

Added modifier capability to Multitap Delay block Level parameters.

Added modifier capability to Synth block Attack parameters.

Fixed Amp block generating NaN at startup in rare cases due to uninitialized data. Fixed output level knob value not applied to Output 1/2 if Global EQ type set to NONE. Fixed first preset may be temporarily erased if corrupted data in User Cab Bank.

FC: Tuner will now automatically display whenever tuner is displayed on Axe-Fx III.

=13.02 - Released: 2020/08/21=

Added “Compulsion Distortion HP” Drive type. Existing type name changed to “Compulsion Distortion LP”.

Added “Tuner on Heel Down” to MIDI/Remote. The corresponding controller will automatically display the tuner when the value is less than 5%. Typically the user would set this to the same CC# (or internal/external pedal) that they use for their primary volume control, whether that is assigned to a global volume control or to a modifier in a Volume block. For example, if you use CC #23 as External Control 1 and connect that to the Volume 1 block in all your presets then set this to 23. Likewise if you use FC 1 Pedal 1 as a global Input 1 Volume control then set this to FC 1 Pedal 1. Now when you set your expression pedal to the heel down position the tuner will automatically display.

Added marker to ADSR graphs. Also changed ADSR graphs to show curves in linear units (rather than log).

Added Master Chorus Rate and Master Chorus Depth parameters to Multitap Delay block. The Master Rate and Master Depth have been renamed Master LFO Rate and Master LFO Depth. Master LFO Depth no longer controls the chorus depth.

Improved layout of Multitap Delay GUI.

Improved Drive block CPU usage for diode-based models.

Improved CPU usage for Reverb block in high-quality modes.

Fixed filter modulation not working in Multitap Delay block.

Fixed Graphic EQ not working for Output 1 and 2.

Fixed USB/Digital Metronome Level controlling wrong output.

=13.01 - Released: 2020/08/13=

Fixed global Input Gain loading wrong value.

Changed global Input Gain and Amp block Input Trim to read in linear units due to confusion over the meaning of dB.

=13.00 - Released: 2020/08/13=

Improved Drive block modeling. New algorithm uses a novel solution to solve the nonlinear ODE of a diode clipper with memory (i.e. a capacitor). The accuracy of the diode I-V curve is also greatly improved. This new algorithm has the accuracy of implicit iterative solutions with speed rivaling explicit solutions. CPU usage is only slightly increased vs. the previous algorithm. Note that many of the Drive models will now behave differently and presets should be auditioned. The behavior of the tone controls in some models has also changed. Of note are the Timmy models where the tone controls are now faithful to the actual pedal and decrease bass/treble when turned clockwise.

The Drive block now features a “Bass Response” control for types based on the Rat, Tube Screamer and various derivates. In some models this is duplicated on the Basic page as it is the Bass/Voice/etc. control (and renamed accordingly). This function was previously provided by the Low Cut control. The Low Cut control is now a separate control that allows adjusting the input highpass frequency. Existing presets will automatically be updated with the new default value for the Low Cut control.

Added Bias control to GUI of all Drive block models.

Added “Headroom” monitoring meter to Amp block. The most common reason for “muddy” tones with high-gain amps is incorrect setting of the Master Volume control. The Headroom meter displays the voltage at the virtual power tubes in dB. If the Master Volume is too high the meter will be near 0 dB most of the time. Note that this only applies to amps where the power amp is intended to run “clean” like the 6160, Recto, etc. Non-Master Volume amps get their distortion from the power amp distorting so this recommendation does not apply.

Added Global EQ to all outputs. Note that the EQ for Outputs 3 and 4 is not active if that output has Copy Input 1 set and the corresponding Output block is not in the patch.

Added selectable Graphic/Parametric EQ for Global Output EQs.

=12.14 - Released: 2020/07/17=

Improved Amp block Speaker Compression modeling. New algorithm is more accurate and sounds smoother with more “growl”.

Fixed incorrect default Negative Feedback for Deluxe Verb models (correct value is 2.00 if you want to update existing presets).

Fixed NaN when changing Drive block type if modifier is attached to Drive or Tone.

=12.13 - Released: 2020/07/13=

Changed Amp block Input Trim to read in dB.

Fixed Setup -> MIDI/Remote menu corrupted.

=12.12 - Released: 2020/07/10=

Added Modifier capability to:
* Controller block LFO Output B Phase
* Input block Output Level
* Amp block Variac
* Amp block Input EQ Frequency
* Amp block Graphic EQ
* Parametric EQ block Freq, Q and Gain
* Graphic EQ block sliders

Added Input 1 Gain parameter to Setup->I/O->Input menu. This allows trimming the Input 1 gain to adjust for variations in guitar output level without having to adjust each preset.

Changed Home menu behavior so that selected page doesn’t change after recalling a preset from the Preset page.

FC: FC #4 will now reflect the appropriate layout

FC: Disable FC-6/FC-12 compatibility mode when loading FC-6 factory defaults

NOTE: This firmware is NOT compatible with Axe-Edit versions prior to 1.06.00. You MUST install 1.06.00 or later BEFORE using Axe-Edit with this firmware.

=12.11 - Released: 2020/06/26=

Added LFO High Cut to Controllers.

Fixed Flanger block Rate not updating correctly.

Fixed missing PHV 6160+ CLEAN tone stack string.

NOTE: This firmware is NOT compatible with Axe-Edit versions prior to 1.06.00. You MUST install 1.06.00 or later BEFORE using Axe-Edit with this firmware.

=12.10 - Released: 2020/06/24=

Changed External Controller Initial Values to be continuously adjustable from 0 to 100%.

Fixed Amp block crackling in rare cases.

Fixed Amp block Variac has no effect when Supply Type is set to DC.

Fixed NaN if Reverb block Crossover Freq is set very high and Low Freq Time is set very low.

NOTE: This firmware is NOT compatible with Axe-Edit versions prior to 1.06.00. You MUST install 1.06.00 or later BEFORE using Axe-Edit with this firmware.

=12.09 - Released: 2020/06/09=

Improved power tube modeling yields smoother overdrive especially for semi-clean and edge-of-distortion tones.

Increased Amp block B+ monitor range as Variac settings can cause B+ voltage to fluctuate beyond visible limits.

Added 6CA7 power tube type. While the 6CA7 is generally regarded as a substitute for the EL34 it is actually a different tube with the 6CA7 being a beam tetrode. This particular tube type is modeled after the original Sylvania “Fat Bottle” 6CA7.

Increased tuner sensitivity.

Fixed clicking when changing MUTE/SOLO switches in Cabinet block while playing.

Fixed click/pop in Pitch block when going from negative (or no) shift to positive shift.

Fixed Pitch block Custom Scale number not displaying correctly.

=12.08 - Released: 2020/06/01=

Improved Reverb algorithms.

Added ECONOMY mode to Reverb block. This can be used to reduce CPU usage when building elaborate presets.

Decreased minimum Attack Time of Compressor block to 0.1 ms. Existing presets are automatically updated.

Added JFET Compressor type.

Added three new Studio Compressor types. Studio FF Compressor 2 is similar to Studio FF Compressor 1 (formerly called Studio Compressor) except that it is an “upwards compressor” as opposed to a downwards compressor. Studio FB Compressor 1 and 2 are feedback compressors with downwards and upwards compression respectively. As these are feedback compressors, they yield a different sound than a feedforward compressor commonly referred to as “fat” with smoother dynamics. Note that nature of feedback compressors can result in distortion at extreme control settings (fast attack/release, high ratio, etc.). It is therefore recommended to set Auto Att/Rel to ON in these instances.

Improved Intelligent Pitch Shifter algorithm. This applies to all Pitch types except Dual and Quad Detune or when the Tracking Mode is set to OFF. The pitch detection algorithms have also been improved. The Tracking Mode parameter has been renamed “Pitch Tracking” and is selectable between OFF, FAST and SMOOTH.

Improved pitch detection for Synthesizer and Ring Modulator blocks.

Improved Crystal Echoes algorithm. The Crossfade Time and Crossfade Type parameters have been removed as they are no longer applicable.

Added Diffusion to Crystals type in Pitch block. This can be used to “smear” transients for a softer sound.

Improved Plex Shift and Plex Shimmer types in the Plex block. The Cross-fade parameter has been removed. For the Plex Detune type the Cross-fade parameter has been renamed Granule Length as that is a more accurate description.

Improved Envelope Followers in Megatap, Multitap and Plex Delay blocks.

Added PVH 6160+ Clean Bright and PVH 6160+ Crunch Bright amp models based on a Peavey 6505+ Rhythm channel with the Bright switch engaged. Note that the bright switch on this channel does not engage a capacitor on the drive potentiometer as is typical but instead disengages a treble cut circuit.

Renamed PVH 6160+ Rhythm and PVH Rhythm B models PHV 6160+ Clean and PVH 6160+ Crunch respectively for clarity.

Improved Downward Expander in Gate block when Detector Type is PEAK.

Removed the Frequency Range parameters from the Multiband Compression block and extended the range of the Crossover Frequency parameters to cover the entire range previously available. Existing presets are automatically updated. Note that when adjusting a Crossover Frequency that the unit will automatically adjust the complementary frequency to ensure the mid band is at least one octave wide.

Fixed Tremolo block trigger turning off even when threshold is set to OFF.

Fixed wrong resistor value in Brit JVM models causing excessive blocking distortion.

Fixed using Astable LFO type in some effects causes noise.

Fixed switching between types in Chorus block can causes clicks.

Fixed wrong default Depth value for 5153 Red model (real amp has fixed depth resistor). Removed Depth controls from all 5153 Authentic GUI pages (except 5153 50W Blue for which the real amp does have a Depth control).

Fixed Drive block clicking when changing channels when bypassed.

FC: Views for Layout Link will now be restored properly after reboot.

FC: When entering the Master Layout menu via the switch-combo, the FC-6 will now always go to View 1.

FC: Per-Preset labels will no longer be displayed for unassigned switches.

=12.07 - Released: 2020/04/03=

Improved Compressor block. The RMS detector type has been improved resulting in smoother decay. The Auto Attack/Release algorithm has been improved resulting in less “chatter” when using low attack and/or release times. The Tube Compressor and Analog Compressor types now support RMS+Peak detector mode. A new knee shape algorithm in the Studio Compressor has been implemented resulting in a more musical tangential response like that of classic analog compressors.

Improved Downward Expander in Gate block. The RMS detector type has been improved resulting in smoother decay. Added Detector Type parameter which allows selecting between RMS (default) and Peak types.

Improved Multiband Compressor based on improvements to Compressor block. Added Auto Attack/Release mode.

Improved Astable LFO type so that adjustments to Beta, which can occur when changing channels, do not cause “baseline wander”.

FC: When navigating the editor or front panel, certain screens will no longer reset the value used by external modifiers for FC Pedals.

=12.06 - Released: 2020/03/27=

Improved performance of noise gate in Input block. Both the Classic and Intelligent types have been improved. The new Noise Reducer type reduces noise while preserving the attack of the note. It does this by using intelligent filtering to remove line noise and high frequency hiss will leaving the rest of the spectrum intact. Be sure to set the global Line Frequency to a value commensurate with the AC frequency in your country. Note that the Classic and Intelligent types can achieve complete silence while the Noise Reducer type can let some sound through as it is designed to be as transparent and unobtrusive as possible.

Improved Downward Expander type in the Gate block.

Fixed zipper noise when using an FC pedal to control input volume.

Fixed Delay Time not sticking for Ten Tap Delay.

Removed Bass, Mid and Treble controls from Capt Hook 1B amp model as this mode models the channel with the EQ Bypass engaged.

Fixed incorrect Dry Level in following Drive block models (was 100%, should be 0%): Shred Distortion M-Zone Distortion Ruckus (all versions)

Fixed High Slope controls in Cabinet block non-functional.

Added graphs to Setup -> I/O -> Pedal menu for pre/post-calibration visualization.

FC: Fix Tap Tempo function setting incorrect tempo when assigned to a stand-in switch.

FC: Fix Tuner not exiting when tapping a Stand-In Switch whose Hold function is Tuner.

FC: Fix UI of Stand-In Switches page not showing text representations of settings.

FC: Fix View Inc/Dec when accessing MLM on an FC-6 via Master Layout "Switch-Combo".

FC: Fix View Inc/Dec mini-LCD display when set to "Destination #".

FC: The main LCD will now display the correct first preset in the bank if the Global Setting for "Display Offset" is set to '1.'

FC: Stand-in switches will now perform their hold function based on the Hold Function Mode specified on the Config page of FC Controllers.

=12.05 - Released: 2020/03/06

12.04 - Released: 2020/03/05=

Updated the default value of P.A. Cathode Bias Resistor for some models. Existing presets are NOT changed. The new default values are listed here if you want to apply them to your presets:

* AC-20 DLX: 61%
* Boutique 1,2: 48%
* Blankenship Leeds: 58%
* Car Roamer: 56%
* Class-A 15W TB: 56%
* Class-A 30W: 46%
* Citrus A30: 56%
* Citrus Terrier: 60%
* Deluxe Tweed: 49%
* Div/13 CJ: 56%
* Div/13 FT37: 56%
* FAS Class-A: 56%
* Gibtone Scout: 76%
* Hot Kitty: 50%
* Matchbox D30: 59%
* Nuclear Tone: 78%
* Wrecker Liverpool: 59%

Improved pedal calibration.

Changed parameter value display to update if control is attached to modifier.

Added Triple Crest amp models based on a Mesa Triple Crown TC-100. Note that the actual amp’s “Tight” switch engages a built-in Tube Screamer circuit which can be replicated using a Drive block or the Amp block’s internal Boost feature.

Fixed a couple mistakes in Citrus Terrier amp model.

Fixed clicking when engaging/bypassing effects which change input impedance.

Fixed some parameters that should be modifiable (i.e. Chorus Rate, Rotary Rate, etc.) are not displayed as such.

Added modifier capability to ADSR Sustain Level.

=12.03 - Released: 2020/02/07=

Improved Amp modeling.

Added Low Cut to Dual Chorus type.

Improved Delay block Stack/Hold operation when using short delay times.

Added DynamiComp type to Compressor block. This is a pedal-style compressor with a faster attack behavior.

Fixed Input block UI.

Fixed Modifier graph when changing scenes remotely.

Fixed audio glitch when switching between two presets using Spring reverb.

Fixed fuzzy tone from some amp models if Sat Switch is engaged.

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>
<Blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/axe-fx-iii-firmware-release-version-12-04.159140/post-1901681]
The sidechain filter changed in 12.03. Instead of a single bandpass it is now a highpass and a lowpass. With the single bandpass the lowcut and highcut frequencies were constrained from being greater/less than each other. gate to behave differently than it does now.
</Blockquote>
</Blockquote>

=12.02 - Released: 2020/01/31=

Fixed UI unresponsive if modifier attached to Filter block Frequency control.

Fixed Filter block graph does not update if type changed from Axe-Edit.

=12.01 - Released: 2020/01/30=

Added Stack/Hold to Reverse, Dual and Sweep Delay types. All delay types now support Stack/Hold.

Added ALLPASS type to Filter block. This is a multi-stage “Phase Rotator” with feedback. With feedback set to zero it can be used to change the shape of transients. Using feedback causes constructive and destructive interference and can be used to create interesting tonalities. The Order can be set from 1 to 12 with progressively more phase rotation occurring. Attaching a modifier to the Frequency parameter can result in interesting chorus or wah effects. The red trace in the GUI is the phase response.

Improved preset/scene switching.

Fixed artifacts in Wah block when Control knob is attached to a high-speed source, i.e. LFO with high rate.

Fixed some values not displaying correctly (i.e. High Crossover Freq. in Multiband Compressor).

Fixed some parameters being unintentionally reset when editing a block.

=12.00 - Released: 2020/01/27=

Added “2x12 Godzilla” Speaker Impedance Curve based on a Zilla Fatboy.

Complete overhaul of the Flanger block. See Flanger page.

Complete overhaul of the Phaser block. See Phaser page.

Added separate Filter Slope controls for the Cabinet block. The range of the slopes has been extended to include 18 and 24 dB/octave. Existing presets will be automatically updated to the correct values based on the previous Filter Slope value.

Added separate Low Cut Slope control for Delay block. Updated models accordingly.

Added “FAS Express” amp model based on hypothetical modifications to a Trainwreck Express.

Improved messaging system so that changing presets while Axe-Edit is running does not cause audio dropout (requires Axe-Edit version 1.4.00 or later).

Improved Scene switching speed.

Added LFO Quantize to Filter, Flanger and Phaser blocks.

Added Triggering to Tremolo block. When the Tremolo is triggered the Tremolo will engage and the LFO phase will start at the Start Phase value. This allows easily synchronizing the Tremolo to your playing. Set to “OFF” to defeat the trigger.

Added Optical Tremolo type to Tremolo block.

Addded “Astable” type to LFOs. This simulates an astable Op-amp Multivibrator as is commonly found in effect pedals. “Beta” controls the shape of the LFO. High values approach a square wave while low values approach a triangle wave.

Added Stack/Hold parameter to Plex Delay and Plex Verb types in the Plex block. When set to STACK incoming audio is stacked on existing audio and held. When set to HOLD existing audio is held.

Changed Hold parameter in Delay block to Stack/Hold (see above).

Changed Hold parameter in Reverb block to Stack/Hold (see above).

Added “OD 250” Drive model based on a DOD Overdrive 250 (gray version).

Added adjustable slope to Parametric EQ block for outer bands when type is set to BLOCKING.

Added LFO monitors to Control block.

Drive block EQ now supports placement pre- or post-distortion.

Added “Stereo Mind Guy” delay type.

Added ULTRA-HIGH quality mode to Reverb block. This mode increases the modulation at the expense of a slight increase in CPU usage.

Fixed loss of precision in certain amp models (i.e. Plexi 50W Normal) when Input Drive is set very low.

Fixed Align tab in Cabinet block not displaying traces properly after changing channels/scenes from Axe- Edit.

=11.01 - Released: 2019/11/28=

Updated Speaker Impedance Curves for 2x12 Jazz 120, 4x10 Brit JM45 and 4x12 Hipower. Also added the following new curves: 2x12 Bassbuster (based on a Fender Bass Breaker), 1x12 Tweed Alnico Blue (based on a Fender Deluxe with Celestion Blue), 4x12 PVH 6160 (based on a Peavey 5150 w/ Sheffields), 4x12 Euro (based on a Bogner standard), 2x12 Recto (based on a Mesa Rectifier)

Added “Matchbox D-30 EF86” amp model. While the real amp has a six-position Tone switch, the model has a continuously variable tone control. Note that the Tone control is mapped to the Bass control in Ideal mode as the Tone switch is essentially a bass cut control.

=11.00 - Released: 2019/11/18=

Amp block now uses new high-order speaker impedance modeling. 52 speaker impedance models (and two LB-2 models) are included and can be selected using the Speaker Impedance Curve parameter (on the Advanced page). Selecting an amp model will load an appropriate default Speaker Impedance Curve for that amp model. The Cabinet Resonance parameter can be used to adjust the amount of cabinet resonance in the impedance curve. NOTE: The 2x12 Bassguy, 2x12 Jazz 120, 4x10 Brit JM45 and 4x12 Hipower data is incomplete and will be updated in a future release.

Setting Global “Update Pre-11.x Presets Spkr Imp Upon Load" parameter to YES will automatically update the Speaker Impedance Curve for the Amp blocks upon preset recall to use an appropriate Speaker Impedance Curve for that amp model. Setting the parameter to NO will leave existing presets unaffected. NOTE: Setting this to YES will also cause the EDITED LED to light indicating the preset has been modified.

Fixed Recto1/2 models default Negative Feedback and Power Tube Bias values slightly too low.

Fixed loss of precision in Drive block Tone control for some models (Rat, Timothy, et. al.) causing low frequency build-up over time.

=10.02 - Released: 2019/10/23=

Fixed popping noise can occur when switching between certain amp models. This also results in faster, smoother preset, scene and channel changes.

Fixed wrong Basic tab of Drive block when Ruckus LED/Si type selected.

Added Wrecker Liverpool Bright amp model. This models the amp with the three-position Bright switch in the brightest position.

=10.01 - Released: 2019/10/20=

Fixed divide-by-zero can happen in Drive block when using certain combinations of different diode types and a very strong input signal or when switching between different types.

Fixed can’t access Drive block Advanced GUI page for Ruckus LED/Si type.

Changed Drive block Slew Limit to Slew Rate and updated default value of the models. Existing presets will be updated to the new default value upon recall. Note that the parameter now controls the slew rate and lower values equal less high frequency response at high amplitudes and vice-versa (the action is reversed from the previous firmware versions).

Added Wrecker Express Bright amp model. This models the amp with the three-position Bright switch in the down position.

=10.0 - Released: 2019/10/18=

Added Downtune control to Tuner. The Downtune control allows for simplified tuning when tuning down one to four semitones. The Tuner display will read the “natural” name of the note, i.e. if tuning down one semitone an Eb will read E. In addition any blocks that utilize pitch information will also be transposed accordingly.

Added Display Mode control to Tuner. This control allows selecting between all flats, all sharps or a mixture of sharps/flats for the displayed note name.

New power amp modeling algorithm. This algorithm improves the plate impedance accuracy substantially. This yields tighter bass, crunchier midrange and “chimier” highs.

Due to the changes in the power amp modeling algorithm the Power Tube Hardness parameter now behaves differently. Selecting a Power Tube Type loads the “knee voltage” for the power tubes and this voltage can be adjusted up or down using Power Tube Hardness. Higher values yield a lower knee voltage and more abrupt clipping and vice-versa. Existing presets will have Power Tube Hardness reset to 5.0 upon recall.

The range of the Transformer Match control has been reduced to 0.5 to 2.0. Existing presets will have this value reset to 1.0.

The Ideal Tetrode and Ideal Pentode power tube models are no longer applicable and have been replaced with 5881 and 6L6GB models, respectively.

The PI Bias Excursion values have been updated for some amp models. Existing presets will automatically be updated to the new default values. If you typically alter this parameter you should audition your presets.

The Amp block Dynamic Impedance parameter is no longer applicable and has been removed.

Added KT77 power tube type.

Improved Drive block. New diode modeling algorithm improves clipping accuracy especially for diodes with higher saturation currents, i.e. 1N270 and other germanium types.

Added D9E and D18 diode models to Drive block. These are Soviet germanium diodes valued for their smooth distortion characteristics.

Added “Ruckus LED/Si” type to Drive block. This model is based on a Suhr Riot with the toggle switch set to select the hybrid LED/Silicon Diode position.

Added “5 Band Mark” type to Graphic EQ block.

Fixed exported Tone Matches may, in rare cases, not sound the same as the Tone Match.

Fixed long delay times (over 1.5 seconds) in Plex Shift can cause artifacts.

=9.01 - Released: 2019/10/07=

Fixed Amp block input drive network instability in rare cases when switching between certain presets.

Fixed some amp models can become unstable for certain combinations of Negative Feedback and high values of Speaker Impedance and/or Transformer Match.

Added “Gain Enhancer” mode to Amp block Output Compressor. This mode can be used to simulate the acoustic reinforcement of a loud amp coupling into the guitar and enhancing the output signal.

=9.0 - Released: 2019/10/01=

New power amp modeling algorithm. This new algorithm now also separates the transformer matching from the speaker impedance. A new parameter, Speaker Impedance, allows adjusting the relative impedance of the virtual speaker. For example, to simulate connecting a 16-ohm speaker to an 8-ohm output set Speaker Impedance to 2.0. Transformer Matching, on the other hand, changes the impedance ratio of the virtual output transformer.

To support the new power amp algorithm the internal transformer matching values and negative feedback values have been updated. The new negative feedback values will load when selecting an existing preset. If you typically adjust Negative Feedback when creating a preset be sure to audition your presets as the parameter value will be reset to the default value upon preset load.

Fixed Amp block Output EQ wrong frequencies if EQ Location set to “Input”.

Fixed Amp block “Hi-Cut” calculation for amps without negative feedback. This affects the following models:

* All AC-20 models
* All Class-A 15W and 30W models
* Citrus Terrier
* Boutique 1 and 2
* FAS Class A
* Hot Kitty
* Matchbox D-30
* Mr. Z MZ-8 and MZ-38
* Ruby Rocket and Ruby Rocket Bright
* Supremo Trem
* Wrecker Rocket

Fixed incorrect default P.A. Cathode Resistance value for Citrus Terrier model (correct value is 96%) and Class-A 15W model (correct value is 83%).

=8.0 - Released: 2019/9/11=

Improved amp modeling.

Added Swap Scene function to Layout->Tools.

Fixed Plex block Shimmer Verb causing NaN if Reverb Size set to 0%.

Fixed Tone Match block erroneous results on preset recall due to uninitialized data.

Fixed sluggish Axe-Edit behavior after boot on high CPU presets.

Fixed Rotary block Input Select not working correctly.

Fixed Compressor block sidechain filter not working if gain set to 0.0 dB.

=7.01 - Released: 2019/08/30=

Firmware image now uses compressed initialization. This results in a smaller file size and faster firmware updates.

Added Input Select to Megatap Delay, Multitap Delay, Plex Delay, Reverb and Rotary blocks.

Fixed Input Impedance not set correctly if an active effect is in a different row and prior column than the effect that should be controlling the impedance.

FC: Fixed stand-in switches not activating the down half of their assigned function.

=7.0 - Released: 2019/08/14=

Improved power amp modeling. New algorithm accounts for variation in load voltage as a function of transformer turns ratio. I.e. reducing the Transformer Matching will reduce the output level and vice- versa.

Fixed low output level for Shred Distortion Drive model.

FC: Fixed tap function executing on hold when "Hold Execute" is set to "Switch Up". FC: Fixed switch executing from wrong layout after a stand-in switch is used.

FC: Fixed MLM functionality when cloning mixed units (FC-12's and FC-6's).

FC: Added FC-6/FC-12 compatibility mode. When enabled, FC-6(s) will use buttons 1, 2, 3 for the bottom row and buttons 7, 8, 9 for the top row. Accessible from HOME->SETUP->FC Controllers->Config Page, FC-6/FC-12 Compatibility Mode. It is disabled by default.

FC: When "Reveal Holds" is active the hold function states will be displayed (with default ring colors only) and button presses will execute the hold functions.

FC: Fixed hold functions firing on the MLM hold switch (switch 3 on FC-6 and switch 6 on FC-12) preventing MLM mode from executing.

=6.04 - Released: 2019/07/16=

Reduced background task priority on high CPU presets to improve client (i.e. Axe-Edit) performance.

Added “CC Boost” type to Amp block.

Improved CPU usage.

Optimized LCD graphics for better response.

Changed FC tuner note names to match main tuner (i.e. Eb instead of D#).

Added Solo feature to Parametric EQ block. When a band is soloed the frequency range for that band is isolated allowing the user to fine-tune the band.

Fixed output level of PI Fuzz model too low.

Fixed Modifier auto-engage not working when Auto-Engage is set to SLOW POSITION and the Update Rate is set to FAST.

Fixed Supremo Trem model missing Tone control in Authentic mode. Note: the Tone control is mapped to High Cut in Ideal mode.

Fixed FC and Axe-Edit not displaying tempo correctly if preset using global tempo. FC: Fixed Layout Link not executing if no function is assigned to the switch.

FC: Added Mode parameter to Utility/Reveal Hold for Momentary/Toggle.

FC: Added Hold Function Execute Mode: TIMEOUT or SWITCH UP. "TIMEOUT" is same as the previous behavior. When set to "SWITCH UP", the hold function executes when you release the held footswitch, allowing precise musical timing.

FC: Fixed Per-Preset/Placeholder #24 not working.

=6.03 - Released: 2019/07/01=

Fixed long preset load time if preset using Filter block with Frequency parameter connected to modifier.

=6.02 - Released: 2019/06/28=

Added LFO to Filter block. When enabled, the LFO will modulate the frequency of the filter between the Frequency and the Mod. Frequency. The local LFO simplifies modulated filtering and frees up the global LFOs for other tasks.

Added adjustable filter to Plex block wet signal. Filter can be any of the standard types (all types except comb filter types). Frequency, Q and Gain are modifiable.

Added Shimmer Verb type to Plex block.

The Mode parameter in the IR Player block has been replaced by a Length parameter.

Changed Home page behavior so that menu stays on selected tab when returning. Pressing HOME while on the Home page resets to first tab.

FC: Improved communication reliability when using very long cables (requires FC firmware version 1.08).

FC: Fix preset tempo being used when global is selected .

FC: Add Layout Inc/Dec function.

=6.01 - Released: 2019/06/19=

Fixed memory allocation error causing boot irregularities.

=6.00 - Released: 2019/06/19=

Firmware 6.00 introduces the PERFORM tabs found on the HOME screen of the Axe-Fx III. There are two PERFORM tabs: Per-Preset and Global. The PERFORM tabs can be configured with up to 10 user-selected controls from any of the blocks found in the current preset (including CONTROLLERS and GLOBAL). Configuration of the PERFORM tabs is done via Axe-Edit III. Allowable controls include rotary knobs, push-buttons, drop-downs, and toggle controls (e.g., on/off controls).

''The "Perform-PP" controls are stored per-preset. Adding or removing a control from "Perform- PP" will change the EDIT state of the preset.''

''The "Perform-Gbl" controls are stored in the Global Settings. Adding or removing a control from "Perform-Gbl" is automatically saved to the Global Settings.''

''Performance controls are added via the editor from a block's parameter view. The editor's selected parameter control is assigned to the desired Performance tab through a popup menu.

''The editor's Perform view is accessed via the "Perform" button or the Tools / Performance menu. From this view, Per-Preset Performance controls can be imported and/or exported using the "Block Library" control. Additionally, the view's "Per-Preset" and "Global" tabs allow label editing for controls already assigned to the "Perfrom-PP" and "Perform-Gbl" tabs.''

Changed Cabinet, IR Player and Tone Match block IR windowing so that window length is proportional to IR length (rather than a constant window length).

Doubled length of IR Capture Utility sweep. This improves SNR in challenging environments, i.e. a large, noisy room when capturing “far-field” IRs. The time between sweeps has also been increased to allow the room reverberation to decay sufficiently before starting the next sweep.

Improved Amp block power amp modeling.

Added five “Manual” controllers to Controllers menu. These can be used as modifiers for real-time manipulation of parameters from the front panel.

Combined LFO 1 and LFO 2 menus into a single menu.

Fixed Ring Mod block left/right slightly unbalanced.

Fixed Looper allows playback even if no loop exists causing noise.

FC: Further fixes for startup timing issues.

FC: Fixed Inc/Dec functions' upper limits defaulting to zero.

FC: Fixed learning of FC external pedals and switches in MIDI/Remote.

FC: Fixed external switch polarity not showing correctly on the FC Controllers Remote page.

=5.08 - Released: 2019/05/20=

Added Low Cut and High Cut to individual IRs in Cabinet block. Filter slopes are also selectable from 6 to 24 dB/oct.

Added IR Length parameter to individual IRs in Cabinet block. Shorter lengths can be used to remove room reflections and/or decrease CPU usage.

Changed Pitch block so that pitch detection is performed even when block is bypassed. This allows using the Learn function while the block is in bypass.

Fixed sometimes unit will hang at boot if an FC-12 running firmware version 1.06 or later is connected.

Fixed pop when switching from Hipower amp models to certain other amp models.

FC: Fix Layout Link not working when in MLM mode.

FC: Fix EZ Page changing values of Switch 1 even if no switch has been selected .

FC: Fix inc/dec wrap operation.

=5.07 - Released: 2019/05/06=

Improved Preset/Scene/Channel switching time.

Fixed wrong default Cathode Follower Compression values for Brit JVM and JS410 amp models.

Fixed AES/SPDIF input shifted by one bit causing clipping at -6 dBFS.

FC: Added support for stand-in switches (assign external switches to perform a function assigned to an FC switch).

FC: Support for FC firmware 1.06 (switch behavior and polarity)

FC: Added shortcut keys to/from Per-Preset and Global

FC: Added warning on switch page if the switch is overridden in the current preset

FC: Fix per-preset overrides not working on MLM page 2 for the FC-6

FC: Fix layout link and MLM interaction (switch 3 for the FC-6 and switch 6 for the FC-12)

FC: Fix layout link for per preset switches

=5.06 - Released: 2019/4/18=

Added USA JP IIC+ Green amp model (channel 1).

Fixed wrong internal transformer matching value for Friedman Small Box model.

Fixed popping when switching between channels/scenes/patches with very different block levels.

Fixed incorrect error message when updating USB firmware via Fractal-Bot.

Fixed Upper Limit on functions in the Bank category reverting to '51' on restart (regardless of bank size).

Fixed FC layout names getting clobbered if knob A is used to Nav while editing.

Fixed loading defaults squashing the version (and other dummy params) on the devices page.

Display Effect name for Effect functions on the Overrides page of Per-Preset FC Settings.

Configurable timeout for the notifications on the FC main LCD.

Updated FC function Effect->Channel Select to turn off the LED ring if the effect is bypased and Smart Bypass is enabled.

Added TEST ON and TEST OFF to CS MIDI for the FC.

=5.05 - Released: 2019/04/07=

Fixed missing menu for USA JP IIC+ Yellow amp model when using authentic controls.

=5.04 - Released: 2019/04/??=

Added USA JP IIC+ Yellow amp model (channel 2).

NOTE: To emulate the “Shred” mode turn the High Treble control to approximately 3-4 dB (or adjust to taste, you are not limited by a single switch).

Fixed corruption in FC Remote menu.

=5.03 - Released: 2019/04/05=

Added USA JP IIC+ Red amp model (channel 3). NOTE: To emulate the “Shred” mode turn the High Treble control to approximately 3-4 dB (or adjust to taste, you are not limited by a single switch).

Fixed hold functions on page two of the Master Layout Menu for the FC-6.

Fixed FC Bank -> Inc/Dec function's upper limit from resetting to the maximum bank number on reboot or bank size change.

Fixed copy/paste of FC Layouts not setting Layout Link.

Fixed FC Layout Link for hold functions not surviving a reboot.

Fixed wet data muting during channel change in Multitap block.

=5.02 - Released: 2019/03/24=

Fixed presets created with firmware prior to 3.00 defaulting Amp block EQ Off/On parameter to Off instead of On.

=5.01 - Released: 2019/05/??=

Fixed presets created with firmware prior to 3.00 not loading various parameters correctly. These parameters are primarily the Spread parameters in the Chorus, Flanger, Rotary and Reverb blocks, among others.

=5.00 - Released: 2019/03/??=

Completely new Amp block cathode follower algorithm yielding more accurate results. The “Ideal” cathode follower type is no longer supported as it is incompatible and has been removed from the GUI. The Cathode Follower Time and Ratio parameters have also been removed as they are no longer applicable. A “Grid Clipping” parameter has been added which allows the user to adjust the grid clipping in the cathode follower. Lower values reflect the softer response of classic British and American tubes like Mullard, Sylvania and RCA. Higher values simulate the response of modern Chinese and Russian tubes with more abrupt clipping.

Updated various Amp block parameters related to new cathode follower algorithm. Existing presets are automatically updated to the new values.

Added AES/SPDIF Input Level control. This is located in the I/O->USB/AES menu. NOTE: this parameter will default to -40 dB after installation of the firmware. Be sure to adjust to the desired level if using the AES or SPDIF inputs.

Added Treble Booster and Mid Booster boost types to Amp block.

Improved Scene/Channel change logic. Only the wet data is muted when changing scenes and channels now leaving the dry data intact which results in smoother transitions.

Changed Control block Envelope Follower behavior so that when the signal exceeds the threshold the control value starts at zero rather than jumping to the threshold value.

Fixed wrong bass pot taper in Friedman Small Box model.

Fix FC per-preset corruption with some presets.

NOTE: Due to the new algorithms several amp block parameters are reset to default values when loading old presets. Included in these parameters is Preamp Bias Excursion. If you had altered this parameter in a preset note that it will be reset and you may want to readjust it.

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>
<blockquote>
[https://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/axe-fx-iii-firmware-version-5-00-beta.148607/page-3#post-1759653]
All models have been improved as there was a change to the triode algorithms as well.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

=4.03 - Released: 2019/03/07=

Fixed Div/13 CJ 11 amp model muted when two Amp blocks used.

=4.02 - Released: 2019/03/07=

Fixed issue with certain amp models, i.e. Legato 100, exhibiting excessive blocking distortion.

Fixed loss of communications with FC-X foot controllers after being left on for very long periods of time, i.e. overnight.

Various fixes and improvement for FC-X controllers.

=4.01 - Released: 2019/03/06=

Fixed triode modeling algorithm for amp models with “cold clipping” stages, i.e. Recto, SLO, etc.

=4.00 - Released: 2019/03/06=

Improved Amp block preamp tube modeling.

Improved Amp block cathode follower grid modeling.

Improved power amp modeling for “Class-A” type amp models.

Added modifier capability to Decay Time, Level 1-8 and Pan 1-8 controls in Plex Delay block.

Added Presence Shift control to Amp block Tone page for the appropriate models when using Authentic controls.

Added SV Bass 1 amp model. This is the original SV Bass model prior to the change in 2.05. The new SV Bass model added at 2.05 has been renamed SV Bass 2.

Added FAS Skull Crusher amp model. The nastiest, most brutal amp model to ever escape from the seventh circle.

Reworked PI Fuzz model based on older “Triangle” version reference. A soft-reset of the model is required to load the new parameter values. Note that duplicating the behavior of a fuzz pedal requires that the pedal be the first non-bypassed block following the Input 1 block and the input block impedance must be set to Auto since fuzz pedals load down the guitar’s pickups.

Added “Unlink All Blocks From Global” function to Layout->Tools menu. This unlinks all blocks from any global blocks to which they may be linked.

Expanded the names of the “USA” models to more accurately indicate the switch settings.

Fixed Tone page for Plexi 100W 1970 not showing Normal Drive control.

Fixed incorrect capacitor value and wrong default Low Cut value in BB Pre Drive model.

Fixed wrong default Low Cut value in Eternal Love and Esoteric ACB Drive models.

Fixed Output EQ in Amp block not being redrawn when changing channels and number of bands is different.

Fixed wrong triode plate frequency in Herbie CH3 model.

Fixed wrong mid and treble tapers in all Herbie models. Existing presets should be auditioned.

=3.02 - Released: 2019/02/26=

Improved Drive block. WARNING!!! The sound of some of the drive models may have changed significantly.

* Drive models based on op-amp and diode clipping topologies have been completely overhauled.
* For many types there is now a “Dry Gain” control. This parameter controls the amount of “dry” signal mixed with the “wet” (distorted) signal. For a Tube Screamer-based model this will default to 100% due to the topology. For other types this will default to 0. Values up to 200% are allowed. Note that the dry data is added before any tone controls and therefore is not exactly equivalent to a mix but rather replicates the behavior of analog circuits.
* Drive types based on op-amp and diode clipping circuits now allow control over the type and quantity of diodes in the positive and negative polarity. For example, the user can select (2) 1N34A diodes for positive signal polarity and (1) red LED for negative. Experiment with the various diode types and quantities to obtain new and unique sounds.
* The Basic GUI page now reflects only the controls found on the actual pedal. In cases where the actual pedal does not have any tone controls a simple Tone control is included for convenience.
* Added several new types.

Added “All” to Tuner Input Source selection. This sums all inputs.

Added Global "Tone Control Display" parameter. When set to Authentic (default) only those controls present on the actual amp are displayed. When set to Ideal all tone controls are displayed. Also, when set to Authentic the Bass, Mid and Treble controls are reset to default values when changing models to ensure accuracy for models that may not have these controls.

Fixed Tone Match block not updating correctly between preset changes if different Mode used.

Fixed loss of low frequency resolution for Tone Match block when set to Off-Line mode.

=3.01 - Released: 2019/01/30=

Fixed Graphic EQ pages not responding to navigation buttons.

Fixed FC load defaults correctly sets bank size before configuring switches.

Fixed FC use "Scene X" on main LCD if scene name is blank.

Fixed load FC-12 defaults won't switch first FC to layout 7.

Fixed FC scene name not updating if character(s) removed from end.

=3.00 - Released: 2019/01/28=

Improved amp modeling.

Improved speaker compliance algorithm.

Improved algorithms for modulation effects.

Improved Tone Match block graphs.

Improved Reverb block.

Added “EQ Off / On” control to Amp block. This modifiable parameter turns the graphic EQ on and off.

Added Plex Verb type to Plex block. While the Reverb block is designed for authentic, natural-sounding reverbs, the Plex Verb type is designed for large, ethereal reverb sounds. This type is also simple to use with no time, tempo, level or pan parameters required. For best results turn the Diffusion Mix up when using this type.

Added Spread and Pre-Delay controls to Plex block.

Increased the range of the Low Freq Time and High Freq Time in the Reverb block. This allows for creative reverb sounds. Several new reverb types have been added to illustrate these effects.

The Chorus, Flanger, Plex, Reverb and Rotary blocks now supports Spread values from -200% to 200%. Values beyond +/-100% increase the apparent image beyond the stereo field. The action of the spread control has also been improved so that the apparent volume remains constant vs. spread value.

Fixed IR Capture utility sometimes not working in Cab+DI mode.

Fixed slow response in IR Capture configuration menu when changing bank/slot.

Fixed Cabinet block graphs not showing traces for non-UltraRes IRs.

Fixed Input Source for Pitch Follower not exposed.

Fixed FC-X custom Mini-Display Label for Effect, Chan Select.

=2.05 - Released: 2019/01/14=

NOTE: The firmware now displays diagnostics during the first phase of the boot routine. [http://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/axe-fx-iii-firmware-version-2-05.146395]

Added Threshold parameter for all types in Compressor block.

Change Drive block behavior so that when changing the Drive Type the graphic EQ is reset.

Reworked SV Bass amp model. Model is now based on a 1970 Ampeg SVT with 6550 power tubes and the midrange switch in position 3.

Cabinet block now automatically corrects the polarity of IRs that are inverted, i.e. captured from the back of a cabinet.

Added floor reflection modeling to Cabinet block. The intensity of the floor reflections can be adjusted with the new “Floor Reflections” parameter. Floor reflections play a large role in “amp in the room” sound. If the amp is on a carpet the floor reflections are minimal. If the amp is on a wood or other hard surface the floor reflections are significant. Existing presets will initialize this value to 0% so as to not change the sound. The default value is 50%. Note that negative values, while not realistic, are supported which inverts the reflection.

Added Diffusion to the Cabinet block room modeling.

Improved IR Capture Utility. User can now select between conventional deconvolution and reverse filter processing. In a high-noise environment the reverse filter technique can provide better results. In low-noise environments the conventional technique can provide slightly better bandwidth and magnitude accuracy. Note that the prior firmware used the reverse filter technique.

Added Processing parameter to IR Capture Utility. This selects between “Minimum-Phase” which transforms the IR into a minimum-phase version, “Auto-Trim” which removes the leading silence, and “None” which applies no processing at all. Note: prior firmware always used minimum-phase processing.

Added Delay Compensation to IR Capture Utility. This allows compensating for time-of-flight delay when capturing IRs. For example when capturing far-field IRs there may be significant time delay due to the distance of the mic from the speaker. This can reduce the precision of the measurement if the delay is excessive. To use the compensation configure the graph to the Time display. Do a test sweep and note the waveform delay. Dial in the desired amount of compensation delay and repeat as necessary. Note that the speed of sound is roughly 1 ft/ms so a mic that is 10 ft from the speaker would incur roughly 10 ms of delay. Note that IR Capture Utility will automatically compensate for delays up to approximately 20 ms (1K samples). Correction is only required for delays greater than 20 ms.

Added alignment graph to Cabinet block showing a zoomed time series of the IRs allowing visual adjustment of the mic distance. When using IRs that have not been minimum-phase processed this facilitates aligning the IRs.

Added Volume Increment/Decrement CCs for Output 2.

Added “Analog Compressor” to Compressor block. This compressor has a natural soft-knee response and captures the vibe of the classic compressors of the 70’s and 80’s.

Added Mix control to Multiband Compressor block.

Added Knee Type control to Multiband Compressor block.

Corrected the VU meters in the Output block to compensate for the “unity gain” nature of Outputs 3 and 4. Note that the Output block meters are BEFORE the Level controls (pre-fader) on the front panel and are therefore unaffected by the Level controls. The meters indicate the internal signal level relative to full-scale (dBFS).

Renamed Dumble-style amp models with PAB on accordingly.

Changed Volume Inc/Dec behavior so that muting is not performed.

Various changes and fixes for FC-6/12 foot controllers. Note: this firmware, or a later version, should be installed for proper operation of the foot controllers.

Fixed clicking noise in Pitch block at certain values of shift and tracking.

Fixed Cabinet block LF Damping and HF Damping parameters sometimes not working.

Fixed output gain of Compressor block when using either of the Pedal types dependent upon the Ratio control of the Studio type.

Fixed crash when adjusting Amp block Screen Q rapidly.

=2.04 - Released: 2018/12/15=

Added “Tube Compressor” type to Compressor block. This type is based on classic tube compressors like the Altec Lansing 436C. Since this type uses “variable mu” processing it may add subtle, and possibly desirable, distortion to the audio.

Added “FF Comb” and “FB Comb” types to Filter block. FF Comb is a feed-forward comb filter and FB Comb is a feedback comb filter. Delay Time controls the order of the comb filters, higher values result in more closely spaced notches and vice-versa. Depth controls the intensity of the filter, higher values result in deeper notches/peaks and vice-versa.

Added Comb Filter Type parameter to Multidelay block. The names of the parameters in the block have been changed from “Resonator” to “Comb Filter”.

Added clock sync checking in I/O menu. If the user selects one of the digital input sources (SPDIF or AES) as the clock source and there is no valid input the menu will indicate no clock source.

Changed Cabinet block Room Size display to meters for clarity.

Fixed Cabinet block does not update if a newly captured IR is saved to an IR location in use.

Fixed Cabinet block “AIR” mixing is done before level normalization.

Fixed USB 5/6 Input Level affects SPDIF/AES input level.

Fixed setting size very low on room types in Reverb block can cause crash.

=2.03 - Released: 2018/12/03=

Changed Looper behavior so that Play indicator only lights during recording when overdubbing.

Added Looper Crossfade parameter. When set to ON the loop fades out/in at the end/start of the loop.

Improved Cabinet block room emulation. New algorithm provides denser and more immersive reflections.

Added Room Shape parameter to Cabinet block which selects between and hall and room shape.

Added “Bias Trem” type to Tremolo block. This uses a tube emulation algorithm to replicate the bias tremolo used in vintage tube amps.

Added “Harmonic Trem” type to Tremolo block. This recreates the famous sound of the tremolo circuit in the old “Brownface” amplifiers. This effect splits the spectrum and applies modulation to the two frequency bands. The Crossover Slope parameter selects the filter order for the crossover. The original circuit used a 6 dB/octave crossover. Higher slopes can give a more intense effect. The crossover frequency can be changed with the Crossover Frequency parameter. Note: unlike most implementations the Axe-Fx III version is full stereo and can be used before or after the Amp block without losing stereo separation. Additionally the effect supports LFO phase for the left/right which can be used to achieve unique sounds. Furthermore the effect supports LFO types other than Sine for even more unique sounds.

Note: both the Bias Trem and Harmonic Trem use nonlinear processing techniques and, as such, may add distortion to the audio signal just as their tube-based counterparts would.

Added “Grinder” boost type based on a Fortin Grind to the Amp block.

Added USB Input Level controls. These are located in Setup->I/O->USB. Note that these values will default to -40 dB after the firmware upgrade.

Changed background tasks to run dynamically based on available processing time. This prevents sluggish behavior of Axe-Edit and MIDI controllers immediately after startup.

Fixed IR capture export not working consistently causing issues with Cab-Lab 3.

Fixed incompatibility with Live mode in Cab-Lab 3 when using Axe-Fx III as the audio interface.

Fixed Reverb block NaN if setting size extremely low and turning modulation depth way up.

=2.02 - Released: 2018/11/26=

Fixed issue in phase inverter modeling causing excessive bias excursion in some amp models.

Fixed Reverb block causing crash if setting size to less than 6.0 for certain types.

Fixed FC GUI corruption when changing presets via foot controller.

Various other fixes and enhancements for FC-X controllers.

=2.01 - Released: 2018/11/25=

Added “Filter Type” to Compressor Side-chain.

Added “Auto-Swell” type to Volume block. This simulates “pinky swells” using the guitar volume knob. Threshold sets the input power to start the volume swell. When the input power drops below the threshold the swell circuit is reset and the volume drops to zero. Attack sets the rate at which the volume increases.

Increased size of VU meters and added gain readout in Layout GUI.

Added ability to select the source of USB Outputs 7,8 (to computer). Inputs 2-4 can be assigned to USB 7,8.

Improved Amp block phase inverter modeling.

Fixed minor error in Amp block voltage to speaker displacement transfer function causing more parameter shift than expected for a given Speaker Compliance setting.

=2.0 - Released: 2018/11/21=

Improved Amp block speaker dynamic parameter modeling. The new Speaker Compliance parameter controls the nonlinear behavior of the virtual speaker. Existing presets will load with this parameter at 0.0 and will be unchanged tonally from the previous firmware (IOW your presets will not be altered). Selecting a new amp model or resetting the block will set the value to 50% which is a typical value for guitar speakers.

Improved Amp block cathode follower modeling.

Improved Looper cross-fade at start/end of loop.

Improved stability and latency of Pitch block.

Improved anti-aliasing performance of Pitch block.

Added Temperament parameter to Pitch block. When set to “Just”, pitch shifting uses just temperament with ratios defined by the harmonic overtone series. When set to the default value of “Equal”, equal temperament tuning is used. Just temperament can be used to give a “sweeter” harmony, especially when followed by distortion.

Added “Virtual Capo” type to Pitch block. This is a simple one-voice pitch shift that is intended for drop-tuning and virtual capo use and is easy to configure and use.

Changed Pitch block behavior so that when selecting Whammy or Virtual Capo types the Mix is automatically set to 100%, otherwise 50%.

Improved algorithms in Multitap block.

Added two options to the Filter Order in the Cabinet block. “L: 6, H: 12” sets the filter slope to 6 dB/octave for the low cut and 12 dB/octave for the high cut. “L: 12, H: 6” sets the filter slope to 12 dB/octave for the low cut and 6 dB/octave for the high cut.

Changed Looper meter, CPU meter and Layout VU meter colors to cyan so that thresholds are visible to those with red-green colorblindness.

Fixed Looper not playing when pressing Once if Trim Start is nonzero.

Fixed MIDI running status ignored if active sense messages received between status messages.

Fixed Master Resonator Time not working in Multitap Delay.

Fixed diffusion not working on delay lines 2-4 in certain types in Multitap Delay.

Various changes and fixes for FC-X controllers.

Minor tweaks and improvements to the GUI.

=1.18 - Released: 2018/10/15=

Fixed meters on Home->Meters sometimes getting stuck.

Fixed MIDI-Over-USB hanging when receiving certain SysEx messages intended for other products. This occurs with some DAW software (i.e. Logic) at startup causing subsequent SysEx commands to be ignored rendering Axe-Edit non-responsive.

Fixed certain 3rd-party MIDI SysEx messages not processed properly when SysEx messages are also being received via USB (i.e. changing a block bypass state or channel via a MIDI foot controller while also using Axe-Edit).

Fixed adjustments to global Noisegate Offset do not take effect until editing Input block.

Fixed booting to preset with two amp blocks does not correctly initialize.

Fixed block channel change so that muting does not occur if block is bypassed.

Fixed IR Player block allows linking to Global Blocks.

Changed range of Attack and Release parameters in Input block gate to more suitable values.

=1.17 - Released: 2018/10/07=

Fixed NaN when selecting “USA” amp types.

=1.16 - Released: 2018/10/05=

Improved Multiband Compressor block so that mid-band gain is automatically compensated for crossover response.

Added Frequency Range parameters to Multiband Compressor block. This selects between Low and High frequency ranges yielding more flexible crossover frequencies.

Added Crossover Slope parameter to Multiband Compressor block. Choices are 12 and 24 dB/octave.

Added FAS Boost to Amp block input boost types.

Added Output Mode to Amp block. The default value, FRFR, is the classic mode and designed for use with monitors or recording. The SS PA + Cab mode is intended for use with a solid-state power amp and conventional guitar cab. In this mode speaker compression modeling behaves differently relying on the speaker for compression while still simulating the interaction with the power amp. NOTE: this mode is not intended for use with current drive power amps, i.e. tube power amps, Class-D current feedback amps (Quilter Tone Block), etc. NOTE: this mode CAN be used with FRFR monitors in high volume applications where the monitor’s speakers are compressing thereby achieving a more dynamic response.

Added 10-band, 2/3 octave types to Graphic EQ block. These types center the filter frequencies on a narrower range best suited to finely sculpting guitar tones.

Added 10-band, 2/3 octave graphic equalizer to Drive block. The EQ can be enabled/disabled via the Graphic EQ parameter which is also modifiable.

Added 8-band, 2/3 octave graphic equalizer to Wah block. The EQ can be enabled/disabled via the EQ parameter which is also modifiable.

Fixed moving cabs with Axe-Edit causes corrupted empty slots.

Fixed Looper status not reported correctly via MIDI.

Fixed Looper doesn’t always start if threshold is off.

Fixed metronome turning on when executing Reset System Parameters.

Various fixes and changes for FC series foot controllers.

=1.15 - Released: 2018/09/97=

Added (2) IR Player blocks. These are simple versions of the Cabinet block that can be used to process IRs for various purposes such as applying Tone Matches separate from the Tone Match block. For example, an IR Player block can be used to apply a Tone Match of a guitar at the beginning of a chain leaving the Tone Match block available for amp matching.

Added Output 1 Volume Increment and Output 1 Volume Decrement CC assignments. When the CC assigned to Volume Increment/Decrement is received the scene volume for Output 1 is incremented or decremented by 1 dB and the preset automatically saved.

Added Metronome function. To enable the metronome press the Tempo button and adjust the level for the desired output(s). Note: the metronome levels persist across presets and are reset to OFF at power on.

Improved Looper block:
# Added Record Threshold parameter. When set to a value greater than -80 dB recording will not start until the input signal exceeds the set value. The Record icon will blink when the Looper is armed for recording and will turn solid when recording starts. The meter at the bottom of the page can be used to help set the Threshold. Use the soft knob or main Value knob to adjust the threshold value (or use the Record Threshold parameter on the Config page).
# Added Trim Start and Trim End parameters to the Looper block. These parameters can be used to adjust the start and end points of the loop. The graph on the Control page provides visualization of the loop and the start/end points.
# Added Quantize parameter. When set to ON the loop length is quantized to the nearest beat.
# Added Record 2nd Press parameter. Choices are Overdub – existing behavior, second press of Record ends loop and enters overdub; Play – second press of Record ends loop and enters play; Stop – second press of Record ends loop.
# Added Speed parameter. When Speed is set to HALF the virtual tape runs at half the normal speed. The speed can be also be toggled via a MIDI CC message.
# Improved cross-fading at the start and end of the loop.

Added Mode parameter to Tone Match block. When set to OFF-LINE the processing is adjusted to better suit matching recorded sources such as guitar stems. When set to LIVE the processing is as before and better suited to matching a real-time source such as the output of a guitar amp.

Added Damping Time to Sequencer. This controls the time it takes to slew from the one value to the next.

Improved CPU usage for Synthesizer block when oscillator type is white or pink noise.

Improved Tuner.

Various GUI tweaks and improvements.

Changes/improvements to 3rd-Party MIDI device support (see AXE-FX III MIDI FOR THIRD-PARTY DEVICES document for details).

Fixed ADSR graphs not initializing properly on preset recall.

Fixed some parameter displays dependent on Tempo, i.e. Delay Time, not updating when new Tempo is entered.

Fixed Mixer and Multiplexer blocks shouldn’t be bypassable.

Fixed Tremolo block bug when LFO Type set to SAW DOWN.

=1.14 - Released: 2018/08/03=

Added MIDI CC for Looper Stop. This allows stopping recording or playback of the Looper via MIDI automation.

Added Friedman HBE 2018 C45 amp model.

Added gain monitoring for Input Dynamics control in Amp block.

Fixed MIDI status dump not working correctly.

Fixed divide-by-zero fault if turning Master Volume to zero on JS410 amp models.

=1.13 - Released: 2018/07/23=

Added “Dual Chorus” type to Chorus block. This type has independent LFOs for the left and right delay lines. Delay lines are BBD emulations.

Added “SSB Upper” and “SSB Lower” types to Ring Modulator block. These select the upper and lower sidebands of the modulation, respectively.

Added single-sideband ring modulators to Multidelay block. These can be used to create strange and interesting echo sounds. To defeat the modulators turn Master Ring Mod Mix to 0.

Added chorusing to individual delay lines in Multidelay block. There are four LFOs, one for each delay line. The rate and depth of each LFO is individually adjustable. These add to the main LFOs which modulate each delay line at the same frequency but different phases. By using short delay times the Multidelay block can now act as four parallel choruses, each with independent rate and depth.

Added Quad-Tap Band Delay type to Multidelay block. This type has the same configuration as the Quad-Tap delay except the filters are outside the feedback paths.

Added band highlighting to RTA block. Turn Value knob to select desired band. The frequency of the selected band is displayed in the upper left corner.

Increased number of channels in Multiplexer block to six, one for each row.

Changed preset recall behavior if Ignore Redundant PC is on. If Ignore Redundant PC is on and the desired scene (set via PC mapping) is different than the current scene the preset is not loaded but the scene IS changed.

Added MIDI support for 3rd-party devices to set/get scene, channel, bypass, scene names and preset names, control the Looper, tap tempo, etc. via System Exclusive messages. See the Axe-Fx III MIDI for Third-Party Devices document for implementation details.

Added Preset Increment/Decrement controllers. These can be used to increment/decrement the current preset. The Preset Start and Preset End parameters control the range of presets selected and selection wraps at the limits. Preset mapping and offsets are ignored.

Improved Tempo accuracy for MIDI clock.

Fixed Barberpole type in Phaser block broken.

Fixed no preset loading on startup if Ignore Redundant PC is on.

Fixed Scratchpad Cab #1 not loading automatically when doing an IR capture.

Various changes and fixes for FC controllers.

=1.12 - Released: 2018/06/29=

Added Global Block support for Input 1 block.

Added Scene Volumes to Output block.

Improved Multidelay block. The Band Delay type has been replaced by a more flexible Quad Parallel Delay. The Quad Parallel Delay and the Quad Series Delay now feature four delay lines in a parallel or series configuration, respectively, as before, with the output of each delay line feeding a series combination of a bandpass filter and a resonator. Added drive, low-cut and hi-cut filters allow further tone sculpting. To defeat the bandpass filters set Master Q to minimum. To defeat the resonators set Master Resonator Feedback to 0.

Improved Spring Reverb algorithm. New algorithm features improved dispersion modeling and adjustable low and high frequency decay time ratios.

Improved knob response for fine adjustments.

Fixed Reverb GUI so that only valid parameters show on All page for selected type.

Fixed system backup hanging if on preset containing certain types of foot controller data.

Fixed engaging Tuner causes reset of External Controller values.

Fixed Ignore Redundant PC not working.

Fixed Tremolo block not updating rate when entering tempo.

=1.11 - Released: 2018/06/17=

<blockquote>
'''FRACTAL AUDIO QUOTES'''
<HR>
<blockquote>
[http://forum.fractalaudio.com/threads/firmware-1-11.140004/page-2#post-1660386]
1.11 fixed a minor mistake in the Output and MBC blocks GUI's. Not worth a public release.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

Fixed Multiband Compressor and Output GUI.

Fixed Looper block Dry Level not working.

=1.10 - Released: 2018/06/16=

Improved Scene/Channel switching.

Added “Stereoizer” type to Enhancer block. While the Classic and Modern types rely on micro-delays and inversions to create artificial stereo, the new Stereoizer uses multiple high-order filters to create a realistic stereo image.

Fixed Phaser block level dropping 3 dB when effect is engaged.

=1.09 - Released: 2018/06/11=

Added “Effect Bypass Mode” to MIDI menu. When set to “Value” the bypass state of an effect assigned to a CC is controlled by the CC value. When set to “Toggle” the bypass state toggles whenever the CC message is received, regardless of the value.

Added “Default Scene” parameter to Global menu. When set to “As Saved” the scene selected when recalling a preset is the scene that was active when the preset was saved. When set to a particular scene value that scene will always be selected when a preset is recalled.

Added Channel parameter to modifiers. This allows applying the modifier to all channels or only a selected channel of an effect block.

Added Tilt EQ to Amp block Input EQ types.

Added Boost Type and Boost Level to Amp block. There are seven boost types: Neutral, T808, T808 Mod, Super OD, Full OD, AC Boost and Shimmer. All boosts act as “clean boosts” replicating the oft-used “Drive on 0, adjust Level as desired” boost technique. The boost allows boosting the amp block without requiring a separate Drive block. The Boost Level parameter controls the amount of boost.

Added Modifier ability to Formant block Resonance parameter.

Added “Prompt on Edited Preset Change” parameter to Global Settings. When set to ON the unit will prompt before changing presets if the current preset has been edited (and prevent you from losing your edits). NOTE: Be sure to change this value to OFF before performing!

Added Global Blocks. There are 8 Global Blocks per effect instance. Not all effects support Global Blocks (i.e. Mixer, RTA, etc.). There are four operations associated with a Global Block:
# Link To Global Block: This operation links the selected effect with a Global Block. The Global Block data is NOT loaded. Upon saving the preset the Global Block is saved. Any other presets linked to this Global Block will load the Global Block data upon recall.
# Load From Global Block: This operation loads data from a selected Global Block but does NOT link the block.
# Link To and Load From Global Block: This operation links an effect to a Global Block AND loads data from the Global Block. Upon saving the preset the Global Block is saved. Any other presets linked to this Global Block will load the Global Block data upon recall.
# Unlink From Global Block. This operation disassociates the effect from any Global Blocks.
Global Block operations are accessible from the Tools page in the Layout menu.

Improved scene switching algorithm resulting in much faster, smoother scene changes.

Improved Reverb algorithms.

Changed Looper behavior:
# Pressing Undo while recording undoes the last recorded layer, as before. Pressing Undo when the loop is stopped now erases the loop data. Pressing Undo during playback undoes the last recorded layer. Pressing Undo again (during playback) restores the undone layer. Subsequent presses toggle the layer on and off.
# Pressing Record now always starts a new layer (previously pressing Record during the first layer stopped recording and entered playback).
# Pressing Once while recording stops the loop.

Added Dry Level parameter to Looper Block.

Improved Input block noise gate. When the Type is set to Intelligent (default) the noise gate now provides smart EMI filtering which reduces hum and buzz. NOTE: For best results the AC Line Frequency parameter in the Global Settings menu should be set to match the power line frequency of your country (i.e. 60 Hz for North America, 50 Hz for EU, etc.).

Improved Amp block output transformer modeling.

Various changes to support Axe-Edit.

Various changes to support FC-6/12 controllers.

Changed default value for Setup -> MIDI -> Program Change to ON.

Fixed Scene MIDI block not sending correct data on preset change.

Fixed cabinet names not showing up in cab picker until background tasks are finished.

Fixed wrong Preamp Bias value in Plexi 2204 model.

Fixed Pitch block LFO Tempo not being updated on tempo changes.

Fixed RTA block not updating on preset change.

Fixed noise in Looper block when pressing Undo.

Fixed Modifier Auto-Engage working erratically if Update Rate set to Slow or Medium.

Fixed MIDI PC Offset not being applied.

Fixed crash if flooding unit with MIDI data during boot.

Fixed hang if MIDI Send PC is set to OMNI.

=1.08 - Released: 2018/04/30=

Various changes to support Axe-Edit.

Fixed Channels not copying correctly when using Scene copy utility function.

Fixed Global data not being saved after import (restore).

Fixed Reverb hold not working for Spring types.

=1.07 - Released: 2018/04/19=

Fixed Pitch block not setting number of voices correctly, i.e. Whammy modes should have one voice but two voices were audible.

Fixed Input 1 Level Meters not scaled properly when input source is USB.

Fixed minor bug in Rotary GUI.

Fixed wrong default Output Level value in Return block.

Fixed garbage data in SPDIF output buffer if no Output 1 block in layout.

Added “Update Rate” parameter to Modifiers. Values are Slow | Medium | Fast. The Update Rate selects the rate at which the modifier updates the target parameter. For most applications a slow rate is sufficient. Under some circumstances a slow rate may cause “zipper noise”. Increasing the rate will reduce the noise at the expense of increased CPU usage.

=1.06 - Released: 2018/04/16=

Added “Solo” ability to Cab block.

Added “Plexi 2204” Amp model based on a 1981 JMP 50W Master Volume head.

Added modifier capability to Resonator block Chord and Frequency parameters.

Fixed Output block buffer stuck when bypassed causing high pitched tone.

Fixed Pitch block not initializing correctly on patch change.

Fixed Pitch block sometimes getting “stuck” on negative harmony shifts.

Fixed distortion on Crystal Echoes pitch type if Direction is set to Reverse and Shift is set to +4.

Fixed MIDI message(s) immediately following a PC message being ignored, i.e. Scene Select CC.

Fixed some minor GUI bugs.

=1.05 - Released: 2018/04/04=

Added ability to route block when Layout is zoomed out.

Added Input Source select to ADSR and Envelope in Control block. Fixed MIDI bank select.

Fixed Scene Copy function not copying Amp block bypass states.

Fixed can’t select Amp type when creating a new preset if the previous preset had the Amp block channel as anything other than ‘A’.

Fixed External Controller initial values not being applied and garbage values in any of these controllers that are not assigned.

=1.04 - Released: 2018/03/25=

Fixed low-cut and high-cut filters not working in Multitap Delay block.

Fixed Amp blocks bypass states not being preserved across preset changes.

Fixed Tone Match block Smoothing parameter not working.

Fixed Quad Tape Delay missing modifier for Motor Speed (formerly labeled Tape Speed).

Fixed MIDI CC Channel changes not responding above values of 3.

Various GUI enhancements and improvements.

=1.03 - Released: 2018/03/13=

First public firmware release.

=1.01/1.02=

Initial firmware release on the first shipped units.

No release notes.

[[category:Axe-Fx3]]
[[category:All]]